Arihant 40 Days Crash Course For JEE Mains 2022 Maths
Arihant 40 Days Crash Course For JEE Mains 2022 Maths
Arihant 40 Days Crash Course For JEE Mains 2022 Maths
JEE Main in
Days
Mathematics
The Most Accepted
Crash Course Programme
JEE Main in
Days
Mathematics
© Publisher
No part of this publication may be re-produced, stored in a retrieval system or by any means,
electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, scanning, web or otherwise without the
written permission of the publisher. Arihant has obtained all the information in this book from
the sources believed to be reliable and true. However, Arihant or its editors or authors or
illustrators don’t take any responsibility for the absolute accuracy of any information published
and the damage or loss suffered thereupon.
All disputes subject to Meerut (UP) jurisdiction only.
Head Office
Kalindi, TP Nagar, Meerut (UP) - 250002
Tel: 0121-7156203, 7156204
ISBN 978-93-25796-31-7
PO No : TXT-XX-XXXXXXX-X-XX
Published by Arihant Publications (India) Ltd.
For further information about the books published by Arihant, log on to
www.arihantbooks.com or e-mail at info@arihantbooks.com
Follow us on
PREFACE
It is a fact that nearly 10 lacs students would be in the race with you in JEE Main, the gateway
to some of the prestigious engineering and technology institutions in the country, requires
that you take it seriously and head-on. A slight underestimation or wrong guidance will ruin
all your prospects. You have to earmark the topics in the syllabus and have to master them
in concept-driven-problem-solving ways, considering the thrust of the questions being asked
in JEE Main.
The book 40 Days JEE Main Mathematics serves the above cited purpose in perfect manner.
At whatever level of preparation you are before the exam, this book gives you an accelerated
way to master the whole JEE Main Mathematics Syllabus. It has been conceived keeping in
mind the latest trend of questions, and the level of different types of students.
The whole syllabus of Mathematics has been divided into day-wise-learning modules with
clear groundings into concepts and sufficient practice with solved and unsolved questions on
that day. After every few days you get a Unit Test based upon the topics covered before that
day. On last three days you get three full-length Mock Tests, making you ready to face the test.
It is not necessary that you start working with this book in 40 days just before the exam. You
may start and finish your preparation of JEE Main much in advance before the exam date. This
will only keep you in good frame of mind and relaxed, vital for success at this level.
Salient Features
Ÿ Concepts discussed clearly and directly without being superfluous. Only the required
material for JEE Main being described comprehensively to keep the students focussed.
Ÿ Exercises for each day give you the collection of only the Best Questions of the concept,
giving you the perfect practice in less time.
Ÿ Each day has two Exercises; Foundation Questions Exercise having Topically Arranged
Questions & Progressive Question Exercise having higher Difficulty Level Questions.
Ÿ All types of Objective Questions included in Daily Exercises (Single Option Correct,
Assertion & Reason, etc).
Ÿ Along with Daywise Exercises, there above also the Unit Tests & Full Length Mock Tests.
Ÿ At the end, there are all Online Solved Papers of JEE Main 2021; February, March, July &
August attempts.
We are sure that 40 Days Mathematics for JEE Main will give you a fast way to prepare for
Mathematics without any other support or guidance.
Publisher
CONTENTS
Preparing JEE Main 2022 Mathematics in 40 Days !
Day 1. Sets, Relations and Functions 1-9
Day 2. Complex Numbers 10-19
Day 3. Sequences and Series 20-30
Day 4. Quadratic Equation and Inequalities 31-44
Day 5. Matrices 45-54
Day 6. Determinants 55-67
Day 7. Binomial Theorem and Mathematical Induction 68-77
Day 8. Permutations and Combinations 78-86
Day 9. Unit Test 1 (Algebra) 87-94
Day 10. Real Function 95-103
Day 11. Limits, Continuity and Differentiability 104-116
Day 12. Differentiation 117-126
Day 13. Applications of Derivatives 127-137
Day 14. Maxima and Minima 138-149
Day 15. Indefinite Integrals 150-162
Day 16. Definite Integrals 163-175
Day 17. Area Bounded by the Curves 176-187
Day 18. Differential Equations 188-198
Day 19. Unit Test 2 (Calculus) 199-208
Day 20. Trigonometric Functions and Equations 209-221
Day 21. Properties of Triangle, Height and Distances 222-232
Day 22. Inverse Trigonometric Function 233-242
Day 23. Unit Test 3 (Trigonometry) 243-250
Day 24. Cartesian System of Rectangular Coordinates 251-262
Day 25. Straight Line 263-274
Day 26. The Circle 275-288
Day 27. Parabola 289-300
Day 28. Ellipse 301-313
Day 29. Hyperbola 314-325
Day 30. Unit Test 4 (Coordinate Geometry) 326-335
Day 31. Vector Algebra 336-350
Day 32. Three Dimensional Geometry 351-366
Day 33. Unit Test 5 (Vector & 3D Geometry) 367-374
Day 34. Statistics 375-383
Day 35. Probability 384-394
Day 36. Mathematical Reasoning 395-405
Day 37. Unit Test 6 (Statistics, Probability & Mathematical Reasoning) 406-411
(px + q) dx ,
ax 2 + bx + c a 2 ± x 2 dx and x 2 – a 2 dx
Ÿ Straight Lines
Various forms of equations of a line, intersection of lines, angles between two lines,
conditions for concurrence of three lines, distance of a point from a line, equations of
internal and external bisectors of angles between two lines, coordinates of centroid,
orthocentre and circumcentre of a triangle, equation of family of lines passing through the
point of intersection of two lines.
Ÿ Circles, Conic Sections
Standard form of equation of a circle, general form of the equation of a circle, its radius
and centre, equation of a circle when the end points of a diameter are given, points of
intersection of a line and a circle with the centre at the origin and condition for a line to be
tangent to a circle, equation of the tangent. Sections of cones, equations of conic sections
(parabola, ellipse and hyperbola) in standard forms, condition for y = mx + c to be a tangent
and point (s) of tangency.
UNIT 15 Trigonometry
Trigonometrical identities and equations. Trigonometrical functions. Inverse trigonometrical
functions and their properties. Heights and Distances.
1. REVISION PLAN
The book provides you with a practical and sound revision plan.
The chapters of the book have been designed day-wise to guide the students in a planned
manner through day-by-day, during those precious 35-40 days. Every day you complete a
chapter/a topic, also take an exercise on the chapter. So that you can check & correct your
mistakes, answers with hints & solutions also have been provided. By 37th day from the date
you start using this book, entire syllabus gets revisited.
Again, as per your convenience/preparation strategy, you can also divide the available 30-35
days into two time frames, first time slot of 3 weeks and last slot of 1 & 1/2 week. Utilize first
time slot for studies and last one for revising the formulas and important points. Now fill the
time slots with subjects/topics and set key milestones. Keep all the formulas, key points on a
couple of A4 size sheets as ready-reckner on your table and go over them time and again. If you
are done with notes, prepare more detailed inside notes and go over them once again. Study
all the 3 subjects every day. Concentrate on the topics that have more weightage in the exam
that you are targeting.
2. MOCK TESTS
Once you finish your revision on 37th day, the book provides you with full length mock tests
for day 38th, 39th, & 40th, thereby ensures your total & full proof preparation for the final
show.
The importance of solving previous years' papers and 10-15 mock tests cannot be
overemphasized. Identify your weaknesses and strengths. Work towards your strengths i.e.,
devote more time to your strengths to be 100% sure and confident. In the last time frame of 1
& 1/2 week, don't take-up anything new, just revise what you have studied before. Be exam-
ready with quality mock tests in between to implement your winning strategy.
3. FOCUS TOPICS
Based on past years question paper trends, there are few topics in each subject which have
more questions in exam than other. So far Mathematics is concerned it may be summed up as
below:
Calculus, Trigonometry, Algebra, Coordinate Geometry & Vector 3D.
More than 80% of questions are normally asked from these topics.
However, be prepared to find a completely changed pattern for the exam than noted above as
examiners keep trying to weed out 'learn by rot practice'. One should not panic by witnessing a
new pattern , rather should be tension free as no one will have any upper hand in the exam.
4. IMPROVES STRIKE RATE AND ACCURACY
The book even helps to improve your strike rate & accuracy. When solving practice tests or mock
tests, try to analyze where you are making mistakes-where are you wasting your time; which
section you are doing best. Whatever mistakes you make in the first mock test, try to improve that
in second. In this way, you can make the optimum use of the book for giving perfection to your
preparation.
What most students do is that they revise whole of the syllabus but never attempt a mock and
thus they always make mistake in main exam and lose the track.
5. LOG OF LESSONS
During your preparations, make a log of Lesson's Learnt. It is specific to each individual as to where
the person is being most efficient and least efficient. Three things are important - what is working,
what's not working and how would you like to do in your next mock test.
6. TIME MANAGEMENT
Most candidates who don't make it to good medical colleges are not good in one area- Time
Management. And, probably here lies the most important value addition that's the book
provides in an aspirant's preparation. Once the students go through the content of the book
precisely as given/directed, he/she learns the tactics of time management in the exam.
Realization and strengthening of what you are good at is very helpful, rather than what one
doesn't know. Your greatest motto in the exam should be, how to maximize your scoring with
the given level of preparation. You have to get about 200 plus marks out of a total of about 400
marks for admission to a good NIT (though for a good branch one needs to do much better
than that). Remember that one would be doomed if s/he tries to score 400 in about 3 hours.
8. POSITIVE PERCEPTION
The book put forth for its readers a 'Simple and Straightforward' concept of studies, which is the
best possible, time-tested perception for 11th hour revision / preparation.
The content of the book has been presented in such a lucid way so that you can enjoy what you are
reading, keeping a note of your already stressed mind & time span.
Cracking JEE Main is not a matter of life and death. Do not allow panic and pressure to create
confusion. Do some yoga and prayers. Enjoy this time with studies as it will never come back.
EXAM BITES
This Pdf Is
Downloaded From
www.exambites.in
VISIT NOW !!
DAY ONE
Sets, Relations
and Functions
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Sets u Law of Algebra of Sets u Composition of Relations
u Venn Diagram u Cartesian Product of Sets u Functions or Mapping
u Operations on Sets u Relations u Composition of Functions
Sets
l
A set is a well-defined class or collection of the objects.
l
Sets are usually denoted by the symbol A, B, C, ... and its elements are denoted by a, b , c,
… etc.
l
If a is an element of a set A, then we write a ∈ A and if not then we write a ∉ A.
Representations of Sets
There are two methods of representing a set :
l
In roster method, a set is described by listing elements, separated by commas, within
curly braces{≠}. e.g. A set of vowels of English alphabet may be described as {a, e, i, o, u}.
l
In set-builder method, a set is described by a property P ( x), which is possessed by all its
PRED
elements x. In such a case the set is written as { x : P ( x) holds} or { x| P ( x) holds}, which MIRROR
Your Personal Preparation Indicator
is read as the set of all x such that P( x) holds. e.g. The set P = {0, 1, 4 , 9, 16,...} can be
written as P = { x2 | x ∈ Z }. u No. of Questions in Exercises (x)—
u No. of Questions Attempted (y)—
Types of Sets u No. of Correct Questions (z)—
l
The set which contains no element at all is called the null set (empty set or void (Without referring Explanations)
set) and it is denoted by the symbol ‘φ ’ or ‘{}’ and if it contains a single element, then it is
u Accuracy Level (z / y × 100)—
called singleton set.
u Prep Level (z / x × 100)—
l
A set in which the process of counting of elements definitely comes to an end, is called a
finite set, otherwise it is an infinite set. In order to expect good rank in JEE,
your Accuracy Level should be
l
Two sets A and B are said to be equal set iff every element of A is an element of B and above 85 & Prep Level should be
also every element of B is an element of A. i.e. A = B, if x ∈ A ⇔ x ∈ B. above 75.
2 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY ONE
l
Equivalent sets have the same number of elements but not i.e. A ∩ B = { x : x ∈ A and x ∈ B}.
exactly the same elements.
A B U
l
A set that contains all sets in a given context is called
universal set (U).
l
Let A and B be two sets. If every element of A is an element
of B, then A is called a subset of B, i.e. A ⊆ B.
l
If A is a subset of B and A ≠ B, then A is a proper subset of A∩B
B. i.e. A ⊂ B.
l
If A ∩ B = φ, then A and B are called disjoint sets.
l
The null set φ is a subset of every set and every set is a
subset of itself i.e. φ ⊂ A and A ⊆ A for every set A. They
l
Let U be an universal set and A be a set such that A ⊂ U.
are called improper subsets of A. Then, complement of A with respect to U is denoted by A′
or Ac or A or U − A. It is defined as the set of all those
l
If S is any set, then the set of all the subsets of S is called elements of U which are not in A.
the power set of S and it is denoted by P(S ). Power set of a
given set is always non-empty. If A has n elements, then A′ U
P( A) has 2 n elements.
A
NOTE • The set { φ} is not a null set. It is a set containing one
element φ.
• Whenever we have to show that two sets A and B are equal
show that A ⊆ B and B ⊆ A. l
The difference A − B is the set of all those elements of A
• If a set A has m elements, then the number m is called which does not belong to B.
cardinal number of set A and it is denoted by n( A). Thus, i.e. A − B = { x : x ∈ A and x ∉ B}
n( A) = m. and B − A = { x : x ∈ B and x ∉ A}.
U U
Venn Diagram A B A B
The combination of rectangles and circles is called Venn Euler
diagram or Venn diagram. In Venn diagram, the universal set
is represented by a rectangular region and a set is represented
by circle on some closed geometrical figure. Where, A is the
set and U is the universal set. A–B B–A
l
The symmetric difference of sets A and B is the set
U ( A − B) ∪ (B − A) and is denoted by A ∆ B.
A i.e. A ∆ B = ( A − B) ∪ ( B − A)
A B U
Operations on Sets
l
The union of sets A and B is the set of all elements which A∆B
are in set A or in B or in both A and B.
i.e. A ∪ B = { x : x ∈ A or x ∈ B}
Law of Algebra of Sets
A B U If A, B and C are any three sets, then
1. Idempotent Laws
(i) A ∪ A = A (ii) A ∩ A = A
2. Identity Laws
A∪B
(i) A ∪ φ = A (ii) A ∩ U = A
3. Distributive Laws
l
The intersection of A and B is the set of all those elements
(i) A ∪ (B ∩ C) = ( A ∪ B) ∩ ( A ∪ C)
that belong to both A and B. (ii) A ∩ (B ∪ C) = ( A ∩ B) ∪ ( A ∩ C)
DAY ONE SETS, RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS 3
4. De-Morgan’s Laws
Relations
(i) ( A ∪ B)′ = A′ ∩ B ′
l
Let A and B be two non-empty sets, then relation R from A to B
(ii) ( A ∩ B)′ = A′ ∪ B ′
is a subset of A × B, i.e. R ⊆ A × B.
(iii) A − (B ∩ C) = ( A − B) ∪ ( A − C )
(iv) A − (B ∪ C) = ( A − B) ∩ ( A − C)
l
If (a, b ) ∈ R, then we say a is related to b by the relation R and we
write it as aRb.
5. Associative Laws l
Domain of R = {a :(a, b ) ∈ R} and range of R = {b : (a, b ) ∈ R}.
(i) ( A ∪ B) ∪ C = A ∪ (B ∪ C) l
If n( A) = p and n(B) = q , then the total number of relations from A
(ii) A ∩ (B ∩ C) = ( A ∩ B) ∩ C
to B is 2 pq .
6. Commutative Laws
(i) A ∪ B = B ∪ A (ii) A ∩ B = B ∩ A Types of Relations
(iii) A ∆ B = B ∆ A l
Let A be any non-empty set and R be a relation on A. Then,
Important Results on Operation of Sets (i) R is said to be reflexive iff ( a, a) ∈ R, ∀ a ∈ A.
1. A − B = A ∩ B ′ (ii) R is said to be symmetric iff
2. B − A = B ∩ A ′ (a, b ) ∈ R
3. A − B = A ⇔ A ∩ B = φ ⇒ (b , a) ∈ R, ∀ a, b ∈ A
4. ( A − B) ∪ B = A ∪ B (iii) R is said to be a transitive iff ( a, b) ∈ R and (b, c) ∈ R
5. ( A − B) ∩ B = φ ⇒ ( a, c) ∈ R, ∀ a, b, c ∈ A
6. A ⊆ B ⇔ B ′ ⊆ A ′ i.e. aRb and bRc ⇒ aRc, ∀ a, b, c ∈ A.
7. ( A − B) ∪ ( B − A) = ( A ∪ B) − ( A ∩ B) l
The relation I A = {(a, a) : a ∈ A} on A is called the identity
8. n ( A ∪ B) = n ( A) + n ( B) − n ( A ∩ B) relation on A.
9. n ( A ∪ B) = n ( A) + n ( B) l
R is said to be an equivalence relation iff
⇔ A and B are disjoint sets. (i) it is reflexive i.e. ( a, a) ∈ R, ∀ a ∈ A.
10. n ( A − B) = n ( A) − n ( A ∩ B) (ii) it is symmetric i.e. ( a, b) ∈ R ⇒ (b, a) ∈ R, ∀ a, b ∈ A
11. n ( A ∆ B) = n ( A) + n ( B) − 2n ( A ∩ B) (iii) it is transitive
12. n ( A ∪ B ∪ C ) = n ( A) + n ( B) + n (C ) − n ( A ∩ B) i.e. ( a, b) ∈ R and (b, c) ∈ R
− n ( B ∩ C) − n ( A ∩ C) + n ( A ∩ B ∩ C) ⇒ ( a, c) ∈ R, ∀ a, b, c ∈ A
13. n ( A ′ ∪ B ′ ) = n ( A ∩ B) ′ = n (U ) − n ( A ∩ B)
Inverse Relation
14. n ( A ′ ∩ B ′ ) = n ( A ∪ B) ′ = n (U ) − n ( A ∪ B)
Let R be a relation from set A to set B, then the inverse of R, denoted
by R −1 , is defined by
Cartesian Product of Sets R −1 = {(b , a) : (a, b ) ∈ R}. Clearly, (a, b ) ∈ R ⇔ (b , a) ∈ R −1 .
Let A and B be any two non-empty sets. Then the NOTE • The intersection of two equivalence relations on a set is an
cartesian product A × B, is defined as set of all ordered equivalence relation on the set.
pairs (a, b ) such that a ∈ A and b ∈ B. • The union of two equivalence relations on a set is not necessarily
i.e. an equivalence relation on the set.
l
A × B = {(a, b ) : a ∈ A and b ∈ B} • If R is an equivalence relation on a set A, then R −1 is also an
l
B × A = {(b , a) : b ∈ B and a ∈ A} equivalence relation A.
and A × A = {(a, b ) : a, b ∈ A}.
l
A × B = φ, if either A or B is an empty set.
l
If n ( A) = p and n (B) = q , then Composition of Relations
n ( A × B) = n( A) ⋅ n(B) = pq . Let R and S be two relations from set A to B and B to C respectively,
l
A × (B ∪ C) = ( A × B) ∪ ( A × C) then we can define a relation SoR from A to C such that
l
A × (B ∩ C) = ( A × B) ∩ ( A × C) (a, c) ∈ SoR ⇔ ∃ b ∈ B such that (a, b ) ∈ R and (b , c) ∈ S . This relation
l
A × (B − C) = ( A × B) − ( A × C) is called the composition of R and S.
l
( A × B) ∩ (C × D) = ( A ∩ C) × (B ∩ D). RoS ≠ SoR
4 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY ONE
NOTE • A relation will be a function, if no two distinct ordered pairs Method to Check Onto Function
have the same first element.
Find the range of f ( x) and show that range of
• Every function is a relation but every relation is not
necessarily a function. f ( x) = codomain of f ( x).
• The number of functions from a finite set A into finite set l
Any polynomial function of odd degree is always onto.
B is { n(B )}n ( A). l
The number of onto functions that can be defined from a
finite set A containing n elements onto a finite set B
Different Types of Functions containing 2 elements = 2 n − 2 .
l
If n ( A) ≥ n (B), then number of onto function is 0.
Let f be a function from A to B, i.e. f : A → B. Then, l
If A has m elements and B has n elements, where m < n,
f is said to be one-one function or injective function, if then number of onto functions from A to B is
different elements of A have different images in B. nm − nC1 (n − 1)m + nC2 (n − 2)m − ..., m < n.
A B l
f is said to be an into function, if there exists atleast one
a1 f b1 element in B having no pre-image in A. i.e. f : A → B is an
a2 b2 into function, if it is not an onto function.
a3 b3 A B
a1 f b1
a4 b4
a2 b2
a3 b3
Methods to Check One-One Function a4 b4
Method I If f ( x) = f ( y ) ⇒ x = y , then f is one-one. a5 b5
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (c)
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (a) 25. (d)
SESSION 2 1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (b)
Complex
Numbers
Learning & Revision for the Day
Imaginary axis
denoted by z and is obtained by replacing i by −i.
i.e. z = x − iy
y
l
If z = x + iy, then modulus or magnitude of z is denoted by
| z| and is given by| z| = x 2 + y2 θ
x Real axis
Results on Conjugate and Modulus l
Argument of z is not unique. General value of argument of z
(i) (z) = z is 2nπ + θ.
(ii) z + z = 2 Re (z), z − z = 2 i Im(z)
(iii) z = z ⇔ z is purely real.
Results on Argument
(iv) z + z = 0 ⇔ z is purely imaginary. If z, z1 and z2 are complex numbers, then
(v) z1 ± z2 = z1 ± z2 (i) arg (z) = − arg (z)
(vi) z1 z2 = z1 z2 (ii) arg (z1 z2 ) = arg (z1 ) + arg (z2 )
z1
z1 z1 (iii) arg = arg (z1 ) − arg (z2 )
(vii) = , if z2 ≠ 0 z2
z2 z2
a1 a2 a3 a1 a2 a3 (iv) The general value of arg (z) is 2nπ − arg (z).
π
(viii) If z = b1 b2 b3 , then z = b1 b2 b3 (v) If z is purely imaginary then arg (z) = ± .
2
c1 c2 c3 c1 c2 c3 (vi) If z is purely real then arg (z) = 0 or π.
where ai , b i , c i ; (i = 1, 2 , 3) are complex numbers. (vii) If| z1 + z2| = | z1 − z2|, then
| z| = 0 ⇔ z = 0
(ix)
z1 π
| z| = | z| = |− z| = |− z|
(x) arg or arg (z1 ) − arg (z2 ) =
− | z| ≤ Re(z), Im(z) ≤ | z|
(xi) z2 2
| z1 z2| = | z1|| z2|
(xii) (viii) If| z1 + z2| = | z1| + | z2|, then arg (z1 ) = arg (z2 )
z1 | z1|
(xiii) = , if| z2| ≠ 0
z2 | z2|
Different forms of a
(xiv) | z1 ± z2|2 = | z1|2 + | z2|2 ± z1 z2 ± z1 z2
= | z1|2 + | z2|2 ± 2 Re (z1 z2 ) Complex Number
(xv) | zn | = | z|n , n ∈ N l
Polar or Trigonometrical Form of z = x + iy is
(xvi) Reciprocal of a complex number For non-zero complex z = r (cos θ + i sin θ), where r =| z| and θ = arg (z).
number z = x + iy, the reciprocal is given by If we use the general value of the argument θ, then the
1 z
z −1 = = 2 . polar form of z is z = r [cos (2 nπ + θ) + i sin (2 nπ + θ)], where
z | z| n is an integer.
(xvii) Triangle Inequality l
Euler’s form of z = x + iy is z = re iθ , where r =| z|,θ = arg (z)
(a)| z1 + z2 | ≤ | z1 | + | z 2 | (b) | z1 + z2 | ≥ || z1 | − | z 2 ||
(c)| z1 − z 2 | ≤ | z1 | + | z 2 | (d) | z1 − z2 | ≥ || z1 | − | z 2 || and e iθ = cos θ + i sin θ.
12 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWO
α =e n
Let z1 , z2 , z3 be the vertices of ∆ABC as shown in figure, then
z −z z − z |z − z | (ii) 1 + α + α 2 + α 3 + ...+ α n −1 = 0
α = arg 3 1 and 3 1 = 3 1 e iα
z2 − z1 z2 − z1 | z2 − z1 | (iii) 1 ⋅ α ⋅ α 2 ... α n −1 = [−1]n −1
C(z3)
Applications of Complex
Numbers in Geometry
1. Distance between A(z1 ) and B (z2 ) is given by
a AB = | z2 − z1|.
A(z1) B(z2) 2. Let point P (z) divides the line segment joining A (z1 ) and
B (z2 ) in the ratio m : n . Then,
NOTE • Always mark the direction of arrow in anti-clockwise sense mz2 + nz1
and keep that complex number in the numerator on which (i) for internal division, z =
the arrow goes. m+n
mz2 − nz1
(ii) for external division, z =
Square Root of a Complex Number m−n
l
If z = a + ib , then 3. Let ABC be a triangle with vertices A (z1 ), B (z2 ) and C(z3 ),
z = a + ib = ±
1
[ | z| + a + i z − a] then centroid G (z) of the ∆ ABC is given by z
2 1
= (z1 + z2 + z3 )
1 3
l
If z = a − ib , then z = a − ib = ± [ | z| + a − i | z| − a]
2
z1 z1 1
1
Area of ∆ ABC is given by ∆ = z2 z2 1
De-Moivre’s Theorem 2
z3 z3 1
l
If n is any integer, then (cos θ + i sin θ)n = cos nθ + i sin nθ
l
If n is any rational number, then one of the values of 4. For an equilateral triangle ABC with vertices A(z1 ), B(z2 )
(cos θ + i sin θ)n is cos nθ + i sin nθ. and C(z3 ), z12 + z22 + z23 = z 2 z3 + z 3 z1 + z1 z 2
l
If n is any positive integer, then 5. The general equation of a straight line is az + az + b = 0,
2 kπ + θ 2 kπ + θ where a is a complex number and b is a real number.
(cos θ + i sin θ)1 / n = cos + i sin
n n 6. (i) An equation of the circle with centre at z0
where, k = 0, 1, 2,... n − 1 and radius r, is | z − z0| = r
(ii) | z − z0| < r represents the interior of circle and
Cube Root of Unity | z − z0| > r represents the exterior of circle.
Cube roots of unity are 1, ω, ω2 (iii) General equation of a circle is zz + az + az + b = 0,
−1 + 3 i −1 − 3 i where b is real number, with centre is − a and radius
where, ω = and ω2 = is aa − b .
2 2
7. If z1 and z2 are two fixed points and k > 0, k ≠ 1 is a real
Properties of Cube Roots of Unity | z − z1|
number, then = k represents a circle.
(i) 1 + ω + ω2 = 0 | z − z2|
(ii) ω3 = 1
For k = 1, it represents perpendicular bisector of the
0 if n ≠ 3 m, m ∈ N
(iii) 1 + ω + ω
n 2n
= segment joining A(z1 ) and B (z2 ).
3 if n = 3 m, m ∈ N 8. If end points of diameter of a circle are A(z1 ) and B(z 2) and
P(z) be any point on the circle, then equation of circle in
nth Roots of Unity diameter form is
By nth root of unity we mean any complex number z which (z − z1 ) (z − z2 ) + (z − z 2) (z − z1 ) = 0
satisfies the equation zn = 1.
DAY TWO COMPLEX NUMBERS 13
1 1 1
(a) − (b) (c) tanθ / 2 (d) 2 (a) 3 +1 (b) 5 +1 (c) 2 (d) 2 + 2
2 2 2
12 If z is a complex number such that z ≥ 2, then the
2 + 3i sin θ 1
2 A value of θ, for which is purely imaginary, is minimum value of z +
1 − 2i sin θ 2 j JEE Mains 2014
π π
(d) sin−1
3 1
(a) (b) (c) sin−1 (a) is equal to 5/2
3 6 4 3 (b) lies in the interval (1, 2)
13 (c) is strictly greater than 5/2
3 ∑ (i
n =1
n
+ i n + 1 ) is equal to (d) is strictly greater than 3/2 but less than 5/2
13 If | z1| = 2, | z 2 | = 3 then z1 + z 2 + 5 + 12i is less than or
(a) i (b) i − 1 (c) −i (d) 0
equal to
z −1
4 If is a purely imaginary number ( where, z ≠ −1), then (a) 8 (b) 18 (c) 10 (d) 5
z +1
14 If z < 3 − 1, then z + 2z cos α is
2
the value of | z | is
(a) less than 2 (b) 3 + 1
(a) −1 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) −2
(c) 3 − 1 (d) None of these
z2
5 If z1 ≠ 0 and z 2 are two complex numbers such that is 15 The number of complex numbers z such that
z1
z − 1 = z + 1 = z − i , is
2z1 + 3z 2
a purely imaginary number, then is equal to (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) ∞
2z1 − 3z 2
2
j
JEE Mains 2013
16 Number of solutions of the equation z + 7z = 0 is/are
(a) 2 (b) 5 (c) 3 (d) 1 (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) 6
7−z 17 If z z + ( 3 − 4i )z + ( 3 + 4i )z = 0 represent a circle, the area
6 If f ( z ) = , where z = 1 + 2i , then | f ( z )| is equal to
1− z 2 of the circle in square units is
|z | (a) 5 π (b) 10π (c) 25 π 2 (d) 25 π
(a) (b) | z |
2
π π
(c) 2| z | (d) None of these 18 If z = 1 + cos + i sin , then {sin (arg( z ))} is equal to
5 5
7 If 8 iz + 12z − 18z + 27i = 0, then the value of | z | is
3 2
10 − 2 5 5 −1
(a) 3 / 2 (b) 2 / 3 (c) 1 (d) 3 / 4 (a) (b)
4 4
8 If a complex number z satisfies the equation 5+1
(c) (d) None of these
z + 2 z + 1 + i = 0, then z is equal to j
JEE Mains 2013 4
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 5 (d) 1 19 If z is a complex number of unit modulus and argument
9 If α and β are two different complex numbers such that 1 + z
θ, then arg equals to
β −α 1 + z JEE Mains 2013
| α | = 1, | β | = 1, then the expression
j
is equal to
1 − αβ π
(a) −θ (b) −θ (c) θ (d) π − θ
1 2
(a) (b) 1
2 20 Let z and ω are two non-zero complex numbers such that
(c) 2 (d) None of these z = ω and arg z + arg ω = π, then z equals
z −1 (a) ω (b) ω
10 If | z | = 1 and ω = (where z ≠ −1), then Re(ω ) is
z +1 (c) − ω (d) − ω
1 21 If z − 1 = 1, then arg ( z ) is equal to
(a) 0 (b) − 2
z+1 1 1
(a) arg (z) (b) arg (z + 1)
2 2 3
(c) 2
(d) None of these 1
z+1 (c) arg (z − 1) (d) None of these
2
14 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWO
15
1
22 Let z = cos θ + i sin θ. Then the value of ∑ Im ( z 2 m −1 ) at, 33 If Re = 3 , then z lies on
m =1
z
θ = 2°, is (a) circle with centre onY-axis
1 1 1 1 (b) circle with centre on X-axis not passing through origin
(a) (b) (c) (d)
sin 2 ° 3 sin 2 ° 2 sin 2 ° 4 sin 2 ° (c) circle with centre on X-axis passing through origin
(i )
23 If z = (i )(i ) , where i = −1, then | z | is equal to (d) None of the above
(a) 1 (b) e − π / 2 (c) 0 (d) e π / 2 34 If the imaginary part of ( 2z + 1) / (iz + 1) is −2, then the
8 locus of the point representing z in the complex plane is
π π
1 + i sin + cos (a) a circle (b) a straight line
24 8 8 equals to
π π (c) a parabola (d) None of these
1 − i sin + cos
8 8 z
35 If | z | = 1 and z ≠ ± 1, then all the values of lie on
(a) 2 8
(b) 0 (c) −1 (d) 1
1− z 2
(a) a line not passing through the origin
25 If 1, α 1, α 2 , K , α n − 1 are the nth roots of unity, then (b) |z | = 2
(c) the X-axis
( 2 − α 1 )( 2 − α 2 ) K ( 2 − α n −1 ) is equal to
(d) theY-axis
(a) n (b) 2 n (c) 2 n + 1 (d) 2 n − 1
z
26 If ω( ≠ 1) is a cube root of unity and (1 + ω )7 = A + Bω. 36 If ω = and | ω | = 1, then z lies on
i
z−
Then, ( A, B ) is equal to 3
(a) (11
,) (b) (1, 0) (c) (−1, 1) (d) (0, 1) (a) a circle (b) an ellipse
27 If α , β ∈C are the distinct roots of the equation (c) a parabola (d) a straight line
x 2 − x + 1 = 0, then α 101 + β107 is equal to j
JEE Mains 2018 37 If z 1 and z 2 are two complex numbers such that
(a) −1 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) 2 z1 z 2
2
+ = 1, then
1 25
z 2 z1
28 If x 2 + x + 1 = 0, then ∑ x r + r is equal to
r=1
x (a) z 1, z 2 are collinear
(b) z 1, z 2 and the origin form a right angled triangle
(a) 25 (b) 25 ω
(c) z 1, z 2 and the origin form an equilateral triangle
(c) 25 ω2 (d) None of these
(d) None of the above
29 Let ω be a complex number such that 2ω + 1 = z,
38 A complex number z is said to be unimodular, if z = 1.
1 1 1
Suppose z1 and z 2 are complex numbers such that
where z = −3. If 1 −ω 2 − 1 ω 2 = 3k, then k is equal to z1 − 2z 2
is unimodular and z 2 is not unimodular.
1 ω2 ω7 j
JEE Mains 2017 2 − z 1z 2
(a) −z (b) z (c) −1 (d) 1
Then, the point z1 lies on a j
JEE Mains 2015
1+ ω ω2 1 + ω2
(a) straight line parallel to X −axis
30 The value − ω − (1 + ω ) (1 + ω) , where ω is cube
2
(b) straight line parallel to Y −axis
− 1 − (1 + ω 2 ) 1 + ω (c) circle of radius 2
(d) circle of radius 2
root of unity, is equal to
(a) 2 ω (b) 3 ω2 (c) − 3 ω2 (d) 3ω 39 If | z 2 − 1 | = | z |2 +1, then z lies on
31 If a , b and c are integers not all equal and ω is a cube (a) a real axis (b) an ellipse
root of unity (where, ω ≠ 1), then minimum value of (c) a circle (d) imaginary axis
| a + bω + cω 2 | is equal to
3 1 40 Let z satisfy z = 1 and z = 1 − z j
JEE Mains 2013
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) (d)
2 2 Statement I z is a real number.
32 Let ω = ei π / 3 , and a, b, c, x , y , z be non-zero complex Statement II Principal argument of z is π /3.
numbers such that: (a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
a + b + c = x ; a + b ω + cω 2 = y ; a + b ω 2 + c ω = z correct explanation for statement I
2 2 2
(b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
x + y + z not a correct explanation for Statement I
Then the value of 2 2 2
is:
a + b + c (c) Statement I is true, Statement II is false
(d) Statement I is false, Statement II is true
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
DAY PRACTICE SESSION 2
6 Let z = x + iy be a complex number where x and y are p, q ∈ C. Let A and B represents z1 and z 2 in the complex
integers. Then the area of the rectangle whose vertices plane. If ∠AOB = α ≠ 0 and OA = OB; O is the origin, then
are the roots of the equation zz 3 + zz 3 = 350 is p 2 / 4q is equal to
(a) 48 (b) 32 (c) 40 (d) 80 (a) sin2 (α / 2) (b) tan2 (α / 2) (c) cos2 (α / 2) (d) None of these
7 If α + i β = cot −1( z ), where z = x + iy and α is a constant, 15 If 1, ω and ω 2 are the three cube roots of unity α , β, γ are
then the locus of z is the cube roots of p, q < 0, then for any x , y , z the
(a) x2 + y2 − x cot 2 α − 1 = 0 x α + y β + z γ
expression is equal to
(b) x2 + y2 − 2 x cot α − 1 = 0 x β + y γ + z α
(c) x2 + y2 − 2 x cot 2 α + 1 = 0
(d) x2 + y2 − 2 x cot 2 α − 1 = 0 (a) 1 (b) ω (c) ω 2 (d) None of these
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (a)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (c) 25. (d) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (a) 30. (c)
31. (b) 32. (c) 33. (c) 34. (b) 35. (d) 36. (d) 37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (d) 40. (d)
SESSION 2 1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (d)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (c)
16 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWO
∴ z+
1
≥
3 20 Let z = ω = r and let arg ω = θ ⇒ − ω2 = A + Bω ⇒ 1 + ω = Α + Βω
2 2 iθ [Qω14 = ω12 ⋅ ω2 = ω2 ]
Then, ω = r (cos θ + i sin θ) = re
1 3 On comparing both sides, we get
∴ Minimum value of z + is ⋅ and arg z = π − θ
2 2 A = 1, B = 1
Hence, z = r (cos( π − θ) + i sin( π − θ))
13 Fact: z1 + z2 + ... + z n = r (− cos θ + i sin θ) 27 α,β are the roots of x2 − x + 1 = 0
= − r (cos θ − i sin θ) Q Roots of x2 − x + 1 = 0 are − ω, − ω 2
≤ z1 + z2 + ... + z n z = −ω
∴ z1 + z2 + (5 + 12i ) ∴ Let α = −ω and β = − ω 2
21 Given,|z − 1| = 1 ⇒ z − 1 = e i θ ,
≤ z1 + z2 + 5 + 12i ⇒ α101 + β107 = (− ω )101 + (− ω2 )107
= 2 + 3 + 13 = 18 where arg(z − 1) = θ …(i)
= − (ω101 + ω214 ) = − (ω2 + ω )
2 ⇒ z = eiθ + 1
14 Consider z + 2z cos α ≤ z + 2 z
2
[Qω3 n + 2 = ω2 and ω3 n+1 = ω]
⇒ z = 1 + cos θ + i sin θ
2
cos α ≤ z + 2 z = −(−1) = 1 [1 + ω + ω2 = 0]
[Qe i θ = cos θ + i sin θ]
θ θ θ 28 x2 + x + 1 = 0
< ( 3 − 1)2 + 2( 3 − 1) = 2 cos 2 + 2i sin ⋅ cos
2 2 2 ⇒ x = ω , ω2
= 3+ 1−2 3 + 2 3 −2= 2 θ 1
⇒ arg (z ) = = arg(z − 1) [from Eq. (i)] 1 1
∴ z2 + 2z cos α < 2 So, x r + r = ω r + r = − 1
2 2 x ω
15 Let z = x + iy 22 Given that z = cos θ + i sin θ = e iθ or 2 according as r is not divisible by 3
15 15
|z − 1| = |z + 1|
∑ lm(z ∑ lm(e or divisible by 3.
2 m −1 iθ 2 m −1
∴ )= )
Re z = 0 ⇒ x = 0 m=1 m=1 ∴ Required sum
|z − 1| = |z − i| ⇒ x = y
15
= 17(−1) 2 + 8 ⋅ 2 2 = 49
∑ lme
i(2 m −1 )θ
=
|z + 1| = |z − i| ⇒ y = − x m=1
29 Given, z = 2ω + 1
Since, only (0, 0) will satisfy all = sin θ + sin 3θ + sin 5θ + ... + sin 29θ
−1 + z −1 + 3i
14 ⋅ 2θ 15⋅ 2θ ⇒ω = ⇒ω =
sin θ +
conditions.
∴ Number of complex number z = 1. sin 2 2
2 2 [Qz = −3]
=
2θ
sin
2
16 Given z + 7z = 0 ⇒ ω is complex cube root of unity
2 1 1 1
⇒ z z + 7z = 0 ⇒ z (z + 7) = 0
sin(15θ)sin(15θ) 1 1 −ω2 − 1 ω2 = 3k
Case (i) : z = 0, ∴ z = 0 = 0 + i0 = = [Qθ = 2° ] Now,
sin θ 4sin 2° ω2 ω7
Case (ii) : z = −7 ∴ z = −7 + 0i 1
Hence, there is only two solutions. 23 Clearly, i = cos π + i sin π = e iπ /2 1 1 1
2 2
z = 0 and z = −7 i2 ⋅
π ⇒ 1 ω ω2 = 3k
iπ / 2 i − π /2
∴ (i ) = (e
i
) =e 2
=e
17 Given zz + (3 − 4i )z + (3 + 4i )z = 0 ( i )(i ) e − π /2 − π /2
1 ω2 ω
Let z = x + iy Now, (i ) = (i ) ⇒ z = (i )e
− π /2 Q1 + ω + ω2 = 0
Then, zz = x2 + y 2 ⇒ |z|=|i |e =1
ω7 = ω
∴ x2 + y 2 + (3 − 4i )( x + iy ) 24 Let z = cos + i sin π
π
+ (3 + 4i )( x − iy ) = 0 8 8 Applying R1 → R1 + R2 + R3 , we get
1 π π 3 1 + ω + ω2 1 + ω + ω2
⇒ x2 + y 2 + 6 x + 8 y = 0 Then, = cos − i sin
z 8 8 1 ω ω2 = 3k
⇒ ( x2 + 6 x ) + ( y 2 + 8 y ) = 0 8
1 + cos π + i sin π 1 ω
2
ω
⇒ ( x + 3)2 + ( y + 4)2 = 32 + 42 8
Now, 8 8 = 1 + z
⇒ [ x − (−3)] + [ y − (−4)] = 5
2 2 2
1 + cos π − i sin π 1 + z
−1 3 0 0
So, area of circle be π R2 = 25π 8 8 ⇒ 1 ω ω2 = 3k
8 8
[QR = radius = 5] (1 + z )z π π 1 ω2 ω
= = z = cos + i sin
8
(1 + z ) 8
18 If z = 1 + cos θ + i sin θ, then arg(z ) = θ
8 ⇒ 3(ω2 − ω 4 ) = 3k
π π
2 = cos 8 ⋅ + i sin 8 ⋅ ⇒ k = ω2 − ω ⇒ k = −1 − 2ω
π/5 π 8 8
⇒ k = −(1 + 2ω ) ⇒ k = − z
∴ arg(z ) = =
2 10 [using De-moivre’s theorem]
⇒ sin(arg z ) = cos π = −1(Q sin π = 0) 30 Using 1 + ω + ω2 = 0, we get
π 5−1 1+ ω ω2 −ω
= sin = sin18° = 25 Clearly, ( x − 1)( x − α1 )( x − α2 ) …
10 4 ( x − α n −1 ) = x – 1 n ∆ = 1+ ω 2
ω − ω2
Putting x = 2, we get ω2 + ω ω − ω2
19 Given, z = 1 and arg z = θ ( 2 − α1 )( 2 − α2 )K( 2 − α n − 1 ) = 2n − 1 Applying C1 → C1 + C2 ,
1
∴ z = e iθ and z = 26 We have, (1 + ω ) = A + Bω 7
0 ω2 −ω
z
We know that 1 + ω + ω = 0 2
∆ = 0 ω − ω2
1+ z 1+ z
Now, arg = arg
∴ 1 + ω = −ω2 ω2 + 2ω ω − ω2
1 + z 1 + 1 ⇒ (− ω2 ) 7 = A + Bω
z = (ω2 + 2ω )(− ω + ω2 ) = − 3ω2
⇒ − ω14 = A + Bω
= arg (z ) = θ
18 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWO
n π n π
31 |a + bω + c ω2|2 = (a + bω + c ω2 ) 38 Given, z2 is not unimodular i.e. z2 ≠ 1 + ( 2 )n1 cos 1 − i sin i 1
(a + b ω + c ω ) 2 z1 − 2z2 4 4
and is unimodular. n2 π π
2 − z1 z2 n2
= (a + bω + c ω2 )(a + bω2 + c ω ) + ( 2 ) cos − i sin n2
[Q ω = ω2 and ω 2 = ω] 4 4
z1 − 2z2
⇒ =1 n2 n2 π n2 π
= a + b + c 2 − ab – bc − ca
2 2
2 − z1 z2 + ( 2 ) cos + i sin
4 4
1 ⇒ z1 − 2z2
2
= 2 − z1 z2
2
= [(a − b ) 2 + (b − c ) 2 + (c − a) 2 ] π n π
= ( 2 )n1 2cos 1 + ( 2 )n2 2cos 2
n
2
⇒ (z1 − 2z2 )(z1 − 2z2 ) = (2 − z1 z2 ) 4 4
So, it has minimum value 1 for a = b = 1 2
(2 − z1 z2 ) [Qzz = z ] which is purely real ∀ n1 , n2 .
and c = 2. 2 2
2 2
32 Clearly, x + y + z = x x + y y + zz
2 ⇒ z1
2 2
+ 4 z2 − 2z1 z2 − 2z1 z2 2 Clearly, z = z
2 2
z−1 z −1
= (a + b + c )(a + b + c ) = 4 + z1 z2 − 2z1 z2 − 2z1 z2 ⇒ zzz − z2 = zzz − z2
2
2 2
⇒ ( z2 − 1)( z1 − 4) = 0
2 ⇒ z (z − z ) − (z − z )(z + z ) = 0
+ (a + bω + cω )(a + bω + c ω )
2
2
2 Q z2 ≠1 ⇒ (z − z ) ( z − (z + z )) = 0
+ (a + bω + cω )(a + bω + c ω )
2
iz + 1 (1 − y ) + ix (applying R1 → R1 + R2 + R3 )
and x + iy = 1 − ( x − iy )
[(2 x + 1) + 2iy ] ⋅ [(1 − y ) − ix] 1 1 1 1
= ⇒ x + y = 1 and 2 x = 1 ⇒ x =
2 2
=zω z + ω2 1
(1 − y )2 − i 2 x2 2
(2 x − y + 1) − (2 x2 + 2 y 2 + x − 2 y )i 3 ω2
1 z+ω
= and y =±
1 + x2 + y 2 − 2 y 2 = z {[(z + ω2 )(z + ω ) − 1]
1 3
∴ Imaginary part ∴ z= ± i + [ω2 − ω( z + ω)] + [ω − ω2 (z + ω2 )]}
− (2 x2 + 2 y 2 + x − 2 y ) 2 2
= = −2 = z {z2 + z(ω + ω2 ) + ω3
1 3
1 + x2 + y 2 − 2 y Now, take, z = + i −1 − ωz − ω2 z} = z3
2 2
⇒ x + 2 y − 2 = 0, which is a straight line. 3 / 2 π ∴ ∆ = 0 ⇒ z = 0 ⇒ z = 0 is the only
3
∴ θ = tan −1 = solution.
z z 1 1/2 3
35 Clearly, = = , which
1 − z2 zz − z2 z − z 4 In the problem, base = 1 / 2∈(0,1)
is always imaginary. SESSION 2 ∴ z−1 < z− i ⇒
2
z−1 < z− i
2
36 |ω | = 1 ⇒|z | = z − i
n1
1 Clearly, (1 + i ) + (1 + i 3 )n1 ⇒ (z − 1)(z − 1) < (z − i )(z + i )
3
+ (1 + i 5 )n2 + (1 + i 7 )n2 [Q z
2
= z z]
It is the perpendicular bisector of the = (1 + i )n1 + (1 − i )n1 + (1 + i )n2 + (1 − i )n2
n1 ⇒ (1 + i )z + (1 − i )z > 0
line segment joining (0, 0) to 0, i.e. π π
1
= 2 cos + i sin ⇒ (z + z ) + i (z − z ) > 0
3 4 4
z + z z − z
1 n1 ⇒ + i >0
the line y = ⋅ π π
6 + 2 cos − + i sin − 2 2
4 4
z + z − z − z
⇒ >0
37 Given, z1 + z2 = 1 ⇒ z12 + z22 = z1 z2 π π
n2
2 2i
z2 z1 + 2 cos − + i sin −
4 4 ⇒ Re(z ) − Im(z ) > 0 ⇒ x − y > 0
⇒ z12 + z22 + z32 = z1 z2 + z1 z3 + z2 z3 ,
5 arg z − (10 + 6i ) = π
n2
π π
where z3 = 0 2 cos + i sin
+
4 4 z − (4 + 6i ) 4
−1 y − 6 y−6 π
So, z1 , z2 and the origin form an
n π n π
equilateral triangle. = ( 2 )n1 cos 1 + i sin 1 ⇒ tan
x − 10
− tan −1
x−4
=
4 4 4
[take z = x + iy ]
DAY TWO COMPLEX NUMBERS 19
y−6 y−6 2k π
10
2k π
− 2z − 6 + 5i = 2 z − 3 − i
5
13 We have, ∑ sin + i cos
⇒ x − 10 x − 4 = 1 2 k =1 11 11
( y − 6)( y − 6) 2kπ 2kπ
= i ∑ cos
10
1+ 5
( x − 10)( x − 4) = 2 Distance of z from 3, − − i sin
k =1 11 11
2
⇒ x2 + y 2 − 14 x − 18 y + 112 = 0 10 − i 2 kπ 10
where z lies on circle (i).
⇒ ( x − 7)2 + ( y − 9)2 = 18 = (3 2 )2 = i ∑e 11
=i ∑α
k
∴ 1 − = 1
1 α
[by (i)]
8 Given,|z + 4 | ≤ 3 α
X
Now,|z + 1 | = |z + 4 − 3 | ⇒ (α − 1)n − α n = 0 O
≤ |z + 4 | + | 3 | ≤ 3 + 3 = 6 ⇒ − C1 α n −1 + C2α n −2 + ... + (−1)n = 0 z1 + z2
1 1 1 ⇒ = 1 + cos α + i sin α
Hence, greatest value of|z + 1 | = 6 where, α = , ..., z1
1 − a1 1 − a2 1 − an −1 α α α
Since, least value of the modulus of a = 2cos cos + i sin
complex number is 0. 1 1 1 2 2 2
⇒ + + ...+
Consider,|z + 1 | = 0 ⇒ z = − 1 1 − a1 1 − a2 1 − an −1 (z1 + z2 )2 α
⇒ = 4cos 2 e iα
Now, |z + 4 | = |− 1 + 4 | = 3 C n(n − 1) (n − 1) z12 2
= 2 = =
⇒| z + 4 | ≤ 3 is satisfied by z = − 1. C1 2/ n 2 z
= 4cos 2 α / 2 ⋅ 2
∴ Least value of|z + 1| = 0 z1
2 2
12 z ω − ω z = z − ω ... (i) α
9 z − 3 − 2i ≤ 2 ⇒ (z1 + z2 )2 = 4cos 2 z1 z2
2 2 2
⇒ ( z + 1)ω = ( ω + 1)z
⇒ p2 = 4 q cos 2 α / 2
z +1
2 p2 α
z ∴ = cos 2
⇒ = = real 4q 2
(3, 2) ω 2
ω +1
z zω 15 Q p < 0, take p = − q 3 (q > 0)
⇒ =z ⇒ = zω ... (ii)
ω ω ∴ p1 /3 = q(−1)1 /3 = − q , − qω, − qω2
A
Also, from Eq. (i), zz ω − ωω z = z − ω Now, take α = −q , β = − qω, γ = − qω2
P(3, – 5/2) ⇒ zz ω − ωz ω − z + ω = 0 Then, given expression
⇒ (z ω − 1)(z − ω ) = 0 ⇒ z = ω or zω = 1
x + yω + zω2
⇒ z lies on or inside the circle i.e. zω = 1 = = ω2
1 2
xω + yω2 + z
( x − 3)2 + ( y − 2)2 = 22 = 4 ... (i) ⇒ z = ω or z = = ω/ ω
ω
DAY THREE
Sequence
and Series
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Definition u Geometric Progression (GP) u Sum of Special Series
u Arithmetic Progression (AP) u Geometric Mean (GM) u Summation of Series by the
u Arithmetic Mean (AM) u Arithmetico-Geometric Difference Method
Progression (AGP)
Definition
l
By a sequence we mean a list of numbers, arranged according to some definite rule.
or
We define a sequence as a function whose domain is the set of natural numbers or some
subsets of type {1, 2, 3, ... k}.
l
If a1 , a2 , a3 ,..., an,.... is a sequence, then the expression a1 + a2 + a3 + ... + an+... is called the
series.
l
If the terms of a sequence follow a certain pattern, then it is called a progression.
PRED
Arithmetic Progression (AP) MIRROR
l
It is a sequence in which the difference between any two consecutive terms is always Your Personal Preparation Indicator
same.
l
An AP can be represented as a , a + d, a + 2 d, a + 3 d, … where, a is the first term, d is the
u No. of Questions in Exercises (x)—
common difference. u No. of Questions Attempted (y)—
u No. of Correct Questions (z)—
l
The nth term, t n = a + (n − 1)d (Without referring Explanations)
l
Common difference d = t n − t n−1
Accuracy Level (z / y × 100)—
The nth term from end, t n = l − (n − 1)d, where l is the last term.
u
l
NOTE • Any three numbers in AP can be taken as a − d , a, a + d. • Three non-zero numbers a, b, c are in GP iff b2 = ac.
• Any four numbers in AP can be taken as • If a, b and c are in AP as well as GP, then a = b = c.
a − 3d , a − d , a + d , a + 3d. • If a > 0 and r > 1 or a < 0 and 0 < r < 1, then the GP will be
an increasing GP.
• Any five numbers in AP can be taken as
a − 2d , a − d , a, a + d , a + 2d. • If a > 0 and 0 < r < 1 or a < 0 and r > 1, then the GP will be a
decreasing GP.
• Three numbers a, b, c are in AP iff 2b = a + c.
Important Results on GP
An Important Result of AP l
If a1 , a2 , a3 ,K , an is a GP of positive terms, then
l
In a finite AP, a1 , ..., an, the sum of the terms equidistant log a1 , log a2 ,K , log an is an AP and vice-versa.
from the beginning and end is always same and equal to l
In a finite GP, a1 , a2 , ..., an, the product of the terms
the sum of first and last term
i.e. a1 + an = ak + an –( k − 1 ), ∀ k = 1, 2, 3,..., n − 1. equidistant from the beginning and the end is always
same and is equal to the product of the first and the last
term.
Arithmetic Mean (AM) i.e. a1 an = ak ⋅ an − ( k − 1 ), ∀ k = 1, 2, 3, ..., n − 1.
a+b
l
If a, A and b are in AP, then A = is the arithmetic
2
mean of a and b.
Geometric Mean (GM)
l
If a, A1 , A2, …, An , b are in AP, then A1 , A2 ,..., An are
l
If a, G and b are in GP, then G = ab is the geometric mean
the n arithmetic means between a and b.
of a and b.
l
The n arithmetic means, A1 , A2 , ..., An, between a and b are
r (b − a) l
If a, G1 , G2 ,K , Gn, b are in GP, then G1 , G2 ,K , Gn are the n
given by the formula, Ar = a + ∀ r = 1, 2, ... n geometric means between a and b.
n+1
l
The n GM’s, G1 , G2 , ..., Gn, inserted between a and b, are
l
Sum of n AM’s inserted between a and b is n A i.e. r
a + b b n + 1
A1 + A2 + A3 + K + An = n given by the formula, Gr = a .
2 a
NOTE
l
Product of n GM’s, inserted between a and b, is the nth
• The AM of n numbers a1 , a2 , ... , an is given by
power of the single GM between a and b,
( a1 + a2 + a3 + K + an )
AM = i.e. G1 ⋅ G2 ⋅ ... ⋅ Gn = G n = (ab )n/2 .
n
NOTE • If a and b are of opposite signs, then their GM can not exist.
Geometric Progression (GP)
• If A and G are respectively the AM and GM between two
l
It is a sequence in which the ratio of any two consecutive
terms is always same. numbers a and b, then a, b are given by
l
A GP can be represented as a, ar , ar 2 , … [ A ± ( A + G)( A − G) ] .
where, a is the first term and r is the common ratio. • If a1 , a2 , a3 ,... , an are positive numbers, then their GM
l
The nth term, t n = ar n –1 = ( a1 a2 a3 ... an ) 1 / n .
l
l
The nth term from end, t n′ = n − 1 , where l is the last term.
r Arithmetico-Geometric
1 – r n
a , r ≠1 Progression (AGP)
l
Sum of first n terms, S n = 1 – r l
A progression in which every term is a product of a term
na, r =1 of AP and corresponding term of GP, is known as
a arithmetico-geometric progression.
l
If| r | < 1, then the sum of infinite GP is S ∞ =
1−r l
If the series of AGP be a + (a + d)r + (a + 2 d)r 2 + ...
a + {a + (n − 1)d}r n−1 + ..., then
NOTE • Any three numbers in GP can be taken as , a, ar.
r a dr (1 − r n−1 ) {a + (n − 1) d }r n
(i) S n = + − ,r ≠1
a a
• Any four numbers in GP can be taken as 3 , , ar, ar 3 . 1−r (1 − r )2 1−r
r r a dr
a a (ii) S ∞ = + ,| r | < 1
• Any five numbers in GP can be taken as 2 , , a, ar, ar 2 . 1 − r (1 − r )2
r r
22 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THREE
7 A person is to count 4500 currency notes. 19 If | a | < 1 and | b | < 1, then the sum of the series
Let an denotes the number of notes he counts in the n th 1 + (1 + a ) b + (1 + a + a 2 ) b 2 + (1 + a + a 2 + a 3 ) b 3 + K is
minute. If a1 = a 2 = ... = a10 = 150 and a10, a11 ,... are in AP 1 1
(a) (b)
with common difference – 2, then the time taken by him (1 − a) (1 − b) (1 − a) (1 − ab)
to count all notes, is (c)
1
(d)
1
(a) 24 min (b) 34 min (c) 125 min (d) 135 min (1 − b) (1 − ab) (1 − a) (1 − b) (1 − ab)
8 If log 3
a + log(3)1/ 3 a + log31/ 4 a + K upto 8th term
2 2 2
20 A man saves ` 200 in each of the first three months of his
= 44, then the value of a is service. In each of the subsequent months his saving
1 increases by ` 40 more than the saving of immediately
(a) ± 3 (b) 2 2 (c) (d) None of these
2 previous month. His total saving from the start of service
9 n arithmetic means are inserted between 7 and 49 and will be ` 11040 after j AIEEE 2011
13 A GP consists of an even number of terms. If the sum of 24 If (10)9 + 2(11)1(10)8 + 3(11)2(10)7 + ... + 10 (11)9 = k (10)9,
all the terms is 5 times the sum of terms occupying odd then k is equal to j
JEE Mains 2014
places,then its common ratio is 121 441
(a) (b) (c) 100 (d) 110
10 100
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5
14 The sum of first 20 terms of the sequence 0.7, 0.77, 25 The sum of the infinity of the series
2 6 10 14
0.777, …, is JEE Mains 2013
j
1 + + 2 + 3 + 4 + ... is
7 7 − 20
3 3 3 3
(a) [179 − 1020 ] (b) [99 − 10 ]
81 9 (a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 2
7 7
(c) [179 + 10 − 20 ] (d) [99 + 10 − 20 ] 26 The sum of the series1 + 3 + 5 + K upto 20 terms is
3 3 3
81 9
(a) 319600 (b) 321760
15 If x , y and z are distinct prime numbers, then
(c) 306000 (d) 347500
(a) x, y and z may be in AP but not in GP
12
(b) x, y and z may be in GP but not in AP
(c) x, y and z can neither be in AP nor in GP
27 Let a1, a 2, a 3, ..., a 49 be in AP such that ∑ a 4k + 1 = 416
k =0
(d) None of the above
and a 9 + a 43 = 66. If a12 + a 22 +K+ 2
a17 = 140 m, then m is
16 Let n ( > 1) be a positive integer, then the largest integer m
equal to j
JEE Mains 2018
such that (n m
+ 1) divides (1 + n + n + K + n
2 127
), is
(a) 66 (b) 68 (c) 34 (d) 33
(a) 32 (b) 8 (c) 64 (d) 16
28 Let a, b, c ∈ R . if f ( x ) = ax 2 + bx + c be such that
17 An infinite GP has first term x and sum 5, then x belongs
a + b + c = 3 and f ( x + y ) = f ( x ) + f ( y ) + xy , ∀ x , y ∈ R ,
(a) x < − 10 (b) −10 < x < 0 (c) 0 < x < 10 (d) x > 10 10
18 The length of a side of a square is a metre. A second then ∑ f (n ) is equal to
n =1 j
JEE Mains 2017
square is formed by joining the mid-points of these
squares. Then, a third square is formed by joining the (a) 330 (b) 165 (c) 190 (d) 255
mid-points of the second square and so on. Then, sum of 29 The sum of the series ( 2)2 + 2( 4)2 + 3 ( 6)2 + ... upto 10
the area of the squares which carried upto infinity is terms is j
JEE Mains 2013
(a) a 2m 2 (b) 2a 2m 2 (c) 3 a 2m 2 (d) 4 a 2m 2 (a) 11300 (b) 11200 (c) 12100 (d) 12300
24 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THREE
7 11 11 60
12 + 2 ⋅ 22 + 32 + 2 ⋅ 42 + 52 + 2 ⋅ 62 + K (a) (b) (c) (d)
2 4 2 11
If B − 2A = 100λ, then λ is equal to j JEE Mains 2018 1 1
(a) 232 (b) 248 (c) 464 (d) 496 33 The sum of the series1 + + + ...
1+ 2 1+ 2 + 3
31 The sum of first 9 terms of the series upto 10 terms is j JEE Mains 2013
13 13 + 23 13 + 23 + 33 18 22 20 16
+ + +... is (a) (b) (c) (d)
1 1+ 3 1+ 3 + 5 j JEE Mains 2015 11 13 11 9
(a) 71 (b) 96 (c) 142 (d) 192
∑ f (a + r ) = 16 ( 2n −1), then the natural number a is 9 If the sum of the first ten terms of the series
r =1
2 2 2 2
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5 3 2 1 4 16
1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 4 + ..., is
2
m,
7 5 5 5 5 5
3 If the sum of an infinite GP is and sum of the squares
2 then m is equal to j
JEE Mains 2016
147
of its terms is , then the sum of the cubes of its terms (a) 102 (b) 101 (c) 100 (d) 99
16
is 10 If m is the AM of two distinct real numbers I and n (l, n > 1)
315 700 985 1029 and G1, G 2 and G 3 are three geometric means between I
(a) (b) (c) (d)
19 39 13 38 and n, then G14 + 2G 24 + G 34 equals j
JEE Mains 2015
5 55 555 (a) 4l 2mn (b) 4 lm 2n
4 The sum of the infinite series + + + K is
13 132 133 (c) 4 lmn 2 (d) 4l 2m 2n 2
31 65 65 75 11 The sum of the series ( 2 + 1) + 1 + ( 2 − 1) + K ∞ is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
18 32 36 36
4+ 3 2
(a) 2 (b) 2 + 3 2 (c) 2 − 3 2 (d)
5 Given sum of the first n terms of an AP is 2n + 3 n 2. 2
Another AP is formed with the same first term and double
12 The largest term common to the sequences 1, 11, 21, 31,
of the common difference, the sum of n terms of the new
... to 100 terms and 31, 36, 41, 46, ... to 100 terms is
AP is
(a) 531 (b) 471 (c) 281 (d) 521
(a) n + 4n 2 (b) 6n 2 − n (c) n 2 + 4n (d) 3 n + 2n 2
∞ ∞ 13 If a, b, c are in GP and x is the AM between a and b, y the
π
6 For 0 < θ < , if x = ∑ cos 2n θ , y = ∑ sin2n θ and AM between b and c, then
2 n =0 n =0 a c a c
∞ (a) + =1 (b) + =2
x y x y
z = ∑ cos 2n
θ sin 2n
θ, then xyz is equal to
(c)
a c
+ =3 (d) None of these
n =0
x y
(a) xz + y (b) x + y + z (c) yz + x (d) x + y − z
14 Suppose a, b and c are in AP and a 2, b 2 and c 2 are in
1 1 1 π 1 1 1 4
7 If 4 + 4 + 4 + K to ∞ = , then 4 + 4 + 4 + K to 3
1 2 3 90 1 3 5 GP. If a < b < c and a + b + c = , then the value of a is
2
∞ is equal to 1 1 1 1 1 1
π4 π4 89 π 4 π4 (a) (b) (c) − (d) −
(a) (b) (c) (d) 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 2
96 45 90 90
DAY THREE SEQUENCE AND SERIES 25
15 For any three positive real numbers a, b and c, if 17 Statement I The sum of the series
9 ( 25a + b ) + 25 (c − 3ac ) = 15b ( 3a + c ), then
2 2 2 1 + (1 + 2 + 4) + ( 4 + 6 + 9) + ( 9 + 12 + 16) + K
(a) b, c and a are in GP j JEE Mains 2017 + ( 361 + 380 + 400) is 8000.
(b) b, c and a are in AP n
(c) a, b and c are in AP Statement II ∑ [k 3 − (k − 1)3 ] = n 3, for any natural
(d) a, b and c are in GP k =1
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4 (d) 5 (c) 6 (b) 7 (b) 8 (a) 9 (c) 10 (a)
11 (b) 12 (d) 13 (c) 14 (c) 15 (a) 16 (c) 17 (c) 18 (b) 19 (c) 20 (c)
21 (b) 22 (b) 23 (a) 24 (c) 25 (a) 26 (a) 27 (c) 28 (a) 29 (c) 30 (b)
31 (b) 32 (c) 33 (c)
SESSION 2 1 (a) 2 (b) 3 (d) 4 (c) 5 (b) 6 (b) 7 (a) 8 (b) 9 (b) 10 (b)
11 (d) 12 (d) 13 (b) 14 (d) 15 (b) 16 (d) 17 (a)
a1 + 5d 121 + ad + 8d 2 1 −
⇒ = 7 10
10
a2 + 20d 1681 ⇒ 8d 2 = ad = 20 −
9 1−
1
a6 121 ⇒ 8d = a [Qd ≠ 0]
⇒ = 10
a21 1681
Now, common ratio,
a + 4d 8d + 4d 12d 4
r = = = = Qsum of n terms of GP,
7 Number of notes that the person counts a+ d 8d + d 9d 3 a(1 − r n )
in 10 min Sn = , where r < 1
12 Let a, ar , ar 2 be in GP ( where, r > 1). 1− r
= 10 × 150 = 1500
7 1 1
20
On multiplying middle term by 2, we
= 20 − 1 −
Since, a10, a11 , a12 ,... are in AP with get that a, 2ar , ar 2 are in AP. 9 9 10
common difference − 2.
⇒ 4 ar = a + ar 2 ⇒ r 2 − 4r + 1 = 0
7 179 1 1
20
7
Let n be the time taken to count
4 ± 16 − 4 = + = [179 + 10−20]
remaining 3000 notes. ⇒ r = = 2± 3 9 9
9 10 81
n 2
Then, [2 × 148 + (n − 1) × −2] = 3000
2 ∴ r = 2 + 3 [QAP is increasing] 15 x, y , z are in GP
⇒ n2 − 149 n + 3000 = 0 ⇔ y 2 = xz
13 Let the GP be a, a r , a r 2 , a r 3 , ⇔ x is factor of y. Which is not
⇒ (n − 24)(n − 125) = 0 ar 2 n −2 , ar 2 n −1 . possible, as y is a prime number.
∴ n = 24 and 125 If x = 3, y = 5and z = 7, then they are in
where, a, ar 2 , ar 4 , ar 6, ... occupy odd
Then, the total time taken by the person AP.
places and ar , ar 3 , ar 5, ar 7 ,... occupy Thus, x, y and z may be in AP but not
to count all notes
= 10 + 24 even places. in GP.
= 34 min
DAY THREE SEQUENCE AND SERIES 27
16 Clearly, ⇒ 600 +
n
{40(12 + n − 1)} = 11040 − 1 = − 50 + 50 50 − 50 50
⇒ S 50 x x
n −1
128 2 50
1 + n + n2 + K + n127 =
n−1 ⇒ 600 + 20 n (n + 11) = 11040 ⇒ S 50 = 2500.
a (r − 1)
n
⇒ 30 + n + 11 n = 552
2
24 Given, k ⋅ 109 = 109 + 2(11)1 (10)8
QS n = r − 1
⇒ n2 + 11 n − 522 = 0 + 3(11)2 (10)7 + ... + 10(11)9
(n 64
− 1) (n64
+ 1) 2
k = 1 + 2 + 3
= 11 11
⇒ n2 + 29 n − 18 n − 522 = 0
n−1 10 10
= (1 + n + n2 + K + n 63 ) (n 64 + 1) ⇒ n (n + 29) − 18(n + 29) = 0 9
+ ... + 10
11
⇒ (n − 18)(n + 29) = 0 ...(i)
Thus, the largest value of m for which 10
n m + 1 divides ∴ n = 18 2
[neglecting n = − 29 ] 11 k = 1 11 + 2 11
1 + n + n2 + K + n127 is 64.
∴ Total time = (n + 3) = 21 months 10 10 10
5− x
17 Since, S ∞ = x = 5 ⇒ r = 9 10
1− r 5 21 Since, g = ab . Also, a, p , q and b are + ... + 9 + 10
11 11
...(ii)
For infinite GP,|r | < 1 in AP. 10 10
5− x b −a
⇒ −1 < < 1 ⇒ −10 < − x < 0 So, common difference d is . On subtracting Eq.(ii) from Eq.(i),
5 3 we get
∴ 0 < x < 10 b − a 2a + b 2
∴ p = a+ d = a+ =
k 1 − = 1 +
11 11 11
3 3 +
18 Sum of the area of the squares which 10 10 10
b − a a + 2b
carried upto infinity q =b −d =b − = 9 10
+ ... + 9 − 10
3 3 11 11
a2 a2
= a2 + + + ... Now, (2 p − q )( p − 2q ) 10 10
2 4
2
(4a + 2b − a − 2b ) (2a + b − 2a − 4b ) 11 10
1 − 1
a = ⋅
= = 2a2 m2
1 3 3 10 − 11 10 10
1−
2 ⇒ k =
−10 11
= − ab = − g 2 10
− 1
11 10
19 Clearly, 1 + (1 + a)b + (1 + a + a )b 2 2 10
+ (1 + a + a2 + a3 ) b 3 + K ∞ 22 Here, a = 486 and b = 2 a( r n − 1)
3
∞ Q in GP,sum of n terms = r − 1 ,
∑ (1 + a + a2 + K + an − 1 ) b n − 1
r
=
We know that, G r = a
b n
when r > 1
+1
n =1
a
∞ 1 − an n − 1 10
11
10
= ∑
1− a
b
∴ G 4 = 486 ⋅
2 1
4/6
[Q here, n = 5]
⇒ − k = 10 10 − 10 − 10
11
10 10
n =1
3 486
1 ∞ ∞ ∴ k = 100
∑ b − ∑ an b n − 1
n −1 4/6
=
= 486
1
1 − a n = 1
n =1 3 ⋅ 243 25 Let S = 1 + 2 + 62 + 10 14
+ 4 +K
1 ∞ ∞ 4/6 3 3 33 3
= 486
1
∑ b − a ∑ (ab )
n −1 n −1 1
= = 486 ⋅ =6
= 1 + 1 + + 2 + 3 + K
2 3 5 7
1 − a n = 1 n =1 729 34
3 3 3 3
1 a
= [1 + b + b 2 + K ∞] − 23 Let x = 1 + 1 and S 50 be the sum of 2 1 2⋅1 / 3
1− a 1− a =1+
50 1 − 1 / 3 +
3 (1 − 1 / 3)2
[1 + ab + (ab ) + K ] 2
first 50 terms of the given series.
1 1 a 1 Then, S 50 = 1 + 2 x + 3 x2 Qsum of infinite AGP, is
= ⋅ − ⋅
1 − a 1 − b 1 − a 1 − ab + ... + 50 x 49 …(i) a dr
S∞ = +
[Q|b | < 1 and |ab | = |a||b | < 1] 1 − r (1 − r )2
⇒ x S 50 = x + 2 x2
1 − ab − a (1 − b ) 2 3 2 9 2 3
= + K + 49 x 49 + 50 x 50 …(ii) =1+ + ⋅ = 1 + ⋅2⋅ = 3
(1 − a) (1 − b ) (1 − ab ) 3 2 3 4 3 2
1 − ab − a + ab ⇒ (1 − x )S 50 = 1 + x + x + x 2 3
= 26 13 + 33 + K + 393 = 13 + 23 + 33
(1 − a) (1 − b ) (1 − ab ) + K + x 49 − 50 x 50
1 [subtracting Eq. (ii) from Eq. (i)] + K + 403 – (23 + 43 + 63 + ... + 403 )
= 2
(1 − b ) (1 − ab ) 1 − x 50 40 × 41
⇒ S 50 (1 − x ) = − 50 x 50 = − 8(1 + 2
3 3
1− x 2
20 Let the time taken to save
` 11040 be (n+3) months. − 1 1 − x
50
+ 33 + K + 203 )
⇒ S 50 = − 50 x 50
For first 3 months he saves ` 200 each 50 − 1 20 × 21
2
50 = (20 × 41)2 − 8
month. 2
n Q x = 1 + 1 = 202 [412 − 2(21)2 ]
In (n+3) months, 3 × 200 + {2(240)
2 50
= 319600
+ (n − 1) × 40} = 11040
28 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THREE
⇒
13
(2a + 48d ) = 416 ∴ A = 12 + 2 ⋅ 22 + 32 + 2 ⋅ 42 + 52 6
2 1 1
+ 2 ⋅ 62 + … + 2 ⋅ 202 = 6 −
⇒ a + 24d = 32 …(i) n ( n + 1 )
A = (1 + 2 + 3 + … + 202 ) + (22 + 42
2 2 2
Also, we have a9 + a43 = 66 1 1
T1 = 6 − , T2 = 6 − , …
1 1
∴ a + 8d + a + 42d = 66 + 62 + … + 202 )
1 2 2 3
⇒ 2a + 50d = 66 A = (1 + 2 + 3 + … + 20 )
2 2 2 2
T11 = 6
1 1
⇒ a + 25d = 33 …(ii) + 4(12 + 22 + 32 + …+102 ) −
11 12
Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
20 × 21 × 41 4 × 10 × 11 × 21 1
a = 8 and d = 1 A= + 1 6 × 11 11
6 6 ∴S = 6 − = 12 = 2
Now, a12 + a22 + a32 + L + a17
2
= 140m 20 × 21 20 × 21 × 63 1 12
A= (41 + 22) =
82 + 92 + 102 + … + 242 = 140m 6 6 33 n th term of the series is
⇒ (1 + 2 + 3 + … + 24 ) − (1 + 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 Similarly, 1 2
Tn = =
B = (12 + 22 + 32 + … + 402 ) + 4(12 n (n + 1 ) n (n + 1 )
+ 3 + … + 7 ) = 140m
2 2
+ 22 +… + 202 ) 2
24 × 25 × 49 7 × 8 × 15
⇒ − = 140m 1 1
6 6 40 × 41 × 81 4 × 20 × 21 × 41 ⇒ Tn = 2 −
B = + n n + 1
3×7× 8× 5 6 6
⇒ (7 × 5 − 1) = 140m 1 1
40 × 41 40 × 41 × 123 ⇒ T1 = 2 − , T2 = 2 − ,
6 1 1
B = (81 + 42) =
⇒ 7 × 4 × 5 × 34 = 140m 6 6 1 2 2 3
⇒ 140 × 34 = 140m Now, B − 2 A = 100λ
T3 = 2 − , ..., T10 = 2
1 1 1 1
−
⇒ m = 34 40 × 41 × 123 3 4 10 11
∴
28 We have, f ( x ) = ax2 + bx + c 6 ∴ S 10 = T1 + T2 + K + T20
2 × 20 × 21 × 63
Now, f ( x + y ) = f ( x ) + f ( y ) + xy − = 100λ 1 − 1 + 1 − 1 + 1 − 1
6
Put y = 0 ⇒ f ( x ) = f ( x ) + f (0) + 0 40 = 2 2 2 3 3 4
⇒ f (0) = 0
⇒ (5043 − 1323) = 100λ 1 1
6 +K+ −
⇒ c =0 40 10 11
⇒ × 3720 = 100λ
= 2 1 −
Again, put y = − x 6 1
∴ f (0) = f ( x ) + f (− x ) − x2 ⇒ 40 × 620 = 100λ 11
40 × 620 10 20
⇒ 0 = ax2 + bx + ax2 − bx − x2 ⇒ λ= = 248 = 2⋅ =
100 11 11
1
⇒ 2ax2 − x2 = 0 ⇒ a =
2 31 Write the nth term of the given series
Also, a + b + c = 3
SESSION 2
and simplify it to get its lowest
⇒
1
+ b + 0 = 3⇒ b =
5 form.Then, apply, S n = ΣT n . 1 Let S = 12 + 32 + 52 + K + 252
2 2 Given series is = (12 + 22 + 32 + 42 + K + 252 )
x2 + 5x 13 13 + 23 13 + 23 + 33 − (22 + 42 + 62 + K + 242 )
∴ f ( x) = + + + K∞
2 1 1+ 3 1+ 3+ 5 = (1 + 2 + 3 + 42 + K + 252 )
2 2 2
n2 + 5n 1 2 5
Now, f (n ) = = n + n Let T n be the nth term of the given − 22 (1 + 22 + 32 + K + 122 )
2 2 2 series.
10
1 10 2 5 10 25(25 + 1) (2 × 25 + 1)
=
∴ ∑ f (n ) = 2 ∑ n + 2 ∑ n ∴ Tn =
13 + 23 + 33 + ... + n3 6
n =1 n =1 n =1 12 (12 + 1) (2 × 12 + 1)
1 + 3 + 5 + K upto n terms − 4×
1 10 × 11 × 21 5 10 × 11
=
⋅ + × 2 6
2 6 2 2 n(n + 1) 25 × 26 × 51 4 × 12 × 13 × 25
= −
= (n + 1)
2
=
385 275 660 2
= + = = 330 6 6
2
2 2 2 n 4 = 25 × 13 × 17 − 4 × 2 × 13 × 25
29 Series (2)2 + 2(4)2 + 3(6)2 + K 9
(n + 1)2 1 = 5525 − 2600 = 2925
Now, S 9 = ∑ =
= 4 {1 ⋅ 1 + 2 ⋅ 2 + 3 ⋅ 3 + K }
2 2 2
n =1 4 4 2 Now, f (2) = f (1 + 1)
∴ T n = 4 n ⋅ n2 [(22 + 32 + ... + 102 ) + 12 − 12 ] = f (1) ⋅ f (1) = 22 and f (3) = 23
n(n + 1)
2
1 10(10 + 1)(20 + 1) Similarly, f (n ) = 2n
and S n = ΣT n = 4Σ n3 = 4 = −1
2 4 6 n n
∑ f (a + ∑2
a+r
∴ 16(2n − 1) = r )=
Now, S 10 = [10 ⋅ (10 + 1)] 2 384 r =1 r =1
= = 96
4 = 2 (2 + 22 + K + 2n )
a
= (110)2 = 12100
DAY THREE SEQUENCE AND SERIES 29
2n − 1 1 2 2 2 2
= 1 − cos 2 θ sin2 θ = + + + 42 +
and 8 12 16 24
= 2a ⋅ 2 [GP series]
2−1 z 5 5 5 5
1 xy − 1
= 2a + 1 (2n − 1) =1− = + ... to 10 terms
xy xy 1
⇒ 2 a +1
= 16 = 2 4 = (82 + 122 + 162 + 202 + 242
⇒ x y = x yz − z 52
∴ a= 3 ∴ x yz = x y + z = x + y + z + ... to 10 terms)
42
7 Let S = 14 + 14 + 14 + K + to ∞ = (2 + 3 + 4 + 5
2 2 2 2
3 Let GP be a, ar , ar ,K,|r | < 1.
2
1 3 5 52
According to the question, + ... to 10 terms)
1 1 1 π4
a 7 a2 147 Since, 4 + 4 + 4 + K to ∞ = 42
= , = 1 2 3 90 = (2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + ... + 112 )
2 2 2 2
1 − r 2 1 − r2 16 52
1 1 1
∴ 4 + 4 + 4 + K to ∞ 16 2
On eliminating a, we get 1 3 5 = ((1 + 22 + ... + 112 ) − 12 )
2 25
(1 − r 2 ) = (1 − r ) 2 π4
147 7
+ 4 + 4 + 4 + K to ∞ = 16 11 ⋅ (11 + 1) (2 ⋅ 11 + 1)
1 1 1
16 2 2 = − 1
4 6 90 25 6
1 1 1 1
⇒ 3(1 + r ) = 4 (1 − r ) ⇒ r = ,a = 3 ⇒ 4 + 4 + 4 + K to ∞ =
16
(506 − 1) =
16
× 505
7 1 3 5 25 25
∴ Sum of cubes π4 16 16
+ 4 4 + 4 + 4 + K + to ∞ =
1 1 1 1 ⇒ m= × 505
a3 (3)3 1029 5 25
= = = 2 1 2 3 90
1 − r3 3
38 ⇒ m = 101
1 −
1 1 π4 π4
7 ⇒S + ⋅ =
16 90 90 10 Given, m is the AM of l and n.
1 π4
4 Let S = 5 + 552 + 555
3
+… …(i) 1 1
Q 4 + 4 + 4 + K to ∞ = ∴ l + n = 2m
13 1313 1 2 3 90 and G1 , G2 , G3 are geometric means
S 5 55
and = + 3 + … ...(ii) π4 1 15 π 4 π4 between l and n.
13 132 13 ⇒ S = 1 − = =
90 16 16 × 90 96 So, l ,G1 ,G2 ,G3 , n are in GP.
On subtracting Eq. (ii) from Eq. (i), we
get n −1 Let r be the common ratio of this GP.
8 Let an = a r .
12 5 50 500
S = + + +… a (1 − r n ) ∴ G1 = lr , G2 = lr 2 , G3 = lr 3 ;
13 13 132 133 Then, S n = 1/4
1− r
n = lr 4 ⇒ r =
10 n
which is a GP with common ratio . l
1 1 − 1
n
13
Now, G14 + 2G24 + G34 = (lr )4
13 5 10 65 a r
∴ S = × ÷ 1 − = and S n′ =
12 13 13 36 1 + 2(lr 2 )4 + (lr 3 )4
1−
a r = l × r (1 + 2r + r ) = l 4 × r 4 (r 4 + 1)2
4 4 4 8
QS ∞ = 1 − r 1
1 nn+ l
2
Q first term of a is a = l4 × = ln × 4 m = 4 l m n
2 2
5 Here, T1 = S1 = 2(1 ) + 3(1 )2 = 5 n l l
1 [Q n + l = 2m]
T2 = S 2 − S 1 = 16 − 5 = 11
and common ratio is
r
[QS 2 = 2(2) + 3(2) = 16] 2 11 Given series is a geometric series with
(r n − 1)
1
T3 = S 3 − S 2 = 33 − 16 = 17 a = 2 + 1 and r = 2 − 1.
a
= ⋅r ∴ Required sum
[Q S 3 = 2(3) + 3 (3)2 = 33 ] r n (r − 1)
a 2+1 2+1
Hence, sequence is 5, 11, 17. 1 − rn 1 = = =
∴ a = 5and d = 6 = ⋅ 1 − r 1 − ( 2 − 1) 2 − 2
1 − r a⋅ r n − 1
For new AP, A = 5, D = 2 × 6 = 12 ( 2 + 1) (2 + 2)
1 − rn 1 a (1 − r n ) 1 =
n = ⋅ = ⋅ (2 − 2 ) (2 + 2)
∴ S ′ n = [2 × 5 + (n − 1 )12] 1 − r an 1− r a an
2 2 2+ 2+ 2+ 2 4+ 3 2
1 = =
= 6 n2 − n = Sn ⋅ 4−2 2
a1 an
6 Sum of three infinite GP’s are
1 1 ⇒ S n = a1 an S n′ 12 Clearly, the common terms of the given
x= = , sequences are
1 − cos 2 θ sin2 θ 9 Let S10 be the sum of first ten terms of 31, 41, 51, ...
Similarly, the series. Now, 100th term of 1, 11, 21, 31, ... is
1 1 Then, we have 1 + 99 × 10 = 991
y = and z = 2 2 2 and 100th term of 31, 36, 41, 46, ... is
cos 2 θ 1 − cos 2 θ sin2 θ S 10 = 1 + 2 + 3
3 2 1
31 + 99 × 5 = 526 .
1 1 5 5 5
Now, + =1 [Q sin2 θ + cos 2 θ = 1] 2
Let the largest common term be 526.
x y
+ 42 + 4
4 Then, 526 = 31 + (n − 1) 10
+ ... to 10 terms
⇒ x + y = xy 5 ⇒ (n − 1) 10 = 495
30 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THREE
Quadratic
Equation and
Inequalities
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Quadratic Equation u Maximum and Minimum u Arithmetic-Geometric-
u Relation between Roots and Value of ax 2 + bx + c Harmonic Mean
Coefficients u Sign of Quadratic Expression Inequality
u Formation of an Equation u Position of Roots u Logarithm Inequality
u Transformation of Equations u Inequalities
Quadratic Equation
l
An equation of the form ax2 + bx + c = 0, where a ≠ 0, a, b and c, x ∈ R, is called a real
quadratic equation. Here a, b and c are called the coefficients of the equation. PRED
l
The quantity D = b – 4ac is known as the discriminant of the equation ax + bx + c = 0
2
−b ± D
2
MIRROR
Your Personal Preparation Indicator
and its roots are given by x =
2a
u No. of Questions in Exercises (x)—
l
An equation of the form az2 + bz + c = 0, where a ≠ 0, a, b and c, z ∈C (complex) is called a
No. of Questions Attempted (y)—
−b ± D
u
complex quadratic equation and its roots are given by z = . u No. of Correct Questions (z)—
2a (Without referring Explanations)
where i = −1, which has greater modulus, is 17 The values of p for which one root of the equation
3 − 5i 5 − 3i 3+i 3i + 1 x 2 − 30x + p = 0 is the square of the other, is/are
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2 2 (a) Only 125 (b) 125 and − 216
(c) 125 and 215 (d) Only 216
6 x + x + 1 + 2k ( x − x − 1) = 0 is perfect square for how
2 2
x −m x +n
many value of k 18 If the roots of the quadratic equation = are
mx + 1 nx + 1
(a) 2 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) 3
reciprocal to each other, then
7 If the roots of (a 2 + b 2 )x 2 − 2(bc + ad )x + c 2 + d 2 = 0 are
(a) n = 0 (b) m = n (c) m + n = 1 (d) m 2 + n 2 = 1
equal, then
a c a b a b 19 Let α and α 2 be the roots of x 2 + x + 1 = 0, then the
(a) = (b) + = 0 (c) = (d) a + b = c + d
b d c d d c equation whose roots are α 31 and α 62 , is
8 The least value of α for which tan θ and cot θ are roots of (a) x 2 − x + 1 = 0 (b) x 2 + x − 1 = 0
(c) x 2 + x + 1 = 0 (d) x 60 + x 30 + 1 = 0
the equation x 2 + ax + 1 = 0, is
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 1/2 (d) 0 20 If α and β are the roots of x 2 − a( x − 1) + b = 0, then the
1 1 2
9 If one root of the equation x 2 − λx + 12 = 0 is even prime value of + + is
α 2 − aα β 2 − aβ a + b
while x 2 + λx + µ = 0 has equal roots, then µ is equal to
4 1
(a) 8 (b) 16 (c) 24 (d) 32 (a) (b) (c) 0 (d) −1
a+b a+b
10 If a + b + c = 0, then the roots of the equation
4ax 2 + 3bx + 2c = 0, where a , b, c ∈ R are 21 The value of a for which the sum of the squares of the
(a) real and distinct (b) imaginary roots of the equation x 2 − (a − 2)x − a − 1 = 0 assume the
(c) real and equal (d) infinite least value is j
AIEEE 2005
11 The equation (cos β − 1) x 2 + (cos β)x + sin β = 0 in the (a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 0 (d) 1
variable x has real roots, then β lies in the interval 22 If α and β be the roots of the equation
(a) (0, 2 π) (b) (− π, 0)
π π
(c) − , (d) (0, π)
2x 2 + 2(a + b )x + a 2 + b 2 = 0, then the equation whose
2 2 roots are (α + β )2 and (α − β )2 , is
3c (a) x 2 − 2abx − (a 2 − b 2 )2 = 0 (b) x 2 − 4abx − (a 2 − b 2 )2 = 0
12 If ax 2 + 2bx − 3 c = 0 has no real root and < a + b,
4 (c) x 2 − 4abx + (a 2 − b 2 )2 = 0(d) None of these
then the range of c is
(a) (−1, 1 ) (b) (0, 1) 23 Let α , β be the roots of x 2 − 2x cos φ + 1 = 0, then the
(c) (0, ∞) (d) (− ∞, 0) equation whose roots are α n and β n , is
13 If a , b and c are real numbers in AP, then the roots of (a) x 2 − 2 x cosnφ − 1 = 0 (b) x 2 − 2 x cosnφ + 1 = 0
ax + bx + c = 0 are real for
2 (c) x 2 − 2 x sinnφ + 1 = 0 (d) x 2 + 2 x sinnφ − 1 = 0
(a) all a and c (b) no a and c 24 The harmonic mean of the roots of the equation
c a ( 5 + 2 )x 2 − ( 4 + 5 )x + 8 + 2 5 = 0 is
(c) −7 ≥ 4 3 (d) +7 ≥2 3
a c (a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 8
DAY FOUR QUARDRATIC EQUATION AND INEQUALITIES 35
(a) −2 (p 2 + q 2 ) (b) − (p 2 + q 2 ) that min f ( x ) > max g ( x ), then the relation between b and
− (p 2 + q 2 )
(c) (d) −pq c is
2
(a) | c| < | b| 2 (b) 0 < c < b 2
27 If the roots of the equation ax 2 + bx + c = 0 of the form (c) | c| < | b| 2 (d) | c | > | b | 2
k +1 k+2
and , then (a + b + c )2 is equal to 38 If a ∈ R and a1, a 2 , a 3 … , a n ∈ R , then
k k +1
( x − a1 )2 + ( x − a 2 )2 +… + ( x − a n )2 assumes its least
(a) 2b 2 − ac (b) ∑a 2 (c) b 2 − 4ac (d) b 2 − 2ac value at x =
28 If α and β are the roots of the equation ax 2 + bx + c = 0 (a) a1 + a2 + … + an (b) 2 (a1 + a2 + a3 + ... + an )
such that β < α < 0, then the quadratic equation whose (c) n (a1 + a2 + … + an ) (d) None of these
roots are α , β , is given by 39 If the roots of the equation bx 2 + cx + a = 0 is imaginary,
(a) a x 2 + b x + c = 0 (b) ax 2 − b x + c = 0 then for all real values of x, the expression
(c) a x − b x + c = 0
2
(d) a x
2
+ b| x + c = 0 3b 2 x 2 + 6bcx + 2c 2 is j
AIEEE 2009
(a) greater than 4ab (b) less than 4ab
29 If α and β be the roots of x 2 + px + q = 0, then (c) greater than −4ab (d) less than −4ab
(ωα + ω 2β )(ω 2α + ωβ )
is equal to 40 If x 2 + 2ax + 10 − 3a > 0 for all x ∈ R , then
α 2 β2
+ (a) − 5 < a < 2 (b) a < − 5
β α
(c) a > 5 (d) 2 < a < 5
q p
(a) − (b) αβ (c) − (d) ω 1
p q 41 If the expression ax − 1 + is non-negative for all
x
p
30 If α and β are roots of the equation x 2 + px + 3. = 0, positive real x, then the minimum value of a must be
4 1
such that | α − β | = 10, then p belongs j
JEE Mains 2013 (a) 0
2
(a) {2, − 5 } (b) {− 3, 2 } (c) {− 2, 5 } (d) {3, − 5 } 1
(c) (d) None of these
4
31 Sachin and Rahul attemped to solve a quadratic
equation. Sachin made a mistake in writing down the 42 The number of real solutions of the equation
x
constant term and ended up in roots ( 4, 3). Rahul made a 9
= − 3 + x − x is
2
49 The minimum value of P = bcx + cay + abz , when 54 If log0. 3 ( x − 1) > log0. 09 ( x − 1), then x lies in
xyz = abc, is (a) (1, 2) (b) (− ∞, 1)
(a) 3abc (b) 6abc (c) (2, ∞) (d) None of these
(c) abc (d) 4abc 55 What is the solution set of the following inequality?
50 If a, b and c are distinct three positive real numbers, then x + 5
logx >0
1 1 1 1 − 3x
(a + b + c ) + + is
a b c 1
(a) 0 < x < (b) x ≥ 3
(a) > 1 (b) > 9 3
1
(c) < 9 (d) None of these (c) < x<1 (d) None of these
3
10 If a , b and c are in AP and if the equations 19 If α and β are the roots of the equation ax 2 + bx + c = 0,
(b − c ) x + (c − a )x + (a − b ) = 0 and 2 (c + a ) x
2 2 α
then the quadratic equation whose roots are and
+ (b + c ) x = 0 have a common root, then 1+ α
β
(a) a 2 , b 2 and c 2 are in AP (b) a 2 , c 2 and b 2 are in AP is
(c) c 2 , a 2 and b 2 are in AP (d) None of these 1+ β
(a) ax 2 − b (1 − x) + c (1 − x)2 = 0
11 If the equations x 2 + ax + 12 = 0, x 2 + bx + 15 = 0 and (b) ax 2 − b (x − 1) + c (x − 1)2 = 0
x 2 + (a + b )x + 36 = 0 have a common positive root, then (c) ax 2 + b (1 − x) + c (1 − x)2 = 0
the ordered pair (a , b ) is (d) ax 2 + b (x + 1) + c (1 + x)2 = 0
(a) (− 6, − 7) (b) (− 7, − 8) 20 If both the roots of the quadratic equation
(c) (− 6, − 8) (d) (− 8, − 7)
x 2 − 2kx + k 2 + k − 5 = 0 are less than 5, then k lies in the
12 If x is real, then the maximum and minimum value of the interval j AIEEE 2005
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (a)
SESSION 1
11. (d) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (c)
21. (d) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (b) 26. (c) 27. (c) 28. (c) 29. (a) 30. (c)
31. (b) 32. (d) 33. (c) 34. (c) 35. (a) 36. (b) 37. (d) 38. (d) 39. (c) 40. (a)
41. (c) 42. (a) 43. (d) 44. (c) 45. (d) 46. (b) 47. (d) 48. (d) 49. (a) 50. (b)
51. (b) 52. (a) 53. (a) 54. (a) 55. (d)
SESSION 2 1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (b)
11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (d) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (b)
21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (b)
x + 5 ≠ 0, 2 x2 − 7 x − 5 = 5 x2 − 3 = ± 1 ⇒ 4(ac − bd )2 = 0
[Q x = −5does not satisfy the given ⇒ x2 = 2, 4 ⇒ ac = bd
equation] a b
⇒ x = − 2 , 2 , − 2, 2 ⇒ =
⇒ 2 x2 − 7 x − 30 = 0 d c
∴ x=6 ∴ Required product = 8
8 Given equation is x2 + ax + 1 = 0
2 Given equation is x2 − 5 x + 6 = 0 5 The given equation is Since, roots are real
When x ≥ 0, x2 − 5x + 6 = 0 2(1 + i )x2 − 4(2 − i )x − 5 − 3i = 0 ∴ a2 − 4 ≥ 0 ⇒ a ≥ 2
and when x < 0, x2 + 5x + 6 = 0 16(2 − i )2 Thus, the least value of a is 2.
4(2 − i ) ±
⇒ x2 − 3 x − 2 x + 6 = 0; x ≥ 0 + 8(1 + i )(5 + 3i ) 9 We know that only even prime is 2,
⇒x=
and x2 + 3 x + 2 x + 6 = 0; x < 0 4(1 + i ) ∴ (2)2 − λ(2) + 12 = 0.
⇒ ( x − 3)( x − 2) = 0, x ≥ 0 i 4− i −1 − i 3 − 5i ⇒ λ=8 ...(i)
=− or = or
and ( x + 3)⋅ ( x + 2) = 0, x < 0 1+ i 1+ i 2 2 Qx + λx + µ = 0 has equal roots.
2
11 For real roots, discriminant, [since, non-real complex roots occur in a−1 = 0
conjugate pairs] ⇒ a=1
D = b 2 − 4 ac ≥ 0
= cos 2 β − 4(cos β − 1)sin β ≥ 0 Product of roots, 22 Since, α and β are the roots of the
b
= cos 2 β + 4(1 − cos β )sin β ≥ 0 = (1 − i )(1 + i ) ⇒ b = 2 equation
So, sin β should be > 0. 1 2 x2 + 2(a + b )x + a2 + b 2 = 0
[Q cos 2 β ≥ 0,1 − cos β ≥ 0] 17 Let roots be α and α2 . a2 + b 2
∴ (α + β )2 = (a + b )2 and αβ =
⇒ β ∈ (0, π ) Then, α + α = 30 and α = p
2 3 2
⇒ α2 + α − 30 = 0 Now, (α − β )2 = (α + β )2 − 4αβ
12 Here, D = 4b2 + 12ca < 0 a2 + b 2
⇒ b 2 + 3ca < 0 …(i) ⇒ (α + 6)(α − 5) = 0 = (a + b )2 − 4
2
⇒ ca < 0 ∴ α= −6, 5
= − (a − b )2
If c > 0, then a < 0 ⇒ p= α3 = (−6)3 = −216
Now, the required equation whose
3c and p= (5)3 = 125
Also, < a+ b roots are (α + β )2 and (α − β )2 is
4 ∴ p= 125and −216
x2 − {(α + β )2 + (α − β )2 } x
⇒ 3ca > 4 a2 + 4 ab x−m x+ n + (α + β )2 (α − β )2 = 0
18 Given, =
mx + 1 nx + 1 ⇒ x − {(a + b ) − (a − b )2 } x
2 2
⇒ b + 3ca > 4 a2 + 4 ab + b 2
2
⇒ y ≤ 7 and y ≥
1 Now, consider When x = 3,
7 n n x2 + 4 x − 60 = 9 + 12 − 60 = −39, which
1 lim ΣS r = lim Σ (α r
+β ) r
is not an even integer.
⇒ ≤ y≤7 n→ ∞ r = 1 n→ ∞ r = 1
7 Thus, in this case, we get x = 2
= (α + α + α + K ∞ )
2 3
Hence, maximum value is 7 and Hence, the sum of all real values of
+ (β + β2 + β3 + K ∞ )
1
minimum value is . α β α − αβ + β − αβ x = −10 + 6 + 4 + 1 + 2 = 3
7 = + =
1−α 1−β (1 − α )(1 − β ) 18 Given, 4 x2 − 16 x + λ = 0
13 Here, a ∈ R and equation is α + β − 2αβ 4
−3{ x − [ x]}2 + 2{ x − [ x]} + a2 = 0 = 16 ± (256 − 4λ )
1 − (α + β ) + αβ ∴ x=
Let t = x − [ x], then 8
1 4
−3t 2 + 2t + a2 = 0 + 8 ± (64 − λ )
= 15 375 =
1 ± 1 + 3a2 4
⇒ t = 1−
1
−
2
3 15 375 (64 − λ )
Q t = x − [ x] = { x} [fractional part] ⇒ α, β = 2 ±
25 + 4 4
∴ 0≤ t ≤ 1 =
375 − 25 − 2 Here, 64 − λ > 0
1 ± 1 + 3a2
⇒ 0≤ <1 29 1 ∴ λ < 64
3 = =
348 12 Also, 1 < α < 2 and 2 < β < 3
[Q 0 ≤ { x} < 1]
But 1 − 1 + 3a2 < 0 therefore 16 Here, [tan x] = integer
2
64 − λ
∴ 1< 2 − <2
and a = integer 4
1 + 1 + 3a 2
0≤ <1 So, tan x is also an integer.
3 64 − λ
Then, tan2 x − tan x − a = 0 and 2< 2 + <3
⇒ 1 + 3a2 < 2 ⇒ a = tan x (tan x − 1) = I (I − 1) 4
⇒ 1 + 3a2 < 4 ⇒ a2 − 1 < 0 = Product of two 64 − λ
⇒ (a + 1)(a − 1) < 0 ⇒ − 1< − <0
consecutive integers 4
∴ a = 2, 6, 12, 20, 30, 42, 56, 72, 90 (64 − λ )
Hence, set S has 9 elements. and 0< <1
4
2
+ 4 x − 60
⇒ a ∈ (−1,1) 17 Given, ( x2 − 5x + 5)x =1 (64 − λ )
⇒ 1> >0
For no integral solution we consider the Clearly, this is possible when 4
interval (−1, 0) ∪ (0,1).
I. x + 4 x − 60 = 0 and
2
(64 − λ )
0< <1
14 Given, a = cos 2 π + i sin 2 π
and
x2 − 5 x + 5 ≠ 0 4
7 7
or (64 − λ )
∴ a7 = cos 2 π + i sin 2 π = 1 i.e. 0< <1
[Qe iθ = cos θ + i sin θ] II. x2 − 5 x + 5 = 1 4
Also, α = a + a + a4 ,
2
or ⇒ 0 < (64 − λ ) < 4
β = a3 + a5 + a6 III. x2 − 5 x + 5 = −1 and ⇒ 0 < 64 − λ < 16 ⇒ λ > 48
Then, the sum of roots, x2 + 4 x − 60 = Even integer or 48 < λ < 64
S = α + β = a + a2 + a3 + a4 ∴ λ = {49, 50, 51, 52, ... , 63}
Case I When x2 + 4 x − 60 = 0
+ a5 + a6 19 Since, roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0 are α and
⇒ x2 + 10 x − 6 x − 60 = 0
a(1 − a6 ) a − a7 β. Hence, roots of cx2 + bx + a = 0, will
⇒ S = = ⇒ x( x + 10) − 6( x + 10) = 0
1− a 1− a 1 1
⇒ ( x + 10)( x − 6) = 0 be and . Now, if we replace x by
a−1 α β
= = −1 [Q a7 = 1] ⇒ x = −10 or x = 6
1− a Note that, for these two values of x − 1, then roots of
1
and product of the roots, x, x2 − 5x + 5 ≠ 0 c ( x − 1)2 + b( x − 1) + a = 0 will be 1 +
α
P = αβ = (a + a2 + a4 ) (a3 + a5 + a6 ) Case II When x2 − 5x + 5 = 1 1 1
= a4 + a5 + 1 + a6 + 1 + a2 + 1 and 1 + . Now, again replace x by ,
⇒ x2 − 5x + 4 = 0 β x
+ a + a3 [Q a7 = 1] ⇒ x2 − 4 x − x + 4 = 0 we will get c (1 − x )2 + b(1 − x ) + ax2 = 0,
= 3 + (a + a + a + a + a + a6 )
2 3 4 5
⇒ ( x − 4) ( x − 1) = 0 α β
=3−1=2 whose roots are and .
⇒ x = 4 or x = 1 1+ α 1+ β
Hence, the required quadratic equation
Case III When x2 − 5x + 5 = −1
is x2 + x + 2 = 0 20 Let f ( x ) = x2 − 2kx + k 2 + k − 5
⇒ x2 − 5x + 6 = 0
15 Since, α and β are the roots of ⇒ x − 2x − 3x + 6 = 0
2 Since, both roots are less than 5.
b
375 x2 − 25x − 2 = 0. ⇒ x( x − 2) − 3( x − 2) = 0 ∴ D ≥ 0, − < 5and f (5) > 0
2a
25 1 ⇒ ( x − 2)( x − 3) = 0
∴ α +β= = Here, D = 4k 2 − 4(k 2 + k − 5)
375 15 ⇒ x = 2 or x = 3
= −4k + 20 ≥ 0
2 Now, when x = 2,
and αβ = − x2 + 4 x − 60 = 4 + 8 − 60 = −48, which ⇒ k≤5 ... (i)
375
is an even integer.
44 40 DAY ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY FOUR
−
b
<5⇒ k<5 ... (ii) (m + 3) (m + 1) > 0 But, a + b + c +
1 1 1
2a ⇒ −∞ < m < −3 and b c d
and f (5) > 0 −1 < m < ∞ ... (iv) d + 1 = 4 × 1 × 4 × 1 = 16
⇒ 25 − 10k + k 2 + k − 5 > 0
From (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), we get a
⇒ k 2 − 9k + 20 > 0 m lie between −1 and 3. 1 1 1 1
∴ a = ,b = ,c and d =
⇒ (k − 5)(k − 4) > 0 b c d a
22 Let z = x + iy , given Re(z ) = 1
⇒ k < 4 and k > 5 …(iii) 1 1 1 1
∴ x = 1 ⇒ z = 1 + iy ⇒ a = = 2, b = = , c = = 2
From (i), (ii) and (iii), we get b c 2 d
k<4 Since, the complex roots are conjugate
1 1
to each other. and d = =
21 Since, both roots of equation a 2
So, z = 1 + iy and 1 − iy are two roots of
1 1
x2 − 2mx + m2 − 1 = 0 are greater than −2 z2 + α z + β = 0. ⇒ a = 2, b = ,c = 2 and d =
but less than 4. 2 2
b Q Product of roots = β ⇒ a = c and b = d
∴ D ≥ 0, −2 < − < 4, ⇒ (1 + iy )(1 − iy ) = β
2a 1
∴ β = 1 + y 2 ≥ 1 ⇒ β ∈ [1, ∞ ) 25 We have, f ( x ) =
f (4) > 0 and f (−2) > 0 ex + x
2
Now, D≥0 23 Given equation is e
⇒ 4m2 − 4m2 + 4 ≥ 0 e sin x − e − sin x = 4 ⇒ e sin x −
1
=4 Using AM ≥ GM , we get
⇒ 4> 0⇒m ∈R ... (i) e sin x 2
Let e sin x 1
= t , then t − = 4 ex + x 1 /2
t e ≥ e x ⋅ 2 , as e x > 0
2 ex
⇒ t 2 − 1 − 4t = 0 ⇒ t 2 − 4t − 1 = 0
2
4 ± 16 + 4 ⇒ e + x ≥2 2
x
⇒ t = e
2
1 1
t = 2 ± 5 ⇒ e sin x = 2 ± 5 ⇒ 0< ≤
b 2 2 2
−2 < − <4 But −1 ≤ sin x ≤ 1 ⇒ e −1 ≤ e sin x ≤ e 1 e + x
x
2a e
⇒ e sin x ∈ ,e
1 1
2m ∴ 0 < f ( x) ≤ ,∀x∈R
⇒ −2 < <4 e
2⋅ 1 2 2
Also, 0 < e < 2 + 5 Statement II is true and Statement I is
⇒ −2 < m < 4 ... (ii)
Hence, given equation has no solution. also true as for some ‘c’.
f (4) > 0 1
⇒ 16 − 8m + m2 − 1 > 0 24 Using AM > GM, we have ⇒ f (c ) = [for c = 0]
3
⇒ m2 − 8m + 15 > 0 a+
1
>2
a
, b + >2
1 b 1
⇒ (m − 3)(m − 5) > 0 b b c c which lies betwen 0 and .
2 2
⇒ −∞ < m < 3 and 5 < m < ∞ ... (iii) 1 c 1 d
c + >2 and d + > 2 So, Statement II is correct explanation
and f (−2) > 0 d d a a of Statement I.
⇒ 4 + 4m + m2 − 1 > 0 a + 1 b + 1 c + 1 d + 1 > 16
⇒ m2 + 4m + 3 > 0
b c d a
DAY FIVE
Matrices
Learning & Revision for the Day
Matrix
l
A matrix is an arrangement of numbers in rows and columns.
l
A matrix having m rows and n columns is called a matrix of order m × n and the
number of elements in this matrix will be mn.
a11 a12 a13 ... a1 n
a a22 a23 ... a2 n
l
A matrix of order m × n is of the form A = 21
... ... ... ... ...
a
m1 am2 am3 ... amn
cos α − sin α 0 1 2 2
9 If A(α ) = sin α cos α 0, then A(α ) A(β ) is equal to 18 If A = 2 1 − 2 and AT A = AAT = I , then xy is
0 0 1 x 2 y
(a) A(αβ) (b) A(α + β) (c) A(α − β) (d) None equal to
10 If A is 3 × 4 matrix and B is a matrix such that A′ B and (a) −1 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) − 2
BA′ are both defined, then B is of the type 19 If A and B are symmetric matrices of the same order and
(a) 4 × 3 (b) 3 × 4 (c) 3 × 3 (d) 4 × 4 X = AB + BA and Y = AB − BA, then ( XY )T is equal to
1 2 2 (a) XY (b)YX
(c) − YX
11 If A = 2 1 −2 is a matrix satisfying the equation (d) None of these
1 0 0 1 0 0
a 2 b
20 Let A = 0 11 , I = 0 1 0 and
AA = 9I , where I is 3 × 3 identity matrix, then the ordered
T
pair (a,b) is equal to j JEE Mains 2015 0 −2 4 0 0 1
(a) (2, − 1) (b) (−2, 1) (d) (−2, − 1) 1 2
(c) (2, 1) A −1 = ( A + cA + dI ) . The values of c and d are
0 0 1 1 0 0 6
12 If E = 0 0 1 and F = 0 1 0, then E 2 F + F 2E
(a) (− 6, − 11) (b) (6, 11)
(c) (− 6, 11) (d) (6, − 11)
0 0 0 0 0 1
21 Elements of a matrix A of order 9 × 9 are defined as
(a) F (b) E (c) 0 (d) None
aij = ωi + j (where ω is cube root of unity), then trace ( A ) of
13 If A and B are two invertible matrices and both are the matrix is
symmetric and commute each other, then (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) ω (d) ω2
(a) both A −1B and A −1B −1 are symmetric
1 −1 1 4 2 2
(b) neither A −1B nor A −1B −1 are symmetric 1
(c) A −1B is symmetric but A −1B −1 is not symmetric
−1
22 If A = 2 1 − 3 and A = −5 0 α , then
10
(d) A −1B −1 is symmetric but A −1B is not symmetric 1 1 1 1 − 2 3
14 If neither α nor β are multiples of π /2 and the product AB α is equal to
of matrices (a) − 2 (b) 5 (c) 2 (d) − 1
cos 2 α sin α cos α −1
A= 23 If A is skew-symmetric and B = (I − A ) (I + A ) , then B is
cos α sin α sin2 α (a) symmetric
cos β2
cos β sin β (b) skew-symmetric
and B=
cos β sin β sin2 β (c) orthogonal
(d) None of the above
is null matrix, then α − β is
24 Let A be a square matrix satisfying A 2 + 5A + 5I = O .
(a) 0 (b) multiple of π
(c) an odd multiple of π/ 2 (d) None of these The inverse of A + 2I is equal to
(a) A − 2I (b) A + 3I
1 2 3
(c) A − 3I (d) does not exist
15 The matrix 1 2 3 is
1 0
−1 −2 −3 25 Let A = 48
. Then A is
1 / 3 1
(a) idempotent (b) nilpotent
1 0 1 0
(c) involutary (d) orthogonal (a) (b) 3 1 − 1 1
48
1
cos θ − sin θ (1 / 3) 2 3 48
16 If A = , then
sin θ cos θ 1 0
(c) (d) None of these
16 1
(a) A is skew-symmetric (b) symmetric
(c) idempotent (d) orthogonal 26 If X is any matrix of order n × p and I is an identity matrix
a a −1 −2 2 of order n × n, then the matrix M = I − X ( X ′ X )−1 X ′ is
17 If A = a + 1 1 a 2 + 4 is symmetric, then a is I. Idempotent matrix
II. MX = O
−2 4a 5
(a) Only I is correct (b) Only II is correct
(a) −2 (b) 2 (c) −1 (d) None (c) Both I and II are correct (d) None of them is correct
DAY FIVE MATRICES 49
27 Let A and B be two symmetric matrices of order 3. 28 Consider the following relation R on the set of real square
Statement I A (BA) and ( AB ) A are symmetric matrices of order 3.
matrices. R = {( A, B ) : A = P −1BP for some invertible matrix P}
Statement I R is an equivalence relation.
Statement II AB is symmetric matrix, if matrix
Statement II For any two invertible 3 × 3 matrices M
multiplication of A with B is commutative.
and N,(MN )−1 = N −1M −1.
(a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
correct explanation for Statement I (a) Statement I is false, Statement II is true
(b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
(b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
correct explanation of Statement I
not a correct explanation for Statement I
(c) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
(c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
not a correct explanation of Statement I
(d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true (d) Statement I is true, Statement II is false
− 4 − 2 2 2
(a) A is orthogonal
4 1 3 1 5 2 5 2 (b) A is skew-symmetric matrix
(a) (b) (c) − 8 − 3 (d) − 3 – 8
− 4 0 − 4 − 1 (c) A is symmetric matrix
(d) None of the above
1 2
2 The matrix A that commute with the matrix is −1 + i 3 −1 − i 3
3 4
2i 2i
1 2a 2b 1 2b 2a 7 If A = , i = −1 and f ( x ) = x 2 + 2,
(a) A = (b) A = 1+ i 3 1−i 3
2 3b 2a + 3b 2 3a 2a + 3b
1 2a + 3b 2a 2i 2i
(c) A = (d) None of these
3 3a 2a + 3b then f ( A ) is equal to
− sin θ cos θ
2 1 5 4 An
5 Consider three matrices X = , Y = 6 5 and lim A n = lim [bij ]2 × 2 . Then lim is
4 1 n→ ∞ n→ ∞ n→ ∞ n
5 − 4
Z = . Then, the value of the sum
(a) zero matrix (b) unit matrix
− 6 5 0 1
(c) (d) limit does not exist
X (YZ )2 X (YZ )3 −1 0
XYZ
tr ( X ) + tr + tr + tr + K to ∞ is
2 4 8 10 If B is skew-symmetric matrix of order n and A is n × 1
column matrix and AT BA = [ p ], then
(a) 6 (b) 9
(c) 12 (d) None of these (a) p < 0 (b) p = 0
(c) p > 0 (d) Nothing can be said
50 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY FIVE
11 If A, B and A + B are idempotent matrices, then AB is 14 If A1, A3 , ..., A2 n − 1 are n skew-symmetric matrices of
n
equal to
(a) BA (b) − BA (c) I (d) O
same order, then B = ∑ ( 2r − 1) ( A
r =1
2r − 1 )2 r −1
will be
3 1 (a) symmetric
2 , A = 1 1 and Q = PAP T , then P T Q 2019P (b) skew-symmetric
12 If P = 2 0 1
(c) neither symmetric nor skew-symmetric
− 1 3
2 (d) data not adequate
2
is equal to a b c
1 2019 15 Let matrix A = b c a , where a, b, c are real positive
(a)
0 1 c a b
4 + 2019 3 6057 numbers with abc = 1. If AT A = I , then a 3 + b 3 + c 3 is
(b)
2019 4 − 2019 3 (a) 3 (b) 4
(c) 2 (d) None of these
1 2 + 3 1
(c) 16 If A is an 3 × 3 non-singular matrix such that AA′ = A′ A
4 −1 2 − 3
and B = A −1A′, then BB ′ equals j JEE Mains 2014
1 2019 2 − 3 −1
(d) (a) (B )′ (b) I + B
4 2 + 3 2019 (c) I (d) B −1
13 Which of the following is an orthogonal matrix? 17 A is a 3 × 3 matrix with entries from the set {−1, 0, 1} . The
6 2 −3 6 2 3 probability that A is neither symmetric nor
(a)
1 2 3 6 (b)
1 2 −3 6 skew-symmetric is
7 7
3 −6 2 3 6 − 2 39 − 36 − 33 + 1 39 − 36 − 33
(a) (b)
−6 −2 −3 6 −2 3 39 39
(c)
1 2 3 6 (d)
1 2 2 −3 39 − 36 + 1 39 − 33 + 1
7 7 (c) (d)
−3 6 2 −6 2 3 39 39
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (b)
11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (c)
21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (c) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (c)
SESSION 2 1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (b)
11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (d) 16. (c) 17. (a)
DAY FIVE MATRICES 51
= A −1 B matrix.
+ (ω2 + ω + 1) [Qω3 n = 1, n ∈ N ]
Thus, we get X T = X and Y T = − Y
[Q AB = BA ⇒ A −1 ( AB )A −1 = 0+ 0+ 0 [Q1 + ω + ω2 = 0]
−1 −1 −1 −1 Now, consider ( XY )T = Y T X T
= A (BA ) A ⇒ BA = A B] =0
= (− Y )( X ) = − YX
⇒ A −1 B is symmetric.
22 Clearly, AA −1 = I
Now, consider 20 Clearly, 6 A −1 = A2 + cA + dI
Now, if R1 of A is multiplied by C3 of
( A −1 B −1 )T = ((BA )−1 )T ⇒ (6 A −1 )A = ( A2 + cA + dI ) A
T A −1 , we get 2 − α + 3 = 0 ⇒ α = 5
= (( AB )−1 ) [Q AB = BA] [Q Post multiply both sides by A]
= (B −1 A −1 )T = ( A −1 )T (B −1 )T ⇒ 6( A −1 A ) = A3 + cA2 + dIA 23 Consider,
T −1 T −1 −1 −1 ⇒ 6I = A3 + cA2 + dA BB T = (I − A )−1 (I + A ) (I + A )T [(I − A )−1 ] T
= (A ) (B ) = A B
−1
A = I and IA = A ] = (I − A )−1 (I + A ) (I − A ) (I + A )−1
⇒ A −1 B −1 is also symmetric. [Q A
⇒ A3 + cA2 + dA − 6I = O …(i) = (I − A )−1 (I − A ) (I + A ) (I + A )−1
14 AB = cos α cos α2sin α
2
1 0 0 = I⋅I = I
cos α sin α sin α
Here, A = A ⋅ A = 0 1 1 ×
2 Hence, B is an orthogonal matrix.
cos 2 β cos β sin β
× 0 −2 4 24 We have, A2 + 5A + 5I = O
cos β sin β sin2 β
1 0 0 1 0 0 ⇒ A2 + 5A + 6I = I
cos α cos β cos(α − β) 0 1 1 = 0 − 1 5
= ⇒ ( A + 2I ) ( A + 3I ) = I
sin α cos β cos(α − β )
cos α sin β cos(α − β ) 0 −2 4 0 −10 14 ⇒ A + 2I and A + 3I are inverse of
1 0 0 each other.
sin α sin β cos(α − β )
0 0 and A3 = A2 ⋅ A = 0 −1 5 ×
25 If A =
1 0 1 0
= , then A2 =
0 0 2a 1
0 −10 14 a 1
⇒ cos(α − β ) = 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0
⇒ α − β = (2n + 1) π / 2 A3 = , …, A n =
0 1 1 = 0 −11 19 3a 1 na 1
1 2 3
15 Let A = 1 2 3 0 −2 4 0 −38 46 Here, a = 1 / 3,
Now, from Eq. (i), we get 1 0
− 1 −2 − 3 ∴ A 48 =
16 1
1 0 0 1 0 0
0 0 0 0 −11 19 + c 0 −1 5
26 We have, M = I − X ( X ′ X )−1 X ′
Then, A2 = 0 0 0
0 −38 46 0 −10 14 = I − X ( X −1 ( X ′ )−1 )X ′
0 0 0 1 0 0 [Q( AB )−1 = B −1 A −1 ]
Hence, A is nilpotent matrix of index 2. + d 0 1 1 = I − ( XX −1 ) (( X ′ )−1 X ′ )
cos θ sin θ
16 A ′ =
≠ A or − A. 0 −24 [by associative property]
−
sin θ cos θ 1 0 0 0 0 0 =I −I ×I [Q AA −1 = I = A −1 A]
cos θ − sin θ − 6 0 1 0 = 0 0 0 =I −I [Q I 2 = I ]
A A′ =
sin θ cos θ
0 0 1 0 0 0 =O
DAY FIVE MATRICES 53
2 Let A =
a b
Clearly, M 2 = O = M ⇒ A ′ − I A − I = I
1 1
be a matrix that …(i)
So, M is an idempotent matrix. Also, c d 2 2
MX = O . 1 2 1 ′
and A + I A + I = I
1
commute with . Then,
27 Given, A = A and B = B
T T 3 4 2 2
Statement I [ A (BA )] T = (BA )T ⋅ A T a b 1 2 1 2 a b A′ + 1 I A + 1 I = I
= ⇒ …(ii)
T T T c d 3 4 3 4 c d 2 2
= (A B )A
a + 3b 2a + 4 b From Eq. (i), we get
= (AB) A = A (BA) ⇒
c + 3d 2c + 4 d 1 1 1
So, A(BA ) is symmetric matrix. A ′ A − IA ′ − IA + I = I
Similarly, ( AB ) A is symmetric matrix. a + 2c b + 2d 2 2 4
=
Hence, Statement I is true. Also, 3a + 4c 3b + 4d 1 1 1
⇒ A ′ A − A ′− A + I = I …(iii)
Statement II is true but not a correct On equating the corresponding 2 2 4
explanation of Statement I. elements, we get Similarly, from Eq. (ii), we get
28 Given, R = {( A, B ) : A = P −1 BP for a + 3b = a + 2c ⇒ 3b = 2c …(i) 1 1 1
2a + 4b = b + 2d ⇒ 2a + 3b = 2d …(ii) A ′ A + A ′ + A + I = I …(iv)
some invertible matrix P} 2 2 4
For Statement I c + 3d = 3a + 4c ⇒ a + c = d …(iii)
On subtracting Eq. (iii) from Eq. (iv), we
(i) Reflexive ARA 2c + 4d = 3b + 4d ⇒ 3b = 2c …(iv)
get
Thus, A can be taken as
⇒ A = P −1 AP A + A′ = O
a b 1 2a 2b
which is true only, if P = I . 3b 3 = A′ = − A
a + b 2 3b 2a + 3b or
Thus, A = P −1 AP for some 2 2 Hence, A is a skew-symmetric matrix.
invertible matrix P.
3 Clearly, matrix having five elements is ω ω2
So, R is Reflexive. of order 5 × 1 or 1 × 5. i =ω 1 ω
(ii) Symmetric ∴Total number of such matrices = 2 × 5!.
7 We have, A = i 2 − ω − 1
−ω
ARB ⇒ A = P −1 BP − ω i
4 ( A n )′ = ( A AL A )′ = ( A ′ A ′L A ′ ) i i
⇒ PAP −1 = P (P −1 BP ) P −1 1 − ω2 0
= ( A ′ )n = A n for all n ∴ A2 = − ω2
⇒ PAP −1 = (PP −1 ) B (PP −1 )
∴ A n is symmetric for all n ∈ N . 0 1 − ω2
∴ B = PAP −1 Also, B is skew-symmetric − ω2 + ω 4 0
= 4
Now, let Q = P −1 ⇒ B ′ = − B. 0 −ω + ω
2
Then, B = Q −1 AQ ⇒ BRA ∴ (B n )′ = (B B L B )′ = (B ′ B ′ L B ′ ) − ω2 + ω
0
=
⇒ R is symmetric. = (B ′ )n 0 − ω2
+ ω
(iii) Transitive ARB and BRC = (− B )n = (−1)n B n . Q f ( x ) = x2 + 2 [given]
⇒ A = P −1 BP ⇒ B is symmetric if n is even and is
n
∴ f ( A ) = A2 + 2I
and B = Q −1CQ skew-symmetric if n is odd.
− ω2 + ω 0 2 0
5 4 5 − 4 1 0 = +
⇒ A = P −1 (Q −1CQ ) P 5 Here, YZ =
=
0 − ω + ω 0 2
2
= (P −1Q −1 )C (QP ) 6 5 − 6 5 0 1
X (YZ )2 1 0
= (− ω2 + ω + 2)
∴ tr ( X ) + tr
= (QP )−1 C (QP ) XYZ 0 1
+ tr
2 4
So, ARC. 1 0
X (YZ )3 = (3 + 2ω )
⇒ R is transitive + tr 0 1
+K
So, R is an equivalence relation. 8
1 0
= (2 + i 3 )
= tr ( X ) + tr + tr + K
For Statement II It is always true X X 0 1
that (MN )−1 = N −1 M −1
2 4
8 A2 =
Hence, both statements are true but 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
= tr ( X ) + tr ( X ) + tr ( X ) + K =
1 1 1 1 2 1
second is not the correct 2 4
explanation of first.
= tr ( X ) 1 + + 2 + K
1 1
1 0 1 0 1 0
2 2 A3 = =
SESSION 2 2 1 1 1 3 1
1
= tr ( X )
1 Clearly, A2 =
2 1 2 1 1 ....................
1−
− 4 − 2 − 4 − 2 ....................
2
0 0 = 2 tr ( X ) = 2 (2 + 1) = 6 1 0
= =O A =
n
0 0 n 1
6 Since, both A − 1 I and A + 1 I are
2 2
∴ I + 2 A + 3 A2 + ... = I + 2 A n 0 n − 1 0
orthogonal, therefore, we have = −
A − 1 I ′ A − 1 I = I n n 0 n − 1
1 0 4 2 5 2
= + =
0 1 − 8 − 4 − 8 − 3 2 2 = nA − (n − 1) I
54 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY FIVE
Determinants
Learning & Revision for the Day
Determinants
Every square matrix A can be associated with a number or an expression which is called its
determinant and it is denoted by det (A) or |A| or ∆ .
a11 a12 ... a1 n a11 a12 ... a1 n
a a ... a a a22 ... a2 n
If A = 21 22 2n
, then det ( A) = 21
M M M M M M M M
a
n1 an2 ... ann an1 an2 ... ann
a b a b
l
If A = , then | A| = c d = ad − bc
c d
a b c a b c
PRED
l
If A = p q r , then | A| = p q r
MIRROR
Your Personal Preparation Indicator
u v w u v w
q r p r p q u No. of Questions in Exercises (x)—
=a −b +c [expanding along R1 ] u No. of Questions Attempted (y)—
v w u w u v
u No. of Correct Questions (z)—
= a (qw − vr ) − b ( pw − ur ) + c ( pv − uq ) (Without referring Explanations)
There are six ways of expanding a determinant of order 3 corresponding to each of three rows
(R1 , R2 , R3 ) and three columns (C1 , C2 , C3 ). u Accuracy Level (z / y × 100)—
u Prep Level (z / x × 100)—
NOTE • Rule to put + or − sign in the expansion of determinant + − +
In order to expect good rank in JEE,
of order 3. − + − your Accuracy Level should be
above 85 & Prep Level should be
• A square matrix A is said to be singular, if | A| = 0 + − + above 75.
and non-singular, if | A| ≠ 0.
56 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY SIX
1 x x3
Properties of Determinants
(ii) 1 y y3 = ( x − y) ( y − z) (z − x)( x + y + z)
(i) If each element of a row (column) is zero, then ∆ = 0.
1 z z3
(ii) If two rows (columns) are proportional, then ∆ = 0.
(iii) | A T| = | A|, where A T is a transpose of a matrix. 1 x2 x3
(iv) If any two rows (columns) are interchanged, then ∆ (iii) 1 y2 y3 = ( x − y) ( y − z) (z − x)( xy + yz + zx)
becomes −∆. 1 z2 z3
(v) If each element of a row (column) of a determinant is a b c
multiplied by a constant k, then the value of the new
determinant is k times the value of the original (iv) b c a = − (a + b + c)(a 2 + b 2 + c2 – ab – bc – ca)
determinant c a b
= − (a3 + b 3 + c3 − 3 abc)
(vi) det (kA) = k n det( A), if A is of order n × n.
a bc abc a a2 a3
(vii) If each element of a row (column) of a determinant is
written as the sum of two or more terms, then the (v) b ca abc = b b 2 b 3 = abc (a − b )(b − c)(c − a)
determinant can be written as the sum of two or more c ab abc c c2 c3
determinants i.e.
a1 + a2 b c a1 b c a2 b c
p1 + p2 q r = p1 q r + p2 q r Area of Triangle by
u1 + u2 v w u1 v w u2 v w using Determinants
(viii) If a scalar multiple of any row (column) is added to If A( x1 , y1 ), B( x2 , y2 ) and C( x3 , y3 ) are vertices of ∆ABC, then
another row (column), then ∆ is unchanged
x1 y1 1
a b c a b c 1
Area of ∆ABC = x2 y2 1
i.e. p q r = p + ka q + kb r + kc , which is 2
x3 y3 1
u v w u v w
obtained by the operation R2 → R2 + kR1 1
=
[ x1 ( y2 − y3 ) + x2 ( y3 − y1 ) + x3 ( y1 − y2 )]
2
x1 y1 1
Product of Determinants If these three points are collinear, then x2 y2 1 = 0
a1 b1 c1 α1 β1 γ1 and vice-versa. x3 y3 1
If| A| = a2 b2 c2 and| B| = α 2 β2 γ2 , then
a3 b3 c3 α3 β3 γ3 Minors and Cofactors
a1α 1 + b1β1 + c1 γ1 a1α 2 + b1β2 + c1 γ2 The minor M ij of the element aij is the determinant
| A| × | B| = a2α 1 + b2β1 + c2 γ1 a2α 2 + b2β2 + c2 γ2
obtained by deleting the ith row and jth column of ∆.
a3α 1 + b3β1 + c3 γ1 a3α 2 + b3β2 + c3 γ2 a11 a12 a13
a1α 3 + b1β3 + c1 γ3
If ∆ = a21 a22 a23 ,
a2α 3 + b2β3 + c2 γ3 =| AB|
a31 a32 a33
a3α 3 + b3β3 + c3 γ3 a22 a23 a21 a23
then M11 = , M12 = etc.
[multiplying row by row] a32 a33 a31 a33
We can multiply rows by columns or columns by rows or The cofactor Cij of the element aij is (−1)i + j M ij.
columns by columns
a11 a12 a13
a a23 a a23
NOTE • | AB | = | A| |B | = |BA| = | AT B | =| ABT | = | AT BT | If ∆ = a21 a22 a23 , then C11 = 22 , C12 = − 21 etc.
a32 a33 a31 a33
• | An | = | A| n , n ∈ Z + a31 a32 a33
The sum of product of the elements of any row (or column)
Cyclic Determinants with their corresponding cofactors is equal to the value of
determinant.
In a cyclic determinant, the elements of row (or column) are
arranged in a systematic order and the value of a determinant i.e. ∆ = a 11 C 11 + a 12 C 12 + a 13 C 13
is also in systematic order. = a 21 C21 + a 22 C 22 + a 23 C 23
1 x x2 = a 31 C 31 + a 32 C 32 + a 33 C 33
(i) 1 y y 2
= ( x − y) ( y − z) (z − x) But if elements of a row (or column) are multiplied with
1 z z2 cofactors of any other row (or column), then their sum is zero.
DAY SIX DETERMINANTS 57
trivial solution.
Let system of linear equations in three variables be l
If D = 0, then it has infinitely many solutions.
a1 x + b1 y + c1 z = d1 , a2 x + b2 y + c2 z = d2
Above methods can be used, in a similar way, for the solution
and a3 x + b3 y + c3 z = d3 . of system of linear equations in two variables.
Now, we have two methods to solve these equations.
40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY SIX
32 If the trivial solution is the only solution of the system of 34 The set of all values of λ for which the system of linear
equations equations 2x1 − 2x 2 + x 3 = λx1, 2x1 − 3x 2 + 2x 3 = λx 2 and
x − ky + z = 0, kx + 3y − kz = 0 – x1 + 2x 2 = λx 3 has a non-trivial solution.
and 3x + y − z = 0 (a) is an empty set j JEE Mains 2015
Then, the set of all values of k is (b) is a singleton set
(a) { 2 , − 3 } (b) R − { 2 , − 3 } (c) R − { 2 } (d) R − { − 3 } (c) contains two elements
(d) contains more than two elements
33 Let A, other than I or − I, be a 2 × 2 real matrix such that
A 2 = I , I being the unit matrix. Let tr ( A ) be the sum of 35 Statement I Determinant of a skew-symmetric matrix of
diagonal elements of A. j JEE Mains 2013 order 3 is zero.
Statement I tr ( A ) = 0 Statement II For any matrix A , det( AT ) = det( A ) and
Statement II det ( A ) = − 1 det( − A ) = − det( A ).
(a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a Where, det ( A ) denotes the determinant of matrix A.
correct explanation for Statement I Then, j JEE Mains 2013
(b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is (a) Statement I is true and Statement II is false
not a correct explanation for Statement I (b) Both statements are true
(c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false (c) Both statements are false
(d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true (d) Statement I is false and Statement II is true
11 Let A be a square matrix of order 2 with | A| ≠ 0 such that 14 Area of triangle whose vertices are (a, a 2 ),(b, b 2 ),(c, c 2 ) is
| A + | A| adj ( A )| = 0, then the value of | A −| A| adj ( A )| is 1
, and the area of triangle whose vertices are
(a) 1 (b) 2 2
(c) 3 (d) 4 ( p, p 2 ),(q , q 2 ) and (r , r 2 ) is 4, then the value of
12 Let P and Q be 3 × 3 matrices P ≠ Q . If P 3 = Q 3 and (1 + ap )2 (1 + bp )2 (1 + cp )2
P 2Q = Q 2P , then the determinant of (P 2 + Q 2 ) is
(1 + aq )2 (1 + bq )2 (1 + cq )2 is
(a) − 2 (b) 1
(c) 0 (d) − 1 (1 + ar )2 (1 + br )2 (1 + cr )2
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1 (b) 2 (b) 3 (a) 4 (a) 5 (a) 6 (a) 7 (a) 8 (a) 9 (c) 10 (c)
11 (c) 12 (c) 13 (c) 14 (a) 15 (b) 16 (b) 17 (d) 18 (d) 19 (c) 20 (a)
21 (b) 22 (d) 23 (b) 24 (b) 25 (a) 26 (b) 27 (c) 28 (d) 29 (d) 30 (d)
31 (d) 32 (b) 33 (b) 34 (c) 35 (a)
SESSION 2 1 (a) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4 (c) 5 (a) 6 (b) 7 (d) 8 (c) 9 (c) 10 (c)
11 (d) 12 (c) 13 (c) 14 (d) 15 (c)
62 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY SIX
= 2 × × 3 × 4 = 144
1 + 2cp + c 2 p2 1
13 Let ∆ = 1 + f (1) 1 + f (2) 1 + f (3)
2
1 + f (2) 1 + f (3) 1 + f (4) 1 + 2cq + c 2q 2
1 + 2cr + c 2 r 2
EXAM BITES
This Pdf Is
Downloaded From
www.exambites.in
VISIT NOW !!
DAY SEVEN
Binomial Theorem
and Mathematical
Induction
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Binomial Theorem u Properties of Binomial u Binomial Theorem for
u Binomial Theorem for Positive Coefficient Negative/Rational Index
Index u Applications of Binomial u Principle of Mathematical
Theorem Induction
Binomial Theorem
Binomial theorem describes the algebraic expansion of powers of a binomial. According to this
theorem, it is possible to expand ( x + y)n into a sum involving terms of the form axb yc , where
the exponents b and c are non-negative integers with b + c = n. The coefficient a of each term is
n
a specific positive integer depending on n and b, is known as the binomial coefficient .
b
2
(2 n)!
term. l
C20 + C12 + C22 + ... + C2n = 2 nCn =
(n + 1) (n !)2
(b) Case II If n is odd, then th term and
2 (−1)n/2 ⋅n Cn/2 , if n is even
(n + 3) l
C20 − C12 + C22 − C32 + .... =
th terms are middle terms. 0, if n is odd
2
(iv) ( p + 1) th
term from end = (n − p + 1)th term from l
C0 ⋅ Cr + C1 ⋅ Cr + 1 + ... + Cn − r ⋅ Cn
beginning. (2 n)!
= 2 nCn− r =
(v) For making a term independent of x we put r = n in (n − r )!(n + r )!
general term of ( x + a)n, so we get nCnan, that is l
C1 − 2C2 + 3C3 − .... = 0
independent of x. l
C0 + 2C1 + 3C2 + ... + (n + 1) ⋅ Cn = (n + 2) 2 n − 1
NOTE If the coefficients of rth, ( r + 1)th, ( r + 2)th term of ( 1 + x ) are
n
nπ
in AP, then n2 − ( 4 r + 1) n + 4 r 2 = 2
l
C0 − C2 + C4 − C6 +K = 2 n ⋅ cos
4
nπ
l
C1 − C3 + C5 − C7 + ... = 2 n ⋅ sin
Greatest Term 4
If Tr and Tr + 1 be the rth and (r + 1)th terms in the expansion of
(1 + x)n, then Applications of Binomial
Tr + 1 Cr ⋅ x r
n
n−r +1 Theorem
= = ⋅x
Tr Cr − 1 ⋅ x r − 1
n
r 1. R-f Factor Relation
Let numerically, Tr + 1 be the greatest term in the above Here, we are going to discuss problems involving
Tr + 1 ( A + B)n = I + f , where I and n are positive integers
expansion. Then, Tr + 1 ≥ Tr or ≥ 1.
Tr 0 ≤ f ≤ 1,| A − B2| = k and| A − B| < 1.
n−r +1 (n + 1)
∴ | x | ≥ 1 or r ≤ | x| …(i) 2. Divisibility Problem
r (1 + | x |)
In the expansion, (1 + α )n. We can conclude that,
(i) Now, substituting values of n and x in Eq. (i), we get
r ≤ m + f or r ≤ m, where m is a positive integer and f is (1 + α )n − 1 is divisible by α, i.e. it is a multiple of α.
a fraction such that 0 < f < 1.
3. Differentiability Problem
(ii) When r ≤ m + f , Tm + 1 is the greatest term, when r ≤ m,
Sometimes to generalise the result we use the
Tm and Tm +1 are the greatest terms and both are equal.
differentiation.
(iii) The coefficients of the middle terms in the expansion of
(a + x)n are called greatest coefficients. (1 + x)n = nC0 + nC1 x + nC2 x 2 + … + nCn x n
70 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY SEVEN
10 The coefficient of t 24 in the expansion of 21 If the sum of the coefficients in the expansion of
(1 + t 2 )12(1 + t 12 )(1 + t 24 ) is ( x − 2y + 3z )n is 128, then the greatest coefficient in the
(a) 12
C6 + 2 (b) 12
C5 (c) 12
C6 (d) 12
C7 expansion of (1 + x )n is
11 The coefficient of x 53
in the following expansion (a) 35 (b) 20 (c) 10 (d) None of these
100
22. If for positive integers r > 1, n > 2, the coefficient of the
∑ 100Cm ( x − 3)100−m ⋅ 2m is ( 3r )th and (r + 2)th powers of x in the expansion of
m =0
(1 + x )2n are equal, then
(a) 100
C47 (b) 100
C53 (c) −100 C53 (d) −100 C100
(a) n = 2r (b) n = 3r
12 If p is a real number and if the middle term in the (c) n = 2r + 1 (d) None of these
8
p
expansion of + 2 is 1120, then the value of p is n
1 n
r
2
j NCERT Exemplar
23 If an = ∑ n
, then ∑ n is equal to
r =0 Cr r = 0 Cr
(a) ±3 (b) ±1
(c) ± 2 (d) None of these (a) (n − 1)an (b) nan
1
6
(c) nan (d) None of these
2 2
13 The constant term in the expansion of 1 + x + , is
x n
1 + rx
(a) 479 (b) 517 (c) 569 (d) 581
24 ∑ ( −1)r (n Cr ) 1 + nx is equal to
r =0
(b) an odd positive integer + ( 21C3 −10 C3 ) + ( 21C4 −10 C4 ) + ... + ( 21C10 −10 C10 ) is
(c) an even positive integer j
JEE Mains 2017
(d) a rational number other than positive integers
(a) 2 21
−2 11
(b) 2 21
−2 10
(c) 2 20
−2 9
(d) 2 20 − 210
21
a b 27 The sum of the series
16 If the (r + 1) th term in the expansion of 3 +
b 3
a 20
C0 − 20 C1 + 20 C2 − 20 C3 + ...+ 20C10 is j
AIEEE 2007
1
has the same power of a and b, then the value of r is (a) − C10
20
(b) 20C10 (c) 0 (d) 20
C10
2
(a) 9 (b) 10 (c) 8 (d) 6
n −3 28 If (1 + x )n = C0 + C1x + C2x 2 +...+Cn X n , then the value of
1
17 If x 2k
occurs in the expansion of x + 2 , then C0 + 2C1 + 3C2 + ...+ (n + 1)Cn will be
x
(a) (n + 2)2n −1 (b) (n + 1)2n
(a) n − 2k is a multiple of 2 (b) n − 2k is a multiple of 3 (c) (n + 1)2n −1 (d) (n + 2)2n
(c) k = 0 (d) None of these
29 If n > ( 8 + 3 7 )10, n ∈ N, then the least value of n is
18 The ratio of the coefficient of x 15 to the term
15 (a) (8 + 3 7 )10 − (8 − 3 7 )10
2
(8 + 3 7 )10 + (8 − 3
independent of x in the expansion of x 2 + , is (b) 7 )10
x (c) (8 + 3 7 )10 − (8 − 3 7 )10 + 1
j
JEE Mains 2013 (d) (8 + 3 7 )10 − (8 − 3 7 )10 − 1
(a) 7 : 16 (b) 7 : 64 (c) 1 : 4 (d) 1 : 32 30 49n + 16n − 1 is divisible by
20
1 (a) 3 (b) 19 (c) 64 (d) 29
19 The greatest term in the expansion of 3 1 + is
3 31 If A = 1000 1000
and B = (1001) 999
, then
20 1 20 1
(a) (b) (a) A > B (b) A = B
7 27 6 81
(c) A < B (d) None of these
1 20
(c) (d) None of these
9 9 32 If n − 1Cr = (k 2 − 3) ⋅ nCr + 1, then k belongs to
(a) (− ∞, − 2 ] (b) [2 , ∞) (c) [ − 3 , 3 ] (d) ( 3 , 2 ]
20 The largest term in the expansion of ( 3 + 2x )50, where
1 33 The remainder left out when 82n − ( 62)2n + 1 is divided by
x = is
5 9, is
(a) 5th (b) 3th (c) 7th (d) 6th (a) 0 (b) 2 (c) 7 (d) 8
72 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY SEVEN
34 If x is positive, the first negative term in the expansion of 37 For each n ∈ N, 23n − 1 is divisible by
(1 + x ) 27 / 5
is j AIEEE 2003 (a) 8 (b) 16
(a) 7th term (b) 5th term (c) 8th term (d) 6th term (c) 32 (d) None of these
35 Let P (n ) : n 2 + n + 1 ( n ∈ N ) is an even integer. Therefore, 38 Let S (k ) = 1 + 3 + 5+...+( 2k − 1) = 3 + k 2.
P (n ) is true Then, which of the following is true? j AIEEE 2004
(a) for n > 1 (b) for all n (c) for n > 2 (d) None of these (a) S(1) is correct
36 For all n ∈ N, 1 × 1! + 2 × 2 ! + 3 × 3! + ...+ n × n ! is equal (b) S (k) ⇒ S (k + 1)
to j NCERT Exemplar (c) S (k) ⇒/ S (k + 1)
(a) (n + 1) ! − 2 (b) (n + 1)! (d) Principle of mathematical induction can be used to
(c) (n + 1) ! − 1 (d) (n + 1)! − 3 prove the formula
13 The greatest value of the term independent of x, as α 15 If the ratio of the fifth term from the beginning to the fifth
20 n
sin α 1
varies over R, in the expansion of x cos α + is term from the end in the expansion of 4 2 + 4 is
x 3
20 20 20 6 : 1, then
(a) C10 (b) C15 (c) C19 (d) None of these
14 Statement I For each natural number Statement I The value of n is 10.
n− 4
n,(n + 1)7 − n 7 − 1 is divisible by 7.
2 4 ⋅ 3 −1
Statement II For each natural number n, n − n is divisible 7
Statement II = 6 NCERT Exemplar
4 +n j
by 7. j AIEEE 2011
2⋅3 4
(a) Statement I is false, Statement II is true
(a) Statement I is true; Statement II is true; Statement II is a
(b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true, Statement II is correct explanation for Statement I
correct explanation of Statement I.
(b) Statement I is true; Statement II is true; Statement II is
(c) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is not a correct explanation for Statement I
not a correct explanation of Statement I
(c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
(d) Statement I is true, Statement II is false
(d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1 (a) 2 (d) 3 (a) 4 (d) 5 (c) 6 (b) 7 (d) 8 (d) 9 (a) 10 (a)
11 (c) 12 (c) 13 (d) 14 (c) 15 (a) 16 (a) 17 (b) 18 (d) 19 (a) 20 (c)
21 (a) 22 (c) 23 (c) 24 (d) 25 (c) 26 (d) 27 (b) 28 (a) 29 (b) 30 (c)
31 (a) 32 (d) 33 (b) 34 (c) 35 (d) 36 (c) 37 (d) 38 (b)
1 (c) 2 (b) 3 (b) 4 (a) 5 (c) 6 (b) 7 (c) 8 (d) 9 (a) 10 (c)
SESSION 2
11 (a) 12 (d) 13 (d) 14 (b) 15 (c)
∴ Required ratio + nC 4 x 4 +… nC n x n )
6 T7 = 9C 6 3 3 ( 3 ln x )6 = 729
84
(2n )!
2n
Cn (1 + nC1 x2 + nC2 x 4 + K + nC n x2 n ) 84 × 33
= = n ! n ! = 2 :1 ⇒ × 33 × (ln x )6 = 729
2 n −1
Cn (2n − 1)! Therefore, the coefficient of x 4 84
n !(n − 1)! = nC2 + nC2 nC1 + nC 4 = (ln x )6 = 1
= nC 4 + nC2 + nC1 nC2 ⇒ x=e
74 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY SEVEN
21 Sum of the coefficients in the expansion 26 (21 C1 −10 C1 ) + (21 C2 −10 C2 ) (1001)999 < (1000)1000
of ∴ B< A
+ (21 C3 −10 C3 )+ ...+ (21 C10 −10 C10 )
( x − 2 y + 3z )n is (1 − 2 + 3)n = 2n n −1 n n −1
(put x = y = z = 1) = ( C1 +
21 21
C2 + ...+ C10 ) 21 32 Since, C r = (k 2 − 3) Cr
r+1
∴ 2n = 128 ⇒ n = 7 −(10C1 + 10 C2 + ... + 10 C10 ) r+1
Therefore, the greatest coefficient in the ⇒ k2 − 3 =
1 21 n
expansion of (1 + x )7 is 7 C3 or 7 C 4 = ( C1 + 21 C2 + ... + 21 C20 ) − (210 − 1)
2 ⇒ 0 < k2 − 3 ≤ 1
because both are equal to 35. 1 Qn ≥ r ⇒ r + 1 ≤ 1and n, r > 0
= (21 C1 + 21C2 + ... + 21C21 − 1) − (210 − 1)
22 In the expansion of (1 + x )2 n , the general 2 n
1
term =2 n C k x k , 0 ≤ k ≤ 2n = (221 − 2) − (210 − 1) = 220 − 1 − 210 + 1 ⇒ 3< k ≤ 42
2
As given for r > 1, n > 2, Hence, k ∈ [−2, − 3] ∪ ( 3,2)
= 220 − 210
2n
C3 r =2 n C r +2
27 We know that, 33 82 n − (62)2 n +1 = (1 + 63)n − (63 − 1)2 n +1
⇒ Either 3r = r + 2
(1 + x ) =20 20
C0 + 20
C1 x + ... = (1 + 63)n + (1 − 63)2 n +1
or 3r = 2n − (r + 2)
= [1 + C1 ⋅ 63 + n C2 ⋅ (63)2 + ... + (63)n ]
n
(Q n C x = nC y ⇒ x + y = n or x = y ) + 20C10 x10 + ... + 20 C20 x20
On putting x = −1 in the above + [1 −2 n −1 C1 ⋅ 63 + (2 n +1 ) C2 ⋅ (63)2 − ...
⇒ r = 1 or n = 2r + 1
expansion, we get + (−1)(63)(2 n +1 )] ]
We take the relation only
0 = 20C 0 − 20C1 + ... − 20C a + 20C10 = 2 + 63[ C1 + C2 (63) + ...
n n
n = 2r + 1 (Q r > 1)
− 20C11 + ... + 20C20 + (63)n −1 −(2 n +1 ) C1
n
r n
n − (n − r )
23 Let b = ∑ n
= ∑ n ⇒ 0 = 20C 0 − 20C1 + ... − 20C 9 + 20C10 + (2 n +1 )C2 (63) − ...+ (−1)(63)(2 n )]
r=0 C r r=0 Cr
n
1 n
n−r − C 9 + ... + C 0
20 20
Hence, remainder is 2.
= n∑ − ∑
r=0
n
Cr r=0
n
Cr ⇒ 0 = 2( 20C 0 − 20C1 + ... − 20C 9 ) + 20C10 34 Since, (r + 1)th term in the expansion of
n
n−r ⇒ C10 = 2(20C 0 − 20C1 + ... + 20C10 )
20 (1 + x )27 / 5
= nan − ∑ nC (Q n C r = n C n − r )
1
27 27
− 1 ...
27
− r + 1
r=0 n− r ⇒ 20C 0 − 20C1 + ... + 20C10 = 20C10 5 5 5 r
n 2 = x
= nan − b ⇒ 2b = nan ⇒ b = an r!
2 28 Since, x(1 + x )n = xC 0 + C1 x2 Now, this term will be negative, if the
24 Let E = ∑ (−1)r nC r 1 + rx
n
+ C2 x3 + ... + C n x n +1 last factor in numerator is the only one
r=0
1 + nx negative factor.
On differentiating w.r.t. x, we get
1 n 27 32
(1 + x )n + nx(1 + x )n −1 ⇒ − r + 1< 0 ⇒ <r
1 + nx r∑
= (−1) C r (1 + rx )
r n
5 5
=0 = C 0 + 2C1 x + 3C2 x2 ⇒ 6. 4 < r ⇒ least value of r is 7.
1 n
=
1 + nx r∑
(−1) ⋅ C r + ... + (n + 1)C n x n
r n
Thus, first negative term will be 8th.
=0 Put x = 1, we get 35 Given, P (n ) : n2 + n + 1
n
C 0 + 2C1 + 3C2 + ... + (n + 1)C n
+ x ∑ r (−1) C r r n
At n = 1, P (1) : 3, which is not an even
r=0 = 2n + n2n −1 = 2n −1 (n + 2) integer.
=
1 29 Let f = (8 − 3 7 )10, here 0 < f < 1 Thus, P(1) is not true.
(0 + 0) = 0
1 + nx Also, n(n + 1) + 1 is always an odd
∴ (8 + 3 7 )10 + (8 − 3 7 )10 is an integer,
[Q n C 0− nC1 + nC2 − nC3 + ...(−1)n nC n = 0] integer.
hence this is the value of n.
36 Let the statement P (n ) be defined as
25 Let 30 We have,
30 30 30 30 P ( n ) : 1 × 1! + 2 × 2! + 3 × 3! K
A = − 49 + 16n − 1 = (1 + 48) + 16n − 1
n n
0 10 1 11 + n × n ! = (n + 1) ! − 1
= 1 + C1 (48) + C2 (48) + ...
n n 2
for all natural numbers n.
30 30 30 30 + n C n (48)n + 16n − 1 Note that P(1) is true, since
+ − ... +
2 12 20 30 = (48n + 16n ) + C2 (48)2 + n C3 (48)3 +
n
P (1) : 1 × 1! = 1 = 2 − 1 = 2! − 1
or A =30 C 0 . 30C10 −30 C1 . 30C11 ... + n C n (48)n Assume that P (n ) is true for some
natural number k, i.e.
+ C2 . C12 − ... + C20 . C30
30 30 30 30 = 64n + 8 [ C2 ⋅ 6 + C3 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 8
2 n 2 n 3
P (k ) : 1 × 1! + 2 × 2! + 3 × 3! + ....
= Coefficient of x 20
in + n C 4 ⋅ 64 82 + ... + n C n ⋅ 6n ⋅ 8n −2 ] + k × k ! = (k + 1)! − 1 …(i)
(1 + x )30(1 − x )30 Hence, 49n + 16n − 1 is divisible by 64. To prove P (k + 1) is true, we have
= Coefficient of x 20
in (1 − x )
2 30 n P (k + 1) : 1 × 1! + 2 × 2!
31 Since, 1 + 1 < 3 for ∀n ∈ N + 3 × 3! + ... + k × k !
= Coefficient of x20 in n
30 + (k + 1) × (k + 1)!
∑ (−1) C r ( x )
r 30 2 r 1000
(1001)999 1 1001 = (k + 1) ! − 1 + (k + 1)! × (k + 1)
Now, =
r=0
(1000) 1000
1001 1000 [by Eq. (i)]
= (−1)10 30C10 1000
= (k + 1 + 1)(k + 1)! – 1
1 1 1
(for coefficient of x20, let r = 10) = 1 + < ⋅3 < 1
1001 1000 1001 = (k + 2)(k + 1)! – 1 = (k + 2)! – 1
=30 C10
76 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY SEVEN
= ( x1 /3 + 1) − = ( x1 /3 − x −1 /2 )10
Put k = 1 in both sides, we get So, the coefficient of x 5 is 10C 5(a)5(b )−5.
x
LHS = 1 and RHS = 3 + 1 = 4
Again, let x −5 occurs in T r +1 of ∴The genreal term is
⇒ LHS ≠ RHS
10 T r +1 =10 C r ( x1 /3 )10− r (− x −1 /2 )r
Put (k + 1) in both sides in the place of 1 10− r 1
r
a ⋅ x − 2 2 is C r (ax ) − 2 2
10
10− r r
k, we get −
b ⋅ x b x =10 C r (−1)r x 3 2
LHS = 1 + 3 + 5 + ... + (2k − 1) + (2k + 1) r
C r (a)10 − r − 2 ( x )10 − 3 r
1 For independent for x, put
RHS = 3 + (k + 1)2 = 3 + k 2 + 2k + 1 = 10
b 10 − r r
Let LHS = RHS − = 0 ⇒ 20 − 2r − 3r = 0
10 − 3 r = − 5 ⇒ 15 = 3 r ⇒ r = 5 3 2
1 + 3 + 5 + ... + (2k − 1) + (2k + 1) ⇒ 20 = 5r ⇒ r = 4
= 3 + k 2 + 2k + 1 a5
So, the coefficient of x −5 is − 10C 5 10 . 10 × 9 × 8 × 7
∴ T 5 =10 C 4 = = 210
⇒ 1 + 3 + 5+ ... + (2k − 1) = 3 + k 2 b 4×3×2×1
If S (k ) is true, then S (k + 1) is also true. According to the given condition,
a5 a5
6 We have,
Hence, S (k ) ⇒ S (k + 1) 10
C 5 5 = − a 10C 5 10 (1 + x )n = C 0 + C1 x + C2 x2 + ... + C n x n
b b
... (i)
SESSION 2 ⇒ − b 5 = a ⇒ − b 6 = ab n 2
1 1
and 1 + = C 0 + C1 + C2 1
1 Multiplying the numerator and 4 Let T r +1 be the general term in the x x x
denominator by 1 − x, we have expansion of (1 − 2 x )50. n
+ ... + C n ... (ii)
1
1− x
E = ∴ Tr = 50
C r (1)50− r (− 2 x1 /2 )r x
+1
(1 − x )(1 + x )(1 + x2 )(1 + x 4 )
m = 50
C r ⋅ 2r ⋅ x r /2 ( − 1)r On multiplying Eqs. (i) and (ii) and taking
...(1 + x2 ) coefficient of constant terms in right hand
For the integral power of x and r should
1− x side = C 20 + C12 + C22 + ... + C 2n
= m
be even integer.
n
(1 − x2 )(1 + x2 )(1 + x 4 )...(1 + x2 )
In right hand side (1 + x )n 1 + or in
25 1
∴Sum of coefficients = ∑
50
1− x C2 r (2)2 r
= x
m
r =0
(1 − x 4 )(1 + x 4 )...(1 + x2 ) 1
=
1 1
[(1 + 2)50 + (1 − 2)50] = [350 + 1] (1 + x )2n
or term containing x n in
1− x m +1 2 2 xn
= = (1 − x )(1 − x2 )−1 (1 + x )2 n . Clearly, the coefficient of x n in
2 m +1 Alternate Method
(1 − x ) (2n )!
m +1 m +2 We have, (1 + x )2 n is equal to 2 n C n = .
= (1 − x )(1 + x2 + x2 + ... ) (1 − 2 x )50 = C 0 − C1 ⋅ 2 x n !n !
m +1
∴Coefficient of x2 is 1. + C2 (2 x )2 + K + C 50(2 x )50 …(i) 7 We can write,
aC 0 − (a + d )C1 + (a + 2d )C2 − ...
2 Since, (1 − x ) = C 0 − C1 ⋅ x + C2 ⋅ x
n 2
(1 + 2 x ) 50
= C 0 + C1 ⋅ 2 x
upto (n + 1) terms
− C3 ⋅ x + ...
3
+ C2 (2 x )2 + K + C 50(2 x )50 …(ii) = a(C 0 − C1 + C2 − ... )
⇒ 1 − (1 − x ) = C1 ⋅ x − C2 ⋅ x
n 2
On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get + d (−C1 + 2C2 − 3C3 + ... ) ... (i)
+ C3 ⋅ x3 – ... (1 − 2 x )50 + (1 + 2 x )50 We know,
1 − (1 − x )n = 2[C 0 + C2 (2 x )2 + ... + C 50(2 x )50] (1 − x )n = C 0 − C1 x + C2 x2
⇒ = C1 − C2 ⋅ x
x (1 − 2 x )50 + (1 + 2 x )50 −...+ (−1)n C n x n ... (ii)
⇒
+ C3 ⋅ x2 − K 2 On differentiating Eq. (ii) w.r.t. x,
1 = C 0 + C2 (2 x )2 + K + C 50 (2 x )50 we get − n(1 − x )n −1 = −C1 + 2C2 x
⇒ ∫ 0(C1 − C2 ⋅ x + C3 ⋅ x2 − K ) dx
− ... + (−1)n C n nx n −1 ... (iii)
On putting x = 1, we get
11 − (1 − x )n
= ∫0 1 − (1 − x )
dx (1 − 2 1 )50 + (1 + 2 1 )50 On putting x = 1 in Eqs. (ii) and (iii), we
get
2
C1 C2 C 11 − x n C 0 − C1 + C2 − ... + (−1)n C n = 0 ... (iv)
⇒ − + 3 −K = ∫ dx = C 0 + C2 (2)2 + K + C 50 (2)50
1 2 3 0 1− x and −C1 + 2C2 − ... + (−1)n C n = 0 ... (v)
(− 1)50 + (3)50
Q 1 f ( x ) dx = 1 f (1 − x ) dx ⇒
∫ 0 ∫0 2 From Eq. (i),
= C 0 + C2 (2)2 + K + C 50(2)50
DAY SEVEN BINOMIAL THEOREM AND MATHEMATICAL INDUCTION 77
aC 0 − (a + d )C1 + (a + 2d )C2 − ... + upto 32x 3x Thus, the greatest possible value of β is
⇒ + 7 = 4 + 1
(n + 1) terms 10
C10 .
9 3 20 1
= a⋅ 0 + d ⋅ 0 = 0 2
⇒ 32x − 12(3x ) + 27 = 0
[from Eqs. (iv) and (v)] ⇒ y 2 − 12 y + 27 = 0 (put y = 3x ) 14 Let P (n ) = (n )7 − n
By mathematical induction
8 Since, =
n m n! ⇒ ( y − 3)( y − 9) = 0
(n − m )! p ! (m − p )! For n = 1,
m p ⇒ y = 3, 9
P(1) = 0, which is divisible by 7.
n n − p ⇒ 3x = 3, 9
= For n = k
⇒ x = 1,2
p m − p P (k ) = k 7 − k
n
∴Given series can be rewritten as
11 Last term of 21 /3 − 1 is
Let P (k ) be divisible by 7.
2 ∴ k 7 − k = 7λ, for some λ ∈ N ... (i)
n n
n n − p
∑ ∑
p m − p
1
n For n = k + 1,
p=1 m = p T n +1 = nC n (21 /3 )n − n − P (k + 1) = (k + 1)7 − (k + 1)
n n n n − p 2
= ∑ ∑
p m = p m − p 1 (−1)n
= (7 C 0k 7 + 7 C1 k 6 + 7 C2 k 5 + ...+ 7 C 6 ⋅ k
p=1 = nC n (−1)n n /2
= + 7 C7 ) − (k + 1)
2 2n /2
n
n n− p
n − p = (k − k ) + 7{k + 3k + ... + k }
7 6 5
= ∑
p
∑
t
Also, we have
log3 8 = 7λ + 7{k 6 + 3k 5 + ... + k } [Using Eq. (i)]
p=1 t=0 1 = 3−( 5/3 )log3 2 = 2−5
3
5/3 ⇒ Divisible by 7.
n
n n − 3
= ∑ [ put m – p = t ]
p
2 So, both statements are true and
p (−1) (−1)
n
(−1) n 10
p=1 Thus, = 2−5 ⇒ n /2 = Statement II is correct explanation of
n 2n /2 2 25
n
n 1 1 Statement I.
= 2n ∑ ⋅ p=2 1 + − 1
n
n
p 2 2 ⇒ = 5 ⇒ n = 10
p=1 2 15 We know that, in the expansion of
4
(a + b )n , pth term from the end is
Now, T 5 = T 4 +1 = 10C 4 (21 /3 )10− 4 −
= 3n − 2n 1
(n − p + 2)th term from the beginning.
n 2
∑ (−1)
r
9 10! 1 /3 6 So, 5th term from the end is
4 −1 /2 4
r=0 = (2 ) (−1) (2 )
4! 6! = (n − 5 + 2) th term from the beginning
1 3r 7r
n
C r r + 2 r + 3 r + ... upto m terms −2
= 210(2) (1)(2 ) = 210
2 = (n − 3) th term from the beginning
2 2 2 = (n − 4 + 1) th term from the beginning
n
1 n
3r 12 Key idea = (a + b )n + (a − b )n …(i)
= ∑ (−1) C r ⋅ r + ∑ (−1) ⋅ C r 2 r
r n r n
1 − 1 2 (2 − 1)
mn n
[Q nC r = n C n − r ] …(iii)
13 The general term in the expansion of
2n 20 So, from the given condition, we have
x cos α + sin α
10 We have, is Fifth term from the beginning 6
x =
7 r Fifth term from the end 1
log2 sin α
9x −1 +7
+
1 20
C r ( x cos α )20− r n−4
2 x −1
+1 ) x n
C4 ⋅2 4 ⋅ 3 −1 6
2(1 / 5)log2 (3 ⇒ =
20−2 r 20− r −n + 4
7
= Cr x
20
(cos α ) (sin α )
r 1
1 n
C 4. ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3
= 9x −1 + 7 + x −1 4
Permutations and
Combinations
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Fundamental Principle of u Circular Permutations u Prime Factors
Counting u Combinations u Division of Objects into
u Factorial Notation u Applications of Permutations Groups
u Permutations and Combinations
Factorial Notation
The product of first n natural numbers is denoted by n! and read as ‘factorial n’.
Thus, n ! = n (n − 1) (n − 2) … 3 ⋅ 2 ⋅1 PRED
Properties of Factorial Notation MIRROR
Your Personal Preparation Indicator
1. 0 ! = 1 ! = 1
2. Factorials of negative integers and fractions are not defined. u No. of Questions in Exercises (x)—
3. n ! = n (n − 1)! = n (n − 1) (n − 2)! u No. of Questions Attempted (y)—
n! u No. of Correct Questions (z)—
4. = n (n − 1) (n − 2)… (r + 1) (Without referring Explanations)
r!
u Accuracy Level (z / y × 100)—
Permutations u Prep Level (z / x × 100)—
l
Permutation means arrangement of things. The number of permutations of n
different things taken r at a time is n Pr . In order to expect good rank in JEE,
your Accuracy Level should be
n! above 85 & Prep Level should be
l
n
Pr = n (n − 1) (n − 2)...(n − r + 1) = ,0 ≤ r ≤ n above 75.
(n − r )!
DAY EIGHT PERMUTATION AND COMBINATION 79
n +1
r at a time, when clockwise and anti-clockwise orders are
(i) n P0 = 1, n P1 = n , n Pn = n ! (ii) n
Pr + r ⋅n Pr − 1 = Pr n
P
n −1
not different, is r .
(iii) Pr = n
n
Pr − 1 (iv) Pr = (n − r + 1) n Pr − 1
n
2r
n −1 n −1
(v) Pr = (n − r ) Pr − 1
Important Results on
Important Results on Permutations Circular Permutations
(i) Number of permutations of n different things taken r at a (i) The number of ways in which m different things and n
time when a particular thing is to be always included in different things (where, m ≥ n) can be arranged in a circle,
each arrangement is r ⋅ n −1 Pr −1 . so that no two things of second kind come together is
(ii) Number of permutations of n different things taken r at a (m − 1)! m Pn .
time, when a particular thing is never taken in each
(ii) The number of ways in which m different things and n
arrangement is n −1 Pr .
different things can be arranged in a circle, so that all the
(iii) The number of permutations of n different things taken r
second type of things come together is m ! n !.
at a time, allowing repetitions is nr .
(iv) The permutations of n things of which p are identical of (iii) The number of ways in which m different things and n
one sort, q are identical of second sort, r are identical of different things (where, m ≥ n) can be arranged in the form
n! of garland, so that no two things of second kind come
third sort, is , where p + q + r = n.
p!q ! r ! together is (m − 1)! m Pn / 2.
(v) Arrangements (iv) The number of ways in which m different things and n
(a) The number of ways in which m different things and n different things can be arranged in the form of garland, so
different things (m + 1 ≥ n) can be arranged in a row, so that all the second type of things come together is m ! n !/ 2 .
that no two things of second kind come together is
m ! ( m +1 )Pn . Combinations
(b) The number of ways in which m different things and n
Combination means selection of things. The number of
different things (m ≥ n) can be arranged in a row so that combinations of n different things taken r at a time is
all the second type of things come together is n
n
(m + 1)! n !. Cr or .
r
(vi) Dearrangement The number of dearrangements
(No object goes to its scheduled place) of n objects, is n n (n − 1) (n − 2)...(n − r + 1) n! n
P
n
Cr = = = = r
1 1 1 1 r r! r !(n − r )! r!
n! − + − ... (− 1)n .
2 ! 3 ! 4 ! n !
(vii) Sum of Digits Properties of n Cr
(a) Sum of numbers formed by taking all the given n digits
(i) n
Cr = nCn − r (ii) n Cx = nC y ⇒ x = y or x + y = n
(excluding 0) is (sum of all the n digits)
n +1
× (n − 1)! × (111 ... n times). (iii) n
Cr + nCr − 1 = Cr
(b) Sum of the numbers formed by taking all the given n
digits (including 0) is (sum of all the n digits) Important Results on Combinations
× [(n − 1)! × (111 ... n times) − (n − 2) ×
{111 ...(n − 1) times}]. (i) The number of combinations of n different things, taken r
at a time, when p particular things always occur is
n− p
Cr − p.
Circular Permutations
(ii) The number of combinations of n different things, taken r
l
If different objects are arranged along a closed curve, then
permutation is known as circular permutation. at a time, when p particular things never occur is n − pCr .
l
The number of circular permutations of n different things (iii) The number of selections of zero or more things out of n
taken all at a time is (n − 1)!. If clockwise and anti-clockwise different things is n C0 + nC1 + … + nCn = 2 n .
orders are taken as different. (iv) The number of selections of one or more things out of
l
If clockwise and anti-clockwise circular permutations are n different things is
(n − 1)! n
C1 + nC2 + … + nCn = 2 n − 1.
considered to be same, then it is .
2 (v) The number of selections of zero or more things out of n
l
Number of circular permutations of n different things, identical things = n + 1.
taken r at a time, when clockwise and anti-clockwise (vi) The number of selections of one or more things out of n
n
P identical things = n.
orders are taken as different, is r .
r
80 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY EIGHT
(vii) The number of selections of one or more things from ( p1α 1 + 1 − 1) ( p2α 2 + 1 − 1) ( prα r + 1 − 1)
(ii) Sum of divisors of nis ...
p + q + r things, where p are alike of one kind, q are alike ( p1 – 1) ( p2 − 1) ( pr − 1)
of second kind and rest are alike of third kind, is
[( p + 1) (q + 1) (r + 1)] − 1. (iii) If p is a prime such that pr divides n! but pr +1 does not
divide n ! .
(viii) The number of selections of one or more things from p
n n
identical things of one kind, q identical things of second Then, r = + p2 + K
kind, r identical things of third kind and n different p
things, is ( p + 1) (q + 1) (r + 1) 2 n − 1
(ix) If there are m items of one kind, n items of another kind
and so on. Then, the number of ways of choosing r items
Division of Objects into Groups
out of these items = coefficient of x r in
(1 + x + x2 + K + x m ) (1 + x + x2 + K + x n )K Objects are Different
(x) If there are m items of one kind, n items of another kind (i) The number of ways of dividing n different objects into 3
and so on. Then, the number of ways of choosing r items groups of size p, q and r ( p + q + r = n) is
out of these items such that atleast one item of each kind n!
is included in every selection = coefficient of x r in (a) ; p, q and r are unequal.
p!q ! r !
( x + x2 + K + x m )( x + x2 + K + x n )K
n! n!
(b) ;q = r (c) ; p =q = r
p ! 2 !(q !)2 3 !( p !)3
Applications of Permutations
(ii) The number of ways in which n different things can be
and Combinations distributed into r different groups, if empty groups are
allowed, is r n .
Functional Applications (iii) The number of ways in which n different things can be
If the set A has m elements and B has n elements, then distributed into r different groups, if empty groups are not
allowed, is
(i) the number of functions from A to B is nm .
r r
(ii) the number of one-one functions from A to B is n Pm , m ≤ n. r n − (r − 1)n + (r − 2)n − … + (−1)r − 1 rCr − 1 ⋅ 1
1 2
21 The number of ways in which seven persons can be 31 If the total number of m elements subsets of the set
arranged at a round table, if two particular persons may A = {a1, a 2 , a 3 , ..., a n } is λ times the number of m elements
not sit together is subsets containing a 4 , then n is
(a) 480 (b) 120 (a) (m − 1) λ (b) mλ (c) (m + 1) λ (d) 0
(c) 80 (d) None of these 32 A guard of 12 men is formed from a group of n soldiers in
22 The number of ways in which 6 men and 5 women can sit all possible ways. If the number of times two particular
at a round table, if no two women are to sit together, is soldiers A and B are together on guard is thrice the
given by j AIEEE 2003 number of times three particular soldiers C, D, E are
(a) 6! × 5 ! (b) 30 (c) 5 ! × 4 ! (d) 7 ! × 5 ! together on guard, then n is equal to
5 (a) 18 (b) 24 (c) 32 (d) 36
23 The value of 47
C4 + ∑
r =1
52 − r
C3 is equal to
33 In a steamer, there are stalls for 12 animals and there are
47 52
horses, cows and calves (not less than 12 each) ready to
(a) C6 (b) C5
52
be shipped. In how many ways, can the ship load be
(c) C4 (d) None of these
made?
n +1
24 If n C3 + nC4 > C3 , then (a) 312 − 1 (b) 312 (c) (12)3 − 1 (d) (12)3
(a) n > 6 (b) n > 7 34 There are 10 points in a plane, out of these 6 are
(c) n < 6 (d) None of these
collinear. If N is the number of triangles formed by joining
25 The number of ways in which we can choose a these points, then j AIEEE 2011
committee from four men and six women so that the (a) N > 190 (b) N ≤ 100
committee includes atleast two men and exactly twice as (c) 100 < N ≤ 140 (d) 140 < N ≤ 190
many women as men is j NCERT Exemplar
35 Let Tn be the number of all possible triangles formed by
(a) 94 (b) 126 joining vertices of an n-sided regular polygon. If
(c) 128 (d) None of these
Tn +1 − Tn = 10, then the value of n is j
JEE Mains 2013
26 A box contains 2 white balls, 3 black balls and 4 red (a) 7 (b) 5
balls. The number of ways of drawing 3 balls from the (c) 10 (d) 8
box, if atleast one black ball is included, is 36 On the sides AB, BC, CA of a ∆ABC, 3, 4, 5 distinct points
(a) 36 (b) 42 (c) 56 (d) 64 (excluding vertices A , B , C) are respectively chosen. The
27 A student is allowed to select atmost n books from a number of triangles that can be constructed using these
collection of ( 2n + 1) books. If the number of ways in chosen points as vertices are j
JEE Mains 2013
which he can select atleast one book is 63, then n is (a) 210 (b) 205
equal to (c) 215 (d) 220
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 5 37 The number of divisors of the number of 38808
28 Let A and B two sets containing 2 elements and 4 (excluding 1 and the number itself) is
elements, respectively. The number of subsets of A × B (a) 70 (b) 72
having 3 or more elements is j
JEE Mains 2013 (c) 71 (d) None of these
(a) 256 (b) 220 (c) 219 (d) 211 38 If a, b, c, d , e are prime integers, then the number of
29 In an examination of 9 papers a candidate has to pass in divisors of ab 2c 2de excluding 1 as a factor is
more papers than the number of papers in which he fails, (a) 94 (b) 72 (c) 36 (d) 71
in order to be successful. The number of ways in which 39 The number of ways of distributing 8 identical balls in
he can be unsuccessful is 3 distinct boxes, so that no box is empty, is
(b)
(a) 255 (b) 256 (c) 193 (d) 319 8
(a) 5
3
30 There are two urns. Urn A has 3 distinct red balls and
urn B has 9 distinct blue balls. From each urn, two balls (c) 3 8 (d) 21
are taken out at random and then transferred to the 40 If 4 dice are rolled, then the number of ways of getting
other. The number of ways in which this can be done, is the sum 10 is
j
AIEEE 2010 (a) 56 (b) 64
(a) 3 (b) 36 (c) 66 (d) 108 (c) 72 (d) 80
DAY EIGHT PERMUTATION AND COMBINATION 83
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (a)
21. (a) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (a) 25. (a) 26. (d) 27. (a) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (d)
31. (b) 32. (c) 33. (b) 34. (b) 35. (b) 36. (b) 37. (a) 38. (d) 39. (d) 40. (d)
SESSION 2 1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (d) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (c)
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (d)
84 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY EIGHT
22 First, we fix the position of men, number 29 Clearly, the candidate is unsuccessful, if n (n − 1)
⇒ × 3 = 10
of ways in which men can sit = 5!. he fails in 9 or 8 or 7 or 6 or 5 papers. 3!
∴ Numbers of ways to be unsuccessful ⇒ n − n − 20 = 0 ⇒ n = 5
2
Now, the number of ways in which
women can sit = 6 P5 = 9C 9 + 9C 8 + 9C7 + 9C 6 + 9C 5 36 Required number of triangles that can be
= 9C 0 + 9C1 + 9C2 + 9C3 + 9C 4 constructed using these chosen points as
M
vertices = 12C3 − 3C3 − 4C3 − 5C3
1
M = ( 9 C 0 + 9C1 + K + 9C 9 ) Here, we subtract those cases in which
M 2 points are collinear
1 = 220 − 1 − 4 − 10 = 220 − 15 = 205
= (29 ) = 28 = 256
2
M M 37 Since, 38808 = 23 × 32 × 72 × 111
30 ∴ Number of divisors
M
= 4 × 3 × 3 × 2 − 2 = 72 − 2 = 70
∴ Total number of ways 38 The number of divisors of ab2c 2de
3 distinct 9 distinct
= 5! × 6 P5 = 5! × 6! = (1 + 1 ) (2 + 1 ) (2 + 1 ) (1 + 1 ) (1 + 1 ) − 1
5
red balls blue balls
∑ = 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 2 − 1 = 71
52 − r
23 47
C4 + C3 = C4 +
47 51
C3
r =1 Urn A Urn B
+ 50
C3 + C3 +
49 48
C3 + 47
C3 39 Required number of ways is equal to the
The number of ways in which 2 balls number of positive integer solutions of
= 51
C3 + 50
C3 + 49
C3 + 48
C3 + ( C3 +
47 47
C4) from urn A and 2 balls from urn B can the equation x + y + z = 8 which equal
= 52
C4 be selected = 3C2 × 9C2 = 3 × 36 = 108
8 − 1 7
24 n
C3 + nC 4 > n +1
C3 31 Total number of m elements subsets of to = = 21
3 − 1 2
⇒ n +1
C4 > n +1
C3 ( nC r + n C r + 1 = n +1 C r +1 ) A = nC m …(i)
n +1
C4 n−2 and number of m elements subsets of A 40 Coefficient of x10 in ( x + x2 + ...+ x 6 )4
⇒ n +1 >1 ⇒ > 1 ⇒n> 6
C3 4 each containing element a4 = n − 1 C m − 1 = Coefficient of x 6 in (1 + x + ...+ x 5 )4
According to the question, = (1 − x 6 )4 (1 − x ) − 4 in (1 − 4 x 6 + ... )
25 The number of ways in which we can
choose a committee = λ ⋅ n −1 C m −1 4
= Choose two men and four women ⇒
n n −1
⋅ C m −1 = λ ⋅ n −1C m −1 1 + 1 x + ...
+ Choose three men and six women m
n 9
= 4C2 × 6C 4 + 4C3 × 6C 6 ⇒ λ= ⇒ n = mλ Hence, coefficient of x is − 4 = 80.
6
m 6
= 6 × 15 + 4 × 1 = 90 + 4 = 94
32 Number of times A and B are together
26 The number of ways of drawing SESSION 2
n − 2
1 black and 2 non-black balls is on guard is .
3
C1 ⋅ 6C2 = 3 ⋅ 15 = 45 10 1 Given, 6 different novels and 3 different
The number of ways of drawing Number of times C , D and E are together dictionaries.
2 black and 1 non-black ball is n − 3 Number of ways of selecting 4 novels
on guard is . 6!
3
C2 ⋅ 6C1 = 3 ⋅ 6 = 18 9 from 6 novels is 6 C 4 = = 15
The number of ways of drawing 2! 4!
According to the question,
3 black balls is 3 C3 = 1 Number of ways of selecting
n − 2 n − 3
∴ Number of ways = 45 + 18 + 1 = 64 = 3 1 dictionary from 3 dictionaries is
10 9 3!
27 He can select 1, 2, ... or n books.
3
C1 = =3
⇒ n − 2 = 30 ⇒ n = 32 1!2!
The number of ways to select atleast one Number of arrangement of
book is 33 First stall can be filled in 3 ways, second
stall can be filled in 3 ways and so on. 4 novels and 1 dictionary where
2n + 1
C1 + 2 n + 1 C2 + K + 2 n + 1 C n dictionary is always in the middle, is 4!
∴ Number of ways of loading steamer
1 2n + 1 Required number of arrangement
= ( C1 + 2 n + 1 C2 + K + 2 n + 1 C n = 3C1 × 3C1 × K × 3C1 (12 times)
2
= 3 × 3 × K × 3 (12 times) = 312 15 × 3 × 4! = 45 × 24 = 1080
+ 2 n + 1 C n + 1 + K + 2 n + 1 C2 n)
1 2n + 1 2n + 1
= (2 − C 0 − 2 n + 1 C2 n + 1 ) 34 If out of n points, m are collinear, then 2 Number of ways of giving one prize for
2 running = 16
Number of triangles = nC3 − mC3
= 22n − 1 = 63 [given]
∴ Required number of triangles
Number of ways of giving two prizes for
⇒ 22 n = 64 = 26 ⇒ n = 3 swimming = 16 × 15
= 10C3 − 6C3 = 120 − 20
Number of ways of giving three prizes
28 Given, n( A ) = 2, n(B ) = 4. ⇒ N = 100 for riding = 16 × 15 × 14
∴ n (A × B) = 8 35 T n = nC3 , hence T n+1 = n +1
C3 ∴ Required ways of giving prizes
The number of subsets of A × B having 3 = 16 × 16 × 15 × 16 × 15 × 14
Now, T n +1 − T n = 10
or more elements = 8C 3 + 8C 4 +…+ 8C 8 n +1 = 163 × 152 × 14
⇒ C3 − nC3 = 10 [given]
= ( 8 C 0 + 8C1 + 8C2 + 8C3 +…+ 8C 8 ) (n + 1) n (n − 1)
⇒ 3 For the first player, cards can be
− ( 8 C 0 + 8C1 + 8C2 ) 3! distributed in the 52 C17 ways. Now, out
= 2 − C 0 − C1 − 8C2
8 8 8
n (n − 1) (n − 2) of 35 cards left 17 cards can be
− = 10
= 256 − 1 − 8 − 28 = 219 3! distributed for second player in 52 C17
[Q 2n = nC 0 + nC1 +…+ nC n ] n (n − 1) ways.
⇒ (n + 1 − n + 2) = 10
3!
86 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY EIGHT
Similarly, for third player in 18 C17 ways. where, 5C2 is the number of ways without [Qall white balls are mutually identical]
One card for the last player can be W1 and W2 and 5C1 is the number of ways Number of ways to choose zero or more
distributed in 1 C1 way. with W1 and without W2 or with W2 and from green balls = (9 + 1)
Therefore, the required number of ways without W1 .
[Qall green balls are mutually identical]
for the proper distribution. The number of ways of forming 3M , 3W
Number of ways to choose zero or more
group is 10 C3 ( 5C3 + 2C1 C2 ) = 3600
5
= 52C17 × 35C17 × 18C17 × 1 C1 from black balls = (7 + 1)
52! 35! 18! 52! where, 5C3 is the number of ways without
= × × × 1! = [Qall black balls are mutually identical]
35! 17! 18!17! 17!1! (17!) 3 W1 and W2 and 5C2 is the number of ways
Hence, number of ways to choose zero
with W1 or W2 but not both.
4 The number of words starting from or more balls of any colour
∴ Number of ways = 4200 + 3600 = 7800
E = 5! = 120 = (10 + 1) (9 + 1) (7 + 1)
The number of words starting from H 7 Given, X has 7 friends, 4 of them are ladies Also, number of ways to choose zero
= 5! = 120 and 3 are men while Y has 7 friends, 3 of balls from the total = 1
The number of words starting from ME them are ladies and 4 are men. Hence, the number of ways to choose
= 4! = 24 ∴ Total number of required ways atleast one ball
The number of words starting from MH = 3C3 × 4C 0 × 4C 0 × 3C3 [irrespective of any colour]
= 4! = 24 + 3C2 × 4C1 × 4C1 × 3C2 = (10 + 1) (9 + 1) (7 + 1) − 1
The number of words starting from MOE + 3C1 × 4C2 × 4C2 × 3C1 = 880 − 1 = 879
= 3! = 6 + 3C 0 × 4C3 × 4C3 × 3C 0 12 Let x1 , x2 , ..., x 8 denote the marks assign
The number of words starting from = 1 + 144 + 324 + 16 = 485
MOH = 3! = 6 to 8 questions.
The number of words starting from
8 The number of ways of selecting four ∴ x1 + x2 + ...+ x 8 = 30
MOR = 3! = 6
numbers from 1 to 30 without any Also, x1 , x2 , ...., x 8 ≥ 2
restriction is 30 C 4 . The number of ways
The number of words starting from
of selecting four consecutive numbers
MOTE = 2! = 2 Let, u1 = x1 − 2, u2 = x2 − 2 ... u 8
[i.e. (1, 2, 3, 4), (2, 3, 4, 5), ...,
The number of words starting from (27, 28, 29, 30)] is 27. = x8 − 2
MOTHER = 1! = 1 Then, (u1 + 2 + u2 + 2 + ...+ u 8 + 2) = 30
Hence, the number of ways of selecting
Hence, rank of the word MOTHER four integers which excludes selection ⇒ u1 + u2 + ...+ u 8 = 14
= 2 (120) + 2 (24) + 3 (6) + 2 + 1 of consecutive four numbers is
= 309 30 × 29 × 28 × 27 ∴ Total number of solutions
30
C 4 − 27 = − 27 14 + 8 − 1
5 A matrix whose determinant is non-zero 24 = C 8 −1 = 21
c7
is called a non-singular matrix. = 27378 10 10 11 13
13 2 5 11 13 has a divisor of the form
Here, we have 9 Possible even digits are 2,4,6,8,0. 2α ⋅ 5β ⋅ 11γ ⋅ 13δ , where
a11 a 12 Case I Number has digits 4,6,8,0. α = 0, 1, 2,...,10; β = 0, 1, 2,...,10;
S = ; aij ∈ {0, 1, 2}, a11 = a22
a 21 a22 (Here, sum of digits is 18, divisible by 3)
γ = 0, 1, 2,...,11; δ = 0, 1, 2,...,13
Clearly, n(s ) = 27 It is of the form 4 n + 1, if
[Qfor a11 = a22 , we have 3 choices, α = 0 ; β = 0, 1, 2,...,10;
Number of arrangements = 3 × 3!
for a12 , we have 3 choices and for a21 , we γ = 0, 2, 4,...,10;
have 3 choices] [Ist place can be filled using 4, 6, 8]
= 3 × 6 = 18 δ = 0, 1, 2,...,13.
a11 a12
Now, =0 Case II Number has digits 2, 4, 6, 0 ∴ Number of divisors
a21 a22
(Here, sum of digits is 12, divisible by 3) = 11 × 6 × 14 = 924
⇒ a11 ⋅ a22 − a12 ⋅ a21 = 0
⇒ (a11 ) 2 = a12 a21 = 0 [Q a11 = a22 ] 14 Let the particular side on which 3
particular sailors can work be named A
⇒ a12 a21 = 0, 1, 4 [Q a11 ∈ {0, 1, 2}] 1st place cannot be filled by 0. and on the other side by B on which 2
Consider a12 a21 = 0, this is possible in 5 Number of arrangements = 3 × 3! = 18 particular sailors can work. Thus, we are
cases ∴ Number of numbers = 18 + 18 = 36 left with 3 sailors only. Selection of one
a12 a21 = 1, this is possible in only 1 case sailor for side A = 3C1 = 3 and, then we
a12 a21 = 4, this is possible in only 1 case
10 24 = 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4, 2 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 6, 1 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 4, 1 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 8,
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 12, 1 ⋅ 1 ⋅ 24 are left with 2 sailors for the other side.
Thus, number of singular matrices in Now, on each side, 4 sailors can be
[as product of three positive integers]
S are 7. arranged in 4! ways.
∴ The total number of positive integral
Hence, number of non-singular matrices ∴ Total number of arrangements
solutions of xyz = 24 is
in S are 27 − 7 = 20. = 3 × 24 × 24 = 1728
3! 3!
6 Let the men be M1 , M2 , ..., M10 and equal to3! + + 3! + 3! + 3! + i.e. 30.
2! 2! 15 Required number is the coefficient of x10
women be W1 , W2 , ..., W7 . Any two of the numbers in each in (1 + x + x2 + ... + x 6 ) 3
Let W1 and W2 do not want to be on the factorisation may be negative. So, the
same group. The six members group can = (1 − x7 )3 (1 − x )−3 = (1 − 3 x7 + ... )
number of ways to associate negative sign
contain 4 men and 2 women or 3 men 3 4 2
1 + 1 x + 2 x + K
in each case is 3 C2 i.e. 3.
and 3 women. ∴ Total number of integral solutions
The number of ways of forming 4M , 2W = 30 + 3 × 30 = 120 Hence, coefficient of x10 is
group is 12 5
11 The number of ways to choose zero or − 3 = 36.
10
C 4 ( 5C2 + 2C1 ⋅ 5C1 ) = 4200
more from white balls = (10 + 1) 10 3
DAY NINE UNIT TEST 1 (ALGEBRA) 87
DAY NINE
Unit Test 1
(Algebra)
cos x x 1
f ′ (x ) 7 From 50 students taking examinations in Mathematics,
1 If f ( x ) = 2 sin x x2 2x , then lim is equal to Physics and Chemistry, 37 passed Mathematics,
x→ 0 x
tan x x 1 24 Physics and 43 Chemistry. Atmost 19 passed
(a) 1 (b) −1 (c) 2 (d) − 2 Mathematics and Physics, atmost 29 passed
Mathematics and Chemistry and atmost 20 passed
2 If log0. 5 ( x − 1) < log0. 25 ( x − 1), then x lies in the interval Physics and Chemistry. The largest possible number that
(a) (2 , ∞) (b) (3 , ∞) (c) (− ∞, 0) (d) (0, 3) could have passed all three examinations is
3 Sum of n terms of series 12 + 16 + 24 + 40 + … will be (a) 11 (b) 12 (c) 13 (d) 14
(a) 2 (2 n − 1) + 8n 8 The inequality | z − 4 | < | z − 2 | represents the region
(b) 2 (2 n − 1) + 6n given by
(c) 3 (2 n − 1) + 8n (a) Re(z) > 0 (b) Re(z) < 0
(d) 4 (2 n − 1) + 8n
(c) Re(z) > 3 (d) None of these
4 Let a, b and c ∈ R and a ≠ 0. If α is a root of
a 2 x 2 + bx + c = 0, β is a root of a 2 x 2 − bx − c = 0 and 9 If 1, ω and ω be the three cube roots of unity, then
2
0 < α < β, then the equation of a 2 x 2 + 2bx + 2c = 0 has a (1 + ω )(1 + ω 2 )(1 + ω 4 ) K 2n factors is equal to
root γ, that always satisfies (a) 1 (b) −1
(a) γ = α (b) γ = β (c) 0 (d) None of these
(c) γ = (α + β) / 2 (d) α < γ < β
10 If a < 0, then the positive root of the equation
1
5 Between two numbers whose sum is 2 an even number x 2 − 2a | x − a | − 3 a 2 = 0 is
6 (a) a (− 1 − 6) (b) a (1 − 2)
of arithmetic means are inserted. If the sum of these (c) a (1 − 6) (d) a (1 + 2)
means exceeds their number by unity, then the number
11 The common roots of the equations z 3 + 2z 2 + 2z +
of means are
1 = 0 and z 1985 + z 100 + 1 = 0 are
(a) 12 (b) 10
(a) −1, ω (b) −1, ω2
(c) 8 (d) None of these
(c) ω, ω 2
(d) None of these
1 0
6 If A = , then which of the following is not true? 12 Let z1, z 2 and z 3 be three points on | z | = 1. If θ1, θ 2 and θ 3
1 1
are the arguments of z1, z 2 and z 3 respectively, then
1 − n 0 0 1 − n 0 0 cos (θ1 − θ 2 ) + cos (θ 2 − θ 3 ) + cos (θ 3 − θ1 )
(a) lim A = (b) lim A =
n→ ∞
n2 −1 0 n→ ∞
n −1 0 3 3
(a) ≥ (b) ≥ −
1 0 2 2
(c) A − n = , ∀ n ∈ N (d) None of these −3
−n 1 (c) ≤ (d) None of these
2
88 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY NINE
13 If the roots of the equation 22 If the roots of the equation x 2 − 2ax + a 2 + a − 3 = 0 are
(a + b )x + 2 (bc + ad )x + (c + d ) = 0
2 2 2 2 2
real and less than 3, then
are real, then a 2 , bd and c 2 are in (a) a < 2 (b) 2 ≤ a ≤ 3 (c) 3 ≤ a ≤ 4 (d) a > 4
(a) AP (b) GP
23 The integer k for which the inequality
(c) HP (d) None of these
x 2 − 2 ( 4 k − 1)x + 15 k 2 − 2k − 7 > 0 is valid for any x, is
14 150 workers were engaged to finish a piece of work in a (a) 2 (b) 3
certain number of days. Four workers dropped the (c) 4 (d) None of these
second day, four more workers dropped the third day
and so on. It takes 8 more days to finish the work now. 24 The maximum sum of the series
1 2
Then, the number of days in which the work was 20 + 19 + 18 + 18 + K is
completed is 3 3
(a) 29 days (b) 24 days (c) 25 days (d) 26 days (a) 310 (b) 290
(c) 320 (d) None of these
15 Let R be a relation defined by R = {( x , x 3 ) : x is a prime
number < 10 }, then which of the following is true? 25 The number of common terms to the two sequences
17, 21, 25, ..., 417 and 16, 21, 26, ..., 466 is
(a) R = {(1, 1), (2 , 8), (3 , 27), (4 , 64), (5 , 125),(6, 216), (7, 343),
(a) 21 (b) 19 (c) 20 (d) 91
(8, 512), (9, 729)}
(b) R = {(2 , 8), (3 , 27), (5 , 125), (7, 343)} 26 If the sum of the first three terms of a GP is 21 and the
sum of the next three terms is 168, then the first term and
(c) R = {(2 , 8), (4 , 64), (6, 216), (8, 512)} the common ratio is
(d) None of the above (a) 3 , 4 (b) 2 , 4
16 If b > a , then the equation ( x − a )( x − b ) − 1 = 0 , has (c) 3 , 2 (d) None of these
(a) both the roots in [a , b] 27 The sum to n terms of the series
(b) both the roots in (−∞, a ] 1
+
2
+
3
+ ..., is
(c) both the roots in (b, ∞) 1 + 12 + 14 1 + 22 + 24 1 + 32 + 34
(d) one root in (−∞, a) and other in (b, ∞) n2 + n n2 − n
(a) (b)
17 The value of x satisfying log2 ( 3x − 2) = log1/ 2 x is 2 (n 2 + n + 1) 2 (n 2 + n + 1)
(a) −
1
(b) 2 n2 + n
(c) (d) None of these
3 2 (n 2 − n + 1)
1
(c) (d) None of these
2 28 If C is a skew-symmetric matrix of order n and X is n × 1
column matrix, then X ′ C X is a
r
n
18 If f ( x , n ) = ∑
r =1
logx , then the value of x satisfying the
x
(a) scalar matrix (b) unit matrix
(c) null matrix (d) None of these
equation f ( x , 11) = f ( x , 12) is
29 Which of the following is correct?
(a) 10 (b) 11
(c) 12 (d) None of these (a) Skew-symmetric matrix of an even order is always
singular
19 The three numbers a , b and c between 2 and 18 are (b) Skew-symmetric matrix of an odd order is non-singular
such that their sum is 25, the numbers 2 ,a and b are (c) Skew-symmetric matrix of an odd order is singular
consecutive terms of an AP and the numbers b, c and18
(d) None of the above
are consecutive terms of a GP. The three numbers are
(a) 3, 8, 14 (b) 2, 9, 14 a1 b1 c1
(c) 5, 8, 12 (d) None of these 30 If a 2 b2 c 2 = 5 , then the value of
20 If X is the set of all complex numbers z such that | z | = 1, a3 b3 c3
then the relation R defined on X by b2c3 − b3c2 a3c2 − a2c3 a2b3 − a3b2
2π
| arg z1 − arg z 2 | = , is ∆ = b3c1 − b1c3 a1c3 − a3c1 a3b1 − a1b3 is
3
b1c2 − b2c1 a2c1 − a1c2 a1b2 − a2b1
(a) reflexive (b) symmetric
(c) transitive (d) anti-symmetric (a) 5 (b) 25 (c) 125 (d) 0
21 If α and β are the roots of the equation ax 2 − 2 bx + c = 0, 31 The number of seven letter words that can be formed by
then α 3β 3 + α 2β 3 + α 3β 2 is equal to using the letters of the word ‘SUCCESS’ so that the two C
c2 c2 are together but no two S are together, is
(a) 3 (c − 2 b) (b) 3 (c + 2 b)
a a (a) 24 (b) 36
bc 2 (c) 54 (d) None of these
(c) 3 (d) None of these
a
DAY NINE UNIT TEST 1 (ALGEBRA) 89
51 Let Tn denote the number of triangles which can be 55 The general term in the expansion of (a + x )n is
formed using the vertices of a regular polygon of n sides. n
Cr a n − r x r .
If Tn +1 − Tn = 21, then n equals Statement I The third term in the expansion of
m
(a) 4 (b) 6 2 x + 1 does not contain x . The value of x for
(c) 7 (d) None of these
x
2
52 If r is a real number such that | r | < 1 and if a = 5 (1 − r ), which that term equal to the second term in the
then expansion of (1 + x 3 ) 30 is 2.
(a) 0 < a < 5 (b) − 5 < a < 5 n
(c) 0 < a < 10 (d) 0 ≤ a < 10 Statement II (a + x ) n = ∑
r = 0
n
Cr a n − r x r .
Directions (Q. Nos. 53-57) Each of these questions
contains two statements : Statement I (Assertion) and 56 Sets A and B have four and eight elements, respectively.
Statement II (Reason). Each of these questions also has Statement I The minimum number of elements in
four alternative choices, only one of which is the
A ∪ B is 8.
correct answer. You have to select one of the codes
( a), (b), (c) and (d ) given below. Statement II A ∩ B = 5
(a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a a b c
correct explanation for Statement I 57 Let a ≠ 0, p ≠ 0 and ∆ = 0 p q
(b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is p q 0
not a correct explanation for Statement I
(c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false Statement I If the equations ax 2 + bx + c = 0 and
(d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true px + q = 0 have a common root, then ∆ = 0.
Statement II If ∆ = 0, then the equations
53 Statement I The number of natural numbers which
ax 2 + bx + c = 0 and px + q = 0 have a common root.
divide 102009 but not 102008 is 4019.
58 Assume X , Y , Z , W and P are matrices of order
Statement II If p is a prime, then number of divisors of 2 × n, 3 × k , 2 × p, n × 3 and p × k , respectively.
p n is p n + 1 − 1. Now, consider the following statements
1 0 2 0 I. PY + WY will be defined for k = 3 and p = n.
54 Suppose A = and B = 0 2 . Let X be a 2 × 2
0 −1 II. The order of the matrix 7 X − 5 Z is n × 2 (if p = n).
matrices such that X ′ AX = B.
Choose the correct option.
Statement I X is non-singular and det ( X ) = ± 2 .
(a) Only I is true (b) Only II is true
Statement II X is a singular matrix. (c) Both I and II are true (d) Neither I nor II is true
ANSWERS
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (c) 9. (a) 10. (b)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (d) 17. (d) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (b)
21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (c) 26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (b)
31. (a) 32. (b) 33. (a) 34. (b) 35. (b) 36. (b) 37. (b) 38. (c) 39. (a) 40. (d)
41. (b) 42. (a) 43. (a) 44. (a) 45. (d) 46. (c) 47. (d) 48. (a) 49. (b) 50. (c)
51. (c) 52. (c) 53. (c) 54. (c) 55. (b) 56. (c) 57. (c) 58. (a)
DAY NINE UNIT TEST 1 (ALGEBRA) 91
∴ n(152 − 2 n) = 150 (n − 8) From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get ∴ Maximum sum,
⇒ n2 − n − 600 = 0 3b = 48 − 2 c 31 2
S31 = 2 × 20 + (31 − 1) −
⇒ (n − 25) (n + 24) = 0 From Eq. (iii), we get 2 3
∴ n = 25 c 2 = 6 (48 − 2 c ) = 288 − 12 c 31
[since, n cannot be negative] ⇒ c 2 + 12 c − 288 = 0 = (40 − 20) = 310
2
15 Given, x is a prime < 10 ⇒ (c + 24)(c − 12) = 0
25 First series has common difference
⇒ c = 12 as c ≠ – 24
∴ x = {2 , 3 , 5 , 7} 4 and second series has common
∴ b = 8 and a = 5
Now, from R = {( x, x3 ) : x = 2, 3, 5 , 7} difference 5.
= {(2 , 8), (3, 27), (5 , 125), (7, 343)} 20 Q | z| = 1 ⇒ z = cos θ + i sin θ Hence, the series with common
16 Let f ( x) = ( x − a)( x − b ) − 1 ∴ arg (z) = θ terms has common difference is
2 Let, arg (z1 ) = θ1 and arg (z2 ) = θ2 equal to the LCM of 4 and 5 i.e. 20.
We observe that the coefficient of x
2π Since, the first common term is 21.
in f ( x) is positive and Then, z1 Rz2 ⇒|arg z1 − arg z2 | = So, the series will be 21, 41, 61, …,
f (a) = f (b ) = − 1. Thus, the graph of 3
2π 401 which has 20 terms.
f ( x) is as shown in figure given ⇒ z1 Rz2 ⇒|θ1 − θ2 | =
below 3 26 Given, a1 + a2 + a3 = 21
2π ⇒ a(1 + r + r 2 ) = 21
Y ⇒ |θ2 − θ1 | =
y = f(x) 3 and a4 + a5 + a6 = 168
⇒ z2 Rz1 ⇒ ar 3 (1 + r + r 2 ) = 168
(a, 0) (b, 0) Hence, it is symmetric. ∴ r3 = 8 ⇒ r = 2
X' X 2b c
O 21 Here, α + β = and αβ = and a (1 + 2 + 4) = 21
a a ∴ a=3
(a, –1)
(b, –1) Now, (αβ)3 + α 2β2 ( β + α ) r
3 27 Tr = , r = 1, 2, 3, ..., n
Y' c c2 2 b 1 + r2 + r 4
= + 2
a a a r
It is evident from the graph that one = 2
of the roots of f ( x) = 0 lies in (− ∞, a) c 2 (c + 2 b ) (r + r + 1) (r 2 − r + 1)
=
and the other root lies in (b , ∞). a3
1 1 1
= −
17 Given, log2 (3 x − 2) = log1 /2 x 22 According to the question, 2 r 2 − r + 1 r 2 + r + 1
D ≥ 0 and f (3) > 0
⇒ log2 (3 x − 2) = − log 2 x n
1 n
⇒ 4 a − 4 (a2 + a − 3) ≥ 0
2
∴ ∑ Tr = ∑
⇒ log2 (3 x − 2) = log2 x −1 r =1 2 r =1
and 3 − 2 a (3) + a2 + a − 3 > 0
2
⇒ 3 x − 2 = x −1 1 1
⇒ − a + 3 ≥ 0 and a2 − 5 a + 6 > 0
⇒ 3x − 2x − 1 = 0 r2 − r + 1 − r2 + r + 1
2
12 − 7
| B| = | A |n −1 Hence, the required number of 2
ways = 31 × 15 × 8 = 3720 = 12C 7 2 (3 x) 7
∴ ∆ = | A |3 − 1 = 53 − 1 = 25 3x
31 Considering CC as single letter, 37 LHS = a [C0 − C1 + C2 − C3 12 ! 2
5
7 !5 ! 3 x 2
Here, × U × CC × E × + [C1 − 2C2 + 3 C3 −... + (−1)n − 1 ⋅ nCn ] 12 × 11 × 10 × 9 × 8 2 5 × 32
Hence, the required number of ways = ×
= a⋅0 + 0 = 0 5 × 4×3 ×2 x3
= 3 !⋅ 4C3 = 24
38 Given, equation is 228096
32 Let ( 2 + 1)6 = I + F , where I is an =
x3 + ex2 − ex − e = 0 x3
integer and 0 ≤ F < 1
Applying R 2 → R 2 − R 1 5 x
11
Let f = ( 2 − 1)6 43 (3 − 5 x)11 = 311 1 −
and R 3 → R 3 − R 2 , 3
1
Now, 2 − 1 = (1 + α ) 1 1 11
2+1 1 1
= 3 11 1 − Qx =
∆ = −α β 0 3 5
⇒ 0 < 2 −1 <1
0 −β γ | x|(n + 1)
Also, I + F + f = ( 2 + 1)6 + ( 2 − 1)6 ∴ Greatest term =
= (1 + α ) (βγ − 0) + α (γ) + αβ (| x| + 1)
= 2 [6C0 ⋅ 23 + 6C2 ⋅ 22 + 6C4 ⋅ 2 + 6C6]
= αβ + βγ + γα + αβγ 1
= 2 (8 + 60 + 30 + 1) = 198 − (11 + 1)
= − e+e =0 3
Hence, F + f = 198 − I is an integer. = =3
39 Now, 2 4 n = (1 + 15)n 1
But 0 < F + f <2 − +1
= 1 + nC1 ⋅ 15 + nC2 ⋅ 152 3
∴ F + f = 1 and I = 197 2
+ nC3 ⋅ 153 + … 1
33 Given, B = − A −1 BA Now, T3 = 311 ⋅ 11C2 −
∴ 2 4 n − 1 − 15 n = 152 3
⇒ AB = − A ( A −1 BA )
⇒ AB = − I (BA ) [n C2 + nC3 ⋅ 15 + K ] 11⋅ 10 1
= 311 × = 55 × 3 9
= 225 k 1⋅ 2 9
∴ AB + BA = O
Hence, it is divisible by 225. 44 Let the number of papers be n.
34 Applying R 3 → R 3 − pR 1 − R 2
xp + y x y
40 (1 − 2 x)−1 /2 (1 − 4 x)−5/2 ∴ Total number of ways to fail or pass
= (1 + x) (1 + 10 x) = nC0 + nC1 + K + nCn = 2 n
⇒ yp + z y z =0
[neglecting higher power] ∴Total number of ways to fail
− ( xp2 + 2 yp + z) 0 0 = 2n − 1
= 1 + 11 x
⇒ − ( xp2 + 2 yp + z)( xz − y2 ) = 0 [neglecting higher power] [since, there is only one way to pass]
Hence, x, y and z are in GP. =1 + kx According to the question,
35 For non-trivial solution, we must ∴ k = 11 2 n − 1 = 63 ⇒ 2 n = 2 6 ⇒ n = 6
have
41 Applying R 1 → R 1 + R 2 + R 3 , we get 45 Let A = {a1 , a2 , ..., an }, 1 ≤ i ≤ n
1 k 3
2 x + 10 2 x + 10 2 x + 10 (i) ai ∈ P, ai ∈ Q (ii) ai ∉ P, ai ∉ Q
3 k −2 = 0
2 2x 2 =0 (iii) ai ∉ P, ai ∈ Q (iv) ai ∈ P, ai ∉ Q
2 3 −4
7 6 2x So, P ∩ Q contains exactly two
Applying elements, taking 2 elements in (i) and
R2 → R2 − 3 R1 , R3 → R3 − 2R1 , Taking 2 x + 10 common from R 1 (n − 2) elements in (ii), (iii) and (iv).
and applying ∴ Required number of ways
1 k 3
C2 → C2 − C1 , C3 → C3 − C1 , we get = nC2 × 3 n − 2
0 − 2k − 11 = 0
1 0 0 46 It is clear from the graph that two
0 3 − 2k − 10 curves do not intersect anywhere.
2 ( x + 5) 2 2 x − 2 0 =0
⇒ 20 k + 11 (3 − 2 k ) = 0 ∴ A∩B=φ
7 −1 2x − 7
33
⇒ k = ⇒ 2 ( x + 5) (2 x − 2) (2 x − 7) = 0
2 Y
∴ x = − 5 , 1, 3.5
36 Atleast one green ball can be 1
selected out of 5 green balls in 42 For ascending power of x, we take y=
x
2 5 − 1, i.e. 31 ways. Similarly, the expression X' X
12
atleast one blue ball can be 2
2 + 3 x
selected from 4 blue balls in 3x
2 4 − 1 = 15 ways and atleast one 12
2 y = –x
red or not red can be selected in Y'
∴ T8 in 2 + 3 x
23 = 8 ways. 3x
94 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY NINE
2
47 ∴ Required number of ways 102009 but not 10 2008 is q q
(2010)2 − (2009)2 = 4019 or a − + b − + c = 0
= C3 − C3 = 560 − 56 = 504
16 8
p p
48 Check through options, the condition 54 If X = O, then X ′ AX = O ⇒ B = O, a Thus, ax2 + bx + c = 0 and
2 n > 2 n + 1 is valid for n ≥ 3. contradiction. px + q = 0 have a common root.
6
w (1 − w 6) Let det ( X ) = a, then det ( X ′ ) = a
49 Here, α + β = ∑ wk =
1 −w ∴ det ( X ′ AX ) = det (B)
58 I. Matrices P and Y are of the
orders p × k and 3 × k,
k =1
Real Function
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Real Valued Function and u Domain and Range of real u Inverse Function
Real Function Function u Basic Functions
u Algebra of Real Functions u Nature of a Functions
NOTE Every real function is a real valued function but converse need not be true.
l
The product fg : X → R, Some algebraic functions are given below
defined as ( fg) ( x) = f ( x) g( x) (i) Polynomial Function
l
f + g and fg are defined only, if f and g have the same (a) The function
domain. In case the domain of f and g are different, f ( x) = a0 x n + a1 x n − 1 + a2 x n − 2 + K + an − 1 x + an
domain of f + g or fg = Domain of f ∩ Domain of g. where, a0, a1 , a2 ,K , an are real numbers and n ∈ N is known
l
The product cf : X→ R, defined as as polynomial function. If a0 ≠ 0, then n is the degree of
(cf ) ( x) = cf ( x), where c is a real number. polynomial function.
f f f ( x) (b) Domain of polynomial function is R.
l
The quotient is a function defined as ( x) = ,
g g g ( x) (c) A polynomial of odd degree has its range (−∞, ∞) but a
provided g( x) ≠ 0, x ∈ X polynomial of even degree has a range which is always
subset of R.
l
If domain of y = f ( x) and y = g( x) are D1 and D2
respectively, then the domain of f ( x) ± g( x) or (ii) Constant Function The function f ( x) = k , where k is constant,
f ( x) is known as constant function. Its domain is R and range is {k },
f ( x) ⋅ g( x) is D1 ∩ D2 , while domain of is
g ( x) (iii) Identity Function The function f ( x) = x, is known as identity
D1 ∩ D2 − { x : g( x) = 0}. function. Its domain is R and range is R.
p( x)
Equal or Identical Functions (iv) Rational Function The function f ( x) = , where p( x) and
q ( x)
Two functions f and g are said to be equal, if q ( x) are polynomial functions and q ( x) ≠ 0 , is called rational
(i) the domain of f = the domain of g function.
(ii) the range of f = the range of g Its domain is R − { x | q ( x) = 0}.
(iii) f ( x) = g( x), ∀ x ∈ domain (v) Irrational Function The algebraic functions containing one or
more terms having non-integral rational power of x are called
irrational functions.
Inverse Functions e.g., y = f ( x) = 2 x − 3 x + 6
l
If f : A → B is a bijective function, then the mapping
f −1 : B → A which associate each element b ∈ B to a 1
(vi) Reciprocal Function The function f ( x) = is called the
unique element a ∈ A such that f (a) = b , is called the x
inverse function of f . reciprocal function of x. Its domain is R − {0} and range is
R − {0}.
f −1 (b ) = a ⇔ f (a) = b
l
The curves y = f ( x) and y = f −1 ( x) are mirror images of
each other in the line mirror y = x. 2. Piecewise Functions
l
f is invertible iff f is one-one and onto. Piecewise functions are special type of algebraic functions.
l
Inverse of bijective function is unique and bijective. (i) Absolute Valued Function ( Modulus Function) The function
−1
The solution of f ( x) = f ( x) are same as the solution x, x ≥ 0
l
f ( x) = | x | = is called modulus function.
of f ( x) = x. − x , x < 0
l
If fo g = I = gof , then f and g are inverse of each other. Y
−1 −1 −1 −1
l
fof = I B , f of = I A and ( f ) = f.
y = |x|
l
If f and g are two bijections such that (gof) exists, then
gof is also bijective function and (gof )−1 = f −1og −1 .
X¢ X
O
Basic Functions
Basic functions can be categorised into the following Y¢
categories. Its domain is R and range is [0, ∞).
Properties of Modulus Function
1. Algebraic Functions (a) | x | ≤ a ⇒ − a ≤ x ≤ a (a > 0)
A function, say f ( x), is called an algebraic function, if it (b) | x | ≥ a ⇒ x ≤ − a or x ≥ a (a > 0)
consists finite number of terms involving powers and (c) | x ± y | ≤ | x | + | y |
roots of the independent variable x and the four (d) | x ± y | ≥ || x | − | y ||
algebraic operations + ,−, × and ÷ .
DAY TEN REAL FUNCTION 97
1
Y¢ Y¢
X¢ X Its domain is R and range is (0, ∞).
–2 –1 0 1 2
It is a one-one into function.
–1 f (x) = [x]
(viii) Logarithmic Function The function f ( x) = log a x, ( x, a > 0)
–2 and a ≠ 1 is called logarithmic function.
Y Y
Y¢
a>1
Its domain is R and range is I. 0<a<1
∴ y = { x} = x − [ x]
0, ∀ x ∈ I
The function f ( x) = { x} = Y¢ Y¢
x − n, n ≤ x < n + 1, n ∈ I Its domain is (0, ∞) and range is R.
is called the fractional part function.
It is a one-one into function.
Y (ix) Trigonometric Functions Some standard trigonometric
1 functions with their domain and range, are given below
(a) Sine Function f ( x) = sin x,
X¢ X Y
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
(–3p/2, 1) (p/2, 1)
Y¢
Its domain is R and range is (0, 1).
X¢ –p O X
(v) Least Integer Function The symbol ( x) indicates the p
integer part of x which is nearest and greater than x.
(3p/2, –1)
x, ∀ x ∈ I (–p/2, –1)
The function f ( x) = ( x) =
n + 1, n < x ≤ n + 1 n ∈ I Y¢
is called least integer function.
Its domain is R and the range is [− 1, 1] .
98 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TEN
11 If f ( x ) is an invertible function, and g ( x ) = 2f ( x ) + 5, then 18. If domain of f ( x ) and g ( x ) are D1 and D2 respectively,
the value of g −1 is then domain of f ( x ) + g ( x ) is D1 ∩ D2 , then
1
(a) 2f −1 (x) − 5 (b) Statement I The domain of the function
2f −1 (x) + 5
1 −1
f (x) + 5 (d) f −1
x −5 f ( x ) = sin−1 x + cos −1 x + tan−1 x is [ −1, 1].
(c)
2 2 Statement II sin−1 x and cos−1 x is defined in | x | ≤ 1and
tan−1 x is defined for all x.
12 Let f : ( 2 , 3) → ( 0, 1) be defined by f ( x ) = x − [ x ], then
(a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
f −1 ( x ) is equal to
correct explanation for Statement I
(a) x − 2 (b) x + 1 (c) x −1 (d) x + 2
(b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
13 For a real number x , [ x ] denotes the integral part of x. not a correct explanation for Statement I
(c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
1 1 1 1 2
The value of + + + + +K + (d)Statement I is false; Statement II is true
2 2 100 2 100
1 99 19. Statement I The period of
+ is
2 100 1 1
f ( x ) = 2 cos ( x − π ) + 4 sin ( x − π ) is 3π.
3 3
(a) 49 (b) 50 (c) 48 (d) 51
1 − x Statement II IfT is the period of f ( x ), then the period of
14 If f 2 ( x )⋅ f = x , [ where, x ≠ −1,1 and f ( x ) ≠ 0], then
3
1 + x T
f (ax + b) is .
find | [f ( − 2)]| (where [.] is the greatest integer function) |a |
(a) 1/ x (b) 1 − x (c) 1 (d) 2 (a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
− 1 , x < 0 correct explanation for Statement I
15 If g ( x ) = 1 + x − [ x ] and f ( x ) = 0 , x = 0 , ∀ x, then (b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
1, x > 0 not a correct explanation for Statement I
f {g ( x )} is equal to
(c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
(a) x (b) 1 (c) f (x) (d) g (x) (d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true
16. The function f ( x ) = log ( x + x 2 + 1), is
(a) an even function (b) an odd function 20. If the range of f ( x ) is collection of all outputs f ( x )
(c) a periodic function corresponding to each real number in the domain, then
(d) neither an even nor an odd function 1
Statement I The range of log 2
is ( − ∞, ∞).
17. Statement I f ( x ) = | x − 2 | + | x − 3 | + | x − 5 | is an odd 1 + x
function for all values of x lie between 3 and 5.
Statement II When 0 < x ≤ 1, log x ∈ ( − ∞, 0].
Statement II For odd function f ( − x ) = − f ( x )
(a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a (a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
correct explanation for Statement I correct explanation for Statement I
(b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is (b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
not a correct explanation for Statement I not a correct explanation for Statement I
(c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false (c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
(d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true (d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1 (d) 2 (a) 3 (b) 4 (d) 5 (b) 6 (a) 7 (c) 8 (d) 9 (c) 10 (b)
11 (d) 12 (d) 13 (b) 14 (d) 15 (b) 16 (b) 17 (b) 18 (a) 19 (d) 20 (d)
SESSION 2 1 (d) 2 (c) 3 (c) 4 (b) 5 (b) 6 (a) 7 (a) 8 (b) 9 (c) 10 (b)
6 Since, f ( x) is an even function. Now, let y = (gof )−1 (23) Now, as {6 x} has period
1
and
∴Its graph is symmetrical about ⇒ (gof )( y) = 23 6
Y -axis ⇒ 2 y3 + 7 = 23 cos πx has the period 2, therefore the
Also, we have, ⇒ 2 y3 = 16 1
⇒ y3 = 8 period of f ( x) = LCM 2, which is
f (1) = 1 and f (2) = −5 6
⇒ f (−1) = 1 and f (−2) = −5 ⇒ y =2
2.
According to these information, we Hence, f −1og −1 (23) = 2
Hence, the period is 2.
have the following graph 8 We have, 10 For the solution of given equation,
0, if x ∈ I
Y 1 f ( x ) = [ x ] + [− x ] = let us draw the graph of y = log 0. 5| x|
−1, if x ∉ I and y = 2| x|
0, if x ∈ I
g ( x) = { x} = y=2|x|
( x), if x ∉ I
Y
and h( x) = f (g( x))
X1 • –2 • • 2 • X
–1 1 = f ({ x})
f (0), x ∈ I • •
=
f ({ x}), x ∉ I
0 , x ∈I X1 X
1 =
Y
−1 , x ∉ I
Thus, minimum number of zeroes Clearly, option (b) is incorrect.
is 5.
y=log0.5 (–x) y=log0.5 (x)
7 Clearly, f −1og −1 (23) = (gof )−1 (23) 9 We have, f ( x) = [6 x + 7] + cos πx − 6 x Y
1
Here, gof ( x) = 2( x + 3) + 1
3 = [6 x] + 7 + cos πx − 6 x
From the graph it is clear that there
= 2 x3 + 7 = 7 + cos πx − {6 x}
are two solution.
[Q{ x} = x − [ x]]
DAY ELEVEN
Limits, Continuity
and Differentiability
Learning & Revision for the Day
Limits
Let y = f ( x) be a function of x. If the value of f ( x) tend to a definite number as x tends to a, then
the number so obtained is called the limit of f ( x) at x = a and we write it as lim f ( x).
x→ a
l
If f ( x) approaches to l1 as x approaches to ‘a’ from left, then l1 is called the left hand limit of
f ( x) at x = a and symbolically we write it as f (a − 0) or lim− f ( x) or lim f (a − h)
x→ a h→ 0
l
Similarly, right hand limit can be expressed as
f (a + 0) or lim+ f ( x) or lim f (a + h)
x→ a h→ 0
l
lim f ( x) exists iff lim− f ( x) and lim+ f ( x) exist and equal.
x→ a x→ a x→ a
x→ a x → a f ( x)
(ii) lim
tan x
= 1 = lim
x Methods To Evaluate Limits
x→ 0 → tan x
x x 0
To find lim f ( x), we substitute x = a in the function.
x→ a
sin −1 x x
(iii) lim = 1 = lim If f (a) is finite, then lim f ( x) = f (a).
x→ 0 x x → 0 sin −1 x x→ a
0 ∞
tan −1 x x If f (a) leads to one of the following form ; ; ∞ − ∞; 0 × ∞; 1 ∞ , 0
(iv) lim = 1 = lim 0 ∞
x→ 0 x x → 0 tan −1 x
and ∞ 0 (called indeterminate forms), then lim f ( x) can be
sin x ° π sin x cos x x→ a
(v) lim = (vi) lim = lim =0 evaluated by using following methods
x→ 0 x 180 x→ ∞ x x→ ∞ x
(i) Factorization Method This method is particularly used
(vii) lim sin x or lim cos x oscillates between −1 to 1.
x→ ∞ x→ ∞ when on substituting the value of x, the expression take
sin P mx m
P the form 0/0.
(viii) lim =
x → 0 sin P nx n (ii) Rationalization Method This method is particularly used
P
when either the numerator or the denominator or both
tan P mx m involved square roots and on substituting the value of x,
(ix) lim =
x→ 0 tan P nx n 0 ∞
the expression take the form , .
1 − cos m x m2 cos ax − cos bx a2 – b 2 0 ∞
(x) lim = 2 ; lim = NOTE To evaluate x → ∞ type limits write the given expression in the
x → 0 1 − cos n x n x → 0 cos cx − cos dx c2 – d2
form N /D and then divide both N and D by highest power of x
cos mx − cos nx n − m 2 2
(xi) lim = occurring in both N and D to get a meaningful form.
x→ 0 x2 2
106 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TEN
l
Left hand derivative of f ( x) at x = a denoted by f ′ (a − 0) Results on Differentiability
f (a − h) − f (a)
or f ′ (a− ) is lim . (i) Every polynomial, constant and exponential function is
h→ 0 −h
differentiable at each x ∈ R.
l
Thus, f is said to be differentiable at x = a, if (ii) The logarithmic, trigonometric and inverse trigonometric
f ′ (a + 0) = f ′ (a − 0) = finite. function are differentiable in their domain.
l
The common limit is called the derivative of f ( x) at x = a (iii) The sum, difference, product and quotient of two
f ( x) − f (a) differentiable functions is differentiable.
denoted by f ′ (a). i.e. f ′ (a) = lim . (iv) Every differentiable function is continuous but
x→ a x−a
converse may or may not be true.
(a) continuous as well as differentiable for all x (a) f (x) is continuous and differentiable
(b) continuous for all x but not differentiable at x = 0 (b) f (x) is continuous but not differentiable
(c) neither differentiable nor continuous at x = 0 (c) f is not continuous but differentiable
(d) discontinuous everywhere (d) f is neither continuous nor differentiable
x 41 If f ( x ) = [sin x ] + [cos x ], x ∈ [ 0, 2π ], where [. ] denotes
37 The set of points, where f ( x ) = is differentiable, is
1+ |x| the greatest integer function. Then, the total number of
points, where f ( x ) is non-differentiable, is
(a) (− ∞, − 1) ∪ (−1, ∞) (b) (− ∞, ∞)
(c) (0, ∞) (d) (− ∞, 0) ∪ (0, ∞) (a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 5 (d) 4
9 Let f be a composite function of x defined by 18 The function f ( x ) is discontinuous only at x = 0 such that
f (u ) = 2
1
, u( x ) =
1
⋅ f 2 ( x ) = 1 ∀x ∈ R. The total number of such function is
u +u−2 x −1 (a) 2 (b) 3
(c) 6 (d) None of these
Then, the number of points x, where f is discontinuous, is
j JEE Mains 2013 19 Let f ( x ) = x | x | and g ( x ) = sin x
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 1 Statement I gof is differentiable at x = 0 and its
10 If f : R → R be a positive increasing function with derivative is continuous at that point.
lim
f ( 3x )
= 1 . Then, lim
f ( 2x )
is equal to Statement II gof is twice differentiable at x = 0.
x→ ∞ f (x ) x → ∞ f (x )
(a) Statement I is false, Statement II is true
(a) 1 (b) 2/3 (c) 3/2 (d) 3 (b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
correct explanation of Statement I
π 3π
11 Let f ( x ) = max {tan x , sin x , cos x }, where x ∈ − , . (c) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
2 2
not a correct explanation of Statement I
Then, the number of points of non-differentiability is (d) Statement I is true, Statement II is false
(a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 0 (d) 2
20 Statement I The function
12 Let S = {t ∈ R : f ( x ) = | x − π|⋅(e
− 1)} sin| x | is not | x|
f ( x ) = ( 3x − 1) | 4x 2 − 12x + 5 | cos πx is differentiable at
differentiable at t}. Then, the set S is equal to 1 5
x = and .
(a) φ (an empty set) (b) {0} j JEE Mains 2018 2 2
(c) { π } (d) {0, π } π
n Statement II cos(2n + 1) = 0, ∀ n ∈ I .
π 2
x +
n
3 (a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
13 If f ( x ) = lim n −1
, where n is an even integer,
n→ ∞
n −1 π correct explanation for Statement I.
x +
3 (b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
not a correct explanation for Statement I.
Then which of the following is incorrect?
(c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false.
π π
(a) If f: , ∞ → , ∞ , then f is both one-one and onto (d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true.
3 3
(b) f (x) = f (− x) has infinitely many solutions 21 Define f ( x ) as the product of two real functions f1( x ) = x ,
(c) f (x) is one-one for all x ∈ R (d) None of these x ∈ IR
n −1 x sin 1 , if x ≠ 0
14 Let f ( x ) = lim ∑ . Then,
n→ ∞ k = 0 (kx + 1){(k + 1)x + 1}
and f2 ( x ) = x as follows
0 , if x = 0
(a) f is continuous but not differentiable at x = 0
(b) f is differentiable at x = 0 f ( x ) ⋅ f2 ( x ), if x ≠ 0
f (x ) = 1
(c) f is neither continuous nor differentiable at x = 0 0 , if x = 0
(d) None of the above
Statement I f ( x ) is continuous on IR.
15 If x1, x 2 , x 3 ,..., x 4 are the roots of x n + ax + b = 0, then the Statement II f1( x ) and f2 ( x ) are continuous on IR.
value of ( x1 − x 2 )( x1 − x 3 )...( x1 − x n ) is equal to (a) Statement I is false, Statement II is true
(a) nx1 + b (b) nx n −1
+a (b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
1
(c) nx1n − 1 (d) nx n correct explanation of Statement I.
1
(c) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
1
−b c not a correct explanation of Statement I
x (d) Statement I is true, Statement II is false
1
16 If *lim x ln 0 −1 = −4, where a, b, c are real
x→ ∞ x 22 Consider the function f ( x ) = | x − 2 | + | x − 5 | , x ∈ R .
1 0 a / x Statement I f ′ ( 4) = 0
Statement II f is continuous in [ 2, 5 ] and differentiable in
numbers, then ( 2, 5) and f ( 2) = f ( 5 ).
(a) a = 1,b ∈ R , c = −1 (b) a ∈ R,b = 2,c = 4 (a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II
(c) a = 1,b = 1,c ∈ R (d) a ∈ R,b = 1,c = 4 is a correct explanation for Statement I
1/ x 1/ x
f (x ) f (x ) (b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II
17 If lim 1 + x + = e 3 , then lim 1 + is equal to
x→ 0 x x→ 0
x is not correct explanation for Statement I
(c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
(a) e (b) e 2 (c) e 3 (d) None of these
(d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true
DAY ELEVEN LIMITS, CONTINUITY AND DIFFERENTIABILITY 111
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1 (a) 2 (a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 5 (d) 6 (b) 7 (b) 8 (c) 9 (c) 10 (d)
11 (d) 12 (d) 13 (a) 14 (b) 15 (b) 16 (c) 17 (a) 18 (d) 19 (c) 20 (b)
21 (b) 22 (a) 23 (a) 24 (c) 25 (c) 26 (a) 27 (d) 28 (b) 29 (b) 30 (a)
31 (c) 32 (c) 33 (a) 34 (a) 35 (b) 36 (b) 37 (b) 38 (b) 39 (a) 40 (d)
41 (c) 42 (b) 43 (a)
SESSION 2 1 (c) 2 (a) 3 (d) 4 (b) 5 (b) 6 (d) 7 (d) 8 (a) 9 (b) 10 (a)
11 (b) 12 (d) 13 (c) 14 (c) 15 (b) 16 (d) 17 (b) 18 (c) 19 (b) 20 (a)
21 (d) 22 (b)
6 ⋅ − 20
2 = lim
sin x
⋅
x / 2n
1 RHL = lim ( x )0 = 1 5 0 − 20 20 n→ ∞ x sin( x / 2n )
x → 0+
= lim = =−
n→ ∞ n
0+ 7 7 sin x
5⋅ + 7
2 =
LHL = lim− (− x )0 = lim− 1 = 1 5 x
x→ 0 x→ 0
x→ 5
x+ x+ x + x
nf ( x )(1 + 2 + 3+ ...+ n )
2
1+ x −1 / 2 = lim
⇒ lim [ f ( x )] = 9 = lim =
1 n→ ∞ f ( x )(1 + 22 + 32 + ...+ n2 )
x→ 5 x→ ∞
1+ x −1 + x −3 / 2 + 1 2
n(n + 1)
∴ lim f ( x ) = 3, − 3 n
x→ 5
2 3
But f : R → [0, ∞ ) 7 We know that, = lim =
n→ ∞ n( n + 1)(2n + 1) 2
cos A ⋅ cos 2 A ⋅ cos 4 A K cos 2n −1
∴ Range of f ( x ) ≥ 0 6
sin 2n A
⇒ lim f ( x ) = 3 A= (1 − cos 2 x )(3 + cos x )
x→ 5 2n sin A 9 We have, lim
2 x 2x x x→ 0
= lim − x x tan 4 x
3 Clearly, lim
x→ ∞ x 5
Take A = ,
x→ ∞ x 5 5 2n 2sin 2 x(3 + cos x )
= lim
then cos n ⋅ cos n − 1 ...
2 2 x x x→ 0 tan 4 x
= −0= x× × 4x
5 5 2 2 4x
∴ m+ n =7 2
(3 + cos x )
cos cos
x x 2sin x
= lim × lim
x2 + 1 4 2 x→ 0 x2 x→ 0 4
4 xlim − α x − β = 0 sin x
→∞
x+1 = ×
1
2 sin n
x tan 4 x
x (1 − α ) − x (α + β ) + 1 − β
2 n
lim
⇒ lim =0 2 x→ 0 4x
x→ ∞ x+1
∴ limcos cos ...
x x 4
∴ 1 − α = 0, α + β = 0 = 2× ×1 = 2
n→ ∞ 2 4 4
⇒ α = 1, β = − 1 sin θ tan θ
cos n − 1 ⋅ cos n
x x Q lim = 1 and lim =1
x → 2 θ x→ 0 θ
5 Clearly, 2 2
3 ⋅ 2n +1 − 4 ⋅ 5n +1 6 ⋅ 2n − 20 ⋅ 5n sin x 10 Since,
lim = lim = lim
5⋅ 2 + 7 ⋅ 5 5⋅ 2n + 7 ⋅ 5n 2 sin n
n→ ∞ n n n→ ∞ n→ ∞ x
lim (a − n ) n −
n
tan x sin nx
2 ⋅ =0
x→ 0 x
x
112 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TEN
⇒ [(a − n ) n − 1] n = 0 (+2) 2
= lim − =−
⇒ (a − n ) n = 1 x2 + (4 x + 2)2
x→ 0 3
∴ a= n+
1 (+2) −2 −1 sin2 2 x 4 x2
=− = = q = lim ⋅ = −4
n 0 + (0 + 2)2 4 2 x→ 0 4x 2
x (1 − e x )
sin( π cos 2 x ) sin( π − π sin2 x )
11 lim = lim cot x − cos x x−x
x→ 0 x2 x→ 0 x2 15 xlim and r = lim
→ π /2 ( π − 2 x )3 x→1 ln(1 + x − 1)
sin( π sin2 x )
= lim 1 cos x(1 − sin x ) x (1 − x )
x→ 0 x2 = lim ⋅ = lim
x → π /2 8
π
3 x→1
1 + x − 1
[Q sin( π − θ) = sin θ ] sin x − x ln ⋅ ( x − 1)
2 x −1
sin( π sin 2 x ) sin2 x
= lim × ( π ) π π x (1 − x )
x→ 0 π sin2 x x2 cos − h 1 − sin − h
= lim
1 2 2 x→1
ln
1 + ( x − 1)
sin θ = lim ⋅ ⋅ ( x − 1)(1 + x)
= π Qlim = 1 h→ 0 8 3 x −1
π π π
θ → 0 θ sin − h − + h 1
2 2 2 =−
12 Q f ( x ) = x( x − 1)sin x − ( x3 − 2 x2 ) 1 sin h (1 − cos h ) 2
= lim Hence, q < p < r .
cos x − x3 tan x 8 h→ 0 cos h ⋅ h3
= x sin x − x cos x − x tan x +
2 3 3 1
sin h 2sin2
h 19 Given, p = lim (1 + tan2 x ) 2x
2 x2 cos x − x sin x 1 2 x → 0+
f ( x) = lim
∴ lim 2 = lim 8 h → 0 cos h ⋅ h3 (1∞ form)
x→ 0 x x→ 0
sin h ⋅ sin2
2
h tan x
sin x − x cos x − x tan x lim
tan 2 x 1
lim
x
1 2 = ex→0
+ 2x
= e2 x→0
+
sin x = lim
+ 2cos x − 4 h→ 0 h3 cos h 1
x
2 = e2
=2−1=1 sin h
sin h
1
1 1
= lim 2 ⋅ 1 ⋅ 1 ∴ log p = log e 2 =
1 − cos( x2 − 10 x + 21)
13 lim 4 h → 0 h h cos h 4 2
x→3 ( x − 3) 2 x +1
( x − 3) ( x − 7) 1 1 1 3x − 4 3
2 sin = × = 20 xlim
2 4 4 16
→∞
3x + 2
= lim
x→3 ( x − 3) x +1
(cos x ) 1/m
− (cos x )1 / n 3x + 2 − 6 3
( x − 3) ( x − 7) 16 lim = lim
2 sin x→ 0 x2 x→ ∞
3x + 2
2 ( x − 7)
= lim ⋅ 1
−
1
x→3 ( x − 3) ⋅ ( x − 7) 2 (cos x )m n
−1 1 x +1
= lim ⋅ lim 6 3
2 x→ 0 x2 x→ 0 (cos x )1 / n = lim 1 −
= lim ( x − 7) 1 1
x→ ∞
3x + 2
−
x→3
( x − 3) ( x − 7) 1 − 2sin2 x m n
−1
−6 x +1
sin
3x + 2 3x + 2
⋅
1 2 3
⋅ lim 2 × = lim 6 −6
x→3 ( x − 3) ( x − 7) 2 x→ 0 x2 = lim 1 −
x→ ∞ 3x + 2
x
2 sin2
= − (2)3 /2 = lim − 2 −
1 1 2 = m−n −2 ( x + 1 )
x→ 0 m n x2 2mn = lim e 3x + 2
= e −2 / 3
1 −1 x + 1 π x→ ∞
14 lim tan −
x→ 0 x
2 x + 1 4 17 Clearly, −2( x + 1) − 2
Q xlim =
x+1 = lim( x + 1 − x) →∞ 3x + 2 3
= lim tan −1 −1
− tan (1)
x→ ∞
x→ 0
2x + 1 1
= lim =0
2x
1 + a + b
x + 1 − 1
x→ ∞
x+1+ x 21 Now, xlim
→∞ 2
x x
1 2x + 1 and b
= lim ⋅ tan −1 a
x+1
x +
x→ 0 x 2+ 1 2x
x x2
1 + = lim 1 + + 2
x a b b
2x + 1
a
lim
+
2x + 1 = lim x =∞ x→ ∞
x x2
x→ ∞ x − 1 x→ ∞ 1 − 1 / x x x
1 x + 1 − 2x − 1 a b
= lim ⋅ tan −1 lim 2 x +
x x2
=e
x →∞
x→ 0 x
2x + 1 + x + 1 cot −1 ( x + 1 − x) cot −1 (0)
∴ lim =
1 −x 0 x→ ∞
2x + 1
x
sec −1 (∞ ) Q lim (1 + x )1 / x = e = e 2 a
= lim ⋅ tan −1 form sec −1 x→ ∞
x→ 0 x
4 x + 2 0 x −1
2x
π /2
But lim 1 + + 2
[using L’ Hospital rule] a b
= =1 = e2
1 π /2 x→ ∞ x x
= lim
x→ 0 x2 ln(1 + cos 2 x − 1) ⇒ e 2a = e 2
1+ 18 Clearly, p = lim
(4 x + 2)2 x→ 0 2
3x ⇒ a=1
4x + 2 − 4x ln(1 + cos 2 x − 1) cos 2 x − 1 and b ∈R
× − = lim ⋅
x→ 0 (cos 2 x − 1) 3 x2
(4 x + 2)
2
DAY ELEVEN LIMITS, CONTINUITY AND DIFFERENTIABILITY 113
Q f ′ ( x ) = lim (0 − h ) e h h
−0
f (c ) = irrational
x→ a x − a and Lf ′ ( x ) = lim
h→ 0 −h
and lim f ( x ) = lim f (c + h ) = rational or = f (2) − 2 f ′ (2)
x→c h→ 0 = lim e − 0 = 1
irrational = 4−2× 4= −4 h→ 0
− log x, x < 1 a2
43 f ( x ) =
39 Since, g ( x ) is differentiable ⇒ g ( x ) must sin x
= lim ( x − β )2 Q lim =1
x → 0 x
log x, x ≥ 1
x→ α 2
be continuous.
− 1 / x, x < 1 a2
k x + 1, 0 ≤ x ≤ 3 = (α − β )2
g ( x) = f ′( x ) = 1 2
, x>1
mx + 2, 3 < x ≤ 5 x
1 /2
sin nπ 1 + 2
1
4 nlim
At, x = 3, RHL = 3 m + 2 ∴ f ′ (1 ) = − 1 and f ′ (1+ ) = 1
−
→∞ n
and at x = 3, LHL = 2k Hence, f ( x ) is not differentiable.
1 1
= limsin nπ 1 + − + K∞
∴ 2k = 3 m + 2
n→ ∞ 2 4
SESSION 2 2n 8 n
k
, 0≤ x < 3 π π
Also, g ′( x ) = 2 x + 1 1 We have, = lim sin nπ + − + K∞
n→ ∞ 3
1 15
lim x + + …+
1 2 n 8 n
m , 3< x ≤ 5
x→ 0 + x x x 1 1
k = lim (−1) sin π
n
− +K ∞
∴ L(g ′ (3)) = We know, [ x] = x − { x} n→ ∞
2n 8 n
3
4
∴ 1 = 1 − 1 =0
and R {g ′ (3)} = m ⇒
k
=m x x x
4 5 Given, x > 0 and g is a bounded
Similarly, = −
n n n
i.e. k = 4m x x x function.
On solving Eqs (i) and (ii), we get ∴Given limit f ( x ) ⋅ e nx + g ( x )
Then, lim
1 e nx + 1
= lim+ x −
1 n→ ∞
8 2
k = ,m =
5 5
x→ 0 x x
2 2 15 15 f ( x) g( x)
⇒ k+ m=2 + − + … − = lim + nx
x x x x n→ ∞
1 + 1 e + 1
40 Clearly, f ( x ) = 2 1 − x , x ≤ 0
2
= lim( 1 + 2 + 3+ ...+15) − x e
nx
0, x> 0 x→ 0 +
f ( x) Finite
1 2 15 = + = f ( x)
∴ f ( x ) is discontinuous and hence + + ... + 1+ 0 ∞
x x x
non-differentiable at x = 0.
= 120 − 0 = 120 ax + b x + c x
2/ x
2 2 1
( 4x + 1 )
x2 + x +2 log y = log (abc ) 2 /3
4x + 1
= lim 1 + 2
x2 + x + 2
⇒ y = (abc ) 2 /3
f (2 π ) = 1, f (2 π − 0) = − 1 x→ ∞ x + x + 2
Thus, f ( x ) is also non-differentiable at 3 x − x3
π 1 7 f ( x ) = cot −1 2
x= and 2π. lim
4+
x 1 − 3x
2 x →∞ 1 2
1 + +
=e x x2
= e4 1 − x2
42 Let u( x ) = sin x and g ( x ) = cos −1 2
1 + 1 = e
x
1 + x
v( x) = |x | Q lim
x→ 0
x On putting x = tan θ in both equations,
we get
∴ f ( x ) = vou ( x ) = v (u( x )) = v (sin x ) =|sin x| 1 − cos (ax2 + bx + c )
3 Now, xlim 3 tan θ − tan3 θ
→α ( x − α )2 f (θ) = cot −1
Q u( x ) = sin x is a continuous function 1 − 3 tan θ
2
x→ ∞ x x (gof )′ ( x ) = (2 − x ) + (5 − x ), x<2
2 x cos x , x ≥ 0
2
= ( x − 2) + (5 − x ), 2≤ x ≤ 5
x2
x3 x 4
Q ln(1 + x ) = x − + − + ... Clearly, L ( gof )′ (0) = 0 = R ( gof )′ (0) ( x − 2) + ( x − 5), x> 5
2 3 4
So, gof is differentiable at x = 0 and also
= −c its derivative is continuous at x = 0. 7 − 2 x, x<2
Q L = −4
Now, = 3, 2≤ x≤ 5
∴ c =4 2 x − 7,
− 2 cos x + 4 x sin x , x> 5
2 2 2
Hence, a ∈ R,b = 1 and c = 4.
x< 0
f ( x )
1/x
( gof )′ ′ ( x ) = Now, we can draw the graph of f very
17 We have, lim 1+ x + = e3 2 cos x − 4 x sin x ,
2 2 2
x
x→ 0 easily.
x≥ 0
lim 1 + x +
f( x ) 1
−1
⇒ e x →0 x x
= e3 ∴ L ( gof )′ ′ (0) = − 2 and R ( gof )′′ (0) = 2 Y
f( x )
lim 1+
x2
⇒ =e ∴ L ( gof )′′ (0) ≠ R ( gof )′′ (0)
x →0 3
e y = 7 – 2x y = 2x – 7
f ( x)
⇒ lim 2 = 2 Hence, gof ( x ) is not twice differentiable
x→ 0 x
at x = 0. y=3
Now, Therefore, Statement I is true, Statement
lim 1 + −1
1/x f( x ) 1
f ( x ) x II is false.
lim 1 + = e x →0 x
x→ 0 x
20 Statement I is correct as though X′ X
lim
f( x )
|4 x2 − 12 x + 5| is non-differentiable at 0 2 5
=e x →0 x2 =e 2
1 5
x = and but cos πx = 0 those points. Y′
18 We have, f 2 ( x ) = 1 ∀x ∈ R 2 2
So, f ′ and f ′ exists.
∴ f can take values +1 or −1 1 5 Statement I f ′ (4) = 0
Since f is discontinuous only at x = 0 2 2
It is obviously clear that, f is constant
∴ f may be one of the followings 1 around x = 4, hence f ′ (4) = 0. Hence,
1, x ≤ 0 21 Here, f ( x ) = x ⋅ sin x , x ≠ 0 Statement I is correct.
(i) f ( x) = 0 , x=0
−1, x > 0 Statement II It can be clearly seen that
To check continuity at x = 0,
1, x < 0 (i) f is continuous, ∀ x ∈ [2, 5 ]
(ii) f ( x) = LHL = lim (− h ) sin − = 0
1
−1, x ≥ 0 h→ 0
h (ii) f is differentiable, ∀ x ∈ (2, 5)
−1, x ≤ 0 RHL = lim h sin 1 = 0 (iii) f (2) = f (5) = 3
(iii) f ( x) =
h
1, x > 0
h→ 0
Hence, Statement II is also correct but
−1, x < 0 f (0) = 0 obviously not a correct explanation of
(iv) f ( x) = So, f ( x ) is continuous at x = 0. Statement I.
1, x ≥ 0
DAY TWELVE
Differentiation
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Derivative (Differential u Geometrical Meaning of u Second Order Derivative
Coefficient) Derivative at a point u Differentiation of a Determinant
u Methods of Differentiation
l
d
(sin −1 x) =
1
, for −1 < x < 1 (x) If u = f ( x) and v = g( x), then the differentiation of u
dx 1 − x2 du
d 1 du dx
l
(cos −1 x) = − , for −1 < x < 1 with respect to v is = .
dx 1 − x2 dv dv
dx
d 1
l
(sec −1 x) = , for| x| > 1 Differentiation of a function
dx | x| x 2 − 1 w. r. t another function
d 1
l
(cosec −1 x) = − , for| x| > 1
dx | x| x 2 − 1
l
d
(tan −1 x) =
1
, for x ∈ R
Differentiation Using Substitution
dx 1 + x2 In order to find differential coefficients of complicated
d 1 expressions, some substitution are very helpful, which are
l
(cot −1 x) = − , for x ∈ R
dx 1 + x2 listed below
x + 1 x − 1 dy log(e / x 2 ) 3 + 2 log x d 2y
21 If y = sec−1 −1
+ sin , then dx is equal to 30 If y = tan−1 2
+ tan−1 , then is
x − 1 x + 1 log(ex ) 1 − 6 log x dx 2
1 (a) 2 (b) 1
(a) 0 (b)
x +1 (c) 0 (d) −1
(c) 1 (d) None of these 31 If graph of y = f ( x ) is symmetrical about the Y-axis and
1 6x x that of y = g ( x ) is symmetrical about the origin and if
22 For x ∈ 0, , if the derivative of tan−1 is d 2h( x )
4 1 − 9x 3 h( x ) = f ( x ) ⋅ g ( x ), then at x = 0 is
dx 2
x ⋅ g ( x ), then g ( x ) equals j JEE Mains 2017
(a) f (0)g (0)
9 3x x 3x 3
(a) (b) (c) (d) (b) 0
1 + 9x 3 1 − 9x 3 1 − 9x 3 1 + 9x 3 (c) can’t be determined
dy (d) None of the above
23 If y = sec(tan−1 x ), then at x = 1 is equal to
dx f ′( x ) f (x )
j JEE Mains 2013 32 If = 0, where f ( x ) is continuously
1 1 f ′′( x ) f ′( x )
(a) (b) (c) 1 (d) 2
2 2 differentiable function with f ′( x ) ≠ 0 and satisfies f ( 0) = 1
1+ x f ( x ) −1
2
− 1− x 2
and f ′( 0) = 2, then lim is
24 If y = tan−1 , then dy is equal to x→ 0 x
1+ x + 1− x dx
2 2
(a) 1 (b) 2
x x 2x 1
(a) (b) − (c) (d) None of these (c) (d) 0
1− x4 1− x2 1− x4 2
3x 2 cos x sin x
dy
25 If 1 − x + 1 − y = a ( x − y ), then
2 2
is equal to 33 If f ( x ) = 6 −1 0 , where P is a constant.
dx
P P2 P3
1− x2 1− y2 x2 − 1 y2 − 1 d2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
1− y2 1− x2 1− y2 1− x2 Then, { f ( x )} at x = 0 is equal to
dx 2
dy (a) P (b) P + P 2
26 If y = sin−1( x 1 − x + x 1 − x 2 ), then is equal to
dx (c) P + P 3 (d) independent of P
−2 x 1 −1 1
(a) + (b) − 34 Which of the following statements is/are true?
1− x 2
2 x−x 2
1− x 2
2 x − x2 Statement I If y = (log x )log x , then
1 1 dy 1 log (log x )
(c) + (d) None of these = (log x )log x + .
1− x2 2 x − x2 dx x x
a cos
−1
x
−1 dy Statement II If y = cos(a cos x + b sin x ) for some
27 If y = cos −1 x
and z = a cos x
, then is equal to constants a and b, then
1+ a dz
y ′ = (a sin x − b cos x ) sin(a cos x + b sin x )
1 1
(a) − (b) (a) Only I is true
cos −1 x −1
1+ a 1 + a cos x
2 1 7 1 +
(a) (b) (c) 2 (d) dx π
7 2 2 (where, a > 0), then at is given by
d 2y 6
4 If f ( x ) = (cos x + i sin x ) ⋅ (cos 2x + i sin 2x )
dx 2
(cos 3x + i sin 3x ) ... (cos nx + i sin nx ) and f (1) = 1, then
f ′ ′ (1) is equal to
2 a
n (n + 1) n (n + 1)
(b)
(a) (b) a 2
(a) 3
2 2
2 2a
n (n + 1)
2 (c) (d)
(c) − (d) None of these 3a 3
2
and g ( x + 1) = x + g ( x ) ∀ x ∈ R. If n ∈ I + ,
g (x )
−1
y
12 Let f ( x ) = elne
tan
5 If x 2 + y 2 = ae x
, a>0 assuming y > 0, then y′ ′ ( 0) 1 1
f ′ n + f′
3 3
is equal to then − is equal to
1 1
(a)
2 −π / 2
e (b) −
2 π /2
e f n + f
3 3
a a
2 1
(c) − e − π / 2 (d) None of these (a) 3 1 + + + K +
1 1 1 1 1
(b) 3 1 + + + ... +
a
2 3 n 3 5 2n − 1
dy π
6 If y = | sin x || x| , then the value of at x = − is (c) n (d) 1
dx 6 1− x
−π π x2 x3
13 If the function f ( x ) = − 4e 2 +1+ x + + and
2 6 2 6
2 3
(a) [6log 2 − 3 π] (b) [6log 2 + 3 π]
6 6 −7
π g ( x ) = f −1( x ), then the value of g′ is equal to
− 6
2 6
(c) [6log 2 + 3 π] (d) None of these 1 1
6 (a) (b) −
5 5
1
7 The solution set of f ′ ( x ) > g ′ ( x ), where f ( x ) = ( 5) 2 x + 1 (c)
6
(d) −
6
2 7 7
and g ( x ) = 5x + 4x loge 5 is
14. If f ( x ) = ( x − 1)100 ( x − 2)2 ( 99 ) ( x − 3)3 ( 98 ) ...( x − 100)100 ,
(a) (1, ∞) (b) (0, 1) (c) (∞, 0) (d) (0, ∞) f ′ (101)
then the value of is
8 Let f ′ ′ ( x ) = − f ( x ), where f ( x ) is a continuous double f (101)
differentiable function and g ( x ) = f ′ ( x ).
2 2
(a) 5050 (b) 2575
x x (c) 3030 (d) 1250
If F ( x ) = f + g and F ( 5) = 5, then F (10) is
2 2 15 The derivative of the function represented parametrically
equal to as x = 2t − | t | , y = t 3 + t 2 | t | at t = 0 is
(a) 0 (b) 5 (a) −1 (b) 0
(c) 10 (d) 25 (c) 1 (d) does not exist.
122 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TEN
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1 (a) 2 (a) 3 (b) 4 (b) 5 (b) 6 (d) 7 (b) 8 (a) 9 (a) 10 (b)
11 (a) 12 (b) 13 (a) 14 (c) 15 (a) 16 (a) 17 (d) 18 (a) 19 (b) 20 (d)
21 (a) 22 (a) 23 (a) 24 (a) 25 (b) 26 (c) 27 (c) 28 (c) 29 (c) 30 (c)
31 (b) 32 (b) 33 (d) 34 (c) 35 (a)
SESSION 2 1 (b) 2 (b) 3 (b) 4 (c) 5 (c) 6 (a) 7 (d) 8 (b) 9 (c) 10 (d)
11 (d) 12 (c) 13 (a) 14 (a) 15 (b)
∴ f ′( x ) =
1
⋅ ⇒ f ′ (− x )(−1) = − f ′ ( x ) d2 y dy
(1 + x2 ) + ⋅x
32 ⇒ f ′ (− x ) = f ′ ( x )∴ ⇒ dx
2
dx
32cos 32 x ⋅ sin x − cos x ⋅ sin 32 x f ′ (−3) = f ′ (3) = −2 1+ x 2
sin2 x
15 Since, fog = I ⇒ fog ( x ) = x for all x n2 ( x + 1 + x2 )n
1 1 =
32 × − ×0 ⇒ f ′ ( g ( x )) g ′ ( x ) = 1 for all x
π 1 + x2
⇒ f ′ = 2 2 = 2 1 1
4 1
2
⇒ f ′(g (a)) = = 2
d y dy
32 g ′ (a) 2 ⇒ (1 + x2 ) + x
2 dx2 dx
1
⇒ f ′( b ) = [Q g (a) = b] = n2 ( x + 1 + x2 )n
10 ∴ sin y = x sin(a + y ) 2
2
sin y d y dy
⇒ x= 16 x2 x − 2 x x cot y − 1 = 0 …(i) ⇒ (1 + x2 ) + x = n2 y
sin(a + y ) dx2 dx
Now, x = 1,
On differentiating w.r.t. y, we get 1 − 2 cot y − 1 = 0 2t 1 − t2
dx sin(a + y )cos y − sin y cos(a + y )
19 We have, x = ,y =
= ⇒ cot y = 0 1+ t 2
1 + t2
dy sin2 (a + y ) π
⇒ y = Put t = tan θ
dx sin a 2
⇒ = 2 tan θ
dy sin2 (a + y ) On differentiating Eq. (i) w.r.t. x, we get ∴ x= = sin 2θ and
1 + tan2 θ
dy sin2 (a + y ) dy
⇒ = 2 x2 x (1 + log x ) − 2 [ x x (− cosec2 y ) 1 − tan2 θ
dx sin a dx y = = cos 2θ
+ cot y x x (1 + log x )] = 0 1 + tan2 θ
11 Given, y = (1 − x ) (1 + x2 ) π dy dy / dθ − 2sin 2θ
At 1, , 2 (1 + log 1) ∴ = = = − tan 2θ
(1 + x 4 )...(1 + x2 n ) 2 dx dx / dθ 2cos 2θ
(1 − x2 ) (1 + x2 )...(1 + x2 n ) − 2 tan θ
or y = =
dy 1 − tan2 θ
(1 + x ) − 2 1 (− 1) + 0 = 0
π
dx 1,
1 − ( x )4 n 2 − 2t 2t
= = = 2
(1 + x ) 1 − t2 t –1
dy
⇒ 2+ 2 =0
(1 + x ) ⋅ (0 − 4n ⋅ x 4 n − 1 ) dx 1, π
1 1
20 Q dx = asin t ×
−1
2
− (1 − x 4 n ) ⋅ 1 1 − t 2
dy −1
∴ = dy dt 2 asin t
dx (1 + x )2 ∴ = −1
dx 1, π
2 dy 1 acos t ×
−1 −1
dy and =
∴ = −1
1 − t
−1
dx x = 0 dt 2 acos t
2
17 Given that, x m y n = ( x + y )m + n
acos t
−1 −1
dy m + n n m m + n dy acos t y2
⇒ g ′(0) = 2[ f {2 f (0) + 2}] ⇒ − = − ∴ 1+ =1+ =1+ 2
dx x + y y x x+ y dx asin −1 t x
× f ′{2 f (0) + 2} × 2 f ′(0)
= 2[ f (0)] × f ′(0) × 2 f ′(0) x2 + y 2
dy my + ny − nx − ny =
⇒ x2
= 2 × (−1) × 1 × 2 × 1 = −4 dx y( x + y )
mx + my − mx − nx x + 1 x − 1
13 Let f ( x ) = Ax2 + Bx + C 21 Q y = sec −1 −1
=
− 1 + sin x + 1
∴ f (1) = A + B + C x( x + y ) x
and f (−1) = A − B + C ∴
dy
=
y x − 1 x − 1 π
= cos −1 + sin −1 =
dx x
Q f (1) = f (−1) [given] x + 1 x + 1 2
⇒ A+ B+C = A−B+C 18 d ( y ) = n ( x + 1 + x2 )n − 1 ⇒
dy π
= 0 Qsin −1 x + cos −1 x =
dx 2
⇒ 2B = 0 ⇒ B = 0 dx
x
∴ f ( x ) = Ax2 + C 1 +
⇒ f ′( x ) = 2 Ax
1 + x2 22 Let y = tan −1 6 x x1
1 − 9x
∴ f ′(a) = 2 Aa dy
2 ⋅ (3 x3 /2 )
⇒ ( 1 + x2 ) = n ( x + 1 + x2 )n −1
f ′(b ) = 2 Ab and f ′(c ) = 2 Ac dx = tan 3 /2 2
1 − (3 x )
Also, a, b, c are in AP. d2 y dy x
= 2 tan −1 (3 x3 /2 )
⇒ ( 1 + x2 ) +
So, 2 Aa, 2 Ab and 2 Ac are in AP. dx2 dx 1 + x2 Q2 tan −1 x = tan −1 2 x
Hence, f ′(a), f ′(b )and f ′(c )are also in AP. 1 − x2
x
14 Since, f ( x ) is odd. = n2 ( x + 1 + x2 )n − 1 1 +
∴
dy
= 2⋅
1 3 1 /2
⋅ 3 × ( x)
1 + x2
dx 1 + (3 x3 /2 )2 2
∴ f (− x ) = − f ( x )
124 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TEN
−1
9 acos x
= ⋅ x 27 y = , z = acos
−1
x
1 + 9 x3 1+ a cos −1 x f ′( x ) f ( x )
9 32 Since, =0
∴g ( x ) = z f ′′( x ) f ′( x )
1 + 9 x3 ⇒ y =
1+ z ∴ ( f ′( x ))2 − f ′′( x ) ⋅ f ( x ) = 0
−1
23 Given, y = sec (tan x ) dy (1 + z )1 − z (1)
⇒ = ( f ′( x ))2 − f ′′( x ) ⋅ f ( x )
Let tan −1 x = θ dz (1 + z ) 2 ⇒ =0
( f ′( x ))2
⇒ x = tanθ 1
= d f ( x)
∴ y = secθ = 1 + x2 (1 + z ) 2 ⇒ =0
On differentiating both sides w.r.t. x, we 1 dx f ′( x )
= −1
get (1 + acos x ) 2 f ( x)
dy 1 ⇒ = c , (constant)
= ⋅ 2x f ′( x )
dx 2 1 + x2 28 Since g ( x ) is the inverse of f ( x )
On putting x = 0, we get
At x = 1 ∴ f (g ( x )) = x
1
dy 1 ⇒ f ′(g ( x )) ⋅ g ′( x ) = 1 =c
= 2
dx 2 1
⇒ g ′( x ) = = 1 + (g ( x ))5 f ( x) 1
f ′(g ( x )) ⇒ =
1 + x2 − 1 − x2
24 Given, y = tan −1 f ′( x ) 2
. ⇒ g ′′( x ) = 5 (g ( x ))4 ⋅ g ′ ( x ).
1 + x + 1 − x
2 2
= 5 (g ( x ))4 (1 + (g ( x ))5 ) f ′( x )
⇒ =2
Put x = cos 2θ
2 −1 f ( x)
29 Since, dx =
dy
cos θ − sin θ dx d
∴ y = tan −1 dy ⇒ (log f ( x )) = 2
cos θ + sin θ 2
d x dy
−2 2
d y dx
dx
⇒ =− ⋅ ⇒ log( f ( x )) = 2 x + k
1 − tan θ
−1 dy 2 dx dx2 dy
= tan On putting x = 0, we get 0 = k
1 + tan θ d y dy
2 −3
= − 2 ⇒ log( f ( x )) = 2 x
= tan −1 π
tan − θ
dx dx
4 ⇒ f ( x) = e2 x
log(e / x2 ) f ( x) − 1
π π 1 30 Given, y = tan −1 e2 x − 1
−θ== − cos −1 x2 Now, lim = lim ⋅ 2 = 2.
log(ex )
2
x→ 0 x x→ 0 2x
4 4 2
3 + 2 log
−1 x
dy x x + tan 33 f ′′( x )
∴ = 0+ = 1 − 6 log x
dx 1 − x4 1 − x4
log e − log x2 d2 d2 d2
∴ y = tan −1 (3 x2 ) (cos x ) (sin x )
2
2 2
25 On putting x = sinθ and y = sin φ , we get dx dx dx2
log e + log x = 6 −1 0
Given equation becomes 3 + 2 log x
+ tan −1 P P2 P3
cos θ + cos φ = a(sin θ − sin φ)
1 − 6 log x
θ + φ cos θ − φ
⇒ 2cos 1 − 2 log x 6 − cos x − sin x
2 2 = tan −1
1 + 2 log x = 6 −1 0
θ + φ θ − φ
= a 2cos sin P P2 P3
2 2 3 + 2 log x
+ tan −1
θ−φ 1 − 6 log x 6 −1 0
⇒ = cot −1 a
2 = tan −1 (1) − tan −1 (2 log x ) ∴ f ′′(0) = 6 −1 0 = 0, which is
⇒ θ − φ = 2cot −1 a + tan −1 (3) + tan −1 (2 log x ) P P2 P3
⇒ sin −1 x − sin −1 y = 2cot −1 a = tan (1) + tan −1 (3)
−1
independent of P.
1 1 dy dy d2 y
⇒ − =0 Now, = 0 and 2 = 0 34 I. Let y = (log x ) log x
1− x 2
1− y 2 dx
dx dx
On taking log both sides, we get
dy 1 − y2 31 Since, y = f ( x ) is symmetrical about the log y = log ( log x ) log x
∴ =
dx 1 − x2 Y-axis ⇒ log y = log x log [log x]
∴ f ( x ) is an even function. [Q log m n = n log m]
26 On putting x = sin A and x = sin B Also, as y = g ( x ) is symmetrical about On differentiating both sides w.r.t.
y = sin −1 (sin A 1 − sin2 B the origin x, we get
∴ g ( x ) is an odd function. 1 dy
= (log x )
d
+ sin B 1 − sin2 A ) {log (log x )}
−1
Thus, h( x ) = f ( x ) ⋅ g ( x ) is an odd y dx dx
= sin (sin A cos B + sin B cos A ) function. d
= sin −1 [sin( A + B )] + log (log x ) log x
or h( x ) = − h(− x ) dx
= A + B = sin −1 x + sin −1 x
Now, h ′( x ) = h ′ (− x ) 1 1 1
dy 1 1 = (log x ) + log (log x )
⇒ = + and h "( x ) = − h ′′(− x ) log x x x
dx 1 − x2 2 x − x2 ⇒ h ′′(0) = − h ′′(0) 1
= {1 + log (log x )}
⇒ h ′′(0) = 0 x
DAY TWELVE DIFFERENTIATION 125
⇒
dy y
= {1 + log (log x )} 3 3 f ( x ) − 2 f (1 / x ) = x …(i) When x = 0, we get from Eq. (i),
dx x y ′ = −1
Let 1 / x = y , then
(log x ) log x 2 −2 − π /2
= {1 + log (log x )} 3 f (1 / y ) − 2 f ( y ) = 1 /y ⇒ y ′′ (0) = = e
x − ae π /2 a
⇒ −2 f ( y ) + 3 f (1 / y ) = 1 /y
1 log(log x )
= (log x ) log x + ⇒ −2 f ( x ) + 3 f (1 / x ) = 1 /x …(ii) 6 Given, y = |sin x || x |
x x
On multiplying Eq. (i) by 3 and Eq. (ii) In the neighbourhood of
II. Let y = cos (a cos x + b sin x ). by 2 and adding, we get π
On differentiating w.r.t. x, we get − , | x |and|sin x | both are negative
2 6
d 5 f ( x) = 3 x +
{cos(acos x + b sin x} x i.e. y = (− sin x )( − x )
dx
f ( x ) = 3 x +
1 2 On taking log both sides, we get
= − sin(a cos x + b sin x ) ⇒
5 x log y = (− x ) ⋅ log (− sin x )
d
(acos x + b sin x ) 1 2 On differentiating both sides, we get
dx ⇒ f ′( x ) = 3 − 2
= (− x )
5 x 1 dy 1
= − sin(acos x + b sin x ) ⋅ ⋅ (− cos x )
y dx − sin x
[− asin x + b cos x] 1 2 1
⇒ f ′(2) = 3 − =
5 4 2 + log(− sin x ) ⋅ (−1)
= (asin x − b cos x )
= − x cot x − log (− sin x )
sin (acos x + b sin x ) 4 f ( x ) = (cos x + i sin x ) = − [ x cot x + log (− sin x )]
35 Given, u = f (tan x ) (cos 2 x + i sin 2 x )(cos 3 x + i sin 3 x ) ⇒
dy
= − y [ x cot x + log (− sin x )]
du … (cos nx + i sin nx ) dx
⇒ = f ′(tan x )sec2 x − π
dx = cos( x + 2 x + 3 x + ...+ nx ) + i sin
∴
dy (2) 6
and v = g (sec x ) ( x + 2 x + 3 x + ...+ nx ) = [6 log 2 − 3 π]
dx at x=−
π 6
⇒
dv
= g ′(sec x )sec x tan x n (n + 1) n (n + 1)
= cos x + i sin x 6
dx 2 2
du (du / dx ) f ′(tan x ) 1 7 Since, f ′( x ) > g ′( x )
n (n + 1)
∴ = = ⋅ ⇒ f ′( x ) =
⇒ 52 x
dv (dv / dx ) g ′(sec x ) sin x 1 +1
2 log e 5 × 2 >
2
f ′(1)
∴
du n (n + 1) n (n + 1)
= ⋅ 2 −
dv x = π 4 g ′( 2 ) sin x + i cos x 5x log e 5 + 4 log e 5
2 2
⇒ 5 ⋅ 5> 5x + 4 2x
2 1 2
= ⋅ 2= n (n + 1) ⇒ 5⋅ 52 x – 5 x – 4 > 0
4 2 f ′′ ( x ) = −
2 ⇒ (5 x – 1) (5⋅ 5 x + 4) > 0
cos n (n + 1) x + i sin n (n + 1) x ∴ 5x > 1
SESSION 2 ⇒ x> 0
2 2
1 We have, f ( x ) = |log 2 − sin x| and d
{ f ′( x )} = − f ( x )
2
n (n + 1) 8 Given,
g ( x ) = f ( f ( x )), x ∈ R =− ⋅ f ( x)
2 dx
Note that, for x→ 0, log 2 > sin x 2
⇒ g ′( x ) = − f ( x )
∴ f ( x ) = log 2 − sin x n (n + 1)
∴ f ′ ′ (1) = − f (1) [Q g ( x ) = f ′ ( x ), given]
2
⇒ g ( x ) = log 2 − sin( f ( x ))
n (n + 1)
2 Also, given F ( x )
= log 2 − sin(log 2 − sin x )
= − 2 2
Clearly, g ( x ) is differentiable at x = 0 as 2 = f + g
x x
sin x is differentiable. 2 2
Now, 5 When x = 0, y > 0 ⇒ y = ae π /2
⇒ F ′( x ) = 2 f f ′ ⋅
x x 1
g ′ ( x ) = − cos (log 2 − sin x ) (− cos x ) On taking log both sides of the given
= cos x.cos(log 2 − sin x ) equation, we get 2 2 2
⇒ g ′ (0) = 1 ⋅ cos (log 2) log ( x2 + y 2 ) = log a + tan −1
1 y
+ 2 g ⋅ g ′ ⋅ = 0
x x 1
2 x
2 We have, 2 2 2
y = sin x ⋅ sin 2 x ⋅ sin 3 x⋅....sin nx On differentiating both sides w.r.t. x, we
get Hence, f ( x ) is constant. Therefore,
∴ y ′ = cos x ⋅ sin 2 x ⋅ sin 3 x...⋅ sin nx F(10) = 5 .
1 2 x + 2 yy ′ 1 xy ′− y
× 2 = ×
+ sin x ⋅ (2cos 2 x ) sin 3x...sin nx 2 x + y2 2
x2
y
1+ 9 Let y = f ( x ), then x = f −1 ( y ).
+ sin x ⋅ sin 2 x(3cos 3 x )...sin nx x d2 x
+ ...+ sin x sin 2 x sin 3 x...(cos nx ) Now, = ( f −1 )′′ ( y )
⇒ x + yy ′ = xy ′− y …(i) d y2
(by product rule) Again, on differentiating both sides −1
dx dy
⇒ y ′ = cot x ⋅ y + 2 ⋅ cot 2 x ⋅ y w.r.t. x, we get Q =
1 + ( y ′ )2 + yy ′′ = xy ′ ′+ y ′− y ′ dy dx
+3 ⋅ cot 3 x ⋅ y + ...+ n ⋅ cot nx ⋅ y
−1
⇒ y ′ = y [cot x + 2cot 2 x ⇒ 1 + ( y ′ )2 = ( x − y )y ′′ d2 x d d y
∴ =
+3cot 3 x + ...+ n cot nx] 1 + ( y ′ )2 d y2 dy d x
n ⇒ y ′′=
x− y
∑ k cot kx
−1
⇒ y′ = y ⋅ d dy dx
k =1 = ⋅
dx dx dy
126 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TEN
−2 3 /2
dy
= − ⋅
d 2 y dx
⋅
dy
2
d2 y 13 Since, g ( x ) = f −1 ( x )
dx ∴ 1 +
dx2 dy dx dx2 ∴ f (g ( x )) = x ⇒ f ′ (g ( x )) ⋅ g ′ ( x ) = 1
−d 2 y 1
−3 ⇒ g ′( x ) =
2 = (1 + cot2 3 t )3 /2 cosec3 3t cos 2t f ′ (g ( x ))
= dx 3 a
dy −7
g ′ =
1
3 /2
⇒
dy
2
dx d2 y π 6 7
⇒ 1 + at t = is f ′g−
Since, y = 4 when x = 2 dx dx2 6 6
d2 y 1
a
=
2a =
dx2 x = 2 −1 π −1 − 7
∴ ( f −1 )′′ (4) = − = 3 cos
3 f ′ f
3
27 6
dy 3
Q f (1) = − 4 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 = − 7
dx 12 Clearly, f ( x ) = e g ( x )
x =2 2 3 6
Now, as g ( x + 1) = x + g ( x ) −1 7
10 f ( x ) = sin (sin x ) ∴f =1
∴ e g (x + 1 ) = e x + g (x ) = e x ⋅ e g (x ) 6
⇒ f ′ ( x ) = cos x ⋅ cos (sin x ) ⇒ f ( x + 1) = e x f ( x ) 1
⇒ f ′ ′ ( x ) = − sin x ⋅ cos (sin x ) =
On taking log both sides, we get 5
− cos 2 x ⋅ sin(sin x ) ln f ( x + 1) = ln (e x ⋅ f ( x )) 1−x
2 − 1 + 1 + x + x2
Now, g ( x ) = − [ f ′ ′ ( x ) + f ′ ( x ) ⋅ tan x]
⇒
1
. f ′ ( x + 1) Q f ′ ( x ) = − 4e
2
= sin x ⋅ cos (sin x ) + cos 2 x ⋅ sin(sin x ) f ( x + 1)
− tan x ⋅ cos x ⋅ cos (sin x )
= sin x ⋅ cos (sin x ) + cos 2 x ⋅ sin(sin x ) =1+
1
. f ′( x ) 14 We have, f ( x ) = 100 ( x − i )i (101 − i )
f ( x) 11
− sin x ⋅ cos (sin x ) i =1
Applications of
Derivatives
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Derivatives as the Rate of u Tangent and Normal to a Curve u Rolle’s Theorem
Change u Angle of Intersection of Two u Lagrange’s Mean Value
u Increasing and Decreasing Curves Theorem
Function
f (b ) − f (a)
Lagrange’s Mean Value Theorem f ′ (c) =
b −a
.
Let f be a real function, continuous on the closed interval [a, b ]
Geometrically For any chord of the curve y = f ( x), there is a
and differentiable in the open interval (a, b ). Then, there is
atleast one point c in the open interval (a, b ), such that point on the graph, where the tangent is parallel to this chord.
Y Remarks In the particular case, where f (a) = f (b ).
(b, f(b))
f (b ) − f (a)
The expression becomes zero.
(a, f(a)) (c, f(c))
b −a
Thus, when f (a) = f (b ), f ′ (c) = 0 for some c in (a, b ).
X Thus, Rolle’s theorem becomes a particular case of the mean
O a c b
value theorem.
graph of a continuous functions explain Lagrange’s mean
value theorem.
(c) 2 a (d) None of these (a) m ≤1 (b) m > − 1 (c) m >1 (d) m >1
x x
19 Line joining the points (0, 3) and (5, −2) is a tangent to 31 If the curves y = a and y = b intersects at angle α , then
ax tan α is equal to
the curve y = , then
1+ x a −b loga − logb
(a) (b)
(a) a = 1 ± 3 (b) a = φ 1 + ab 1 + loga logb
(c) a = −1 ± 3 (d) a = −2 ± 2 3 a+b loga + logb
(c) (d)
4 1 − ab 1 − loga logb
20 The equation of the tangent to the curve y = x + , that
x2 32 If the curves y 2 = 6x , 9x 2 + by 2 = 16 intersect each other
is parallel to the X-axis, is j AIEEE 2010 at right angles, then the value of b is
(a) y = 0 (b) y = 1 (c) y = 2 (d) y = 3 7
(a) 6 (b)
21 The slope of the tangent to the curve 2
9
x = 3 t 2 + 1, y = t 3 − 1, at x = 1 is (c) 4 (d)
2
1
(a) 0 (b) (c) ∞ (d) − 2
2 33 Angle between the tangents to the curve y = x 2 − 5x + 6
at the points (2, 0) and (3, 0) is
22 Coordinates of a point on the curve y = x log x at which
π π
the normal is parallel to the line 2 x − 2y = 3, are (a) (b)
2 6
(a) (0, 0) (b) (e,e) π π
(c) (d)
(c) (e 2 , 2 e 2 ) (d) (e − 2 , − 2 e − 2 ) 4 3
DAY FOUR APPLICATIONS OF DERIVATIVES 131
4 1 3 1
(a) 2 (b) (c) (d) (a) 2 log3 e (b) loge 3
3 2 4 2
35 f ( x ) satisfies the conditions of Rolle’s theorem in [1, 2] (c) log3 e (d) loge 3
2
and f ( x ) is continuous in [1, 2], then ∫ f ′ ( x ) dx is equal to 39 The abscissa of the points of the curve y = x 3 in the
1
interval [ −2, 2], where the slope of the tangents can be
(a) 3 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) 2
obtained by mean value theorem for the interval [ −2, 2],
36 If the function f ( x ) = x 3 − 6x 2 + ax + b satisfies Rolle’s are
2 3 + 1 2
theorem in the interval [1, 3] and f ′ = 0, then (a) ± (b) + 3
3 3
(a) a = −11 (b) a = − 6 (c) a = 6 (d) a = 11 3
(c) ± (d) 0
37 If f ( x ) satisfies the conditions for Rolle’s theorem in [3, 5], 2
5
then ∫ f ( x ) dx is equal to 40 In the mean value theorem, f (b ) − f (a ) = (b − a )f ′ (c ), if
3
4 a = 4 , b = 9 and f ( x ) = x , then the value of c is
(a) 2 (b) −1 (c) 0 (d) −
3 (a) 8.00 (b) 5.25 (c) 4.00 (d) 6.25
11 The normal to the curve x 2 + 2xy − 3y 2 = 0 at (1, 1) (a) increases with increase in (b − a)
(b) decreases with increase in (b − a)
(a) does not meet the curve again JEE Mains 2015 j
(c) increases with decreases in (b − a)
(b) meets the curve again in the second quadrant (d) None of the above
(c) meets the curve again in the third quadrant
(d) meets the curve again in the fourth quadrant 15 The angle of intersection of curves,
12 If f and g are differentiable functions in ( 0, 1) satisfying y = [| sin x | + | cos x | ] and x 2 + y 2 = 5, where [⋅]
denotes greatest integral function is
f ( 0) = 2 = g (1), g ( 0) = 0 and f (1) = 6, then for some
π 1
c ∈] 0, 1[ j JEE Mains 2014
(a) (b) tan−1
4 2
(a) 2f ′ (c) = g ′ (c) (b) 2f ′ (c) = 3g ′ (c)
(c) f ′ (c) = g ′ (c) (d) f ′ (c) = 2g ′ (c) (c) tan−1 (2) (d) None of these
13 If y = f ( x ) is the equation of a parabola which is touched 16 In [0, 1], Lagrange’s mean value theorem is not
by the line y = x at the point where x = 1, then applicable to
(a) 2f ′ (0) = 3f ′ (1) (b) f ′ (1) = 1 1 − x, x<
1
2 2 sin x , x ≠ 0
(c) f (0) + f ′ (1) + f ′ ′ (1) = 2 (d) 2f (0) = 1 + f ′ (0) (a) f (x) = (b) f (x) =
1
2
1 x
14 Let a + b = 4, a < 2 and g ( x ) be a monotonically − x , x ≥ 1, x=0
2 2
increasing function of x. Then,
a b (c) f (x) = x | x | (d) f (x) = | x |
f ( x ) = ∫ g ( x ) dx + ∫ g ( x ) dx
0 0
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1 (d) 2 (c) 3 (b) 4 (d) 5 (a) 6 (a) 7 (c) 8 (a) 9 (a) 10 (a)
11 (a) 12 (d) 13 (d) 14 (b) 15 (d) 16 (b) 17 (d) 18 (a) 19 (b) 20 (d)
21 (a) 22 (d) 23 (b) 24 (a) 25 (a) 26 (b) 27 (d) 28 (c) 29 (d) 30 (a)
31 (b) 32 (d) 33 (a) 34 (b) 35 (b) 36 (d) 37 (d) 38 (a) 39 (a) 40 (d)
SESSION 2 1 (a) 2 (b) 3 (d) 4 (c) 5 (d) 6 (b) 7 (b) 8 (c) 9 (a) 10 (c)
11 (d) 12 (d) 13 (b) 14 (a) 15 (c) 16 (a)
π π 2 From ∆LOM, 1 1
S = πrl = πl ⋅ sin l = l f ′( x ) = − −
4 2 OL2 + OM 2 − LM 2 ( x + 1)2 1 + x
cos 45° =
Therefore, 2 ⋅ OL ⋅ OM 1 1
⇒ f ′( x ) = − +
dS 2 π dl dl 1 x2 + x2 − y 2 2 x2 − y 2 2
x + 1 ( x + 1)
= l⋅ = 2 πl ⋅ ⇒ = =
dt 2 dt dt 2 2⋅ x ⋅ x 2 x2 ⇒ f ′ ( x ) = − ve, when x > 0
2 2 2
dl 2 ⇒ 2x = 2x − y ∴ f ( x ) is a decreasing function.
when l = 4 cm, =
dt 2π ⋅ 4 ⇒ (2 − 2 ) x2 = y 2 15 Q f ( x ) = sin x − cos x
1 2
= = cm / s ∴ y = 2 − 2x On differentiating w.r.t. x, we get
2 2π 4π
On differentiating w.r.t. t, we get f ′ ( x ) = cos x + sin x
6 V = 4 πr 3 ⇒ dV = 4 π3r 2 dr dy
= 2− 2
dx = 2
1
cos x +
1
sin x
3 dt 3 dt dt dt 2 2
dr dr
2 5
⇒ 35 = 4 π (7) ⇒ =
= 2 − 2v Q dx = v π
= 2 cos cos x + sin sin x
π
dt dt 28 π
dt 4 4
Surface area of balloon, S = 4 πr 2
dS dr Hence, they are being separated from π
∴ = 8πr = 2 cos x −
dt dt each other at the rate 2 − 2 v. 4
5 2
9 Given, f ( x ) = x1 / x For decreasing, f ′ ( x ) < 0
= 8π ×7× = 10 cm / min
28 π π π 3π
1 < x − <
⇒ f ′ ( x ) = 2 (1 − log x ) x1 / x 2 4 2
7 Let h be height of oil level at any instant x
t and V be the volume of oil in (within 0 ≤ x ≤ 2 π)
f ′ ( x ) > 0, if 1 − log x > 0
π π π π 3π π
cylindrical drum. ⇒ log x < 1 ⇒ x < e ⇒ + < x − + < +
Given, h = 60 cm, r = 7 cm 2 4 4 4 2 4
∴ f ( x ) is increasing in the interval
dV (− ∞, e ). 3π 7π
and = − 16 cm3 /s ⇒ < x<
dt x 4 4
10 Given, f ( x) =
1 + | x| 16 Given,
| x| f ( x ) = − 2 x 3 + 21 x2 − 60 x + 41 …(i)
(1 + | x |) ⋅ 1 − x ⋅ On differentiating Eq. (i) w.r.t. x, we get
∴ f ′( x ) = x
(1 + | x |)2 f ′ ( x ) = − 6 x2 + 42 x − 60
H = − 6 ( x2 − 7 x + 10 )
1
= > 0, ∀ x ∈ R = − 6 ( x − 2) ( x − 5)
h (1 + | x |)2
If x < 2, f ′ ( x ) < 0 i.e. f ( x ) is decreasing.
⇒ f ( x ) is strictly increasing.
r 17 Q f ( x ) = λ sin x + 6cos x …(i)
11 Let f ( x ) = 3 sin x − 4 sin3 x = sin 3 x 2sin x + 3cos x
dV dh On differentiating w.r.t. x, we get
Q V = πr h ⇒ 2
= πr 2 Since, sin x is increasing in the interval
dt dt
− π , π ⋅ (2sin x + 3cos x )
(since, r is constant all the time) 2 2 (λ cos x − 6sin x )
dh dh 16 − (λ sin x + 6cos x )
⇒ −16 = π(7)2 ⇒ =− π π π π
dt dt 49π ∴ − ≤ 3x ≤ ⇒ − ≤ x≤
dh 16 2 2 6 6 (2cos x − 3sin x )
⇒ =− f ′( x ) =
dt at h =18 49π Thus, length of interval (2sin x + 3cos x )2
π π π The function is monotonic
So, height of oil is decreasing at the rate = − − =
16 6 6 3 increasing, if f ′ ( x ) > 0
of cm/s.
49π
12 Given, 2 d (sinθ) = dθ ⇒
3λ (sin2 x + cos 2 x ) − 12
8 Let L and M be the positions of two men dt dt (sin2 x + cos 2 x )> 0
A and B at any time t. dθ dθ
⇒ 2 × cos θ =
dt dt ⇒ 3λ − 12 > 0 (Q sin2 x + cos 2 x = 1)
Let OL = x and LM = y
1 π ⇒ λ> 4
Then, OM = x ⇒ 2cos θ = 1 ⇒ cos θ = ⇒ θ =
dx dy 2 3
1 1 dy
Given, = v and we have to find 18 x + y = a ; (i ) + =0
dt dt 13 Let f ( x ) = 2 x3 − 9 x2 + 12 x + 4 2 x 2 y dx
M ⇒ f ′ ( x ) = 6 x2 − 18 x + 12 dy y
f ′ ( x ) < 0 for function to be decreasing ∴ =−
dx x
⇒ 6( x2 − 3 x + 2) < 0
y Hence, tangent at ( x, y ) is
⇒ ( x2 − 2 x − x + 2) < 0
x y
⇒ ( x − 2)( x − 1) < 0 ⇒ 1 < x < 2 Y − y =− ( X − x)
x
1 ⇒ X y + Y x = xy ( x + y)
14 Given curve is f ( x ) = − log(1 + x )
B 45° x+1
⇒ X y +Y x = xy a
O On differentiating w.r.t. x, we get
A x L
(using Eq. (i))
134 40 DAY ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY FOUR
150 m
1 + log a log b 1
f ′ (c ) = 0 ⇒ f ′ 2 + =0 y
3
32 We have, y = 6 x
2
151.5 m
2
dy 1 1
⇒ 2y =6 ⇒ 3 2 +
− 12 2 + + a= 0 A E
dx 3 3
1.5 m
dy 3 1 4 1 1.5 m
⇒ = ⇒ 3 4 + +
− 12 2 + + a= 0
dx y 3 3 3
3
Slope of tangent at ( x1 , y 1 ) is m1 = ⇒ 12 + 1 + 4 3 − 24 − 4 3 + a = 0 B D
y1 x
⇒ a = 11
Also, 9 x2 + by 2 = 16 Let BD = x and AC = y , then AE = x
⇒ 18 x + 2by
dy
=0
37 Since, f ( x ) satisfies all the conditions of Given, AB = 1.5 m, CD = 151.5 m
dx Rolle’s theorem in [3, 5].
dy −9 x ∴ CE = 150 m
⇒ = Let f ( x ) = ( x − 3)( x − 5) = x2 − 8 x + 15
dx
dx by 5 5 Given, = 10 m/s
Now, ∫ f ( x )dx = ∫ ( x2 − 8 x + 15)dx dt
−9 x1 3 3
Slope of tangent at ( x1 , y 1 ) is m2 = dy
5
by 1 x
3
8 x2 Here, we have to find when
= − + 15x dt
Since, these are intersection at right 3 2 3
angle. y = 250 m
125
∴ m1 m2 = − 1 ⇒
27 x1
=1 = − 100 + 75 − (9 − 36 + 45) Now, from ∆CAE, y 2 = x2 + 1502
by 12 3
On differentiating, we get
27 x1 50 4 dy dx
⇒ =1 [Q y 12 = 6 x1 ] = − 18 = − 2y = 2x
6bx1 3 3 dt dt
9 38 Using mean value theorem, dy x dx x
⇒ b = ⇒ = ⋅ = ⋅ 10 …(i)
2 f (3) − f (1) dt y dt y
f ′ (c ) =
33 Q 2
y = x − 5x + 6 3−1
dy f (b ) − f (a) In ∆ACE, x = 2502 − 1502 (Q y = 250)
∴ = 2x − 5 Q f ′ (c ) =
dx b − a = 200 m
dy ∴ From Eq. (i), we get
Now, m1 = = 4 − 5= −1 1 log e 3 − log e 1
dx (2 , 0 ) ⇒ = dy 200
c 2 = × 10 = 8 m/s
dy dt 250
and m2 = = 6 − 5= 1 ∴ c =
2
= 2 log 3 e
dx (3, 0 ) log e 3 2 Given curve is
Now, m1 m2 = − 1 × 1 = − 1 y ( x − 2)( x − 3) = x + 6 …(i)
π
39 Given that, equation of curve Put x = 0 in Eq. (i), we get
3
Hence, angle between the tangents is . y = x = f ( x)
2 y(− 2) (− 3) = 6 ⇒ y = 1
So, f (2) = 8 and f (− 2) = − 8
2
y2 So, point of intersection is (0, 1).
34 Slope of the curve, x + = 1 is Now, f ′( x ) = 3 x2 ⇒ f ′( x ) =
f (2) − f (– 2)
x+ 6
α 4 2 − (− 2) Now, y =
−4 x ( x − 2)( x − 3)
m1 = . 8 − (− 8)
αy ⇒ = 3 x2 1 ( x − 2)( x − 3) − ( x + 6)
4 dy ( x − 3 + x − 2)
Now, slope of the curve, y 3 = 16 x is 2 ⇒ =
16 ∴ x= ± dx ( x − 2)2 ( x − 3)2
m2 = . 3
3 y2
136 40 DAY ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY FOUR
∴ 4( p + q + r )2 − 12( pq + qr + rp ) > 0
Clearly, f ( x ) is increasing for all values ⇒ − x2 + 4 x − 12 − 3 x2 + 12 x = 0
⇒ ( p + q + r )2 > 3( pq + qr + rp )
of x, if ⇒ − 4 x2 + 16 x − 12 = 0
9 Given that, f ( x ) is monotonic. ⇒ 4 x2 − 16 x + 12 = 0
log 2 [log 3 {log 4 (cos x + a)}] is defined
⇒ f ′( x ) = 0 or f ′( x ) > 0, ∀ x ∈ R ⇒ x2 − 4 x + 3 = 0
for all values of x.
⇒ f ′( px ) < 0 or f ′( px ) > 0, ∀ x ∈ R ⇒ ( x − 1) ( x − 3) = 0
⇒ log 3 [log 4 (cos x + a)] > 0, ∀ x ∈ R
So, f ′( px ) is also monotonic. ⇒ x = 1, 3
⇒ log 4 (cos x + a) > 1, ∀ x ∈ R
Hence, f ( x ) + f (3 x ) + ... + f [(2m − 1)x] Now, when x = 1, then y = 1
⇒ cos x + a > 4, ∀ x ∈ R
is a monotonic. and when x = 3, then y = − 1
∴ a> 5
Polynomial of odd degree (2m − 1), so it ∴ P = (1, 1) and Q = (3, − 1)
f (2) − f (0)
6 Since, = f ′( x ) will attain all real values only once. Hence, normal meets the curve again at
2− 0 (3, − 1) in fourth quadrant.
f (2) − 0 df ( x ) f (2)
10 Since, the balloon is spherical in shape,
⇒ = f ′( x ) ⇒ = Alternate Method
hence the volume of the balloon is
2 dx 2 4 3 Given, x2 + 2 xy − 3 y 2 = 0
f (2) V = πr . ⇒ ( x − y ) ( x + 3y ) = 0
⇒ f ( x) = x+C 3
2 On differentiating both the sides w.r.t. t, ⇒ x − y = 0 or x + 3 y = 0
Q f (0) = 0 ⇒ C = 0 we get Equation of normal at (1, 1)
f (2) dV 4 dr y − 1 = − 1 ( x − 1) ⇒ x + y − 2 = 0
∴ f ( x) = x …(i) = π 3 r 2 ×
2 It intersects x + 3 y = 0 at (3, − 1) and
dt 3 dt
1 f (2) 1 dr dV / dt hence normal meets the curve in fourth
Also, | f ′ ( x )|≤ ⇒ ≤ …(ii) ⇒ = …(i)
2 2 2 quadrant.
dt 4 πr 2
DAY FOUR APPLICATIONS OF DERIVATIVES 137
x+y=2 14 a + b = 4 ⇒ b = 4 − a x2 + 1 = 5 ⇒ x = ±2
Y y=x Now, P(2, 1) and Q(−2, 1)
x + 3y = 0 and b − a = 4 − 2a = t (say)
a b a On differentiating x2 + y 2 = 5 w.r.t. x,
Now, ∫ g ( x ) dx + ∫ g ( x ) dx = ∫ g( x) we get
0 0 0
4−a dy dy x
dx + ∫ g ( x ) dx = I (a) 2x + 2y =0 ⇒ =−
(1, 1) 0 dx dx y
X′ X dI (a)
⇒ = g (a) − g (4 − a) dy = −2
O da
dx (2, 1 )
As a < 2 and g ( x ) is increasing.
and dy =2
(3, –1) ⇒ 4 − a > a ⇒ g (a) − g (4 − a) < 0
dx ( −2, 1 )
Y′ dI (a)
⇒ <0
da Clearly, the slope of line y = 1 is zero
12 Given, f (0) = 2 = g (1), g (0) = 0 and the slope of the tangents at P and Q
dI (a) dI (a) dt dI (a) are (−2) and (2), respectively.
and f (1) = 6 Now, = = − 2⋅
d (a) dt da dt Thus, the angle of intersection is
f and g are differentiable in (01 , ).
dI (a) tan −1 (2).
Let h( x ) = f ( x ) − 2g ( x ) …(i) ⇒ >0
⇒ h(0) = f (0) − 2g (0) dt 16 There is only one function in option (a),
⇒ h(0) = 2 − 0 ⇒ h(0) = 2 Thus, I (a) is an increasing function of t. 1
whose critical point ∈ (0,1) but in
and h(1) = f (1) − 2g (1) = 6 − 2(2) Hence, the given expression increasing 2
⇒ h(1) = 2, h(0) = h(1) = 2 with (b − a). other parts critical point 0 ∉(0,1). Then,
Hence, using Rolle’s theorem, we get we can say that functions in options (b),
15 We know that,
(c) and (d) are continuous on [0, 1] and
h ′ (c ) = 0, such that c ∈ (01 , ) 1 ≤ |sin x | + |cos x | ≤ 2 differentiable in (0, 1).
On differentiating Eq.(i) at c, we get
f ′ (c ) − 2g ′ (c ) = 0 ⇒ f ′ (c ) = 2g ′ (c ) 1 − x, x<
1
√5 2 2
Now, for f ( x ) =
13 Let y = ax2 + bx + c 1
2
1
O P y=1 − x , x ≥
[equation of parabola] 2 2
As it touches y = x at x = 1.
1
∴ y = a+ b + c x Here, Lf ′ = − 1
–√5 O 2
and y =1 ⇒ a+ b + c =1
dy 1 1 1
Now, = 2ax + b and Rf ′ = 2 − (−1) = 0
dx x 2+y 2=5 2 2 2
dy
⇒ = 2a + b ⇒ 2a + b = 1 –√5 ∴
1 1
Lf ′ ≠ Rf ′
dx at x = 1 2 2
[from y = x, slope = 1] ⇒ y = [|sin x | + |cos x |] = 1
1
Now, f ( x ) = ax2 + bx + c ⇒ f is non-differentiable at x = ∈ (0,1).
Let P and Q be the points of intersection 2
⇒ f ′ ( x ) = 2ax + b ⇒ f ′ ′ ( x ) = 2a of given curves.
∴ f (0 ) = c , f ′ (0 ) = b , f ′ ′ (0 ) = 2a, ∴ Lagrange mean value theorem is not
Clearly, the given curves meet at points applicable to f ( x ) in [0, 1].
f ′ (1 ) = 2a + b = 1 where y = 1, so we get
DAY FOURTEEN
Maxima and
Minima
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Maxima and Minima of a Function u Concept of Global Maximum/Minimum
Critical Point
PRED
l
A point c in the domain of a function f at which either f ′ (c) = 0 or f is not differentiable is MIRROR
Your Personal Preparation Indicator
called a critical point of f. Note that, if f is continuous at point c and f ′ (c) = 0, then there
exists h > 0 such that f is differentiable in the interval (c − h, c + h). u No. of Questions in Exercises (x)—
l
The converse of above theorem need not be true, that is a point at which the derivative u No. of Questions Attempted (y)—
vanishes need not be a point of local maxima or local minima. u No. of Correct Questions (z)—
(Without referring Explanations)
Method to Find Local Maxima or Local Minima u Accuracy Level (z / y × 100)—
First Derivative Test u Prep Level (z / x × 100)—
Let f be a function defined on an open interval I and f be continuous at a critical point c in I.
Then, In order to expect good rank in JEE,
your Accuracy Level should be
(i) If f ′ ( x) changes sign from positive to negative as x increases through c, i.e. if f ′ ( x) > 0 at above 85 & Prep Level should be
every point sufficiently close to and to the left of c and f ′ ( x) < 0 at every point above 75.
sufficiently close to and to the right of c, then c is a point of local maxima.
DAY FOURTEEN MAXIMA AND MINIMA 139
x)> θ = tan −1 .
f ′(
x) <
n
Point of non-differentiability
0
Point f ′(c2)=0
0
l
of local minima
x)
X′ X
O c1 c2 c3 c4 triangle is isosceles.
Y′
−1 −2 −1 (a) −8 (b) −4
(a) 1, (b) , 2 (c) 2 , (d) ,
1 1
2 2 2 3 6 (c) 0 (d) 4
4 The function f ( x ) = a cos x + b tan x + x has extreme 13 If a differential function f ( x ) has a relative minimum at
π x = 0, then the function φ( x ) = f ( x ) + ax + b has a relative
values at x = 0 and x = , then
6 minimum at x = 0 for
(a) a = −
2
,b = −1 (b) a =
2
,b = −1 (a) all a and all b (b) all b, if a = 0
3 3 (c) all b > 0 (d) all a > 0
2 2
(c) a = − , b = 1 (d) a = , b = 1 14 The denominator of a fraction is greater than 16 of the
3 3
square of numerator, then least value of fraction is
5 The minimum radius vector of the curve (a) −1/4 (b) − 1/ 8
4 9 (c) 1/12 (d) 1/16
+ = 1 is of length
x2 y2 b
15 The function f ( x ) = ax + , b, x > 0 takes the least value
(a) 1 (b) 5 (c) 7 (d) None of these x
6 The function f ( x ) = 4x 3 − 18x 2 + 27x − 7 has at x equal to
(a) one local maxima j
NCERT Exemplar b
(a) b (b) a (c) b (d)
(b) one local minima a
(c) one local maxima and two local minima tan x
, x ≠0
(d) neither maxima nor minima 16 Let f be a function defined by f ( x ) = x
x2 − 2 1 , x = 0
7 The function f ( x ) = has
x2 − 4 Statement I x = 0 is point of minima of f .
(a) no point of local minima Statement II f ′ (0) = 0. j
AIEEE 2011
(b) no point of local maxima (a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
(c) exactly one point of local minima correct explanation for Statement I
(d) exactly one point of local maxima
(b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
k − 2x , if x ≤ − 1 not a correct explanation for Statement I
8 Let f : R → R be defined by f ( x ) = .
2x + 3, if x > − 1 (c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
If f has a local minimum at x = −1, then a possible value (d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true
of k is j
AIEEE 2010 17 The absolute maximum and minimum values of the
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) −
1
(d) −1 function f given by f ( x ) = cos 2 x + sin x , x ∈[ 0, π ]
2 j
NCERT Exemplar
9 The minimum value of 9x + 4y , where xy = 16 is (a) 2.25 and 2 (b) 1.25 and 1
(c) 1.75 and 1.5 (d) None of these
(a) 48 (b) 28 (c) 38 (d) 18
DAY FOURTEEN MAXIMA AND MINIMA 141
x 1 1
18 The maximum value of f ( x ) = on [ −1,1] is (a) ( area of ∆ABC) (b) ( area of ∆ABC)
4+ x + x2 2 4
1 1
(a) −
1
(b) −
1
(c)
1
(d)
1 (c) ( area of ∆ABC) (d) ( area of ∆ABC)
4 3 6 5 6 8
19 In interval [1, e ], the greatest value of x 2 log x is 28 If y = f ( x ) is a parametrically defined expression such
1 1 that x = 3 t 2 − 18 t + 7 and y = 2 t 3 − 15 t 2 + 24 t + 10,
(a) e 2 (b) log (c) e 2 log e (d) None of these
e e ∀ x ∈ [ 0, 6].
3x 2 + 9x + 17 Then, the maximum and minimum values of y = f ( x ) are
20 If x is real, the maximum value of is (a) 36, 3 (b) 46, 6 (c) 40, −6 (d) 46, −6
3x 2 + 9x + 7
j AIEEE 2007 29 The value of a , so that the sum of the squares of the
(a) 41 (b) 1 (c)
17
(d)
1 roots of the equation x 2
− (a − 2)x − a + 1 = 0 assume
7 4 the least value is
21 The maximum and minimum values of (a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) 0
f ( x ) = sec x + log cos x , 0 < x < 2π are respectively
2
30 The minimum intercepts made by the axes on the
j NCERT Exemplar x2 y2
tangent to the ellipse + = 1 is
(a) (1, − 1) and {2 (1 − log 2), 2 (1 + log 2)} 16 9
(b) (1, − 1) and {2 (1 − log 2), 2 (1 − log 2)} (a) 25 (b) 7 (c) 1 (d) None of these
(c) (1, − 1) and (2, − 3)
(d) None of the above
31 The curved surface of the cone inscribed in a given
sphere is maximum, if
22 The difference between greatest and least values of the 4R R 2R
π π (a) h = (b) h = (c) h = (d) None of these
function f ( x ) = sin 2x − x , on − , is 3 3 3
2 2 j NCERT Exemplar
32 The volume of the largest cone that can be inscribed in a
π
(a) π (b) 2 π (c) 3 π (d) sphere of radius R is j
NCERT
2 3
(a) of the volume of the sphere
23 The point of inflection for the curve y = x 5 / 2 is 8
(a) (1, 1) (b) (0, 0) (c) (1, 0) (d) (0, 1) 8
(b) of the volume of the sphere
27
24 The maximum area of a right angled triangle with 2
hypotenuse h is j
JEE Main 2013 (c) of the volume of the sphere
7
3 2 2
h h h h2 (d) None of the above
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2 2 4
33 Area of the greatest rectangle that can be inscribed in
25 A straight line is drawn through the point P ( 3, 4) meeting x2 y2
the positive direction of coordinate axes at the points A the ellipse 2 + 2 = 1 is
a b
and B. If O is the origin, then minimum area of ∆OAB is a
equal to (a) ab (b) (c) 2ab (d) ab
b
(a) 12 sq units (b) 6 sq units
(c) 24 sq units (d) 48 sq units 34 The real number x when added to its inverse gives the
minimum value of the sum at x equal to j
AIEEE 2003
26 Suppose the cubic x − px + q has three distinct real
3
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) –1 (d) –2
roots, where p > 0 and q > 0. Then, which one of the
following holds? 35 The greatest value of
39 If ab = 2 a + 3b, a > 0, b > 0, then the minimum value of ab 40 The perimeter of a sector is p. The area of the sector is
is maximum, when its radius is
(a) 12 (b) 24 1 p p
1 (a) p (b) (c) (d)
(c) (d) None of these p 2 4
4
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1 (d) 2 (a) 3 (d) 4 (a) 5 (b) 6 (d) 7 (d) 8 (d) 9 (a) 10 (c)
11 (c) 12 (c) 13 (b) 14 (b) 15 (d) 16 (b) 17 (b) 18 (c) 19 (a) 20 (a)
21 (b) 22 (a) 23 (b) 24 (d) 25 (c) 26 (b) 27 (a) 28 (d) 29 (b) 30 (b)
31 (a) 32 (b) 33 (c) 34 (b) 35 (b) 36 (a) 37 (b) 38 (b) 39 (b) 40 (d)
SESSION 2 1 (b) 2 (d) 3 (c) 4 (b) 5 (c) 6 (c) 7 (c) 8 (b) 9 (a) 10 (c)
11 (d) 12 (c) 13 (b) 14 (c) 15 (b)
⇒
dy
> 0, for x < 0 ( 4 c 2 + 4b 2 ) ∴ f ( x ) is maximum at x = 4.
and maximum of g ( x ) = −
dx 4 (− 1) and at x = − 4, f ′ ′ ( x ) > 0, f ( x ) is
dy = b2 + c 2 minimum.
and < 0, for x > 0
dx Since, min f ( x ) > max g ( x ) ∴ Least value of
−4 1
Thus, x = 0 is the point of local maxima ⇒ 2c 2 − b 2 > b 2 + c 2 f ( x) = =−
1 16 + 16 8
for y. Now, ( y ) x = 0 = (positive). Thus, ⇒ c 2 > 2b 2
2 ⇒ |c |> 2 |b |
x = 0 is also the point of local 15 Given, f ( x ) = ax + b
x
x2 − 2 12 Central Idea Any function have
maximum for y = 2 . On differentiating w.r.t. x, we get
x −4 extreme values (maximum or b
minimum) at its critical points, where f ′( x ) = a − 2
8 If f ( x ) has a local minimum at x = −1, x
f ′( x ) = 0.
then For maxima or minima, put f ′ ( x ) = 0
Since, the function have extreme values
lim f ( x ) = lim− f ( x ) at x = 1 and x = 2. b
x→ −1 + x→ −1
⇒ x=
∴ f ′( x ) = 0 at x = 1 and x = 2 a
⇒ lim+ 2 x + 3 = lim− 1 < −2 x
x→ −1 x→ −1 ⇒ f ′(1) = 0 and f ′(2) = 0 Again, differentiating w.r.t. x, we get
⇒ −2 + 3 = k + 2 ⇒ k = −1 2b
Also it is given that f ′ ′( x ) = 3
Y f ( x ) f ( x) x
lim 1 + 2 = 3 ⇒ 1 + lim 2 = 3
x→ 0 b
x x→ 0 x
At x = , f ′ ′ ( x ) = positive
f ( x) a
f(x)=1<–2x f(x)=2x+3 ⇒ lim 2 = 2
x→ 0 x b
(–1,1) ⇒ f ( x ) is minimum at x = .
O ⇒ f ( x ) will be of the form a
X′ X ax 4 + bx3 + 2 x2 b
(–1,0) ∴ f ( x ) has the least value at x = .
[Q f ( x ) is of four degree polynomial] a
Y′ Let f ( x ) = ax 4 + bx3 + 2 x2 ⇒ f ′( x )
9 Let S = 9 x + 4 y tan x
= 4ax3 + 3bx2 + 4 x 16 f ( x ) = x , x ≠ 0
Since, xy = 16 is given. ⇒ f ′(1) = 4a + 3b + 4 = 0 ...(i) 1, x=0
16 64 and f ′(2) = 32a + 12b + 8 = 0
∴ y = or S = 9 x + tan x
x x ⇒ 8a + 3b + 2 = 0 ...(ii) As > 1, ∀ x ≠ 0
x
On differentiating both sides, we get On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get ∴ f (0 + h ) > f (0) and f (0 − h ) > f (0)
dS 64 1
= 9− 2 ...(i) a = ,b = − 2 At x = 0, f ( x ) attains minima.
dx x 2 f (h ) − f (0)
dS 64 8 x4 Now, f ′ (0) = lim
Q = 0⇒ 2 = 9⇒ x = ± ∴ f ( x) = − 2 x3 + 2 x2 h→ 0 h
dx x 3 2 tan h
−1
Again, on differentiating Eq. (i) ⇒ f (2) = 8 − 16 + 8 = 0 tan h − h
= lim h = lim
d 2S 128 13 φ′( x ) = f ′( x ) + a
h→ 0 h h→ 0 h2
w.r.t. x, we get 2 = 3
dx x [using L’ Hospital’s rule]
Q φ′ (0) = 0 ⇒ f ′ (0) + a = 0
8 sec 2 h − 1
Hence, it is minimum at x = and ⇒ a= 0 [Q f ′ (0) = 0] = lim [Q tan2 θ = sec 2 θ − 1]
h→ 0 2h
minimum value of S is 3 Also, φ′ (0) > 0 [Q f ′ ′ (0) > 0]
tan2 h 1
= lim ⋅h= ⋅0 = 0
S min = 9 + 4(6) = 48 ⇒ φ( x ) has relative minimum at
8 h→ 0 2h2 2
3 x = 0 for all b, if a = 0
10 We have, Therefore, Statement II is true.
14 Let the number be x, then Hence, both statements are true but
f ( x ) = 2 x3 − 9 ax2 + 12a2 x + 1 x
f (x ) = Statement II is not the correct
f ′( x ) = 6 x2 − 18 ax + 12a2
x2 + 16 explanation of Statement I.
f ′ ′( x ) = 12 x − 18 a
On differentiating w.r.t. x, we get 17 Given, f ( x ) = cos2 x + sin x, x ∈ [0, π]
For maximum and minimum,
( x2 + 16) ⋅ 1 − x (2 x )
6 x2 − 18 ax + 12a2 = 0 f ′( x ) = Now,
( x2 + 16)2 f ′ ( x ) = 2 cos x (− sin x ) + cos x
⇒ x2 − 3 ax + 2a2 = 0
⇒ x = a or x = 2a x + 16 − 2 x
2 2
16 − x2 = − 2sin x cos x + cos x
= = 2 …(i)
At x = a maximum and at x = 2a ( x + 16)
2 2
( x + 16)2 For maximum or minimum put
minimum. Put f ′ ( x ) = 0 for maxima or minima f ′( x ) = 0
Q p2 = q f ′ ( x ) = 0 ⇒ 16 − x2 = 0 ⇒ −2sin x cos x + cos x = 0
∴ a2 = 2a ⇒ a = 2 or a = 0 ⇒ x = 4, − 4 ⇒ cos x (− 2sin x + 1 ) = 0
But a > 0, therefore a = 2 Again, on differentiating w.r.t. x, we 1
⇒ cos x = 0 or sin x =
get 2
11 Minimum of f ( x ) = − D ( x2 + 16)2 (−2 x ) − (16 − x2 ) π π
4a ⇒ x= ,
− ( 4b 2 − 8 c 2 ) 2( x2 + 16) 2 x 6 2
= f ′ ′( x ) = At
4 ( x + 16)4
2
For absolute maximum and absolute
= 2c 2 − b 2 x = 4, f ′ ′ ( x ) < 0 minimum, we have to evaluate
DAY FOURTEEN MAXIMA AND MINIMA 145
π π π π π
f (0), f , f , f ( π ) and f = sin( π) − = −
10
=1+
6 2 2
1 2 2 2
3 x + +
3
π π
At x = 0, 2 12 Clearly, is the greatest value and −
f (0) = cos 2 0 + sin 0 = 12 + 0 = 1 2 2
So, the maximum value of f ( x ) at is the least.
π π π π π π
At x = , f = cos 2 + sin
3
x = − is Therefore, difference = + = π
6 6 6 6 2 2 2
2 23 Given, y = x 5/ 2
f − = 1 +
3 3 10
=
1 5
+ = = 125
. = 1 + 40 = 41 dy 5 d 2 y 15 1 /2
2
3
∴ = x 3 /2 , 2 =
1 x
2 2 4
π 12 dx 2 dx 4
At x = , 2
dy d y
2 21 Given, f ( x ) = sec x + log cos2 x At x = 0, = 0, =0
π π π
f = cos 2 + sin = 02 + 1 = 1 ⇒ f ( x ) = sec x + 2 log(cos x )
dx dx2
2 2 2
3
d y
Therefore, and 3 is not defined,
At x = π, dx
f ′ ( x ) = sec x tan x − 2 tan x
f ( π ) = cos 2 π + sin π = (−1)2 + 0 = 1 when x = 0, y = 0
= tan x (sec x − 2)
Hence, the absolute maximum value of f ′( x ) = 0 ∴(0, 0) is a point of inflection.
π
f is 1.25 occurring at x = and the ⇒ tan x = 0 or sec x = 2 ⇒ cos x =
1 24 Area of triangle, ∆ = 1 x h2 − x2
6 2 2
absolute minimum value of f is 1 Therefore, possible values of x are d∆ 1 2 x ( −2 x )
π π 5π = h − x2 + =0
occurring at x = 0, and π. x = 0, x = π and x = or x = . dx 2 2 h2 − x2
2 3 3
Note If close interval is given, to determine Again,f ′ ′ ( x ) = sec2 x (sec x − 2) ⇒ x=
h
global maximum (minimum), check the + tan x (sec x tan x ) 2
value at all critical points as well as end = sec3 x + sec x tan2 x − 2 sec2 x C
points of a given interval. = sec x (sec2 x + tan2 x − 2 sec x )
18 Q f ( x ) = x ⇒ f ′ ′ (0 ) = 1 (1 + 0 − 2) = − 1 < 0 h
4 + x + x2 Therefore, x = 0 is a point of maxima. √h2 – x2
On differentiating w.r.t. x, we get f ′ ′ ( π ) = − 1 (1 + 0 + 2) = − 3 < 0
4 + x + x2 − x ( 1 + 2 x ) Therefore, x = π is a point of maxima.
f ′( x ) = x
(4 + x + x2 )2 π A B
f ′ ′ = 2 (4 + 3 − 4) = 6 > 0
For maximum, put f ′ ( x ) = 0 3 d ∆
2
h
π ⇒ < 0 at x =
4 − x2 Therefore, x = is a point of minima. dx2 2
⇒ = 0 ⇒ x = 2, − 2 3
(4 + x + x2 )2 5π h2 h2
f ′ ′
1 h
= 2 (4 + 3 − 4) = 6 > 0 ∴ ∆ = × h2 − =
Both the values of x are not in the 3 2 2 2 4
interval [−1, 1] . 5π
−1 −1 Therefore, x = is a point of minima. 25 Let the equation of drawn line be
∴ f ( −1 ) = = 3 x y
4−1+ 1 4 + = 1, where a > 3,
Maximum value of y at x = 0 is a b
1 1 1 + 0 = 1. b > 4, as the line passes through (3, 4)
f (1 ) = = (maximum)
4+ 1+1 6 Maximum value of y at x = π is and meets the positive direction of
− 1 + 0 = − 1. coordinate axes.
19 Given, f ( x ) = x2 log x π 3 4 4a
Minimum value of y at x = is We have, + = 1 ⇒ b =
On differentiating w.r.t. x, we get 1 3 a b (a − 3)
f ′ ( x ) = (2 log x + 1 ) x 2 + 2 log = 2 (1 − log 2).
2 Now, area of ∆AOB,
For a maximum, put f ′ ( x ) = 0 5π 1 2a2
Minimum value of y at x = is ∆ = ab =
⇒ (2 log x + 1 ) x = 0 1 3 2 (a − 3)
⇒ x = e −1 /2 , 0 2 + 2 log = 2 (1 − log 2).
2 d∆ 2a (a − 6)
Q 0 < e −1 / 2 < 1 =
22 Given, f ( x ) = sin 2 x − x da (a − 3)2
None of these critical points lies in the
⇒ f ′ ( x ) = 2 cos 2 x − 1 Clearly, a= 6 is the point of minima for ∆.
interval [1, e ] .
1 2 × 36
Put f ′ ( x ) = 0 ⇒ cos 2 x = Thus, ∆ min = = 24 sq units
So, we only compute the value of f ( x ) at 2 3
the end points 1 and e. π π π π
⇒ 2x = − or ⇒ x = − or 26 Let f ( x ) = x3 − px + q
We have, f (1 ) = 0, f (e ) = e 2 3 3 6 6
Hence, greatest value of f ( x ) = e 2 π π π Maxima
Now, f − = sin(− π ) + =
10 2 2 2
20 Let f (x ) = 1 +
3 x + 3 x +
7 π 2π π π
f − = sin −
2 3
3 + =− +
6 6 6 2 6 −√p/3
π 2π π π
f = sin
3 Minima
− = −
6 6 6 2 6 √p/3
146 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TEN
Then, f ′ ( x ) = 3 x2 − p d2 y OA = AC − OC = h − R
At (t = 1), <0
Put f ′( x ) = 0 dx2 In ∆OAB, R2 = r 2 + (h − R )2
p p ⇒ t = 1 is a point of local maxima. ⇒ r = 2Rh − h2
⇒ x= ,−
3 3 d2 y ∴ S = πrl = π ( 2Rh − h2 )( h2 + r 2 )
At (t = 4), 2 > 0
Now, f ′′ ( x ) = 6 x dx
⇒ t = 4 is a point of local minima. = ( π 2Rh − h2 )( 2Rh )
p p
At x = , f ′′ ( x ) = 6 >0 dy d2 y Let S = P
2
3 3 [minima] At (t = 3), and 2 are not defined
dx dx ∴ P = π2 2R ( 2 Rh2 − h3 )
p Since, S is maximum, if P is maximum,
and at x = − f ′′ ( x ) < 0 [maxima] and change its sign.
3 d2 y then
is unknown in the vicinity of t = 3, dP
27 We have, AF || DE and AE || FD dx2 = 2 π2 R (4Rh − 3h2 ) = 0
thus t = 3 is a point of neither maxima dh
4R
A nor minima. ∴ h = 0,
Finally, maximum and minimum values 3
y of expression y = f ( x ) are 46 and −6, dP
Again, on differentiating , we get
respectively. dh
2
d P
F E 29 Let α and β be the roots of the equation = 2 π2 R ( 4 R − 6 h )
dh2
x2 − (a − 2) x − a + 1 = 0 d 2P 4R
x < 0 at h =
Then, α + β = a − 2, αβ = − a + 1 dh2 3
Let z = α 2 + β2
B D C
= (α + β )2 − 2αβ 32 Let OC = x, CQ = r
Now, in ∆ABC and ∆EDC, = (a − 2)2 + 2 (a − 1) Now, OA = R [given]
∠DEC = ∠BAC , ∠ACB is common. = a2 − 2a + 2 Height of the cone = h = x + R
⇒ ∆ABC ≅ ∆EDC dz ∴ Volume of the cone
⇒ = 2a − 2 1
b − y x c da = V = π r 2h …(i)
Now, = ⇒ x = (b − y ) 3
b c b dz
Put = 0 , then A
Now, S = Area of parallelogram da
AFDE = 2 (area of ∆AEF ) ⇒ a=1
d 2z
S = 2 xy sin A
1 ∴ = 2> 0
⇒ R
2 da2 h
O
c So, z has minima at a = 1.
= (b − y )y sin A x
b So, α2 + β2 has least value for a = 1.
dS c
= sin A (b − 2 y )
This is because we have only one P r Q
dy b stationary value at which we have C
dS minima.
Sign scheme of , Hence, a = 1.
dy Also, in right angled ∆OCQ,
30 Any tangent to the ellipse is OC 2 + CQ 2 = OQ 2
+ –
b/2 x y
cos t + sin t = 1, where the point of ⇒ x2 + r 2 = R2
b 4 3 ⇒ r 2 = R2 − x2 …(ii)
Hence, S is maximum when y = ⋅
2 contact is (4cos t , 3sin t ) From Eqs. (i) and (ii),
∴ S max = × sin A
c b b x y 1
or + = 1, V = π (R2 − x2 )( x + R ) …(iii)
b 2 2 4 sec t 3 cosec t 3
[Q h = x + R ]
= bc sin A = (area of ∆ABC )
11 1 It means the axes Q (4sec t , 0) and
On differentiating Eq. (iii) w.r.t. x, we
22 2 R (0, 3 cosec t ).
get
∴The distance of the line segment QR is dV 1
28 We have, QR2 = D = 16 sec2 t + 9 cosec2 t = π [(R2 − x2 ) − 2 x( x + R )]
dy dx 3
= 6 t 2 − 30 t + 24 = 6 (t − 1) (t − 4)
dt So, the minimum value of D is (4 + 3)2 dV π
or QR = 7. ⇒ = (R2 − x2 − 2 x2 − 2 xR )
dx dx 3
and = 6 t − 18 = 6 (t − 3)
dt 31 Let S be the curved surface area of a dV π
⇒ = (R2 − 2 xR − 3 x2 )
dy (t − 1) (t − 4) cone. dx 3
Thus, = C
dx (t − 3) dV π
⇒ = (R − 3 x )(R + x ) …(iv)
which indicates that t = 1, 3 and 4 are dx 3
the critical points of y = f ( x ). dV
For maxima, put =0
d2 y d dy dt h dx
Now, = ⋅ O π
dx2 dt dx dx R ⇒ (R − 3 x )(R + x ) = 0
3
t − 6 t + 11
2
1 ⇒ x=
R
or x = − R ⇒ x =
R
= × B
(t − 3)2 6 (t − 3) A 3 3
r
[since, x cannot be negative]
DAY FOURTEEN MAXIMA AND MINIMA 147
On differentiating Eq. (iv) w.r.t. x, we get Any point on parabola is (at 2 ,2at ), Let g ( x ) = f ′ ( x ) = − 3 x2 + 6 x + 9
d V 2
π i.e., (2t 2 , 4t ). On differentiating w.r.t. x, we get
= [(−3)(R + x ) + (R − 3 x )]
dx2 3 For its minimum distance from the
g ′( x ) = − 6 x + 6
π π circle means its distance from the centre
= (−2R − 6 x ) = − (2 R + 6 x ) For maxima or minima put g ′ ( x ) = 0
3 3 (0, − 6) of the circle.
R d 2V −π 6R Let z = (2t 2 )2 + (4t + 6)2 ⇒ x=1
At x = , = 2R + = 4(t 4 + 4t 2 + 12t + 9)
3 dx2 3 3 Now, g ′ ′ ( x ) = − 6 < 0 and hence, at
dz x = 1, g ( x ) (slope) will have maximum
4π ∴ = 4(4t 3 + 8t + 12)
=− R<0 dt value.
3
⇒ 16(t 3 + 2t + 3) = 0 ∴[g ( 1 )] max = − 3 × 1 + 6( 1 ) + 9 = 12
So, V has a local maxima at x = R / 3.
⇒ (t + 1 )(t 2 − t + 3) = 0
Now, on substituting the value of x in 39 Given,
⇒ t = −1
Eq. (iii), we get ab = 2 a + 3b ⇒ (a − 3) b = 2 a
d 2z
π R2 R ⇒ = 16(3t + 2)> 0, hence minimum.
2
2a
V = R2 − R + dt 2 ⇒ b =
3 9 3 a−3
So, point is (2, − 4).
π 8 R2 4 R 8 4 3 2 a2
⋅ = ⋅ = πR 37 We know that, volume of cylinder, Now, let z = ab =
3 9 3 27 3 a−3
V = πR 2 h
8 On differentiating w.r.t. x, we get
⇒ V = × Volume of sphere
27 B′ A′ dz 2 [(a − 3) 2 a − a2 ] 2 [a2 − 6a]
C′ = =
33 Y da (a − 3)2 (a − 3)2
h/2
(–a cos θ, b sin θ) (a cos θ, b sin θ) dz
For a minimum, put =0
B A O da
h/2 r ⇒ a − 6a = 0
2
X′ X
⇒ a = 0, 6
C d 2z
C D B A At a = 6, 2 = positive
(–a cos θ, –b sin θ) (a cos θ, –b sin θ) R da
Y′ 2 When a = 6, b = 4
In ∆OCA, r 2 = + R2
h
Area of rectangle ABCD ∴ (ab )min = 6 × 4 = 24
2
= (2a cos θ) (2b sin θ) = 2ab sin 2θ 40 Q Perimeter of a
h2 A
Hence, area of greatest rectangle is ⇒ R2 = r 2 − sector = p
equal to 2ab when sin 2θ = 1. 4 r
h2 Let AOB be
34 Let f ( x) = x +
1 ∴ V = π r2 − h the sector with O θ s
x 4
radius r. r
1 π
f ′( x ) = 1 − 2 ⇒ V = πr 2 h − h3 …(i) If angle of the B
x 4 sector be θ radians,
For maxima and minima, put f ′ ( x ) = 0 On differentiating Eq. (i) both sides then area of sector,
1 w.r.t. h, we get 1
⇒ 1 − 2 = 0⇒ x = ± 1 A = r 2θ …(i)
x dV 3 πh2 2
= πr 2 −
2 dh 4 s
Now, f ′ ′ ( x ) = 3 and length of arc, s = r θ ⇒ θ =
x d2 V −3 πh r
⇒ =
At x = 1, f ′ ′ ( x ) = + ve [minima] dh2 2 ∴Perimeter of the sector
and at x = − 1, f ′ ′ ( x ) = −ve [maxima] For maximum or minimum value of V , p = r + s + r = 2 r + s …(ii)
Thus, f ( x ) attains minimum value at dV 3 πh2 s
= 0 ⇒ πr 2 − =0 On substituting θ = in Eq. (i), we get
x = 1. dh 4 r
2
35 Given that, f ( x ) = ( x + 1)1 /3 − ( x − 1)1 /3 4r 2
A = r 2 = rs ⇒ s =
⇒ h2 = ⇒ h= r 1 s 1 2A
On differentiating w.r.t. x, we get
3 3 2 r 2 r
d V
2
1 1 1 Now, 2 = − 3 πr < 0 Now, on substituting the value of s in
f ′( x ) = − dh h = 2 r
3 ( x + 1)2 /3 ( x − 1)2 /3 3
Eq. (ii), we get
2 A
( x − 1)2 /3 − ( x + 1)2 /3 2r p = 2r + ⇒ 2 A = pr − 2 r
2
= Thus, V is maximum when h = , then r
3( x2 − 1)2 /3 3
2 On differentiating w.r.t. r, we get
Clearly, f ′( x ) does not exist at x = ± 1. h2 1 2r 2 2
R2 = r 2 − = r2 − = r 2
dA
= p − 4r
Now, put f ′ ( x ) = 0, then 4 4 3 3 dr
( x − 1)2 /3 = ( x + 1)2 /3 ⇒ x = 0 4 π r 3
Max V = πR2 h = For the maximum area, put
At x = 0 3 3 dA
f ( x ) = (0 + 1)1 /3 − (0 − 1)1 /3 = 2 =0
38 Let f ( x ) = − x 3 + 3 x2 + 9 x − 27 dr
Hence, the greatest value of f ( x ) is 2.
⇒ p − 4r = 0
36 Q y 2 = 8 x. But y 2 = 4ax The slope of this curve
p
f ′ ( x ) = − 3 x2 + 6 x + 9 ⇒ r =
⇒ 4a= 8 ⇒ a= 2 4
148 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TEN
20 − 2r 4
⇒ θ= X′ X
–2 0 2 r
–1 O √2 √3 2√3
–6 –4 4 6 Now, area of flower-bed,
y=3 – x
1
A = r 2θ Y′
2
From the above graph,
1 2 20 − 2r
⇒ A= r Maximum occurs at x = 0 and
3 Clearly, f ( x ) in increasing just before 2 r
minimum at x = 4.
x = 3 and decreasing after x = 3. For ⇒ A = 10r − r 2 | x + x + 3 x + sin x |
3 2
This Pdf Is
Downloaded From
www.exambites.in
VISIT NOW !!
DAY FIFTEEN
Indefinite
Integrals
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Integral as an u Fundamental Integration u Methods of Integration
Anti-derivative Formulae
Integral as an Anti-derivative
A function φ ( x) is called a primitive or anti-derivative of a function f ( x), if φ′ ( x) = f ( x). If f1 ( x)
and f2 ( x) are two anti-derivatives of f ( x), then f1 ( x) and f2 ( x) differ by a constant. The collection
of all its anti-derivatives is called indefinite integral of f ( x) and is denoted by ∫ f ( x) dx.
d
Thus, {φ ( x) + C} = f ( x) ⇒ ∫ f ( x) dx = φ ( x) + C
dx
where, φ ( x) is an anti-derivative of f ( x), f ( x) is the integrand and C is an arbitrary constant
known as the constant of integration. Anti-derivative of odd function is always even and of
even function is always odd.
where k1 , k2 ,... k n are non-zero real numbers. u No. of Questions in Exercises (x)—
u No. of Questions Attempted (y)—
Fundamental Integration Formulae u No. of Correct Questions (z)—
(Without referring Explanations)
There are some important fundamental formulae, which are given below
u Accuracy Level (z / y × 100)—
1. Algebraic Formulae u Prep Level (z / x × 100)—
xn + 1
∫ x dx = + C, n ≠ − 1
n
(i) In order to expect good rank in JEE,
n+1 your Accuracy Level should be
+1 above 85 & Prep Level should be
1 (ax + b )n
(ii)∫ (ax + b )n dx = ⋅ + C, n ≠ − 1 above 75.
a n+1
DAY FIFTEEN INDEFINITE INTEGRALS 151
1
(iii) ∫ x
dx = log| x | + C 3. Exponential Formulae
∫ e dx = e +C
x x
(i)
1 1
(iv) ∫ ax + b
dx = (log| ax + b |) + C
a 1 ( ax
∫e
( ax + b ) + b)
(ii) dx = ⋅e +C
1 1 a+ x a
(v) ∫ a2 − x2
dx = log
a− x
+C ax
2a
∫a dx = + C, a > 0 and a ≠ 1
x
(iii)
loge a
1 1 x−a
(vi) ∫ dx = log +C 1 a (bx + c )
∫
+c)
x −a2
2
2a x+a (iv) a (bx dx = ⋅ + C, a > 0 and a ≠ 1
b loge a
1 1 x
(vii) ∫ 2 dx = tan −1 + C
a + x2 a a
−1 1 x
Methods of Integration
(viii) ∫ 2 dx = cot −1 + C
a + x2 a a Following methods are used for integration
1
(ix) ∫ x −a2 2
dx = log| x + x2 − a2 | + C 1. Integration by Substitutions
The method of reducing a given integral into one of the
1
(x) ∫ x2 + a2
dx = log| x + x2 + a2 | + C standard integrals, by a proper substitution, is called method
of substitution.
(xi) ∫
1 x
dx = sin −1 + C
To evaluate an integral of the form ∫ f {g( x)} ⋅ g′ ( x) dx, we
a −x2 2 a
substitute g( x) = t , so that g′ ( x)dx = dt and given integral
−1 x reduces to ∫ f (t ) dt .
(xii) ∫ a −x2
dx = cos −1 + C
2 a
[ f ( x )]n +1
1 1 x
NOTE • ∫ [ f ( x )]n ⋅ f ′( x ) = +C
(xiii) ∫ dx = sec −1 + C n+ 1
x x2 − a2 a a 1
• If ∫ f ( x ) dx = φ( x ), then ∫ f ( ax + b) dx = φ( ax + b) + C
−1 1 x a
(xiv) ∫ dx = cosec −1 +C
x2 − a2 a a
x (i) To evaluate integrals of the form
1 1 x dx dx
∫ a − x dx = x a2 − x2 + a2 sin −1 + C
∫ ax or ∫
2 2
(xv) or
2 2 a 2
+ bx + c ax 2 + bx + c
1 1 2
∫ x − a dx = x x − a − a log| x + x2 − a2 | + C
2 2 2 2
(xvi)
2
1
2
1
∫ ax 2 + bx + c dx
(xvii) ∫ x + a dx = x x + a + a2 log| x + x2 + a2 | + C
2 2 2 2
b c
We write, ax2 + bx + c = a x2 + x +
2 2 a a
2. Trigonometric Formulae b c b2
= a x + + −
2
2 a a 4c
(i) ∫ sin x dx = − cos x + C This process reduces the integral to one of following forms
(ii) ∫ cos x dx = sin x + C dX dX dX
=∫ 2 2 ∫
, or ∫ 2 ,
X −A X +A
2 2
A − X2
(iii) ∫ tan x dx = − log|cos x | + C = log|sec x | + C dX dX dX
∫ A 2 − X 2 , ∫ x2 − A 2 , ∫ X 2 + A 2
(iv) ∫ cot x dx = log|sin x | + C = − log| cosec x | + C
π x
(v) ∫ sec xdx = log| sec x + tan x |+ C = log tan + + C
or ∫ A2 − X 2 dX , ∫ X 2 − A2 dX , ∫ A2 + X 2 dX
4 2
x (ii) To evaluate integrals of the form
(vi) ∫ cosec x dx = log| cosec x − cot x | + C = log tan + C
2
(px + q) (px + q)
(vii) ∫ sec x dx = tan x + C
2
∫ ax 2
+ bx + c
dx or ∫ ax 2 + bx + c
dx
(viii) ∫ cosec x dx = − cot x + C
2
dx dx x a+ x 1
∫ ( asin x + bcos x) 2 or ∫ a + bsin2 x + c cos 2 x (ii)
a+ x
,
x
, x (a + x),
x (a + x)
, x = a tan2 θ
or x = a cot2 θ
(i) Divide both the numerator and denominator by
cos2 x. x a− x 1
(iii) , , x (a − x), , x = a sin2 θ
(ii) Replace sec2 x by 1 + tan2 x in the denominator, if any. a− x x x (a − x)
(iii) Put tan x = t , so that sec2 x dx = dt or x = a cos2 θ
DAY FIFTEEN INDEFINITE INTEGRALS 153
x x−a 1 e ax
, x ( x − a) , , x = a sec2 θ ∫e cos(bx + c)dx =
ax
(iv) , (iii)
x−a x x ( x − a) a + b2 2
1 1
log(1 + x 4) + log(1 + x 3) + C x π
log tan − + C (b) log cot + C
(a) 1 1 x
4 3 (a)
1 1 2 2 8 2 2
(b) log(1 + x 4) − log(1 + x 3) + C
4 3 x 3π x 3π
log tan − log tan +
1 1
1 (c) + C (d) +C
(c) log(1 + x 4) − log(1 + x) + C 2 2 8 2 2 8
4
1
(d) log(1 + x 4) + log(1 + x) + C sin8 x − cos 8 x
4
10 ∫ 1 − 2 sin 2
x cos 2 x
dx is equal to
∫ ( x + 1)( x + 2) ( x + 3) dx is equal to
7
3 1
(a) sin2x + C (b) − sin 2 x + C
2
(x + 2)10 (x + 2)8 1
(a) − +C (c) sin 2 x + C (d) − sin2x + C
10 8 2
(x + 1) 2
(x + 2) 8
(x + 3)2
(b) − − +C ( 3 x + 2 − x 2 )( 6 1 − x 2 − x 2 )
2
(x + 2) 10
8 2 11 ∫ 3
1− x 2
dx ;x ∈( 0,1) equals
(c) +C
10 (a) 21/ 6 x + C (b) 21/12 x + C (c) 21/ 3 x + C (d) None of these
(x + 1) 2
(x + 2)8 (x + 3)2
(d) + + +C cos 6x + 6 cos 4x + 15 cos 2x + 10
2 8 2 12 ∫ 10 cos 2 dx = f ( x ) + C,
x + 5 cos x cos 3x + cos x cos 5x
dx
4 The integral ∫ 3
equals then f (10) is equal to
x 2 ( x 4 + 1) 4 j
JEE Mains 2015 (a) 20 (b) 10 (c) 2 sin10 (d) 2 cos10
1
x 4 + 1 4
1 2x + 5x
12 9
cos 8x + 1 x 2 −1
16 In the integral ∫ dx = A cos 8x + k , where 24 ∫x dx is equal to
cot 2x − tan 2x 4
+ x2 +1
k is an arbitrary constant, then A is equal to 1 x 2 + x + 1 1 x 2 − x − 1
j JEE Mains 2013 (a) log 2 +C (b) log 2 +C
2 x − x + 1 2 x + x + 1
1 1 1 1
(a) − (b) (c) (d) −
16 16 8 8 x 2 − x + 1 1 x 2 − x + 1
(c) log 2 +C (d) log 2 +C
(sin θ + cos θ ) x + x + 1 2 x + x + 1
17 ∫ sin 2 θ
dθ is equal to
x
j JEE Mains 2017
(a) log | cosθ − sinθ + sin 2 θ |
25 ∫ a3 − x 3
dx is equal to
(a) sin−1
x 2 −1 x
+C (b) sin +C
(c) sin−1 (sinθ − cosθ) + C a 3 a
(d) sin−1 (sinθ + cosθ) + C 3/ 2 2/ 3
3 −1 x 3 −1 x
f ( x ) ⋅ g ' ( x ) − f ' ( x ) ⋅ g ( x ) (c) sin +C (d) sin +C
a a
18 ∫ f ( x ) ⋅ g( x )
((log g ( x ) − log f ( x )) dx is
2 2
26 If an anti-derivative of f ( x ) is e x and that of g ( x ) is cos x,
equal to
2 then ∫ f ( x ) cos x dx + ∫ g ( x ) e dx is equal to
x
g (x) 1 g (x)
(a) log +C (b) (a) f (x) ⋅ g (x) + C (b) f (x) + g (x) + C
f (x) 2 f (x)
2 2 (c) e x cos x + C (d) f (x) − g (x) + C
1 g (x) g (x)
(c) log + C (d) log +C 27. If ∫ f ( x ) dx = Ψ( x ), then ∫ x 5f ( x 3 ) dx is equal to
2 f (x) f (x)
1 3
19 Let I n = ∫ tann x dx (n > 1). If (a) [x Ψ (x 3)] − ∫ x 2 Ψ (x 3)dx + C
3 j JEE Mains 2013
I 4 + I 6 = a tan5 x + bx 5 + C, where C is a constant of 1
(b) [x 3 Ψ (x 3)] − 3 ∫ x 3 Ψ (x 3)dx + C
integration, then the ordered pair (a, b ) is equal to 3
(a) − , 1 (b) , 0 (c) , − 1 (d) − , 0
1 1 1 1 1
(c) [x 3 Ψ (x 3) − ∫ x 2 Ψ (x 3)dx] + C
5 5 5 5 3
1
tan x 2 (d) [x 3 Ψ (x 3)] − ∫ x 3 Ψ (x 3)dx + C
20 If ∫ dx = x − tan−1 3
1 + tan x + tan x
2
A
2 tan x + 1 1 − 6 cos 2 x f (x )
+ C, then the value of A is
28 If ∫ dx = + C, then f ( x ) is equal to
A sin6 x cos 2 x (sin x )6
(a) 1 (b) 2 (a) sinx (b) cos x (c) tanx (d) cot x
∫ tan
−1
(c) 3 (d) None of these 29 xdx is equal to j
NCERT Exemplar
3 11
− −
21 ∫ cos 7
x sin 7
x dx is equal to (a) (x + 1) tan−1 x − x + C (b) x tan −1 x − x + C
4 4 (c) x − x tan−1 x + C (d) x − (x + 1) tan −1 x + C
4
(a) log | sin7 x | + C (b) tan7 x + C
7 30 If I n = ∫ (log x )n dx , then I n + n I n − 1 is equal to
4 3
−7 −
(c) tan 7 x + C (d) log| cos 7 x | + C (a) x (log x)n (b) (x log x)n (c) (log x)n −1 (d) n (log x)n
4
dx 31 If ∫ f ( x ) dx = g ( x ), then ∫ f −1( x ) dx is equal to
22 ∫ 2 + sin x + cos x
is equal to
j
NCERT Exemplar (a) g −1(x) (b) xf −1(x) − g (f −1(x))
(c) xf −1(x) − g −1(x) (d) f −1(x)
tan (x / 2) + 1 −1 tan (x / 2) + 1
(a) 2 tan−1 + C (b) tan +C
( x + 3) e x
2 2 32 ∫ ( x + 4) 2
dx is equal to
(c) 2 tan−1
tan (x / 2)
+C (d) None of these
2 (a)
1
+C (b)
ex
+C
(x + 4) 2 (x + 4) 2
23 If the integral
ex ex
5 tan x (c) +C (d) +C
∫ tan x − 2 dx = x + a ln | sin x − 2 cos x | + k , x+ 4 x+ 3
x 2 − x + 1 cot −1 x
33 If ∫
−1
then a is equal to e dx = A ( x ) e cot x + C, then A ( x ) is
x2 +1
(a) − 1 (b) − 2
(c) 1 (d) 2 equal to j
JEE Mains 2013
(a) − x (b) x (c) 1− x (d) 1+ x
156 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY FIFTEEN
1 x 2 + 1 value of f (1) is
(a) log sec (x 2 + 1) + C (b) log sec +C π
2 2 (a) log (1 + 2) (b) log (1 + 2) −
1 4
(c) log | sec (x 2 + 1) | + C (d) None of these π
2 (c) log (1 + 2) + (d) None of these
2
5 The integral
sin2 x cos 2 x dx 1+ x
∫ (sin dx 9 If I = ∫ =k 3 + C, then k is equal to
5
x + cos x sin2 x + sin3 x cos 2 x + cos 5 x )2
3 3
( x + 1) ( x − 1)
2 4 1− x
is equal to j
JEE Mains 2018 (a) 2/3 (b) 3/2
(c) 1/3 (d) 1/2
DAY FIFTEEN INDEFINITE INTEGRALS 157
dx
10 ∫ (sin x + 2)(sin x − 1) is equal to 1
1 x+
12 The integral ∫ 1 + x − e x
dx is equal to
1 x
2 tan +
x JEE Mains 2014
j
2 2 −1 2 2
− +C
1 1
(a) tan x+ x+
x 3 3 3 (a) (x − 1) e x
+C (b) xe x
+C
3 tan − 1
1 1
x+ x+
2 (c) (x + 1) e x
+C (d) − xe x
+C
2
(b) +C
tan x + 1
∫ (sin(101 x ) ⋅ sin
99
13 x ) dx is equal to
2
2 tan x − 1
100
sin(100x) (sin x) cos(100 x) (sin x)100
(a) +C (b) +C
2 1 2 −1 2 100 100
(c) − + tan +C
3 tan x − 1 3 3 3
cos(100 x)(cos x) 100
cos(100 x)(cos x) 100
(c) +C (d) +C
2 100 100
2 tan x − 1
2 2 2 2 ( 2018)2 x
(d) − + tan−1 +C ∫
−1 x
14 ( 2018)sin ( 2018 ) dx is equal to
3 tan x − 1 3 3 3 1 − ( 2018) 2x
2 −1
( 2018 ) x
(a) (log2018 e)2 (2018)sin +C
2
x (b) (log2018 e)2 (2018)x + sin
−1
( 2018 ) x
+C
11 ∫ ( 2 + 3 x 2 )5 / 2
dx is equal to
−1
(c) (log2018 e)2 (2018)x − sin ( 2018 ) x
+C
3/ 2 −1
1 x2
x
(2018)sin ( 2018)
(a) +C (d) +C
5 2 + 3 x 2 (log2018 e)2
1 x2
3/ 2
2 1
∫ (∫ e log x + − 2 ) dx is equal to
x
(b) +C 15
6 2 + 3 x 2 x x
1
1 x2
7/ 2
(a) e x log x + C1x + C2 (b) logx + + C1x + C2
(c) +C x
6 2 + 3 x 2 (c)
logx
+ C1x + C2 (d) None of these
x
(d) None of the above
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1 (a) 2 (c) 3 (a) 4 (d) 5 (b) 6 (d) 7 (a) 8 (d) 9 (d) 10 (b)
11 (a) 12 (a) 13 (b) 14 (d) 15 (a) 16 (a) 17 (c) 18 (c) 19 (b) 20 (c)
21 (c) 22 (a) 23 (d) 24 (d) 25 (b) 26 (c) 27 (a) 28 (c) 29 (a) 30 (a)
31 (b) 32 (c) 33 (b) 34 (b) 35 (a)
SESSION 2 1 (a) 2 (d) 3 (b) 4 (b) 5 (b) 6 (d) 7 (c) 8 (b) 9 (b) 10 (a)
11 (b) 12 (b) 13 (a) 14 (a) 15 (a)
158 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY FIFTEEN
2 Let I = ∫ 4 x − 1
3
dx (log x − 1)
2 11 Let I = ∫ 3
1 − x2
dx
( x + 1)( x + 1) 7 ∫ 1 + (log x )2 dx 1
3
x + 2 − x 2 6 (2 − 2 x 2 − x 2 )
x3 + x 4 − x 4 − 1
= ∫ dx (log x ) + 1 − 2 log x
2
= ∫
2
( x 4 + 1)( x + 1) = ∫ [(log x ) 2 + 1] 2
dx 3
1 − x2
dx
x ( x + 1) − ( x + 1)
3 4
= ∫ ( x 4 + 1)( x + 1)
dx
(log x )2 + 1 − 2 x log x ⋅
1 3
x + 2− x2
x
x 3
1 =∫ dx [ x 2 + ( 2 − x2 )2 − 2 x 2 − x 2 ]
= ∫ x 4
−
+ 1 x + 1
dx [(log x ) 2 + 1]2 6
d x 2
=
1
log( x 4 + 1) − log( x + 1) + C
= ∫ dx (log x ) 2
+ 1
dx = ∫ dx
4 3
1− x2
x 3
x + 2− x2
3
2− x2 − x
3 Let I = ∫ ( x + 1)( x + 2) 7 ( x + 3)dx = +C
(log x ) 2 + 1 = ∫ 21 / 6 3
1 − x2
dx
Put x + 2 = t
⇒ x = t − 2 and dx = dt 8 Let I = ∫ x+ x2 + 5 dx 3
(2 − x 2 ) − x 2
∴ I = ∫ (t − 1)t 7 (t + 1)dx
Put x + x + 5=t
2
= ∫ 21 / 6 3 1 − x 2
dx
= ∫ (t 2 − 1)⋅ t 7 dx = ∫ (t 9 − t 7 )dx ⇒ x2 + 5 = t − x
= 21 / 6 ∫ dx = 21 / 6 x + C
t 10 t 8 ( x + 2)10 ( x + 2)8 ⇒ x2 + 5 = t 2 + x2 − 2 xt
= − +C= − +C
10 8 10 8 ⇒ 5 = t 2 − 2 xt cos 6 x + 6cos 4 x
⇒ 2 xt = t 2 − 5
4 ∫ dx
=∫
dx +15cos 2 x + 10 dx
12 Let I = ∫
x = t −
1 5
⇒ 10cos 2 x + 5cos x cos 3 x
3 3
x2 ( x 4 + 1)4 x 5 1 + 4
1 4 2 t
x + cos x cos 5x
1 5
and dx = 1 + 2
1 2 t (cos 6 x + cos 4 x ) + 5 (cos 4 x
Put 1 + 4 = t 4
x + cos 2 x ) + 10(cos 2 x + 1)
I = ∫ t 1 / 2 ⋅ 1 + 2 dt
1 5 =∫ dx
4 Now,
⇒ − 5 dx = 4t 3dt 2 t 10cos 2 x + 5cos x cos 3 x
x 1 1 /2 + cos x cos 5x
2∫
= (t + 5t −3 / 2 )dt
dx 2cos 5x ⋅ cos x + 10 ⋅ cos 3 x
⇒ = − t 3dt
x5 12 10 1 3 /2 5
= t 3 /2 − +C= t − +C ⋅ cos x + 10 ⋅ (2cos 2 x )
Hence, the integral becomes 23 t 3 t = ∫ 10cos 2 x + 5cos x ⋅ cos 3 x
dx = 2∫ dx
− t 3dt Clearly, 3PQ = −5
∫ t 3 = − ∫ dt = − t + C + cos x cos 5x
1/4 1/4 9 Let I = 1 ∫ dx
= 2x + C
x + 1
= − 1 + 4
4
1
+ C = − +C 2 1 cos x − 1 sin x Clearly, f (10) = 20
x x4 2 2
2 x12 + 5x 9
5 Let I = ∫ sin x dx =
1 π
∫ sec x + 4 dx
13 Let I = ∫ (x 5
+ x3 + 1) 3
dx
sin( x − α ) 2
2 x12 + 5x 9
Put x − α = t ⇒ dx = dt =
1 π
log tan +
x π
+ + C
= ∫x 15
(1 + x − 2 + x − 5 ) 3
dx
sin (t + α ) 2 4 2 8
∴I =∫ dt 2 x − 3 + 5x − 6
sin t =
1 x 3π
log tan + +C
= ∫ (1 + x − 2 + x − 5)3
dx
cos t 2 2 8
= ∫ cos α dt + ∫ sin α ⋅ sin t dt Now, put 1 + x − 2 + x − 5 = t
sin 8 x − cos 8 x ⇒ (− 2 x − 3 − 5x − 6 ) dx = dt
= cos α ⋅ t + sin α log sin t + C 10 Let I =∫ dx
1 − 2 sin2 x cos 2 x ⇒ (2 x − 3 + 5x − 6 ) dx = − dt
= x cos α + sin α dt
(sin 4 x + cos 4 x ) (sin 4 x − cos 4 x ) ∴ I = − ∫ 3 = − ∫ t − 3 dt
log {sin( x − α )} + C I = ∫ (sin2
x + cos 2 x )2 − 2sin2 x cos 2 x
dx t
∴ A = cos α, B = sin α
DAY FIFTEEN INDEFINITE INTEGRALS 159
t −3 +1 1 g( x) cosec2 x cosec2 x
=−
−3+ 1
+C= 2 +C
2t
Put
f ( x)
=t = ∫ cos
3 /7
x
dx = ∫ cot
3 /7
x
dx
x10 f ( x )⋅ g '( x ) − g ( x )⋅ f '( x ) sin x
3 /7
= +C ⇒ dx = dt
2( x 5 + x3 + 1) 2 ( f ( x )) 2 Put cot x = t ⇒ − cosec2 x dx = dt
x2 − 1 f ( x )⋅ g '( x ) − g ( x ) ⋅ f '( x ) dt −7 4 / 7
⇒ I = − ∫ 3 /7 =
14 Let I = ∫x
2x4 − 2x 2 + 1
3
dx
f ( x )⋅ g ( x )
∴
t 4
t +C
x −1
2 g( x) 7
=∫ dx ⋅ ⋅ dx = dt = − tan − 4 / 7 x + C
2 1 f ( x) 4
x5 2 − 2 + 4
f ( x )⋅ g '( x ) − g ( x )⋅ f '( x ) dt dx
x x ⇒ dx = 22 Let I = ∫
1 1 f ( x )⋅ g ( x ) t 2 + sin x + cos x
−
=∫ x3 x 5 (log t )2 dx
dx 1 ⇒ I =∫
2
2− 2 + 4
1 Now, I = ∫ t ⋅ log t dt = 2
+C
2 tan
x
1 − tan2
x
x x 2
2+ 2 + 2
1 g ( x ) x x
2 1
Now, putting 2 − 2 + 4 = t, we get = log + C 1 + tan2 1 + tan2
x x 2 f ( x ) 2 2
x
4 3 − 5 dx = dt
1 1 sec2 dx
19 We have, I n = ∫ tan n x dx
x x =∫ 2
x x x
∫ tan ∫ tan
n +2
1 dt ∴ I n + I n +2 = n
x dx + x dx 2 + 2 tan2 + 2 tan + 1 − tan2
∴I = ∫ 2 2 2
4 t = ∫ tan n
x(1 + tan x ) dx
2
x
sec2 dx
1 2x4 − 2x 2 + 1
= ⋅2 t + C = +C = ∫ tan n
x sec2 x dx I =∫ 2
4 2x 2 x x
tan n + 1 x tan2 + 2 tan + 3
15 Put q tan −1 x = t = +C 2 2
n+1 x 1 x
q 1 dt Put tan = t ⇒ sec2 dx = dt
⇒ dx = dt ⇒ dx = tan 5 x 2 2 2
1 + x2 1 + x2 q Put n = 4, we get I 4 + I 6 = +C
2dt
5 ∴I = ∫ 2
∴∫
dt 1
= log [ t + p + t ] 1 t + 2t + 3
∴ a= and b = 0
2 2
q p2 + t 2 q 5 dt 2dt
= 2∫ 2 = 2∫
tan x t + 2t + 1 + 2 (t + 1)2 + ( 2 ) 2
=
1
log [q tan −1 x 20 Let I = ∫
q 1 + tan x + tan2 x 1 t + 1
= 2⋅ tan −1 +C
+ p2 + q 2 (tan −1 x ) 2 ] + C sin x 2 2
dx = ∫ cos x dx tan x + 1
2cos 2 4 x sin2 x
∫ cos
16 LHS = sin x
dx 1+ + ⇒ I = 2 tan −1 2 +C
2 x − sin2 2 x
2
cos 2 x cos x
2
cos 2 x sin 2 x sin 2 x
=∫ dx
2cos 2 4 x × cos 2 x sin 2 x 2 + sin 2 x 5 tan x
= ∫ dx 23 Given, ∫ dx
cos 4 x = ∫ dx − 2 ∫
dx tan x − 2
1 2 + sin 2 x
= ∫ cos 4 x × sin 4 xdx = ∫ sin 8 xdx = x + a ln|sin x − 2 cos x | + k …(i)
2 sec2 x
−1 cos 8 x = x−2∫ dx Now, let us assume that
= + k 2 sec x + 2 tan x
2
5 tan x
2 8 I =∫ dx
−1 Let tan x = t tan x − 2
Hence, we get A =
16 ⇒ sec2 x dx = dt On multiplying by cos x in numerator
sin θ + cos θ 2
= x− ∫ 2
dt and denominator, we get
17 Let I = ∫ dθ 5 sin x
1 − (1 − 2sin θ cos θ ) 2 t +t +1 I =∫ dx
dt sin x − 2 cos x
sin θ + cos θ = x−∫
= ∫ 1 − (sin θ − cos θ) 2
dθ
t + + 3
1
2 2 Let 5 sin x = A (sin x − 2 cos x )
+ B (cos x + 2 sin x )
2 2
Put sin θ − cos θ = t ⇒ 0 ⋅ cos x + 5 sin x = ( A + 2B ) sin x
⇒ (cos θ + sin θ) dθ = dt 2 2 tan x + 1 + (B − 2 A ) cos x
⇒I = x− tan −1 +C
dt 3 3 On comparing the coefficients of sin x
∴ I =∫ = sin −1 ( t ) + C
1 − t2 Hence, we get A = 3. and cos x, we get
A + 2B = 5 and B − 2 A = 0
−1
= sin (sin θ – cos θ) + C − 3 −11
21 Here, m + n = + = −2 ⇒ A = 1 and B = 2
7 7
f ( x ) ⋅ g '( x ) − f '( x )⋅ g ( x ) ⇒ 5 sin x = (sin x − 2 cos x )
18 Let I = ∫ I = ∫ cos −3 /7 x(sin( − 2 + 3 / 7 ) x )dx
f ( x )⋅ g ( x ) + 2 (cos x + 2 sin x )
= ∫ cos −3 / 7 x sin −2 x sin3 / 7 xdx
g ( x )
log dx
f ( x )
160 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY FIFTEEN
5 sin x 1 − 6cos 2 x 1
⇒I = ∫ sin x − 2 cos x dx 28 Let I = ∫ sin 6
x cos 2 x
dx = ex ⋅
x+ 4
+C
−x
f ( x ) = sin x − x2 0 1 − 2x x2 + 1 = + tan x + C
2 − cos x 2x − 1 0
= ∫ x tan 2
dx ( x sin x + cos x )cos x
− x + x sin x + sin x ⋅ cos x
2
sin x − x2 2 − cos x = +C
0 x2 + 1 x2 + 1 ( x sin x + cos x ) ⋅ cos x
⇒ f ( x ) = x − sin x
2
0 2x − 1
∴ ∫ tan d
2 2
sin x − x cos x
= +C
cos x − 2 1 − 2x 0 x2 + 1 x sin x + cos x
= log sec +C
2 x 2 dx
[interchanging rows and columns]
⇒ f ( x ) = (− 1)3
8 f ( x) = ∫ (1 + x )(1 +
2
1 + x2 )
5 We have,
0 x2 − sin x cos x − 2 sin x ⋅ cos x
2 2
sin x − x2 0 1 − 2x
I = ∫ (sin 5
x + cos 3 x ⋅ sin2 x
dx Put x = tanθ ⇒ dx = sec2 θ dθ
= (1 + x2 ) dθ
2 − cos x 2x − 1 0 + sin3 x ⋅ cos 2 x + cos 5 x )2 tan2 θ sec 2 θ
[taking (−1) common from each column]
2
sin x cos x 2 ∴ f ( x) = ∫ sec θ(1 + sec θ)dθ
2
⇒ f ( x) = − f ( x) ⇒ f ( x) = 0
= ∫ {sin 3
x(sin2 x + cos 2 x ) +
dx
1 − cos 2 θ
∴ ∫ f ( x ) dx = ∫ 0 dx = C cos 3 x(sin2 x + cos 2 x )}2 = ∫ cos θ (1 + cos θ) dθ
1 − cos 2ax sin2 x cos 2 x = ∫ sec θ dθ – ∫ dθ
3 Let I = ∫ e 2 ax dx = ∫ (sin
3
x + cos 3 x )2
dx
1 + sin 2ax
sin2 x cos 2 x = log (sec θ + tan θ) – θ + C
1 2 t 1 − cos 2t =∫ dx
a∫
⇒I = e dt , [where, ax = t ] cos 6 x(1 + tan3 x )2 = log ( x + 1 + x2 ) − tan – 1 x + C
1 + sin 2t
tan2 x sec2 x ⇒ f (0) = log (0 + 1 + 0)
1 2t = ∫ (1 + dx
a∫
⇒ I = e tan3 x )2 − tan −1 (0) + C
π π Put tan x = t3 ⇒ C=0
1 − 2 sin + t ⋅ cos + t π
4 4 ⇒ 3 tan2 x sec2 xdx = dt ∴ f (1) = log (1 + 2) – +0
dt 1 dt −1 4
π
2 sin2 + t ∴I = ∫ ⇒I = +C dx
4 3 (1 + t )2 3(1 + t ) 9 Let I = ∫ 2
−1 x + 1
1 ⇒ I = +C (1 − x )2
3
⇒ I = ∫ e2 t 1 − x
a 3(1 + tan3 x )
1+ x 2
1 cosec2 π + t − cot π + t dt 6 Since, Put =t ⇒ dx = dt
1− x (1 − x ) 2
2 4 4 cos θ + sin θ π
log = log tan + θ 1 dt 3
1 2 π cos θ − sin θ 4 ∴ I = ∫ 2 /3 = [ t 1 /3 ] + C
2a ∫ I
⇒ I = e cosec + t dt
2t
2 t 2
II 4 π + θ 3 1+ x
π
and ∫ sec θ dθ = log tan 4
2 = + C
− ∫ e 2 t cot + t dt
1 2 1− x
a 4 1 π + θ
π
⇒ ∫ sec 2θ dθ = 2 log tan 4
∴ k =
3
e cot + t + ∫ e 2 t
1 2t 1
⇒ I =− 2
π
4 log tan + θ
2a a d dx
2sec 2θ = 10 ∫
dθ 4 (sin x + 2) (sin x − 1)
π
cot + t dt − ∫ e 2 t
1
π
∴I = sin 2θ log tan + θ − ∫ tan2θ dθ
4 a 1
1 dx 1 dx
3 ∫ (sin x − 1) 3 ∫ (sin x + 2)
2 4 = −
π
cot + t dt + C 1 π
4 = sin 2θ log tan + θ 1 dx
2 4 = ∫
π 3 x
e cot + t + C
1 2t
⇒ I =− 1
− log sec 2θ + C 2 tan
2a 4 2 − 1
2 2 x
π 1 + tan
e cot + ax + C
1 2 ax
∴ I =− x2 2
2a 4 7 Let I = ∫ ( x sin x + cos x ) 2
dx
1 dx
4 We have, − ∫
x cos x x 3 x
2 sin ( x 2 + 1) − sin 2 ( x 2 + 1)
= ∫ ( x sin x + cos x ) 2
⋅
cos x
dx 2 tan
2
+ 2
∫ x
2 sin ( x 2 + 1) + sin 2( x 2 + 1)
dx
1 + tan2 x
Q d ( x sin x + cos x ) = x cos x 2
2 sin ( x 2 + 1) − 2 sin ( x 2 + 1) dx x
Put tan = t
⋅ cos ( x2 + 1) −1 x 2
∴ I =
= ∫x 2 sin ( x2 + 1) + 2 sin ( x 2 + 1)
dx .
( x sin x + cos x ) cos x 1 2 x
⇒ sec dx = dt
⋅ cos ( x 2 + 1) 1
+ ∫ 2 2
( x sin x + cos x ) 1 2dt 1 2dt
3 ∫ 2t − 1 − t 2 3 ∫ 2t + 2t 2 + 2
∴ −
162 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY FIFTEEN
2 dt 1 dt 1 x+x
1
3 ∫ (t − 1)2 3 ∫
=− − (2018) 2 x
∫ 1 + ∫
−1
x−
x
2 12 e dx 14 Let I = ⋅ (2018) sin (2018 ) dx
3 x
2
1 1 − (2018) 2 x
t + + 1 1
2 2 x+
1 x+x
= ∫e x
dx + ∫ x 1 − e dx (2018)x
∫
−1
(2018 )x
x2 = ⋅ (2018) sin
t + 1 1 − (2018) 2x
1 1 1
2 1 1 2 2 = ∫e
x+
dx + x e
x+ d x+
− ∫ ( x ) e x dx
= − tan −1 +C x x
Put sin −1 (2018)x = t
3 (t − 1) 3 3 3 dx
1 1 1
x+ x+ x+ 1
2 = ∫e x
dx + xe x
− ∫e x
dx ⇒
=
2 1
−
2
tan −1 1 − (2018x ) 2
3 x 3 3 1 x+x x+
1 1
∴ dx = − dt =
x ( t 2 − 3)2 100
= ∫ e x logx + dx + ∫ C1 dx
1
− ∫ sin100 x ⋅ cos(100 x )dx
x2 − 2t dt x
∴∫ ⋅ dt = − 2∫ 4 + ∫ cos(100 x ) ⋅ sin100 xdx
( tx )5 x( t 2 − 3)2 4t = e x log x + C1 x + C2
3 /2 sin(100 x ) ⋅ sin 100
x
1 dt 1 1 x2 = +C
=− ∫
2 t 4
= 3 +C=
6t
6 2 + 3 x2
+C 100
DAY SIXTEEN
Definite
Integrals
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Concept of Definite Integrals u Walli’s Formula u Definite Integration as the Limit
u Leibnitz Theorem u Inequalities in Definite Integrals of a sum
∫ a
f ( x) dx = φ (b ) − φ (a). The numbers a and b are called the limits of integration, where a is
(iii) ∫
β α
f ( x) dx = − ∫ f ( x) dx Walli’s Formula
α β
β c1 c2 β
This is a special type of integral formula whose limits from 0
(iv) ∫ α
f ( x) dx = ∫
α
f ( x) dx + ∫
c1
f ( x) dx + ... + ∫ cn
f ( x) dx to π /2 and integral is either integral power of cos x or sin x or
cos x sin x.
where, α < c1 < c2 < ... < c n < β π /2 π /2
(v) (a) ∫ f ( x) dx =
β β ∫ sin n x dx = ∫ cos n x dx
α ∫ α
f (α + β − x) dx 0 0
(n − 1) (n − 3)(n − 5) K 5 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 1 π
α α × , n = 2 m (even)
n(n − 2)(n − 4)K 6 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 2
(b) ∫ 0
f ( x) dx = ∫ 0
f (α − x) dx
2
=
(n − 1) (n − 3) (n − 5) K 6 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 2 , n = 2 m + 1 (odd)
α
(vi) ∫ −α
f ( x) dx
n(n − 2) (n − 4) K 5 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 1
2 α f ( x) dx, if f (− x) = f ( x)
∫0 where, n is positive integer.
π /2
= i.e. f ( x) is an even function
∫ sin x ⋅ cos n x dx
m
0, if f (− x) = – f ( x)
0
i.e. f ( x) is an odd function (m − 1)(m − 3)...(2 or 1).(n − 1)(n − 3)...(2 or 1) π
,
2α α α (m + n)(m + n − 2)...(2 or 1) 2
(vii) ∫ f ( x)dx = ∫ f ( x)dx + ∫ f (2α − x)dx when both m and n are even positive integers
0 0 0
= (m − 1)(m − 3)...(2 or 1) ⋅ (n − 1)(n − 3)...(2 or 1) ,
2
α
f ( x) dx, if f (2α − x) = f ( x)
f ( x) dx = ∫ 0
2α
(m + n)(m + n − 2)...(2 or 1)
(viii) ∫ 0
0, if f (2α − x) = − f ( x)
when either m or n or both are odd
β
1 positive integers
(ix) ∫ α
f ( x) dx = (β − α )∫ f [(β − α ) x + α ]dx
0
β + nT β
(c) ∫ α + nT
f ( x) dx = ∫ α
f ( x) dx, n ∈ I (iii) If f ( x), g( x) and h( x) are continuous on [a, b ] such that
b b b
g( x) ≤ f ( x) ≤ h( x), then ∫ g( x) dx ≤ ∫ f ( x)dx ≤ ∫ h( x)dx
a a a
DAY SIXTEEN DEFINITE INTEGRALS 165
then ∫
β
f ( x) dx ≤ k (β − α )
(i) lim
n→ ∞ ∑r =1
f or lim ∑
n n n→ ∞
r =1 n
f = ∫ f ( x) dx
n 0
α
pn
1 r β
Definite Integration as the (ii) lim
n→ ∞ ∑r =1 n
f = ∫ f ( x) dx
n α
Limit of a Sum r
where, α = lim =0 (Qr = 1)
Let f ( x) be a continuous function defined on the closed n→ ∞ h
n –1
b
interval [a, b ], then ∫ f ( x) dx = lim h ∑ f (a + rh) and
r
β = lim = p (Qr = pn)
a n→ ∞ n→ ∞ h
r=0
5 10 (a) 4 + x 2 (b) 4 − x 2
(b) ∫ −3
2 f (x) dx = ∫ 6
f (x − 1) dx 1
(c) (4 + x 2 )
1
(d) (4 − x 2 )
5 4 2 4
(c) ∫ −3
f (x) dx = ∫ −4
f (x − 1) dx
π /2 cos x
5 6 9 ∫ 1 + ex
dx is equal to
(d) ∫ −3
f (x) dx = ∫ −2
f (x − 1) dx −π / 2
π /4 (a) 1 (b) 0
3 ∫ 0
[ tan x + cot x ] dx is equal to (c) −1 (d) None of these
π π 10 Let a, b and c be non-zero real numbers such that
(a) 2π (b) (c) (d) 2 π
3 3
2 2
1 1+ x
∫ 0
( 3 ax 2 + 2bx + c ) dx = ∫ ( 3 ax 2 + 2 bx + c ) dx , then
1
4 ∫ 0
sin 2 tan−1
dx is equal to
1− x (a) a + b + c = 3 (b) a + b + c = 1
(c) a + b + c = 0 (d) a + b + c = 2
(a) π / 6 (b) π /4 (c) π / 2 (d) π a
π
sin( 2n − 1) sin nx
π 2 11 The value of ∫ [ x ] f ′ ( x ) dx , a > 1, where [ x ] denotes the
5 If I1( n ) = ∫ dx and I 2 ( n ) = ∫
2 2 1
dx ,
0 sin x 0 sin2 x greatest integer not exceeding x, is
n ∈ N, then (a) [a]f (a ) − {f (1) + f (2) + . . . + f ([a])}
(a) I 2 ( n + 1) − I 2 ( n ) = I1 ( n ) (b) I 2 ( n + 1) − I 2 ( n ) = I1 ( n + 1) (b) [a]f ([a]) − {f (1) + f (2) + . . . + f (a )}
(c) I 2 ( n + 1) + I1( n ) = I 2 ( n ) (d) I 2 ( n + 1) + I1 ( n + 1) = I 2 ( n ) (c) af ([a]) − {f (1) + f (2) + . . . + f (a )}
1 (d) af (a ) − {f (1) + f (2) + . . . + f ([a])}
∫ {x + x − 3} dx, where {x } denotes the fractional part
2
6
−1
sin x − π
π /2
12 The correct evaluation of ∫ dx is
of x, is equal to 4
0
1 1
(a) (1 + 3 5 ) (b) (1 + 3 5 ) (a) 2 + 2 (b) 2 − 2
3 6
1 1 (c) − 2 + 2 (d) 0
(c) (3 5 − 1) (d) (3 5 − 1)
3 6
166 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY SIXTEEN
3π /2 2x 1 1 2 3n
13 ∫ 0
sin dx, where [ ⋅ ] denotes the greatest
π
23 The value of lim
n→ ∞ n
n + 1
+
n + 2
+ ...+ is
4n
integer function is equal to (a) 5 − 2 ln 2 (b) 4 − 2 ln 2
π π (c) 3 − 2 ln 2 (d) 2 − 2 ln 2
(a) (sin1 + cos1) (b) (sin1 − sin 2)
2 2
π π 24 If f and g are continuous functions in [0, 1] satisfying
(c) (sin1 − cos1) (d) ( sin1 + sin 2)
f ( x ) = f (a − x ) and g ( x ) + g (a − x ) = a, then
2 2 a
(a)
5
(b) 0 (c)
3
(d)
3 (c) ∫ f (x)d x
0
(d) a ∫ f (x)d x
0
4 2 4
π /2 2
8 log (1 + x ) sin x
15 The value of ∫
1
dx is 25 The value of ∫ dx is
0 1+ x2
−π / 2 1 + 2x j JEE Mains 2018, 13
π π π π
(a) log 2 (b) log 2 (c) log2 (d) π log2 (a) π (b) (c) 4 π (d)
8 2 2 4
π
16 ∫
π /2
0
1 − sin 2x is equal to j NCERT Exemplar
26 ∫ 0
[cot x ] dx , where [] denotes the greatest integer
π4 π π π π4
(c) − 1(d)
19 f ( x ) is a continuous function for all real values of x and
(a) + (b)
n +1 n2 5
32 2 2 4 32
satisfies ∫ f ( x ) dx = , ∀ n ∈ I, then ∫ f (| x | ) dx is
n 2 −3
t2 2 5 2 2
33 If f ( x ) is differentiable and ∫ x f ( x ) dx = t , then (a) I > and J < 2 (b) I > and J > 2
0 5 3 3
4 2 2
f is equal to (c) I < and J < 2 (d) I < and J > 2
25 3 3
2 4 ( 2 − 1)
(a)
2
(b) −
5
(c) 1 (d)
5 42 Statement I ∫ 0
f ( x ) dx =
3
,
5 2 2
x 2 , for 0 ≤ x < 1
1 x
where, f ( x ) =
34 If f ( x ) = 2 ∫ [ 4 t − 2f ′ ( t )] dt , then f ′ ( 4) is equal to
2
x 4 x , for 1 ≤ x ≤ 2
32 Statement II f ( x ) is continuous in [0, 2].
(a) 32 (b)
3
32 (a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
(c) (d) None of these correct explanation for statement I
9
(b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
x2
(a) I1 > I 2 (b) I 2 > I1 (c) I1 = I 2 (d) I1 > 2 I 2 (a) Statement I is true; Statement II is true; Statement II is a
y dt d 2y correct explanation for Statement I
37 If x = ∫ , then is equal to (b) Statement I is true; Statement II is true; Statement II is
0
1 + t2 dx 2 j
JEE Mains 2013 not a correct explanation for Statement I
(a) y (b) 1+ y 2
(c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
y (d)Statement I is false; Statement II is true
(c) (d) y 2
1+ y 2 1
44 Statement I If ∫ e sin x dx = λ , then ∫
200
e sin x dx = 200λ
0 0
38 Let f : R → R be a differentiable function having f ( 2) = 6, na a
d e sin x 4 3
; x > 0. If ∫
3
2 If f (x ) = e sin x dx = f (k ) − f (1), then x2
dx x 1 x
(a) (2, 2) (b) no value of x
the possible value of k, is (c) (0, ∞) (d) (− ∞, 0)
(a) 15 (b) 16 (c) 63 (d) 64 1/ n
(n + 1)(n + 2) K 3n
12 lim is equal to
2
3 If g (1) = g ( 2), then ∫ [ f {g ( x )}] f ′ {g ( x )} g ′ ( x ) dx is
−1 n→ ∞ n2n j JEE Mains 2016
1
18 27
equal to (a) 4 (b) 2
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 0 (d) None of these e e
9
π (c) 2 (d) 3 log 3 − 2
4 For 0 ≤ x ≤ , the value of e
2
sin2 x cos 2 x 13 The least value of the function
∫ sin ( t ) dt + ∫
−1
cos −1( t ) dt is x 5π 4π
f (x ) = ∫ ( 3 sin u + 4 cos u ) du on the interval
0 0 j
JEE Mains 2013 ,
5π /4 4 3
π π
(a) (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) −
4 4 is
3 3 1
1 x log t (a) 3 + (b) − 2 3 + +
5 If F ( x ) = f ( x ) + f , where f ( x ) = ∫ dt . Then, F (e ) 2 2 2
x 1 1+ t 3 1
is equal to (c) + (d) None of these
2 2
(a) 1/2 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) 2
n
∫
x 1
0
[ x ] dx 14 If g ( x ) = ∫ f (t ) dt , where f is such that, ≤ f ( t ) ≤ 1, for
6 The expression n
, where [ x ] and {x } are integral 0 2
∫ 0
{x } dx 1
t ∈[ 0, 1] and 0 ≤ f ( t ) ≤ , for t ∈[1, 2]. Then, g( 2) satisfies
2
and fractional part of x and n ∈ N, is equal to
the inequality
1 1
(a) (b) (c) n (d) n − 1 3 1 1 3
n −1 n (a) − ≤ g (z) < (b) ≤ g(2) ≤
2 2 2 2
ex 3 5
7 If f ( x ) = , I1 = ∫
f (a )
x g [ x (1 − x )] dx and (c) < g(2) ≤ (d) 2 < g(2) < 4
1 + ex f (− a ) 2 2
f (a ) I 15 Let n ≥ 1,n ∈ z . The real number a ∈( 0, 1) that minimizes
I2 = ∫ g [ x (1 − x )] dx , then the value of 2 is 1
f (− a ) I1
the integral ∫ | x n − a n | dx is
(a) 2 (b) – 3 (c) –1 (d) 1 0
x
{∫ et dt } 2
2
1
0
(a) (b) 2
8 The value of lim x
is 2
∫
x→ ∞ 2t 2
e dt 1
0 (c) 1 (d)
3
(a) 1 / 3 (b) 2 / 3 (c) 1 (d) None of these
π
16 The value of
x x
9 The integral ∫ 1 + 4 sin2
1/ n
− 4 sin dx is equal to π 2π 3π nπ
2 2 lim tan tan tan K tan is
0 j
JEE Mains 2014 n→ ∞
2n 2n 2n 2n
2π
(a) π − 4 (b) −4−4 3 (a) 1 (b) 2
3
π (c) 3 (d) Not defined
(c) 4 3 − 4 (d) 4 3 − 4 −
3
DAY SIXTEEN DEFINITE INTEGRALS 169
18 If f ( x ) is a function satisfying f ′ ( x ) = f ( x ) with 20 Consider sin6 x and cos 6 x is a periodic function with π.
π /2
f ( 0) = 1 and g ( x ) is a function that satisfies
1
Statement I ∫ ( sin6 x + cos 6 x ) dx lie in the interval
f ( x ) + g ( x ) = x . Then, the value of ∫ f ( x ) g ( x ) dx , is
2 0
0 π π
, .
e2 5 e2 3 8 2
(a) e − − (b) e + −
2 2 2 2 Statement II sin6 x + cos 6 x is periodic with period π / 2.
e2 3 e2 5
(c) e − − (d) e + + (a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
2 2 2 2 correct explanation for Statement I
19 If n > 1, then (b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
∞ dx 1 dx not a correct explanation for Statement I
Statement I ∫ =∫
0 1 +x n 0 (1 − x n )1/ n (c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
b b (d)Statement I is false; Statement II is true
Statement II ∫ f ( x ) dx = ∫ f (a + b − x ) dx
a a
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1 (b) 2 (d) 3 (c) 4 (b) 5 (b) 6 (b) 7 (d) 8 (a) 9 (a) 10 (c)
11 (a) 12 (b) 13 (d) 14 (d) 15 (d) 16 (d) 17 (b) 18 (c) 19 (b) 20 (c)
21 (b) 22 (a) 23 (c) 24 (b) 25 (d) 26 (d) 27 (c) 28 (b) 29 (a) 30 (a)
31 (c) 32 (b) 33 (a) 34 (c) 35 (d) 36 (b) 37 (a) 38 (a) 39 (d) 40 (b)
41 (c) 42 (d) 43 (d) 44 (d) 45 (a)
SESSION 2 1 (d) 2 (d) 3 (c) 4 (a) 5 (a) 6 (d) 7 (a) 8 (d) 9 (d) 10 (c)
11 (d) 12 (b) 13 (b) 14 (b) 15 (a) 16 (a) 17 (c) 18 (c) 19 (b) 20 (b)
170 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY SIXTEEN
0
(3 ax2 + 2bx + c ) dx
1
= ∫ ( x + x − [ x + x]) dx
2 2
2 Since, f is continuous function. 3
Let x = t −1
−1
1
= ∫ 1
(3 ax2 + 2bx + c ) dx
x3 x2 1
∫
0
∴ dx = dt =
3
+ −
2 −1 ∫ −1
[ x2 + x] dx ⇒
0
(3 ax2 + 2bx + c ) dx
When x tends to − 3 and 5, then 3
t tends to − 2 , 6.
5 −1 + ∫ (3 ax2 + 2bx + c ) dx
∫
1
5 6 − 2 [ x2 + x] dx
Therefore, ∫ ∫
f ( x ) dx = f (t − 1) dt
3
∫
0
−3 −2 1
= (3 ax2 + 2bx + c ) dx
∫
1
6 − [ x + x] dx
2
=∫ f ( x − 1) dx ( 5 − 1 )/ 2 1
−2
⇒ ∫ (3 ax2 + 2bx + c ) dx = 0
5 − 1
0
2
π /4 = + 1 − 0 − 1 1 − 3 ax3
1
3 Let I = ∫ 0
[ tan x + cot x ] dx 3 2 ⇒
2bx2
3 + 2 + cx = 0
π /4 sin x + cos x 0
5−1 1
= ∫ 0
sin x cos x
dx =
2
+ = (1 + 3 5) ∴ a+ b + c = 0
3 2 6
a 2
π /4 sin x + cos x 11 Since, ∫ 1 [ x] f ′( x ) dx = ∫ f ′ ( x ) dx
∫
2 1
= 2
0
1 − (sin x − cos x ) 2
dx 7 ∫ 0
[ x2 ] dx = ∫ 0
[ x2 ] dx
3
1
a
2 3 + ∫ 2f ′ ( x ) dx + . . . + ∫ [a] f ′ ( x ) dx
Put sin x − cos x = t + ∫ [ x ] dx + ∫
2 2 2 [ a]
[ x ] dx
1 2
⇒ (cos x + sin x ) dx = dt 2 = [ f ( x )]21 + 2 [ f ( x )]32 + . . . + [a][ f ( x )][aa ]
∴ I= 2∫
0 dt
⇒ I = 2 [sin −1 t ] −01
+ ∫ 3
[ x2 ] dx
= f (2) − f (1) + 2 f (3) − 2 f (2) + . . .
−1
1 − t2 1 2
+ [a] f (a) − [a] f ([a])
= 2 [0 − (− π / 2)] =
π
= ∫ 0
0 dx + ∫ 1
1 dx = [a] f (a) − { f (1) + f (2) + . . . + f ([a])}
2 sin x − π
π /2
∫
3 2
1 1 + x
+ ∫ 2
2 dx + ∫ 3
3 dx 12 Let I =
0
dx
4
4 ∫ 0 sin 2 tan −1
dx
1 − x = [ x]1 2 + [2 x] 3
2
+ [3 x]2 3 =−∫
π /4 π
sin x − dx
0 4
Put x = cos θ, then
= 2−1+ 2 3−2 2+ 6−3 3 π
sin x − dx
π /2
1 + cos θ
sin 2 tan −1
+ ∫ 4
1 − cos θ = 5− 3 − 2 π/4
π/4 π /2
π π
= cos x − − cos x −
x
θ
= sin 2 tan −1 cot
8 ∫ −2
|2t | dt = f ( x )
4 0 4 π / 4
2 0 x
π θ
= ∫ |2t|dt + ∫ 2t dt
= 1−
1
−
1
− 1 = 2 − 2
= sin 2 tan –1 tan −
−2 0
2
0 x 2 2
2 t t 2 2
= −2 +2
2 2
sin dx = ∫ sin dx
π θ
3 π /2 2x π /2 2x
= sin 2 −
2 2
−2 0 13 ∫ 0 π 0 π
x2
= − 2 [0 − 2] + 2 − 0 = 4 + x2
+ ∫ sin dx + ∫ sin dx
2 π 2x 3π / 2 2x
= sin ( π − θ) = sin θ π /2
π π
π
= 1 − cos 2 θ = 1 − x2 π /2 cos x π 3π / 2
1 1 + x
9 Let I = ∫ −π / 2
1 + ex
dx = 0 + sin 1 ∫
π /2
dx + sin 2 ∫
π
dx
∴ ∫ sin 2 tan −1 dx
0
1 − x 0 cos x =
π
(sin 1 + sin 2)
1
= ∫ − π /2 1 + e x
dx 2
= ∫ 0
1 − x2 dx
14 Here, ∫ 0
1. 5
x [ x2 ] dx
π /2 cos x
∫
1
π +
= x 1 − x2 + [sin −1 x]
1 1 dx …(i)
1
= 1 + ex
1 2 1. 5
I = ∫ x ⋅ 0 dx + ∫ x ⋅ 1 dx + ∫ x ⋅ 2dx
0
2 0 2 0
4 0 1 2
DAY SIXTEEN DEFINITE INTEGRALS 171
0 2
x2
2
z2 z2 π /2 sin2 x
= 0+ + [ x2 ] 1 .25 ∴I = − +
1
= + 2=
5 22 We have, l = ∫0 dx
2 2 2 sin x + cos x
1 −1 0 2 2
π
1 1
sin2 − x
2
=
{2 − 1} + {(1.5) 2 − 2} 18 Let I = ∫ 0
f (k − 1 + x ) dx
=∫
π /2 2
dx
π π
sin − x + cos − x
k 0
1
= + 2. 25 − 2 = + =
2
1 1 3
2 4 4
⇒ I = ∫ k −1
f ( t ) dt , where
2 2
1 8 log (1 + x )
t = k −1+ x π /2 cos 2 x
15 Let I = ∫ 0 dx l =∫ dx
(1 + x2 ) ⇒ dt = dx 0 sin x + cos x
k
1
2 4 = ∫ 7π / 4
|tan x |dx + ∫2π
|tan x |dx =∫
a
f (a − x ) g ( a − x )dx
1 1 1 0
= + − 1 + −1 − − −
2π 7π / 3
2
2 2 2
=− ∫ 7π / 4
tan x dx + ∫2π
tan x dx
=∫
a
0
f ( x ){ a − g ( x )} dx
2 = − [log sec x] 27 ππ / 4 + [log sec x] 72 ππ /3 a a
= − 1 + [−1 + 2] = a ∫ f ( x )d x− ∫ f ( x ) ⋅ g ( x )dx
2
7π
= − log sec 2 π − log sec
0 0
a
= ( 2 − 1) + (−1 + 2 ) = 2( 2 − 1) 4 = a ∫ f ( x)d x − I
0
7π
− log sec 2 π
a a
2 ∫0
e2 log e x log e x
1
+ log sec ∴ l =
17 ∫ e −1
x
dx = ∫ e −1 x
dx
3
f ( x ) dx
x
dx 4
25 Let I = ∫ − π /2
1 + 2x
dx
− log e x π
+ log sec − log 1 −π π
2
log e x
sin2 + − x dx
1 e
= ∫ e −1
x
dx + ∫
1
x
dx
3 π /2 2 2
0 2 ⇒ I = ∫ dx
∫ ∫ 1 −π π
= − z dz + z dz = log 2 + log 2 = log 2 + log 2
− π /2 + −x
−1 0
2 1+ 22 2
Q b f ( x ) dx = b
f (a + b − x ) dx
∫a ∫
[put log e x = z ⇒ (1 / x ) dx = dz) 3
= log 2 a
2
172 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY SIXTEEN
sin2 x − π /2
π sin x
∫
π /2 π
⇒ I = [ − ( x + π ) 3 + cos 2 x] dx ⇒ I = 4∫
⇒ I = ∫ − π /2 1 + 2− x
dx −3 π / 2 0
1 + cos 2 x
dx
− π /2
π /22x ⋅ sin2 x ⇒ 2I = ∫ 2cos 2 x dx
−4 ∫
π x sin x
⇒ I = ∫ − π /2 1 + 2x dx −3 π / 2
− π /2
0
1 + cos 2 x
dx
= ∫ −3 π / 2
(1 + cos 2 x ) dx π sin x
I =∫
2x ⋅ sin2 x
π /2
dx − π /2
⇒ I = 4π ∫ 0
1 + cos 2 x
dx − I
− π / 2 1 + 2x sin 2 x
= x+
π /2 π /2 2 −3 π /2 [from Eq. (i)]
⇒ 2I = ∫ sin x dx = ∫
2 2
2sin x dx
− π /2 0
π sin (− π )
π sin x
π /2 = − + ⇒I = 2π ∫ dx
= ∫ (1 − cos 2 x ) dx 2 1 + cos 2 x
0
0 2
π /2 Put cos x = t
π 3 π sin (−3 π )
⇒ 2I = x −
sin 2 x
= − − + = π ⇒ − sin x dx = dt
2 0 2 2 2
π
−1 1
∴ I = ∴ I =
π ∴ I = − 2π ∫ 1
1 + t2
dt
4 2
π π
= 2 π[tan −1 t ]1−1 = 2 π +
π
26 Let I = ∫ 0
[cot x] dx …(i) 29 Let φ ( x ) = [ f ( x ) + f (− x )] [g ( x ) − g (− x )] 4 4
π
∴ φ (− x ) = [ f (− x ) + f ( x )] [g (− x )
⇒ I = ∫ 0
[cot ( π − x )] dx = π2
π
− g ( x )] = − φ ( x )
= ∫ 0
[− cot x] dx …(ii)
∴ ∫
π
φ ( x ) dx = 0 33 Using Newton-Leibnitz’s formula, we get
t 2 { f (t 2 )} (t )2 − 0
−π d
On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
π π
(Qφ( x ) is an odd function) dt
2I = ∫ [cot x] dx + ∫ [− cot x] dx n
n
⋅ f (0) (0) = 2t 4
d
→∞∑
0 0
30 S = nlim
π
(n + r ) r (2n + r ) dt
= ∫ 0
(− 1) dx r =1
n
1 ⇒ t 2 { f (t 2 )} 2t = 2t 4
− 1 if x ∉ Z = lim ∑
⇒ f (t 2 ) = t
Q[ x] + [− x] = 0, if x ∈ Z
n→ ∞
n 1 +
r =1 r r r
2 +
f = ± put t = ± 2
4 2
n n n ⇒
= [− x] π0 = − π 25 5 5
π 1 dx
∴I =− S = ∫ 0
(1 + x ) 2 x + x2
∴ f =
4 2
2 25 5
log x 2 1 dx [neglecting negative sign]
∫
4
27 l = ∫
2 log x + log(36 − 12 x + x2 )
2
dx =
0
(1 + x ) (1 + x )2 − 1 34 We have,
1 x
x2 ∫ 4
4 2 log x S = [sec −1 (1 + x )] 10 f ( x) = [4t 2 − 2 f ′(t )] dt
= ∫ 2
2 log x + log(6 − x ) 2
dx
π
= sec −1 2 − sec −1 1 = 1
4 2 log x dx 3 ∴ f ′ ( x ) = 2 [4 x2 − 2 f ′ ( x )]
= ∫ 2[log x + log (6 − x )]
3π
x
31 P = ∫
2
f (cos 2 x ) dx and 2 x
− 3 ∫ [4 t 2 − 2 f ′(t )] dt
0
log xdx 4 π x 4
⇒ l = ∫
[log x + log(6 − x )]
2
...(i) Q =∫
0
f (cos 2 x ) dx
⇒ f ′ (4) =
1
[64 − 2 f ′ (4)] − 0
π 16
4 log(6 − x ) Also, P = 3∫ f (cos 2 x )dx = 3Q
⇒ l =∫ dx ...(ii) 0 32
2
log (6 − x ) + log x ∴ f ′ (4) =
∴ P − 3Q = 0 9
Q b f ( x ) dx = b f (a + b − x ) dx
∫a ∫a π 2 x(1 + sin x ) x2
32 Let I = ∫ − π
1 + cos 2 x
dx
35 lim
∫ 0
sin t dt
form 0
On adding Eqs.(i) and (ii),we get x→ 0 x3 0
π 2x
2l = ∫
4 log x + log (6 − x )
dx
= ∫ −π
1 + cos 2 x
dx
= lim
sin x ⋅ 2 x
2
log x + log(6 − x ) x→ 0 3 x2
π 2 x sin x 2 sin x
∫
4
⇒ 2l = ∫2
dx = [ x]24 +
−π 1 + cos 2 x
dx = lim
3 x→ 0 x
⇒ 2l = 2 ⇒ l = 1 2 2
− π /2 ⇒ I = 0+ 4∫
π x sin x
dx …(i) = ⋅1 =
28 Let I = ∫ −3 π / 2
[( x + π )3 + cos 2 x] dx 0 1 + cos 2 x 3 3
π 3 π 3
2x 36 We have, (1 + x2 ) > x2 , ∀ x
− x + π
−π / 2
⇒ I =∫ − − Q 1 + cos 2 x is an odd function ⇒ 1 + x2 > x, ∀ x ∈ (1, 2)
−3 π / 2
2 2
1 1
π 3π ⇒ < , ∀ x ∈ (1, 2)
+ cos 2 − − x dx
2 x sin x
− and is an even function 1 + x2 x
2 2 1 + cos 2 x
2 dx 2 dx
Q b f ( x ) dx = b f (a + b − x ) dx
∫a ∫a ⇒ I = 4∫
π ( π − x ) sin ( π − x )
dx
∴ ∫ 1
1 + x2
< ∫ 1 x
⇒ I1 < I2
0
1 + cos 2 ( π − x )
⇒ I2 > I1
DAY SIXTEEN DEFINITE INTEGRALS 173
⇒ 2I = 0 ⇒ I = 0
1
y dt
∫
−
37 We have, x = 1
0
1 + t2
= ∫ 0
x 2
dx = 2 [ x1 /2 ]10 = 2
sin x
∴ J<2 2 d f ( x) = e
By Leibnitz rule, we get dx x
2
1 dy 3 sin x3 4 4 3x
42 Since, f ( x ) is continuous in [0, 2].
∫ 1 x e dx = ∫ 1 x3 e dx
sin x3
1= ⋅ ∴
1 + y 2 dx 2
∴ ∫ f ( x ) dx =
1 2
0 ∫ 0
f ( x ) dx + ∫ 1
f ( x ) dx
Put x3 = t
dy
⇒ = 1 + y2 1 2
⇒ 3 x2 dx = dt
= ∫ x dx + ∫
2
dx x dx sin t
0 1 64 e
d2 y y dy 1 2
∴ f (t ) = ∫ dt
⇒ = ⋅ x3 x3 /2 t
1
dx2 1 + y 2 dx = + = [ f (t )]164
3
0 3 / 2 1
d2 y y = f (64) − f (1)
∴ = ⋅ 1 + y2 = y =
1 2 3 /2
+ (2 − 1) On comparing, we get
dx2 1 + y2 3 3
k = 64
1 4 2 2 4 2 − 1
f( x )
= + − =
f( x ) 4t 3 ∫ 4t 3 dt
3 3 3 3 3 Let I = ∫
2
[ f {g ( x )}] −1 f ′ {g ( x )} {g ′ ( x )} dx
x→2 ∫ 6
38 lim dt = lim 6
1
x−2 x→2 ( x − 2) π /3 dx Put f {g ( x )} = z
form 0 43 Let l = ∫ π /6
1 + tan x
...(i)
⇒ f ′ {g ( x )} g ′ ( x ) dx = dz
0 When x = 1, then z = f {g (1)}
π /3 dx
[by Leibnitz’s rule] ∴ l = ∫ π /6
π
When x = 2, then z = f {g (2)}
1 + tan − x
3
4 { f ( x )} f { g(2 )} 1
= lim f ′ ( x ) = 4 { f (2)}3 f ′ (2) ∴ I =∫ dz = [log z] ff {{ gg((21 )})}
x→2 1 2 f { g(1 )}
z
1 ⇒ I = log f {g (2)} − log f {g (1)} = 0
= 4 × (6)3 × π /3 tan x dx
48 ⇒l = ∫ π /6
1 + tan x
...(ii) [Q g (2) = g (1)]
Q f (2) = 6 and f ′ (2) = 1 , given 4 Put t = sin2 z in 1st integral and
On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
48 π /3
t = cos 2 u in 2nd integral, we get
= 18
2l = ∫ π /6
dx
dt = 2sin z cos z and
1 + 24 + 34 1 + 23 + 33 ⇒ 2l = [ x] ππ //36 dt = − 2cos u sin udu
3 1 π π π x
+ . . . + n − lim + . . . + n ∴I = ∫
4
39 nlim ⇒ l = − = z(2sin z cos z ) dz
→∞ n5 n→ ∞ n5 2 3 6 12 0
x
4 3
Hence, Statement I is false but ∫ f ( x )dx
b
+ ∫ − u (2cos u sin udu )
= lim ∑ − lim × lim r
1 n r 1 1 n π /2
r =1 n
∑
n
a
x x
= ∫ z sin 2z dz − ∫
b
∫
n→ ∞ n n→ ∞ n n→ ∞ n
r =1 = f (a + b − x ) dx is a true statement by 0 I II π /2
u sin 2u du
a
1 1 1
= ∫ x dx − lim × ∫
4 3 x
x dx property of definite integrals. cos 2z sin 2z
0 n→ ∞ n 0 = − z⋅ +
1 44 Since, period of e sin x is 2 π. 2 4 0
x5 1
= − 0=
x
200
− u cos 2u sin 2u
5
0 5 ∴ ∫ 0
e sin x dx ≠ 200λ
2
+ −
4 π / 2
40 Since, x ∈ 0, π ⇒ 1 ≤ 1 + sin3 x ≤ 2 45 For 0 < x < 1,x > x2 cos 2 x sin 2 x
= −x⋅ + − { 0 + 0}
2 ⇒ − x < − x2 ⇒ e − x < e − x
2
2 4
cos 2 x sin 2 x π
− + 0
1 1
⇒ ≤ ≤1
1
⇒ ∫ e − x cos 2 x dx<
1
− −x⋅ +
∫ e − x cos 2 xdx
2
4
2 1 + sin3 x 0 0 2 4
If f ( x ) ≥ g ( x ), then ∫ f ( x ) dx ≥
b b
π
π /2 1 π /2 dx ∫ g ( x ) dx =
⇒ ∫ 0
2
dx ≤ ∫ 0
1 + sin x 3
a a
4
x log t
π /2 SESSION 2 5 Since, f ( x ) = ∫ 1 dt
≤ ∫ dx 1+ t
1 We have, f 1 + x2 f ( x ) = 0
0
and f ( x ) = f ( x ) + f
π π 1
∴ ≤I≤ x
x
2 2 2
⇒ f ( x ) = − 2 f
1 1
∴ F (e ) = f (e ) + f
1
x sin x x x
1 1
e
41 Since, I = ∫
dx < ∫ dx, cosec θ
∫
0 0
x x I = f ( x ) dx e log t 1 /e log t
sinθ ⇒ F (e ) = ∫ dt + ∫ dt
because in x ∈ (0, 1), x > sin x 1 1 + t 1 1+ t
I<∫
1 2 cosec θ − 1 f 1 dx
⇒
0
x dx = [ x3 /2 ]10
3
= ∫ sinθ
2
x x
Put t =
1
in second integration
t
2 e − log t
⇒ I< d
sin θ 1 e log t 1
3
= ∫ cosec θ
f (t ) dt, where t =
x
∴ F (e ) = ∫
11 + t
dt + ∫
1 1 t
1 cos x
1+
1 1
and J = ∫ dx < ∫ cosec θ t
0
x 0
x
⇒ I =− ∫ sin θ
f (t ) dt = − I
174 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY SIXTEEN
t log t − dt 2
= e −(x + 1 )2
⋅ 2 x − e −(x
2 2 2
e log t e
x e t2 dt
)
⋅ 2x
= ∫
1
1+ t
dt − ∫1
×
(1 + t ) t 2 ∫0 − ( x 4 + 2 x2 + 1 ) 2
+1
8 xlim x
= 2 xe (1 − e 2 x )
∫
→∞ 2
log t log t e2 t d t
e e
For f ′ ( x ) > 0,
= ∫ 1+ t
dt + ∫ t (1 + t )
dt 0
2 x e t2 dt (e x2 ) then 2 x (1 − e 2 x
2
+1
)> 0
1 1
∫0 form 0
e log t e log t e log t = lim ⇒ 2x < 0
= ∫ 1 1+ t
dt + ∫ 1
t
dt − ∫
( + t)
1 1
dt x→ ∞
e 2x
2
0
⇒ x< 0
x
2∫ e t2
dt
e log t 1 1 1 = lim form 0 1
∫ (n + 1) ⋅ (n + 2) K (3n ) n
0
= dt Qt (1 + t ) = t − t + 1
1
t
x→ ∞
e 0 x2 12 Let l = nlim
→∞
2 n2 n
2e x 1
= lim = lim = 0
e 1
(log t )2 (n + 1) ⋅ (n + 2) ... (n + 2n ) n
= = lim
2
x→ ∞ x→ ∞ x
2 xe x
n→ ∞ n2 n
2 1
9 Use the formula, 1
1 x − a, x≥ a n + 1 n + 2 n + 2n n
= [(log e)2 − (log 1)2 ] | x − a|= to break given = lim
n→ ∞
K
2
−( x − a ) x <a n n n
1
= integral in two parts and then integrate On taking log on both sides, we get
2 separately. 1 + 1 1 + 2
n
1
n
n
6 We have, ∫ 0 [ x] dx
2
π 1 − 2sin x dx = π |1 − 2sin x | dx log l = lim log
1 2 3
∫ 0
2
∫0 2
n→ ∞ n
... 1 + 2n
= ∫ 0 dx + ∫ 1 dx + ∫ 2 dx + K π
1 − 2sin x dx − π 1 − 2sin x dx
n
∫ ∫ π
0 1 2
= 3
n
2 2 1
+ ∫ (n − 1) dx
0
3 ⇒ log l = lim
n −1 n→ ∞
π /3 π n
= x + 4cos − x + 4cos
x x
= 1 (2 − 1) + 2 (3 − 2) + 3 (4 − 3) +
log 1 + + log 1 + + ...
1 2
20 2 π
n n
K + (n − 1) {n − (n − 1)} 3
π
= 1 + 2 + 3 + K + (n − 1) = 4 3 − 4− 2n
3 + log 1 +
n (n − 1) n
= π
2 10 Let I =∫ 0
x f (sin x ) dx …(i)
⇒ log l = lim ∑ log 1 +
1 2n
r
n π n→ ∞ n n
I =∫
n n
and ∫ { x} dx = ∫ ( x − [ x] ) dx = ⇒ ( π − x )f [sin ( π − x )] dx r =1
0 2
2
∫
0 0
π ⇒ log l = log (1 + x ) dx
n ⇒ I =∫ ( π − x ) f (sin x ) dx …(ii) 0
∴
∫ 0
[x] dx
=n −1
0
⇒ log l = log (1 + x )
On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
n
∫ 0
{x } dx
2I = ∫
π
0
π f (sin x ) dx
1
2
e x
π π ⋅ x− ∫1+ ⋅ x dx
2 ∫0
7 Given that, f ( x ) = ⇒I = f (sin x ) dx …(iii) x n
1 + ex
⇒ log l = [log (1 + x ) ⋅ x]20
2a
∫0
∴ f (a) =
ea
…(i) Q f ( x ) dx = 2 x+ 1−1
1 + ea − ∫ 0
1+ x
dx
2 f ( x ) dx, if f (2a − x ) = f ( x )
a
and f (− a) =
e −a
=
1
…(ii) ∫0 2 1
1 + e −a 1 + e a 0 ,if f (2a − x ) = − f ( x ) ⇒ log l = 2 ⋅ log 3 − ∫ 0
1 −
dx
1 + x
π /2
On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get ⇒ I = π ∫ 0
f (sin x ) dx
⇒ log l = 2 ⋅ log 3 − [ x − log 1 + x ] 20
f (a) + f (− a) = 1 π π
Put − x=t ⇒ x= −t ⇒ log l = 2 ⋅ log 3 − [2 − log 3]
⇒ f (a) = 1 − f (− a) 2 2
Put dx = − dt in Eq. (iii), we get ⇒ log l = 3 ⋅ log 3 − 2
Let f (− a) = t
π π /2 ⇒ log l = log 27 − 2
2 ∫ −π / 2
⇒ f (a) = 1 − t I = f (cos t ) dt
27
1 −t
π π /2 ⇒ l = e log 27 − 2 = 27 ⋅ e − 2 =
Now, I1 = ∫ xg [ x(1 − x )] dx
2 ∫ −π / 2
…(iii) = f (cos x ) dx e2
t
Q I = b b
f (a + b − x ) dx
π /2
13 We have, f ′( x ) = 3 sin x + 4 cos x
∫ a
f ( x ) dx = ∫ a
= π ∫ 0
f (cos x ) dx
5π 4 π
1 −t
Since, in , , f ′ ( x ) < 0, so assume
⇒ I1 = ∫ t
(1 − x )g [ x(1 − x )] dx …(iv) [Q f (cos x ) is an even function]
4 3
11 On differentiate the given interval by 4π
On adding Eqs. (iii) and (iv), we get the least value at the point x = .
1 −t
using Newton-Leibnitz formula,
3
2 I1 = ∫ t
g [ x(1 − x )] dx = I2 [given]
we get f ′( x ) = e − ( x
2
+ 1 )2
⋅ ( x 2 + 1)
d
Thus,
I dx
∴ 2 =2 4π
f
4 π /3
I1
− e −(x
2 2
)
⋅ ( x ) 2
d 3
= ∫ 5π / 4
(3 sin u + 4cos u ) du
dx
DAY SIXTEEN DEFINITE INTEGRALS 175
14 We have, g ( x ) = ∫ 0
f ( t ) dt n r =1
= ∫
1
e ( x2 − e x ) dx
x
πx
= ∫ ln tan
1 0
dx
2
2
⇒ g (2) = ∫ [from Eqs. (i) and (ii)]
0
f ( t ) dt
0 1 1
2
∫ ∫
π
= dx −
/ 2
π ∫0
1 2 ⇒ ln P = ln tan x dx …(i) x2e x
e 2 x dx
⇒ g (2) = ∫ 0
f ( t )dt + ∫ 1
f ( t ) dt 0
1 2x 1
0
2 π /2 = [x e − ∫ dx]10 −
2 x x
π ∫0
and ln P = 2 xe
[e ] 0
We know that, m ≤ f ( x ) ≤ M for x ∈ [a, b] ln cot x dx …(ii) 2
b
⇒ m (b − a) ≤ ∫ a
f ( x ) dx ≤ M (b − a) On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
1
= [ x2e x − 2 xe x + 2e x ]10 − (e 2 − 1)
2
1 2 π /2
∴ ≤ f ( t ) ≤ 1, for t ∈[0, 1]
π ∫0
2 ln P = ( ln tan x + lncot x )dx 1 2 1
= [( x − 2 x + 2)e ] 0 − e +
2 x 1
2
2 2
1 2 π /2
and 0 ≤ f ( t ) ≤ , for t ∈ [1, 2]
π ∫0
= ln 1 dx = 0 = [(1 − 2 + 2)e 1 − (0 − 0 + 2)e 0 ]
2 1 1
1 − e2 +
⇒ ln P = 0
1
⇒ (1 − 0) ≤ ∫ f ( t ) dt ≤ 1 (1 − 0) 2 2
2 0
∴ P =1 e2 1 e2 3
2 1 =e −2− + =e − −
and 0 (2 − 1) ≤ ∫ f ( t ) dt ≤ (2 − 1) 2 2 2 2
1
2
x−1
1 1 2
⇒ ≤ ∫ f ( t ) dt ≤ 1 and 0 ≤ ∫ f ( t ) dt ≤
1 17 We have, f ( x ) = 19 In LHS, put x n = tan2 θ
2 0 1
2 x+1
⇒ nx n − 1 dx = 2 tan θ sec2 θ dθ
1 1 2 3 x − 1
2 ∫0
⇒ ≤ f ( t ) dt + ∫ f ( t ) dt ≤ ⇒ f 2 ( x ) = f [ f ( x )] = f ∞ dx 2 π /2
x + 1 ∴∫
2 = ∫ tan1 − 2 + 2 / n θ d θ
1
1 3 x−1
0
1 + xn n 0
∴ ≤ g(2) ≤ −1
2 2 x+1 1 2 π /2
= =−
x−1 x
=
n ∫ 0
tan (2 / n) −1 θ d θ
1
+1
15 Let f (a) = ∫ | x − a |dx
n n
0 x+1
a 1 In RHS, put x n = sin2 θ
= ∫ 0
(an − x n ) dx + ∫ a
( x n − an ) dx ⇒ f 4 ( x ) = f 2 [ f 2 ( x )] = f 2 −
1
x ⇒ nx n − 1 dx = 2 sin θ cos θ dθ
a 1
x x
n +1 n +1
−1 ∴∫
1dx
= ∫
2 π /2 1
= an x − + − an ⋅ x = = x
+ n + 1 0
(1 – x )n 1 /n
n 0 cos 2/n θ
n 1 0 a −
1
2
an +1 x −1 2 π /2
= an +1 −
+ ∴ g ( x ) = f 1998 ( x ) = f 2of 1996 ( x )
sin n θ cos θ dθ = ∫ tan (2 / n) − 1 θ dθ
n + 1 n 0
⇒ g ( x ) = f 2 [ f 1996 ( x )]
1 an +1 20 sin 6 x + cos 6 x = (sin2 x ) 3 + (cos2 x ) 3
− an − + an +1 ⇒ g ( x ) = f 2 ( x ) [Q f 1996 ( x )
n + 1 + = (sin2 x + cos 2 x ) 3 − 3 sin2
n 1 = {( f 4of 4of 4o K f 4 )} ( x ) = x]
14243 x cos 2 x (sin2 x + cos 2 x )
2an +1 1
= 2an +1 − − an + 499 times = 1 − 3 sin2 x cos 2 x
n+1 n+1 ⇒ g( x) = −
1
3
= 1 − sin2 2 x Q period = π
= 2an +1
n 1 x
− an + 4 2
n + 1 n+1 1 1 − 1 dx
⇒ f ′(a) = n (2a − 1) a n −1
∴ ∫ 1 /e
g ( x ) dx = ∫ 1 /e
x
So, the least and greatest value of
1
sin 6 x + cos 6 x are and 1.
Thus, only critical point in (0, 1) is = − [log e x] 11 /e 4
a = 1/2 π 1
g ( x ) dx = − log e 1 − log e Hence, − 0 ×
1 1
⇒ ∫ e 2 4
Also, f ′(a) < 0 for a ∈ 0,
1 1 /e
2 π
< ∫ (sin 6 x + cos 6 x )dx < − 0 × 1
π /2
= − [0 + 1] = − 1
0 2
and f ′(a) > 0 for a ∈ , 1 .
1 18 Given, f ′( x ) = f ( x )
2 π π /2 π
and f (0) = 1 ∴ < ∫ (sin x + cos x ) dx <
6 6
1 8 0
2
∴ f (a) is minimum for a = . Let f ( x) = e x …(i)
2
DAY SEVENTEEN
Area Bounded
by the Curves
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Curve Area u Area between a Curve and Lines u Area between Two Curves
Curve Area
The space occupied by a continuous curve, which is bounded under the certain
conditions, is called curve area or the area of bounded by the curve.
Y y = f (x) R
Q
y
P S
X′ x=α dx x=β X
O
Y′ PRED
2. If the curve y = f ( x) lies below X-axis, then area of region bounded by the curve
y = f ( x), X-axis and the lines x = α and x = β will be negative as shown in the
MIRROR
Your Personal Preparation Indicator
β β
following figure. So, we consider the area as ∫α y dx or ∫α f ( x) dx
u No. of Questions in Exercises (x)—
Y u No. of Questions Attempted (y)—
u No. of Correct Questions (z)—
(Without referring Explanations)
y = f (x)
In order to expect good rank in
JEE, your Accuracy Level should be
Y′ above 85 & Prep Level should be
above 75.
DAY SEVENTEEN AREA BOUNDED BY THE CURVES 177
y=c Q X
P O x=a x=b
X′ X b
O
Area = ∫ [ g( x) − f ( x)] dx
a
Y′
(ii) If f ( x) ≥ g( x) in [a, c] and f ( x) ≤ g( x) in [c, b ] where
If the position of the curve under consideration is on the a < c < b , then Area
c b
d
= ∫ [ f ( x) − g( x)] dx + ∫ c [g( x) − f ( x)] dx
left side of Y-axis, then area is given by ∫c f ( y) dy . a
4. If the curve crosses the X-axis number of times, the area of 2. Area of region shown in the following figure, bounded
region shown in the following figure, enclosed between by the curves y = f ( x), y = g( x), X -axis and lines x = a,
the curve y = f ( x), X-axis and the lines x = α and x = β is x = b is given by
c b
given by Area = ∫ f ( x) dx + ∫ c g( x) dx
a
Y
Y
y=
y = g(x)
f(x
)
α1 X
O α2 x = β
x =α
X′ x=a x=c X
α1 α2 β O x=b
∫α f ( x) dx + ∫ α1 f ( x) dx + ∫ α2 f ( x) dx
Y′
Y
2 2
(i) x y x y B (0, b)
f ( x , y) : + ≤ 1, + ≥ 1
a 2 b2 a b (–a, 0) A′
(π – 2) A (a, 0)
A (a , 0), B(0 , b ) Area = ab sq units X′ X
4 (0, 0)
x2 y2 x y
⇒ or 2
+ 2 ≤1≤ +
a b a b
Y′
Y )
, 2a y2=4ax
(a
A
Y′ B (a, –2a)
178 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY SEVENTEEN
A
4a 4a 8a 2
(iii) f ( x, y) : y2 = 4ax and y = mx O(0, 0), A 2 , Area = sq units X′ X
m m 3 m3
O (0, 0)
Y′
y2=4bx
Y′
A (b – a, 2√ab)
(v) Area bounded by
A(b − a , 2 ab ) (0, 0) A′ (b, 0)
y2 = 4a ( x + a) 8 X′ X
B(b − a , − 2 ab ) Area = ab (a + b ) sq units B′(–a, 0) O
and y2 = 4 b (b − x) 3
B (b – a, – 2√ab)
Y′
(vi) Y
Common area bounded
by the ellipses 1
x=y= Area = Area of region PQRS
m Q
x 2
y 2
1 a + b2
2
= 4 × Area of OLQM
P
2
+ 2 = 2 2 and L
b a a b 1 4 a X′ X
x=y=− = tan −1 sq units
x2 y2 1 a 2 + b2 ab b O R S
2
+ 2 = 2 2, 0 < a < b
a b a b (0, 0)
Y′
Y x=b x=a
Y′
DAY SEVENTEEN AREA BOUNDED BY THE CURVES 179
20 The area bounded by the curves y 2 = 4x and x 2 = 4y , is 28 The area bounded by the curves y = | x | − 1 and
(a) 0 (b)
32
(c)
16
(d)
8 y = − | x | + 1, is
3 3 3 (a) 1 sq unit (b) 2 sq units
21 If the area bounded by y = ax 2 and x = ay 2, a > 0 is 1, (c) 2 2 sq units (d) 4 sq units
then a is equal to 29 The area of the smaller region bounded by the circle
(a) 1 (b)
1 x 2 + y 2 = 1 and the lines | y | = x + 1 is
3 (a) (π − 2)/ 4 (b) (π − 2)/ 2
1 (c) (π + 2)/ 2 (d) None of these
(c) (d) None of these
3
30 The area (in sq units) bounded by the curves
y
22 The area bounded between the parabolas x 2 = and y = x , 2y − x + 3 = 0, X-axis and lying in the first
4 quadrant is j JEE Mains 2013
[ −1, 1] and X-axis, is (in sq unit) bounded by the curve y = f ( x ), y-axis and the line y = 3
1 1 1 1 is equal to
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5 4 3 2 (a) e (b) 2e (c) 3e (d) None of these
3 A point P ( x , y ) moves in such a way that [| x | ] + [| y | ] = 1, 11 The area bounded by the lines y = 2, x = 1, x = a and the
[⋅] = G.I.F. Area of the region representing all possible curve y = f ( x ), which cuts the last two lines above the
positions of the point P is equal to 2
first line for all a ≥ 1, is equal to [( 2a )3/ 2 − 3a + 3 − 2 2 ].
(a) 8 (b) 4 (c) 16 (d) None of these 3
4 The area bounded by the curve xy = 4 ( 2 − x )and Y-axis is
2 Then f ( x ) =
(a) 2 π (b) 4 π (c) 12 π (d) 6π (a) 2 2 x , x ≥ 1 (b) 2 x , x ≥ 1
(c) 2 x , x ≥ 1 (d) None of these
5 The area of the region R = {( x , y ) : | x | ≤ | y | and
x 2 + y 2 ≤ 1 } is 12 The area bounded by the curve
3π 5π π π y = cos −1 (sin x ) − sin−1 (cos x ) and the lines y = 0,
(a) sq units (b) sq units (c) sq units (d) sq unit 3π
8 8 2 8 x = , x = 2π is
2
6 Area of the region bounded by the parabola ( y − 2)2
π2 π2
= x − 1, the tangent to it at the point with the ordinate 3, (a) (b) (c) π 2 (d) 2 π 2
4 2
and the X -axis is given by
(a)9/2 sq units (b) 9 sq units 13 Let f ( x ) be continuous function such that f ( 0) = 1,
(c)18 sq units (d) None of these f ( x ) − f ( x /7) = x /7 ∀x ∈ R . The area bounded by the
curve y = f ( x ) and the coordinate axes is
7 Let the circle x 2 + y 2 = 4 divide the area bounded by (a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 6 (d) 9
tangent and normal at (1, 3 ) and X -axis in A1 and A2.
A 14 If area bounded by the curves y = x − bx and by = x 2 is 2
Then 1 equals to maximum, then b is equal to
A2
(a) 1 (b) − 1 (c) b = ± 1 (d) None of these
(a) π / (3 3 − π) (b) π / (3 3 + π)
(c) π / (3 − π 3 ) (d) None of these 15 Let An be the area bounded by the curve y = (tan x )n and
the lines x = 0 and x = π / 4. Then, for n > 2
8 The area (in sq units) of the region 1 1 1 1
{( x , y ) : x ≥ 0, x + y ≤ 3, x 2 ≤ 4y and y ≤ 1 + x } is (a) < An < (b) < An <
2n 2n − 2 2n + 1 2n − 1
j
JEE Mains 2017 1 1 1 1
(c) < An < (d) < An <
(a)
7
(b)
5
(c)
59
(d)
3 2n + 2 2n − 2 2n + 2 2n
3 2 12 2
ANSWERS
SESSION 1
1 (c) 2 (b) 3 (b) 4 (d) 5 (c) 6 (b) 7 (b) 8 (d) 9 (d) 10 (d)
11 (d) 12 (a) 13 (d) 14 (a) 15 (b) 16 (b) 17 (c) 18 (a) 19 (d) 20 (c)
21 (b) 22 (c) 23 (c) 24 (b) 25 (a) 26 (b) 27 (c) 28 (b) 29 (b) 30 (a)
31 (b) 32 (b) 33 (c) 34 (d) 35 (a)
1 (a) 2 (d) 3 (a) 4 (b) 5 (c) 6 (b) 7 (a) 8 (b) 9 (b) 10 (c)
SESSION 2 11 (a) 12 (a) 13 (b) 14 (c) 15 (c)
182 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY SEVENTEEN
(1, 0) (3, 0)
b 4 = ∫0 xdy = ∫0 e ydy
X′ X = [e y] log 3
= [e log3 − e 0] = 3 − 1 = 2
(0, 0) 0
x=1
12 We have,
R1
Y
Y′ C y=2a
2a N
3
= 2 ⋅ x 9 − x2 + 9 sin −1
1 x R2
2 3 1 a M
By=a
π 1
= 9 − 8 − 9 sin −1
2 3
O (b,0) (1,0) X′ O X
π 1
= 9 − sin −1 − 8 y=(1 – x)2 Y′
2 3
1 2 (1 − b )3 1 1 Required area =
⇒ − = ⇒ (1 − b )3 =
= 9 cos −1 − 8
1 2a
3
3
1
3 4 8 Area BMNC = ∫a xdy
∴ b = 1
= [ 9 sec −1 (3) − 8] 2 2 a 1 /3 3 a3
π /3
8 y = a x + bx ( x ≥ 0).
= ∫a a y 2 /3 dy = [ y 5/3 ]2aa
4 Here, A 1 = ∫0 cos x dx
1
5
At x = 1, y = 2, we get 2 = a + b …(i) 5 5
3 3 a3 (2a)3 − a3
= [sin x] π0 / 3 =
4 =
2 ∫0 ( a x + bx ) dx = 8 5
π /3 16a
and A2 = ∫0 cos 2 x dx ⇒ + 8b = 8 …(ii)
3 3 3 3
1 5 5
3 = a a (2) − 1
sin 2 x
π /3
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), 5
= =
3
2 0 4 we get a = 3 and b = −1
3
2
y=4–x
= −2[cos π − cos 0]
y=
B C = −2[−1 − 1] = 4 sq units X¢ X
X¢ X (0, 0)D (4, 0)
(– 4, 0) (0, 0) (4, 0)
18 Given, curves y = x and y = x + sin x,
which intersect at (0, 0) and ( π, π ).
π π
∴ Area, A = ∫ 0 ( x + sin x ) dx − ∫ 0 xdx
Y¢ π Y¢
The area of the shaded portion = ∫0 sin x dx = [− cos x] π0
x2
1 Substitute y = in y 2 = 4 x
= × 8 × 4 = 16 sq units = − cos π + cos 0 4
2 = − (−1) + 1 = 2 2
x2
15 Required area ⇒ = 4 x ⇒ x 4 = 43 x ⇒ x = 0, 4
19 Given region is 4
π /2
= ∫0 |cos x − sin x|dx {( x, y ): y 2 ≤ 2 x and y ≥ 4 x − 1} ∴ Area bounded between curves
π /4
y 2 ≤ 2 x represents a region inside the 4 x2
= ∫0 (cos x − sin x )dx = ∫ 4x −
0
4
dx
parabola y 2 = 2 x …(i)
π /2
+ ∫π /4 (sin x − cos x )dx and y ≥ 4 x − 1 represents a region to the
4
1 2 3 /2 1 / a a 3 1 / a 2
2
∫0 ( y 1
2 2
Required area = − y 2 ) dx
∫ 0 ∫2
⇒ 1= ⋅ [x ] 0 − [x ] 0 ⇒ A1 = 2 2 xdx + 8 − x2 dx
a 3 3
2 2
1 1 = ∫0 Ycircle − ∫0 Yparabola dx 2
⇒ a = ⇒a= ⇒ A 1 = 2 2 ⋅ ⋅ x3 /2
2 2
3 3 πr 2 2 3 0
=
4
− ∫0 2( x )1 /2 dx
2 2
22 Y x 8 x
3
2
+ 2 8 − x2 + sin −1
y=4x2 1 2
=
π×4 2
− 2 x2 2 2 2 2 2
y= x
9 4 3
0 π
+ 2 2 π − 2 + 4 ×
y=2 16
=
2 2 3 /2 8 3 4
= π− (2 − 0) = π −
= + 2π sq units
3 3 4
3
X¢ X
25 Given,
A = {( x, y ): x2 + y 2 ≤ 1and y 2 ≤ 1 − x} Clearly, area of the circle = π (2 2 )2
Y = 8π sq units
Y¢ 4
2 y Now, A2 = 8 π − A1 = 6 π −
Required area = 2 ∫ 3 y − dy 3
0
2 A1
X¢ X and the required ratio, is
y=2 (–1, 0) (1,0) A2
3 /2
= 2∫
2 5 y dy = 5 y 4
3 + 2π
0 2 2 + 3π
= 3 =
2 y=0 Y¢
6π −
4 9π − 2
1 2 1
10 3 /2 20 2 Required area = πr + 2∫ (1 − y 2 )dy 3
= (2 − 0) = 2 0
: x<2
27 y = 2 − |2 − x| =
3 3 1 x
1 y3 π 4
23 Clearly, the intersection of two curves = π(1)2 + 2 y − = + 4 − x : x ≥ 2
2 3 0 2 3 − 3/ x : x < 0
y = x3 and y = x are given by x = 0 ⇒ y =
3
and y =
and x = 1 . 26 Y 8
| x| 3/ x : x > 0
y =
2
Y 2+
y=–3/x Y
x y 2 =2x
B 4 y=x
y= x
A (2Ö2, 0) 3
X¢ X
X¢ X O C 2
1 y=3/x
X¢ O X
1Ö3 2 3 4
Y¢ Y¢
1
1 x 4 2 x3 / 2 Let the area of the smaller part be A 1 Y¢ y=4–x
∴A = ∫ 0(x − x ) dx = −
3
3 0
and that of the bigger
4
A1 ⇒ x = 3/ x ⇒ x = 3
part be A 2 . We have to find .
= − =
1 2 5 A2 and 4 − x = 3 / x ⇒ x = 3 ( x > 2).
sq unit
4 3 12 ∴ Required area
The point B is a point of intersection
= ∫ x − dx + ∫ 4 − x − dx
(lying in the first quadrant) of the given 2 3 3 3
24 We have, x2 + y 2 ≤ 4 x and y 2 ≥ 2 x
parabola and the circle, whose 3 x 2 x
To find point of intersection, substitute
coordinates can be obtained by solving = (4 − 3 log 3)/2
y 2 = 2 x in x2 + y 2 = 4 x
the two equations y 2 = 2 x and
x2 + y 2 = 4 x ⇒ x2 + 2 x = 4 x 28 The region is clearly square with
x2 + y 2 = 8. vertices at the points (1, 0), (0, 1), (−1, 0)
⇒ x − 2x = 0
2
⇒ x( x − 2) = 0
⇒ x2 + 2 x = 8 ⇒ ( x − 2) ( x + 4) = 0 and (0, − 1).
⇒ x = 0 or x = 2
⇒ x = 2, − 4 Y
⇒ y = 0 or y = 2
x = − 4 is not possible as both the points
Y of intersection have the same positive (0,1)
(2,2) x-coordinate. Thus, C ≡ (2, 0). y=|x| –1
Now, A 1 = 2 [Area (OBCO ) X¢ X
+ Area (CBAC )]
X¢ X (–1,0) (1,0)
O 2 2 2
(2,0) (4,0) = 2 ∫ y 1 dx + ∫ y 2 dx ,
0 2 y=–|x|+1 (0,–1)
where, y 1 and y 2 are respectively the Y¢
values of y from the equations of the So, its area = 2 × 2 = 2 sq units
Y¢
parabola and that of the circle.
DAY SEVENTEEN AREA BOUNDED BY THE CURVES 185
y=cot x
y=cot x
O
35 Required area, A
e
–y=x+1
= ∫ 1 [ log x − (log x ) 2 ] dx
(0,–1)
Y
0
= 2∫ [ 1 − x − ( x + 1)] dx
2 y=(logex)2
−1 1
or Area = 2 [area of sector X¢ X
O
AOBA − ∆AOB ] p/4 p/2 y=logex
π 1 ( π − 2) (e, 1)
=2 − =
4 2 2 Y¢
Now, required area X¢ X
O (1, 0)
30 Given curves are π /4 π /2
y = x ...(i)
= ∫0 tan xdx + ∫π / 4 cot x dx Y¢
= [log sec x] π0 / 4 + [log sin x] ππ // 24 e e
and 2 y − x + 3 = 0 ...(ii) A= ∫ 1 log x dx − ∫ 1 ( log x ) 2 dx
= [log 2 − 0] + [0 + log 2]
= [ x log x − x] e1 − [ x (log x )2
= 2 log 2 = log 2 sq units
−2( x log x − x )] 1e
33 Required area = [e − e − (− 1)] − [e (1) 2
y=2x − 2e + 2e − (2)]
= 1 − (e − 2) = 3 − e
SESSION 2
1
y=logex 1 h( x ) = f (cos x ) = cos2 x
18 x2 − 9 πx + π2 = 0
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii) , we get ½ 1 2 ⇒ (6 x − π ) (3 x − π ) = 0
2 x − ( x )2 + 3 = 0 ⇒ x1 = π / 6, x2 = π / 3
π /3
∴ Required area = ∫π / 6 cos x dx = π / 12
2
⇒ ( x )2 − 2 x − 3 = 0 2
⇒ ( x − 3)( x + 1 ) = 0
= ∫1 /2 (2x − log e x ) dx
2
2x 2 Graph of
⇒ x = 3, = − x log x + x f ( x ) = min (| x |, | x − 1 |, | x + 1 |) is
[Q x = − 1 is not possible] log 2 1 /2
Y
∴ y =3 4− 2 5 3
= − log 2 +
3 log 2 2 2
∴ Required area = ∫0 ( x2 − x1 ) dy
1/2
4− 2
3
= ∫ {( 2 y + 3 ) − y 2 } dy = + b − c log 2
0 log 2
3
y3 ⇒ b = 3 / 2, c = 5/ 2 ⇒ b + c = 4 X¢
–1 –1/2 O 1/2 1
X
= y2 + 3 y − = 9+ 9− 9= 9
3 34 Y¢
0 Required area
= 2 × × 1 × = sq unit
31 Curves x2 = y and y = 2 / (1 + x2 ) are y=(x+1)2 y=(x–1)2 1 1 1
symmetrical about Y-axis. 2 2 2
Y
Y 3 Y
2
1
y= 4
O
X¢ X –2 X
–1 –1/2 1/2 1 O 2
X
O 1
1 2
Area = 2 ∫ − x2 dx Y¢
–2
0 1 + x2
[| x |] + [| y |] = 1
186 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY SEVENTEEN
the circle x2 + y 2 = a2 at ( x1 , y 1 )]
y=–x y=x
P(x1, y1) Now, the area of the = [ x log ( x + e )]10−e
1
(–1/Ö2, 1/Ö2) (1/Ö2, 1/Ö2) ∆OBC = × OB × BC −∫
0 x
dx + [− e − x ] ∞0
2 1 −e x + e
1
Q (x 2, y 2) = × 2× 2 3 = 2 3 = 0 + 1 − [ x − e log ( x + e )]10 − e
X¢ X 2
O
r θ
2
=1+ 1=2
The area of portion OAB i.e. A 1 =
(–1/Ö2, –1/Ö2) (1/Ö2, –1/Ö2) 2 10 f ( x / y ) = f ( x ) − f ( y ) …(i)
4 ⋅ π /3 2 π
= = . x = y = 1 ⇒ f (1) = 0
2 3
f ( x + h) − f ( x)
Now,A2 = ∆OBC − OAB = 2 3 − 2 π / 3 f ′ ( x ) = lim
Y¢ h→ 0 h
A1 2 π /3 x + h
1 1 1 π 1 =
=4 × + × − 6 3 − 2π
f
2 2 2 2 4 4
A2 x
= lim [using Eq. (i)]
π 3 h→ 0 h
= sq units 2π π f (1 + h / x ) 1 3
2 = = . = lim ⋅ =
6 3 − 2π 3 3 − π h→ 0 h/ x x x
DAY SEVENTEEN AREA BOUNDED BY THE CURVES 187
⇒ f ( x ) = 3 ln x + c π
cos −1 (sin x ) = cos −1 cos 2 π + − x =
1 b2
f (1) = 0 ⇒ c = 0. 2 6 (b + 1)2
2
∴ y = f ( x ) = 3 log e x π
= 2π + − x 2b (b 2 + 1)2
2
3 −1
and sin (− cos x ) 1 − 2b 2 (b 2 + 1) × 2b
∆ ′ (b ) = ⋅
3π 3π
6 (b 2 + 1)4
= sin −1 sin − x = − x 2b (1 − b ) (1 + b )
2 2 =
O 1 (b 2 + 1)3
∴ y = 2 π + π /2 − x + 3 π /2 − x
= 4π − 2x ⇒ ∆(b ) is max. for b = 1, − 1.
2π π2 + – + –
Required area = ∫
3
(4 π − 2 x )dx = ∆′(b) =
Required area = ∫− ∞ e
y/3
dy 3 π /2 –1 0 1
4
= 3 [e y/3 ]3− ∞ = 3e 13 f ( x ) − f ( x /7) = x /7 15 In (0, π / 4), tan x > 0
f ( x / 7) − f ( x / 72 ) = x / 72 π /4
11 According to given condition, we have ∴ An = ∫0 tan n x dx
Y f ( x /7 ) − f ( x /7 ) = x /7
2 3 3
π /4
= ∫0 tan n − 2 x(sec2 x − 1) dx
M M M M M M
π /4
f ( x / 7n − 1 ) − f ( x / 7n ) = x / 7n . tan n − 1 x π /4
= −∫ tan n − 2 x dx
y=f(x) y=2 Adding, we get n − 1 0
0
x 1 1
f ( x ) − f ( x / 7n ) = 1 + + K+ n − 1 1
7 7 7 ⇒ An = − An − 2
n−1
x 1
= 1 − n 1
X′ 1 a X 6 7 ⇒ An + An − 2 =
n−1
Taking limit as n → ∞, we get
x x For n > 2, 0 < x < π / 4
Y′ f ( x ) − f (0) = ⇒ f ( x ) = 1 + ⇒ 0 < tan x < 1 ⇒ tan n − 2 x > tan n x
6 6
a
2 [Q f (0) = 1] ⇒ A n − 2 > An
∫ [ f ( x ) − 2]dx = 3 [(2a) − 3a + 3 − 2 2]
3 /2
1
Required area = ∫ 1 + = 3
0 x ⇒ 2 An <
1
−6 6 n−1
On differentiating both sides w.r.t. a, we
1
get 14 Given curves are ⇒ An <
2n − 2
f (a) − 2 = (2a)1 /2 ⋅ 2 − 3
2 3
y = x − bx2 and by = x2
3 2 Also, A n + An =
1
Solving these, we get x = 0, b /(1 + b 2 ) +2
n+1
⇒ f (a) − 2 = 2 2a − 2
b /b + 1 x2 1
⇒ f (a) = 2 2a ∴ ∆(b ) = ∫0
b
− x + bx2 dx
⇒ 2A n >
n+1
⇒ f ( x ) = 2 2 x, x ≥ 1
b /(b2 + 1 ) 1 1
b 2 + 1 x3 ∴ < An <
12 3 π ≤ x ≤ 2 π ⇒ − 2 π ≤ − x ≤ − 3 π x2 2n + 2 2n − 2
= −
2 2
b 3 2
0
DAY EIGHTEEN
Differential
Equations
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Solution of Differential Equation u Solutions of Differential u Linear Differential Equation
Equations of First Order and u Inspection Method
First Degree
A differential equation of first order and first degree may be of and the solution is given by x ⋅ (IF ) = ∫ ( S × IF ) dy + C.
the following types:
1 x + y x dy − y dx
given by y (IF) = ∫ Q(IF) dx + C. (xi) d log =
2 x − y x 2 − y2
190 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY EIGHTEEN
3 Order and degree of the differential equation, 11 The differential equation = determines family
dx y
representing the family of curves y = 2c( x + c ), where
2
of circles with,
c is a positive parameter, are respectively equal to
(a) variable radii and a fixed centre at (0, 1)
(a) 1, 3 (b) 2, 3 (b) variable radii and a fixed centre at (0, − 1)
(c) 2, 4 (d) 1, 2 (c) fixed radius 1 and variable centre along the X-axis
4 The differential equation of all circles in the first quadrant (d) fixed radius 1 and variables centre along the Y-axis
which touch the coordinate axes is of order dy ax + 3
12 If the solution of the differential equation =
(a) 1 (b) 2 dx 2y + f
(c) 3 (d) None of these
represents a circle, then the value of a is
A
5 The differential equation of the family of curves v = + B, (a) 2 (b) − 2 (c) 3 (d) − 4
r
dy dy
where A and B are arbitrary constants, is 13 Solution of the differential equation y − x = y2 + is
d 2 v 1 dv d 2 v 2 dv dx dx
(a) + =0 (b) − =0
dr 2 r dr dr 2 r dr (a) Cy = (1 − x)(1 − y) (b) Cx = (1 + x)(1 − y)
2
d v 2 dv (c) Cy = (1 + x)(1 − y) (d) Cx = (1 − x)(1 + y)
(c) + =0 (d) None of these
dr 2 r dr dy
14 Solution of the equation ln = ax + by , is
6 The solution of the differential equation dx
x dy − y dx (a) ae −by + be ax + C = 0
x dx + y dy + = 0, is
x2 + y2 (b) aeby + be ax + C = 0
x2 + y2 + C (c) aeby + be − ax + C = 0
(a) y = x tan (d) None of the above
2
x2 + y2 + C 15 The solution of the differential equation
(b) x = y tan dy
2 = e x − y + x 2e − y is
dx
C − x − y
2 2
(c) y = x tan x3
2 (a) e y = e x + +C (b) e y = e x + 2 x + C
3
(d) None of the above (c) e y = e x + x 3 + C (d) y = e x + C
7 The differential equation of the family of parabolas with dy π
16 If ( 2 + sin x ) + ( y + 1) cos x = 0 and y( 0) = 1, then y
focus at the origin and the X -axis as axis, is dx 2
2 2
(a) y + 4 x (b) y = 2 x
dy dy dy dy is equal to JEE Mains 2017
= 4y −y
j
dx dx dx dx 1 4 1
2 2 (a) − (b) (c) (d) −2 / 3
(c) y + y = 2 xy (d) y + 2 xy
dy dy dy dy 3 3 3
+ y=0
dx dx dx dx 7
17 If a curve passes through the point 2, and has slope
8 The differential equation whose solution is 2
x 2 + y 2 + 2ax + 2by + c = 0, where a, b, c are arbitrary 1
1 − 2 at any point ( x , y ) on it, then the ordinate of the
constants, is x
DAY EIGHTEEN DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 191
is 4 8 2 4 18
(a) f (y / x) = C x , C ∈R (b) f (y / x) = x + C, C > 0 π π2 π 4π π2
(c) y = (d) y ′ = +
(c) f (y / x) = C x , C > 0 (d) None of these 3 9 3 3 3 3
dy
21 If x = y (log y − log x + 1), then the solution of the 29 The solution of the equation
dx dy
equation is + y tan x = x m cos x , is
dx
x
(b) log = Cx
y (m + 1) y = x m + 1 cos x + C (m + 1) cos x
(a) log = Cy (a)
y x (b) my = (x m + C ) cos x
x y = (x m + 1 + C ) cos x
(c) x log = Cy
y (c)
(d) y log = Cx
x y (d) None of the above
x
(d) sin−1 + log y + C = 0 31 The solution of differential equation
y
( xy 5 + 2y ) dx − xdy = 0, is
23 Solution of the differential equation x dy + y ( x + y )dx = 0
2
(a) 9x 8 + 4 x 9 y 4 = 9y 4 C (b) 9x 8 − 4 x 9 y 4 − 9y 4 C = 0
is (c) x 8 (9 + 4 y 4 ) = 10y 4 C (d) None of these
(a) y + 2 x = c 2 x 2 y (b) y − 2 x = c 2 x 2 / y
32 Let Y = y ( x ) be the solution of the differential equation
(c) y + 2 x = c 2 x 2 / y (d) None of these
dy π
sin x + y cos x = 4x , x ∈( 0, π ). If y = 0, then
24 If ( x 2 + y 2 )dy = xydx and y ( x 0 ) = e, y (1) = 1, then x 0 is dx 2
(a) e 3 (b) 2e 2 − 1 / 2 y( π / 6) is equal to j
JEE Mains 2018
(c) e −1/ 2
2
(d) e2 + 1/ 2 (a) −
8 8
π 2 (b) − π 2 (c) −
4 2
π (d)
4
π2
9 3 9 9 9 3
25 If a curve y = f ( x ) passes through the point (1,−1) and
satisfies the differential equation y (1 + xy )dx = xdy , then 33 Statement I The slope of the tangent at any point P on a
1 parabola, whose axis is the axis of x and vertex is at the
f − is equal to
2 j
JEE Mains 2016
origin, is inversely proportional to the ordinate of the point
2 4 2 4 P.
(a) − (b) − (c) (d)
5 5 5 5 Statement II The system of parabolas y 2 = 4ax satisfies
a differential equation of degree 1 and order 1.
26 The equation of the curve passing through the origin and j
JEE Mains 2013
satisfying the differential equation
(a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
dy
(1 + x 2 ) + 2xy = 4x 2 is correct explanation for Statement I
dx j
JEE Mains 2013
192 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY EIGHTEEN
(b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is Statement II Elimination of n independent arbitrary
not a correct explanation for Statement I constants results in a differential equation of the nth order.
(c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
(a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
(d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true correct explanation for Statement I
34 Statement I The elimination of four arbitrary constants in (b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is not
a correct explanation for Statement I
y = (c1 + c 2 + c 3 ec 4 )x results into a differential equation
(c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
dy
of the first order x = y. (d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true
dx
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (c)
21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (a) 25. (d) 26. (d) 27. (d) 28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (a)
31. (a) 32. (b) 33. (b) 34. (a)
SESSION 2 1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (d) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (c)
194 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY EIGHTEEN
⇒ (2)(2 + 0) = C f ′(v ) dx 1
dv = ⇒− + log v = − log x + C
⇒ C =4 f (v ) x 2v 2
Thus, ( y + 1) (2 + sin x ) = 4 ⇒ log f (v ) = log x + log C ,C > 0 x2 y
⇒ 2 + C = log + log x = log y .
π π
( y + 1) 2 + sin = 4 ⇒ f ( y / x ) = C x ,C > 0. 2y x
Now, at x = ,
2 2 Now, x = 1, y = 1
dy y
= log + 1
y
( y + 1)(2 + 1) = 4 21 Given, ⇒ C = −1 / 2
dx x x
4
y = −1 =
1 and x = x0, y = e
Put y = tx,
3 3 x 02 1
dy dt ⇒ − =1
dy 1 and =t + x 2e 2 2
17 Given, =1− 2 dx dx
dx x dt ⇒ x 02 = 3e 2 .
Then, we get t + x = t log t + t
⇒ dy = 1 − 2 dx
1 dx 25 We have,
x dt dx y (1 + xy ) dx = xdy
⇒ =
1 t log t x dy y (1 + xy ) y
⇒ y = x+ +C [integrating] ⇒ = = + y2
x ⇒ log log t = log x + log C dx x x
dy dv
log = Cx
Since, the curve passing through the y On putting y = vx and =v+ x ,
∴
point 2, .
7 x dx dx
2 we get
x2 − xy + y 2
i.e.
7 1
=2+ + C ⇒ C =1 22 Given, dx + =0 v+ x
dv
= v + v2 x 2
2 2 dy y2 dx
1 x
2
x dv
∴ y = x+ +1 …(i) dx ⇒ = xdx
⇒ + − + 1= 0 v2
x dy y y
Now, at x = − 2 dv
1 Put
x
v = or x = v y
⇒ ∫ v 2 = ∫ xdx
Ordinate, y = − 2 − + 1 = − 3 / 2 y
2 1 x2
dx dv ⇒ − = +C
dy and =v + y v 2
18 We have, ( x + y ) 2 =4 dy dy x x 2
dx ⇒ − = +C
dv y 2
dy dv Then, we get v + y + v2 − v + 1 = 0
On putting x + y = v and 1 + = , dy
dx dx Put (1, −1 ), then
we get dv dy 1
⇒ + =0 C =
v2 + 1
v 2 − 1 = 4
dv y 2
⇒
dx ⇒ tan −1 (v ) + log y + C = 0 x x2 1
∴ − = +
2 dv [integrating] y 2 2
⇒ v = v 2 + 4.
dx −1 x 1 4
∴ tan + log y + C = 0 Now, put x = − ,y =
v2 + 4 − 4 y 2 5
∴ dv = dx
v2 + 4
f −
1 4
dy y( x + y ) ∴ =
−1
⇒ v − 2 tan (v / 2) = x + C 23 We have + =0 2 5
dx x2
x+ y x C
⇒ x + y − 2 tan −1 = + On putting y = vx, we get dy
26 Given, (1 + x 2 ) + 2 xy = 4 x 2
2
dv dx
v+ x + v (1 + v ) = 0
Now, y(0) = 0 ⇒ C = 0. dx dy 2x 4x 2
x+ y ⇒ + y =
y = 2 tan −1 dx dv dx 1 + x 1 + x2
2
∴ or + =0
2 x v (v + 2) 2x
∫ dx
∴ IF = e 1 + x = e log (1 + x ) = 1 + x 2
2 2
dy dx 1 1 1
19 We have, + 1 = e x + y or + − dv = 0
dx x 2 v v + 2 and the solution is
dy dz On integrating, we get y ⋅ (1 + x 2 ) = ∫ 4 x 2 dx + C
On putting x + y = z and 1 + = ,
dx dx 1 4 x3
log x + [log v − log(v + 2)] + log C = 0 y (1 + x 2 ) = +C
we get 2 3
dz or log(v + 2) = log x2 vC 2
∴ = ez Now, x = 0, y = 0
dx or y + 2 x = C 2 x2 y . ⇒ C =0
⇒ e − zdz = dx dy xy 4 x3
On integrating both sides, we get 24 Given, = 2 ∴ y (1 + x 2 ) =
dx x + y2 3
e −z
= x+C dy dv ⇒ 3 y (1 + x 2 ) = 4 x3
−1 Put y = vx ⇒ = v + x , we get
dx dx dy 3 x2 sin2 x
⇒ x + e −( x + y ) + C = 0 xdv v 27 We have, + y =
⇒ v+ = dx 1 + x3 1 + x3
dy y f ( y / x) 1 + v2
20 = + dx
Since, it is a linear equation with
dx x f ′( y / x ) dv v v3
⇒ x = −v = − 3 x2
dy dv dx 1 + v 2 1 + v2 P =
On putting y / x = v and =v+ x , 1 + x3
dx dx 1 + v2 dx
⇒ dv = −
∴IF = e ∫
P dx
= e log (1 + x
3
we get v3 x )
= 1 + x3
196 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY EIGHTEEN
π π π2
y ′ = 2 ⋅ 2 + ⋅2⋅ 3 8
4⋅ x 9 y′
3 3 9 ⇒
x
=− +C ⇒ y ′ = c 1 c 2e c 2 x ⇒ c 2 =
y4 9 y
4π 2π 3 2
= + y ′
2
⇒ 9 x 8 + 4 x 9 ⋅ y 4 = 9 y 4C
3 9 and y ′′ = c 1 c 22e c 2 x ⇒ y ′′ = y .
dy y
29 This is the linear equation of the form 32 We have, sin x + y cos x = 4 x
dy dx ⇒ yy ′′ = ( y ′) 2
+ Py = Q . ⇒ sin xdy + y cos xdx = 4 xdx
dx 2 Given,
where, P = tan x and Q = x m cos x ⇒ d ( y sin x ) = 4 xdx dp ( t )
On integrating both sides, we get p ′ (t ) = = 0.5 p (t ) − 450
Now, integrating factor (IF) dt
y sin x = 2 x2 + C
= e∫ = e∫ 2dp ( t )
P dx tan x dx
π ⇒ = dt
= e log s ec x = sec x Since, it is passes through ,0 p ( t ) − 900
2
2dp ( t )
⇒ ∫
p ( t ) − 900 ∫
and the solution is given by, = dt
π2
∴ 0= + C ⇒ C = − π2 / 2
y ⋅e ∫ = Q ⋅e ∫ ∫
P dx P dx
dx + C 2
⇒ 2 log | p (t ) − 900 | = t + C
⇒ y sin x = 2 x2 − π2 / 2
⇒ y ⋅ sec x = ∫x ⋅ cos x ⋅ sec xdx + C
m
y e
which represents a hyperbola.
dy y
6 On putting 10 x + 6 y = t and ∴ =±
dx 1 − y2
12 Given,
dy dt dy ( x + 1) 2 + y − 3 y −3
10 + 6 = , we get = = ( x + 1) +
1 − y2 dx x+1 x+1
dx dx ⇒∫ dy = ± x + C.
dt 2 tan t / 2 y Putting x + 1 = X , y − 3 = Y ,
dy dY
= ,
= 6sin t + 10 = 6 + 10
dx 1 + tan t / 2
2
On putting y = sinθ and dy = cos θ dθ, we dx dX
2 get the equation becomes
sec t /2 cos θ ⋅ cos θ dθ dY Y
⇒ dt =dx C± x=∫ = X+
10 tan2 t /2 + 12 tant / 2 + 10 sin θ dX X
198 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY EIGHTEEN
dY 1 ex dx dy
or − ⋅Y = X [L. D. E.] ⇒ =− x2 − 2 xy
dX X −e − x dx 1
dy ⇒ = − 4,
x4
IF = e ∫
( −1 / X )dX 1 x
= e − log X = X −1 = ⇒ dy = e −2 xdx
X where y = f ( x )
On integrating both sides, we get
∴ The solution is d y 1
e −2 x =− 4
y = + C1
Y ⋅ = C + ∫ X ⋅ dx = C + X dx x2
1 1 x
−2
X X 1
⇒ 2 ye = −1 + 2C1 e 2 x
2x
⇒ x −2 y = 3 + C
( y − 3) 3x
or =C + x+1 ⇒ 2 ye 2 x = Ce 2 X − 1, where C = 2C1
( x + 1) ⇒ x −2 y = 3 +
1 2
[Q f (1) = 1]
dy
Now, x = 2, y = 0 14 Equation of tangent is Y − y = ( X − x ) 3x 3
dx
0−3 1 2 x2
⇒ = C + 2+ 1 dy ⇒ y = + .
2+ 1 Y-intercept of tangent is y − x 3x 3
dx
⇒ C = −4 dy y y2 − 1
From given condition, y − x = x3 , dy
∴ The equation of the curve is 16 Given, =
dx dx x x2 − 1
y −3
= x − 3 or y = x2 − 2 x. ⇒
dy 1
− ⋅ y = − x2 ...(i)
x+1 dy dx
3 5
dx x
1
⇒ ∫y y2 − 1
= ∫x x2 − 1
IF = e ∫ x = e − loge x =
x x − dx 1
x+
+ +K Now,
3! 5! dx − dy x ⇒ sec −1 y = sec −1 x + C
13 We have, =
x 2
x 4
dx + dy and solution is 2
1+ + +K Now, x = 2, y =
2! 4! 1 x2 3
⋅ y = − ∫ xdx = − +C
On applying componendo and x 2 π π π
⇒ = + C ⇒C = −
dividendo, we get −x 3
6 3 6
⇒ f ( x) = + Cx
x3 x5 x2 x4 2 π
x+ + + K + 1 + + + K −1
∴ y = sec sec x −
3! 5! 2! 4! Now, f (1) = 1 ⇒ C = 1 + =
1 3 6
x3 x4 x2 x4 2 2
3
x+ + + K − 1 + + + K − x3 3 ⇒
1 1
= cos cos −1 − cos −1
3! 4! 2! 4! ∴ f ( x) = + x y x 2
2 2
27 9
(dx − dy ) + (dx + dy ) ⇒ f (−3) = − =9 1 3 1
= 2 2 ⇒ = cos cos −1 + 1−
(dx − dy ) − (dx − dy ) y 2x x2
t 2 f ( x ) − x2 f ( x ) + x2 f ( x ) − x2 f (t )
x2 x3 15 lim =1
1 + x + + + K t→ x t−x 3
2! 3! 2dx dx ⋅ 1−
⇒ = =−
lim (t + x )f ( x ) + x2
f ( x ) − f (t ) 4
x x 2 3
−2dy dy t→ x
=1
− 1 − x + − + K t − x
2! 3! ∴
1
=
3 1
+
1
1− 2
2 xf ( x ) + x2 (− f ′( x )) = 1 y 2x 2 x
DAY NINTEEN UNIT TEST 2 (CALCULUS) 199
DAY NINTEEN
Unit Test 2
(Calculus)
1 Let f : ( 2, 3) → ( 0, 1) be defined by f ( x ) = x − [ x ], then (b) increasing for every value of x
f −1( x ) is equal to (c) decreasing for every value of x
(a) x − 2 (b) x + 1 (c) x − 1 (d) x + 2 (d) None of the above
dx x2 x3 xn dy
9 If y = 1 + x + + + ... +
2 ∫ sin x − cos x + 2
is equal to
2! 3! n!
, then
dx
is equal to
π π xn xn xn
tan + + C tan + + C (b) y + (c) y − (d) y − 1 −
1 x 1 x (a) y
(a) − (b) n! n! n!
2 2 8 2 2 8
π π x 1/ 4 − x 1/ 5
cot + + C cot + + C
1 x 1 x
(c) (d) − 10 The value of lim is
2 2 8 2 2 8 x →1 x 3 −1
n ( n − 1) 1 1 1 3
n 2 − n + 1 (a) (b) (c) (d)
3 lim is equal to 20 40 60 20
n→ ∞ n 2 − n − 1
11 The differential coefficient of the function
(a) e (b) e 2 (c) e −1 (d) 1
| x − 1| + | x − 3| at the point x = 2 is
4 If the normal to the curve y = f ( x ) at the point ( 3, 4) (a) −2 (b) 0
makes an angle 3 π / 4 with the positive X -axis, then f ′ ( 3) (c) 2 (d) not defined
is equal to
3 4 12 The difference between the greatest and least values of
(a) − 1 (b) − (c) (d) 1 1 1
4 3 the function f ( x ) = cos x + cos 2x − cos 3x is
−1 2 3
5 The area bounded by y = sin x , x = 1/ 2 and X-axis is
2 8 9 3
(a) + 1 sq units (b) 1 −
1 1 (a) (b) (c) (d)
sq units 3 7 4 8
2 2 f (b ) − f (a )
π π 13 In the mean value theorem = f ′ (c ), if
(d) − 1 sq units
1
(c) sq units + b −a
4 2 4 2 2
1
a = 0, b = and f ( x ) = x ( x − 1)( x − 2), then value of c is
2 − sin θ
π /2
2
6 The value of ∫ log d θ is
−π /2 2 + sin θ 15 21
(a) 1 − (b) 1 + 15 (c) 1 − (d) 1 + 21
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) None of these 6 6
7 The general solution of the differential equation 14 If the sides and angles of a plane triangle vary in such a
( 2x − y + 1) dx + ( 2y − x + 1) dy = 0 is way that its circumradius remains constant. Then,
da db dc
(a) x 2
+ y2
+ xy − x + y = C + + is equal to (where, da, db and dc
cos A cos B cos C
(b) x2 + y2 − xy + x + y = C
(c) x2 − y2 + 2 xy − x + y = C are small increments in the sides a, b and c,
(d) x2 − y2 − 2 xy + x − y = C respectively).
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 0 (d) 3
x3
8 The function f ( x ) = x 4 − is 1.5
∫
2
3 15 [ x ] dx , where [.] denotes the greatest integer
0
1 1
(a) increasing for x > and decreasing for x < function, is equal to
4 4
(a) 2 + 2 (b) 2 − 2 (c) −2 + 2 (d) −2 − 2
200 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY NINTEEN
16 The integrating factor of the differential equation 25 If u = ∫ e ax cos bx dx and v = ∫ e ax sin bx dx , then
dy
= y tan x − y 2 sec x , is (a 2 + b 2 ) (u 2 + v 2 ) is equal to
dx
(a) 2e ax (b) (a 2 + b 2 ) e 2 ax
(a) tanx (b) sec x (c) − sec x (d) cot x (c) e 2 ax (d) (a 2 − b 2 ) e 2 ax
17 The area bounded by the straight lines x = 0 , x = 2 and d [f ( x )] b
the curve y = 2x , y = 2x − x 2 is 26 If = g ( x ) for a ≤ x ≤ b, then ∫ f ( x ) ⋅ g ( x ) dx is
dx a
4 1 3 4
(a) − (b) + equal to
3 log 2 log 2 3
(a) f (b) − f (a) (b) g (b) − g (a)
4 3 4
(c) −1 (d) − [f (b)]2 − [f (a)]2 [g (b)]2 − [g (a)]2
log 2 log 2 3 (c) (d)
2 2
18 The area of the region bounded by y = | x − 1| and y = 1 is
27 If y be the function which passes through (1 , 2) having
(a) 2 sq units (b) 1 sq unit
(c) 1 / 2 sq unit (d) None of these slope ( 2x + 1). Then, the area bounded between the
k curve and X-axis is
19 If I1 = ∫ x sin {x (1 − x )} dx and
(a) 6 sq units (b)
5
sq unit
1− k
6
k
I2 = ∫ sin {x (1 − x )} dx , then (c)
1
sq unit (d) None of these
1− k
6
(a) I1 = 2 I 2 (b) 2 I1 = I 2
28 If h ( x ) = min{x , x 2 }, for every real number of x. Then,
(c) I1 = I 2 (d) None of these (a) h is continuous for all x (b) h is differentiable for all x
2 − tan2 z (c) h ′ (x) = 2 for all x > 1 (d) None of these
20 If I1 = ∫ x f {x ( 3 − x )} dx
sec 2 z
e 2 x − 1 , x <0
and I 2 = ∫
2 − tan2 z
f {x ( 3 − x )} dx , where f is a continuous
29 The function f ( x ) = bx 2 is continuous
sec 2 z ax + 2 − 1, x ≥ 0
I1
function and z is any real number, then is equal to and differentiable for
I2
(a) a = 1, b = 2 (b) a = 2, b = 4
3 1 (c) a = 2, any b (d) any a, b = 4
(a) (b)
2 2 x
(c) 1 (d) None of these ∫ π
2
t dt
30 The value of limπ is
21 If f and g are continuous functions on [ 0, π ] satisfying x→ sin( 2x − π )
f ( x ) + f ( π − x ) = g ( x ) + g ( π − x ) = 1, then 2
π π π π
(a) ∞
∫ [f ( x ) + g ( x )] dx is equal to
0
(b)
2
(c)
4
(d)
8
π 3π π
(a) π (b) 2 π (c) (d) 31 Let f ( x ) = 2 cos x + , 0 < x ≤ 2π (where, [.]
2 2 4
2x − 3 ⋅ [ x ], x ≥ 1 denotes the greatest integer ≤ x ). The number of points
22 The function f ( x ) = πx of discontinuity of f ( x ) are
sin , x < 1
2 (a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 5 (d) 6
sin x π
(where, [x] denotes the greatest integer ≤ x ) is 32 If f ( x ) = tan−1 , then f ′ is equal to
3
1 + cos x
1 1
(a) continuous at x = 2 (a) (b)
2 (1 + cos x) 2
(b) differentiable at x = 1
1
(c) continuous but not differentiable at x = 1 (c) (d) None of these
(d) None of the above 4
dy 33 Let f ( x ) be a polynomial function of the second degree. If
23 If y = f ( x ) + f ( x ) + f ( x ) + ... ∞ , then is equal to
dx f (1) = f ( −1) and a1, a 2 , a 3 are in AP, then
f ′ (x) f ′ (x) f ′ (x) f ′ (x) f ′ (a1 ), f ′ (a 2 ) and f ′ (a 3 ) are in
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2y − 1 2y + 1 1− 2 y 4 + 2y (a) AP (b) GP
(c) HP (d) None of these
24 If h( x ) = f ( x ) − (f ( x ))2 + (f ( x ))3 for every real numbers
x, then 34 If y = cos −1(cos x ), then y ′ ( x ) is equal to
(a) h is increasing whenever f is increasing (a) 1 for all x
(b) h is increasing whenever f is decreasing (b) −1 for all x
(c) h is decreasing whenever f is increasing (c) 1in 2nd and 3rd quadrants
(d) Nothing can be said in general (d) −1in 3rd and 4th quadrants
DAY NINTEEN UNIT TEST 2 (CALCULUS) 201
x
35 In ( −4 , 4) the function f ( x ) = ∫ (t 4 − 4) e −4t dt has 44 I1 = ∫ sin−1x dx and I 2 = ∫ sin−1 1 − x 2 dx , then
−10
π
(a) no extreme (b) one extreme (a) I1 = I 2 (b) I 2 =
(c) two extreme (d) four extreme 2I1
πx π
(c) I1 + I 2 = (d) I1 + I 2 =
36 If f ( x ) = kx 3 − 9x 2 + 9x + 3 is monotonically 2 2
increasing in each interval, then π /4 dx
(a) k < 3 (b) k ≤ 3 45 ∫ 0 cos 4 x − cos 2 x sin2 x + sin4 x
is equal to
(c) k > 3 (d) None of these
π π
(a) (b)
37 The integral 2 4
3 x x 2 + 1 π
(c) (d) None of these
∫
−1
tan−1 2
x +1
+ tan−1
x
dx is equal to 3
46 If f ( x ) = | x − 1| + | x − 3 | + | 5 − x | , ∀ x ∈ R . If f ( x ) is
(a) π (b) 2 π
(c) 3 π (d) None of these increases, then x belongs to
(a) (1, ∞) (b) (3, ∞) (c) (5, ∞) (d) (1, 3)
199
+2 99
+ 3 + ... + n
99 99
38 lim is equal to dx
n→ ∞ n100 47 The value of ∫ is
9 1 1 1 (1 + x )1/ 2 − (1 + x )1/ 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
100 100 99 101 (a) 2 λ1 / 2 + 3 λ1 / 3 + 6λ1 / 6 + 6 ln | λ1 / 6 − 1| + C
1 (b) 2 λ1 / 2 − 3 λ1 / 3 + 6λ1 / 6 + 6 ln | λ1 / 6 − 1| + C
39 If ∫ ( sin 2x + cos 2x ) dx = sin( 2x − c ) + a, then the
2
(c) 2 λ1 / 2 + 3 λ1 / 3 − 6λ1 / 6 + 6 ln | λ1 / 6 − 1| + C
value of a and c is
π (d) 2 λ1 / 2 + 3 λ1 / 3 + 6λ1 / 6 − 6 ln | λ1 / 6 − 1| + C
(a) c = and a = k
4 (where, λ = 1 + x)
π π
(b) c = − and a = 4
x
4 2 48 The value of ∫ dx is
π x −1
(c) c = and a is an arbitrary constant
2 4 3/4 x1/ 4 − 1
(a) − x + 4 x1 / 4 + 2 ln 1 / 4 +C
(d) None of the above 3 x +1
cos 2x
40 ∫ (cos x + sin x ) 2
dx is equal to (b)
4 3/4
x
x1/ 4 − 1
+ 4 x1 / 4 + 2 ln 1 / 4 +C
3 x +1
(a) log cos x + sin x + C (b) log(cos x − sin x) + C
4 3/4 x1/ 4 − 1
1 (c) − x − 4 x1 / 4 + 2 ln 1 / 4 +C
(c) log(cos x + sin x) + C (d) − +C 3 x +1
cos x + sin x
cos 4x + 1 4 3/4 x1/ 4 − 1
41 If ∫ dx = k cos 4x + C, then (d) x − 4 x1 / 4 + 2 ln 1 / 4 +C
cot x − tan x 3 x +1
1 1
(a) k = − (b) k = − 49 The value of n for which the function
2 8
1 (( 5)x − 1)3
(c) k = − (d) None of these , x ≠0
4 x x2
f ( x ) = sin ⋅ log 1 +
dx n 3
42 ∫ sin( x − a ) sin( x − b ) is equal to
15 (log 5)3 , x =0
1 sin(x − a)
(a) log +C may be continuous at x = 0, is
sin(a − b) sin(x − b)
(a) 5 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 2
−1 sin(x − a)
(b) log +C 50 The longest distance of the point (4, 0) from the curve
sin(a − b) sin(x − b)
2x (1 − x ) = y 2 is equal to
(c) log sin(x − a) ⋅ sin(x − b) + C
(a) 3 units (b) 4.5 units
sin(x − a)
(d) log +C (c) 5 units (d) None of these
sin(x − b)
51 The normal to the curve 5x 5 − 10x 3 + x + 2y + 4 = 0 at
( x 2 + 1)
43 ∫ e x
dx is equal to P ( 0, − 2) meets the curve again at two points at which
( x + 1) 2
equation of tangents to the curve is equal to
x − 1 x x + 1
(a) e + C (b) e x +C (a) y = 3 x + 2 (b) y = 2 (x − 1)
x + 1 x − 1 (c) 3 y + 2 x + 7 = 0 (d) None of these
(c) e x (x + 1) (x − 1) + C (d) None of these
202 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY NINTEEN
Direction (Q. Nos. 58-66) Each of these questions 65 Let f : R → R be differentiable and strictly increasing
contains two statements : Statement I (Assertion) and function throughout its domain.
Statement II (Reason). Each of these questions also has Statement I If | f ( x ) | is also strictly increasing function,
four alternative choices, only one of which is the correct then f ( x ) = 0 has no real roots.
answer. You have to select one of the codes ( a), (b), (c) Statement II At ∞ or − ∞ f ( x ) may approach to 0, but
and (d) given below. cannot be equal to zero.
(a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a 66 Statement I The area by region | x + y | + | x − y | ≤ 2 is
correct explanation for Statement I 4 sq units.
(b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is Statement II Area enclosed by region
not a correct explanation for Statement I | x + y | + | x − y | ≤ 2 is symmetric about X-axis.
(c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
(d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true
ANSWERS
1 (d) 2 (d) 3 (b) 4 (d) 5 (d) 6 (a) 7 (b) 8 (a) 9 (c) 10 (c)
11 (b) 12 (c) 13 (c) 14 (c) 15 (b) 16 (b) 17 (d) 18 (b) 19 (b) 20 (a)
21 (a) 22 (c) 23 (a) 24 (a) 25 (c) 26 (c) 27 (c) 28 (a) 29 (c) 30 (c)
31 (d) 32 (b) 33 (a) 34 (d) 35 (c) 36 (c) 37 (b) 38 (b) 39 (a) 40 (c)
41 (b) 42 (a) 43 (a) 44 (c) 45 (a) 46 (b) 47 (a) 48 (b) 49 (a) 50 (c)
51 (b) 52 (c) 53 (a) 54 (a) 55 (a) 56 (c) 57 (c) 58 (a) 59 (c) 60 (b)
61 (d) 62 (c) 63 (b) 64 (a) 65 (b) 66 (b)
DAY NINTEEN UNIT TEST 2 (CALCULUS) 203
∴ f ( x) = y = x − 2 π ⇒ y2 + x2 − xy + x + y = C − 1
= + [cos y] π0 / 4
⇒ x = y + 2 = f −1 ( y ) 4 2 ⇒ x2 + y2 − xy + x + y = C
−1
⇒ f ( x) = x + 2 π 1 x3
= + − 1 sq units 8 f ( x) = x 4 −
2 Let 4 2 2 3
I =∫
dx −1 ⇒ f ′ ( x) = 4 x 3 − x 2
π π 2 − sin θ
2 sin x ⋅ sin − cos x ⋅ cos + 1 6 f (− θ) = log For increasing,
4 4 2 + sin θ 4 x3 − x2 > 0 ⇒ x2 (4 x − 1) > 0
1 dx 2 − sin θ Therefore, the function is increasing
=
2
∫ x π
= − log = − f (θ)
2 + sin θ for x > 1 / 4.
1 − cos 2 +
2 8 1
f (θ) is an odd function of θ . Similarly, decreasing for x < .
π 4
1 2 x
=
2 2
∫ cosec 2 + 8 dx ∴ I =∫
π /2 2 − sin θ
log dθ = 0 9 Given,
−π /2 2 + sin θ x2 x3 xn
x π y =1 + x +
+ +K+
− cot + 2! 3! n!
1 2 8 7. Given,
= +C dy x2 xn −1
2 2 1/2 (2 x − y + 1) dx + (2 y − x + 1) dy = 0 ⇒ =0+1+ x+ + ... +
dy 2 x − y + 1 dx 2! (n − 1) !
1 x π ⇒ = ,
=− cot + + C dx x − 2y − 1 dy x n x2
2 2 8 ⇒ + =1+ x+ +K
n (n − 1 )
Put x = X + h, y = Y + k dx n ! 2!
n2 − n + 1 dY 2 X − Y + 2 h − k + 1 xn −1 xn
3 lim ⇒ = + +
n→ ∞ n2 − n − 1 dX X − 2 Y + h − 2k − 1 (n − 1) ! n !
n (n − 1 )
n (n − 1) + 1 Again, put 2 h − k + 1 = 0 dy xn
= lim ⇒ = y−
n → ∞ n (n − 1) − 1 and h − 2k − 1 = 0 dx n!
n( n − 1 ) On solving, 1 −3 / 4 1 −4 / 5
x − x
1 h = − 1, k = − 1 x1 / 4 − x1 / 5
1 + 10 lim = lim 4 5
n (n − 1) dY 2 X − Y x −1
= lim
3
e x →1 x →1
3x 2
n( n − 1 )
= −1 = e 2 ∴ =
n→ ∞
1 e dX X − 2Y 1 1
−
1 − 4 5 1
n (n − 1) On putting Y = vX , we get = =
dv 2 X − vX 2−v 3 60
−1 ⇒ v+ X = =
4 Slope of the normal = dX X − 2 vX 1 − 2 v 11 Given, f ( x) = | x − 1| + | x − 3|
dy
dx dv 2 − 2 v + 2 v2 2 (v2 − v + 1) −( x − 1) − ( x − 3), x <1
⇒X = =
3π −1 dy dX 1 − 2v 1 − 2v f ( x) = ( x − 1) − ( x − 3), 1 ≤ x < 3
⇒ tan = ⇒ =1 ( x − 1) + ( x − 3),
4 dy dx (3, 4 ) dX (1 − 2 v) x >3
∴ = dv
dx (3, 4 ) X 2 (v2 − v + 1) 4 − 2 x , x < 1
∴ f ′ (3) = 1 Put v2 − v + 1 = t = 2, 1 < x < 3
2 x − 4 , x ≥ 3
5 Required area ⇒ (2 v − 1) dv = dt
= Area of rectangle OABC − Area dX dt In the neighbourhood of x = 2,
∴ =−
of curve OBCO X 2t f ( x) = 2
Y On integrating, Hence, f ′ ( x) = 0
p log X = log t −1 /2 + log C1 /2 12 The given function is periodic with
0, ∴ X = t −1 / 2 C 1 / 2
2 period 2π . So, the difference
⇒ X = (v2 − v + 1)−1 /2 C1 /2 between the greatest and least values
p
0,
4 C B ⇒ X (v2 − v + 1) = C
2
of the function is the difference
( y + 1) 2 ( y + 1) between these values on the interval
X ⇒ ( x + 1) 2 − + 1 [0, 2π ].
O A
( x + 1) 2
( x + 1)
1 Now,
x= =C
Ö2 f ′ ( x) = − (sin x + sin 2 x − sin 3 x)
= − 4 sin x sin(3 x/ 2) sin( x/2)
204 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY NINTEEN
critical points.
∴ + +
cos A cos B cos C
= ∫ 1−k
sin x (1 − x) dx − ∫ 1−k
x
1 1 7 sin x (1 − x) dx
Also, f (0) = 1 + − = = 2 R (dA + dB + dC) = 0
2 3 6 1.5 = I2 − I1 or 2 I1 = I2
2π 13 1 15 ∴ ∫ [x2 ] dx 2 − tan 2 z
f =− , f (π ) = – 0
20 I1 = ∫ (3 − x) f ( x(3 − x)) dx
3 12 6 1 2 1. 5 sec 2 z
7
= ∫ 0
[x2 ] dx + ∫ 1
[x2 ] dx + ∫ 2
[ x2 ] dx
[by property]
and f (2 π ) = 1 2 1. 5 2 − tan 2 z
6 = ∫ 0
0 dx + ∫
1
1 dx + ∫ 2
2 dx I1 = 3 ∫ sec 2 z
f ( x (3 − x)) dx
∴Required difference
= 0 + ( x)1 + 2 ( x)2 1. 5 2 − tan 2 z
7 13 27 9
= − − = =
2 − ∫
sec 2 z
x f ( x (3 − x)) dx
6 12 12 4 = 2 −1 + 3 −2 2 =2 − 2
I1 3
I1 = 3 I2 − I1 ⇒ =
13 From mean value theorem, 16 The differential equation is I2 2
f (b ) − f (a) dy
f ′ (c ) = − y tan x = − y2 sec x π
21 Let I = ∫ [ f ( x) + g( x)] dx
b −a dx 0
e ax ⋅ sin bx a
29 Since, f is continuous at x = 0.
π 1
= − v ∴ f (0 − ) = f (0 + ) = f (0) = − 1 Hence, f′ =
b b 3 2
Also, f is differentiable at x = 0,
⇒ bu + av = e ax ⋅sin bx …(i) 33 Let f ( x) = ax2 + bx + c
therefore Lf ′ (0) = Rf ′ (0)
Similarly, bv − au = − e ax ⋅cos bx …(ii) f (0 − h) − f (0)
⇒ lim Then, f ′( x) = 2ax + b
On squaring and adding Eqs. (i) and h→ 0 −h
(ii), we get Also, f (1) = f (−1)
f (0 + h) − f (0)
(a2 + b 2 ) (u2 + v2 ) = e2 ax = lim ⇒ a+ b + c = a−b + c
h→ 0 h
b
26 Let I = ∫ f ( x) ⋅ g( x) dx e −2 h − 1 + 1 ⇒ b =0
a ⇒ lim
h→ 0 −h ∴ f ′ ( x) = 2 ax ;
Put f ( x) = t ⇒ f ′ ( x) dx = dt
⇒ g( x) dx = dt bh2 ⇒ f ′ (a1 ) = 2 aa1 , f ′ (a2 ) = 2 aa2 ,
ah + − 1 + 1 f ′ (a3 ) = 2 aa3
f (b )
f (b ) t2 [ f (b )] 2 − [ f (a)] 2 2
I = ∫ t dt = = = lim
h→ 0 As a1 , a2 , a3 are in AP,
f ( a) 2 f ( a) 2 h
−2e −2 h f ′ (a1 ), f ′ (a2 ), f ′ (a3 ) are in AP.
dy
= 2 x + 1 ⇒ y = x2 + x + C
⇒ lim
h→ 0
= lim ( a + bh)
27 Given, −1 h → 0 34 Given, y = cos −1 (cos x)
dx
⇒ y = x 2 + x, [L′ Hospital’s rule] 1 sin x
⇒ 2 = a + 0 ⇒ a = 2, b any number ⇒ y′ ( x ) = sin x =
[QC = 0 by putting x = 1, y = 2] 1 − cos x 2 |sin x|
x
∫
2
1 1 t dt 1 , 1st and 2nd quadrants
⇒ x + = y + , which is an 30 y = lim π /2
=
2 4 x→ π / 2 sin(2 x − π ) −1 , 3rd and 4th quadrants
equation of parabola whose vertex is x
t 2 x
−1 −1
V , . 2
35 f ( x) = ∫ − 10
(t 4 − 4) e −4 tdt
2 4 π /2
⇒ y = lim ⇒ f ′ ( x) = ( x 4 − 4) e −4 x
x → π /2 sin( 2 x − π )
Y Now, f ′ ( x) = 0 ⇒ x = ± 2
x2 π 2
− Now,
2 8
⇒ y = lim f ′ ′ ( x) = − 4 ( x 4 − 4) e −4 x + 4 x3e −4 x
x → π /2 sin(2 x − π )
x = ∫ e x [ f ( x) + f ′ ( x)] dx − 3 , x <1
∫ {tan
3
−1
= 2 − 1 ,
−1 x + 1 1 < x <3
x −1 2 ⇒ f ′ ( x) =
x ∴ f ( x) = x + 1 , f ′ ( x) = ( x + 1) 2 1, 3 < x <5
+ cot −1 2 dx
x + 1 3 , x >5
x − 1
3 π = ex +C It is clear that f ′ ( x) > 0, when
= ∫ −1 2
dx = 2 π x + 1
x ∈ (3 , ∞).
π 44 I1 = ∫ sin −1 x dx. dx
Q tan −1 x + cot −1 x = , ∀ x ∈ R 47 Let I = ∫
2 (1 + x)1 /2 − (1 + x)1 /3
Let sin −1 x = θ ⇒ x = sin θ
n
r 99 Put 1 + x = t 6 ⇒ dx = 6 t 5 dt
∑
1
100 = ∫ ⇒ dx = cos θ dθ
99
38 lim x dx
n→ ∞ n 0 6 t 5dt t3
r =1
∴ I1 = ∫ θ cos θ dθ Then, I = ∫ 3 =6 ∫ dt
x100 1
1
(t − t ) 2
( t − 1)
= = = θ sin θ − ∫ sin θ dθ = θ sin θ + cos θ
( t 3 − 1) + 1
100 0 100 = 6∫ dt
= x sin −1 x + 1 − x 2 ( t − 1)
− cos 2 x sin 2 x
39 I = + + k 1
I2 = ∫ sin −1 1 − x2 dx
2 2 and =6 ∫ t +t +1+
2
dt
1 π π t − 1
= sin 2 x cos − cos 2 x sin + k = ∫ cos −1 x dx
2 4 4 t3 t2
Let cos φ = x =6 + + t + ln|t − 1 | + C
1 π 3 2
= sin 2 x − + k ⇒ − sin φ dφ = dx
2 4 = 2 (1 + x)1 /2 + 3 (1 + x)1 /3
∴
π
c = ;a=k
∴ I2 = − ∫ φ sin φ dφ = φ cos φ + 6 (1 + x)1 / 6+ 6 ln|
4 + ∫ − cos φ dφ (1 + x)1 / 6 − 1 | + C
(cos x − sin x)(cos x + sin x) = 2 λ + 3 λ + 6 λ1 / 6 + 6
1 /2 1 /3
40 ∫ dx = φ cos φ − sin φ
(cos x + sin x) 2 ln| λ1 / 6 − 1| + C [where, λ = 1 + x ]
= x cos −1 x − 1 − x2
cos x − sin x x1 / 4
=∫
cos x + sin x
dx ∴ I1 + I2 = x (cos −1 x + sin −1 x) 48 Let I = ∫x 1 /2
−1
dt
π x
Put sin x + cos x = t = Put x = t 4 ⇒ dx = 4 t 3dt
2
⇒ (cos x − sin x) dx = dt t ⋅ 4 t 3dt t 4 − 1 + 1
45 Divide numerator and denominator ∴I = ∫ 2 = 4∫ 2 dt
1 by cos 4 x, (t − 1) t −1
∴ ∫ dt = log t + C
t π /4 sec2 x sec2 x dx 1
= log (sin x + cos x) + C ∴ I = ∫ 0 1 − tan2 x + tan 4 x
= 4∫ t 2 + 1 + 2
dt
t − 1
2 cos2 2 x
41 ∫ ⋅ sin x cos x dx Put tan x = t ⇒ sec2 x dx = dt t 3 1 t −1
cos2 x − sin2 x 1 1 + t2 = 4 + t + ln +C
∴ I =∫ 4 dt 3 2 t +1
= ∫ cos 2 x ⋅ sin 2 x dx 0 t − t2 + 1
4 x1 / 4 − 1
1 1 1 1 = x3 / 4 + 4 x1 / 4 + 2 ln 1 / 4 +C
2∫
= sin 4 x dx = − cos 4 x + C 1+ 2 1 + 2 3 x +1
8 1 1 t
=∫ t dt = ∫ 2
dt
1 0 2 1 0
1 49 Clearly,
∴ k =− t −1 + 2 t − + 1
8 t t (5 x − 1)3
= lim
dx 1 x→ 0
x x2
z=t − sin ⋅ log 1 +
42 ∫ sin( x − a) sin( x − b ) Put
t n 3
1 (5 x − 1)3 1
1 sin{( x − b ) − ( x − a)} and dz = 1 + 2 dt = lim ⋅ lim
sin(a − b ) ∫ sin( x − a) sin( x − b )
= dx t x→ 0 x x2 x → 0 sin x / n
dz + ...
n 3
0
I =∫ dz = [tan −1 z] 0− ∞ x/n
1
sin(a − b ) ∫
= [ cot( x − a) dx − ∞ 1 + z2 3
(5 x − 1)
π = lim ⋅3 n
− ∫ cot ( x − b ) dx ] = tan −1 (0) − tan −1 (−∞) =
2
x→ 0
x
= 3 n (log 5)3
1 sin( x − a) 46 Given,
= log +C …(i)
sin(a − b ) sin( x − b ) f ( x) = | x − 1| + | x − 3| + |5 − x|,
∀ x ∈R Since, the value of the function at
e ( x − 1 + 2)
x 2
x = 0 is 15 (log 5)3 .
43 ∫ dx 9 − 3 x , x <1
( x + 1) 2 7 − x , 1 ≤ x < 3 ∴ 3 n(log 5)3 = 15 (log 5)3
∴ f ( x) =
x −1 ⇒ n=5
x + 1, 3 ≤ x < 5
2
= ∫ ex + 2
dx
x + 1 ( x + 1) 3 x − 9 , x ≥5
DAY NINTEEN UNIT TEST 2 (CALCULUS) 207
I = I1 + I2 π /4 sin x + cos x
50 Let the distance of point (4 , 0) from 55 Let I = ∫ dx
the point ( x, y) lying on the curve be where, 0 9 + 16 sin 2 x
D2 = ( x − 4)2 + y2 1 1 Put sin x − cos x = t
I1 = − [( x − 1)2 ]1−1 + [( x − 1)2 ]21
⇒ D2 = ( x − 4)2 + 2 x − 2 x2 2 2 Then, (sin x + cos x) dx = dt
1
= x2 + 16 − 8 x + 2 x − 2 x2 = {[( x − 1)2 ]21 − [( x − 1)2 ]1−1 } 0 dt
= − x2 − 6 x + 16 …(i) 2 ∴I = ∫
− 1 9 + 16 (1 − t 2 )
1 5
On differentiating Eq. (i), we get = {1 + 4} = …(i) 0 dt
2D
dD
= − 2x − 6 …(ii)
2
0
2
1 2
= ∫ −1 25 − 16 t 2
dx and I2 = ∫ −1
− dx + ∫ 0
0 ⋅ dx + ∫ 1
dx
1 0 1 1
= − 2( x + 3)
= −1 + 0 + 1=0 …(ii) =
10 ∫ −1
+ dt
5 − 4t 5 + 4t
For maximum or minimum value,
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 0
dD
=0 5 5 1 1
put
I = I1 + I2 = + 0 = = ⋅ [log (5 + 4 t ) − log (5 − 4 t )]
dx 10 4 −1
2 2
∴ x = −3 1 1
53 According to the question, = (log 9 − log 1) = log 3
Again, on differentiating Eq. (ii), we 40 20
dy y y
get = − cos2 3 2 3
d2 D
= negative on putting x = − 3
dx x x 56. ∫ −2
f ( x) dx = ∫ −2
f ( x) dx + ∫ 2
f ( x) dx
dx2 xdy − ydx y
⇒ = − cos2 dx Since, ecos x sin x is an odd function.
∴The longest distance is x x
y ( xdx − ydx) 3
D2 = − 9 − 6 (−3) + 16 ⇒ sec2 =−
dx ∴ ∫ −2
f ( x) dx = 0 + 2 (3 − 2) = 2
= − 9 + 18 + 16 = 25 x x2 x
y
x2
∴ D = 5 units sec 2 y
d =−
dx
…(i) 57. Required area, A = ∫ y dx
x x
x1
x
51 The given curve is
5 x 5 − 10 x3 + x + 2 y + 4 = 0 …(i) On integrating both sides of Eq. (i),
On differentiating Eq. (i), we get we get
y
dy tan = − log x + C y=sin x
25 x 4 − 30 x2 + 1 + 2 =0 x
dx
dy −25 x 4 + 30 x2 − 1 When x = 1 / 2 and y = π / 8, then
⇒ = 1
dx 2 1 = − log + C = − [− log 2] + C O p/4 p/2
dy 1 2
⇒ = − at P 1 − log 2 = C –1 y=cos x
dx 2
y
∴ Slope of normal is 2. ∴ tan = − log x + 1 − log 2
x
Therefore, its equation is e
( y + 2) = 2( x − 0) = − log 2 x + log e = log
2 x π /4 π /4
⇒ y = 2x − 2 …(ii) y e
= ∫ 0
cos x dx − ∫ 0
sin x dx
⇒ = tan −1 log
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get x 2 x = [sin x] π0 / 4 − [− cos x] π0 / 4
5 x 5 − 10 x3 + x + 4 x − 4 + 4 = 0 e 1 1
⇒ 5 x[ x 4 − 2 x2 + 1] = 0 ⇒ y = x tan −1 log = − 0 + − 1 = 2 − 1
2 x 2 2
⇒ 5 x( x2 − 1)2 = 0
xdy − y dx 58 The equation of the given curve is
⇒ x =0 54. Given, = dy
y2 y = 7 x3 + 11 …(i)
or x2 = 1 or x = 0, 1, − 1
dy
∴ y = − 2, 0, − 4 x ⇒ = 7 × 3 x = 21 x
2 2
⇒ d = − dy dx
Since, the other two points are y
[differentiating w.r.t. x ]
(1, 0), (−1, − 4) . x
⇒ =− y+C [integrating] ∴Slope of tangent at x = 2 is
The tangents at these points are
y dy
( y − 0) = 2 ( x − 1) = 21 (2)2 = 84
As y (1) = 1 ⇒ C = 2 dx x = 2
and ( y + 4) = 2 ( x + 1) or y = 2 ( x − 1)
x Slope of tangent at x = − 2 is
2 ∴ + y =2
52 Let I = ∫ {| x − 1| + [ x]} dx y dy
−1
= 21 (−2)2 = 84
2 2
Again, for x = − 3, dx x = − 2
=∫ −1
(| x − 1|) dx + ∫ −1
[ x] dx
− 3 + y2 = 2 y
1 2 It is observed that the slopes of the
=∫ − ( x − 1) dx + ∫ ( x − 1) dx ⇒ ( y + 1)( y − 3) = 0 tangents at the points where, x = 2
−1 1
2
Also, y > 0 and x = − 2 are equal. Hence, the two
+ ∫ −1
[ x] dx ⇒ y =3 [neglecting y = − 1 ] tangents are parallel.
208 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY NINTEEN
Here, IF = e ∫
− dx –1
= x −2 x Also, the curve is taking sharp turn
at x = 1, 2 and 3. X
1 1
∴Solution is x −2 v = + C ∴ f is not differentiable at x = 1, 2
x
and 3.
⇒ v = x + Cx2 1
1 63 Given, y=–x
⇒ y( x ) = f ( x) = max {( x − 1) 2 + 1,| x − 1|}
( x + Cx2 ) 3
= ( x − 1) 2 + 1
x2 − 1 ∴ Required area
∴ f ′ ( x) = 2 ( x − 1) = 0
61 ∫ (x 2
+ 1) x +1
4
dx
⇒ x = 1 ∈ [0, 3]
[say]
1
= 4 × 2 × 1 = 4 sq units
2
1 Now, f (0) = 2, f (1) = 1, f (3) = 5
1− ∴Greatest value of Also, the area enclosed by
x2
= ∫ 1 1
dx f ( x) = max { f (0), f (1), f (3)} = 5 | x + y| +| x − y| ≤ 2
x + x + 2
2
dx is symmetric about X-axis, Y-axis,
x x 64 For vertical tangent, =0
dt 1 dθ y = x and y = − x .
=∫ put t = x + ∴ − 3 cos θ = 0 ⇒ cos θ = 0
t t 2 − 2 x
π 3π
Hence, both the statements are true
1 x +1
2 ⇒ θ= , but Statement II is not the correct
= sec −1 +C 2 2 explanation of Statement I.
2 x 2
EXAM BITES
This Pdf Is
Downloaded From
www.exambites.in
VISIT NOW !!
DAY TWENTY
Trigonometric
Functions and
Equations
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Angle on Circular System u Trigonometric Ratios of u Maximum and Minimum
u Trigonometric Functions Compound and Multiple Values
Angles u Trigonometric Equations
u Trigonometric Identities
u Transformation Formulae u Summation of Some
u Trigonometric
Ratios/Functions of Acute u Conditional Identities Trigonometric Series
Angles
Perpendicular
AC Hypotenuse
e
us
te n
PM y BC Perpendicular
(v) tan θ = = , x ≠0 3. tan θ = =
po
OM x AB Base
Hy
OM x 1 AC Hypotenuse
(vi) cot θ = = , y ≠0 4. cosec θ = = =
PM y sin θ BC Perpendicular q 90°
A B
1 AC Hypotenuse Base
5. sec θ = = =
Trigonometric Identities cos θ AB Base
1 AB Base
An equation involving trigonometric functions 6. cot θ = = =
tan θ BC Perpendicular
which is true for all those angles for which the
functions which is true for all those angles for which Sign for Trigonometric Ratios in four Quadrants
the functions are defined is called trigonometric
identity. Quadrant sin θ cos θ tan θ cot θ sec θ cosec θ
Some identities are given below I. (0, 90° ) + + + + + +
(i) sin2 θ + cos2 θ = 1 II. (90 ° , 180 ° ) + − − − − +
(ii) sec2 θ − tan2 θ = 1
III. (180 ° , 270 ° ) − − + + − −
(iii) cosec2 θ − cot2 θ = 1
IV. (270 ° , 360 ° ) − + − − + −
π π π π π π 3π π 3π 2π 5π π
Angle
0°/0 15°/ 18°/ 22.5°/ 30°/ 36°/ 45°/ 54°/ 60°/ 67.5°/ 72°/ 75°/ 90°/
12 10 8 6 5 4 10 3 8 5 12 2
2 2 4 2 4 2 2
sec θ 1 4−2 2 5−1 2 2 4+ 2 2 5+ 1 ∞
3+1 10 + 2 5 3 10 − 2 5 3−1
2 2 4 2 4 2 2
cosec θ ∞ 5+ 1 4+ 2 2 2 2 5−1 4−2 2 1
3−1 10 − 2 5 3 10 + 2 5 3+1
DAY TWENTY TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS AND EQUATIONS 211
General Solution
Trigonometric Equations Since, trigonometrical functions are periodic function,
An equation involving one or more trigonometrical ratios of solution of trigonometric equation can be generalised with
unknown angle is called a trigonometrical equation. the help of the periodicity of the trigonometrical functions.
e.g. sin θ + cos2 θ = 0 The solution consisting of all possible solutions of a
trigonometric equation is called its general solution.
22 The value of1 + cos 56° + cos 58° − cos 66° is equal to 33 cos 2 θ + 2 cos θ is always
(a) 2 cos 28 ° cos 29° cos 33 ° (b) 4 cos 28 ° cos 29° sin 33 ° 3 3
(a) greater than − (b) less than or equal to
(c) 4 cos 28 ° cos 29° cos 33 ° (d) 2 cos 28 ° cos 29° sin 33 ° 2 2
3
23 Let n be a positive integer such that (c) greater than or equal to − and less than or equal to 3
2
π π n (d) None of the above
sin + cos = . Then,
2n 2n 2
34 If f : R → S , defined by f ( x ) = sin x − 3 cos x + 1, is onto,
(a) n = 6 (b) n = 1, 2 , 3, . . . , 8 then the interval of S is
(c) n = 5 (d) None of these (a) [0, 3] (b) [−11
,] (c) [0,1] (d) [−1, 3]
24 The value of tan A + 2 tan 2A + 4 tan 4A + 8 cot 8A is 5π 5π
35 If x ∈ − , , then the greatest positive solution of
(a) cot A (b) tanA (c) cos A (d) sinA 2 2
π π 1 + sin4 x = cos 2 3x is
25 The maximum value of sin x + + cos x + in the 5π
6 6 (a) π (b) 2 π (c) (d) None of these
π 2
interval 0, is attained at
2 36 The number of solution of cos x = |1 + sin x |, 0 ≤ x ≤ 3π is
π π π π (a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5
(a) x = (b) x = (c) x = (d) x =
12 6 3 2
37 If sin 2x + cos x = 0, then which among the following
A+B B−A is/are true?
26 If cos A = m cos B and cot = λ tan , then λ is
2 2 1
m m+1 I. cos x = 0 II. sin x = −
(a) (b) 2
m−1 m π 7π
m+1 III. x = ( 2n + 1) ,n ∈ Z IV. x = nπ + (– 1)n ,n ∈ Z
(c) (d) None of these 2 6
m−1 (a) I is true (b) I and II are true
2π 4π (c) I,II and III are true (d) All are true
27 If x cos θ = y cos θ + = z cos θ + , then the
3 3 38 The number of solutions of the equation sin 2x − 2 cos x
1 1 1 + 4 sin x = 4 in the interval [ 0 , 5π ] is JEE Mains 2013
value of + + is equal to
x y z (a) 3 (b) 5 (c) 4 (d) 6
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 0 (d) 3 cosθ 39 The possible values of θ ∈( 0, π ) such that
π π sin (θ ) + sin ( 4θ ) + sin (7θ ) = 0 are
28 The maximum value of cos 2 − x − cos 2 + x is 2π π 4π π 3π 8π π 5π π 2π 3π 8π
3 3 (a) , , , , , (b) , , , , ,
9 4 9 2 4 9 4 12 2 3 4 9
3 1 3 3 2π π π 2π 3π 35 π 2π π π 2π 3π 8π
(a) − (b) (c) (d) (c) , , , , , (d) , , , , ,
2 2 2 2 9 4 2 3 4 36 9 4 2 3 4 9
29 If sum of all the solution of the equation 40 The number of values of x in the interval [ 0, 3π ] satisfying
π π 1 the equation 2 sin2 x + 5 sin x − 3 = 0 is
8 cos x ⋅ cos + x ⋅ cos − x −
6 6 2
(a) 6 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 4
= 1 in [ 0, π ] is kπ, then k is equal to π
2 13 8 20 41 If α is a root of 25 cos 2 θ + 5 cos θ − 12 = 0, < α < π,
(a) (b) (c) (d) 2
3 9 9 9
then sin 2 α is equal to
4xy 24 24 13 13
30 sin2 θ = is true, if and only if AIEEE 2002 (a) (b) − (c) (d) −
( x + y )2 25 25 18 18
(a) x − y ≠ 0 (b) x = − y π 2π 4π
42 Statement I cos ⋅ cos ⋅ cos = − 1/ 8
(c) x + y ≠ 0 (d) x ≠ 0, y ≠ 0 7 7 7
31 The smallest positive integral value of p for which the Statement II cos θ cos 2 θ cos 4 θ . . .
equation cos( p sin x ) = sin( p cos x ) in x has a solution in 1 π
[ 0, 2π ] is cos 2 n − 1θ = − n for θ = n
2 2 −1
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) 5
(a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
32 If A = sin x + cos x , then for all real x
2 4
the correct explanation for Statement I
13
(a) ≤ A≤1 (b) 1 ≤ A ≤ 2 (b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
16 not the correct explanation for Statement I
3 13 3
(c) ≤ A ≤ (d) ≤ A≤1 (c) Statement I is true, Statement II is false
4 16 4
(d) Statement I is false, Statement II is true
DAY TWENTY TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS AND EQUATIONS 215
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (a)
11. (d) 12. (a) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (d)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (a) 24. (a) 25. (a) 26. (c) 27. (c) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (c)
31. (a) 32. (d) 33. (c) 34. (d) 35. (b) 36. (b) 37. (d) 38. (a) 39. (a) 40. (d)
41. (b) 42. (a)
SESSION 2 1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (b) 10. (a)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (b)
5
7+
P Q R π α − β 3
7 − 5 cot θ Also, + + = ∴ cos =−
∴ = 4 = 33 2 2 2 2 2 130
9 − 4 tan2 θ 9 − 4 (− 4) 100 P+Q π π π α − β 3π
⇒ = Q∠ R = Q π < α − β < 3π ⇒ < <
2 4 2 2 2 2
10 Since, sin (α + β) = 1
P Q b
π tan + tan − 17 Since, A + B + C = π
∴ α +β= …(i) 2 2 =1 ⇒ a =1
2 ⇒ ∴ A = π − (B + C)
P Q c
1 1 − tan tan 1−
and sin (α − β) = 2 2 a We have, cos A = cos B cos C
2 ⇒ cos [π − (B + C)] = cos B cos C
⇒ c=a+b
π
⇒ α −β = …(ii) 4 ⇒ − cos (B + C) = cos B cos C
6 14 cos (α + β) =
5 ⇒ − [cos B cos C − sin B sin C]
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
⇒ α + β ∈1st quadrant = cos B cos C
π π
α = and β = 5 ⇒ sin B sin C = 2 cos B cos C
3 6 sin (α − β) =
13 ⇒ tan B tan C = 2
Now, tan (α + 2 β) tan (2 α + β)
⇒ (α − β) ∈1st quadrant 18 We know,
2 π 5 π
= tan tan Now, as 2α = (α + β) + (α − β) tan α + tan β
3 6 tan (α + β) =
tan (α + β) + tan (α − β) 1 − tan α tan β
π π ∴ tan 2α =
= tan π − tan π − 1 − tan (α + β) tan (α − β) 1
3 6 Q tan α =
3
+
5 1 + 2− x
π π 56
= − cot − cot = 4 12 = 1
3 6 3 5 33 and tan β =
1− ⋅ 1 + 2x + 1
1 4 12
= × 3 =1 1 1
3 15 We have, +
1 1 + 2x + 1
11 sec A , sec B and sec C are positive in 1+ x
z = sin(α + β) = x 1 − y2 + y 1 − x2 ∴ tan (α + β) = 2
an acute angled triangle. 1 1
⇒ z2 = x2 + y2 − 2 x2 y2 1− ⋅
Also, arithmetic mean ≥ harmonic 1 1 + 2x + 1
+ 2 xy 1 − x2 1 − y2 1+ x
mean 2
sec A + sec B + sec C
⇒ Now, ⇒ tan (α + β)
3 2 x + 2 ⋅ 22 x + 2 x + 1
3 cos(α + β) = 1 − x2 1 − y2 − xy =
≥ 1 + 2 x + 2 ⋅ 2 x + 2 ⋅ 22 x − 2 x
cos A + cos B + cos C z2 − x2 − y2 + 2 x2 y2
= − xy ⇒ tan (α + β) = 1
We have, in ∆ABC, 2 xy
π
3 z2 − x2 − y2 ⇒ α +β=
cos A + cos B + cos C ≤ = 4
2 2 xy
π 1
1 2 21 19 We have, cos x − =
⇒ ≥ 16 Given that, sin α + sin β = − …(i) 4 2 2
cos A + cos B + cos C 3 65
π
27 ⇒ tan x − = 7
sec A + sec B + sec C and cos α + cos β = − …(ii) 4
∴ ≥2 65
3 tan x − 1
On squaring and adding Eqs. (i) and ⇒ = 7
⇒ sec A + sec B + sec C ≥ 6 tan x + 1
(ii), we get
12 Clearly, (sin A + sin B)2 sin2 α + sin2 β + 2 sin α sin β 7+1 − (4 + 7 )
+ (cos A + cos B) 2 = 2 ∴ tan x = =
+ cos2 α + cos2 β + 2 cos α cos β 1− 7 3
∴ 2 + 2 (sin A sin B 21
2
27
2
1 3 π π
= cos 4 x − cos2 x + + sin x = sin π + But < α < π i.e. in second quadrant.
4 4 6 2
1
2
3 [Qsin (π + θ) = − sin θ] 4
= cos2 x − + ... (i) ∴ cos α = −
2 4 7π 5
sin x = sin 3
1
2
1 6 ⇒ sin α =
where, 0 ≤ cos2 x − ≤ ... (ii) 7π 5
2 4 ⇒ x = nπ + (−1)n [Q n ∈ Z ]
6 Now, sin 2 α = 2 sin α cos α
3 3 4 24
∴ ≤ A ≤1 38 sin 2 x − 2 cos x + 4 sin x = 4 = 2 × × − = −
4 5 5 25
33 cos 2 θ + 2 cos θ = 2 cos θ2 ⇒ (sin x − 1 ) (2 cos x + 4) = 0
π 2π 4π
⇒ sin x = 1, cos x ≠ − 2 42 cos ⋅ cos ⋅ cos
− 1 + 2 cos θ 7 7 7
π
1
2
3 3 ∴ x = nπ + (−1 )n , π π 2π 4π
= 2 cos θ + − ≥ − 2 2 sin ⋅ cos ⋅ cos ⋅ cos
2 2 2 7 7 7 7
where n ∈ z =
2
π
1 Hence, the required value of 2 sin
Q2 cos θ + ≥ 0, ∀ θ 7
2 π 5π 9π
x= , , in interval [0, 5π ] . π
2 2 2 8π sin π +
and the maximum value of sin
1 7 = 1 7 1
cos 2 θ + 2 cos θ is 3. 39 We have, = =−
8 π 8 π 8
sin θ + sin 4 θ + sin 7 θ = 0 sin sin
34 Given that, f ( x) = sin x − 3 cos x + 1 7 7
⇒ sin 4 θ + (sin θ + sin 7 θ) = 0 (Q2 sin x cos x = sin 2 x)
Q −2 ≤ sin x − 3 cos x ≤ 2
⇒ sin 4 θ + 2 sin 4 θ ⋅ cos 3 θ = 0 π
[Q a2 + b 2 ≤ a sin x + b cos x Again, θ = n ⇒ 2n θ = π + θ
⇒ sin 4 θ {1 + 2 cos 3 θ} = 0 2 −1
≤ a2 + b 2 ] 1
⇒ sin 4 θ = 0, cos 3 θ = − ∴ sin (2 n θ) = − sin θ
⇒ −1 ≤ sin x − 3 cos x + 1 ≤ 3 2
We know,
∴ Range of f ( x) = [−1, 3] As, 0 < θ < π cos θ ⋅ cos 2θ ⋅ K ⋅ cos 2 n − 1 θ
∴ 0 < 4θ < 4 π 1 sin (2 n θ)
35 We have, sin 3 x + sin x = 0
2 4
∴ 4 θ = π, 2π, 3π = n
⇒ sin2 x {(3 − 4 sin2 x)2 + sin2 x} = 0 2 sin θ
Also, 0 < 3 θ < 3 π
∴ sin x = 0 ⇒ x = nπ 1 sin θ 1
2 π 4π 8 π =− n =− n
Hence, greatest positive solution ⇒ 3θ = , , 2 sin θ 2
3 3 3
is 2π . π π 3 π 2 π 4π 8 π So, Statements I and II both are true
⇒ θ= , , , , ,
36 Clearly, 1 + sin x ≥ 0 4 2 4 9 9 9 and Statement II is a correct
explanation for Statement I.
∴ The given equation becomes 40 Given equation is
π 1 2 sin2 x + 5 sin x − 3 = 0.
cos x − sin x = 1 ⇒ cos x + = SESSION 2
4 2 ⇒ (2 sin x − 1)(sin x + 3) = 0 1
π π 7 π 9 π 15 π 1 1 Given, fk ( x) = (sin k x + cos k x),
⇒ x+ = , , , ,… ⇒ sin x = [Q sin x ≠ − 3] k
4 4 4 4 4 2 where x ∈ R and k ≥ 1
3π 7π Y
⇒ x = 0, , 2π, , ... Now, f4 ( x) − f6 ( x)
2 2
1
Q 0 ≤ x ≤ 3π = (sin 4 x + cos 4 x)
y=sin x 4
3π
∴ x = 0, , 2π y=1/2 1
2 p − (sin 6 x + cos 6 x)
X 6
O p/6 2p 3p
37 sin 2 x + cos x = 0 1
= (1 − 2 sin x ⋅ cos2 x)
2
= (sec θ ) − 1
2 2 any x ∈ R 1 3
and esin x = 2 − 5 is also not possible ⇒ sin x = ± or sin x = ±
Put sec2 θ = x (x ≥ 1 ) 2 2
Then, ( 3 )x = x2 − 1 for any x ∈ R π 5π π 2π
Hence, we can say that the given ⇒ x =± ,± or x = ± , ±
Let y = ( 3 )x = ( x 2 − 1 ) (x > 1 ) 6 6 3 3
equation has no solution. Clearly, the graph of
Now, graphs of y = ( 3 ) and x
13 Given, ( 3 − 1) cos θ + ( 3 + 1) 2 2
y = 81sin x + 81cos x − 30 intersects
y = x2 − 1 intersect at one point
sin θ = 2 ...(i) the X-axis at eight points in
y
y=( 3) x Let ( 3 − 1) = r cos α − π ≤ x ≤ π.
and ( 3 + 1) = r sin α 15 Given A ∆PQR such that
Then, r 2 (cos2 α + sin2 α ) 3 sin P + 4 cos Q = 6 ... (i)
1 y=x2–1
= ( 3 − 1)2 + ( 3 + 1)2 4 sin Q + 3 cos P = 1 ... (ii)
x¢ x ⇒ r2 = 3 + 1 − 2 3 + 3 + 1 + 2 3 On squaring and adding the Eqs. (i)
O 1
and (ii), we get
⇒ r2 = 8 ⇒ r = 2 2
_1 (3 sin P + 4 cos Q)2
r sin α 3 +1 1+1/ 3 + (4 sin Q + 3 cos P)2 = 36 + 1
y¢ and = =−
r cos α 3 −1 1 −1 / 3 ⇒ 9(sin P + cos2 P)
2
i.e. x = 2, then y = 3
π π + 16(sin2 Q + cos2 Q)
Thus, sec2 θ = 2 ⇒ sec θ = ± 2 = tan +
4 6 + 2 × 3 × 4(sin P cos Q
Therefore, there are two values of θ + sin Q cos P) = 37
5π 5π
π π ⇒ tan α = tan ⇒ α =
in − , . 12 12 ⇒ 24[sin(P + Q)] = 37 − 25
2 2 1
Also, Eq. (i) we have, ⇒ sin(P + Q) =
12 Given equation is 2
r (cos α cos θ + sin α sin θ) = 2
1 Since, P and Q are angles of ∆PQR,
esin x − e − sin x = 4 ⇒ esin x − =4 ⇒ 2 2 cos(α − θ) = 2
esin x therefore,
1 0 ° < P, Q < 180 °
Now, let y = esin x ⇒ cos(θ − α ) =
Then, we get 2 ⇒ P + Q = 30 ° or 150°
π ⇒ R = 150 ° or 30°
1
y− =4 ⇒ y2 − 4 y − 1 = 0 ⇒ θ − α = 2n π ±
y 4 Hence, two cases aries here.
π 5π Case I When, R = 150 °
4 ± 16 + 4 ∴ θ = 2n π ± +
∴ y= ⇒ y =2 ± 5 4 12 R = 150 ° ⇒ P + Q = 30 °
2
⇒ 0 < P, Q < 30 °
2 2
14 Given, y = 81sin x
+ 81cos x
− 30
⇒ esin x =2 ± 5 1
[For intersection X −axis, put ⇒ sin P < , cos Q < 1
Since, sine is a bounded function i.e. 2
y = 0]
− 1 ≤ sin x ≤ 1. Therefore, we get 3
+ 811 − sin
2 2
e −1 ≤ esin x ≤ e ⇒ 81sin x x
− 30 = 0 ⇒ 3 sin P + 4 cos Q < + 4
2
2
sin 2 x
1 ⇒ 81 2 sin x
+ 81 − 30 ⋅ 81 =0 11
⇒ esin x ∈ , e ⇒ 3 sin P + 4 cos Q < <6
e [multiplying by 81 sin2 x ] 2
Also, it is obvious that 2 + 5 > e ⇒ 812 (sin
2
x)
− 3 ⋅ 81sin
2
x ⇒ 3 sin P + 4 cos Q < 6 not possible
1 1 − 27 ⋅ 81sin
2
x
+ 81 = 0 Case II R = 30 °
and 2 − 5 < ⇒ 2 ± 5 ∉ ,e
e e 2 2
Hence, R = 30 ° is the only possibility.
⇒ (81 sin x
− 3) (81 sin x
− 27) = 0
DAY TWENTY ONE
Properties of
Triangle, Height
and Distances
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Properties Related to Triangle u Circles Connected with Triangle u Angle of Elevation and Depression
u Some Important Theorems
u
No. of Questions in Exercises (x)—
No. of Questions Attempted (y)—
For a triangle ∆ABC with sides a, b , c and opposite angles are respectively A, B and C, then u No. of Correct Questions (z)—
a b c (Without referring Explanations)
(i) Sine Rule In any ∆ ABC, = =
sin A sin B sin C
u Accuracy Level (z / y × 100)—
(ii) Cosine Rule
u Prep Level (z / x × 100)—
b 2 + c2 − a2 c2 + a2 − b 2
(a) cos A = (b) cos B =
2 bc 2ca In order to expect good rank in JEE,
your Accuracy Level should be
a + b −c
2 2 2
above 85 & Prep Level should be
(c) cos C = above 75.
2 ab
DAY TWENTY ONE PROPERTIES OF TRIANGLE, HEIGHT AND DISTANCE 223
(iii) Projection Rule The length of medians AD, BE and CF of a ∆ABC are (shown as
(a) a = b cos C + c cos B (b) b = c cos A + a cos C in given figure)
(c) c = a cos B + b cos A A
(iv) Napier’s Analogy
B −C b −c A C−A c−a B
(a) tan = cot (b) tan = cot F E
2 b +c 2 2 c+a 2
A − B a −b C
(c) tan = cot
2 a+b 2 B D C
(v) Half Angle of Triangle
1 1
A (s − b ) (s − c) B (s − c) (s − a) AD = 2 b 2 + 2 c2 − a2 , BE = 2 c2 + 2 a2 − b 2
(a) sin = (b) sin = 2 2
2 bc 2 ca 1
and CF = 2 a2 + 2 b 2 − c2
C (s − a) (s − b ) A s(s − a) 2
(c) sin = (d) cos =
2 ab 2 bc
(e) cos
B
=
s(s − b )
(f) cos
C
=
s(s − c) Circles Connected with Triangle
2 ca 2 ab
(g) tan
A
=
(s − b ) (s − c)
(h) tan
B
=
(s − a) (s − c) 1. Circumcircle
2 s(s − a) 2 s(s − b ) The circle passing through the vertices of the ∆ABC is called
the circumcircle. (shown as in given figure)
C (s − a) (s − b )
(i) tan = A
2 s(s − c)
1 1 1
(vi) Area of a Triangle ∆ = bc sin A = ca sin B = a b sin C
2 2 2 O R
= s (s − a) (s − b ) (s − c) B C
B C
radius r is called inradius of the circle.
∆
C D B (i) r =
s
AB + AC = 2 ( AD + BD 2 )
2 2 2 A B
(ii) r = (s − a) tan = (s − b ) tan = (s − c) tan
C
2 2 2
224 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY ONE
r NOTE • r1 + r2 + r3 = 4 R + r r1 r2 r3
• r1 r2 + r2 r3 + r3 r1 =
a r
1 1 1 1
• ( r1 − r ) ( r2 − r ) ( r3 − r ) = 4 Rr 2 • + + =
r1 r2 r3 r
3. Orthocentre and Pedal Triangle
l
The point of intersection of perpendiculars drawn from the Angle of Elevation and Depression
vertices on the opposite sides of a triangle is called Let O be the observer’s eye and OX be the horizontal line
orthocentre. (shown as in given figure) through O. (shown as in following figures)
A If a object P is at a higher level than eye, then ∠POX is called
the angle of elevation.
P Horizontal line
F E O X
q
ig ht
O o fs Lin
eo
Line fs
B D C igh
q t
O X
l
The ∆DEF formed by joining the feet of the altitudes is Horizontal line P
called the pedal triangle.
l
Orthocentre of the triangle is the incentre of the pedal If a object P is at a lower level than eye, then ∠POX is called
triangle. the angle of depression.
l
Distance of the orthocentre of the triangle from the angular
points are 2R cos A, 2R cos B, 2R cos C and its distances Important Results on Heights and
from the sides are 2 R cos B cos C, 2 R cos C cos A,
2 R cos A cos B.
Distances
Results shown by the following figures.
4. Escribed Circle (i) a = h (cot α − cot β)
B a b
A C
r1 B
a r
A
C
DAY TWENTY ONE PROPERTIES OF TRIANGLE, HEIGHT AND DISTANCE 225
α + β
(ii) If AB = CD, then x = y tan h cot β
2 (iv) H =
A cot α
D
y
B
D
E H
b h
a
C E
B a
x b
A C
H sin (β − α ) h cot α
(iii) h = and H = (v) a = h (cot α + cot β), h = a sin α sin β cosec (α + β)
cos α sin β cot α − cot β
and d = h cot β = asin α cos β cosec (α + β)
A
A
a H h
E B
a b
h B D
b C
D C d
a
11 Let the orthocentre and centroid of a triangle be A( −3, 5) 20 If the angles of elevation of the top of a tower from three
and B( 3, 3), respectively. If C is the circumcentre of this collinear points A , B and C on a line leading to the foot of
triangle, then the radius of the circle having line segment the tower are 30°,45° and 60° respectively, then the ratio
AC as diameter, is AB : BC is j JEE Mains 2015
28 The angle of elevation of the top of the tower observed and the angle of elevation of the top of the tower from A
from each of the three points A, B, C on the ground or B is 30°. The height of the tower is
forming a triangle is the same ∠α. If R is the (a)
2a
(b) 2a 3 (c)
a
(d) 3
circumradius of the ∆ABC, then the height of the tower is 3 3
(a) R sin α (b) R cos α 30 ABCD is a square plot. The angle of elevation of the top
(c) R cot α (d) R tan α of a pole standing at D from A or C is 30° and that from B
29 A tower stands at the centre of a circular park. A and B is θ, then tan θ is equal to
are two points on the boundary of the park such that (a) 6 (b) 1/ 6 (c) 3/ 2 (d) 2 /3
AB( = a ) subtends an angle of 60° at the foot of the tower
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (c)
11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (a) 17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (a)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (d) 25. (b) 26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (d) 29. (c) 30. (b)
SESSION 2 1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (c)
= 3 − 4 (1 − cos 2 B ) r
DAY TWENTY ONE PROPERTIES OF TRIANGLE, HEIGHT AND DISTANCE 229
11 Key Idea Orthocentre, centroid and (100 − 64) Now, from ∆ACD and ∆BCD,
In ∆CDE, tan(90°− θ) =
circumcentre are collinear and centroid d we have
divide orthocentre and circumcentre in ⇒ d = 36 tanθ …(ii) tan30° =
h
2:1 ratio. From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get x+ y
We have orthocentre A(−3, 5) and centroid
B(3,3). Let C be the circumcentre. d 2 = 36 × 64 ⇒ d = 48 m and tan 60° =
h
y
15 Let CD be a tower of height h and AB is
A(–3, 5) B(3, 3) C x+ y
building of height a. ⇒ h= ... (i)
Clearly, AB = (3 + 3)2 + (3 − 5)2 D
3
= 36 + 4 = 2 10 and h = 3y ... (ii)
We know that, AB : BC = 2:1 ⇒ BC = 10 From Eqs. (i) and (ii)
30° x+ y
Now, AC = AB + BC = 2 10 + 10 h L
B = 3y
3
= 3 10 a ⇒ x + y = 3y
Since, AC is a diameter of circle. 45°
C A x
AC 3 10 5 ⇒ x − 2y = 0 ⇒ y =
∴ r = ⇒ r = =3 2
2 2 2 h−a
In ∆BL D, tan30° = Q Speed is uniform
LB
12 Since, 1 − r1 1 − r1 = 2 ∴ Distance y will be cover in 5 min.
r2 r3 (h − a)
∴ LB = = 3 (h − a) ...(i) (Q Distance x covered in 10 min.)
1 − s − b 1 − s − c = 2 tan30° x
∴ ⇒ Distance will be cover in 5 min.
s − a s − a In ∆ACD, tan 45° =
h
⇒ h = CA ⇒ 2
(b − a)(c − a) CA A B
⇒ =2 18 In ∆OA 1 B 1 , tan 45° = 1 1
(s − a)2 h = LB [Q LB = CA] ...(ii)
OB1
bc − ab − ac + a2 From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 20
⇒ =2 ⇒ = 1 ⇒ OB1 = 20
a + b + c − a
2
h ( 3 − 1) = 3 a OB1
2 3a 3 ( 3 + 1) a
∴ h= = A1 A2
2(bc − ab − ac + a2 ) 3−1 2
⇒ =1
(b + c − a)2 3 + 3
⇒ 2bc − 2ab − 2ac + 2a2 = a
2
= b 2 + c 2 + a2 + 2bc − 2ab − 2ac 20 m
⇒ a2 = b 2 + c 2 16 Let OP be the pole of height x m.
So, triangle is right angled.
P
13 Given, cot α = 12 and sin β = 3 45°
30°
5 5 O B2
45° 20 B1
C
x
In ∆OA 2 B2 ,
30° 75° 20
A tan30° = ⇒ OB2 = 20 3
15 m 1 km B O OB2
a b sin 30° PB ⇒ B1 B2 + OB1 = 20 3
A
D
B Using sine rule in APB, =
sin 45° AB ⇒ B1 B2 = 20 3 − 20
d
1/2
In ∆DAC and ∆DBC , ⇒ PB = 1000 × = 500 2 m ⇒ B1 B2 = 20( 3 − 1)m
AD = 15 cot α, BD = 15 cot β 1/ 2
Distance 20( 3 − 1)
⇒ d = 15 (cot α + cot β ) In ∆ PBO, x = 500 2 ⋅ sin 75° Now, Speed = =
Time 1
= 15
12 4
+ = 56 m 3+1 = 20( 3 − 1) m/s
5 3 = 500 2 × = 250 ( 3 + 1) m
2 2
64 19 Let OP be a tower with height ( 3 + 1 ) m
14 In ∆DAB, tanθ =
d 17 According to given information, we have and AB = 2 m.
C the following figure P
D
(Ö3 + 1) m
100 m
90°–q E
D 30° a
q Pillar h A O
d B
64 m In ∆AOP,
3+1
q 30° 60° tan 30 ° =
A d B C OA
A x B y
⇒ d = 64cotθ …(i) ⇒ OA = ( 3 + 1 ) 3
230 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY ONE
Since, a1 a2 = b1 b2 AB p2 + q 2 ⇒
a
DP =
⇒ =
α + β
∴ 1 = 2 ⇒ tan
a b 1 sin θ sin(θ + α ) 3
=
b1 a2 2 β + γ DP
tan p2 + q 2 sin θ In ∆PDB, tan θ =
2 ⇒ AB = BD
sin θ cos α + cos θ sin α
α + β β + γ = 1
tan
a/ 3 1
⇒ tan ( p2 + q 2 )sin θ ⇒ tan θ = =
2 2 = 2a 6
q sin θ + p cos θ
α+β β+ γ π
∴ + =
2 2 2 Qcos α =
q
, sin α =
p
SESSION 2
⇒ α + β + γ = π −β < π p +q2 2
p + q
2 2
1
27 Let AB = x 28 Let OP be the tower. Since, the tower
D q C make equal angles at the vertices of the
α triangle, therefore foot of tower is at the
θ
√p 2 circumcentre. R 2p p
+q n nr
p 2 p
P
A
π–(θ+α)
α a a π a π
A ∴ = sin and = tan
x–q q B 2R n 2r n
M R
x r π
∴ = cos
p R n
In ∆DAM, tan( π − θ − α ) = O r 1
x −q a
a n = 3 gives, =
R R R 2
p
⇒ tan(θ + α ) = B C r 1
q−x n = 4 gives, =
R 2
⇒ q − x = p cot(θ + α )
OP r 3
⇒ x = q − p cot(θ + α ) In ∆OAP, tanα = ⇒ OP = OA tanα n = 6 gives, =
OA R 2
cot θ cot α − 1
= q − p ⇒ OP = R tanα (QOA = R, given)
cot α + cot θ A+ B A−B C
2 2 cos cos = 4 sin2
q
cot θ − 1
29 Let h be the height of a tower 2 2 2
A−B A+ B
= q − p
p ⇒ cos = 2 cos
C 2 2
q
+ cot θ h
A+ B
p Qcos ≠0
2
q O 90º
Qin ∆BDC ,cot α = p
A B A B
30º ⇒ cos cos + sin ⋅ sin
60º 2 2 2 2
q cot θ − p A
= 2 cos cos − sin ⋅ sin
= q − p A B A B
. B a
q + p cot θ 2 2 2 2
q cos θ − p sin θ ⇒
A B
3 sin ⋅ sin = cos cos
A B
= q − p
q sin θ + p cos θ Since, ∠AOB = 60°
2 2 2 2
A B 1
q sin θ + pq cos θ
2
Also, OB = OA = radii ⇒ tan ⋅ tan =
2 2 3
− pq cos θ + p sin θ 2
∴ ∠OBA = ∠OAB = 60°
⇒ x= (s − b ) (s − c ) (s − c ) (s − a) 1
p cos θ + q sin θ So, ∆OAB is an equilateral ⇒ ⋅ =
s (s − a) s (s − b ) 3
( p + q )sin θ
2 2 ∴ OA = OB = AB = a
⇒ AB = h s−c 1 a+ b −c 1
p cos θ + q sin θ In ∆OAC, tan30° = ⇒ = ⇒ =
a s 3 a+ b + c 3
Alternate Solution 1 h a
Applying sine rule in ∆ABD, ⇒ = ⇒ h= ⇒ 3 a + 3b − 3c = a + b + c
3 a 3
a = b = c ⇒ a + b = 2c
Hence, a, c and b are in AP.
sin A sin B sin C 30 Let PD be a pole.
P 3 Clearly,
D q C
a A 0 A 1 = 2 × 1 cos 60 ° = 1 = A1 A2
q [using cosine rule]]
Öp 2
+q p A4
2
D A3
30° 30°
π–(θ+α) a a a
A B A C O
A5 A2
a q a
AB p2 + q 2 60°
= B 0°
sin θ sin{ π − (θ + α)} 12
DP
In ∆DAP, tan 30° = A0 A1
AD
232 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY ONE
⇒ θ = sin −1 (1 / 3 )
45° km ∴ ∠OPA = 45°
72 E
Hence, ∆OAP is an isosceles. 9 Let PAQ be the hill,AB be the tree and
W O
75° 96 km B Let AO = OP = h km height of PD be the horizontal. Let P be the point
mountain. [say] of observation.
S P B
Let AB = x km
We have, ∠NOA = 45° and ∠SOB = 75° H
∴ ∠AOB = 180°−(45°+75° ) = 60°
Using cosine formula on ∆AOB, we get 35 m A Q
(72)2 + (96)2 − x2
cos 60° = 45 °
2 × 72 × 96 15°
⇒ x2 = 14400 − 6912 = 7488 C 60° P
D C D
⇒ x = 7488 = 86.53 km 45° Produce BA to meet PD at C.
Hence, the distance between the ships at 2 km Let AB = H m.
A
the end of 3 h is 30° B O Then, ∠DPA = 15° , PA = 35m
86.53 km ≈ 86.4 km (approx.). Let C be the point where elevation ∠CPB = 60° and ∠PCA = 90°.
5 In ∆APC, is 60°. ∴ ∠APB = (60°−15° ) = 45°
Then, ∠BAC = 30° and AC = 2 km
α r α In ∆PAC, ∠PAC = 180°− (15° + 90° ) = 75°
sin = ⇒ AC = r cosec BC
2 AC 2 ∴ = sin30° ∴ ∠PAB = (180°−75° ) = 105°
AC
1 and ∠PBA = 180°−(45° + 105° ) = 30°
⇒ BC = 2 × = 1
2 Applying sine rule on ∆PAB, we get
AB PA AB 35 H
i.e. BC = 1 km and = cos 30° = ⇒ =
AC sin ∠PBA sin ∠APB sin 30° sin 45°
r C
2 3 ∴ 35 × 2 = H × 2 ⇒ H = 35 2 m
⇒ AB = = 3
2
H Hence, the height of the tree is 35 2 m.
a P i.e. AB = 3 km
b Now, PD = OP − OD 10 Let OP be the flag staff of height h
A standing at the centre O of the field.
B = OP − BC = h − 1
P
BC and CD = BO = AO − AB = h − 3
In ∆ ABC , sin β = 45° 45°
AC PD h−1
In ∆DCP, = tan 60° ⇒ = 3 D C
α CD h− 3 F h
⇒ H = AC sin β ⇒ H = r sin β cosec
2 ⇒ 3 h − 3 = h − 1 ⇒ ( 3 − 1) h = 2 90° 15°
90° E
6 2 3+1 O
P ∴ h= × = 3+1
3−1 3+1 A B
= 1.732 + 1 = 2732
. km In ∆ OEP, OE = h cot15° = h (2 + 3)
45º 8 Let H be the mid-point of BC. Since, and in ∆ OFP, OF = h cot 45° = h
200 m 200 m ∠ TBH = 90° , therefore,
∴ EF = h 1 + (2 + 3 ) 2 = 2h 2 + 3
T TH 2 = BT 2 + BH 2 = 52 + 52 = 50
Also since, Since, BD = 1200 m
30º 90º 30º ∠ THG = 90° , TG 2 = TH 2 + GH 2 ⇒ 2EF = 4 h (2 + 3 ) = 1200
Q R
M = 50 + 25 = 75 300
∴ h= = (300 2 − 3 ) m
2+ 3
DAY TWENTY TWO
Inverse Trigonometric
Function
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Inverse Trigonometric Function u Properties of Inverse Trigonometric Function
5π 7π
− 1 ≤ x < 0, 0 < y ≤ 1 and x + y > 1
2 2
x − 3 π, x ∈ ,
2 2 (iii) cos −1 x + cos −1 y
(iv) cot −1 (cot x) is a periodic function with period π. cos −1 { xy − (1 − x2 ) (1 − y2 )}; | x |,| y | ≤ 1
cot −1 (cot x) = x; 0 < x < π
(v) sec −1 (sec x) is a periodic function with period 2π . and x + y ≥ 0
π π =
sec −1 (sec x) = x; 0 ≤ x < or <x≤π −1
2 π − cos { xy − (1 − x ) (1 − y )};
2 2
2 2
(vi) cosec −1 (cosec x) is a periodic function with | x |,| y | ≤ 1 and x + y ≤ 0
period 2 π. (iv) cos −1 x − cos −1 y
π π cos −1 { xy + (1 − x2 ) (1 − y2 )}; | x |,| y | ≤ 1
cosec −1 (cosec x) = x; − ≤ x < 0 or 0 < x ≤
2 2
and x ≤ y
−1 1 −1 =
4. (i) sin = cosec x, if x ∈ (−∞, − 1] ∪ [1, ∞)
x −1
− cos { xy + (1 − x ) (1 − y )};
2 2
1
(ii) cos −1 = sec −1 x, if x ∈ (−∞, − 1] ∪ [1, ∞) − 1 ≤ y ≤ 0, 0 < x ≤ 1 and x ≥ y
x
1 cot x,
−1
if x > 0
(iii) tan −1 =
x − π + cot −1 x, if x < 0
DAY TWENTY TWO INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTION 235
x−y 1 + x2
= π + tan −1 ; xy < − 1, x > 0, y < 0
1 + xy NOTE • If sin −1 x + sin −1 y = θ, then cos −1 x + cos −1 y = π − θ
−1 x − y
− π + tan ; xy < − 1, x < 0, y > 0 • If cos −1 x + cos −1 y = θ, then sin −1 x + sin −1 y = π − θ
1 + xy
−1 1
7. (i) 2 sin −1 x sin −1 (3 x − 4 x3 ), if ≤x≤
2 2
1 1
sin −1 {2 x (1 − x 2 )}; − ≤x≤ −1 −1 1
8. (i) 3 sin x = π − sin (3 x − 4 x ), if < x ≤ 1
3
2 2 2
1
= π − sin −1 (2 x 1 − x 2 ); ≤ x ≤1 − π − sin −1 (3 x − 4 x3 ), if − 1 ≤ x < −1
2 2
− π − sin −1 (2 x 1 − x 2 ); − 1 ≤ x < − 1 1
2
−1
cos (4 x − 3 x),
3
if ≤ x ≤ 1
2
cos −1
(2 x 2
− 1); 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 −1
−1 −1 1
(ii) 2 cos −1 x = −1
(ii) 3 cos x = 2 π − cos (4 x − 3 x), if
3
≤x≤
2 π − cos (2 x − 1); − 1 ≤ x < 0
2
2 2
2 π + cos −1 (4 x3 − 3 x), 1
−1 2x if − 1 ≤ x ≤
tan 1 − x 2 ; −1 < x <1 2
−1 3 x − x 3
− 1 1
2x tan 1 − 3 x2 , if <x<
(iii) 2 tan −1 x = π + tan −1 ; x >1 3 3
1 − x 2 −1 −1 3 x − x
3
1
(iii) 3 tan x = π + tan , if x >
2x 1 − 3 x2 3
− π + tan −1 ; x < −1
1 − x 2 −1 3 x − x 3
− 1
− π + tan 1 − 3 x2 , if x <
3
33π −1 −1 1
1 The principal value of sin −1
cos is 4 The value of cos ( 2 cos x + sin x ) at x = is
5 j NCERT Exemplar 5
3π 7π π π (d) −
2 6
(a) (b) (c) (d) − (a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 0
5 5 10 10 5
20 20 5 The value of cos[tan−1 {sin(cot −1 x )}] is
2 If ∑
i =1
sin −1
xi = 10π , then ∑
i =1
xi is equal to
(a)
1
(b)
x2 + 2
(c)
x2 + 1
(d)
1
x +2
2 x2 + 1 x2 + 2 x +1
2
1+ 3x 2 1+ 3x 2 1 1
(a) < | a | < (b) all real values of a
8 If θ = tan− 1 a , φ = tan− 1 b and ab = − 1, then (θ − φ) is 2 2
1 1
equal to (c) | a | ≤ (d) | a | ≥
π π 2 2
(a) 0 (b) (c) (d) None of these
4 2 π π
20 If x ∈ − , , then the value of
9 The range of 2 2
f ( x ) = | 3 tan−1 x − cos −1( 0) | − cos −1( − 1) is tan x −1 3 sin 2 x
tan− 1 + tan is
π π 4
(a) [− π, π) (b) (− π, π) (c) [ − π, π] (d) − , 5 + 3 cos 2 x
2 2
x
(a) (b) 2 x (c) 3x (d) x
10 The number of solutions of the equation 2
cos (cos −1 x ) = cosec (cosec−1x ) is π π
21 If tan θ + tan + θ + tan − + θ = a tan 3 θ, then a
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 1 3 3
5 2 is equal to
11 The value of cot cosec−1 + tan−1 is
3 3 j
AIEEE 2008 (a) 1/3 (b) 1
5 6 3 4 (c) 3 (d) None of these
(a) (b) (c) (d)
17 17 17 17 22 If cos −1 x = tan−1 x, then sin (cos −1 x ) is equal to
1 1
12 If tan (cos −1 x ) = sin cot −1 , then x is equal to (a) − x (b) x 2 (c) x 3 (d) −
2 x2
(a) ±
5
(b) ±
5
(c) ±
5
(d) None of these
23 The real solution of
3 3 3 π
tan−1 x ( x + 1) + sin−1 x 2
+ x +1 = is
π 2
13 If cos −1 x + cos −1 y = and tan−1 x − tan−1 y = 0, then (a) 2, 3 (b) 1, 0 (c) −1, 0 (d) 3, 1
2
x 2 + xy + y 2 is equal to x 5 π
24 If sin−1 + cosec −1 = , then the value of x is
1 3 1 5 4 2 j
AIEEE 2007
(a) 0 (b) (c) (d)
2 2 8 (a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5
x 5 π −1
25 If cosec x + cos y + sec z −1 −1
14 If sin−1 + cosec−1 = , then the value of x is
5 4 2 j
AIEEE 2007 ≥ α 2 − 2π α + 3π , where α is a real number,
(a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5 then
3π (a) x = 1, y = −1 (b) x = −1, z = −1
15 If sin−1 x + sin−1 y + sin−1 z = , then the value of (c) x = 2, y = 1 (d) x = 1, y = −2
2
26 The solution of sin−1 x ≤ cos −1 x is
∑ ( x303 + y 303) ( x 404 + y 404) is
101 101 202 202
(a) −1,
1
(b) −1,
(x +y ) (x +y ) 1
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3
2 2
(c) 1,
1 1
(d) 1,
16 The root of the equation 2 2
x − 1 −1 2 x − 1 −1 23
tan−1 + tan = tan is 27 If m and M are the least and the greatest value of
x + 1 2x + 1 36 M
3 1 3 4 (cos −1 x )2 + (sin−1 x )2 , then is equal to
(a) − (b) − (c) (d) m
8 2 4 3 (a) 10 (b) 5 (c) 4 (d) 2
17 The number of solutions of 28 The number of real solutions of the equation
−1 −1 π π
tan x ( x + 1) + sin x + x + 1 = is
2
1 + cos 2x = 2 cos −1 (cos x ) in , π is
2 2
j
NCERT Exemplar j
NCERT Exemplar
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) infinite (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) infinite
DAY TWENTY TWO INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTION 237
29 The sum of the infinite series 31 The value of x for which sin[cot −1(1 + x )] = cos (tan−1 x ),
1 2 − 1 3 − 2 is j JEE Mains 2013
sin−1 −1
+ sin + sin−1 1 1
2 6 12 (a) − (b) 1 (c) 0 (d)
2 2
n − (n − 1)
+ K + sin−1 is 32 If 0 < x < 1, then 1 + x 2 [{x cos (cot −1 x )
n (n + 1)
+ sin(cot −1 x )} 2 − 1]1/ 2 is equal to
π π π
(a) (b) (c) (d) π (a)
x
(b) x (c) x 1 + x 2 (d) 1+ x2
8 4 2
1+ x 2
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1 (d) 2 (a) 3 (a) 4 (d) 5 (c) 6 (b) 7 (a) 8 (c) 9 (a) 10 (a)
11 (b) 12 (b) 13 (c) 14 (b) 15 (d) 16 (d) 17 (b) 18 (b) 19 (c) 20 (d)
21 (c) 22 (b) 23 (c) 24 (b) 25 (a) 26 (b) 27 (a) 28 (a) 29 (c) 30 (d)
31 (a) 32 (c) 33 (a)
SESSION 2
1 (b) 2 (d) 3 (c) 4 (b) 5 (c) 6 (b) 7 (a) 8 (c) 9 (a) 10 (c)
11 (c) 12 (b)
π 3π π 1 + x2 1
= sin − where| x | <
= sin −
2 5 10 Hence, cos[tan {sin(cot −1 x )}]
−1 3
33 π 2x
∴ sin −1 cos
1
= cos tan −1 sin sin −1 x + 1 − x2
5 1 + x
2
⇒ tan −1 y = tan −1
π π 1 − x 2 x
= sin −1 sin − = −
= cos tan −1
1 1 − x
2
10 10
1 + x2 −1 −1 −1 x + y
2 Since, − π ≤ sin −1 x ≤ π x2 + 1 Q tan x + tan y = tan 1 − xy ,
= cos cos −1
2 2
x2 + 2
π
∴ sin −1
x i = , 1 ≤ i ≤ 20 xy < 1
−1 1
2
=β
Q let tan
⇒ x i = 1, 1 ≤ i ≤ 20 1 + x2 −1 x − x + 2 x
3
= tan
20
1 1 − x2 − 2 x2
Thus, ∑ x i = 20 tan β =
1 + x2
3 x − x3
i =1
tan −1 y = tan −1
1 x2 + 2 1 − 3 x2
3 Given, f ( x ) = sin −1 x − 1 sec β = 1 + =
1 + x2 x2 + 1 3 x − x3
For domain of f ( x ) − 1≤ x−1≤1 ⇒ y =
x2 + 1 1 − 3 x2
⇒ 0 ≤ (x − 1)≤ 1 ⇒1 ≤ x ≤ 2 cos β =
x2 + 2 Alternate Method
∴ x ∈ [1, 2] 1 1 1
x2 + 1 | x |< ⇒− < x<
4 cos (2 cos −1 x + sin −1 x ) = 3 3 3
x2 + 2
= cos [2(cos −1 x + sin −1 x ) − sin −1 x] π π
Let x = tanθ ⇒ − < θ <
= cos ( π − sin −1 x ) = − cos (sin −1 x ) 6 Given, tan −1 x − cot −1 x = tan −1 1 6 6
3 ∴ tan −1 y = θ + tan −1 (tan 2θ)
1
= − cos sin −1 Q x = 1
π = θ + 2θ = 3θ
5 5 −1
⇒ tan x − cot x = −1
…(i)
6 ⇒ y = tan3θ
1
2
π
= − cos cos −1 1 − But tan −1 x + cot −1 x = …(ii) ⇒ y =
3 tan θ − tan3 θ
5 2 1 − 3 tan θ
On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 3 x − x3
2 6 2 6 π π 2π ⇒ y =
= − cos cos −1 =− 2 tan −1 x = + = 1 − 3 x2
5 5 6 2 3
π 8 Given that, θ = tan −1 a
5 We have, cos[tan −1 {sin(cot −1 x )}] ⇒ tan −1 x =
3 and φ = tan −1 b
Let cot −1 x = α π
⇒ x = tan ⇒ x = 3 and ab = −1
3 ∴tan θ tan φ = ab = − 1
⇒ cotα = x It has unique solution.
⇒ cosec α = 1 + x2
DAY TWENTY TWO INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTION 239
4
2 x − 1 2x − 1
+ 6 tan x
17 = 6 x + 1 2x + 1
= cot tan −1 16 tan −1 1 + tan2 x
6 17
1 − x − 1 2 x − 1 3 ( 1 − tan2 x )
x + 1 2 x + 1
5+
12 Let cot −1 1 = φ ⇒ 1 = cot φ 1 + tan2 x
= tan −1
2 2 23
1 2 36 tan x −1 6 tan x
⇒ sin φ = = = tan −1 + tan
1 + cot2 φ 5 4 8 + 2 tan x
2
2 x − 1 23
2
⇒ =
1 tan x −1 3 tan x
−1
Let cos x = θ ⇒ sec θ = 3x 36 = tan −1 + tan
x 4 4 + tan x
2
⇒ 24 x − 12 − 23 x = 0
2
∑ [tan
−1
= α2 − 2 α + + 3π − = r − tan −1 (r − 1)]
3(3 tan θ − tan3 θ ) 2 2 2
⇒ = a tan 3 θ r =1
1 − 3 tan2 θ
2
= tan −1 n − tan −1
π 5π 5π 0
= α − + ≥ …(i)
⇒ 3 tan 3 θ = a tan 3 θ 2 2 2 = tan −1 n −0
⇒ a=3 π π π
QLHS, cosec −1 x ∈ − , − {0} ∴ S ∞ = tan −1 ∞ =
2 2
22 Let cos −1 x = tan −1 x = θ 2
⇒ x = cos θ = tan θ cos −1 y ∈ [0, π] 1
2×
π
⇒ cos θ = tan θ ⇒ cos θ =
sin θ and sec z ∈ [0, π] −
−1
30 Now, tan 2 tan −1 1 = 5 = 5
cos θ 2
5 1− 1 12
5π 25
⇒ cos 2 θ = sin θ ∴ LHS ≤ …(ii)
⇒ sin2 θ + sin θ − 1 = 0 2 Given equation can be rewritten as
π
17 x2 − 17 x tan − 2 tan −1 − 10 = 0
−1± 1+ 4 From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get only 1
⇒ sin θ = possibility is sign of equality 5
2 4
x = 1, y = − 1, z = − 1 5
5−1 1−
⇒ sin θ = 26 Given, cos −1 x ≥ sin −1 x 12 − 10 = 0
2 ⇒ 17 x2 − 17 x ⋅
5
5−1 π 1+
∴ x = cos θ = sin θ =
2 2
⇒ ≥ 2 sin −1 x 12
2 2
⇒ 17 x2 − 7 x − 10 = 0
and sin (cos −1 x ) = sin θ Qsin −1 x + cos −1 x = π , ∀x ∈ [−1,1]
⇒ ( x − 1) (17 x + 10) = 0
5−1 2
= = x2 Hence, x = 1 is a root of the given
2 π π π
⇒ sin −1 x ≤ ⇒ − ≤ sin −1 x ≤ equation.
4 2 2
23 Given, tan −1 x ( x + 1 ) + sin −1 π π
1
−1
Q range of sin x is − , 31 sin sin −1
π 2 2 (1 + x )2 + 1
x + x+1=
2
2 π
1 ⇒ − 1 ≤ x ≤ sin 1
⇒ cos −1 4 = cos cos −1
1 + (x + x )
2 1 + x2
1
⇒ x ∈ − 1, 1 1
π 2 =
+ sin −1 x2 + x + 1 =
2 2
(1 + x )2 + 1 1 + x2
⇒ cos −1
1
=
π 27 π − sin −1 x + (sin −1 x )2 ⇒ (1 + x )2 + 1 = 1 + x2
2
1 + (x + x )
2 2 ⇒ 2x + 1 = 0
π2 1
− sin −1 x2 + x + 1 = + 2 (sin −1 x )2 − π sin −1 x ⇒ x=−
4 2
1 π2 π
2
⇒ cos −1 = + 2 sin −1 x −
x2 + x + 1
32 We have, 0 < x < 1
8 4
= cos −1 x2 + x + 1 π2 5π2 Now, 1 + x2 [{ x cos(cot −1 x )
Here, m = ,M =
1 8 4 + sin(cot −1 x )}2 − 1]1 /2
⇒ = x2 + x + 1 M = 1+ x 2
x2 + x + 1 ∴ = 10
m 1 /2
⇒ x + x + 1 = 1 ⇒ x = − 1, 0
2
2
28 Given, 1 + cos 2 x = 2 cos (cos x ) −1 x x
+
1
− 1
24 Since, sin −1 x + cosec −1 5 = π 1 + x2
1 + x2
5 4 2 ∴ 2cos 2 x = 2 x
1 /2
π 2
⇒ sin −1
x −1 4 ⇒ 2 |cos x | = 2 x 1 + x2
+ sin = = 1 + x 2
− 1
5 5
1 + x2
2 π
For x ∈ , π , |cos x| = − cos x
2
π
sin −1 = − sin −1
x 4 = 1 + x2 [1 + x2 − 1)1 /2
⇒ − 2 cos x = 2 x
5 2 5
⇒ − cos x = x = x 1 + x2
DAY TWENTY TWO INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTION 241
f
cos cos
18
Then, a=b =1 ⇒ =e =e 18
x x
9 cos 2 + sin2
∴ f ( x) = x + 1 7π π ⇒ cos α = 2 2
7π
−1
sin − +
Also, f −
cos
4 3 x x
−1
Now, cot[cot 7 + cot 8 + cot 18] −1 −1 =e cos 2 + sin2
4 2 2
1
tan −1 + tan −1
1 17 π
cos −1 sin − cos −1 cos
π π x x
12 − 2sin cos
7 8 =e =e 12 = e 12 2 2
= cot
x x
+ tan −1 5 Q− π ≤ sin −1 x ≤ π , − π ≤ sin −1 y ≤ π
1 + 2sin cos
18 2 2 2 2 2 2
π π 1 − sin x
1+ 1 and − ≤ sin −1 z ≤ ⇒ cos α =
1 1 + sin x
= cot tan −1 7 8 + tan −1
2 2
18 Given that, α
1 − 1⋅ 1 1 − tan2
7 8 sin −1 x + sin −1 y + sin −1 z =
3π
⇒ 2 = 1 − sin x
2 2 α 1 + sin x
1 1 + tan
= cot tan −1 + tan −1
15
which is possible only when 2
55 18 π On applying componendo and
sin −1 x = sin −1 y = sin −1 z =
1 2 dividendo rule, we get
= cot tan −1 + tan −1
3
⇒ x= y = z=1 α
11 18 sin x = tan2
Put p = q = 1 2
242 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY TWO
π π −3
8 Given, or − < sin −1 x < − ⇒ − 2θ = cos −1
−1 −1 5π2 2 4 5
(tan x ) + (cot
2
x) =
2
8 1 1 3
⇒ x∈ , 1 or x ∈ − 1, − = π − cos −1
⇒ (tan −1 x + cot −1 x )2 − 2 tan −1 2 2 5
5π2 1 1 ⇒ 2θ = − π + cos −1
3
x ⋅ cot −1 x = ⇒ x ∈ − 1, − ∪ , 1
8 2 2 5
π
2
π 4
⇒ − 2 tan −1 x − tan −1 x ⇒ 2θ = − π + tan −1
10 8 x2 + 22 x + 5 = 0 3
2 2
1 5 3
5π2 Q tan −1 x + cot −1 x = π ⇒ x=− ,− =− π + cot −1
= 4 2 4
8 2 π 3
1 5
Q−1 < − < 1 and − < − 1 =− π+ − tan −1
π2 π 4 2 2 4
⇒ − 2 ⋅ tan −1 x
π 3
∴ sin −1 − exists but sin −1 −
4 2 1 5 =− − tan −1
5π2 4 2 2 4
+ 2 (tan −1 x )2 =
π
+ tan −1 −
8 3
does not exist. =−
3 π2 2 4
sec −1 − exists but sec −1 − does
⇒ 2 (tan −1 x )2 − π tan −1 x− =0 5 1
8 2 4
12
π 3π Y
⇒ tan −1 x = − , not exist.
4 4 −1 − 1
π So, tan π
⇒ tan −1 x = − 4
4 y = cos –1 x
− 5 both exist. π
⇒ x= −1 and tan −1
2 2 y = sin–1 x
(–1, 0) π
4
neglecting tan −1 x 11 Let tan −1 (− 2) = θ X′
O
X
1,0
3π ⇒ tan θ = − 2 2 (1, 0)
= as principal value of
π
θ ∈ − , 0
4 ⇒
π π
tan −1 x ∈ − , 2
2 2
⇒ 2θ ∈ (− π, 0 )
Now, cos ( − 2θ) = cos 2θ Y′
−1
9 tan (sin x ) > 1
2
1 − tan2 θ
π π = 1
⇒ < sin −1 x < 1 + tan2 θ ∴ sin −1 x > cos −1 x, ∀ x ∈ , 1
4 2 2
−3
=
5
DAY TWENTY THREE UNIT TEST 3 (TRIGONOMETRY) 243
Unit Test 3
(Trigonometry)
1 The range of f ( x ) = sin−1 x + tan−1 x + sec −1x , is 7 The maximum value of 12 sin θ − 9 sin2 θ is
π 3π π 3π
(a) , (b) , (a) 3 (b) 4
4 4 4 4 (c) 5 (d) None of these
π 3π
(c) , (d) None of these 8 The minimum value of the expression sin α + sin β + sin γ,
4 4
when α , β and γ are real numbers satisfying
2 From a point a m above a lake the angle of elevation of a α + β + γ = π , is
cloud is α and the angle of depression of its reflection is (a) − 3 (b) negative (c) positive (d) zero
β. The height of the cloud is 9 If cos −1
x + cos −1
1 − x + cos −1
1 − y = π, then the
a sin (α + β) a sin(α + β)
(a) m (b) m value of y is
sin (α − β) sin( β − α) 1 3 1
a sin (β − α) (a) (b) (c) 1 (d)
(c) m (d) None of these 2 2 4
sin (α + β)
10 If α and β are the roots of the equation
2n 2n
3 If ∑ cos xi = 0, then ∑ xi is equal to
−1 5 cos θ + 4 sin θ = 3, then cos (α + β ) is equal to
i =1 i =1
9 9 3 21
(a) (b) (c) (d)
40 41 10 31
(a) n (b) 2n
n (n + 1) 11 The angular depressions of the top and the foot of a
(c) (d) None of these
2 chimney as seen from the top of a second chimney,
−1 which is 150 m high and standing on the same level as
4 The value of x for which cos (cos 4) > 3x − 4x, is 2
4
2 + 6π − 8 the first are θ and φ, respectively. If tan θ = and
(a) 0, 3
3 5
tan φ = , then the distance between their tops is
2 − 6π − 8 2
(b) , 0
3 (a) 120 m (b) 110 m
(c) 100 m (d) None of these
(c) (− 2, 2)
2 − 6π − 8 2 + 6π − 8 12 The elevation of the hill from a place P due West of it is
(d) , 60° and at a place Q due South of it is 30°. If the distance
3 3 PQ be 200 m, then the height of the hill is
5 If α ≤ sin−1 x + cos −1x + tan −1x ≤ β, then (a) 109.54 m (b) 108.70 m
π π π (c) 110.6 m (d) None of these
(a) α = 0 (b) β = (c) α = (d) β =
2 4 3 1 7π 2π
13 cos −1 cos − sin is equal to
6 The angles of elevation of the top of a tower at the top 2 5 5
and the foot of a pole of height 10 m are 30° and 60°, 13 π 21 π
respectively. The height of the tower is (a) (b)
20 20
(a) 10 m (b) 15 m 33 π
(c) (d) None of these
(c) 20 m (d) None of these 20
244 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY THREE
4 ab 1 π
14 sec 2 θ = , where a , b ∈ R is true if and only if 25 If a sin2 α − cosec 2 α = 0, 0 < α < , then
(a + b ) 2 a 2
(a) a + b ≠ 0 (b) a = b, a ≠ 0 cos 2 α + 5 sin α cos α + 6 sin2 α is equal to
(c) a = b (d) a ≠ 0, b ≠ 0 a 2 + 5a + 6
(a) 5 (b)
a2
15 If x = cos −1(cos 4) and y = sin−1(sin 3), then which of the a 2 − 5a + 6
(c) (d) None of these
following conditions holds? a2
(a) x − y = 1 (b) x + y + 1 = 0 x x
26 If tan = cosec x − sin x , then tan2 is equal to
(c) x + 2 y = 2 (d) tan(x + y) = − tan 7 2 2
2x (a) 2 − 5 (b) 5 − 2
16 If log2 x ≥ 0 , then log1/ π sin−1 + 2 tan−1 x is equal (c) (9 − 4 5 ) (2 + 5) (d) (9 + 4 5 ) (2 − 5 )
1+ x2
to 27 If 0° < θ < 180° , then 2 + 2 + 2 + ... + 2 (1 + cos θ )
(a) log1 / π (4 tan−1 x) (b) 0
(c) −1 (d) None of these (where, number of 2’ s is n) is equal to
θ θ
17 If A lies in the third quadrant and 3 tan A − 4 = 0, then (a) 2 cos n (b) 2 cos n − 1
5 sin 2A + 3 sin A + 4 cos A is equal to 2 2
θ
(a) 0 (b) −
24 (c) 2 cos n + 1 (d) None of these
5 2
24 48
(c) (d) 28 In ∆ABC, tan A + tan B + tan C = 6, tan B tan C = 2 , then
5 5
sin2 A : sin2 B : sin2 C is equal to
18 The minimum value of 27 cos x + 81 sin x is 9 5 8 9 7 8
(a) : : (b) : :
2 1 10 10 10 10 10 10
(a) (b)
3 3 3 3 9 8 7
(c) : : (d) None of these
2 10 10 10
(c) (d) None of these
9 3
29 If 0 ≤ x ≤ 3π, 0 ≤ y ≤ 3π and cos x ⋅ sin y = 1, then the
19 If sin2 x + a sin x + 1 = 0 has no real number solution, possible number of values of the ordered pair ( x , y ) is
then (a) 6 (b) 12 (c) 8 (d) 15
(a) | a | ≥ 2 (b) | a | ≥ 1 30 The general solution of the equation
(c) | a | < 2 (d) None of these 1 + sin4 2x = cos 2 6x is
nπ nπ
20 If sin θ = n sin ( θ + 2 α ), then tan ( θ + α ) is equal to (a) (b) (c) 3nπ (d) None of these
n+1 1+ n 3 2
(a) tan α (b) tan α
n −1 1− n x π
31 The equation 2 cos 2 sin2 x = x 2 + x −2 , 0 < x ≤ has
n 2 2
(c) tan α (d) None of these
1+ n (a) no real solution
(b) a unique real solution
21 sin6 x + cos 6 x lies between (c) finitely many real solutions
1 1 (d) infinitely many real solutions
(a) and 1 (b) and 2
4 4
32 The n poles standing at equal distance on a straight road
(c) 0 and 1 (d) None of these subtend the same angle α at a point O on the road. If the
π height of the largest pole is h and the distance of the foot
22 If n = , then tan α ⋅ tan 2 α ⋅ tan 3 α K tan ( 2n − 1) α is
4α of the smallest pole from O is a, the distance between
two consecutive poles is
equal to
h cos α − a sin α h cos α + a sin α
(a) 1 (b) −1 (a) (b)
(n − 1) sin α (n − 1) sin α
(c) ∞ (d) None of these h cos α − a sin α a cos α − h sin α
(c) (d)
23 The ratio of the greatest value of 2 − cos x + sin2 x to its (n + 1) sin α (n − 1) sin α
least value is
1 9 13 17 33 The solution of the equation
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 4 4 4 8
tan−1( x + 1) + tan−1 ( x − 1) = tan−1 is
24 If m = a cos 3 θ + 3 a cos θ sin2 θ, n = a sin3 θ + 3 a cos 2 θ 31
sin θ, then the value of (m + n ) 2 / 3 + (m − n ) 2 / 3 is (a)
1
(b)
1
or − 8
2/3 2/3 3/2 2/3 4 4
(a) 2a (b) a (c) a (d) 4 a
(c) − 8 (d) None of these
DAY TWENTY THREE UNIT TEST 3 (TRIGONOMETRY) 245
ANSWERS
1 (c) 2 (b) 3 (b) 4 (d) 5 (a) 6 (b) 7 (b) 8 (c) 9 (c) 10 (b)
11 (c) 12 (a) 13 (d) 14 (b) 15 (d) 16 (c) 17 (a) 18 (c) 19 (c) 20 (b)
21 (a) 22 (a) 23 (c) 24 (a) 25 (d) 26 (c) 27 (a) 28 (a) 29 (a) 30 (b)
31 (a) 32 (a) 33 (a) 34 (c) 35 (c) 36 (a) 37 (a) 38 (a) 39 (c) 40 (c)
41 (b) 42 (d) 43 (b) 44 (b) 45 (a) 46 (a) 47 (b) 48 (a) 49 (b) 50 (c)
α +β 4 AB 2 tan A 24
⇒ tan = In ∆ APB, tan 60° = ∴ sin 2 A = =
2 5 PB 1 + tan2 A 25
α + β h h ∴ 5 sin 2 A + 3 sin A + 4 cos A
1 − tan2 ⇒ 3= ⇒ x=
2 x 3
∴ cos (α + β) = =
24 12 12
− − =0
α + β
1 + tan2 Again, in ∆ AQB, tan30° =
AB 5 5 5
2 BQ
16 9 1 h 18 27 cos x + 81 sin x = 33 cos x + 34 sin x
1− ⇒ = ⇒ y =h 3
= 25 = 25 = 9 3 y ≥ 2 ⋅ 33 cos x ⋅ 34 sin x [Q AM ≥ GM]
16 41 41 1
1+ In right angled ∆ PBQ, ( − 5)
25 25 = 2 ⋅ 3 (3 cos x + 4 sin x )/2 ≥ 2 ⋅ 32
PQ 2 = PB 2 + BQ 2 = x 2 + y 2
[Q − 5 ≤ 3 cos x + 4 sin x ≤ 5]
11 Let AR = x and the height of the ⇒ (200) 2 =
h2
+ 3 h2 = h2
10 5 1
− −
chimney, AB = h. 3 3 = 2 ⋅ 3 2 = 2 ⋅ 3− 2 ⋅ 3 2
P 3 2
⇒ h2 = 200 2 × =
d 10 9 3
150 – h
θ 3
A R ∴ AB = 200 = 109.54 m 19 Let sin x = t
10
1
∴ t 2 + at + 1 = 0 ⇒ t + =−a
h h 13 Now, 1 cos 7 π − sin 2 π t
2 5 5
φ 1
π 7π π 2π ⇒ |a |= t + ≥2
B x Q = cos cos − sin sin t
4 5 4 5 ⇒ |a | ≥ 2 [Q AM ≥ GM]
Now, PR = PQ − RQ = 150 − h π 7π π 7π
PR = cos cos + sin sin Hence, for no real solution|a | < 2.
In ∆ PAR, tanθ = 4 5 4 5
AR 1 sin (θ + 2α )
= cos 7 π − π = cos 23 π 20 Given, =
4 150 − h n sin θ
⇒ = …(i) 5 4 20
3 x 2 π − 17 π = cos 17π On applying componendo and
= cos dividendo, we get
and in ∆ PBQ, tan φ =
PQ 20 20
1 + n sin (θ + 2α ) + sin θ
BQ 1 7π 2π 17 π ⇒ =
∴ cos −1 cos − sin = 1 − n sin (θ + 2α ) − sin θ
⇒
5 150
= 2 5 5 20
…(ii) 1 + n 2 sin (θ + α ) cos α
2 x 4 ab ⇒ =
14 Since, sec θ ≥ 1 ⇒
2
≥ 1 and 1− n 2 cos(θ + α ) sin α
150 − h 4 2 8 (a + b ) 2
∴ = × = = tan (θ + α ) cot α
150 3 5 15 a, b ≠ 0 1+ n
[dividing Eq. (i) by Eq. (ii)] (a − b ) 2 ⇒ tan α = tan(θ + α )
⇒ a, b ≠ 0 and − ≥0 1− n
h 8 (a + b ) 2
⇒ 1− = ⇒ h = 70 m
150 15 ⇒ a, b ≠ 0 and − (a − b ) 2 ≥ 0 21 (sin2 x ) 3 + (cos2 x ) 3
150 − 70 4 ⇒ a = b and a ≠ 0 = (sin 2 x + cos 2 x ) 3 − 3 sin 2 x cos 2 x
From Eq. (i), =
x 3
15 Given, x = cos −1 (cos 4) (sin 2 x + cos 2 x )
3
⇒ x = 60 m and = 1 − 3 sin2 x cos 2 x = 1 − (sin 2 x ) 2
⇒ x = cos −1 cos (2 π − 4) 4
PR = 150 − 70 = 80 m
⇒ x = 2 π − 4 and y = sin −1 (sin 3) 3
In ∆ PAR, AP 2 = AR2 + PR2 ∴ Maximum value = 1 − × 0 = 1
−1
⇒ y = sin sin ( π − 3) ⇒ y = π − 3 4
⇒ d 2 = 60 2 + 80 2 ∴ x + y = 3π − 7 3 1
and minimum value = 1 − × 1 =
∴ d = 100 m 4 4
∴ tan ( x + y ) = − tan 7
22 Now, tan α ⋅ tan(2n − 1) α
12 Let the height of the hill be h and let A 16 Since, log 2 x ≥ 0 ⇒ x ≥ 1
be its top. π
For x ≥ 1, we have = tan α tan − 1 α = tan α cot α = 1
A 2α
2x
sin −1 2
= π − 2 tan −1 x Hence, the value of given expression is
1 + x 1.
2x
h ∴ log 1 / π sin −1 + 2 tan −1 x 23 2 − cos x + sin2 x = 2 − cos x
1 + x2
B + 1 − cos 2 x
60° 30° = log 1 / π { π − 2 tan −1 x + 2 tan −1 x} = 3 − (cos 2 x + cos x )
x y = log 1 / π π = − 1
2
1
= 3 − cos x + −
1
P Q 17 Q 3 tan A − 4 = 0 ⇒ tan A = 4 / 3
200 m 2 4
3 4
⇒ cos A = − and sin A = − Hence, the maximum value occurs at
Since, BQ and BP represents South and 5 5
1
West, respectively. [since, A lies in III quadrant] cos x = − and its value
2
248 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY THREE
= 2 − − + 1 −
1 1 13 θ P
= = 2 1 + cos n − 1
2 4 4 2
and minimum value occurs at cos x = 1 θ θ h
= 2 ⋅ 2cos 2 = 2cos n
and its value = 2 − 1 + (1 − 1) = 1. 2 ⋅ 2n − 1 2
13
∴ Required ratio = a
4 28 In ∆ ABC, A + B + C = π O a A1 A2 A3 An
m ∴ tan A + tan B + tan C
24 Given, = cos θ + 3 cos θ sin2 θ
3
OA 2 = a + d
a = tan A tan B tan C
n ⇒ 6 = 2 tan A ⇒ tan A = 3 OA3 = a + 2d
and = sin3 θ + 3cos 2 θ sin θ
a ∴ tan B + tan C = 3 M M M
OA n = a + (n − 1) d
+ = (sin θ + cos θ)3
m n tan B tan C = 2
∴ and
a a Now, in ∆ POA n ,
⇒ tan B = 1 or 2 and tan C = 2 or 1
m + n
1 /3 h
⇒ = sin θ + cos θ tan2 A tan α =
Now, sin2 A = =
9 OA n
a
1 + tan2 A 10
m − n
1 /3
OA n = h cotα
and = cos θ − sin θ tan2 B 1 4 ⇒ a + (n − 1) d = h cot α
a sin2 B = = ,
1 + tan2 B 1 + 1 1 + 4 h cotα − a
m + n
2 /3
m − n
2 /3
d =
∴ + 1 4 5 8 n−1
a a =, = , h cos α − asin α
= 2 (sin2 θ + cos 2 θ)
2 5 10 10 =
tan2 C 8 5 (n − 1)sin α
(m + n ) 2 /3 + (m − n ) 2 /3 = 2a 2 /3 and sin2 C = = ,
1 + tan2 C 10 10 ( x + 1) + ( x − 1) −1 8
33 tan −1 = tan
25 Given, a sin2 α − 1 cosec 2α = 0 ∴ sin2 A : sin2 B : sin2 C 1 − ( x + 1) ( x − 1) 31
a
1 =
9 5 8 9 8 5 Provided ( x + 1) ( x − 1) < 0
⇒ sin α =
2 : : or : :
a 10 10 10 10 10 10 i.e. x2 < 1 …(i)
∴ cos 2 α + 5 sin α cos α + 6sin2 α 29 Maximum value of sin θ and cos θ is 1.
= tan −1
−1 2x 8
1 5 1 6 ⇒ tan
=1− + 1− + Q cos x ⋅ sin y = 1 1 − ( x2 − 1) 31
a a a a
5 a−1 −1 6 ⇒ cos x = 1, sin y = 1 2x 8
= 1+ + ⇒ =
or cos x = − 1, sin y = − 1 2 − x2 31
a a π 5π
a+ 5 a−1+ 5 ⇒ x = 0, 2 π, y = , ⇒ 4 x2 + 31 x − 8 = 0
= 2 2
a 3π ⇒ (4 x − 1) ( x + 8) = 0
x x or x = π, 3 π, y =
1 + tan2 2 tan 2 1 1
⇒ x= or − 8 ⇒ x =
26 tan x = 2 − 2 ∴ Required number of ordered pair 4 4
2 x x
2 tan 1 + tan2 =2×2+ 2×1= 6 Since, x = − 8 is not satisfied the
2 2
x 2 x 30 Given, (1 − cos 6 x ) + sin 2 x = 0
2 4 Eq. (i).
⇒ 2 tan2 1 + tan
2 2
2
⇒ sin2 6 x + sin 4 2 x = 0 34 Obviously x > 0 and x 3 < 1
= 1 + tan2 − 4 tan2
x x ⇒ sin2 6 x = 0 and sin 4 2 x = 0 1
2 2 i.e. x <
⇒ 6x = nπ and 2x = nπ 3
⇒ 2 y (1 + y ) = (1 + y )2 − 4 y nπ 1
put tan2 x = y ⇒ x= If x > , then cos −1 ( x 3 ) will be
6 3
2 nπ
and x= undefined. If x < 0, then x 3 < 0. Hence,
⇒ y 2 + 4y − 1 = 0 2
π π
− 4 ± 16 + 4 31 Since, x2 + x −2 ≥ 2 [Q AM ≥ GM] cos −1 x > and cos −1 x 3 >
∴ y = = −2± 5 2 2
2 therefore the equation is valid only if
Since, y ≥ 0, we get which is not satisfied the equation.
x
( 5 − 2)2 2 + 5 2cos 2 sin2 x = 2 1
y = 5−2= ⋅ 2 ∴ x ∈ 0,
5−2 2+ 5 3
x
⇔ cos = cosec x Given, cos −1 ( x 3 )
= (9 − 4 5) (2 + 5) 2
x π
i.e. iff cosec x = cos = 1 = − cos −1 x = sin −1 x
27 Now, 2 + 2 + 2 + ...+ 2(1 + cos θ) 2 2
which cannot be true. ⇒ cos −1 ( x 3 ) = cos −1 1 − x2
θ
= 2 + 2 + ...+ 2 + 2 cos 32 Consider A 1 , A 2,..., A n be the foot of the ⇒ x 3 = 1 − x2
2
KKKKKKK n poles subtending angle α to O, such 1
KKKKKKK ⇒ 3 x2 = 1 − x2 ⇒ x = ±
that OA 1 = a, if d be the distance 2
θ 1 1 1
= 2 + 2 cos n − 1
between two consecutive poles
x= Q x = − ∉ 0,
2 2 3
2
DAY TWENTY THREE UNIT TEST 3 (TRIGONOMETRY) 249
2 ∑ a = 15
− 1 + cos 2 θ] ∑ ab = 47
π π 3π = 16 cos 5 θ − 20 cos 3 θ + 5 cos θ
∴ x= ,π− , abc = 82
6 6 2 On comparing the coefficient of
π 5π 3π cos A cos B cos C
x= , ,x≠ [Q cos x ≠ 0] cos 5 θ, cos θ and constant term, Now, + +
6 6 2 a b c
we get P = 5, Q = 16 and R = 0 b +c −a
2 2 2
c + a − b 2 a2 + b 2 − c 2
2 2
∴ P + Q + R = 21 + +
36 Given, cot2 x + cosec x − a = 0 2abc 2abc 2abc
⇒ cosec2 x + cosec x − 1 − a = 0 39 Q cos A cos B cos C
= = (by cosine rule)
2 a b c a2 + b 2 + c 2
=
⇒ cosec x + = 1 + a + = + a
1 1 5
cos A cos B cos C 2abc
2 4 4 ∴ = =
k sin A k sin B k sin C (∑ a)2 − 2 ∑ ab
∴ cosec x ≥ 1 or ≤ − 1 =
⇒ cot A = cot B = cot C 2abc
1 3 1 225 − 94 131
⇒ cosec x + ≥ or ≤ − ⇒ A = B = C = 60° = =
2 2 2 2⋅ 82 164
2
40 a2 sin 2B + b2 sin 2 A
⇒ cosec x + ≥ ⇒ + a ≥
1 1 5 1
= 2a2 sin B ⋅ cos B + 2b 2 sin A ⋅ cos A
44 Given, a4 + b 4 + c 4 − 2b2c 2 − 2c 2 a2 = 0
2 4 4 4
⇒ (a2 + b 2 − c 2 )2 = 2a2b 2
∴ a≥ − 1 a2b b2 a
= cos B + cos A (a2 + b 2 − c 2 )2 1
R R ⇒ =
37 Let h be the height of the tower QR. ab abc 4a2b 2 2
= (acos B + b cos A ) = a2 + b 2 − c 2 1
A R R ⇒ =±
2ab 2
= 2 bc sin A = 4 bc sin A
45° 1
2 1
60° ⇒ cos C = ±
400 m 2
45° = 4λ
P Q
π 3π
41 Given, cos 2 x + 2cos x = 1 ⇒ C = or
4 4
h ⇒ 2cos 2 x − 1 + 2cos x − 1 = 0
So, the angle is 45° or 135°.
⇒ cos 2 x + cos x − 1 = 0
60° −1 + 5 45 f (θ, α ) = 2sin2 θ + 4cos (θ + α )
B R ⇒ cos x = sin θ sin α + 2 cos 2 ( θ + α ) − 1
2
Then, PA = 400 − h = 2sin2 θ + 2 cos ( θ + α )
−1 − 5
AP neglecting , As − 1 ≤ cosx ≤ 1 [2 sin θ sin α + cos ( θ + α )] − 1
In ∆ APQ, = 1 ⇒ AP = PQ 2
PQ = 2 sin2 θ + 2 cos(θ + α )
−1 − 5 [sin θ sin α + cos θ cos α] − 1
⇒ 400 − h = PQ and < −1
400 2 = 2 sin2 θ + 2cos(θ + α ) cos (θ − α ) − 1
Again in ∆ABR, tan 60° =
BR
5 − 1
2
= 2 sin2 θ + 2cos 2 θ − 2 sin2 α − 1
[QBR = PQ ] ∴ cos 2 x =
2 = 1 − 2 sin2 α = cos 2α
400
∴ 3= π π π
400 − h 6−2 5 3− 5 ∴ f , = cos 2 × = 0
= = 3 4 4
4 2
⇒ 400 3 − h 3 = 400
∴ sin2 x(2 − cos 2 x ) 46 I. The general value of θ satisfying any
⇒ (400 3 − 400) = h 3 3 − 5 3 − 5 of the equations
= 1 − 2 −
400( 3 − 1) 2 2 sin2 θ = sin2 α,cos 2 θ = cos 2 α
⇒ =h
3 5 − 1 5 + 1 and tan2 θ = tan2 α is given by
= =1 θ = n π ± α.
400(3 − 3 ) 2 2
= m II. The general value of θ satisfying
3 42 From the given parts of question, we get equations sin θ = sin α and
= 169.06 m cos x + sin x = A − 1 = B + 1 cos θ = cos α simultaneously is given
⇒ A = B+2 ... (i) by θ = 2nπ + α, n ∈ Z .
38 cos 5 θ = cos(3θ + 2θ)
and A ⋅ B = (sin x + cos x + 1)
= cos 3θ ⋅ cos 2θ − sin 3θ ⋅ sin 2θ (sin x + cos x − 1) So, Statement I is correct and
= (4cos 3 θ − 3cos θ)(2cos 2 θ − 1) = (sin x + cos x )2 − 1 Statement II is incorrect.
− ( 3 sin θ − 4sin3 θ) × (2sin θ ⋅ cos θ) 1 + sin 2 x − 1 = sin 2 x
250 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY THREE
Cartesian System
of Rectangular
Coordinates
Learning & Revision for the Day
Rectangular Coordinates
Let XOX ′ and YOY′ be two perpendicular axes in the Y
plane intersecting at O (as shown in the figure). Let P be P (x, y )
any point in the plane. Draw PM perpendicular to OX . y
The ordered pair ( x, y) is called the rectangular or X¢ x M X
O
cartesian coordinates of point P.
Distance Formula Y¢
l
Mid-point of the line joining ( x1 , y1 ) and ( x2 , y2 ) is (iii) A triangle having vertices (at 12 , 2 at 1 ), (at 22 , 2 at 2 ) and
x1 + x2 y1 + y2 (at 32 , 2 at 3 ), then area of triangle = a2 [(t 1 − t 2 )(t 2 − t 3 )(t 3 − t 1 )]
, .
2 2 (iv) Area of triangle formed by coordinate axes and the lines
c2
l
Coordinates of any point on one line segment which divide ax + by + c is = .
the line segment joining two points P ( x1 , y1 ) and Q ( x2 , y2 ) 2 ab
in the ratio λ : 1 are given by
x1 + λ x2 y1 + λ y2
Coordinates of Different
, , (λ ≠ − 1) Points of a Triangle
λ+1 λ+1
X -axis and Y-axis divide the line segment joining the points
1. Centroid
l
y x
( x1 , y1 ) and ( x2 , y2 ) in the ratio of − 1 and − 1 respectively.
y2 x2 The centroid of a triangle is the point of intersection of its
If the ratio is positive, then the axis divides it internally and if medians. It divides the medians in the ratio 2 : 1. If A( x1 , y1 ),
ratio is negative, then the axis divides externally. B ( x2 , y2 ) and C ( x3 , y3 ) are the vertices of ∆ABC, then the
x + x2 + x3 y1 + y2 + y3
coordinates of its centroid G are 1 ,
3 3
Area of a Triangle
Area of a triangle whose three vertices has coordinates 2. Orthocentre
( x1 , y1 ), ( x2 , y2 ) and ( x3 , y3 ) as shown in the figure below is
The orthocentre of a triangle is the point of intersection of its
given by
altitudes. If A ( x1 , y1 ), B ( x2 , y2 ) and C ( x3 , y3 ) are the vertices of a
A (x1, y1)
∆ABC, then the coordinates of its orthocentre O are
x1 tan A + x2 tan B + x3 tan C y1 tan A + y2 tan B + y3 tan C
,
tan A + tan B + tan C tan A + tan B + tan C
3. Circumcentre
B (x2, y2) C (x3, y3) The circumcentre of a triangle is the point of intersection of
the perpendicular bisectors of its sides. It is the centre of the
1 ( x1 y2 + x2 y3 + x3 y1 ) circle passing through the vertices of a triangle and so it is
Area of a ∆ABC =
2 − ( y1 x2 + y2 x3 + y3 x1 ) equidistant from the vertices of the triangle.
x1 y1 1 Here, OA = OB = OC, where O is the centre of circle and A, B
1 1 and C are the vertices of a triangle. The coordinates of the
= | x1 ( y2 − y3 ) + x2 ( y3 − y1 ) + x3 ( y1 − y2 )| = | x2 y2 1|
2 2 circumcentre are also given by
x3 y3 1
x sin 2 A + x2 sin 2 B + x3 sin 2C
S 1 ,
It should be noted that area is a positive quantity and its unit sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2C
is square of unit of length.
y1 sin 2 A + y2 sin 2 B + y3 sin 2C
In the inverse problems, i.e. when area of a triangle is given to
sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2C
be a square units, then we have
x1 y1 1 x1 y1 1 Incentre
1 1
∆ABC = | x2 y2 1 | = a ⇒ | x2 y2 1 | = ± a The point of intersection of the internal bisectors of the angles
2 2
x3 y3 1 x3 y3 1 of a triangle is called its incentre.
If A ( x1 , y1 ), B ( x2 , y2 ) and C ( x3 , y3 ) are the vertices of a ∆ABC
NOTE If area of ∆ABC is zero. It mean points are collinear. such that BC = a, CA = b and AB = c, then the coordinates of
ax + bx2 + cx3 ay1 + by2 + cy3
the incentre are I 1 , .
a+b +c a+b +c
Area of Some Geometrical Figures
(i) Suppose a and b are the adjacent sides of a parallelogram Excentre
and θ be the angle between them as shown in the figure
Coordinate of excentre opposite of ∠ A is given by
below, then area of parallelogram ABCD = ab sin θ.
− ax1 + bx2 + cx3 − ay1 + by2 + cy3
(ii) Area of convex quadrilateral with D a C I1 ≡ , and similarly for
−a+b +c −a+b +c
vertices ( x1 , y1 ),( x2 , y2 ), ( x3 , y3 ),( x 4 , y4 )
in that order is
b b excentres (I2 and I3 ) opposite to ∠B and ∠C are given by
θ ax − bx2 + cx3 ay1 − by2 + cy3
1 x1 − x3 y1 − y3 A a B I2 ≡ 1 ,
. a −b + c a −b + c
2 x2 − x 4 y2 − y4
DAY TWENTY FOUR CARTESIAN SYSTEM OF RECTANGULAR COORDINATES 253
ax + bx2 − cx3 ay1 + by2 − cy3 then the coordinates of P will be given by
and I3 ≡ 1 , .
a + b −c a + b −c x = α + x′ cos φ − y′ sin φ
In an equilateral triangle, orthocentre, centroid, y = β + x′ sin φ + y′ cos φ
circumcentre, incentre, coincide.
Slope of a Line
Important Results
The tangent of the angle that a line makes with the positive
l
Circumcentre of the right angled ∆ABC, right angled at A is direction of the X -axis is called the slope or gradient of the
B+C
. line. The slope of a line is generally denoted by m.
2
Thus, m = tan θ.
l
Orthocentre of the right angled ∆ABC, right angled at A is
A.
Slope of a Line in Terms of
l
Orthocentre, centroid, circumcentre of a triangle are
collinear. Coordinates of any Two Points on it
l
Centroid divides the line joining the orthocentre and Let P( x1 , y1 ) and Q( x2 , y2 ) be two points on a line making an
circumcentre in the ratio 2 : 1. angle θ with the positive direction of X -axis. Then, its slope m
is given by
l
The circumcentre of right angled triangle is the mid-point
of the hypotenuse. y2 − y1 Difference of ordinates
m= =
l
A triangle is isosceles, if any two of its medians are equal. x2 − x1 Difference of abscissa
(i) x and y are old coordinates, x ′, y′ are new coordinates. Steps to Find the Locus of a Point
(ii) The axes rotation in anti-clockwise is positive and The following steps are used to find the locus of a point
clockwise rotation of axes is negative.
Step I Assume the coordinates of the point say
(h, k ) whose locus is to be find.
3. To Change the Direction of the Axes of
Step II Write the given condition involving (h, k ).
Coordinates by Changing the Origin
Step III Eliminate the variable(s), if any.
If P( x, y) and the axes are shifted parallel to the original axis,
Step IV Replace h → x and k → y. The equation, so obtained is
so that new origin is (α , β) and then the axes are rotated about
the new origin (α , β) by angle φ in the anti-clockwise ( x′ , y′ ), the locus of the point which moves under some
definite conditions.
254 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY FOUR
6 The value of k for which the distinct points (k , 2 − 2k ), 15 The centroid of the triangle is (3,3) and the orthocentre is
(1 − k , 2k ) and ( −4 − k ,6 − 2k ) are collinear is (are) ( −3, 5) then its circumcentre is
(a) −1or 1 / 2 (b) Only 1 / 2 (a) (0, 4) (b) (0, 8) (c) (6, 2) (d) (6, − 2)
(c) Only −1 (d) can not be found 16 Let the orthocentre and centroid of a triangle be A( −3, 5)
7 If the line 2x + y = k passes through the point which and B( 3, 3) respectively. If C is the circumcentre of this
divides the line segment joining the points (1, 1) and triangle, then the radius of the circle having line segment
(2, 4) in the ratio 3 : 2, then k is equal to AC as diameter, is j
JEE Mains 2018
29 11 5 3 5
(a) (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) (a) 10 (b) 2 10 (c) 3 (d)
5 5 2 2
8 A line L intersects the three sides BC, CA and AB of a 17 If G is the centroid of ∆ABC with vertices A(a, 0),
BP CQ AR ( AB 2 + BC 2 + CA 2 )
∆ABC at P , Q and R, respectively. Then, ⋅ ⋅ is B( −a, 0)and C(b, c ), then is equal to
PC QA RB (GA 2 + GB 2 + GC 2 )
equal to
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
(a) 1 (b) 0
(c) −1 (d) None of these 18 Let a, b, c and d be non-zero numbers. If the point of
intersection of the lines 4ax + 2ay + c = 0 and
9 If the coordinates of the vertices of a triangle are
5bx + 2by + d = 0 lies in the fourth quadrant and is
integers, then the triangle cannot be
equidistant from the two axes, then j
JEE Mains 2014
(a) equilateral (b) isosceles
(a) 2bc − 3ad = 0 (b) 2bc + 3ad = 0
(c) scalene (d) None of these
(c) 2ad − 3bc = 0 (d) 3bc − 2ad = 0
DAY TWENTY FOUR CARTESIAN SYSTEM OF RECTANGULAR COORDINATES 255
34 Let the equation of the line ax + by + c = 0. The bisector of the acute angle between L 1 and L 2
Statement I If a, b and c are in AP, then ax + by + c = 0 intersects L 3 at R.
pass through a fixed point (1, − 2). Statement I The ratio PR : RQ equals 2 2 : 5.
Statement II Any family of lines always pass through a Statement II In any triangle, bisector of an angle divides
fixed point. the triangle into two similar triangles.
35 The lines L 1 : y − x = 0 and L 2 : 2x + y = 0 intersect the
line L 3 : y + 2 = 0 at P and Q, respectively.
14 A point moves is such a way that the sum of squares of 15 The area of a triangle is 5 and its two vertices are A( 2, 1)
its distances from A( 2, 0) and B( − 2, 0) is always equal to and B( 3, − 2). The third vertex lies on y = x + 3. Then,
the square of the distance between A and B, then the third vertex is
(a) , (b) ,
locus of point P is 7 13 5 5
(a) x 2 + y 2 − 2 = 0 (b) x 2 + y 2 + 2 = 0 2 2 2 2
(c) x 2 + y 2 + 4 = 0 (d) x 2 + y 2 − 4 = 0 (c) − , −
3 3
(d) (0, 0)
2 2
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (b) 4 (b) 5 (d) 6 (c) 7 (c) 8 (c) 9 (a) 10 (c)
11 (d) 12 (c) 13 (c) 14 (c) 15 (c) 16 (c) 17 (c) 18 (c) 19 (b) 20 (c)
21 (c) 22 (d) 23 (b) 24 (a) 25 (b) 26 (c) 27 (b) 28 (d) 29 (d) 30 (a)
31 (c) 32 (a) 33 (a) 34 (a) 35 (c)
SESSION 2 1 (b) 2 (a) 3 (a) 4 (b) 5 (a) 6 (a) 7 (b) 8 (c) 9 (d) 10 (d)
11 (c) 12 (d) 13 (b) 14 (d) 15 (a)
1 1 A Number of positive
⇒ ab(sin2 α − cos 2 α ) = ab (0,41)
2 2 integral solution of
⇒ sin2 α − cos 2 α = 1 R the equation
π x + y + k = 41 will
i.e. α = (2m + 1) , m ∈ I .
2 be number of
Q integral coordinates (0,0)
But for this value of α, the vertices of the P (41,0)
B in the bounded
given triangles are not defined. C region.
Hence, ∆ 1 , ∆ 2 and ∆ 3 cannot be in GP for Also, as P lies on L, we have ∴Total number of integral coordinates
any value of α.
λx + x2
l 3 λy 3 + y 2 + n = 0 = 41 −1 C3 −1 = 40C2
+ m
5 We have, λ+1 λ+1 =
40!
= 780
1 lx + my 2 + n BP 2! 38!
area of ∆OAB = sq units ⇒ − 2 = =λ …(i)
2a5 lx3 + my 3 + n PC
1 1 12 If A( x1 , y 1 ), B( x2 , y 2 ), C ( x3 , y 3 ) be the
× ax × a6 x = a−5
2
⇒ Similarly, we obtain vertices of the triangle and if (0, 0), (1, 1)
2 2
CQ lx + my 3 + n and (1,0) are the middle points of
ax + 6 x = a−5 =− 3
2
⇒ …(ii) AB , BC and CA respectively, then
QA lx1 + my 1 + n
⇒ x2 + 6 x + 5 = 0 x1 + x2 = 0, x2 + x3 = 2, x3 + x1 = 2
⇒ x = −1, − 5 AR lx + my 1 + n
and =− 1 …(iii) y1 + y2 = 2 , y2 + y3 = 2 , y3 + y1 = 0
RB lx2 + my 2 + n
6 Points are collinear so So, A(0, 0), B (0, 2) and C(2, 0) are the
k 2 − 2k 1 On multiplying Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we vertices of the ∆ABC.
1− k 2k 1=0
get Now, a = BC = 2 2 , b = CA = 2,
BP CQ AR
−4 − k 6 − 2k 1 ⋅ ⋅ = −1 c = AB = 2
PC QA PB The coordinates (α,β) of the in-centre are
k 2 − 2k 1 given by
⇒ 1 − 2k 4k − 2 0 = 0
9 Let A = ( x1 , y 1 ), B = ( x2 , y 2 ), C = ( x3 , y 3 ) be
ax + bx2 + cx3
the vertices of a triangle and α = 1 = 2 − 2,
−4 − 2k 4 0 a+ b +c
x1 , x2 , x3 and y 1 , y 2 , y 3 be integers.
[applying C2 → C2 − C1 and ay 1 + by 2 + cy 3
So, BC 2 = ( x2 − x3 )2 + ( y 2 − y 3 )2 is a β= =2− 2
C3 → C3 − C2 ] a+ b + c
positive integers.
⇒ 4 − 8k + (4k − 2)(4 + 2k ) = 0 i.e. The in-centre is (2 − 2, 2 − 2 ).
If the triangle is equilateral, then
⇒ 2k 2 + k − 1 = 0
so k = − 1 and 1 / 2 AB = BC = CA = a [say] 13 ( x − 1)2 + ( y − 2)2
1 and ∠A = ∠B = ∠C = 60°. = ( x − 2)2 + ( y − 3)2
But for k = , points are (1/2, 1),
2 = ( x − 3)2 + ( y − 1)2
∴ Area of the triangle = sin A ⋅ bc
1
⇒ x + y = 4, 4 x − 2 y = 5
(1/2, 1) and − , 5
9 2
5 ⇒ x = 13 / 6 , y = 11 / 6
= a2 sin 60°
1
∴ Circumcentre = ,
Which is a contradiction as given points 13 11
2
are distinct. 6 6
a2 3 x1 + 1
= 14 = −2
7 Using section formula, the coordi- nates 2 2 2
of the point P, which divides AB
3 2 ⇒ x1 = − 5
internally in the ratio 3 : 2 are = a
4 A (1, 1)
3 × 2 + 2 × 1 3 × 4 + 2 × 1
P
which is irrational.
,
3+ 2 3+ 2 [since, a2 is a positive integer]
Now, the area of the triangle in terms of (–2, 3)E F (5, 2)
≡ P ,
8 14 the coordinates
5 5 1
= [ x1 ( y 2 − y 3 ) + x2 ( y 3 − y 1 )
Also, since the line L passes through 2
P, hence substituting the coordinates + x3 ( y 1 − y 2 )] B (x1, y1) C (x2, y2)
y1 + 1
of P , in the equation of
8 14 which is a rational number. = 3 ⇒ y1 = 5
5 5 This contradicts that the area is an 2
L : 2 x + y = k , we get irrational number, if the triangle is B = (−5, 5)
equilateral. x2 + 1
2 + = k ⇒ k = 6
8 14 = 5 ⇒ x2 = 9
5 5 10 If the centroid is joined to the vertices, 2
we get three triangles of equal area. y2 + 1
8 Let A( x1 , y 1 ), B( x2 , y 2 ) and C ( x3 , y 3 ) be the = 2 ⇒ y2 = 3
R = G = 3,
4 2
vertices of ∆ABC and lx + my + n = 0 be ∴
3 ∴ C = (9, 3)
the equation of the line. If P divides BC 1 + 9 − 5 1 + 5 + 3
in the ratio λ :1, then the coordinates of 11 Required points (x, y) are such that, it G = ,
λx + x2 λy 3 + y 2 3 3
P are 3 , .
satisfy x + y < 41 and x > 0, y > 0.
λ+1 λ+1 = (5 / 3,3)
DAY TWENTY FOUR CARTESIAN SYSTEM OF RECTANGULAR COORDINATES 259
θ
16 We have, orthocentre and centroid of a
–2
∴ x ′ = ( x − 1)
α
triangle be A(−3, 5) and B(3, 3)
respectively and C circumcentre y ′ = ( y − 2) θ
O X
As per the given situation
A (–3, 5) B(3, 3) C y 2 − 8 x − 4 y + 12 = ( y − 2)2 − 4a( x − 1) 23 Image of (4, 1) in the line x = y is
⇒ y 2 − 8 x − 4 y + 12 = y 2 − 4 y (1, 4) on translating this point along
We know that, + 4 − 4ax + 4a positive direction of X-axis by 2 units,
AB : BC = 2 : 1 Comparing respective coefficients, we this point is transformed into (3, 4) and
have projection of the point (3, 4) on X-axis is
AB = (3 + 3)2 + (3 − 5)2
4a = 8 (3, 0).
= 36 + 4 = 2 10 ∴ a=2
24 BP − AP = ± 6 or BP = AP ± 6
∴ BC = 10 20 Let P (a′, y ′ ) be the coordinates of the
⇒ x2 + ( y + 4) 2 = x 2 + ( y − 4) 2 ± 6
AC = AB + BC point obtained by rotating the axes
through an angle of 60°. On squaring and simplifying, we get
= 2 10 + 10 = 3 10
∴The transformation matrix can be 4y − 9 = ± 3 x2 + ( y − 4) 2
Since, AC is a diametre of circle
written as Again on squaring, we get
AC 3 10 5 x ′ cos θ sin θ x
∴ r = = =3 9 x2 − 7 y 2 + 63 = 0
=
2 2 2 y ′ − sin θ cos θ y
25 Let G (α,β ) be the centroid in any
17 Coordinates of point G is G b , c 1 3 position. Then,
3 3 2 2 2 x 1 + cos t + sint 2 + sint − cos t
( AB ) + (BC ) + (CA )2
2 2 ⇒ =
− 3 3 1 y (α, β ) = ,
Let E = − 3 3
(GA )2 + (GB )2 + (GC )2 2 2 1 + cos t + sin t
4a2 + (a + b )2 + c 2 + (a − b )2 + c 2 ∴ α =
x 3y
⇒ E = + 3
2 2
b − a + c + b + a
2
2 2 2 2 + sin t − cos t
⇒ = and β =
− 3
3 3 3 − 3 x
+
y 3
2 2 2 2 2 ⇒ 3α − 1 = cos t + sin t
+ + +
c 2b 2c …(i)
3 3 3 ⇒ x + 3 y = 4 and 3 x − y = 2 3
and 3 β − 2 = sin t − cos t …(ii)
4 a2 + 2 c 2 + 2 a2 + 2 b 2 Solving the above equations,
⇒ E= 2 On squaring and adding Eqs. (i) and (ii),
5 3
2b 6c2 4 b2 we have ( x, y ) = , we get
+ 2 a2 + +
9 9 9 2 2
(3α − 1)2 + (3 β − 2)2 = (cos t + sin t )2
6a2 + 2b 2 + 2c 2
⇒ E= 21 Let P ( x ′, y ′ ) be the coordinates of the + (sin t − cos t )2
1
(6b 2 + 18a2 + 6c 2 ) point P ( x, y ) after rotation of axes at an = 2(cos 2 t + sin2 t ) = 2
9
angle of 180° ∴ The equation of the locus of the
2(3a2 + b 2 + c 2 )
⇒ E= =3 x ′ cos θ sin θ x
1 ⇒ = centroid is (3 x − 1)2 + (3 y − 2)2 = 2
6(3a2 + b 2 + c 2 ) y ′ − sin θ cos θ y
9 ⇒ 9 ( x2 + y 2 ) − 6 x − 12 y + 3 = 0
Since, here θ = 180°
18 Let coordinate of the intersection point ⇒ 3 ( x2 + y 2 ) − 2 x − 4 y + 1 = 0
in fourth quadrant be (α, − α). x ′ −1 0 x
⇒ = 26 The third vertex lies on 2 x + 3 y = 9
y ′ 0 −1 y
Since, (α, − α) lies on both lines 9 − 2x
i.e. x,
4 ax + 2ay + c = 0 and x′ − x 3
⇒ =
5bx + 2by + d = 0. y ′ − y
A (2, –3)
∴ 4 aα − 2aα + c = 0
−c ∴ x = − x ′ and y = − y ′
⇒ α = ...(i) Hence, the new equation of curve,
2a
x − 2 y + 3 = 0 is (− x ′ ) − 2(− y ′ ) + 3 = 0
and 5bα − 2bα + d = 0
−d ⇒ − x′ + 2 y ′ + 3 = 0
⇒ α =
3b
…(ii) ⇒ x′ − 2 y ′ − 3 = 0
or x − 2 y − 3 = 0 in general
B (–2, 1) (
C x, 9 – 2x
3 (
From Eqs. (i) and (ii),we get
260 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY FOUR
= k 2 α − + β2
a |PO |= 4+ 4
k ⇒ h2 (1 − e 2 ) + k 2 = a2 (1 − e 2 )
= 2 2;|OQ |= 1 + 4 = 5
Replacing h by x and k by y, we get the
⇒ α2 + β2 − 2akα + a2 k 2 = k 2α2
locus of point P (h, k ) which is the locus Since, OR is angle bisector
2ak 2
+ k 2β2 − α + a2 of an ellipse. OP PR
k =
x2 y2 OQ RQ
⇒ (1 − k 2 )α2 + (1 − k 2 )β 2 = (1 − k 2 ) a2 + 2 =1
a2
a (1 − e 2 ) PR 2 2
⇒ (1 − k 2 ) {α2 + β2 } = (1 − k 2 )a2 ⇒ =
{Q k ≠ ± 1} 31 Statement I : AB = BC = CA RQ 5
∴ α 2 + β2 = a 2 ∴ A, B ,C are the vertices of triangle ABC. Hence, Statement I is true.
Replace α by x and β by y, we have Statement II : Let A( x1 , y 1 ), B ( x2 , y 2 ) and But, it does not divide the triangle in
x2 + y 2 = a2 C ( x3 , y 3 ) are all rational coordinates. two similar triangles.
29 Let P (h, k ) represents all those points x1 y 1 1 Hence, Statement II is false.
1 3
∴ Area (∆ABC ) = x2 y 2 1 =
subtending a right angle at A and B 2
x3 y 3 1
4 SESSION 2
Y
[( x1 − x2 ) + ( y 1 − y 2 ) ]
2 2 1 Let the coordinates of P be ( x, y ).
P (h , k )
LHS = rational, RHS = irrational Then, PA = PB ⇒ PA2 = PB 2
Hence, ( x1 , y 1 ), ( x2 , y 2 ) and ( x3 , y 3 ) ⇒ ( x − 3)2 + ( y − 4)2 = ( x − 5)2 + ( y + 2)2
cannot be all rational. ⇒ x − 3y − 1 = 0 …(i)
X¢ X
A(–a, 0) O B (a, 0) Now, area of ∆PAB = 10
32 The orthocentre lies on the line joining x y 1
the points (0, 0) and (3, 5) i.e. 1
⇒ 3 4 1 = ± 10
Y¢
5x − 3 y = 0. 2
5 −2 1
Also, Statement II is true.
∴ m AP ⋅ m PB = − 1
⇒ 6 x + 2 y − 26 = ± 20
k − 0 k − 0 33 Statement II is true as the coordinates of
⇒ = −1 the point P in new system are ⇒ 6 x + 2 y − 46 = 0
h + a h − a
(α − 1 − 2, α + 1 − 3). or 6x + 2y − 6 = 0
⇒ k 2 = − (h2 − a2 ) ⇒ 3 x + y − 23 = 0
In Statement I, the centroid is (2, 3), so
⇒ k + h2 = a2
2
or 3x + y − 3 = 0 …(ii)
the coordinates of the vertices in the
Replace k → y and h → x, we get On solving, x − 3 y − 1 = 0 and
x2 + y 2 = a2 new system of coordinates are (− 2, − 3),
3 x + y − 23 = 0, we get
(1, 0), (1, 3).
30 Since, A(ae, 0) and B(− ae, 0) be the x = 7, y = 2
given points and let P (h, k ) be any point 34 Statement II is false as L 1 + λL 2 = 0 On solving x − 3 y − 1 = 0
whose distance from A and B is constant
⇒ Family of concurrent lines, if L 1 and and 3 x + y − 3 = 0, we get
i.e. 2a.
L 2 are intersect. x = 1, y = 0
i.e. |PA | + |PB | = 2a
⇒ Family of parallel lines, Thus, the coordinates of P are (7,2)
⇒ (h − ae)2 + k 2
if L 1 and L 2 are parallel. or (1, 0).
+ (h + ae )2 + k 2 = 2a …(i)
DAY TWENTY FOUR CARTESIAN SYSTEM OF RECTANGULAR COORDINATES 261
1
⇒ 4 + 12 = (a − 2)2 + (b − 2 3 )2 c = (a22 + b22 − a12 − b12 ) 15. Let the third vertex be ( p, q ).
2
= a2 + b 2 ⇒ q = p+3 …(i)
Now, (a − 2)2 + (b − 2 3 )2 = a2 + b 2 13 Circumcentre of a triangle is the point
Now, ∆ = |5|
which is equidistant from the vertices of
a2 + b 2 − 4a − 4 3 b + 16 = a2 + b 2 ∆ =± 5
a triangle.
a+ 3b = 4 p q 1
Let the circumcentre of triangle be 1
a = 4 − 3b …(i) C ( x, y ) and the three vertices of the 2 1 1 =± 5
2
triangle are represented by 3 −2 1
Also, a + b = 16
2 2
P (2, 1), Q (5, 2), R(3, 4)
(4 − 3b )2 + b 2 = 16 [using Eq. (i)] ⇒ q + 3 p − 7 = ± 10
∴ According to given condition,
⇒ 4b − 8 3b + 16 = 16
2 ⇒ 3 p + q = 17 …(ii)
we have
and 3p + q = − 3 …(iii)
⇒ 4b(b − 2 3 ) = 0 |PC| = |QC| = |RC|
Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii) and solving
⇒ b = 0 or b = 2 3 Case I |PC| = |QC| Eqs. (i) and (iii), we get points
If b =0 ( x − 2)2 + ( y − 1)2 = ( x − 5)2 + ( y − 2)2 7 , 13 and − 3 , 3
⇒ a= 4 ⇒ 6 x + 2 y = 24 …(i) 2 2 2 2
EXAM BITES
This Pdf Is
Downloaded From
www.exambites.in
VISIT NOW !!
DAY TWENTY FIVE
Straight Line
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Concept of Straight Line u Conditions for Concurrence u Distance of a Point from a
u Angle between Two Lines of Three Lines Line
q
X¢ X
Y¢ B (x2, y2)
y2 − y1
The slope of a line AB is m = tan θ =
x2 − x1
cos θ sin θ a + b a + b
x − y = 0 is , .
where r is the distance of any point ( x, y) on the line 2 2
from the point ( x1 , y1 ). l
Foot of perpendicular from (a, b ) on
a − b b − a
x + y = 0 is , .
Angle between Two Lines 2 2
The acute angle θ between the lines having slopes m1 and m2 l
Image (h, k ) from (x1 , y1 ) w.r.t. the line mirror ax + by + c = 0
m2 − m1 is given by
is given by tan θ = . h − x1 k − y1 −2 (ax1 + by1 + c)
1 + m1 m2 = =
a b a2 + b 2
Condition of Parallel Lines l
Area of the parallelogram formed by the lines
Let m1 , m2 be slope of two lines, then lines are parallel, if a1 x + b 1 y + c 1 = 0; a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0
m1 = m2 . (d − c )(d − c )
a1 x + b 1 y + d1 = 0; a2 x + b2 y + d2 = 0 is 1 1 2 2 .
Equation of any line parallel to ax + by + c = 0 can be taken a1b 2 − a2b 1
as ax + by + λ = 0
The equation of the family of lines passing through the (ii) The equations of the straight lines which pass through a
intersection of the lines given point ( x1 , y1 ) and make a given angle α with the
given straight line y = mx + c are
a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0 and a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0 is
m ± tan α
( a1 x + b1 y + c1 ) + λ ( a2 x + b2 y + c2 ) = 0 . ( y − y1 ) = ( x − x1 ).
1 m tan α
where λ is a parameter.
x y x y
3
(c) + = 1, + = 1 (a) y − 3 = 0 (b) y + 3 = 0 (c) 3 y + 1 = 0 (d) 3 y − 1 = 0
2 3 2 1
x y x y 8 A ray of light along x + 3y = 3 gets reflected upon
(d) − = 1, + =1
2 3 −2 1 reaching X-axis, the equation of the reflected ray is
(a) y = x + 3 (b) 3y = x − 3
3 The equation of a line passing through ( − 4,3) and this
(c) y = 3 x − 3 (d) 3y = x − 1
point divided the portion of line between axes in the ratio
5 : 3 internally, is 9 The range of values of α such that ( 0, α ) lie on or inside
(a) 9x + 20y + 96 = 0 (b) 20x + 9y + 96 = 0 the triangle formed by the lines
(c) 9x − 20y + 96 = 0 (d) 20x − 9y − 96 = 0 3x + y + 2 = 0, 2x − 3y + 5 = 0 and x + 4y − 14 = 0 is
(a) 1 / 2 ≤ α ≤ 1 (b) 5 / 3 ≤ α ≤ 7 / 2
4 A straight line through a fixed point ( 2,3) intersects the (c) 5 ≤ α ≤ 7 (d) None of these
coordinate axes at distinct points P and Q. If O is the
origin and the rectangle OPRQ is completed, then the 10 The lines x + y = | a | and ax − y = 1 intersect each other in
locus of R is the first quadrant. Then, the set of all possible values of a
(a) 3 x + 2 y = 6 (b) 2 x + 3 y = xy is the interval
(c) 3 x + 2 y = xy (d) 3 x + 2 y = 6xy (a) (−11, ] (b) (0, ∞)
(c) [1, ∞) (d) (−1, ∞)
5 If the x-intercept of some line L is double as that of the
line, 3x + 4y = 12 and the y-intercept of L is half as that 11 Area of the parallelogram formed by the lines
of the same line, then the slope of L is j
JEE Mains 2013 y = mx , y = mx + 1, y = nx , y = nx + 1 is equal to
266 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY FIVE
29 If P is a point ( x , y ) on the line y = − 3x such that P and (b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
the point ( 3, 4) are on the opposite sides of the line not a correct explanation for Statement I
3x − 4y = 8, then
8 8 8 8 (c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
(a) x > ,y< − (b) x > ,y<
15 5 5 15 (d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true
8 8
(c) x = ,y = − (d) None of these 33 Statement I Consider the points A( 0, 1) and B( 2, 0) and P
15 5
be a point on the line 4x + 3y + 9 = 0, then coordinates
α α − 12 17
30 If P 1 + ,2+ be any point on a line, then the of P such that | PA − PB | is maximum, is , ⋅
2 2 5 5
range of values of α for which the point P lies between Statement II | PA − PB | ≤ | AB |
the parallel lines x + 2y = 1 and 2x + 4y = 15 is
34 Statement I If point of intersection of the lines
4 2 5 2 5 2
(a) − <α< (b) 0 < α < 4x + 3y = λ and 3x − 4y = µ, ∀ λ , µ ∈ R is ( x1, y1 ), then
3 6 6
−4 2 the locus of ( λ , µ ) is x + 7y = 0, ∀ x1 = y1.
(c) <α< 0 (d) None of these
3 Statement II If 4λ + 3 µ > 0 and 3λ − 4 µ > 0, then ( x1, y1 )
2 is in first quadrant.
31 If (a, a ) falls inside the angle made by the lines
x − 2y = 0, x > 0 and y = 3x ( x > 0), then a belongs to : 35 Let θ1 be the angle between two lines 2x + 3y + c1 = 0
(a) (01
, / 2) (b) (3, ∞) and − x + 5y + c 2 = 0 and θ 2 be the angle between two
(c) (1 / 2,3) (d) (− 3, − 1 / 2) lines 2x + 3y + c1 = 0 and − x + 5y + c 3 = 0, where
c1, c 2 , c 3 are any real numbers.
32 The lines passing through ( 3, − 2) and inclined at angle
60° with 3x + y = 1 is Statement I If c 2 and c 3 are proportional, then θ1 = θ 2 .
(a) y + 2 = 0 (b) x + 2 = 0 Statement II θ1 = θ 2 for all c 2 and c 3 . j
JEE Mains 2013
(c)x + y = 2 (d) x − y = 3
36 Statement I Each point on the line y − x + 12 = 0 is
Directions (Q. Nos. 33-36) Each of these questions contains equidistant from the lines 4y + 3x − 12 = 0,
two statements : Statement I (Assertion) and Statement II 3y + 4x − 24 = 0.
(Reason). Each of these questions also has four alternative Statement II The locus of a point which is equidistant
choices, only one of which is the correct answer. You have to from two given lines is the angular bisector of the two
select one of the codes (a ), (b), (c) and (d ) given below.
lines.
(a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
correct explanation for Statement I
2 If the lines y = mr x , r = 1,2,3 cut off equal intercepts on the 5 A variable line through the point ( p, q ) cuts the x and y
transversal x + y = 1, then 1 + m1, 1 + m2 , 1 + m3 are in: axes at A and B respectively. The lines through A and B
(a) AP (b) GP parallel to Y − axis and the X − axis respectively meet at
(c) HP (d) None of these P. If the locus of P is 3x + 2y − xy = 0, then
3 In triangle ABC, equation of the right bisectors of the (a) p = 2, q = 3 (b) p = 3, q = 2
(c) p = − 2,q = − 3 (d) p = − 3,q = − 2
sides AB and AC are x + y = 0 and x − y = 0
respectively. If A ≡ ( 5,7) then equation of side BC is 6 If the three lines x − 3y = p, ax + 2y = q and ax + y = r
(a) 7 y = 5 x (b) 5x = y (c) 5 y = 7 x (d) 5y = x from a right angled triangle, then j
JEE Mains 2013
(a)a − 9a + 18 = 0
2
(b) a 2 − 6a − 12 = 0
(c)a 2 − 6a − 18 = 0
268 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY FIVE
SESSION 2 1 (d) 2 (c) 3 (a) 4 (d) 5 (a) 6 (a) 7 (d) 8 (c) 9 (b) 10 (d)
11 (d) 12 (b) 13 (a) 14 (b) 15 (b) 16 (b)
DAY TWENTY FIVE STRAIGHT LINE 269
−2 1 ab
Slope of the line PS is . A (1,2) 21 p = =
9 (1 / a2 ) + (1 / b 2 ) a2 + b 2
0
Required equation of line passes through 1= 7x–y–5=0 a2 , p2 , b 2 are in AP.
(1, − 1) and parallel to PS is y+ 2a2b 2
−2 x– ⇒ = a2 + b 2
y + 1= ( x − 1) B a2 + b 2
9 D
E(–1,–2)
⇒ 2x + 9y + 7 = 0 ⇒ a4 + b 4 = 0 i.e. a = b = 0
This is impossible, therefore given
, ) and PD⊥ AB .
13 Let P(41 information is inconsistent.
Equation of AB is 3 x − 2 y − 8 = 0
C 22 Since, p = length of the perpendicular
∴ Equation of PD is 2 x + 3 y − 11 = 0
y + 2 −1 from (0,0) on x secθ + y cosec θ = a
P (4, 1) ⇒ Equation of BD is =
x+1 2 a asin 2θ
∴ p= =
⇒ x + 2y + 5 = 0 sec2 θ + cosec2 θ 2
1 − 8
∴ Coordinates of D = , ⇒ 2 p = asin 2θ …(i)
3 3
A B Also, p′ = length of perpendicular from
(2, – 1) λ D 1
(6, 5) 17 It is given that the lines (0,0) on x cos θ − y sinθ = acos 2θ
ax + 2 y + 1 = 0,bx + 3 y + 1 = 0, acos 2θ
Let line AB is divided by PD in the ratio ∴ p′ =
λ :1, then intersecting point cx + 4 y + 1 = 0 are concurrent cos 2 θ + sin2 θ
6λ + 2 5λ − 1
D , lies on
a 2 1 = acos 2θ …(ii)
λ+1 λ+1 ∴ b 3 1 =0 On squaring and adding Eqs. (i), (ii), we
2 x + 3 y − 11 = 0. c 4 1 get
6λ + 2 5λ − 1 − 11 = 0
⇒ 2 + 3 ⇒ − a + 2b − c = 0 ⇒ 2b = a + c 4 p2 + p ′2 = a2
λ+1 λ+1
23 p1 = m2 cos α + 2m sin α + sin α
2
∴ a, b, c are in AP.
⇒ 16λ − 10 = 0 ⇒ λ :1 = 5: 8
cos α
14 Since, the line L is passing through the 18 Given equations,
(2a + b )x + (a + 3b )y + (b − 3 a) = 0 sin2 α
point (13,32). p2 = |mm ′ cos α + (m + m ′ )sin α +
cos α
13 32 32 8 and mx + 2 y + 6 = 0 are concurrent for
Therefore, + =1 ⇒ =− sin2 α
5 b b 5 all real values of a and b, so they must p3 = m ′2 cos α + 2m ′ sin α +
⇒ b = − 20 represent the same line for some values cos α
The line K is parallel to the line L, its of a and b. Therefore, we get mm ′ cos 2 α + (m + m ′ )sin α cos α
2a + b (a + 3b ) b − 3 a
equation must be = = + sin2 α
x y x y m 2 6 p2 =
− = a or − =1 cos α
5 20 5a 20a On taking last two ratios,
(m cos α + sin α )2
a + 3b −3 a + b 3 p1 =
On comparing with +
x y
= 1, we get = ⇒b = − a cos α
2 6 4
c 3 (m ′ cos α + sin α )2
On taking first two ratios, p3 =
20a = −3, c = 5a cos α
−3 −3 −3 2(2a + b ) 2{2a − (3 / 4) a}
a= and c = 5 × = m= = ∴ p2 = p1 p3 ⇒ p22 = p1 p3
20 20 4 a + 3b a + 3(− 3 /4) a
Hence, the distance between lines 10 Hence, p1 , p2 and p3 are in GP.
=− = −2
−3 5 24 Make constant terms of both equation
−1
|a − 1| 20 23 19 The length of perpendicular from (0,0) to positive.
= = =
1 1 17 17 x y 1 3x − 4y + 7 = 0
+ line + = 1, is p =
25 400 400 a b 1 1 and − 12 x − 5y + 2 = 0
+ Since, a1 a2 + b1 b2 = − 36 + 20 < 0
15 The desired point is the foot of the a2 b 2
1 1 1 ∴ Bisector of acute angle is given by
perpendicular from the origin on the ∴ + 2 = 2 with positive sign
line 3 x − 4 y = 25. a2 b p
3x − 4y + 7 − 12 x − 5y + 2
The equation of a line passing through = +
the origin and perpendicular to
20 Now, distance of origin from 9 + 16 144 + 25
4 x + 2 y − 9 = 0 is
3 x − 4 y = 25is 4 x + 3 y = 0. ⇒ 39 x − 52 y + 91 = − 60 x − 25y + 10
|−9| 9
Solving these two equations we get = ⇒ 99 x − 27 y + 81 = 0
x = 3, y = − 4. 42 + 22 20
∴ 11 x − 3 y + 9 = 0
Hence, the nearest point on the line and distance of origin from
from the origin is (3, − 4). 2 x + y + 6 = 0 is
25 Equation of bisectors of the given lines
|6| 6 are
16 Coordinates of A ≡ (12
, ) = 3x + 4y −
22 + 12 5 5x − 12 y − 10
∴ Slope of AE = 2
5 =±
32 + 42 52 + (− 12)2
1 ∴ Required ratio =
9 / 20 3
=
⇒ Slope of BD = −
2 6/ 5 4 ∴ (39 x + 52 y − 65) = ± (25x
− 60 y − 50)
DAY TWENTY FIVE STRAIGHT LINE 271
+ λ ( pq + pq − 1) = 0 …(i) ⇒ y − x + 12 = 0
Let l 1 and l 2 are the equations of the
p2 + q 2 − 1 and 7 y + 7 x − 36 = 0
⇒ λ= − lines inclined at an angle of 60° with the
2 pq − 1 line l. So, the line y − x + 12 = 0 is the
∴ Substituting the value of λ in Eq. (i), ∴Slopes of lines are tan(θ ± 60° ) angular bisector.
of the line through A is ( px + qy − 1)
272 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY FIVE
1 1 sin θ − cos θ y − 2 = − ( x − 1)
Similarly, = =
4
23
y+
OB r2 20
⇒ 23 y − 46 = − 7 x + 7
–3
∴ 7 x + 23 y = 53
(1, 2) 2 2 1 1
A M Then, = = + Also, slope of line
OP r r1 r2 23
AD (⊥ AB ) = m BC =
x–
P¢ ( h , k ) r 10 20 23
∴ y −2= ( x − 1)
=
⇒ 40 = 3r sin θ − 3r cos θ 7
0
Clearly, AP = AP ′ = 3k − 3h ⇒ 23 x − 7 y = 23 − 14
⇒ Locus of P is 3 x − 3 y + 40 = 0 ∴ 23 x − 7 y = 9
⇒ (2 − 1)2 + (3 − 2)2
⇒ 3 y − 3 x = 40
14 Let m be the slope of the line and angle θ
= (h − 1)2 + (k − 2)2
11 Lines 5x + 3 y − 2 + λ1 (3 x − y − 4) = 0 are it makes with the parallel line.
⇒ 2= h2 + k 2 − 2h − 4 k + 1 + 4 concurrent at the point of intersection of
⇒ 2= h2 + k 2 − 2h − 4 k + 5 the lines 5x + 3 y − 2 = 0 and (–2, –7)
3 x − y − 4 = 0 i.e. at A (1, − 1).
⇒ h + k − 2h − 4 k + 5 = 2
2 2
θ
⇒ h2 + k 2 − 2h − 4 k + 3 = 0 Similarly, lines
x − y + 1 + λ2 (2 x − y − 2) = 0 are 4x+3y=12
Thus, the required locus is 3 9/5
concurrent at B (3,4).
x2 + y 2 − 2 x − 4 y + 3 = 0 θ
The line, that belongs to both families is
which is an equation of circle with 4x+3y=3
AB, whose equation is
radius = 1 + 4 − 3 = 2 −1− 4
y − 4= ( x − 3)
1−3
9 Slope of the diagonal = tan 3 π + α
4 i.e. 5x − 2 y − 7 = 0.
3 3
− 1 + tan α ∴ sin θ = or tan θ =
= 12 a(2 x + y − 3) + b (3 x + 2 y − 5) = 0 passes 5 4
1 + tan α through the point of intersection of the 4
Hence, slope of the parallel lines is − .
lines 3
274 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY FIVE
The Circle
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Concept of Circle u Common Tangents of Two u Angle of Intersection of Two
u Line and Circle Circles Circles
u Equation of Tangents u Director Circle u Family of Circles
u Equation of Normal u Chord of Contact u Radical Axis
u Pair of Tangents u Pole and Polar u Coaxial System of Circles
Concept of Circle
Circle is the locus of a point which moves in a plane, such that its distance from a fixed point
in the plane is a constant. The fixed point is the centre and the constant distance is the radius.
The length of intercepts made by the circle x2 + y2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 with X and Y-axes are In order to expect good rank in JEE,
your Accuracy Level should be
2 g2 − c and 2 f 2 − c , respectively. above 85 & Prep Level should be
above 75.
276 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY SIX
y − b = m ( x − a) ± r 1 + m2
Position of a Point w.r.t. a Circle
and the coordinates of the points of contact are
A point ( x1 , y1 ) lies outside, on or inside a circle
mr r
S = x2 + y2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 a ± ,b + .
1+ m 2
1+ m 2
according as S1 >, =, or < 0,
where, S1 = x12 + y12 + 2 gx1 + 2 fy1 + c (ii) Point of intersection of the tangent drawn to the circle
x2 + y2 = r 2 at the point P(α ) and Q(β) is
Greatest and least distance of a point A( x1 , y1 ) from a circle
with centre C and radius r as shown in the figure below, is r cos α + β α +β
r sin
2 2
| AC + r | and| AC − r |. h= and k = .
α −β α − β
cos cos
2 2
r P (α)
A (x1, y1) C
R
(h, k)
Line and Circle Q (β)
Let y = mx + c be a line and x2 + y2 = r 2 be a circle. If r is the
c 2. Point Form
radius of circle and p = is the length of the
1 + m2 (i) Equation of tangent for x2 + y2 = r 2 at ( x1 , y1 ) is
perpendicular from the centre on the line, then xx1 + yy1 = r 2 .
(i) p > r ⇔ the line passes outside the circle. (ii) The equation of the tangent at the point P( x1 , y1 ) to a circle
(ii) p = r ⇔ the line touches the circle or the line is a tangent x2 + y2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 is
to the circle. xx1 + yy1 + g( x + x1 ) + f ( y + y1 ) + c = 0.
(iii) p < r ⇔ the line intersect the circle at two points or the
line is secant of the circle. 3. Parametric form
(iv) p = 0 ⇔ the line is a diameter of the circle. (i) Parametric coordinates of circle x2 + y2 = r 2 is
l
The length of the intercept cut-off from the line (r cos θ, r sin θ), then equation of tangent at (r cos θ, r sin θ)
y = mx + c by the circle x2 + y2 = r 2 is is x cos θ + y sin θ = r .
(ii) Equation of the tangent to the circle ( x − h)2 + ( y − k )2 = r 2
Y
at (h + r cos θ, k + r sin θ) = r 2 is
( x − h) cos θ + ( y − k )sin θ = r .
(x2, y2) Q
M Length of the Tangents
P (x1, y1) The length of the tangent from the point P( x1 , y1 ) to the circle
X¢ X
O x2 + y2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 is equal to
y = mx + c x12 + y12 + 2 gx1 + 2 fy1 + c = S1
Y¢ Equation of Normal
The normal at any point on a curve is a straight line which is
r 2 (1 + m2 ) − c2
PQ = 2 perpendicular to the tangent to the curve at that point.
1 + m2
1. Point Form
Equation of Tangents The equation of normal to the circle
A line which touch only one point of a circle is called its x2 + y2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 or x2 + y2 = a2
tangent as shown in the following figure. This tangent may be x − x1 y − y1
in slope or point form as given below. at any point ( x1 , y1 ) is =
x1 + g y1 + f
1. Slope Form x y
or =
x1 y1
(i) The equation of tangents of slope m to the circle
( x − a)2 + ( y − b )2 = r 2 are given by
DAY TWENTY SIX THE CIRCLE 277
2. Parametric Form (v) When two circles are separately as shown in the figure
below, four common tangents are possible.
The equation of normal to the circle x + y = a 2 2 2
at point
x y
(a cos θ, a sin θ) is = or y = x tan θ.
cos θ sin θ
C1 C2
Pair of Tangents
From a given point, two tangents can be drawn to a circle Condition, C1C2 > r1 + r2
which are real and distinct, coincident or imaginary according
as the given point lies outside, on or inside the circle.
Director Circle
The combined equation of the pair of tangents drawn from a
The locus of the point of intersection of two perpendicular
point P( x1 , y1 ) to the circle x2 + y2 = a2 is SS1 = T 2.
tangents to a given circle is known as its director circle. The
where, S = x2 + y2 − a2 , S1 = x12 + y12 − a2 and T = xx1 + yy1 − a2 equation of the director circle of the circle
x2 + y2 = a2 is x2 + y2 = 2 a2 .
Common Tangents of Two Circles
Let the centres and radii of two circles be C1 , C2 and r1 , r2 , Chord of Contact
respectively. l
The chord joining the points of contact of the two tangents
(i) When one circle contains other as shown in the figure from a point, which is outside is called the chord of contact
below, no common tangent is possible. Condition of tangents.
C1C2 < r1 − r2 . l
The equation of the chord of contact of tangents drawn
from a point ( x1 , y1 ) to the circle x2 + y2 = a2 is xx1 + yy1 = a2
or T = 0.
C1
C2 l
If AB is a chord of contact of tangents from C to the circle
x2 + y2 = r 2 and M is the mid-point of AB as shown in
figure. Then,
(ii) When two circles touch internally as shown in the figure,
B
one common tangent is possible.
O M α C
C1 A (x1, y1)
C2 r
r
Condition, C1C2 = r1 − r2 Angle between two tangents ∠ ACB is 2 tan −1 .
S1
(iii) When two circles intersect as shown in the figure below,
two common tangents are possible.
Chord Bisected at a Given Point
The equation of the chord of the circle
A
C1 C2 x2 + y2 = a2
bisected at the point ( x1 , y1 ) is given by
16 If the line ax + by = 0 touches the circle 26 The length of the common chord of two circles
x 2 + y 2 + 2x + 4y = 0 and is normal to the circle ( x − a )2 + ( y − b )2 = c 2 and ( x − b )2 + ( y − a )2 = c 2 is
x 2 + y 2 − 4x + 2y − 3 = 0, (a, b ) is given by (a) 4 c 2 + 2 (a − b)2 (b) 4 c 2 − (a − b)2
(a) (2, 1) (b) (1,−2) (c) (1, 2) (d) (−1, 2) (c) 4 c 2 − 2 (a − b)2 (d) 2c 2 − 2 (a − b)2
17 A circle touches the hypotenuse of a right angle triangle
27 If P , Q and R are the centres and r1, r2 and r3 are the
at its middle point and passes through the mid-point of
corresponding radii of the three circles form a system of
the shorter side. If a and b (a < b ) be the length of the
coaxial circle, then r12 ⋅ QR + r22 ⋅ RP + r32 ⋅ PQ is equal to
sides, then the radius is
b 2 b (a) PQ ⋅ QR ⋅ RP (b) −PQ ⋅ QR ⋅ RP
(a) a + b2 (b) a2 − b 2 PQ
a 2a (c) PQ + QR + RP (d) × RP
QR
b
(c) a2 + b 2 (d) None of these 28 The condition that the chord x cos α + y sin α − p = 0 of
4a
x 2 + y 2 − a 2 = 0 may subtend a right angle at the centre of
18 The number of common tangents to the circles circle, is
x 2 + y 2 − 4x − 6y − 12 = 0 and x 2 + y 2 + 6x + 18y + 26 = 0 (a) a 2 = 2 p 2 (b) p 2 = 2a 2 (c) a = 2 p (d) p = 2a
is JEE Mains 2015
29 The equation of the circle of minimum radius which
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
contains the three circles x 2 + y 2 − 4y − 5 = 0,
19 If the two circles ( x − 1)2 + ( y − 3)2 = r 2 and x 2 + y 2 + 12x + 4y + 31 = 0
x 2 + y 2 − 8x + 2y + 8 = 0 intersect in two distinct points, and x + y + 6x + 12y + 36 = 0 is
2 2
then 2 2 2
(a) x − + y −
23 949
31 5
(a) 2 < r < 8 (b) r < 2 = 3 −
18 12 36
(c) r = 2 (d) r > 2 2 2 2
(b) x +
23 31 949
5
20 Let C be the circle with centre at (1, 1) and radius 1. If T is + y − = 3 +
12 18 36
the circle centred at (0, k) passing through origin and 2 2 2
(c) x +
31 23 949
5
touching the circle C externally, then the radius ofT is + y + = 3 +
18 12 36
equal to JEE Mains 2014
(d) None of the above
3 3
(a) (b)
2 2 30 The centres of two circles C1 and C2 each of unit radius
1 1 are at a distance of 6 units from each other. Let P be the
(c) (d)
2 4 mid-point of the line segment joining the centres of C1
21 The tangent to the circle x 2 + y 2 = 5 at the point (1, − 2), and C2 and C be a circle touching circles C1 and C2
also touches the circle x 2 + y 2 − 8x + 6y + 20 = 0, find externally. If a common tangent to C1 and C passing
its point of contact. through P is also a common tangent to C2 and C, then
the radius of the circle C is
(a) x = 2, y = 1 (b) x = 3, y = − 1
(c) x = 5, y = 7 (d) None of these (a) 16 (b) 4 (c) 8 (d) 2
33 Statement I The circle of smallest radius passing through 35 Statement I The only circle having radius 10 and a
diameter along line 2x + y = 5 is
two given points A and B must be of radius 1 AB. x 2 + y 2 − 6x + 2y = 0.
2
Statement II A straight line is a shortest distance Statement II 2x + y = 5 is a normal to the circle
between two points. x 2 + y 2 − 6x + 2y = 0 JEE Mains 2013
12 The set of values of a for which the point ( 2a , a + 1) is an 16 A ray of light incident at the point (3, 1) gets reflected
interior point of the larger segment of the circle from the tangent at ( 0, 1) to the circle x 2 + y 2 = 1. The
x 2 + y 2 − 2x − 2y − 8 = 0 made by the chord x − y + 1 = 0, reflected ray touches the circle. The equation of the line
is along which the incident ray moves is
(a) , (b) 0, (a) 3 x + 4 y − 13 = 0 (b) 4 x − 3 y − 10 = 0
5 9 5
9 5 9 (c) 4 x + 3 y − 13 = 0 (d) 3 x − 4 y − 5 = 0
(c) 0, (d) 1,
9 9
17 The number of integral values of λ for which
5 5
x 2 + y 2 + λx + (1 − λ )y + 5 = 0 is the equation of a circle
13 Three concentric circles of which biggest circle is whose radius cannot exceed 5, is
x 2 + y 2 = 1,have their radii in AP. If the line y = x + 1 cuts (a) 14 (b) 18 (c) 16 (d) 10
all the circles in real and distinct points, then the interval
18 The point ([P + 1], [P ]) (where [ x ] is the greatest integer
in which the common difference of AP will lie, is
less than or equal to x), lying inside the region bounded
1
(a) 0, 1 − (b) 0,
1 by the circles x 2 + y 2 − 2x − 15 = 0 and
2 2
x 2 + y 2 − 2x − 7 = 0, then
1 1 − 1 (a) P ∈ [−1, 2) − {0, 1} (b) P ∈ [−1, 0) ∪ [0, 1] ∪ [1, 2)
(c) (11
, ) (d) 0,
2 2 (c) P ∈ (−1, 2) (d) None of these
14 If the distance from the origin of the centres of the three 19 The line 3x − 4y − k = 0 touches the circle
circles x 2 + y 2 − 2λ i x = c 2 , (i = 1, 2, 3) are in G.P., then x 2 + y 2 − 4x − 8y − 5 = 0 at (a, b ). Then k, (a, b ) is
the lengths of the tangents drawn to them from any point (a) 15, (5, 0) (b) −35, (−1, 8)
on the circle x 2 + y 2 = c 2 are in (c) Both (a) and (b) (d) None of these
(a) AP (b) GP 20 If the equation of the circle obtained by reflecting the
(c) HP (d) None of these
circle x 2 + y 2 − a 2 = 0 in the line y = mx + c is
15 The limiting points of the coaxial system of circles given x 2 + y 2 + 2gx + 2 fy + c = 0, then
by x 2 + y 2 + 2gx + c + λ( x 2 + y 2 + 2fy + k ) = 0 Subtend a 2cm 4c 2
(a) g = , a2 + c =
tight angle at the origin, if 1+ m 2
1+ m2
c k c k 2cm 2 4c 2
(a) − − =2 (b) + = −2 (b) g = − ,a + c =
g2 f 2 g2 f 2 1+ m 2
1+ m2
c k c k 4c 4c 2
(c) 2 − 2 = 2 (d) 2 + 2 = 2 (c) f = , a2 + c =
g f g f 1+ m 2
1+ m2
(d) None of the above
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1 (c) 2 (a) 3 (c) 4 (a) 5 (b) 6 (a) 7 (c) 8 (b) 9 (b) 10 (c)
11 (d) 12 (b) 13 (a) 14 (b) 15 (a) 16 (c) 17 (c) 18 (c) 19 (a) 20 (d)
21 (b) 22 (d) 23 (b) 24 (c) 25 (b) 26 (c) 27 (b) 28 (a) 29 (c) 30 (c)
31 (a) 32 (b) 33 (b) 34 (c) 35 (c)
SESSION 2 1 (a) 2 (a) 3 (a) 4 (a) 5 (a) 6 (c) 7 (b) 8 (b) 9 (b) 10 (c)
11 (b) 12 (c) 13 (d) 14 (b) 15 (d) 16 (a) 17 (d) 18 (d) 19 (c) 20 (a)
DAY TWENTY SIX THE CIRCLE 283
So, 4 + 4g + c = 0, 1 + 2 f + c = 0, Y
⇒ x2 + y 2 − 5x − y − 6 = 0
41 + 8g + 10 f + c = 0
Solving these equations, we get 7 Let the equation of circle be
g = −13 / 6, f = −17 / 6, c = 14 / 3. ( x − 3) 2 + ( y − 0) 2 + λy = 0 C(h, k)
So, circle is Y
3( x2 + y 2 ) − 13 x − 17 y + 14 = 0
Since (0, a) also lies on it, we get X
B¢ O A B
∴ 3a2 − 17a + 14 = 0 A(3, 0) (–3, 0) (2, 0) (7, 0)
So, a = 1 or 14 / 3 X¢ X (5/2)
P (1, –2)
3 Let A and B be ( x1 , y 1 ), ( x2 , y 2 ). Since centre lies in the first quadrant,
x1 and x2 are roots of x2 + 2ax − 4 = 0 h = 9/2
Then, x1 + x2 = −2a, x1 x2 = −4. ∴ Equation of circle is
Y¢
y 1 , y 2 are roots of x2 + 2bx − 9 = 0. ( x − 9 / 2) 2 + ( y − k ) 2 = (h − 2) 2
As it passes through (1, − 2). + k 2 = 25 / 4 + k 2
Then, y 1 + y 2 = −2b , y 1 y 2 = −9.
Equations of circle on AB as diameter is ∴ (1 − 3) 2 + (−2) 2 + λ (−2) = 0 or x2 + y 2 − 9 x − 2ky + 14 = 0
( x − x1 )( x − x2 ) + ( y − y 1 )( y − y 2 ) = 0 ⇒ 4 + 4 − 2λ = 0 11 Let P ( x, y ) be any point on the
⇒ x2 + y 2 − ( x1 + x2 )x − ( y 1 + y 2 )y ⇒ λ=4
circumference of the circle.
+ x1 x2 + y 1 y 2 = 0 ∴Equation of circle is
b−y
⇒ x2 + y 2 + 2ax + 2by − 13 = 0 ( x − 3)2 + y 2 + 4 y = 0 Then, m1 = Slope of PA =
Now, by hit and trial method, we see a− x
4 The line a1 x + b1 y + c 1 = 0 cut X and that point (5, − 2) satisfies equation of −a − y
and m2 = Slope of PB =
Y-axis in A(− c 1 / a1 ,0) and B (0,−c 1 / b1 ) circle. b−x
and the line
a2 x + b2 y + c 2 = 0 cut axes in 8 Area of quadrilateral OACB ,
C (− c 2 / a2 ,0) and D(0, − c 2 / b2 ) ,
So, AC and BD are chords along X and P (x, y)
Y-axes intersecting at origin O. 45°
Since A, B , C , D are concyclic so O
(a, b) A
OA ⋅ OC = OB ⋅ OD 5 135
c c c c (2, 3) °
or − 1 − 2 = − 1 2
a1 a2 b1 b2 A B P B
(x, y) ( b , –a )
⇒ a1 a2 = b1 b2 .
q We have, ∠APB = 45° or 135°
5 Given lines are 3 x + 5y = 1 …(i) m1 − m2
⇒ = tan 45° or tan135°
C 1 + m1 m2
and (2 + c )x + 5 c 2 y = 1 …(ii)
A = OB ⋅ BC = 52 cotθ b − y −a − y
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get −
3 13 ⇒ a− x b−x = ±1
(1 − c )x + 5 (1 − c 2 ) y = 0 = 50 Qsin θ = b − y −a − y
13 5 1+ ×
c = 1, x + 10 y = 0 a− x b−x
284 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY SIX
= 1 at P , is x −
x y a b a
Coordinate of centre are + Since, r1 − r2 < C1 C2 < r1 + r2
a b 2 2 2
(3 / 2,−1 / 2) and radius = 3 / 2 2 ⇒ r − 3 < (4 − 1) 2 + (−1 − 3) 2 < r + 3
x y
+ y − + λ + − 1 = 0
b
…(i)
2 a b ⇒ r − 3 < 5< r + 3
A ⇒ r − 3 < 5 and 5 < r + 3
Y
r ⇒ r < 8 and 2 < r ⇒ 2 < r < 8
C
p/3 Q (h, k) 20 Use the property, when two circles
B (0, b) touch each other externally, then
r distance between the centre is equal to
P (a/2, b/2) sum of their radii, to get required
B radius.
Let the coordinate of the centre of T be
A (a, 0)
Now, CQ = r cos π / 3 = r / 2 = 3 / 4. X¢ X (0, k ).
Q
⇒ (h − 3 / 2) 2 + (k + 1 / 2) 2 = (3 / 4) 2 Y
(a
x y
/2
∴ Locus of Q (h, k ) is + =1 C
,
a b
0)
x2 + y 2 − 3 x + y + 31 / 16 = 0. C1 (1,1)
15 Taking diameter PR as X -axis and Y¢ T (1– k)
centre O as origin, tangents at P and R (0,k) 1
Distance between their centre 24 Let angles between the tangents = 2θ, 27 Let equation of circle be
k + 1 = 1 + (k − 1) 2 then x2 + y 2 + 2gx + c = 0.
[QC1 C2 = k + 1] where, g is a variable and c is a cons-
(a sin α) tant, be a coaxial system of circle having
⇒ k + 1 = 1 + k 2 + 1 − 2k B
common radical axis as X-axis.
⇒ k + 1= k + 2 − 2k
2
a θ Let x2 + y 2 + 2g i x + c = 0; i = 1,2,3 be
O A
(0, 0) θ three members of the given coaxial
⇒ k 2 + 1 + 2k = k 2 + 2 − 2k
1 C system of circles.
⇒ k = Then, the coordinates of their centres
4
1 and radii are
So, the radius of circle T is k i.e. . sin θ = OB / OA = (asin α / a) = sin α P (− g 1 , 0), Q (− g 2 , 0), R (− g 3 , 0)
4
So, θ = α. and r12 = g 12 − c , r22 = g 22 − c , r32 = g 32 − c
21 Equation of tangent at (1, − 2) is Required angle = 2θ = 2α Now, r12 ⋅ QR + r22 ⋅ RP + r32 ⋅ PQ
x − 2 y − 5 = 0. For IInd circle centre
25 We have, x2 + y 2 − 4 x + 6 y − 12 = 0 = (g 12 − c ) (g 2 − g 3 )
(4, − 3) and r = 5.
Centre (2, − 3) + (g 22 − c ) (g 3 − g 1 ) + (g 32 − c ) (g 1 − g 2 )
x−4 y +3
Point of contact is = Radius = (2)2 + (−3)2 + 12 = g 12 (g 2 − g 3 ) + g 22 ( g 3 − g 1 )
1 −2
(4 + 6 − 5) = 4 + 9 + 12 = 5 + g 32 (g 1 − g 2 ) − c {(g 2 − g 3 )
=− = − 1
12 + 22 Distance between two centres c 1 (2, − 3) + (g 3 − g 1 ) + (g 1 − g 2 ) }
x−4 y+3 and c 2 (−3, 2) = − (g 1 − g 2 ) ⋅ (g 2 − g 3 ) ⋅ (g 3 − g 1 )
⇒ = −1, = −1
1 −2 d = (2 + 3)2 + (−3 − 2)2 = − PQ ⋅ QR ⋅ RP
∴ x = 3, y = − 1 = 25 + 25 = 50 28 The combined equation of the lines
22 Equation of tangent at (1, 7) to the curve Radius of circle S = 52 + ( 50 )2 joining the origin to the points of
intersection of x cos α + y sin α = p and
x = y − 6 is
2
= 25 + 50 = 5 3
x2 + y 2 − a2 = 0 is a homogeneous
y + 7
x = −6 26 The equations of two circles are equation of second degree in given by
2 2
S 1 ≡ ( x − a) 2 + ( y − b ) 2 = c 2 …(i) x cos α + y sin α
⇒ 2x − y + 5 = 0 x2 + y 2 − a2 =0
and S 2 ≡ ( x − b ) 2 + ( y − a) 2 = c 2 …(ii) p
Since, 2 x − y + 5 = 0 touches the circle
The equation of the common chord of ⇒ x2 ( p2 − a2 cos 2 α ) + y 2 ( p2 − a2 sin2 α )
x + y + 16 x + 12 y = C = 0
2 2
these circles is −2 xya2 sin α cos α = 0
2(−8) − (−6) + 5 S1 − S2 = 0 The lines given by this equation are at
∴ (8)2 + (6)2 − c = right angle if
(2) 2 + (1) 2 ⇒ ( x − a) 2 − ( x − b ) 2 + ( y − b ) 2
( p2 − a2 cos 2 α ) + ( p2 − a2 sin2 α ) = 0
⇒ 100 − c = 5 − ( y − a)2 = 0 ⇒ 2 p2 = a2 (sin2 α + cos 2 α )
⇒ c = 95 ⇒ (2x − a − b )(b − a) ⇒ a2 = 2 p2
+ (2 y − b − a)(a − b ) = 0
23 Now, OP = 62 + 82 = 10 29 The coordinates of the centres and radii
⇒ 2x − a − b − 2y + b + a = 0
of three given circles are as given
100 – r2 P (6, 8) ⇒ x− y = 0
A
θ The centre coordinates of circles P
θ C1 (0, 2)
r S 1 and S 2 are C1 (a,b ) and C2 (b, a),
2
–r
respectively.
O
0
10
r P C (h , k )
B
C2 (– 6, –2) C3 (–3, –6)
c
PA = S 1 = 100 − r 2
C1 C2
(a, b) M
(b, a) Circle Centre Radius
1
Let f (r ) = ∆PAB = PA ⋅ PB ⋅ sin 2θ Ist Circle C1 (0,2) r1 = 3
2
Q
= (100 − r 2 )sin θ ⋅ cos θ IInd Circle C2 (−6, − 2) r2 = 3
a−b |a − b |
r Now, C1 M = = IIIrd Circle C3 (−3,−6) r3 = 3
= (100 − r 2 ) 3 /2 1+ 1 2
100
In right ∆C1 PM , Let C (h, k ) be the centre of the circle
Put f ′ (r ) = 0 passing through the centres of the
(a − b ) 2
3 PM = C1 P 2 − C1 M 2 = c 2 −
⇒ (100 − r 2 ) 1 /2 ( − 2r 2 ) + (100 − r 2 ) 3 /2 2 circles Ist, IInd and IIIrd.
2
(a − b ) 2 Then, CC1 = CC2 = CC3
⇒ 100 − r 2 (−3 r 2 + 100 − r 2 ) = 0 ∴ PQ = 2PM = 2 c 2 −
2 ⇒ CC12 = CC22 = CC32
⇒ r = ± 10 or r = 5 = 4c − 2(a − b )
2 2
⇒ (h − 0) + (k − 2) 2 = (h + 6) 2 + (k + 2)2
2
= (h + 3) 2 + (k + 6) 2
Hence, r = 5
286 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY SIX
a ∈ 0,
9
It is also tangent to the circle ⇒ x12 + y 12 = x22 + y 22 = x32 + y 32 ⇒
5
( x − a) 2 + y 2 = b 2 …(ii) and y 1 = y 2 = y 3 ⇒ x12 = x22 = x33
It is length of ⊥ on (i) from centre (a, 0) ⇒ There exists two rational points of 13 The equation of the biggest circle is
= radius of circle (ii) the form (a, b ) and (− a, b ), a, b ∈ Q. x2 + y 2 = 12
ma − b (1 + m2 )
⇒ =b 10 The chords are equal length, then the Clearly, it is centred at O(0, 0) and has
1 + m2 distances of the centre from the lines radius 1. Let the radii of the other two
⇒ ma − b (1 + m2 ) are equal. Let L1 be y − mx = 0 centre is circles be 1 − r , 1 − 2r , where r > 0.
1 , − 3.
= ± b (1 + m2 ) …(iii) Thus, the equations of the concentric
2 2 circles are
– ve sign givess m = 0, which is none of 3 m 1 3
− − − −1 x2 + y 2 = 1 …(i)
the given options.
∴
2 2
=
2 2 x2 + y 2 = (1 − r ) 2 …(ii)
∴ Taking + ve sign on RHS of (iii), we
m2 + 1 2 x2 + y 2 = (1 − 2r ) 2 …(iii)
get
ma = 2b (1 + m2 ) ⇒ 7m2 − 6 m − 1 = 0 Clearly, y = x + 1 cuts the circle (i) at
1 (1, 0) and (0, 1). This line will cut
⇒ m = 2b / (a − 4b ).
2 2
⇒ m = 1, −
7 circles (ii) and (iii) in real and distinct
6 L : 2 x − 3 y − 1; S : x2 + y 2 − 6 1 points, if
Hence, L1 be y + x = 0 ⇒ x + 7y = 0
7 1 1
If L1 > 0 and S 1 < 0 < 1 − r and < 1 − 2r
2 2
Then, point lies in the smaller part are as 11 Let (0,b ) be the centre and r be the
1 1
radius of the given circle, then its ⇒ < 1 − r and < 1 − 2r
equation is 2 2
( x − 0) 2 + ( y − b ) 2 = r 2 1 1 1
L : 2x – 3y – 1 ⇒ r < 1− and r < 1 −
2 2 2
⇒ x2 + y 2 − 2 yb + b 2 − r 2 = 0 …(i)
1 1
It is given that the point ⇒ r< 1 −
S : x2 + y2 – 6 2 2
1
Pn log an, ; n = 1,2,3, 4 lie on the 1 1
log an ⇒ r ∈ 0, 1 − [Qr > 0]
2 2
∴ 2,
3 1 1
and , − lie inside.
4 4 4 circle given by Eq. (i).
14 Given circles are
7 1 ( x + 2 x ) 2r = 18 Therefore, (log an )2 +
1
−
2b
, x2 + y 2 − 2λ i x − c 2 = 0, i = 1, 2, 3
2 (log an ) 2 (log an ) ∴ Centres are (λ1 , 0), (λ2 , 0), (λ3 , 0)
(3 x − 2r )2 = 4r 2 + x2
+ b2 − r 2 = 0 Distances of the centres from origin are
On solving for r, we get r = 2
n = 1,2,3, 4 in G.P.,
D r x–r C ∴ λ22 = λ1 λ3
x–r Since, log a1 , log a2 , log a3 and log a4 are
Let ( x1 y 1 ) be any point on the circle
r roots of the equation.
x2 + y 2 = c 2 .
r Then, λ4 + (b 2 − r 2 )λ2 − 2bλ + 1 = 0 ∴ x12 + y 12 − c 2 = 0
2x – r
∴ Sum of the roots = 0 Lengths of tangents from ( x1 , y 1 ) to the
r ⇒ log a1 + log a2 + log a3 + log a4 = 0 three given circles are
x
⇒ log (a1 a2 a3 a4 ) = 0 ⇒ a1 a2 a3 a4 = 1 li = x12 + y 12 − 2λ j x1 − c 2 = −2λ j x1
A r P B
2x – r
12 The point (2a, a + 1) will be an interior ∴ l l 32 = (−2λ1 x1 ) (−2λ3 x1 )
2
1
point of the larger segment of the circle = 4λ1 λ3 x12 = 4λ22 x12 = λ42
8 S = x + y − 2 x − 6 y + 6 = 0,
2 2
x2 + y 2 − 2 x − 2 y − 8 = 0 ∴ l 1 , l 2 and l 3 are in G.P.
Centre = (1, 3)
Let radius of circle C = r . (i) The point (2a, a + 1) is an interior 15 The equation representing the coaxial
point. system of circle is
Then, C = ( x − 2)2 + ( y − 1)2 = r 2
x2 + y 2 + 2gx + c
= x2 + y 2 − 4 x − 2 y + 5 − r 2 = 0 (ii) The point (2a, a + 1) and the
Common chord of circles S and C is centre (1,1) are on the same side + λ( x2 + y 2 + 2 fy + k ) = 0
2x − 4y + 1 − r2 = 0 of the chord x − y + 1 = 0. 2g 2f λ
⇒ x2 + y 2 + x+
It is a diameter of circle S.
∴ (2a) 2 + (a + 1) 2 − 2(2a) 1+ λ 1+ λ
∴ 2 − 12 + 1 − r 2 = 0 ⇒ r = 3 c + kλ
− 2(a + 1) − 8 < 0 y+ =0 …(i)
9 S = x2 + y 2 − 2 2 y + c = 0 1+ λ
and (2a − a − 1 + 1)(1 − 1 + 1) > 0
Let us assume that there are more than The coordinates of the centre of this
two rational points on the circle. Let ⇒ 5a2 − 4 a − 9 < 0 and a > 0 circle are
( x1 , y 1 ), ( x2 , y 2 ), ( x3 , y 3 ) − g ,− f λ
⇒ (5a − 9)(a + 1) < 0 and a > 0 …(ii)
x i , y i ∈ Q , i = 1, 2, 3 be three rational 1+ λ 1+ λ
points.
288 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY SIX
to the line is y = 1, so slope of reflected which is not possible for any integer. 2cm 2c 4c 2
∴ g = ,f =− ,
ray is −m. 1+ m 2
1 + m 1 + m2
2
Parabola
Learning & Revision for the Day
Conic Section
A conic is the locus of a point whose distance from a fixed point bears a constant ratio to its
distance from a fixed line. The fixed point is the focus S and the fixed line is the directrix, l.
The constant ratio is the eccentricity denoted by e.
l
If 0 < e < 1, then conic is an ellipse.
l
If e = 1, then conic is a parabola.
l
If e > 1, then conic is a hyperbola.
(iii) Ellipse : h2 < ab , ∆ ≠ 0, 0 < e < 1 In order to expect good rank in JEE,
(iv) Hyperbola : h2 > ab , 0 ∆ ≠ 0, e > 1 your Accuracy Level should be
above 85 & Prep Level should be
(v) Rectangular hyperbola : a + b = 0, ∆ ≠ 0, e > 1, h2 > ab above 75.
290 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY SEVEN
9. Parametric equation
y = 2at y = 2at y = at y = − at
2 2
Results on Parabola y 2 = 4 ax (iii) For the ends of latusrectum of the parabola y2 = 4ax, the
values of the parameter are ± 1.
(i) Length of latusrectum = 2 (Harmonic mean of focal
segment)
(ii) If y1 , y2 and y3 are the ordinates of the vertices of triangle Position of a Point
inscribed in the parabola y2 = 4ax, A point (h, k ) with respect to the parabola S lies inside, on or
1 outside the parabola, if S1 < 0, S1 = 0 or S1 > 0.
then its area = ( y1 − y2 ) ( y2 − y3 ) ( y3 − y1 )
8a
DAY TWENTY SEVEN PARABOLA 291
20. The slope of the line touching both the parabolas y 2 = 4x Directions (Q. Nos. 31-35) Each of these questions
and x 2 = −32y is JEE Mains 2014 contains two statements : Statement I (Assertion) and
1 3 1 2 Statement II (Reason). Each of these questions also has
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 8 3 four alternative choices, only one of which is the correct
answer. You have to select one of the codes (a ), (b), (c) and (d )
21 If the normals at the end points of variable chord PQ of given below.
the parabola y 2 − 4y − 2x = 0 are perpendicular, then
(a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
the tangents at P and Q will intersect on the line
correct explanation for Statement I
(a) x + y = 3 (b) 3 x − 7 = 0 (c) y + 3 = 0 (d) 2 x + 5 = 0
(b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
22 Find the length of the normal drawn from the point on the not a correct explanation for Statement I
axis of the parabola y 2 = 8x whose distance from the (c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
focus is 8. (d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true
(a) 10 (b) 8 (c) 9 (d) None of these
31 Statement I The perpendicular bisector of the line
23 If x + y = k is a normal to the parabola y 2 = 12x , p is the segment joining the points ( −a, 2at ) and (a, 0) is tangent
length of the perpendicular from the focus of the to the parabola y 2 = −4ax , where t ∈ R .
parabola on this normal, then 3k 3 + 2p 2 is equal to Statement II Number of parabolas with a given point
(a) 2223 (b) 2224 as vertex and length of latusrectum equal to 4 is 2.
(c) 2222 (d) None of these
32 Consider the equation of the parabola is y 2 = 4ax .
24 If a ≠ 0 and the line 2bx + 3cy + 4d = 0 passes through Statement I Length of focal chord of a parabola
the points of intersection of the parabolas y 2 = 4ax and having focus (2, 0) making an angle of 60° with X-axis
x 2 = 4ay , then is 32.
(a) d 2 + (2b + 3c)2 = 0 (b) d 2 + (3b + 2c)2 = 0 Statement II Length of focal chord of a parabola
(c) d 2 + (2b − 3c)2 = 0 (d) d 2 + (3b − 2c)2 = 0 y 2 = 4ax making an angle α with X-axis is 4a cosec 2 α.
25 Slopes of the normals to the parabola y 2 = 4ax 33 Consider the equation of the parabola is y 2 = 4ax .
intersecting at a point on the axis of the parabola at a Statement I Area of triangle formed by pair of tangents
distance 4a from its vertex are in drawn from a point (12, 8) to the parabola having focus
(a) HP (b) GP (1,0) and their corresponding chord of contact is
(c) AP (d) None of these 32 sq units.
26 The area of the triangle formed by the tangent and the Statement II If from a point P ( x 1, y 1) tangents are
normal to the parabola y 2 = 4ax , both drawn at the same drawn to a parabola, then area of triangle formed by
end of the latusrectum and the axis of the parabola is these tangents and their corresponding chord of
(a) 2 2 a 2 (b) 2 a 2 ( y 2 − 4ax 1 )3/ 2
(c) 4 a 2 (d) None of these contact is 1 sq units.
4 a
27 If the tangent at the point P( 2, 4) to the parabola y 2 = 8x
34 Statement I The latusrectum of a parabola is 4 units,
meets the parabola y 2 = 8x + 5 at Q and R, then
axis is the line 3x + 4y − 4 = 0 and the tangent at the
mid-point of QR is
vertex is the line 4x − 3y + 7 = 0 , then the equation of
(a) (2, 4) (b) (4, 2) directrix of the parabola is 4x − 3y + 8 = 0 .
(c) (7, 9) (d) None of these
Statement II If P is any point on the parabola and PM
28 The equation of the common tangent touching the circle and PN are perpendiculars from P on the axis and
( x − 3)2 + y 2 = 9 and the parabola y 2 = 4x above the tangent at the vertex respectively, then
X -axis is (PM ) 2 = (latusrectum) (PN ).
(a) 3 y = 3 x + 1 (b) 3 y = − (x + 3)
35 A circle, 2x 2 + 2y 2 = 5 and a parabola, y 2 = 4 5x .
(c) 3 y = x + 3 (d) 3 y = − (3 x + 1)
Statement I An equation of a common tangent to
29 If tangents drawn from point P to the parabola y 2 = 4x these curves is y = x + 5.
are inclined to X -axis at angles θ1 and θ 2 such that
cot θ1 + cot θ 2 = 2, then locus of the point P is 5
Statement II If the line, y = mx + where, m ≠ 0 is
(a) y = 2 (b) y = 8 (c) y = 1 (d) None of these m
the common tangent, then m satisfies m 4 − 3m 2 + 2 = 0.
30 Tangents to the parabola y = 4x are drawn from the
2
JEE Mains 2013
point (1, 3). The length of chord of contact is
(a) 5 (b) 13 (c) 65 (d) None of these
DAY TWENTY SEVEN PARABOLA 295
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1 (b) 2 (b) 3 (a) 4 (c) 5 (c) 6 (d) 7 (a) 8 (a) 9 (c) 10 (a)
11 (c) 12 (c) 13 (d) 14 (b) 15 (b) 16 (a) 17 (d) 18 (b) 19 (d) 20 (a)
21 (d) 22 (b) 23 (a) 24 (a) 25 (c) 26 (c) 27 (a) 28 (c) 29 (a) 30 (c)
31 (c) 32 (d) 33 (c) 34 (d) 35 (b)
SESSION 2 1 (a) 2 (c) 3 (c) 4 (b) 5 (c) 6 (c) 7 (a) 8 (b) 9 (b) 10 (d)
11 (a) 12 (a) 13 (b) 14 (d) 15 (a)
α = a ⇒ 9β2 = 4 aα
If R( x, y ) divides QP externally in the
1 Axis is vertical i.e. parallel to Y-axis so 2a ratio 1 : 2.
2 2
its equation should be Hence, the locus of P is 9 y 2 = 4 ax . ∴ x = − (1 + t 2 ) and y = 1 − ⇒ t =
( x + 1)2 = 4a ( y + 2) t 1− y
It passes through (3, 6) so 4a = 2. 6 Any point on the parabola x2 = 8 y is ( 4
∴ x+ 1+ =0
Hence the equation of the required 4t ,2t 2 ). Point P divides the line segment (1 − y ) 2
parabola is x2 + 2 x − 2 y − 3 = 0, joining of O (0, 0) and Q (4t ,2t 2 ) in the
ratio 1: 3. Apply the section formula for ⇒ ( x + 1) (1 − y ) 2 + 4 = 0
2 Length of focal chord = 4a cosec2α. internal division. 8 Line x − b + λy = 0 always passes
Here a = 2, α = tan −1 3 i.e. tanα = 3. Equation of parabola is x2 = 8 y through (b, 0).
∴Length of focal chord Let any point Q on the parabola (i) is Y
= 4 × 2 × (1 + 1 / 9) = 80 / 9. 2
(4t , 2t 2 ). P (at1 , 2at1)
3 Let vertex be (b, c ). Then equation of Let P (h, k ) be the point which divides
parabola is ( x − b )2 = 4a ( y − c ). It the line segment joining (0,0) and
(4t ,2t 2 ) in the ratio 1:3. X¢ X
passes through the points (0, 4), O R (b, 0)
(1, 9) and (−2, 6). Y
Q(
∴ b 2 = 4a (4 − c ) at 2
)k
2 , 2a
h,
(1 − b 2 ) = 4a (9 − c ) t2 )
1: P (
Q (4t,2 t 2 )
3 Y¢
and (−2 − b )2 = 4a(6 − c ).
Solving these equations, latus rectum X¢ X Slope of PR = Slope of RQ
4a = 1 / 2. (0, 0) O b
⇒ t1 t2 = −
a
4 y 2 − kx + 8 = 0 ⇒ y 2 = k ( x − 8 / k ). ∴ Minimum value of t 1 t 2 = −4
∴ Directrix is x − 8 / k = − k / 4 Y¢
and maximum value of t 1 t 2 = −2
or x = 8 / k − k / 4 = 1 1 × 4t + 3 × 0
∴ h= ⇒h = t 9 The slope of the tangent to y = x2 at
⇒ k 2 + 4k − 32 = 0 ⇒ k = − 8 or 4. 4 (2, 4) is 4 and the equation of the
∴ One value of k is 4. 1 × 2t 2 + 3 × 0 t2 tangent is 4 x − y − 4 = 0
and k = ⇒k = Equation of the circle is
5 Let P (α, β ) be the trisection point. 4 2
2(2at ) + 1(–2at ) ( x − 2) 2 + ( y − 4) 2 + λ (4 x − y − 4) = 0 …(i)
1 2
∴ α = at 2 ,β = ⇒ k = h [Qt = h]
3 2 Since, it passes through (0, 1).
13
Y (at 2, 2at) ⇒ 2k = h ⇒ 2 y = x , which is
2 2 Hence, λ =
A 5
required locus.
On putting the value of λ in Eq. (i), we get
P (α, β)
7 Given, ( y − 1) 2 = 4( x − 1). P has 5( x − 2)2 + 5( y − 4)2 + 13(4 x − y − 4) = 0
X¢ X coordinates x = 1 + t 2 , y = 1 + 2 t . ⇒ 5( x2 + 4 − 4 x ) + 5( y 2 + 16 − 8 y )
Tangent at P is +52 x − 13 y − 52 = 0
( x − 1) − ( y − 1) t + t 2 = 0. ⇒ 5x2 + 5y 2 + 32 x − 53 y + 48 = 0
B 32 53 48
Y¢ (at 2, –2at) So, the directrix is x = 0. ⇒ x2 + y 2 + x− y+
5 5 5
2 3β
Q = 0, t + 1 −
⇒ β = at ⇒ t = 1
∴ −16 53
3 2a t So, the centre of the circle is , .
5 10
DAY TWENTY SEVEN PARABOLA 297
q
Normal Q Now, ( y − 2) 2 = 2( x + 2)
n
Ta
X¢ X P
x – 2y + 16=0 C (4,0) B (24,0) 5
(–2, 0) q Vertex = (−2, 2) and directrix, x = −
A(–16, 0) 2x + y – 48=0 X¢ X 2
A O
⇒ 2x + 5 = 0
22 Here, a = 2 normal at t is
Y¢ xt + y = 2 t 3 + 4 t. Focus = (2, 0).
Y¢
298 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY SEVEN
So, the point on the axis is (10, 0). ⇒ y 1 = 4 and 8 = −4 x1 + y 12 Hence, length of chord of contact
Normal passes through (10, 0). ⇒ y 1 = 4 and x1 = 2 = 45 + 20 = 65
∴ 10 = 2 t 2 + 4 ⇒ t 2 = 3 Hence, required mid-point is (2, 4).
28 As common tangent is above X -axis, its 31 Image of (a, 0) with respect to tangent
So, the normal is at the point (6, 4 3 ).
slope is positive. yt = x + at 2 is (−a, 2at ).
So, the required length is
So, perpendicular bisector of (a, 0) and
(10 − 6) 2 + (4 3 ) 2 = 16 + 48 = 8 (−a, 2at ) is the tangent line yt = x + at 2
to the parabola.
23 The equation of normal to the parabola
O (3, 0) Hence, Statement I is true.
y 2 = 12 x with slope − 1 is
y = − x − 2(3) (−1) − 3 (−1)3 Statement II Infinitely many parabolas
⇒ y=− x+ 9 ⇒ x+ y=9 are possible.
∴ k=9 y = mx + 1 / m is a tangent to the Hence, Statement II is false.
Since, the focus of the parabola is (3, 0). parabola.
3− 9 It touches the circle ( x − 3)2 + y 2 = 9 if 32 Let AB be a focal chord slope of
∴ p= 2t
2 3m − 0 + 1 / m AB = = tanα
=3 t2 − 1
⇒ 2 p2 = 36 1 + m2 Y
∴ 3 k 3 + 2 p2 = 3(9)3 + 36
⇒ (3m + 1 / m )2 = 9(1 + m2 )
= 2223
⇒ 6 + 1 / m2 = 9 i.e. m2 = 1 / 3. 2
A (at1 , 2at1)
24 Solving y 2 = 4ax and x2 = 4ay (a ≠ 0), As m > 0, m = 1 / 3.
points of intersection are (0, 0) and ∴ Equation of common tangent above
(4a, 4a). X -axis is (a, 0) a
1 X¢ X
Both points lie on the line O S
y = x+ 3
2bx + 3cy + 4d = 0 3
⇒ d =0 ⇒ 3 y = x + 3. B
and 2b + 3c = 0 (Q a ≠ 0) a ,– 2a
∴ d 2 + (2b + 3c )2 = 0 29 Let P ( x1 , y 1 ). Equation of any tangent t2 t2
making angle θ with X -axis
25 .The normal y = mx − 2am − am3 (slope = tanθ) is
Y¢
passes through (4a, 0). 1 α 1
y = x tan θ + (Q y = mx + a / m ) ⇒ tan =
∴ m3 − 2m = 0 ⇒ m = 0, ± 2 tan θ 2 t
α
∴ Slopes of normals are − 2, 0, 2 It passes through P ( x1 , y 1 ) ⇒ t = cot
1 2
which are in AP. ∴ x1 tan θ + = y1 2
tan θ Length of AB = a t +
1
26 The coordinate of end of the
t
latusrectum is (a, 2a). The equation of ⇒ x1 tan2 θ − y 1 tan θ + 1 = 0
the tangent at (a, 2a) is y ⋅ 2a = 2a( x + a), = 4 acosec2α
tan θ1 + tan θ2 = y 1 / x1 ,
i.e. y = x + a. The normal at (a, 2a) is When a = 2, α = 60°
tan θ1 tan θ2 = 1 / x1
y + x = 2a + a, i.e. y + x = 3 a.
Given that, cotθ1 + cotθ2 = 2 ∴ Length of AB = 4 ( 2) cosec2 (60° )
On solving y = 0 and y = x + a,
32
we get ⇒ tan θ1 + tan θ2 = 2 tan θ1 tan θ2 =
x = – a, y = 0 3
On solving y = 0 and y + x = 3 a, ⇒ y 1 / x1 = 2 / x1
33 Statement II Area of triangle formed by
we get ⇒ Locus of P ( x1 , y 1 ) is y = 2.
these tangents and their corresponding
x = 3 a, y = 0 ( y 2 − 4 a x1 )3 /2
The area of the triangle with vertices
30 Equation of chord of contact of (1,3) to chord of contact is 1 .
the parabola y 2 = 4 x is 2 |a|
(a, 2a), ( − a, 0), (3 a, 0)
3 y = 2( x + 1) …(i) Hence, Statement II is false.
1
= × 4 a × 2a = 4 a2 Solving Eq. (i) and parabola, we get
2 Statement I x1 = 12, y 1 = 8
4
( x + 1)2 = 4 x ( y 12 − 4 ax1 )3 /2
27 Equation of tangent to y = 8 x at
2
9 ∴ Area =
2
(2, 4) is ⇒ x2 − 7 x + 1 = 0
4 y = 4( x + 2) i.e. x − y + 2 = 0 …(i) (64 − 48)3 /2
∴ x1 + x2 = 7, x1 x2 = 1 = = 32
Let mid-point of QR be ( x1 , y 1 ). Then, 2
equation of QR(T = S 1 ) is ⇒ ( x1 − x2 )2 = 49 − 4 = 45 Hence, Statement I is true.
yy 1 − 4( x + x1 ) − 5 = y 12 − 8 x1 − 5 2
Also, y1 − y2 = ( x1 − x2 ) 34 Let P ( x , y ) be any point on the parabola
⇒ 4 x − yy 1 − 4 x1 + y 12 = 0 …(ii) 3
and let PM and PN are perpendiculars
On comparing Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
⇒ ( y 1 − y 2 )2 = 20 from P on the axis and tangent at the
4 y1 y 2 − 4 x1
= = 1 vertex respectively, then
1 1 2
DAY TWENTY SEVEN PARABOLA 299
4y – ∴ 3= =
=
4= ⇒ y + 4y − 4 = 0
2
1 + 1 / t1 t2 |1 + t 1 t 2|
7
0
y+
∴ y1 + y2 = − 4 ⇒ (t 2 − t 1 )2 = 3(1 + t 1 t 2 )2
–3
y1 + y2 + y3 = 0 ⇒ (t 1 + t 2 )2 − 4t 1 t 2 = 3 + 6t 1 t 2 + 3(t 1 t 2 )2
4x
⇒ y3 = 4 Let A be ( x, y ). Then
Y¢
∴ 16 = 4 x3 ⇒ x3 = 4. y2 x 3 x2
(PM ) 2 = (Latusrectum) (PN ) Hence, D is (4, 4). 2
= 3 + 10 + 2
a a a
4 x + 3y + 7
2
3 x + 4y − 4
⇒ = 4 4 VM = at 12 , VM ′ = at 22 and VA = k , then ⇒ y 2 = 3a2 + 10ax + 3 x2
32 + 42 2
4 + (−3)
2
= 3(x + a)2 + 4ax
⇒ Y 2 = 4 AX P(t1)
8 Circle is x2 + y 2 − 12 x + 31 = 0, C (6, 0),
3x + 4y − 4
∴ A = 1, Y = , r = 5.
5
4 x − 3y + 7 M¢ Shortest distance will take place along
X = V
AM the common normal. Normal to y 2 = 4 x
5
at A(t 2 , 2t ) is
So, the directrix is X + A = 0.
P¢(t2) y = − tx + 2t + t 3 . It must passes
4 x − 3y + 7
⇒ + 1= 0 through (6, 0).
5 ∴ t 3 − 4t = 0 ⇒ t = 0 or ± 2.
at 12 2at 1 1
⇒ 4 x − 3 y + 12 = 0
at 22 2at 2 1 ∴Distances between the curves along
35 Equation of circle can be rewritten as k 0 1 common normal are 6 − 5, and 5.
5
x2 + y 2 = [Q P , A, P ′ are collinear]
Hence, minimum distance between the
2 curves = 5.
⇒ k + at 1 t 2 = 0
5
Let common tangent be y = mx + ⇒ VM . VM ′ = (at 1 t 2 )2 = k 2 = VA2
m 9 Area A = 2 x20 × x 0 × 1 = x30
⇒ VM , VA and VM ′ are in GP. 2
So, the perpendicular from centre to the
tangent is equal to radius. 5 Let P(k, 0) be a point on the axis on the
5 parabola y 2 = 4( x + 2)
∴ m =
5 Equation of normal at (−2 + t 2 , 2t ) is (0, x02 ) R
P (0, x02 )
1 + m2 2 t ( x + 2) + y = 2t + t 3
⇒ m 1 + m2 = 2 ⇒ y + tx = t 3 .
This passes through (k , 0)
⇒ m2 (1 + m2 ) = 2 ∴ t 3 − kt = 0 or t = 0, t 2 = k
⇒ m 4 + m2 − 2 = 0 Q (0, –x02 )
For three real and distinct normals
⇒ (m2 + 2) (m2 − 1) = 0 k > 0. Since 1 ≤ x 0 ≤ 2, then area is max. at
⇒ m=±1 ∴ Set of all such point x 0 = 2.
[Qm2 + 2 ≠ 0, as m ∈ R] = {(k , 0)| k > 0}.
∴ y =± x± 5 10 Let A( x1 , y 1 ) be any point on the
6 Let y = mx + c intersect y 2 = 4ax at parabola
Both statements are correct as
A(t 1 ) and B (t 2 ). Then
m=±1 A (x1, y1)
2
satisfies the given equation of Statement m=
II. t1 + t2
But, Statement II is not a correct ⇒ t1 + t2 = 2 / m x – y + 13 = 0
explanation of Statement I. Normals at A and B meet at P. Let
another normal from P meet the
(h , k )
SESSION 2 parabola at C (t 3 ).
B
Then A, B and C are co-normal points.
1 Equation of axis is y = 2 which is ∴ t1 + t2 + t3 = 0 y 2 = 4 x and B (h, k ) be the reflection of
parallel to X -axis. ⇒ t 3 = −2 / m A with respect to the line
Therefore, reflected ray will pass 4a 4a x − y + 13 = 0. Then,
through the focus, which is (0, 2) ∴ C may be 2 , − . h + x1 k + y1
m m − + 13 = 0
2 Tangents TA,TB are perpendicular 2 2
7 Let the sides of the triangle touch the k − y1
⇒ AB is focal chord and . (1) = − 1
parabola y 2 = 4ax at t 1 , t 2 and t 3 . h − x1
⇒ AB is latusrectum. Tangent at t 1 , t 2 , t 3 meets in
∴ AB = 8 Then, x1 = k − 13, y 1 = h + 13
300 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY SEVEN
Ellipse
Learning & Revision for the Day
Concept of Ellipse
Ellipse is the locus of a point in a plane which moves in such a way that the ratio of its
distances from a fixed point (focus) in the same plane to its distance from a fixed straight line
(directrix) is always constant, which is always less than unity.
x2 y 2
1. Ellipse of the Form 2 + 2 = 1, 0 < b < a
a b
If the coefficient of x2 has the larger denominator, then its major axis lies along the X-axis and
it is said to be horizontal ellipse as shown below.
Various elements of horizontal ellipse are as follows
PRED
(i) Centre, O (0, 0) MIRROR
Your Personal Preparation Indicator
(ii) Coordinates of the vertices : A (a, 0) and A1 (−a, 0) Y
B P
(iii) Equation of the major axis, y = 0 L' L u No. of Questions in Exercises (x)—
(iv) Equation of the minor axis, x = 0 u No. of Questions Attempted (y)—
(v) Focal distance of a point ( x, y) is a ± ex. X¢
A1 S1 O S A
X u No. of Correct Questions (z)—
(vi) Major axis, A A1 = 2 a, Minor axis, B B1 = 2b (Without referring Explanations)
x2 y 2
2. Ellipse of the Form 2 + 2 = 1, 0 < a < b Tangent to an Ellipse
a b The equation of tangent to an ellipse for different forms are given
If the coefficient of x2 has the smaller denominator, then below.
its major axis lies along the Y-axis and it is said to be xx yy
(i) In point ( x1 , y1 ) form, 21 + 21 = 1.
vertical ellipse as shown below. a b
(i) Centre O(0, 0) (ii) In slope ‘m’ form, y = mx ± a2 m2 + b 2 . and the point of
(ii) Coordinates of the vertices B (0, b ) and B1 (0, − b ).
a2 m b2
(iii) Equation of the major axis, x = 0 contact is ± ,m
2
(iv) Equation of the minor axis, y = 0 am +b
2 2 2
am +b
2 2
x θ + φ y θ + φ θ − φ
cos + sin = cos 3. In parametric (a cos θ, b sin θ) form,
a 2 b 2 2
ax sec θ − by cosec θ = a2 − b 2 .
DAY TWENTY EIGHT ELLIPSE 303
4. The point of intersection of normals to the ellipse at two (ii) A circle cut an ellipse in four points real or imaginary.
points (a cos θ1 , b sin θ1 ) and (a cos θ2 , b sin θ2 ) are (λ , µ), The sum of the eccentric angles of these four concyclic
θ + θ2 points on the ellipse is an even multiple of π.
cos 1
(a 2 − b 2 ) 2 (iii) The sum of the eccentric angles of the conormal points
where λ = ⋅ cos θ1 ⋅ cos θ2 ⋅
(a) θ − θ2 x 2 y2
cos 1 on the ellipse 2 + 2 = 1 is an odd multiple of π.
2 a b
θ + θ2
sin 1
(a2 − b 2 ) 2 Diameter and Conjugate Diameters
and µ=− ⋅ sin θ1 ⋅ sin θ2 ⋅
(b ) θ − θ2
cos 1 The locus of the mid-points of a system of parallel chords is
2
called a diameter. If y = mx + c represents a system of
x2 y2
Results on Normal to an Ellipse parallel chords of an ellipse 2 + 2 = 1, then the line
a b
(i) The line lx + my + n = 0 is a normal to the ellipse b2
x2 y2 a2 b2 (a2 − b 2 )2 y = − 2 x is the equation of the diameter.
+ = 1, then + = am
a2 b2 l2 m2 n2
The two diameters are said to be conjugate diameters, when
(ii) Four normals can be drawn from a point to an ellipse. each bisects all chords parallel to the other.
(iii) If the line y = mx + c is a normal to the ellipse
If y = mx and y = m1 x be two conjugate diameters of an
x 2 y2 m2 (a2 − b 2 )2
+ 2 = 1, then c2 = 2 is the condition of b2
a 2
b a + b 2 m2 ellipse, then m m1 = − 2
a
normality of the line to the ellipse.
(iv) The points on the ellipse, the normals at which to the
ellipse pass through a given point are called conormal
Results on Conjugate Diameters
points. (i) The area of a parallelogram formed by the tangents at
(v) Tangent at an end of a latusrectum (Ist quadrant) is the ends of conjugate diameters of an ellipse is constant
ex 1 − e2 and is equal to the product of the axes.
+ y = 1, or ex + y = a and normal is
a b (ii) The sum of the squares of any two conjugate
ax by semi-diameters of an ellipse is constant and equal to the
− = a2 − b 2 or x − ye = ae3
e 1 − e2 sum of the squares of the semi-axes of the ellipse, i.e.
CP2 + CD2 = a2 + b 2 .
Auxiliary Circle (iii) The product of the focal distance of a point on an ellipse
The circle described on Y is equal to the square of the semi-diameter which is
the major axis of an Q
conjugate to the diameter through the point.
ellipse as diameter is P
called an auxiliary circle. φ
Important Points
X' X
x 2 y2 A' C N A (i) The eccentric angles of the ends of a pair of conjugate
If 2 + 2 = 1 is an ellipse, diameter of an ellipse differ by a right angle.
a b
x2 y2 (ii) The tangents at the ends of a pair of conjugate diameters
then its auxiliary circle is x2 + y 2 = a2 2 + =1
a b2 of an ellipse form a parallelogram.
x2 + y2 = a2 Y'
Conjugate Points Two points P and Q are conjugate points
Eccentric Angle of a Point with respect to an ellipse, if the polar of P passes through Q
and the polar of Q passes through P.
x 2 y2
Let P be any point on the ellipse + = 1. Draw PN Conjugate Lines Two lines are said to be conjugate lines with
a2 b 2
respect to an ellipse, if each passes through the pole of the
perpendicular from P on the major axis of the ellipse and
polar.
produce NP to meet the auxiliary circle in Q. Then, ∠XCQ = φ
is called the eccentric angle of the point P on the ellipse. Pole and Polar Let P be a point inside or outside an ellipse.
Then, the locus of the point of intersection of tangents to the
So, the coordinates of Q and P are (a cos φ, a sin φ) and
ellipse at the point, where secants drawn through ‘P’ intersect
(a cos φ, b sin φ), where φ is an eccentric angle.
the ellipse is called the polar of point P with respect to the
Results on Eccentric Angles ellipse and the point P is called the pole of the polar. The
x 2 y2
(i) Eccentric angles of the extremities of latusrectum of the polar of a point ( x1 , y1 ) with respect to the ellipse 2 + 2 = 1
a b
x2 y2 b xx1 yy1
ellipse 2 + 2 = 1 are tan −1 ± . is 2 + 2 = 1
a b ae a b
304 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY EIGHT
16 If the normal at the point P(θ) to the ellipse ellipse for which the latusrectum of the ellipse and the
5x 2 + 14y 2 = 70 intersects it again at the point Q(2θ), then parabola are same, is
cos θ is equal to (a) 2 −1 (b) 2 2 + 1 (c) 2+1 (d) 2 2 − 1
2 2 1 1
(a) (b) − (c) (d) − x y 2 2
3 3 3 3 25 At a point P on the ellipse 2
+ 2 = 1 tangent PQ is
a b
17 An ellipse is drawn by taking a diameter of the circle drawn. If the point Q be at a distance 1/p from the point
( x − 1)2 + y 2 = 1 as its semi-minor axis and a diameter of P, where p is distance of the tangent from the origin, then
the circle x 2 + ( y − 2)2 = 4 as its semi-major axis. If the the locus of the point Q is
centre of the ellipse is at the origin and its axes are the x2 y2 1 x2 y2 1
(a) + = 1+ 2 2 (b) − = 1− 2 2
coordinate axes, then the equation of the ellipse is a2 b 2 a b a2 b 2 a b
(a) 4 x 2 + y 2 = 4 (b) x 2 + 4 y 2 = 8 x2 y2 1 x2 y2 1
(c) 2 + 2 = 2 2 (d) 2 − 2 = 2 2
(c) 4 x 2 + y 2 = 8 (d) x 2 + 4 y 2 = 16 a b a b a b a b
18 The area (in sq units) of the quadrilateral formed by the 26 If CP and CD are semi-conjugate diameters of an ellipse
tangents at the end points of the latusrectum to the x2 y2
x2 y2 + = 1, then CP 2 + CD 2 is equal to
ellipse + = 1 is JEE Mains 2015 14 8
9 5 (a) 20 (b) 22 (c) 24 (d) 26
27 27
(a) (b) 18 (c) (d) 27
4 2 27 If θ and φ are eccentric angles of the ends of a pair of
x2 y2
19 The locus of the foot of perpendicular drawn from the conjugate diameters of the ellipse 2
+ 2 = 1, then θ − φ
a b
centre of the ellipse x 2 + 3y 2 = 6 on any tangent to it is
is equal to
JEE Mains 2014 π
(a) (x − y ) = 6x + 2 y
2 2 2 2 2
(b) (x − y ) = 6x 2 − 2 y 2
2 2 2 (a) ± (b) ± π (c) 0 (d) None of these
2
(c) (x 2 + y 2 )2 = 6x 2 + 2 y 2 (d) (x 2 + y 2 )2 = 6x 2 − 2 y 2
x2 28 The coordinates of all the points P on the ellipse
20 Tangent is drawn to the ellipse + y 2 = 1 at x2 y2
27 + = 1, for which the area of the ∆PON is maximum,
a 2 b2
( 3 3 cos θ , sin θ ) (where, θ ∈( 0, π /2)). Then, the value of θ
where O denotes the origin and N, the foot of the
such that the sum of intercepts on axes made by this
perpendicular from O to the tangent at P, is
tangent is minimum, is
π π π π a2 b2
(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) ± ,±
3 6 8 4 a2 + b 2 a +b
2 2
Directions (Q. Nos. 31-35) Each of these questions contains 33 Statement I The product of the focal distances of a
two statements : Statement I (Assertion) and Statement II point on an ellipse is equal to the square of the
(Reason). Each of these questions also has four alternative semi-diameter which is conjugate to the diameter
choices, only one of which is the correct answer. You have to through the point.
select one of the codes (a ), (b), ( c) and (d) given below.
Statement II If y = mx and y = m1x are two conjugate
(a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
b2
correct explanation for Statement I diameters of an ellipse, then mm1 = − 2 .
(b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is not a
a correct explanation for Statement I 34 Statement I The condition on a and b for which two
(c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false x2 y2
distinct chords of the ellipse + = 1 passing
(d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true 2a 2
2b 2
31 Let S1 ≡ ( x − 1)2 + ( y − 2)2 = 0 and through (a, − b ) are bisected by the line x + y = b is
S 2 ≡ ( x + 2)2 + ( y − 1)2 = 0 be the equations of two circles. a 2 + 6ab − 7b 2 ≥ 0 .
Statement I Locus of centre of a variable circle touching Statement II Equation of chord of the ellipse
x2 y2
two circles S1 and S 2 is an ellipse. + = 1 whose mid-point is ( x 1, y 1), is T = S1.
Statement II If a circle S1 = 0 lies completely inside the a2 b 2
circle S 2 = 0, then locus of centre of variable circle S = 0 35 Statement I An equation of a common tangent to the
which touches both the circles is an ellipse. parabola y 2 = 16 3x and the ellipse 2x 2 + y 2 = 4 is
y = 2x + 2 3.
3 3
32 Statement I If P ,1 is a point on the ellipse 4 3
2 Statement II If the line y = mx + , (m ≠ 0) is a
m
4x 2 + 9y 2 = 36. Circle drawn AP as diameter touches
common tangent to the parabola y 2 = 16 3 x and
another circle x 2 + y 2 = 9, where A ≡ ( − 5, 0).
the ellipse 2 x 2 + y 2 = 4, then m satisfies
Statement II Circle drawn with focal radius as diameter m 4 + 2m 2 = 24.
touches the auxiliary circle.
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1 (d) 2 (b) 3 (b) 4 (d) 5 (c) 6 (c) 7 (a) 8 (a) 9 (b) 10 (a)
11 (a) 12 (d) 13 (b) 14 (a) 15 (b) 16 (b) 17 (d) 18 (d) 19 (c) 20 (b)
21 (c) 22 (a) 23 (a) 24 (a) 25 (a) 26 (b) 27 (a) 28 (a) 29 (c) 30 (b)
31 (d) 32 (a) 33 (b) 34 (a) 35 (b)
SESSION 2 1 (d) 2 (a) 3 (b) 4 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) 7 (a) 8 (c) 9 (c) 10 (a)
11 (a) 12 (b) 13 (b) 14 (a) 15 (c)
308 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY EIGHT
points of the major axis are 1 cos 2 θ sin2 θ Hence, the equation of the ellipse is
∴ = + …(i)
x = a, x = − a. r 2
a2 b2 x2 y2 x2 y2
+ 2 =1 ⇒ + =1
∴The intersection point of these But PQ 2 = 4 r 2 = HM of 4 a2 , 4b 2 a2
b 16 4
tangents are ⇒ x + 4 y = 16
2 2
θ θ 1 1 1
A = a,b tan , B = − a,b cot . ∴ = + 2 …(ii)
2 2 r 2 2a2 2b 18 Area of quadrilateral formed by tangents
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 2a2
Equation of circle with AB as diameter at the ends of latusrectum = .
θ cos θ sin θ
2 2 e
( x − a)( x + a) + y − b tan
1 1
+ = 2 + 2 2
2 a2 b2 2a 2b Here, a2 = 9, b 2 = 5, e =
π 3
y − b cot θ = 0 It is possible, when θ = 3
∴ Area = 2 × 9 × = 27
2 4
2
θ θ 2
y2
⇒ x2 − a2 + y 2 − by tan + cot 15 Given ellipse is x + = 0, (a = 3, b = 2) 19 x2 + 3 y 2 = 6
2 2 9 4
+ b2 = 0 Equation of normal is x2 y 2
⇒ + = 1 (a2 = 6, b 2 = 2) ...(i)
⇒ x2 + y 2 − a2 + b 2 − 2by cosec θ = 0 3 x sec θ − 2 y cosec θ = 9 − 4 = 5 6 2
which is the equation of family of Comparing it with given normal Equation of any tangent to Eqs. (i) is
circles passing through the point of ax + by = c , y = mx ± 6m2 + 2 ...(ii)
intersection of the circle 3sec θ − 2 cosec θ 5
= = Equation of perpendicular line drawn
x2 + y 2 − a2 + b 2 = 0 and y = 0 a b c from centre (0, 0) to Eqs. (ii) is
3c 2c
So, the fixed point is (± a2 − b 2 , 0). ⇒ cos θ = , sinθ = − y=−
1
x ...(iii)
5a 5b m
2
y2 9c 2 4c 2
12 The tangent to x + = 1 is ⇒ + =1 Eliminating m from Eqs. (ii) and (iii),
25 4 25a2 25b 2 required locus of foot of perpendicular is
x y 25a2b 2 x x2
cos θ + sin θ = 1. If it is also tangent ⇒ 9b 2 + 4a2 =
5 2 c2 y = − x ± 6 2 + 2
y y
to the circle, then 2
y2
1 100 16 Given ellipse is x + =1 ⇒ ( y 2 + x2 )2 = 6 x2 + 2 y 2
16 = = 14 5
cos 2 θ sin2 θ 4 + 21sin2 θ
+ ∴ P(θ) is ( 14 cos θ, 5 sin θ) 20 The equation of tangent from the point
25 4 (3 3 cos θ,sin θ) to the curve is
3 25 Equation of normal at P(θ) is
⇒ sin2 θ = , cos 2 θ = x cos θ y sin θ
28 28 14 x 5y + = 1.
− = 14 − 5 = 9 3 3 1
If the tangents meets the axes at A and cos θ sin θ
Thus, sum of intercepts
B, then Q(2θ) lies on this normal, therefore
14 cos 2θ 5sin 2θ = 3 3secθ + cosecθ = f (θ) [say]
A = , 0 and B = 0,
5 2 − =9
3 3 sin3 θ − cos 3 θ
cos θ sinθ cos θ sin θ ⇒ f ′ (θ) =
⇒ 14 cos 2θ sin θ − 10sin θ cos 2 θ sin2 θ cos 2 θ
25 4
∴ AB 2 = + Put f ′ (θ) = 0
cos 2 θ sin2 θ = 9 cos θ sin θ
1
4 196 14 ⇒ 18 cos 2 θ − 9 cos θ − 14 = 0 ⇒ sin3 θ = 3 /2 cos 3 θ
= 28 + ⋅ 28 = ⇒ AB = 3
3 3 3 ⇒ (3 cos θ + 2) (6 cos θ − 7) = 0
1 π
−2 7 ⇒ tanθ = ⇒θ=
⇒ cos θ = or 3 6
13 Given, equation of ellipse is 3 6
x2 y2 −2 7 Now, f ′ ′ (θ) > 0, for θ = π / 6
+ = 1. General equation of tangent ⇒ cos θ = as cos θ ≠
2 1 3 6 [i.e. minimum]
to the ellipse of slope m is π
Hence, value of θ is .
y = mx ± 2m2 + 1 17 Given, 6
(i) An ellipse whose semi-minor axis
Since, this is equally inclined to axes, so coincides with one of the diameters
21 Equation of tangent at (acos θ,b sin θ) to
m = ± 1. of the circle ( x − 1)2 + y 2 = 1. the ellipse is
x y
cos θ + sin θ = 1 …(i)
Then, tangents are a b
(ii) The semi-major axis of the ellipse
y = ± x± 2+ 1 = ± x± 3 coincides with one of the diameters
The joint equation of the lines joining
the points of intersection of Eq. (i) and
Distance of any tangent from origin of circle x2 + ( y − 2)2 = 4.
the auxiliary circle x2 + y 2 = a2 to the
|0 + 0 ± 3| (iii) The centre of the ellipse is at origin. origin, which is the centre of the circle,
= = 3/2
(iv) The axes of the ellipse are 2
1 +1 is x2 + y 2 = a2 cos θ + sin θ
2 2
x y
coordinate axes. a
b
14 The straight line x = r cos θ , y = r sin θ Now, diameter of circle ( x − 1)2 + y 2 = 1
is 2 units and that of circle Since, these lines are at right angles.
x2 y2
meets the ellipse + 2 = 1, where r is x2 + ( y − 2)2 = 4 is 4 units. cos 2 θ sin2 θ
a2
b ∴ 1 − a2 2 + 1 − a2 2 = 0
Semi-minor axis of ellipse, b = 2 units a b
given.
and semi-major axis of ellipse, [Qcoefficient of x2 + coefficient of y 2 = 0]
a = 4 units.
310 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY EIGHT
2b 2 2a2 (1 − e 2 ) a +b
2 2
a + b2
2
= 4 ae ⇒ = 4 ae 27 Let y = m1 x and y = m2 x be a pair of
a a
conjugate diameters of an ellipse 29 If α,β, γ, δ are eccentric angles of four
⇒ 1 − e 2 = 2e ⇒ e 2 + 2e − 1 = 0
x2 y2 co-normal points.
+ 2 = 1 and let P (acos θ,b sin θ) and
a2 b Then, α + β + γ + δ = (2n + 1)π
DAY TWENTY EIGHT ELLIPSE 311
64 x12 2
y2
⇒ 4 x12 + 9 = 36 ⇒ x1 =
2 81
7 x2 + 4 y 2 = 4 ⇒ x + =1 Y
4
81 25 4 1
9 8 ⇒ a = 2, b = 1 ⇒ P = (2, 1)
On taking x1 = , we get y 1 =
5 5 x2 y2 2
Required Ellipse is 2 + 2 = 1 (–3,2) (3, 2)
∴One possible foot of normal is ,
9 8 a b
5 5 x2 y2
⇒ + 2 = 1 (2, 1) lies on it X
4 Slope of tangent m = 8 42 b O
9 (3,0)
P(2,1) (–3,–2) (3,–2)
Let P ( x1 , y 1 ) be the point of contact.
Then, equation of tangent is 1
4 xx1 + 9 yy 1 = 1 V′ V
4 x1 8 A′ 2 A 2 (4, 0)
∴ − = ⇒ x1 = − 2 y 1
9 y1 9 9 4 9 1
+ 2 = 1, 2 + = 1 ⇒ a2 = 12
4 x12 + 9 y 12 = 1 ⇒ 16 y 12 + 9 y 12 = 1 a2 b a 4
1 12
⇒ y1 = ± 4 1 a2 = b 2 (1 − e 2 ) ⇒ = 1 − e2
5 ⇒ + =1 16
16 b 2 12 14 1 1
∴Required points of contact are ⇒ e2 = 1 − = = ⇒e =
1 1 3 4
− 2 , 1 and 2 , − 1 ⇒ = 1 − = ⇒ b2 = 16 16 4 2
b2 4 4 3
5 5 5 5 2
y2
∴
x2
+
y2
=1
10 Ellipse is x + =1
5 Normal is 4 x sec φ − 2 y cosec φ = 12 16 4
4 1
Let A(θ) = (2 cos θ, sin θ)
Q ≡ (3cos φ, 0), M = (α,β) 3
π π
α=
3 cos φ + 4 cos φ 7
= cos φ ⇒ x2 + 12 y 2 = 16 Then, B = 2 cos θ + , sin θ +
2 2 3 3
2
y2
8 x + = 1 and b 2 = a2 (1 − e 2 ) Equation of chord AB is
P (4 cos φ, 2 sin φ) 4 1 π π
cos θ + + sin θ +
x y
M 2 6 1 6
π 3
Q (3 cos φ, 0) = cos =
6 2
R or given chord is px + qy = r
Q(x2, y2) P(x1, y1) Comparing the coefficient, we get
π π
2
⇒ cos φ = α and β = sin φ cos θ + sin θ +
6 6
⇒ P 3, −
3 1 3
7 ⇒ e = = =
cos 2 φ + sin2 φ = 1 2 2 2p q 2r
3
+ y 2 = 1 ⇒ y = ± ± 2 3, ±
48 1 1 Co-ordinates of mid-point of PQ are ⇒ r 2 = (4 p2 + q 2 )
R ≡ 0, −
49 7 7 1 4
2
6 Equation of auxiliary circle is 11 Let POP ′, QOQ ′ be two perpendicular
PQ = 2 3 = length of latusrectum. diameters.
x +y =9
2 2
...(i)
⇒ Two parabolas are possible whose π
x y
Equation of AM is + = 1 Let ∠AOP = θ, then ∠AOQ = +θ
...(ii) 3 1 2
3 1 vertices are 0, − − and
2 2 Q P
12 9 3 1
– , M 0, −
5 5 2 2
B(0,1) θ
O A
Hence, the equations of the parabolas
are x2 − 2 3 y = 3 + 3 and
N O A(3,0)
x2 + 2 3 y = 3 − 3 P′ Q′
9 Let required ellipse is Then, P = (OP cos θ, OP sin θ)
x2 y2 OP 2 cos 2 θ OP 2 sin2 θ
E2 :
2
+ 2 =1 ∴ + =1
a b a2 b2
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get It passes through (0, 4) 1 cos 2 θ sin2 θ
− 12 9 ⇒ = + ...(i)
M 16 2
, 0 + 2 = 1 ⇒ b 2 = 16 OP a2 b2
5 5 b Also Q = (OQ cos(90° + θ),
Now, area of ∆AOM It also passes through (± 3, ± 2) OQ sin(90° + θ))
1 27
= ⋅ OA ⋅ MN = sq unit.
2 10
DAY TWENTY EIGHT ELLIPSE 313
Hyperbola
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Concept of Hyperbola u Tangent to a Hyperbola u Director Circle
u Equations of Hyperbola u Normal to a Hyperbola u Asymptotes
in Standard Form u Pole and Polar u Rectangular or Equilateral Hyperbola
Concept of Hyperbola
Hyperbola is the locus of a point in a plane which moves M
in such a way that the ratio of its distance from a fixed point
(focus) in the same plane to its distance from a fixed line P
N
(directrix) is always constant which is always greater
than unity. T S
SP
Mathematically, = e, where e > 1.
PN
M¢
Terms Related to Hyperbola
Some important terms related to hyperbola are given below.
1. Vertices The points A and A′, where the curve meets the line joining the foci
S and S ′, are called the vertices of the hyperbola.
2. Transverse and conjugate axes Transverse axis is the one which lie along the line
passing through the foci and perpendicular to the directrices and conjugate axis and PRED
conjugate axis is the one which is perpendicular to the transverse axis and passes
through the mid-point of the foci i.e. centre.
MIRROR
Your Personal Preparation Indicator
3. Centre The mid-point C of AA′ bisects every chord of the hyperbola passing through
it and is called the centre of the hyperbola. u No. of Questions in Exercises (x)—
u No. of Questions Attempted (y)—
4. Focal chord A chord of a hyperbola which is passing through the focus is called a
u No. of Correct Questions (z)—
focal chord of the hyperbola.
(Without referring Explanations)
5. Directrix A line which is perpendicular to the axis and it lies between centre and
a Accuracy Level (z / y × 100)—
vertex. The equation of directrix is x = ± . u
7. Latusrectum The double ordinate passing through focus (vii) Length of transverse axis, 2a
is called latusrectum. (viii) Length of conjugate axis, 2b
Y Directrix Latusrectum (ix) Equation of transverse axis, y = 0
Directrix Q
M'
M P (x) Equation of conjugate axis, x = 0
(xi) Focal distances of a point on the hyperbola
X¢ X is ex ± a.
S' (–ae, 0) A' C A S(ae, 0)
Centre
N
(a, 0) (xii) Difference of the focal distances of a point on the
(– a, 0) Double
ordinate hyperbola is 2a.
Latusrectum Q¢
x = –a/e x=a/e
Y¢ x 2 y2
2. Conjugate Hyperbola − 2 + 2 = 1
NOTE • The vertex divides the join of focus and the point of a b
intersection of directrix with axis internally and externally in The hyperbola whose transverse and conjugate axes are
the ratio e : 1. respectively the conjugate and transverse axes of a given
x2 y 2
• Domain and range of a hyperbola 2 − 2 = 1 are x ≤ − a or hyperbola is called the conjugate hyperbola of the given
a b hyperbola. The conjugate hyperbola of the hyperbola
x ≥ a and y ∈ R, respectively. x 2 y2 x 2 y2
• The line through the foci of the hyperbola is called its 2
− 2 = 1 is − 2 + 2 = 1.
a b a b
transverse axis.
Y
• The line through the centre and perpendicular to the S
transverse axis of the hyperbola is called its conjugate axis. L1 L
A
Equations of Hyperbola in l
Standard Form X¢ X
O
If the centre of the hyperbola is at the origin and foci are on
l¢
the X-axis or Y-axis, then that types of equation are called A1
standard equation of an ellipse.
L¢1
x 2 y2 S1
L¢
1. Hyperbola of the Form 2 − 2 = 1 Y¢
a b
(i) Centre, O(0, 0)
When the hyperbola is in the given form, then it is also called
the equation of auxiliary circle. (ii) Foci, S (0, be), S1 (0, − be)
(iii) Vertices, A (0, b ), A1 (0, − b )
Y
b b
L¢ L (iv) Directrices l : y = , l ′ : y = −
e e
S1 A1 A S 2 a2
X¢ X (v) Length of latusrectum LL1 = L′ L1 ′ =
O b
2
a
L¢1 L1 (vi) Eccentricity, e = 1 + as a2 = b 2 (e2 − 1)
l¢ l b
Y¢ (vii) Length of transverse axis, 2b
(i) Centre, O(0, 0) (viii) Length of conjugate axis, 2a
(ii) Foci : S (ae, 0), S1 (− ae, 0) (ix) Equation of transverse axis, x = 0
(iii) Vertices : A(a, 0), A1 (− a, 0) (x) Equation of conjugate axis, y = 0
a a (xi) Focal distances of a point on the hyperbola is ey ± b .
(iv) Directrices l : x = , l ′ : x = −
e e (xii) Difference of the focal distances of a point on the
2 b2 hyperbola is 2b.
(v) Length of latusrectum, LL 1 = L′ L′1 =
a
2
NOTE If the centre of the hyperbola is ( h, k ) and axes are parallel to
b ( x − h) 2 ( y − k ) 2
(vi) Eccentricity, e = 1 + or b = a (e − 1)
2 2 2
the coordinate axes, then its equation is − = 1.
a a2 b2
316 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY NINE
x2 y2 xx1 yy
− 21 = 1
Results on Hyperbola 2 − 2 = 1 5. The equation of chord of contact is
a2 b
a b or T = 0.
1. The foci of a hyperbola and its conjugate are concyclic 6. The equation of chord of the hyperbola, whose
and form the vertices of a square. xx yy x2 y2
mid-point is ( x1 , y1 ) is T = S1 i.e. 21 − 21 = 12 − 12 .
2. The points of intersection of the directrix with a b a b
the transverse axis are known as foot of the directrix. 7. Equation of chord joining the points (a sec α , b tan α ) and
3. Latusrectum (l ) = 2e (distance between the focus and the (a sec β, b tan β) is
foot of the corresponding directrix). x α − β y α + β α + β
cos − sin = cos .
4. The parametric equation of a hyperbola is x = a sec θ and a 2 b 2 2
y = b tan θ, where θ ∈(0, 2 π ).
5. The position of a point (h, k ) with respect to the hyperbola S
lie inside, on or outside the hyperbola, if
Normal to a Hyperbola
x2 y2 A line which is perpendicular to the tangent of the hyperbola
S1 > 0, S1 = 0 or S1 < 0 where, S1 ≡ 12 − 12 − 1 is called the normal to the hyperbola.
a b
a2 x b 2 y
(i) In point ( x1 , y1 ) form + = a2 + b 2 .
x1 y1
Tangent to a Hyperbola
m(a2 + b 2 )
A line which intersects the hyperbola at only one point is (ii) In slope ‘m’ form y = mx m and the point of
called the tangent to the hyperbola. a2 − m2b 2
xx1 yy a2 b2 m
(i) In point ( x1 , y1 ) form, − 21 = 1 intersection is ± ,m
a2 b a −b m
2 2 2
a −b m
2 2 2
20 The locus of a point P(α , β) moving under the condition 29 Let P (a sec θ, b tan θ ) and Q (a sec φ , b tan φ ), where
that the line y = α x + β is a tangent to the hyperbola π x2 y2
θ+φ= , be two points on 2 − 2 = 13. If (h, k ) is the
x2 y2 2 a b
− = 1, is
a 2 b2 j AIEEE 2005 point of intersection of normals at P and Q, then k is
(a) a hyperbola (b) a parabola (c) a circle (d) an ellipse
a2 + b 2 (a 2 + b 2 )
(a) (b) −
21 The straight line x + y = 2p will touch the hyperbola a a
4x 2 − 9y 2 = 36, if a2 + b 2 (a 2 + b 2 )
(c) (d) −
(a) p 2 = 2 (b) p 2 = 5 (c) 5 p 2 = 2 (d) 2 p 2 = 5 b b
22 The locus of the point of intersection of perpendicular 30 If the chords of contact of tangents from two points
x2 y2
tangents to the hyperbola − = 1 is ( x1, y1 ) and ( x 2 , y 2 ) to the hyperbola 4x 2 − 9y 2 − 36 = 0
3 1
x x
(a) x 2 + y 2 = 2 (b) x 2 + y 2 = 3 are at right angles, then 1 2 is equal to
(c) x 2 − y 2 = 3 (d) x 2 + y 2 = 4 y 1y 2
x2 y2 9 9 81 81
23 If P is a point on the hyperbola − = 1 and N is foot (a) (b) − (c) (d) −
9 4 4 4 16 16
of the perpendicular from P on the transverse axis. The 31 If x = 9 is the chord of contact of the hyperbola
tangent to the hyperbola at P meets the transverse axis x 2 − y 2 = 9, then the equation of the corresponding pair
at T . If O is the centre of the hyperbola, then OT ⋅ ON is of tangents is
equal to (a) 9x 2 − 8 y 2 + 18 x − 9 = 0 (b) 9x 2 − 8 y 2 − 18 x + 9 = 0
(a) 9 (b) 4 (c) e 2
(d) None of these (c) 9x 2 − 8 y 2 − 18 x − 9 = 0 (d) 9x 2 − 8 y 2 + 18 x + 9 = 0
24 The locus of the
2
points of intersection of perpendicular
2 32 If chords of the hyperbola x 2 − y 2 = a 2 touch the
x y parabola y 2 = 4ax . Then, the locus of the middle points
tangents to − = 1 is
16 9 of these chords is
(a) x 2 − y 2 = 7 (b) x 2 − y 2 = 25
(a) y 2 = (x − a)x 3 (b) y 2 (x − a) = x 3
(c) x 2 + y 2 = 25 (d) x 2 + y 2 = 7
(c) x 2 (x − a) = x 3 (d) None of these
25 Tangents are drawn from points on the hyperbola
x2 y2 33 The locus of middle points of chords of hyperbola
− = 1 to the circle x 2 + y 2 = 9. The locus of the 3x 2 − 2y 2 + 4x − 6y = 0 parallel to y = 2x is
9 4
mid-point of the chord of contact is (a) 3 x − 4 y = 4 (b) 3 y − 4 x + 4 = 0
x2 y2 x2 y2 (c) 4 x − 3 y = 3 (d) 3 x − 4 y = 2
(a) x + y =
2 2
− (b) (x 2 + y 2 ) 2 = −
9 4 9 4 34 The equation of the chord joining two points
x2 y2 x2 y2 ( x1, y1 ) and ( x 2 , y 2 ) on the rectangular hyperbola xy = c 2
(c) (x + y ) = 81 − (d) (x + y ) = 9
2 2 2 2 2 2
−
9 4 9 4 is j
AIEEE 2002
x2 y2 x y x y
26 A tangent to the hyperbola − = 1 meets X -axis at (a) + =1 (b) + =1
4 2 x1 + x 2 y1 + y2 x1 − x 2 y1 − y 2
P and Y -axis at Q. Lines PR and QR are drawn such that x y x y
(c) + =1 (d) + =1
OPRQ is a rectangle (where, O is the origin). Then, R y1 + y 2 x1 + x2 y1 − y 2 x1 − x 2
lies on j
JEE Mains 2013
4 2 2 4 35 Match the vertices (v ) and foci (f ) of hyperbola given in
(a) + 2 =1 (b) − 2 =1 Column I with their corresponding equation given in
x2 y x2 y
2 4 4 2 Column II and choose the correct option from the codes
(c) 2 + 2 = 1 (d) 2 − 2 = 1
x y x y given below.
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (a) 10. (b)
11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (a)
21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (d) 25. (c) 26. (d) 27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (d)
31. (b) 32. (b) 33. (a) 34. (a) 35. (a)
SESSION 2 1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (d)
11. (a) 12. (a) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (a)
2
y2 tan B − tan C 3hx − 2 ky + 2( x + h ) − 3( y + k )
26 Given hyperbola is x − = 1. ∴ tan K =
4 2 1 + tan B ⋅ tan C = 3h2 − 2 k 2 + 4h − 6k
Here, a2 = 4 , b 2 = 2 ⇒ a = 2, b = 2 y y ⇒ x(3h + 2) + y (−2 k − 3)
−
The equation of tangent is λ+ x λ− x = 3h2 − 2 k 2 + 2 h − 3k
=
x y y2 Since, this line is parallel to y = 2 x.
sec θ − tan θ = 1 1+ 2
a b 3h + 2
λ − x2 ∴ = 2 ⇒ 3h + 2 = 4k + 6
⇒
x
sec θ −
y
tan θ = 1 2k + 3
⇒ λ2 − x2 + y 2 = − 2 xy cot K
2 2 ⇒ 3h − 4k = 4
⇒ x − 2 cot K ⋅ xy − y 2 = λ2
2
So, the coordinates of P and Q are
which is a hyperbola. Thus, locus of mid-point is 3 x − 4 y = 4
P (2cos θ, 0) and Q (0, − 2 cot θ),
29 Equation of normal at 34 The mid-point of the chord is
respectively.
ax by x1 + x2 y 1 + y 2 .
Let coordinates of R are (h, k). θ is + = a2 + b 2 and normal ,
sec θ tan θ 2 2
∴ h = 2cos θ, k = − 2cotθ The equation of the chord T = S 1 .
π ax by
k − 2 − 2h at φ = − θ is + = a2 + b2
⇒ = ⇒ sin θ = 2 cos ecθ cot θ y + y2 + x + x2
∴ x 1 y 1
h sinθ 2k 2 2
Eliminating x, we get
On squaring both sides, we get x1 + x2 y 1 + y 2
by
1 1 =2
2h2 2h2 − = (a + b )
2 2
sin2 θ = ⇒ 1 − cos 2 θ = sin θ cos θ 2 2
4k 2
4 k2 1 − 1
⇒ x ( y 1 + y 2 ) + y ( x1 + x2 )
h2
2h 2
2h 2
h2 cos θ sin θ
⇒ 1− = ⇒ + =1 = ( x1 + x2 )( y 1 + y 2 )
4 4 k2 4 k2 4 (a + b )
2 2
⇒ by = −(a2 + b 2 ) or k = − x y
b ⇒ + =1
h2 2
+ 1 = 1 ⇒ 2 + 1 = 2
2 4 x1 + x2 y1 + y2
⇒
4 k2 k h 30 The equation of hyperbola is
4 2 x2 y 2 35 A. Since, vertices (± 2, 0) and foci
⇒ − =1 4 x2 − 9 y 2 = 36 ⇒ − =1 ...(i)
h2 k 2 (± 3, 0) lie on X -axis, as coefficient
9 4
4 2 of Y-axis is zero.
Hence, R lies on 2 − 2 = 1. The equation of the chords of contact of
x y Hence, equation of hyperbola will
tangents from ( x1 , y 1 ) and ( x2 , y 2 ) to the
27 The given equation can be rewritten as be of the form
given hyperbola are
x2 y2
( x − 2 )2 ( y + 2 )2 x x1
−
y y1
=1 − 2 =1 …(i)
− =1 ...(ii) a 2
b
4 2 9 4
For A( x, y ), x x2 y y 2 Here, it is given that a = 2 and c = 3
and − =1 ...(iii)
Y 9 4 Q c 2 = a2 + b 2
Lines (ii) and (iii) are at right angles. ⇒ 9 = 4 + b2 ⇒ b2 = 5
2 Put the values of a2 = 4 and b 2 = 5 in
= − 1 ⇒ 1 2 = − = −
B 9 x1 4 x2 x x 9 81
⋅ × ⋅ Eq. (i), we get
4 y1 9 y2 y1 y2 4 16
X¢ X x2 y2
A C − =1 …(ii)
31 Let (h, k ) be the point whose chord of 4 5
Y¢ contact w.r.t. hyperbola x2 − y 2 = 9 is B. Since, vertices (0, ± 5) and foci
2 3 x = 9. We know that chord of (h, k ) (0, ± 8) lie on Y-axis as coefficient of
e = 1+
= w.r.t. hyperbola x2 − y 2 = 9 is T = 0 X-axis is zero. Hence,equation of
4 2
∴ x− 2=2⇒ x=2+ 2 ⇒ hx − ky − 9 = 0 hyperbola will be of the form
But it is the equation of line x = 9. This y 2 x2
For C ( x, y ), x − 2 = ae = 6 − =1 …(i)
is possible only whenh = 1, k = 0. Again, a2 b 2
∴ x= 6+ 2 equation of pair of tangents is T 2 = SS 1 Here, it is given that
Now, AC = 6 + 2−2− 2 = 6 −2 ⇒ ( x − 9)2 = ( x2 − y 2 − 9)(1 − 9) (0, ± a) = (0, ± 5) and foci
b2 2 ⇒ x2 − 18 x + 81 = ( x2 − y 2 − 9)(−8) (0, ± c ) = (0, ± 8)
and BC = = =1
a 2 ⇒ 9 x2 − 8 y 2 − 18 x + 9 = 0 ⇒ a = 5and c = 8
1
∴ Area of ∆ABC = × AC × BC 32 Equation of chord of hyperbola Q c 2 = a2 + b 2 ⇒ b 2 = 39
2 Put a2 = 25 and b 2 = 39 in Eq. (i), we
1 3 x2 − y 2 = a2 with mid-point as (h, k ) is
= × ( 6 − 2) × 1 = − 1 sq unit given by get
2 2 h (h2 − k 2 ) y2 x2
xh − yk = h2 − k 2 ⇒ y = x − − =1
28 Let B (−λ , 0), C (λ , 0) and A ( x, y ). k k 25 39
Given, K = ∠B − ∠ C This will touch the parabola y 2 = 4ax, if C. Since, vertices (0, ± 3) and foci
Y h2 − k 2 a (0, ± 5) lie on Y- axis as coordinate
A (x, y) − = ⇒ ak 2 = − h3 + k 2 h
k h/k of x is zero.
Hence, equation of hyperbola will
∴ Locus of the mid-point is
be of the form
x 3 = y 2 ( x − a)
y2 x2
B X 33 Let (h, k ) is mid-point of chord. 2
− 2 =1 …(i)
O C a b
-l l Then, its equation is
324 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY TWENTY NINE
y ′2 x ′2 m1 t m
i.e. = 2 − 1 [from Eq. (i)] ...(iii) + ( y1 + y
2 2
+ y3 + y 4 )
2 2 ∴ = 3 ⇒ t3 = 1 t1
λ2 a
2 m2 t 1 m2
4
x ′2 y ′2 2 x ′ y ′ = ( ∑ x i )2 − 2 Σ x1 x2
and y ′ 2 + 2 = 2 + 2 −
2 1 1 The equation of PR is
a λ a λ aλ i =1 x + yt 1 t 3 = c (t 1 + t 3 )
4
[from Eq. (ii)] ...(iv) + ( ∑ y i )2 − 2 Σ y 1 y 2 m m
i = 1 ⇒ x + y 1 t 12 = c t 1 + 1 t 1
On simplification the second relation gives m2 m2
4 x ′2 y ′2 a2 = (0 + 2r 2 ) + (0 + 2r 2 )
( y ′2 − x ′2 )2 = 4
m m
λ2 [Q ( ∑ x i ) = 0, Σ x1 x2 = − r 2 , ⇒ x + y 1 t 12 = c 1 + 1 t 1
= 4 x ′2 ( x ′2 − a2 ) [using Eq. (iii)] i =1 m2 m2
4
So, the locus of P is ∑y i = 0, Σ y 1 y 2 = − r 2 ] m1
2
( y 2 − x2 )2 = 4 x2 ( x2 − a2 ). i =1 ⇒ x+ y t1
= 4r2 m2
12 The equation of tangent at point
14 Any point on the hyperbola xy = 4 is c (m1 + m2 ) m1
P (α cos θ,sin θ) = 2 ⋅ t1
x y 2t , 2 . Now, normal at 2t , 2 is 2 m m m
cos θ + sin θ = 1
2
1 2
...(i)
α 1 t t ⇒ x + yt 2 = 2λt , where,
Let it cut the hyperbola at points P and Q. 2
y − = t 2 ( x − 2t ). [its slope is t 2 ] m1 c (m1 + m2 )
Homogenising hyperbola α2 x2 − y 2 = 1 t t = ⋅ t 1 and λ =
m2 2 m1 m2
with the help of Eq. (i), we get If the normal passes through P (h, k ),
2
then Clearly, it touches the hyperbola,
α2 x2 − y 2 = cos θ + y sin θ
x
α 2 2
k − = t 2 ( h − 2t ) c (m1 + m2 )
t xy =
This is a pair of straight lines OP OQ.
⇒ 2t 4 − ht 3 + tk − 2 = 0 …(i) 2 m1 m2
Given ∠POQ = π/2.
Roots of Eq. (i) give parameters of feet of c 2 (m1 + m2 )2
Coefficient of x2 + Coefficient normals passing through (h, k ). Let roots or xy =
of y 2 = 0 be t 1 , t 2 , t 3 and t 4 , then 4 m1 m2
EXAM BITES
This Pdf Is
Downloaded From
www.exambites.in
VISIT NOW !!
326 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY
DAY THIRTY
Unit Test 4
(Coordinate Geometry)
1 The parabola y 2 = 4x and the circle ( x − 6)2 + y 2 = r 2 will 7 If A (n, n 2 ) (where, n ∈ N) is any point in the interior of
have no common tangent, then the quadrilateral formed by the lines x = 0, y = 0,
(a) r > 20 (b) r < 20 3x + y − 4 = 0 and 4x + y − 21 = 0, then the possible
number of positions of the point A is
(c) r > 18 (d) r ∈( 20, 28 )
(a) 0 (b) 1
2 The lines lx + my + n = 0, mx + ny + l = 0 and (c) 2 (d) 3
nx + ly + m = 0 are concurrent, if
8 The range of values of r for which the point
(a) l + m + n = 0 (b) l + m − n = 0 r r
(c) l − m + n = 0 (d) None of these − 5 + ,− 3 + is an interior point of the major
2 2
3 If the latusrectum of a hyperbola through one focus
segment of the circle x 2 + y 2 = 16, cut off by the line
substends 60° angle at the other focus, then its
x + y = 2, is
eccentricity e is
(a) (− ∞,5 2 )
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 5 (d) 6
(b) (4 2 − 14 , 5 2 )
4 Set of values of m for which a chord of slope m of the
(c) (4 2 − 14 , 4 2 + 14 )
circle x 2 + y 2 = 4 touches the parabola y 2 = 4x , is
(d) None of the above
2 − 1 2 − 1
(a) −∞, − ∪ ,∞ 9 AB is a double ordinate of the parabola y 2 = 4 ax .
2 2
Tangents drawn to parabola at A and B meet Y -axis at A 1
(b) (−∞,1) ∪ (1, ∞) and B 1 , respectively. If the area of trapezium AA1B1B is
equal to 24 a 2 , then angle subtended by A1B1 at the focus
(c) (−1, 1)
of the parabola is equal to
(d) R
(a) 2 tan−1 (3) (b) tan−1 (3)
5 If ω is one of the angles between the normals to the (c) 2 tan−1 (2) (d) tan−1 (2)
x2 y2
ellipse + = 1 at the points whose eccentric angles 10 If two tangents can be drawn to the different branches of
a2 b2
π 2 cot ω x2 y2
are θ and + θ, then is equal to hyperbola − = 1 from the point (α , α 2 ), then
2 sin 2θ 1 4
e2 e2 e2 e2 (a) α ∈ (− 2, 0) (b) α ∈ (− 3, 0)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
1 − e2 1 + e2 (c) α ∈ (− ∞, − 2) (d) α ∈ (− ∞, − 3)
1− e 2
1+ e 2
12 The equation of the ellipse having vertices at ( ± 5 , 0) and 22 If two vertices of an equilateral triangle are ( 0, 0) and
foci at ( ± 4, 0) is ( 3, 3 3 ), then the third vertex is
x2 y2 (a) (3, − 3) (b) (− 3, 3)
(a) + =1 (b) 4 x 2
+ 5 y = 20
2
32 Triangle ABC is right angled at A. The circle with centre A 41 In a triangle ABC, if A( 2,−1) and 7x − 10y + 1 = 0 and
and radius AB cuts BC and AC internally at D and E 3x − 2y + 5 = 0 are equation of on altitude and on angle
respettvely if BD = 20 and DC = 16 then the length of AC bisector respectively drawn from B, the equation of BC is.
equals.
(a) x + y + 1 = 0
(a) 6 21 (b) 6 26 (c) 30 (d) 32
(b) 5 x + y + 17 = 0
33 If the line y − 3x + 3 = 0 cuts the parabola y 2 = x + 2 at
(c) 4 x + 9y + 30 = 0
A and B, and if P ≡ ( 3,0), then PA ⋅ PB is equal to
2+ 3 (d) x − 5 y − 7 = 0
4 (2 − 3 )
(a) 2 (b)
1 3 a b c
42 If −2 = + where a, b, c > 0 the family of lines
4 (2 + 3 ) 2 (2 − 3 ) bc c b
(c) (d)
3 3 a x + by + c = 0 passes through the point.
x2 y2 (a) (1, 1) (b) (1, − 2) (c) (−1, 2) (d) (− 1, 1)
34 If S and S′ are the foci of the ellipse + = 1 and P is
25 16
43 A series of ellipses E 1, E 2 , E 3 ,....., E n are drawn such that
any point on it, then difference of maximum and minimum
E n touches E n −1 at the extremeties of the major axis of
of SP ⋅ S ′ P is equal to
E n −1 and the foci of E n coincide with the extremeties of
(a) 16 (b) 9 (c) 15 (d) 25
minor axis of E n −1. If eccentricity of the ellipse B
35 The locus of a point which moves, such that the chord of independent of x then the value of eccentricity is.
contact of the tangent from the point to two fixed given
5 −1 5+1
circles are perpendicular to each other is (a) (b)
2 3
(a) circle (b) parabola
5+1 5 −1
(c) ellipse (d) None of these (c) (d)
4 4
2
x
36 Tangent is drawn to the ellipse + y 2 = 1 at 44 If one of the diagonal of a square is along the line x = 2y
27 and one of its vertices is (3, 0), then its sides through this
π
( 3 3 cos θ, sin θ) where,θ ∈ 0, . Then, the value of θ vertex are given by the equations
2
(a) y − 3 x + 9 = 0, 3 y + x − 3 = 0
such that sum of intercept on axes made by this tangent (b) y + 3 x + 9 = 0, 3 y + x − 3 = 0
is minimum, is (c) y − 3 x + 9 = 0, 3 y − x + 3 = 0
π π π π (d) y − 3 x + 3 = 0, 3 y + x + 9 = 0
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 6 8 4 45 Given A( 0,0) and B( x , y ) with x ∈( 01
, ) and y > 0. Let the
37 The condition for the line px + qy + r = 0 to be tangent to slope of line AB equals m1. Point C lies on the line x = 1
c
the rectangular hyperbola x = ct , y = is such that the slope of BC equals m2 where 0 < m2 < m1. If
t the area of the triangle ABC can be expressed as
(a) p < 0, q > 0 (b) p > 0, q > 0 (m1 − m2 )f ( x ), then the largest possible value of f ( x ) is.
(c) p > 0, q < 0 (d) None of these (a) 1 / 8 (b) 1 / 2 (c) 1 / 4 (d) 1
38 If the line x + 3y + 2 = 0 and its perpendicular line are 46 A circle is inscribed into a rhombus ABCD with one angle
conjugate w.r.t. 3x 2 − 5y 2 = 15 , then equation of 60°. The distance from the centre of the circle to the
conjugate line is nearest vertex is equal to 1. If P is any point of the circle,
(a) 3 x − y = 15 (b) 3 x − y + 12 = 0 then
(c) 3 x − y + 10 = 0 (d) 3 x − y = 4 | PA|2 + | PB|2 + | PC|2 + | PD|2 is equal to.
39 The product of the lengths of perpendicular drawn from (a) 8 (b) 9 (c) 10 (d) 11
any point on the hyperbola x 2 − 2y 2 − 2 = 0 to its 47 The equation of common tangent touching the circle
asymptotes, is ( x − 3) 2 + y 2 = 9 and the parabola y 2 = 4x above the
(a) 1/2 (b) 2/3 (c) 3/2 (d) 2 X-axis is
x2 y2 (a) 3y = 3x + 1 (b) 3 y = − (x + 3)
40 Tangents at any point on the hyperbola 2 − 2 = 1 cut
a b (c) 3y = x + 3 (d) 3 y = − (3 x + 1)
the axes at A and B respectively, if the rectangle OAPB, x 2 11y 2
where O is the origin is completed, then locus of the point 48 If the tangent at the point φ on the ellipse + =1
16 256
P is given by
touches the circle x 2
+y 2
− 2x − 15 = 0, then φ is equal to
a 2 b2 a2 b2 π π
(a) 2 − 2 = 1 (b) 2 + 2 = 1 (a) ± (b) ±
x y k y 2 4
a2 b2 π π
(c) − 2 =1 (d) None of these (c) ± (d) ±
y 2
x 3 6
DAY THIRTY UNIT TEST 4 (COORDINATE GEOMETRY) 329
Directions (Q.Nos. 49-55) Each of these questions Statement II A cyclic quadrilateral is a square, if its
contains two statements : Statement I (Assertion) and diagonals are the diameters of the circle.
Statement II (Reason). Each of these questions also has four
52 If a circle S = 0 intersects a hyperbola xy = c 2 at four
alternative choices, only one of which is the correct answer.
You have to select one of the codes (a), (b), (c) and (d) given points.
below. Statement I If c = 2 and three of the intersection points
2
(a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a are (2, 2), (4, 1) and 6, , then coordinates of the fourth
correct explanation for Statement I 3
(b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is 1
point are , 16 .
not a correct explanation for Statement I 4
(c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false Statement II If a circle intersects a hyperbola at
(d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true t1, t 2 , t 3 , t 4 , then t1 ⋅ t 2 ⋅ t 3 ⋅ t 4 = 1.
49 If p, x1, x 2 , x 3 and q , y1, y 2 , y 3 form two arithmetic 53 The auxiliary circle of an ellipse is described on the major
progression with common differences a and b. axis of an ellipse.
Statement I The centroid of triangle formed by points Statement I The circle x 2 + y 2 = 4 is auxiliary circle of an
( x1, y1 ), ( x 2 , y 2 ) and ( x 3 , y 3 ), lies on a straight line. x2 y2
ellipse + 2 = 1 (where, b < 2).
Statement II The point (h, k ) given by 4 b
x + x2 + K + xn y + y2 + K + yn Statement II A given circle is auxiliary circle of exactly
h= 1 and k = 1 always lies
n n one ellipse.
on the line b ( x − p ) = a ( y − q ) for all values of n. x2 y2
54 The tangent at a point P on the ellipse + = 1, which
50 Statement I A is a point on the parabola y 2 = 4ax . The a2 b2
normal at A cuts the parabola again at point B. is not an extremity of major axis, meets a directrix atT .
If AB subtends a right angle at the vertex of the parabola, Statement I The circle on PT as diameter passes through
1 the focus of the ellipse corresponding to the directrix on
then slope of AB is . which T lies.
2
Statement II PT subtends a right angle at the focus of the
Statement II If normal at (at12 , 2at1 ) cuts again the
2 ellipse corresponding to the directrix on whichT lies.
parabola at (at 22 , 2at 2 ), then t 2 = − t1 − .
t1 55 Statement I If the perpendicular bisector of the line
segment joining P (1, 4) and Q (k , 3) has y-intercept − 4,
51 Suppose ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral inscribed in a then k 2 − 16 = 0.
circle.
Statement I If radius is one unit and AB ⋅ BC ⋅ CD ⋅ DA ≥ 4, Statement II Locus of a point equidistant from two given
then ABCD is a square. points is the perpendicular bisector of the line joining the
given points.
ANSWERS
1 (b) 2 (a) 3 (b) 4 (a) 5 (a) 6 (a) 7 (b) 8 (b) 9 (d) 10 (c)
11 (c) 12 (c) 13 (d) 14 (b) 15 (c) 16 (d) 17 (a) 18 (b) 19 (a) 20 (a)
21 (b) 22 (c) 23 (b) 24 (a) 25 (b) 26 (c) 27 (a) 28 (c) 29 (d) 30 (b)
31 (c) 32 (b) 33 (c) 34 (b) 35 (a) 36 (b) 37 (b) 38 (b) 39 (b) 40 (a)
41 (b) 42 (d) 43 (a) 44 (a) 45 (a) 46 (d) 47 (c) 48 (c) 49 (a) 50 (d)
51 (c) 52 (d) 53 (c) 54 (a) 55 (a)
330 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY
4x
⇒ r < 20 ⇒ m2 − >0
+
2 A
y–
(n , n 2 )
21
2 Since, lines are concurrent.
=
S
∴ 1 (lx + my + n ) + 1 (mx + ny + l ) 2 − 1 2 − 1 3x
+
0
⇒ m − m + >0 y–
+ 1 (nx + ly + m ) = 0 2 2 4=
0 y=0
Q
⇒ x (l + m + n ) + y (l + m + n ) X¢ X
O
2 − 1
P
+ (l + m + n ) = 0 2 − 1
⇒m ∈ −∞,− ∪ ,∞
∴ l + m+ n=0
2 2
Y¢
3 Let LSL ′ be a latusrectum through the ∴At point A (n, n2 ),
focus S (ae , 0) of the 5 The equations of the normals to the
x 2
y 2 3 n + n2 − 4 > 0
hyperbola ellipse + 2 = 1 at the points whose ⇒ n + 3n − 4> 0
2
x2 y2 a2 b
− 2 = 1. π ⇒ (n + 4) (n − 1) > 0
a2 b eccentric angles are θ and + θ are
2 ⇒ n − 1> 0 …(i)
It substends angle 60° at the otherfocus
ax secθ − by cosec θ = a2 − b 2 Now, as A and O lies on the same sides
S ′ (− ae , 0).
and − ax cosec θ − by sec θ = a2 − b 2 , of QR.
Y respectively. and 4 x + y − 21 = 0 + 0 − 21 < 0
Since, ω is the angle between these two
∴At point A (n, n2 ),
L (ae, b2/a) normals.
Therefore, 4 n + n2 − 21 < 0
a a ⇒ n2 + 4 n − 21 < 0
30° tan θ + cot θ
X¢ X b b ⇒ (n + 7) (n − 3) < 0
S¢ 60° O S tan ω =
(–ae, 0) (ae, 0) 2 ⇒ 0< n< 3 [Qn ∈ N ]…(ii)
a
1− 2 From Eqs. (i) and (ii),
L¢ (ae, –b2/a) b
1< n< 3 ⇒ n = 2
ab (tan θ + cot θ)
= Hence, A (2, 4) is only one point.
Y¢ b 2 − a2
8 The given point is an interior point, if
We have, ∠LS ′ L ′ = 60° 2 2
⇒ tan ω =
2 ab r r
∴ ∠LS ′ S = 30° − 5+ + − 3 + − 16 < 0
sin 2θ (b 2 − a2 ) 2 2
LS
In ∆LS ′ S , tan30° =
S ′S 2ab 2a2 1 − e 2 ⇒ r 2 − 8 2 r + 18 < 0
= =
1 b2 / a (a2 − b 2 ) sin 2θ a2e 2 sin 2θ ⇒ 4 2 − 14 < r < 4 2 + 14
⇒ =
3 2ae Since, the point is on the major segment,
b2 2 cot ω e2
⇒
1
= 2 ∴ = the centre and the point are on the same
3 2 ae sin 2θ 1 − e2 side of the line x + y = 2.
DAY THIRTY UNIT TEST 4 (COORDINATE GEOMETRY) 331
⇒ − 5+
r
−3+
r
− 2< 0 Here, a = 5 and ae = 4 17 Since, origin and the point (a 2 , a + 1) lie
2 2 4
⇒ e = on the same side of both the lines.
⇒ r<5 2 5
∴ 3 a 2 − (a + 1) + 1 > 0
Now, b 2 = a2 (1 − e 2 )
Hence, and a 2 + 2 (a + 1) − 5 < 0
4
2
4 2 − 14 < r < 5 2 = 25 1 − = 9 i.e. a (3 a − 1) > 0 and a 2 + 2a − 3 < 0
5
9 Let A ≡ (at , 2at 1 ), B ≡ (at , − 2at 1 ).
2
1
2
1
i.e. a(3a − 1) > 0 and (a − 1)(a + 3) < 0
Hence, the equation of the ellipse is
a ∈ (− ∞, 0) ∪ , ∞
Equation of tangents at A and B are 1
x2 y2 ⇒
yt 1 = x + at 12 and yt 1 = x − at 12 , 2
+ 2 =1 3
5 3
respectively. and a ∈ (− 3, 1)
⇒ 9 x2 + 25y 2 = 225
Now, A1 ≡ (0, at 1 ), B1 = (0, − at 1 )
a ∈ (− 3, 0) ∪ , 1
1
∴
Area of trapezium 13 Given, 2b = 1 ⇒ b = 1 and a ⋅ e = 1 3
1 2
A A1 B1 B = ( AB + A1 B1 ) ⋅ OC
2 Since, a (1 − e ) =
2 2 1 18 Diameters y = m1 x and y = m2 x are
Y 4 conjugate diameters of the hyperbola
1 5 x2 y 2 b2
⇒a − 1 =
2 2
⇒ a2 = – 2 = 1, if m1 m2 = 2 .
A 4 4 2
A1 a b a
Hence, the equation of the ellipse 1
Here, a2 = 9, b 2 = 16 and m1 =
x2 y2 x2 y2 2
+ 2 = 1 is + = 1 or
X b2 a 1 / 4 5/4 b2
O S C Q m1 m2 = 2
20 x 2 + 4 y 2 = 5. a
B1 1 16
14 Since, a 2 (1 − e 2 ) = 9 ⇒ (m2 ) =
B 2 9
⇒ 16 − a 2e 2 = 9 ⇒ ae = 7 ⇒ m2 =
32
1 9
⇒ 24 a2 = ⋅ (4 at 1 + 2at 1 ) (at 12 ) So, foci are at ( 7, 0) and (− 7, 0) .
2 32 x
∴ Required radius Thus, the required diameter is y = .
⇒ t 13 = 8 ⇒ t 1 = 2 ⇒ A 1 = (0, 2a) 9
If ∠ OSA 1 = θ, then = ( 7 − 0) 2 + (3 − 0) 2 = 4
2a
19 Let the pole be (h, k ), so that polar is
tanθ = = 2 ⇒ θ = tan −1 (2) 15 Equation of AO is
a ky = 6( x + h )
2 x + 3 y − 1 + λ ( x + 2 y − 1) = 0. 6x 6h
y 2 2 ⇒ y = +
10 Given that, x − =1 Since, it passes through (0, 0), then k k
1 4 λ = − 1. Since, it is tangent to the hyperbola,
Since, (α, α2 ) lies on the parabola y = x2 , A
then (α, α2 ) must lie between the x2 − y 2 = 9
0
∴ c 2 = 9 m2 − 9
x+
x2 y2
=
asymptotes of hyperbola − =1
y-1
2y
1 4 O 36 h2 324
⇒ = 2 −9
–1
+3
,m=
6h 6
Qc =
B ax+by – 1=0 C k k
∴ x+ y =0 ⇒ 4 h2 + k 2 = 36
Since, AO is perpendicular to BC. Hence, the locus is 4 x2 + y 2 = 36.
∴ (− 1) − = − 1 ⇒ a = − b
a 20 Let ( x, y ) be the required point.
b
x y 1
So, the asymptotes are y = ± 2 x. Similarly, 1
Then, 1 5 1 = 21
∴ 2α < α2 ⇒ α < 0 or α > 2 (2 x + 3 y − 1) + µ (ax − ay − 1) = 0 2
3 −7 1
and − 2 α < α2 will be equation of BO for µ = − 1.
α < − 2 or α > 0 Thus, BO is perpendicular to AC. ⇒ (5 + 7)x − (1 − 3)y + (−7 − 15) = 42
∴ α ∈ (−∞ , − 2) or (2, ∞ ) 2 – a − 1 ⇒ 12 x + 2 y − 22 = 42
⇒ − ⋅ = −1
11 Given equations of asymptotes are 3+ a 2 ⇒ 6 x + y − 32 = 0
x+ 2 y =3 …(i) ⇒ 2 − a = − 6 − 2a 21 Given parabola is
⇒ a = − 8 and b = 8 2
x− y =0 5x − 12 y + 17
( x − 1) 2 + ( y − 3) 2 =
and …(ii)
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 16 Let the coordinates of a point S be ( x, y ). 13
x = 1, y = 1 Since, SQ 2 + SR2 = 2SP 2
Focus = (1, 3), directrix is
So, the centre of hyperbola is (1, 1). ⇒ ( x + 1) 2 + y 2 + ( x − 2) 2 + y 2
5x − 12 y + 17 = 0
12 The line joining foci and vertices is = 2 [( x − 1) 2 + y 2 ]
⇒ 2x + 3 = 0 ∴ Length of latusrectum
X-axis and the centre is (0, 0). So, axes
Hence, it is a straight line parallel to 5 − 36 + 17 28
of the ellipse coincide with coordinate =2 =
axes. Y-axis. 13 13
332 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY
= ax k +
y1 = =− =− 1
⇒ y2 =
4 4 2 ∴ c=0 …(i) k2 k
Similarly, x2 = 0, y 2 =
5 4 + 4g + c = 0 …(ii)
2 and 4 − 4f + c = 0 …(iii) 32. In ∆ ABC
5 On solving Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get AC 2 + AB 2 = BC 2
and x3 = − , y 3 = 4
4 c = 0, g = − 1, f = 1 AC 2 + r 2 = 362 ...(i)
Let ( x, y ) be the coordinates of centroid ∴ The equation of circle becomes and CF × CE = BC × CD
of ∆DEF . x2 + y 2 − 2 x + 2 y = 0 ⇒ ( AC + r )( AC − r ) = 36 × 16
∴ x = + 0 − = 1 Since, it is passes through (k , − 2),
1 17 5 ⇒ AC 2 − r 2 = 36 × 16 ...(ii)
3 4 4 k 2 + 4 − 2k − 4 = 0 From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
1 1 5 ⇒ k − 2k = 0 ⇒ k = 0, 2
2
2 AC 2 = 36(36 + 16)
and y = − + + 4 = 2
3 2 2 We have already take a point (0, − 2), so ⇒ AC 2 = 18 × 52
So, the coordinates of centroid are (1, 2). we take only k = 2. ⇒ AC = 6 26
24 The circle touching the X -axis is 27 Slope of line OP = 3 , let new position is C
4
x 2 + y 2 + 2gx + 2 fy + g 2 = 0. 16
Q ( x, y ). E
Since, it passes through ( p, q ) . y D
∴ p2 + q 2 + 2gp + 2 fq + g 2 = 0 ...(i) Slope of OQ = ,
x 20
If ( x, y ) is the other end of the diameter, r
also x2 + y 2 = OQ 2 = 25 = (OP 2 )
then y 3
− A r B
p + x = − 2g , q + y = − 2 f
x 4
Now, Eq. (i) gives ∴ tan 45° =
3y
p2 + q 2 − p ( p + x ) − q (q + y ) 1+
4x
( p + x )2 F
+ =0 4y − 3x
4 ⇒ ± 1=
4x + 3y 33 Let PA = r1 , PB = − r2
⇒ ( x + p ) 2 = 4 px + 4qy
⇒ 4x + 3y = 4y − 3x Put ( 3 + r cos θ, r sin θ) in y 2 = x + 2
⇒ ( x − p ) 2 = 4qy
or − 4x − 3y = 4y − 3x
25 Given that, 1 ⇒ r 2 sin2 θ = ( 3 + r cos θ) + 2
⇒ x= y ...(i)
x2 + y 2 − 2 x − 2 y − 6 = 0 7 ⇒ r 2 sin2 θ − r cos θ − ( 3 + 2) = 0
Centre = C (1, 1), radius = 2 2 or − x = 7y ...(ii) 3+2
1 PA ⋅ PB = − r1 . r2 =
Since, point (a, a) must lie Correct relation is x = y as new sin2 θ
outside the circle. 7
point must lies in Ist quadrant. = ( 3 + 2)(1 + cot2 θ)
DAY THIRTY UNIT TEST 4 (COORDINATE GEOMETRY) 333
= ( 3 + 2) 1 +
1 For maxima and minima, put f ′ (θ) = 0 41 Image of A(2,−1) with respect to line
[Qtanθ = 3]
3 3 3 sin3 θ − cos 3 θ = 0 3 x − 2 y + 5 = 0. A′ is given by
4(2 + 3 ) 1 x − 2 y + 1 −2(6 + 2 + 5)
PA ⋅ PB = ⇒ tanθ = = = = −2
3 3 3 −2 13
Y π
⇒ θ= A′∈ (−43
, )
6
π Coordinate of B is intersection point of
A At θ = , f ′ ′ (θ) > 0. So, f (θ) is
3 7 x − 10 y + 1 = 0 and 3 x − 2 y + 5 = 0
π
minimum at θ = . i.e. (−3,−2)
X¢ X 6
(-2,0) O P( 3,0) ∴Equation of BC is
37 Given, x = ct , y = c /t 3+ 2
dy −c dx y −3 = ( x + 4)
B Then, = 2 and =c −4 + 3
dt t dt
dy −1 ⇒ 5x + y + 17 = 0
Y¢ ∴ = 2
dx t B(–3,–2)
34 (SP )(S ′ P ) = a (1 − e cos θ) a (1 + e cos θ) But equation of tangent is px + qy + r
= a2 (1 − e 2 cos 2 θ) = 0. 3x–2y+5=0
= a2 − a2e 2 cos 2 θ p 1 p 1
0
∴ − =− 2 ⇒ = >0
y+1=
= 25 − 9cos 2 θ q t q t2 A¢
Maximum = 25 − 9(0) = 25 [θ = 90° ] p
7x–10
⇒ >0
Minimum = 25 − 9(1) = 16 [θ = 0° ] q
Maximum–Minimum = 25 − 16 = 9 ⇒ p > 0, q > 0 or p < 0, q < 0
35 Let the equations of two given circles 38 Since, the lines x + 3 y + 2 = 0 and
are A(2,–1) C
3 x − y + k = 0 are conjugate w.r.t.
x2 + y 2 + 2g 1 x + 2 f1 y + c 1 = 0 …(i)
x2 y2
and x2 + y 2 + 2g 2 x + 2 f2 y + c 2 = 0 − = 1. 42 We have, a − 2 = b + c
5 3 bc c b
…(ii)
∴ 5 (1) (3) − 3 (3) (− 1) = 2k ⇒ a − 2 bc = b + c
Now, the equations of the chords of
⇒ k = 12
contacts from P (h, k ) to Eqs. (i) and (ii) ⇒ a = b + c + 2 bc
are Hence, equation of conjugate line is
⇒ ( a )2 = ( b + c )2
x ( h + g 1 ) + y ( k + f1 ) 3 x − y + 12 = 0.
⇒ ( b + c )2 − ( a )2 = 0
+ g 1 h + f1 k + c 1 = 0 39 Given, equation can be rewritten as
⇒ b+ c − a=0
and x (h + g 2 ) + y (k + f2 ) + g 2 h x2 y2
− =1 or b+ c + a=0 (rejected)
+ f2 k + c 2 = 0 2 1
⇒ ax + by + c = 0
According to the given condition, Here, a = 2, b 2 = 1
2
⇒ e 2 − e − 1 = 0 or e 2 + e − 1 = 0 ⇒ (m1 − m2 )x = c − m2 ⇒ 9 m 4 + 1 + 6 m2
−1 ± 5 ⇒ c = (m1 − m2 )x + m2 = 9 m2 (m2 + 1)
⇒ e = [on squaring both sides]
2 Now area of
⇒ 3 m2 = 1
1± 5 0 0 1
or 1
2
1
∆ ABC = x m1 x 1 = cx − m1 x
1 ⇒ m= ±
2 2 3
5−1 1 c 1 If the tangent touches the parabola and
⇒ e = [0 < e < 1]
2 1 circle above X-axis, then slope m should
= |((m1 − m2 )x + m2 )x − m1 x|
44 Equation of diagonal 2 be positive.
AC is y − 0 = − 2( x − 3) 1 ∴ m=
1
and the equation is
= (m1 − m2 )( x − x2 )
⇒ 2x + y = 6 2 3
On solving 2 x + y = 6 and x = 2 y , we [Qx > x2 in (0, 1)] y =
x
+ 3
6 12 3
get y = and x = 1
5 5 Hence f ( x ) = ( x − x2 ) ⇒ 3y = x + 3
2
Y 1 which is the required equation of
f ( x )max = , tangent.
8
C x=2y 1
when x = 48 Given equation is
B 2 x2 y2
+ = 1.
D 45° 16 (16 / 11 ) 2
X¢
A
X 46 r = 3 sin 30° = 3
O 2 Thus, the parametric coordinates are
(3, 0) 16
P ( x, y ) is any point on circle 4cos φ, sin φ . The equation of
11
Y¢ (PA )2 + (PB )2 + (PC )2 + (PD )2
tangent at this point is
So, the centre of square is , .
12 6 x cos φ 11 y sin φ
Y + = 1.
5 5
4 16
Let slope of side AB or AD is m, then A(0,1) This touches the circle
m − (− 2) x 2 + y 2 − 2 x − 15 = 0
= 1
1 + m (−2) cos φ
−1
4
⇒ (m + 2) = ± (1 − 2m ) 30° r 30°
∴ =4
1 cos 2 φ 11sin2 φ
⇒ m = − and m = 3 X¢ +
3 X 16 256
B (–Ö3, 0) D (Ö3, 0)
Hence, slopes of AB and AD are 3 and ⇒ cos 2 φ + 16 − 8cos φ
1 cos 2 φ 11sin2 φ
− , respectively. = 256 +
3 16 256
∴ Equations of sides AB and AD are
C(0, –1) ⇒ 15 cos 2 φ + 11 (1 − cos 2 φ)
y − 0 = 3( x − 3 )
+ 8cos φ − 16 = 0
1
and y − 0 = − ( x − 3) ⇒ 4cos 2 φ + 8cos φ − 5 = 0
3 Y¢
⇒ cos φ =
1 Q cos φ ≠ 5
or y − 3 x + 9 = 0 and 3 y + x − 3 = 0, = x2 + ( y − 1)2 + ( x + 3 )2 + y 2 +
2 2
respectively. x2 + ( y + 1)2 + ( x − 3 )2 + y 2
π π
⇒ φ= or −
45 Let the coordinate of C be (1,c) = 4( x2 + y 2 + 2) 3 3
c−y = 4(r 2 + 2) [Q x2 + y 2 = r 2 ]
m2 = 49 Since, p, x1 , x2 , ... and q, y 1 , y 2 , K are in
1− x
= 4 + 2 = 11
3 AP with common differences a and b,
c − m1 x y
⇒ m2 = Qm1 = 4 respectively.
1− x x
⇒ x i = p + ai and y i = q + ib
47 Any tangent to y 2 = 4 x is of the form
Y x1 + x2 + ... + x n
1 ∴ h=
C(1, c) y = mx + , (Q a = 1), n
m
y)m 2 y1 + y2 + K + y n
B(x, This touches the circle and k =
n
( x − 3)2 + y 2 = 9, whose centre is n n
m1 (3, 0) and radius is 3. ⇒ nh = ∑x
i =1
i and nk = ∑y
i =1
i
m 1 > m2 1
m (3) + −0 n
So, m
m2 + 1
=3 ⇒ nh = ∑( p +
i =1
ia)
X′ X
A(0,0) n
Y′
3 m2 + 1 = ± 3 m m2 + 1
and nh = ∑ (q +
i =1
ib )
DAY THIRTY UNIT TEST 4 (COORDINATE GEOMETRY) 335
Vector Algebra
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Vectors and Scalars u Angular Bisectors u Scalar Triple Product
u Types of Vectors u Position Vector (PV) u Vector Triple Product
u Addition, Subtraction u Components of a Vector in 2D and 3D u Linear Combination,
and Scalar Multiplication u Scalar (Dot) Product Linear Independence
of Vectors and Dependence
u Vector (Cross) Product
A a B
(Initial point) (Terminal point)
l
Magnitude (or length) of a vector a is denoted by|a| and it is always a non-negative scalar.
Types of Vectors
(i) A vector whose initial and terminal points coincide is called the zero or null vector and it
PRED
is denoted as 0. MIRROR
Your Personal Preparation Indicator
(ii) A vector whose magnitude is 1, is called a unit vector. The unit vector in the direction of a
a
is given by and is denoted by a$ . Unit vectors parallel to X-axis, Y-axis and Z-axis are u No. of Questions in Exercises (x)—
a u No. of Questions Attempted (y)—
denoted by i, j and k, respectively. u No. of Correct Questions (z)—
(Without referring Explanations)
(iii) Vectors are said to be like when they have the same sense of direction and unlike when
they have opposite directions.
u Accuracy Level (z / y × 100)—
(iv) Two vectors a and b are said to be equal, written as a = b, if they have same length and u Prep Level (z / x × 100)—
same direction.
(v) Vectors which are parallel to the same line are called collinear vectors or parallel vector, In order to expect good rank in JEE,
otherwise they are called non-collinear vector. If a and b are two collinear vectors, then your Accuracy Level should be
above 85 & Prep Level should be
a = λb for same λ ∈ R. above 75.
(vi) Vectors having the same initial point are called coinitial vectors.
DAY THIRTY ONE VECTOR ALGEBRA 337
(vii) Vectors having the same terminal point are called a 1 , a 2 , a 3 , ... in consecutive order, then their sum is
coterminous vectors. represented by the nth side, but in opposite direction
(viii) A system of vectors is said to be coplanar, if they are (as shown in the adjoining figure).
→ → → →
parallel to the same plane or lie in the same plane (iv) If a and b are two vectors, then the subtraction of b from a
otherwise they are called non-coplanar vectors. → →
is defined as the vector sum of a and − b and it is denoted
(ix) The vector which has the same magnitude as that of a → → → → → →
b NOTE When the sides of a triangle are taken in order, it leads to zero
a+
b resultant, e.g., In ABC, AB + BC + CA = 0.
O a Angular Bisectors
(ii) Parallelogram law If the vectors lie along two Let a and b are unit vectors, the internal bisector of angle
adjacent sides of a parallelogram (as shown in the between a and b is along a + b and external bisector of angle is
adjoining figure), then diagonal of the parallelogram along a − b.
through the common vertex represents their sum. b
a+b
b b
+ a
a
O a
a–b
(iii) Polygon law If (n − 1) sides of a polygon represents
vector If a and b are not unit vectors, then above angle bisectors are
a b a b
+
a3 a3 along + and − , respectively.
a2 |a | | b| |a | | b|
+
a1 a2 These bisectors are perpendicular to each other.
O a1
338 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY ONE
a
j Ay
O b
X M
k O Ax i
Az a⋅b
OM =
Z b
DAY THIRTY ONE VECTOR ALGEBRA 339
12. Components of a along and perpendicular to b are Properties of Scalar Triple Product are listed below:
a⋅b $ a ⋅ b 1. [a b c] = [b c a] = [c a b]
OM = ⋅ b and MA = a − ⋅ b$ , respectively.
b b 2. [a b c] = − [b a c] = − [c b a] = − [a c b]
13. Work done If a particle acted on by a force F has 3. If λ is a scalar, then [λa b c] = λ [a b c]
displacement d, then work done = F ⋅ d 4. [a b c1 + c2 ] = [a b c1 ] + [a b c2 ]
5. (a × b) ⋅ c = a ⋅ (b × c)
Vector (Cross) Product 6. The scalar triple product of three vectors is zero, if
The vector product of two vectors a and b is given by any two of them are equal or parallel or collinear.
a × b = |a || b|sin θ ⋅ n$ , where n$ is a unit vector perpendicular 7. If a, b and c are coplanar, then [a b c] = 0
to a and b such that a, b and n$ form a right handed system and 8. If [a b c] = 0, then any two of the vectors are parallel or
θ (0 ≤ θ ≤ π ) is the angle between a and b. a, b and c are coplanar or c = α a + βb.
Properties of vector product are listed below:
9. Four points with position vectors a, b, c and d will be
1. a × b = − (b × a) coplanar, if [b − a, c – a, d – a] = 0.
2. (a × b)2 = |a|2 | b|2 − (a ⋅ b)2 10. Volume of parallelopiped, whose coterminous edges
3. ma × b = m (a × b) = a × mb are a, b and c is [a b c] .
4. a × (b ± c) = a × b ± a × c 11. If a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k, b = b1 i + b2 j + b3 k
and (b ± c) × a = b × a ± c × a a1 a2 a3
5. a × b = 0 ⇔ a || b, where, a and b are non-zero vectors.
and c = c1 i + c2 j + c3 k, then [a b c] = b1 b2 b3
6. If a = a1 i + a2 j + a3 k and b = b1 i + b2 j + b3 k
c1 c2 c3
i j k
a⋅ a a⋅ b a⋅ c
then, a × b = a1 a2 a3
12. [a × b b × c c × a] = [a b c]2 = b ⋅ a b⋅ b b⋅ c
b1 b2 b3
c⋅ a c⋅ b c⋅ c
7. The vector perpendicular to both a and b is given by
a⋅ u a⋅ v a⋅ w
a × b.
13. [a b c] ⋅ [u v w] = b ⋅ u b ⋅ v b ⋅ w
8. The unit vectors perpendicular to the plane of a and b
a×b c⋅ u c⋅ v c⋅ w
are ± and a vector of magnitude λ perpendicular
|a × b | 14. If a = a1 l+a2 m+a3 n; b = b1 l+b2 m+b3 n and
λ (a × b) a1 a2 a3
to the plane of (a and b or b and a ) is .
|a × b | c = c1 l+c2 m+c3 n, then [a b c] = b1 b2 b3 [l, m, n]
9. If i, j and k are three unit vectors along three mutually c1 c2 c3
perpendicular lines, then
i × i = j × j = k × k = 0, i × j = k, j × i = − k, j × k = i, Tetrahedron and Its Volume
k × j = − i, k × i = j, i × k = − j
A tetrahedron is a three dimensional figure formed by four
10. (i) The area of parallelogram with adjacent sides a and
triangles, as shown in figure
b is a × b .
(ii) The area of quadrilateral with diagonals d 1 and d 2 A (a)
1
is d 1 × d 2 .
2
(iii) The area of triangle with adjacent sides a and b, is (a)
1
a ×b . O
2
(iv) If a, b, c are position vectors of a ∆ABC, then the
1 (b) (c)
area = (a × b) + (b × c) + (c × a) . (b) B C (c)
2
11. Three points with position vectors a, b, c are collinear Volume of tetrahedron
if a × b + b × c + c × a = 0 1
OABC = [a b c]
6
Scalar Triple Product If a, b, c and d are position vectors of vertices A, B, C and D of a
If a, b, c are three vectors, then their scalar triple product is tetrahedron ABCD, then its volume
defined as the dot product of a and b × c. It is denoted by 1
= [a − d b − d c − d ].
[a b c]. Thus, [a b c] = a ⋅ (b × c). 6
340 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY ONE
then it means
If a, b and c are three vector quantities, then the vectors (i) there are non-zero scalar α and β such that α a + βb = 0 .
a × (b × c) and (a × b) × c represents the vector triple product
(ii) a and b are parallel.
and is given by
(iii) a and b are collinear.
a × (b × c) = (a ⋅ c) b − (a ⋅ b) c
(iv) a × b = 0
(a × b) × c = (a ⋅ c) b − (b ⋅ c) a
Otherwise, a and b are linearly independent.
Properties of Vector Triple Product are listed below:
l
If three non-zero vectors a, b and c are linearly dependent,
1. (a × b) × c = a × (b × c) if some or all a, b and c are zero
vectors or a and c are collinear. then it means
2. a × b × a = (a × b) × a = a × (b × a) (i) there are non-zero scalars α , β and γ such that
αa + βb + γc =0
3. Vector a × (b × c) is perpendicular to a and lies in the
plane of b and c. (ii) a, b and c are parallel to same plane.
a ⋅c a ⋅d (iii) a, b and c are coplanar.
4. (a × b) ⋅ (c × d ) = .
b ⋅c b ⋅d (iv) a = α 1 b + α 2c etc.
(v) [a b c] = 0
Linear Combination, Linear Otherwise a, b and c are linearly independent.
11 If a, b and c are unit vectors satisfying a − 3 b + c = 0, 21 Let u, v w be three vectors such that
then the angle between the vectors a and c is | u | = 1,| v | = 2, | w | = 3
π π π π
(a) (b) (c) (d) If the projection of v along u is equal to that of w along u
4 3 6 2
and v and w are perpendicular to each other, then
12 The value of a , for which the points, A, B, C with position | u − v + w | is equal to
vectors 2 i − j + k, i − 3 j − 5 k and a i − 3 j + k
(a) 4 (b) 7 (c) 14 (d) 2
respectively are the vertices of a right angled triangle
π 22 If a, b and c are three mutually perpendicular vectors,
with C = are
2 j AIEEE 2006 then the projection of the vector
a b (a × b )
(a) –2 and –1 (b) –2 and 1 l +m +n along the angle bisector of the
(c) 2 and –1 (d) 2 and 1 |a | |b| | a ×b |
13 If the vectors a = i − j + 2 k, b = 2 i + 4 j + k and vector a and b is
c = λ i + j + µk are mutually orthogonal, then ( λ , µ ) is l 2 + m2
(a) (b) l 2 + m2 + n2
equal to j AIEEE 2010 l + m2 + n2
2
29 If u, v and w are non-coplanar vectors and p, q are real 40 If V is the volume of the parallelopiped having three
numbers, then the equality coterminous edges, as a, b and c, then the volume of the
[ 3 u p v p w ] − [ p v w q u] − [ 2 w q v q u] = 0 parallelopiped having three coterminous edges as
holds for j AIEEE 2009
α = (a ⋅ a ) a + (a ⋅ b ) b + (a ⋅ c )c
(a) exactly two values of (p, q) β = (a ⋅ b ) a + (b ⋅ b ) b + (b ⋅ c ) c
(b) more than two but not all values of (p, q) γ = (a ⋅ c ) a + (b ⋅ c ) b + (c ⋅ c ) c
(c) all values of (p, q) (a) V 3 (b) 3V
(d) exactly one value of (p, q) (c) V 2 (d) 2V
30 Let v = 2i + j − k and w = i+ 3 k. If u is a unit vector, then 41 If a, b and c are non-coplanar vectors and λ is a real
the maximum value of [u v w ] is number, then the vectors a + 2b + 3c , λb + 4c and
(a) − 1 (b) 10 + 6 ( 2λ − 1) c are non-coplanar for
(c) 59 (d) 60 (a) no value of λ
(b) all except one value of λ
31 If a = i − j, b = j − k, c = k − i and d is a unit vector such
(c) all except two values of λ
that a ⋅ d = 0 = [ b c d ], then d is/are
i+ j−k i + j − 2k (d) all values of λ
(a)± (b) ±
3 6 1 1
42 If a = ( 3 i + k ) and b = ( 2i + 3j − 6 k ), then the value
i+ j+k 10 7
(c)± (d) ± k
3 of ( 2a − b ) ⋅ [(a × b ) × (a + 2b )] is j AIEEE 2011
Statement II If α , β and γ are the angles at which (b) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
(a + b + c ) is inclined to a, b and c, then α = β = γ. (c) Statement I is false; Statement II is true
(a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a (d) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
correct explanation for Statement I correct explanation for Statement I
(b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is 50 Statement I A relation between the vectors r, a and b is
not a correct explanation for Statement I a ×b
r × a = b ⇒r = .
(c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false a ⋅a
(d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true Statement II r ⋅ a = 0.
1 (a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
49 Statement I For a = − the volume of the
3 correct explanation for Statement I
parallelopiped formed by vectors i + a j , a i + j + k and (b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
j + a k is maximum. not a correct explanation for Statement I
Statement II The volume of the parallelopiped having (c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
three coterminous edges a , b andc is | [ a b c ] |. (d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true
(a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
not a correct explanation for Statement I
c1 c2 c3 2 2 − 2 2 −2 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 3 3 3
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) | a | 2 | b | 2 (d) | a × b | 2
19. Let ABCD be a parallelogram such that AB = q , AD = p,
14 If a is a unit vector and projection of x along a is 2 and and ∠BAD be an acute angle. If r is the vector that
a × r + b = r, then is equal to coincides with the altitude directed from the vertex B to
1 1
(a) [a − b + a × b] (b) [2a + b + a × b] the side AD, then r is given by
2 2
3(p ⋅ q) q⋅p
(c) a + a × b (d) a − a × b (a) r = 3 q − p (b) r = − q + p
(p ⋅ q) p⋅p
15 Let a, b and c be unit vectors such that a + b + c = 0.
p⋅q 3(p ⋅ q)
Which one of the following is correct? (c) r = q − p (d) r = −3 q + p
p⋅q (p ⋅ q)
(a) a ×b = b × c = c × a = 0
(b) a ×b=b×c =c ×a ≠ 0 20 Statement I If u and v are unit vectors inclined at an
(c) a ×b=b×c =a ×c = 0 angle α and x is a unit vector bisecting the angle
(d) a × b, b × c and c × a are mutually perpendicular u+ v
between them, then x = .
16 Let G 1, G 2 and G 3 be the centroids of the triangular α
2 cos
faces OBC, OCA and OAB of a tetrahedron OABC. If V1 2
denote the volume of the tetrahedron OABC and V2 that Statement II If ∆ABC is an isosceles triangle with
of the parallelopiped with OG 1, OG 2 and OG 3 as three AB = AC = 1, then vector representing bisector of angle A
concurrent edges, then AB + AC
is given by AD = .
(a) 4V1 = 9V2 (b) 9V1 = 4V2 2
(c) 3V1 = 2V2 (d) 3V2 = 2V1 (a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
correct explanation for Statement I
17 ABC is triangle, right angled at A. The resultant of the (b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
forces acting along AB and AC with magnitudes not a correct explanation for Statement I
1 1 (c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
and respectively is the force along AD, where D
AB AC (d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true
is the foot of the perpendicular from A onto BC. The
magnitude of the resultant is
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1 (b) 2 (a) 3 (a) 4 (d) 5 (c) 6 (c) 7 (b) 8 (a) 9 (a) 10 (b)
11 (b) 12 (d) 13 (a) 14 (c) 15 (a) 16 (a) 17 (a) 18 (c) 19 (a) 20 (b)
21 (c) 22 (d) 23 (c) 24 (a) 25 (d) 26 (a) 27 (a) 28 (c) 29 (d) 30 (c)
31 (b) 32 (c) 33 (a) 34 (d) 35 (a) 36 (d) 37 (c) 38 (d) 39 (b) 40 (a)
41 (c) 42 (d) 43 (d) 44 (a) 45 (a) 46 (c) 47 (c) 48 (a) 49 (c) 50 (b)
SESSION 2 1 (b) 2 (a) 3 (b) 4 (b) 5 (a) 6 (c) 7 (b) 8 (c) 9 (d) 10 (c)
11 (a) 12 (c) 13 (d) 14 (b) 15 (b) 16 (a) 17 (c) 18 (a) 19 (b) 20 (a)
DAY THIRTY ONE VECTOR ALGEBRA 345
15 p ⊥ q + r, q ⊥ r + p and r ⊥ p + q 19 Here, AB = − 3 i + k 23 a 1 = (a ⋅ b )2 b
Now, AB ⋅ (2 i + 3 j + 6 k ) = −6 + 6 = 0 |b |
∴ p ⋅ (q + r ) = 0
q ⋅ (r + p ) = 0 Hence, AB is perpendicular to the given (a ⋅ b ) b
⇒ a2 = a − a1 = a −
r ⋅ (p + q ) = 0 line. | b|2
⇒ p⋅q + p⋅ r = Thus, the required distance
0 (a ⋅ b ) b (a ⋅ b ) b
= |AB | = 9 + 1 = 10 Thus, a 1 × a 2 = × a −
q⋅r + q⋅p= 0 | b|2 | b |2
r ⋅ p + r ⋅q = 0 20 Given, a = 2 i − j + k , b = i + 2 j − k and (a ⋅ b ) (b × a )
On adding, we get =
c = i + j− 2k | b |2
2 (p ⋅ q + q ⋅ r + r ⋅ p ) = 0 Now, we have;
24 Total force,
Also, |p+ q |= 6 b + λc = (1 + λ ) i + (2 + λ ) j
F = (4 i + j −3 k ) + (3 i + j − k )
+ (−1 − 2λ ) k
⇒ | p + q |2 = 36 ∴ F = 7 i +2 j −4 k
∴Projection of (b + λc ) on
The particle is displaced from
⇒ p2 + q 2 + 2 p ⋅ q = 36 ( b + λc ) ⋅ a 2
a= = [given] A( i +2 j +3 k )
Similarly, q 2 + r 2 + 2q ⋅ r = 48 |a | 3 to B (5 i +4 j + k ).
and r 2 + p2 + 2 r ⋅ p = 16 Now, displacement,
2(1 + λ ) − (2 + λ ) + (−1 − 2λ ) 2 AB = (5 i + 4 j + k) − ( i +2 j + 3 k)
⇒ =
Adding all, we get 4+ 1+ 1 3 = 4 i +2 j −2 k
2(p2 + q 2 + r 2 + p ⋅ q + q ⋅ r + r ⋅ p ) = 100 −λ − 1 2 ∴Work done = F ⋅ AB
⇒ 2 (p2 + q 2 + r 2 ) = 100 ⇒ = = (7 i +2 j −4 k ) ⋅ (4 i +2 j −2 k )
6 3
[Q p ⋅ q + q ⋅r + r ⋅ p = 0] = 28 + 4 + 8
⇒ λ + 1=2 ⇒ λ =1
= 40 units
⇒ p2 + q 2 + r 2 = 50 ∴ b + λc = 2 i + 3 j − 3 k
⇒ | p + q + r |2 = 50 21 We have, projection of v along u = 25 Since, (2u × 3v) is a unit vector.
Projection of w along u ⇒ | 2u × 3v| = 1
|p+ q + r |= 5 2 ⇒ 6|u || v||sin θ|= 1
v⋅ u w ⋅ u
⇒ = 1
16. 3 a + 2 b ⋅ (3 a − 2 b ) = 0 |u | |u | ⇒ sin θ =
6
5 ⇒ v⋅ u = w ⋅ u …(i)
[Q|u | = |v | = 1]
Also, v and w are perpendicular to each
A(a) Since, θ is an acute angle, then there is
other.
exactly one value of θ for which
∴ v⋅ w = 0 …(ii)
2 (2u × 3v) is a unit vector.
C (3a2 ++ 23b ( Now,
| u − v + w | = |u |2 + | v |2 + | w |2 26 Since, the vectors a = x i + y j + z k
3
B (b) − 2 (u ⋅ v) − 2 (v ⋅ w ) + 2 (u ⋅ w ) and b = j are such that a, c and b form a
O 90° ⇒ | u − v + w |2 = 1 + 4 + 9 right handed system.
[from Eqs. (i) and (ii)] i j k
⇒ | u − v + w | = 14 ∴ c = b ×a = 0 1 0
(
D 3a – 2 b
3–2 ( 22 A vector parallel to the bisector of the x y z
angle between the vectors a and b is = z i − xk
⇒ 9 |a | − 4 | b | = 0
2 2
a b
+ = a + b. 27 Given, a = i + j + k and b = 0 i + j − k
∴ 9a 2 = 4 b 2 |a | | b |
Let c = xi + yj + zk such that a × c = b
17 A vector coplanar with i + j + 2 k and ∴ Unit vector along the bisector and a ⋅ c = 3
a+b
i + 2 j + k is i + j + 2 k + λ(i + 2j + k ) = Now, a × c = b
= (1 + λ ) i + (1 + 2λ ) j + (2 + λ ) k. |a + b | i j k
It is perpendicular to i + j + k . =
1
(a + b ) ⇒ 1 1 1 = 0 i+ j−k
∴ 1 + λ + 1 + 2λ + 2 + λ = 0 ⇒ λ = −1 2 x y z
So, the required vector is − j + k. Q | a + b | = | a |2 + | b |2 + 2 a ⋅ b
2
⇒ (z − y ) i − j (z − x ) + k ( y − x )
⇒ |a + b | = 1 + 1 + 0 = 2
2
18 Let first term and common ratio of a GP = 0 i+ j−k
be α and β . Then,
a = α ⋅ β p − 1 , b = α ⋅ βq − 1 , c = α ⋅ β r − 1 ∴ Required projection On comparing, we get
z− y = 0⇒ y = z …(i)
∴ log a = log α + ( p − 1) log β, etc. a b
= l ⋅ + m − z+ x=1⇒ x=1+ z …(ii)
The dot product of the given two | a | | a | and y − x= −1 …(iii)
vectors is a ×b 1 Also, a ⋅ c = 3
Σ {log α + ( p − 1)log β} (q − r ) + n ⋅
| a × b | 2
(a + b )
⇒ ( i + j + k ) ⋅( xi + yj + zk ) = 3
= (log α − log β ) Σ (q − r ) ⇒ x+ y + z=3 …(iv)
1
= (l + m )
+ log β Σ p (q − r ) = 0 2
On putting the values of x and y from
Eqs. (i) and (ii) in Eq. (iv), we get
Hence, given vectors are perpendicular. [Q | a | = | b | = 1 and a ⋅ b = a ⋅ (a × b ) (1 + z ) + z + z = 3
= b ⋅ (a × b ) = 0]
DAY THIRTY ONE VECTOR ALGEBRA 347
a ⋅a a ⋅ b a ⋅c ⇒ 2b = 3j −3k −2i − j − k |c |
and cos γ =
Now, [α β γ ] = a ⋅ b b ⋅ b b ⋅ c [a b c ] = −2 i + 2 j − 4 k |a + b + c |
a ⋅c c ⋅ b c ⋅c ∴ b = − i + j −2k Now, as| a | = | b | = | c | , therefore
cos α = cos β = cos γ
⇒ [α β γ ] = [abc ]2 [abc ] 45 Key Idea If any vector x is coplanar ∴ α =β = γ
⇒ [α β γ] = [abc ]3 with the vector y and z, then Hence, the vector (a + b + c ) is equally
∴ V1 = |[α β γ ] | x = λy+µb inclined to a , b and c.
= |[a b c ]3| = V 3 Here, u is coplanar with a and b 1 a 0
∴ u = λa + µb
41 Let α = a + 2b + 3 c, β = λb + 4 c and 49 V = a 1 1 = a − 1 − a3
Dot product with a , we get ... (i)
γ = (2λ − 1) c 0 1 a
[Qa = 2i$ + 3j$ − k$ , b = j + k , u ⋅ a = 0]
1 2 3 dV
Dot product with b, we get ∴ = 1 − 3 a2 = 0 (say)
Then, [α β γ ] = 0 λ 4 [a b c ] da
u ⋅ b = λ(a ⋅ b ) + µ (b ⋅ b ) 1 d 2V
0 0 (2λ − 1) 24 = 2λ + 2µ ... (ii) Now, a = ± and 2
3 da
[Qu ⋅ b = 24]
⇒ [α β γ ] = λ (2λ − 1) [abc ] = − 6a
Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
1 d 2V 6
⇒ [α β γ ] = 0, if λ = 0, [Q[a b c ] ≠ 0] λ = −2, µ = 14 ⇒ 2 =− (− ve)
2 da a = 1 3
Dot product with u, we get 3
2
Hence, α, β and γ are non-coplanar for all u = λ(u ⋅ a ) + µ (u ⋅ b ) 1
1 Hence, V is maximum at a = .
values of λ except two values 0 and . u
2
= −2(0) + 14(24) 3
2
1 ⇒ u
2
= 336 50 Since, b = r × a
42 Given, a = (3 i + k )
We have, a × b = a × (r × a )
10
1 46 Since, a ⋅ b = a ⋅ c = 0 and b ⋅ c = 1 = (a ⋅ a ) r − (a ⋅ r ) a
and b = (2 i + 3 j − 6 k ) 2 = (a ⋅ a ) r
7 ∴ | a × b | = | a × c |= 1
∴ (2a − b ) ⋅ {(a × b ) × (a + 2 b )} Q a ⋅r = 0
Now,| a × b − a × c |2 a ×b
= (2a − b ) ⋅ {(a × b ) × a = | a × b |2 + | a × c |2 − 2 (a × b ) ⋅ (a × c ) ∴ r=
+ (a × b ) × 2b} a ⋅a
1 0
= (2a − b ) ⋅ {(a ⋅ a ) b − (b ⋅ a ) a =1+ 1−2 1 =1
0 SESSION 2
+ 2 (a ⋅ b ) b − 2 (b ⋅ b ) a } 2
= (2a − b ) ⋅ {1 (b ) − (0) a 1 We have, a = 2i$ + $j − 2k$
47 Since, d is collinear to vector c.
+ 2 (0) b − 2 (1) a }
∴ c = λd ⇒ a = 4+ 1+ 4 = 3
[a ⋅ b = 0 and a ⋅ a = b ⋅ b = 1]
= (2a − b ) (b − 2a ) ⇒ (2 x + 3)a + b = λ[(2 x + 3)a − b] and b = i$ + $j ⇒|b| 1 + 1 = 2
= − (4 |a |2 − 4 a ⋅ b + |b |2 ) ⇒ 2 xa + 3 a + b = 2λx a + 3λ a − bλ Now, c–a =3 ⇒ c –a
2
=9
= − {4 − 0 + 1} = − 5 ⇒ (2 x − 2λx a + 3a − 3λ a ) ⇒ (c − a )⋅ (c – a ) = 9
43 Given a$ = b$ = c$ = 1 + (b λ + b ) = 0 ⇒
2 2
c + a − 2c ⋅ a = 9 ... (i)
⇒ (2 x − 2λx + 3 − 3λ) a + (λ + 1) b = 0
and a$ × (b$ × c$ ) =
3 $
(b + c$ ) Again, (a × b ) × c = 3
2 ∴ (2 x − 2λx + 3 − 3λ) ⇒ a × b c sin30° = 3
Now, consider = 0 and (λ + 1) = 0 ⇒ c =
6
a$ × (b$ × c$ ) =
3 $
(b + c$ ) ⇒ (2 x + 3) − λ(2 x + 3) = 0 and λ = − 1 a ×b
2 $i $j
⇒ (2 x + 3) (1 − λ) = 0 k$
⇒ (a$ ⋅ c) $ $ = 3 b$ + 3 c$
$ b$ –(a$ ⋅ b)c 3 But a × b = 2 1 – 2 = 2$i − 2$j + k$
2 2 ∴ x = − and λ = 1
2 1 1 0
On comparing, we get
3 3 48. We have, a ⋅ b = b ⋅ c = c ⋅ a = 0 6
a$ ⋅ b$ = − ⇒ a$ b$ cos θ = − and |a | = | b | = |c | ∴ c = =2 ... (ii)
2 2 4+ 4+ 1
Let vector (a + b + c ) be inclined to a , b
3 From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
⇒ cos θ = − [Q a$ = b$ = 1] and c at angles α, β and γ, respectively.
2 (2)2 + (3)2 − 2c ⋅ a = 9
Then,
π 5π ⇒ 4 + 9 − 2c ⋅ a = 9 ⇒ c ⋅ a = 2
⇒ cos θ = cos π − ⇒ θ = (a + b + c ) ⋅ a
6 6 cos α =
|a + b + c | |a | 2 Given two vectors lie in xy-plane. So, a
44 We have, a × b + c = 0 a ⋅a + b ⋅ a + c ⋅ a vector coplanar with them is
= a = xi + y j
⇒ a × (a × b ) + a × c = 0 |a + b + c | |a |
|a | Since, a ⊥ (i − j )
⇒ (a ⋅b ) a − (a ⋅ a ) b + a × c = 0 = ⇒ ( x i + y j ) ⋅ (i − j ) = 0
⇒ 3a − 2 b + a × c = 0 |a + b + c |
⇒ x− y =0
|b |
⇒ 2 b = 3a +a ×c Similarly, cos β = ⇒ x= y
|a + b + c | ∴ a = xi + xj
DAY THIRTY ONE VECTOR ALGEBRA 349
1
= [ b + c c + a a + b] 18 Given, (a × b ) × c = 1|b||c |a To find The vector r in terms of p and q.
27 3 Let E be the foot of perpendicular from
2 2 1
= [a b c ] = × 6V1 ⇒ − c × (a × b ) = |b||c |a B to side AD.
27 27 3 AE = Projection of vector q
⇒ 9V2 = 4V1 1
⇒ − (c ⋅ b ) ⋅ a + (c ⋅ a ) b = |b||c|a AE = Vector along AE of length AE
3 = | AE| AE
17 Let| BC | = l
1|b||c| + (c ⋅ b ) a = (c ⋅ a ) b (q ⋅ p ) p
In ∆ ABC, l = AB 2 + AC 2 3 =
| p |2
AB Since, a and b are not collinear.
∴ tanθ = Now, applying triangles law in ∆ABE,
AC 1
c ⋅ b + |b||c | = 0 and c ⋅ a = 0 we get
B
3 AB + BE = AE
1 (q ⋅ p ) p
⇒ |c || b |cos θ + |b|| c | = 0 ⇒ q+r=
D 3 | p |2
|b||c | cos θ + = 0
1
⇒ (q ⋅ p ) p
3 ⇒ r= −q
| p |2
1
q
C ⇒ cos θ + = 0 q ⋅ p
A 3 = −q+ p
AB AC [Q|b| ≠ 0, |c| ≠ 0] p⋅ p
⇒ sin θ = and cos θ = 1
l l ⇒ cos θ = − 20 In an isosceles ∆ABC in which
3
1 1 AB = AC , the median and bisector from
∴ Resultant vector = i + j 8 2 2
⇒ sinθ = = A must be same line. Statement II is
AB AC 3 3 true.
1 1
= i + j 19 Given, u+v
l sin θ l cos θ Now, AD =
2
D C
In ∆ ADC, 1 α
and | AD |2 = ⋅ 2 cos 2
AD = AC sin θ = l sin θ cos θ pE 2 2
AB ⋅ AC r α
= So, | AD | = cos
l 2
A B
∴ Magnitude of resultant vector q Unit vector along AD, i.e. x is given by
(i) A parallelogram ABCD such that AD u+v
1 1 1 x= = .
= + AB = q and AD = p. | AD | 2 cos α
l 2 sin2 θ cos 2 θ
(ii) The altitude from vertex B to side 2
l 1
= = AD coincides with a vector r.
( AB ) ( AC ) AD
DAY THIRTY TWO
Three
Dimensional
Geometry
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Coordinates of a Point in a u Equation of Line in Space u Plane
Space u Skew-Lines u Angle between a Line and a
u Section Formula u Coplanar Lines Plane
u Direction Cosines and Ratios
For Internal Division direction of L, then direction angles are replaced by their
supplements, i.e. π − α , π − β, π − γ.
mx2 + nx1 my2 + ny1 mz2 + nz1
x= ,y = and z = l
If the line does not pass through origin, then draw a line
m+n m+n m+n
through origin and parallel to given line and then find its
direction cosines as two parallel lines have same set of
For External Division direction cosines.
mx2 − nx1 my2 – ny1 mz2 − nz1
x= ,y= and z =
m−n m−n m−n
Some Important Deductions
The coordinates of the mid-point of the line joining
x1 + x2 y1 + y2 z1 + z2 (i) Direction ratios of the line joining two points P ( x1 , y1 , z1 )
P ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and Q ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) are , , and Q ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) are x2 − x1 , y2 − y1 , z2 − z1 and its
2 2 2 direction cosines are
x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1
, , .
Some Important Results | PQ | | PQ| | PQ |
1. If A ( x1 , y1 , z1 ), B ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) and C ( x3 , y3 , z3 ) are the (ii) If P ( x, y, z) is a point in space and OP = r then
vertices of a ∆ ABC, then (a) x = l | r |, y = m | r |, z = n| r |
x + x2 + x3 y1 + y2 + y3 (b) l | r |, m | r | and n| r | are projections of r on OX , OY and
(i) Centroid of triangle = 1 ,
3 3 OZ, respectively.
i j k (c) r =| r |(li + mj + nk) and r$ = l i + mj + nk
1
(ii) Area of ∆ ABC = x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1 (d) If r = ai + bj + ck, then a, b, c are DR’s of vector and DC’s
2
x3 − x1 y3 − y1 z3 − z1 are given by l =
a
,m =
b
,n =
c
| r| | r| | r|
(iii) If area of ∆ ABC = 0, then these points are collinear.
2. Four non-coplanar points A ( x1 , y1 , z1 ), B ( x2 , y2 , z2 ), (iii) The sum of squares of direction cosines is always unity,
C ( x3 , y3 , z3 ) and D ( x 4 , y4 , z4 ) form a tetrahedron with i.e. l 2 + m2 + n2 = 1
vertices A, B, C and D, edges AB, AC, AD, BC, BD and CD, (iv) Direction cosines are unique but direction ratio are not
faces ABC, ABD, ACD and BCD, then unique and it can be infinite.
x1 + x2 + x3 + x 4 y1 + y2 + y3 + y4 (v) If a, b, c are DR’s of a line and l, m, n are DC’s of a line, then
, , a b
(i) Centroid 4 4 l =± , m=±
z1 + z2 + z3 + z4 a +b +c
2 2 2
a + b 2 + c2
2
4 c
and n = ±
x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1 a + b 2 + c2
2
1
(ii) Volume = x3 − x1 y3 − y1 z3 − z1
6 (vi) The DC’s of a line which is equally inclined to the
4 − x1 y4 − y1 z4 − z1
x 1 1 1
coordinate axes are ± ,± ,± .
3 3 3
Direction Cosines and Ratios (vii) If l , m and n are the DC’s of a line, then the maximum
If a vector makes angles α , β and γ with the positive directions 1
value of lmn = .
of X -axis, Y-axis and Z-axis respectively, then 3 3
cos α , cos β and cos γ are called its direction cosines and they
are denoted by l , m , n , i.e. l = cos α , m = cos β and n = cos γ. Equations of a Line in Space
If numbers a, b and c are proportional to l , m and n
respectively, then a, b and c are called direction ratios. Equation of line passing through point A(a) and parallel to
vector (b) is r = a + λ b.
Thus, a, b and c are the direction ratios of a vector, provided
l m n If coordinates of A be ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and the direction ratios of line
= = x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
a b c be a, b and c, then equation of line is = = .
a b c
Important Results x−0 y −0 z−0
NOTE • Equation of X-axis is = = or y = 0 , z = 0
l
A line in space can be extended in two opposite directions 1 0 0
and so it has two sets of direction cosines. x−0 y −0 z−0
• Equation of Y-axis is = = or x = 0 , z = 0
l
In order to get unique set of direction cosines, we must take 0 1 0
the given line as a directed line. x−0 y −0 z−0
• Equation of Z-axis is = = or x = 0 , y = 0
l
Let L is a directed line which makes α,β and γ with positive 0 0 1
direction of X, Y and Z-axis, respectively. If we reverse the
DAY THIRTY TWO THREE DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY 353
x − x1 y − y1 z − z1 l
The distance between two parallel planes
x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1 = 0 ax + by + cz + d1 = 0 and a x + by + cz + d2 = 0 is
|d1 − d2|
x3 − x1 y3 − y1 z3 − z1 .
a2 + b 2 + c2
6. (i) Equation of plane, passing through a point A with
position vector a and is parallel to given vectors b and c,
is (r − a) ⋅ (b × c) = 0 or [r − a b c] = 0 Angle between a Line
x − a1 y − a2 z − a3 and a Plane
(ii) Its cartesian equation is b1 b2 b3 = 0 x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
If angle between the line = = and the
c1 c2 c3 a b c
plane a1 x + b1 y + c1 z + d = 0 is θ, then (90° − θ) is the angle
7. Plane parallel to the given plane ax + by + cz + d = 0 is
between normal and the line, therefore
ax + by + cz + k = 0, where k is a constant determined by
the given condition. aa1 + bb1 + cc1
cos (90 ° − θ) =
8. (i) Any plane passing through the line of intersection of a + b 2 + c2
2
a12 + b12 + c12
the planes a x + by + cz + d = 0 and a b c
a1 x + b1 y + c1 z + d1 = 0 is (a x + by + cz + d) l
If = = , then line is perpendicular to plane.
a1 b 1 c 1
+ λ (a1 x + b1 y + c1 z + d1 ) = 0
(ii) If r ⋅ n1 = d1 and r ⋅ n2 = d2 are two planes, then their line
l
If a ⋅ a 1 + b ⋅ b 1 + c ⋅ c 1 = 0, then line is parallel to plane.
of intersection is perpendicular to both n1 and n2 , i.e. l
If a ⋅ a 1 + b ⋅ b 1 + c ⋅ c 1 = 0, and a 1 x 1 + b 1 y1 + c 1 z1 + d = 0,
line is parallel to the vectors n1 × n2 . then line lies in the plane.
Some Important Results on plane Important Points Related to Line and Plane
l
If a x + by + cz + d1 = 0 and a1 x + b1 y + c1 z + d2 = 0 are the
l
Projection of a line segment joining the points ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and
( x2 , y2 , z2 ) on a line with direction cosine l , m, n is
equations of any two planes, then a x + bx + cz + d1 = 0
|( x2 − x1 )l + ( y2 − y1 )m + (z2 − z1 )n|
= a1 x + b1 y + c1 z + d2 gives the equation of straight line.
DAY THIRTY TWO THREE DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY 355
l
Foot of the perpendicular from a point ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) on the l
Planes bisecting the angle between two intersecting planes
plane a x + by + cz + d = 0 is ( x, y, z), where a1 x + b 1 y + c1 z + d1 = 0 and a2 x + b2 y + c2 z + d2 = 0 are given
x − x1 y − y1 z − z1 (a x1 + by1 + cz1 + d) a1 x + b 1 y + c1 z + d1 (a x + b2 y + c2 z + d2 )
= = =− . by =± 2
a b c a2 + b 2 + c2
a 21 + b12 + c12 a22 + b22 + c22
l
Image of the point ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) in the plane
a x + by + cz + d = 0 is ( x, y, z), where (i) If a1 a2 + b 1b2 + c1c2 < 0, then origin is in acute angle and
x − x1 y − y1 z − z1 2 (a x1 + by1 + cz1 + d) the acute angle bisector is obtained by taking positive sign
= = =− . in the above equation. The obtuse angle bisector is
a b c a2 + b 2 + c2
obtained by taking negative sign in the above equation.
l
Four points ( x i , yi , zi ), where i = 1, 2, 3 and 4 are coplanar, if
(ii) If a1 a2 + b1b2 + c1c2 > 0,then origin lies in obtuse angle and
x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1 the obtuse angle bisector is obtained by taking positive
x3 − x1 y3 − y1 z3 − z1 = 0.
sign in above equation. Acute angle bisector is obtained
x 4 − x1 y4 − y1 z4 − z1 by taking negative sign.
14 The foot of perpendicular from ( 0, 2, 3) to the line (1, 1, 1) makes intercepts on the coordinate axes and the
x + 3 y −1 z + 4 sum of whose length is
= = , is
5 2 3 (a) 3 (b) 6 (c) 12 (d) 20
(a) (−2, 3, 4) (b) (2 , − 1, 3) (c) (2, 3, − 1) (d) (3 , 2 , − 1) 24 The coordinates of the point where the line through
15 The projection of the line segment joining (2, 5, 6) and ( 3 , − 4 , − 5) and ( 2 , − 3 , 1) crosses the plane passing
(3, 2, 7) on the line with direction ratios 2 , 1, − 2, is through three points ( 2 , 2 , 1), ( 3 , 0 , 1) and ( 4 , − 1, 0), is
1 1 j NCERT Exemplar
(a) (b) (c) 2 (d) 1
2 3 (a) (1, 2 , 7) (b) (−1, 2 , − 7)
(c) (1, − 2 , 7) (d) None of these
16 The shortest distance between the lines
x +1 y +1 z +1 x − 3 y − 5 z −7 25 The volume of the tetrahedron formed by coordinate
= = and = = , is
7 −6 1 1 −2 1 j NCERT planes and 2x + 3y + z = 6, is
29 (a) 5 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 0
(a) 29 units (b) 29 units (c) units (d) 2 29 units
2 26 The equation of the plane passing through ( 2 , 1, 5) and
17 The shortest distance between the diagonals of a parallel to the plane 3x − 4y + 5z = 4 is
rectangular parallelopiped whose sides are a , b , c and (a) 3 x − 4 y + 5 z − 27 = 0 (b) 3 x − 4 y + 5 z + 21 = 0
the edges not meeting it, are (c) 3 x − 4 y + 5 z + 26 = 0 (d) 3 x − 4 y + 5 z + 17 = 0
bc ca ab
(a) , , 27 If Q is the image of the point P( 2, 3, 4) under the
b 2 − c2 c2 − a2 a2 − b 2 reflection in the plane x − 2y + 5z = 6, then the equation
bc ca ab of the line PQ is
(b) , ,
b 2 + c2 c2 + a2 a2 + b 2 x−2 y−3 z−4 x−2 y−3 z−4
(a) = = (b) = =
−1 2 5 1 −2 5
2 bc 2 ca 2 ab x−2 y−3 z−4 x−2 y−3 z−4
(c) , , (c) = = (d) = =
b 2 − c2 c2 − a2 a2 − b 2 −1 −2 5 1 2 5
(d) None of the above 28 If the points (1, 2 , 3) and ( 2 , − 1, 0) lie on the opposite
x −1 y + 1 z −1 x − 3 y −k z sides of the plane 2x + 3y − 2z = k , then
18 If the line = = and = =
2 3 4 1 2 1 (a) k < 1 (b) k > 2
intersect, then k is equal to j
AIEEE 2012 (c) k < 1or k > 2 (d) 1 < k < 2
2 9
(a) − 1 (b) (c) (d) 0 29 The equation of the plane containing the lines
9 2 2x − 5y + z = 3, x + y + 4z = 5 and parallel to the plane
19 If the straight lines x = 1 + s, y = − 3 − λ s, z = 1 + λ s and x + 3y + 6z = 1 is j
JEE Mains 2015
t
x = , y = 1 + t , z = 2 − t , with parameters s and t (a) 2 x + 6y + 12 z = 13 (b) x + 3 y + 6z = − 7
2
(c) x + 3 y + 6z = 7 (d) 2 x + 6y + 12 z = − 13
respectively are coplanar, then λ is equal to j AIEEE 2004
1 30 The equation of a plane through the line of intersection
(a) – 2 (b) –1 (c) − (d) 0
2 of the planes x + 2y = 3, y − 2z + 1 = 0 and
perpendicular to the first plane is j
JEE Mains 2013
20 The distance of the point (1, 0, 2) from the point of
x − 2 y +1 z − 2 (a) 2 x − y − 10z = 9 (b) 2 x − y + 7 z = 11
intersection of the line = = and the (c) 2 x − y + 10z = 11 (d) 2 x − y − 9z = 10
3 4 12
plane x − y + z = 16 is j
JEE Mains 2015 31 An equation of a plane parallel to the plane
(a) 2 14 (b) 8 (c) 3 21 (d) 13 x − 2y + 2z − 5 = 0 and at a unit distance from the origin
is j
AIEEE 2012
21 A vector n is inclined to X -axis at 45°, to Y -axis at 60° and
at an acute angle to Z -axis. If n is a normal to a plane (a) x − 2 y + 2 z ± 3 = 0 (b) x − 2 y + 2 z + 1 = 0
(c) x − 2 y + 2 z − 1 = 0 (d) x − 2 y + 2 z + 5 = 0
passing through the point ( 2, − 1, 1 ), then the equation of
the plane is j
JEE Mains 2013 32 Two systems of rectangular axes have the same origin. If
(a) 4 2 x + 7 y + z = 2 (b) 2 x + y + z = 2 a plane cuts them at distances a, b, c and a′ , b′ , c′ from
(c) 3 2 x − 4 y − 3 z = 7 (d) 2 x − y − z = 2 the origin, then j
AIEEE 2003
1 1 1 1 1 1
22 Let Q be the foot of perpendicular from the origin to the (a) + + + + + 2 =0
a2 b2 c2 a ′2 b ′2 c′
plane 4x − 3y + z + 13 = 0 and R be a point ( − 1, 1, − 6) on
1 1 1 1 1 1
the plane. Then, length QR is j
JEE Mains 2013 (b) 2 + 2 − 2 + 2 + 2 − 2 =0
a b c a′ b′ c′
19 7 3
(a) 14 (b) (c) 3 (d) 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 (c) 2 − 2 − 2 + 2 − 2 − 2 =0
a b c a′ b′ c′
23 The plane passing through the point ( −2, − 2, 2) and 1 1 1 1 1 1
containing the line joining the points (1, − 1, 2) and (d) 2 + 2 + 2 − 2 − 2 − 2 =0
a b c a′ b′ c′
DAY THIRTY TWO THREE DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY 357
33 The distance of the point (1, − 5, 9) from the plane (a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
x − y + z = 5 measured along a straight line x = y = z is correct explanation of Statement I
j JEE Mains 2016 (b) Statement I is true; Statement II is true; Statement II is not
10 20 a correct explanation of Statement I
(a) 3 10 (b) 10 3 (c) (d)
3 3 (c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
34 Distance between two parallel planes 2x + y + 2z = 8 (d)Statement I is false; Statement II is true
and 4x + 2y + 4z + 5 = 0 is j JEE Mains 2013 41 Statement I The point A (1, 0, 7) is the mirror image of the
3 5 7 9 x y −1 z − 2
(a) (b) (c) (d) point B (1, 6, 3) in the line= = .
2 2 2 2 1 2 3
35 Find the planes bisecting the acute angle between the x y −1 z − 2
Statement II The line = = bisects the line
planes x − y + 2z + 1 = 0 and 2x + y + z + 2 = 0. 1 2 3
(a) x + z − 1 = 0 (b) x + z + 1 = 0 segment joining A (1, 0, 7) and B (1, 6, 3). j AIEEE 2011
45 Consider the lines Statement II The unit vector perpendicular to both the
x+ 1 y+ 2 z+ 1 x− 2 y+ 2 z− 3 − i − 7j + 5 k
L1 : = = , L2 : = = . lines L1 and L2 is .
3 1 2 1 2 3 5 3
Statement I The distance of the point (1, 1, 1) from the (a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
plane passing through the point ( −1, − 2, − 1) and whose correct explanation of Statement I
normal is perpendicular to both the lines L1 and L2 is (b) Statement I is true; Statement II is true; Statement II is not
13 a correct explanation of Statement I
.
5 3 (c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
(d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true
14 The length of the projection of the line segment joining 18 Let L be the line of intersection of the planes
the points (5, −1, 4) and ( 4, − 1, 3) on the plane, 2x + 3y + z = 1 and x + 3y + 2z = 2. If L makes an angle
x + y + z = 7 is j JEE Mains 2018
α with the positive X -axis, then cos α is equal to
2 2 1 2 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) 1 (c) (d)
3 3 3 3 2 2 3
15 Let ABC be a triangle with vertices at points A( 2, 3, 5), 19 If the image of the point P(1, − 2, 3) in the plane
B( − 1, 3, 2) and C( λ , 5, µ ) in three dimensional space. If 2x + 3y − 4z + 22 = 0 measured parallel to the line
x y z
the median through A is equally inclined with the axes, = = is Q, then PQ is equal to
then ( λ , µ ) is equal to j JEE Mains 2013 1 4 5 j JEE Mains 2017
(a) (10, 7) (b) (7, 5) (c) (7, 10) (d) (5, 7) (a) 3 5 (b) 2 42 (c) 42 (d) 6 5
16 A plane passes through the point (1, − 2 , 3) and is x −1 y − 3 z − 4
20 The image of the line = = in the plane
parallel to the plane 2x − 2y + z = 0. The distance of the 3 1 −5
point ( −1, 2 , 0) from the plane, is 2x − y + z + 3 = 0 is the line j JEE Mains 2014
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (a) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (a) 20. (d)
21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (c) 25. (c) 26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (d) 29. (c) 30. (c)
31. (a) 32. (d) 33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (b) 36. (c) 37. (d) 38. (a) 39. (d) 40. (b)
41. (b) 42. (c) 43. (a) 44. (b) 45. (a)
SESSION 2 1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (d) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (c) 16. (d) 17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (a)
360 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY TWO
14 Let L be foot of perpendicular from 17 Let one vertex of the parallelopiped be i.e. corresponding coordinates of P and
P (0, 2, 3) on the line at the origin O and three coterminous Q should be same.
x − (−3) y − 1 z − (−4 ) edges OA, OB and OC be along OX , OY 2 p + 1 = q + 3, 4 p + 1 = q
= = = t …(i)
5 2 3 and OZ, respectively. The coordinates of and 3 p − 1 = 2q + k
Any point on Eq. (i) is the vertices of the parallelopiped are On solving 2 p + 1 = q + 3 and
L (−3 + 5 t , 1 + 2 t , − 4 + 3 t ). marked in figure. 4 p + 1 = q , we get the values of p and q
Then, DR’s of PL are The edges which do not meet the as
(−3 + 5 t − 0, 1 + 2 t − 2, − 4 + 3 t − 3) diagonal OF are AH , AD and BD and −3
p= and q = − 5
or ( 5 t − 3, 2 t − 1, 3 t − 7). their parallels are BE, CE and CH, 2
respectively. On substituting the values of p and q in
Since, PL is perpendicular to Eq. (i),
therefore 5( 5t − 3) + 2(2t − 1) The vector equation of the diagonalOF is the third equation 3 p − 1 = 2q + k , we
+ 3(3 t − 7) = 0 ⇒ t = 1 r = 0 + λ (ai + bj + ck ) …(i) get
−3
∴ 3 − 1 = 2 (− 5) + k ⇒ k =
So, the coordinate of L is (2, 3,−1). The vector equation of the edge BD is 9
r = b j + µ ai …(ii) 2 2
15 The vector joining the points is We have,
i − 3 j + k. Its projection along the vector 19 The given straight line can be rewritten
(ai + b j + ck ) × ai = ba ( j × i )
2i + j − 2k as
+ ca ( k × i ) x−1 y + 3 z−1
|( i − 3 j + k ) ⋅ (2i + j − 2 k )|
= = − ba k + ca j = = =s
22 + 12 + 22 1 −λ λ
∴ |(ai × bj × ck ) × ai | = b 2 a2 + c 2 a2 x− 0 y −1 z−2
|2 − 3 − 2| = = =t
= =1 and {(ai + bj + ck ) × ai} ⋅ (bj − 0 )
and
3 1 2 −2
= (− ba k + ca j) ⋅ bj
16 The given lines are These two lines are coplanar, if
= abc x1 − x2 y 1 − y 2 z1 − z2
x+1 y +1 z+1
= = Z
7 −6 1 l1 m1 n1 =0
x−3 y − 5 z−7 l2 m2 n2
and = =
1 −2 1 1 − 0 −3 − 1 1 − 2
For line Ist DR’s = (7, − 6, 1) and it passes C (0, 0, c)
E (0, b, c) ⇒ 1 −λ λ =0
through (− 1, − 1, − 1), then equation of
given lines (in vector form) is 1 2 −2
(a,0, c) H F (a , b , c )
r1 = − i − j − k + λ ( 7i − 6 j + k ) 1 −4 −1
Similarly,r2 = 3 i + 5 j + 7 k + µ ( i − 2 j + k ) B (0, b, 0) ⇒ 1 −λ λ =0
which are of the form r1 = a 1 + λ b1 and Y
O 1 2 −2
r2 = a 2 + µ b2 where, (0,0,0)
⇒ 1(2 λ − 2 λ ) + 4(−2 − λ ) − 1(2 + λ ) = 0
a 1 = − i − j − k, b1 = 7 i − 6 j + k A (a, 0, 0) D (a, b, 0) ⇒ − 8 − 4λ − 2 − λ = 0
and a 2 = 3 i + 5j + 7 k, b2 = i − 2 j + k ⇒ −10 = 5λ ⇒ λ = − 2
Now, a 2 − a 1 = (3 i + 5 j + 7 k ) X 20 Given equation of line is
− ( − i − j − k) = 4 i+ 6 j+ 8 k Thus, the shortest distance between x−2 y + 1 z−2
i j k Eqs. (i) and (ii) is given by = = = λ [say] …(i)
3 4 12
and b1 × b2 = 7 −6 1 |{(a i + b j + c k ) × a i} ⋅ (bj − 0 )|
SD = and equation of plane is
1 −2 1 |(ai + bj + ck ) × ai | x − y + z = 16 …(ii)
= i (−6 + 2) − j (7 − 1) + k (−14 + 6) abc bc Any point on the line (i) is
= =
= −4 i − 6 j − 8 k b 2 a2 + c 2 a2 b2 + c 2 (3λ + 2, 4λ − 1, 12λ + 2)
|b1 × b2|= (− 4)2 + (− 6)2 + (− 8)2 Similarly, it can be shown that the Let this point be point of intersection of
shortest distance between OF and AD is the line and plane.
= 16 + 36 + 64 ∴ (3λ + 2) − (4λ − 1) + (12λ + 2) = 16
ca
and that between OF and AH
= 116 = 2 29 a2 + c 2 ⇒ 11λ + 5 = 16
So, the shortest distance between the ab ⇒ 11λ = 11 ⇒ λ = 1
given lines is .
a2 + b 2 ∴ Point of intersection is (5, 3, 14).
( b1 × b2 ) ⋅ ( a 2 − a 1 ) Now, distance between the points (1, 0,
d = x−1 y + 1 z−1
|b1 × b2| 18 Let L1 : = = = p 2) and (5, 3, 14)
2 3 4
|(−4 i − 6 j − 8 k )⋅ (4 i + 6 j + 8 k )| x−3 y − k z−0 = (5 − 1)2 + (3 − 0)2 + (14 − 2)2
= and L2 : = = =q
2 29 1 2 1 = 16 + 9 + 144 = 169 = 13
|(− 4) × 4 + (− 6) × 6 + (− 8) × 8 | ⇒ Any point P on line L1 is of type
= 21 Q cos2 α + cos2 β + cos2 γ = 1
2 29 P (2 p + 1, 3 p − 1, 4 p + 1) and any point
| − 16 − 36 − 64 | 116 Q on line L2 is of type ⇒ cos 2 45° + cos 2 60° + cos 2 γ = 1
= = Q (q + 3, 2q + k , q ) 1 1 3 1
2 29 2 29 ⇒ cos 2 γ = 1 − − = 1 − =
Since, L1 and L2 are intersecting each 2 4 4 4
58
= = 2 29 units other, hence both point P and Q should 1
29 ⇒ cos γ =
coincide at the point of intersection, 2
362 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY TWO
< bc ′ − kbc , kac − ac ′ , 0 > and Hence, lines are perpendicular. 6 Given lines are
direction ratios of normal the plane are So, angle between them is π / 2. x = py + q, z = ry + s
< 0, 0, 1 >. 3 L1 is the line of intersection of the plane x −q z−s
Now, 0 × (bc ′ − kbc ) + 0 × (kac − ac ′ ) ⇒ = y =
2 x − 2 y + 3z − 2 = 0 and p r
+ 1× 0= 0 x − y + z + 1 = 0 and L2 is the line of
and x = p ′ y + q ′, z = r ′ y + s′
Hence, the straight line is parallel to intersection of the plane
x − q′ z − s′
the plane. x + 2 y − z − 3 = 0 and ⇒ = y =
3 x − y + 2z − 1 = 0 p′ r′
45 Statement II Lines L1 and L2 are parallel
Since L1 is parallel to x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
to the vectors a = 3 i + j + 2 k and Two lines = =
b = i + 2j + 3 k, respectively. The unit $i $j k$ a1 b1 c1
2 −2 3 = $i + $j x − x2 y − y2 z − z2
vector perpendicular to both L1 and L2 and = = are
a2 b2 c2
1 −1 1
is
a ×b − i − 7j + 5k perpendicular, if a1 a2 + b1 b2 + c 1 c 2 = 0
= L2 is parallel to
|a × b| 1 + 49 + 25 ∴ Given lines are perpendicular, if
$i $j k$
− i − 7j + 5k 1 2 −1 = 3$i − 5$j − 7k$ pp ′+ r r ′ = 0
=
5 3 7 Let the equation of line AB be
Hence, Statement II is true. 3 −1 2 x−0 y + a z−0
= = =k [say]
Also, L2 passes through , , 0 .
Statement I Plane is 5 8
1 1 1
− ( x + 1) − 7( y + 2) + 5(z + 1) = 0, whose 7 7
E
13 [put z = 0 in last two planes] A B
distance from (1, 1, 1) is .
5 3 So, equation of plane is
Hence, Statement I is true. x − 5 y − 8 z
7 7 C
F
D
Thus, statement I is true, statement II is 1 1 0 = 0
true; Statement II is a correct Any point on the line is F (k , k − a, k ).
3 −5 −7
explanation of Statement I.
Also, the equation of other line CD is
⇒ 7 x − 7 y + 8z + 3 = 0 x+ a y −0 z−0
SESSION 2 = = =λ [say]
Now, perpendicular distance from 2 1 1
1 Let the equation of plane in intercept origin is
x y z Any point on the line is
form is + + = 1. 3 3 1
a b c 2 = = E (2 λ − a, λ, λ ).
7 + 7 + 8 162 3 2
2 2
Since, it passes through the point (1, 0, 0) Direction ratios of EF are
and (0,1,0). [(k − 2 λ + a), (k − a − λ ), (k − λ )].
x y z 4 The new position of plane is Since, it is given that direction ratios of
∴ Equation of plane is + + = 1 x − 2 y + 3z + λ( x + y + z − 1) = 0
1 1 c EF are proportional to 2, 1, 2.
1 ⇒ (1 + λ )x + (λ − 2)y + (λ + 3)z − λ = 0 k − 2λ + a k − λ − a k − λ
DR’s of normal are 1,1, and of given Since, it is perpendicular to ∴ = =
c 2 1 2
x + y + z − 1 = 0.
plane are 1,1,0. On solving first and second fractions,
1 ∴1+ λ + λ −2+ λ + 3= 0
1⋅1 + 1⋅1 + ⋅ 0 2 we get
π c ⇒λ = −
Now, cos = k − 2λ + a = 2k − 2λ − 2a
4 1 3
2 + 2 2 Hence, required plane is ⇒ k = 3a …(i)
c
x − 8 y + 7z = − 2. On solving second and third fractions,
1 2
⇒ = y we get
2 1 5 Let plane x + + z = 1 cuts the axes at
2 + 2 2 a b c 2k − 2λ − 2a = k − λ
c A (a, 0, 0), B (0, b, 0) and C (0, 0, c ). ⇒ k − λ = 2a
1 1 ⇒ λ = 3a − 2a
Centroid of plane ABC is D , , .
⇒ + 2 = 4 ⇒ c2 = a b c
c2 2 3 3 3 [from Eq. (i)]
1
∴ c = Distance of the plane from the origin ∴ λ=a
2 Hence, coordinates of E are (3 a, 2 a, 3 a)
1
So, the DR’s of normal are 1,1, 2. d = =1 [given] and coordinates of F are (a, a, a).
1 1 1
2 On eliminating m from given equations, + +
a2 b2 c2 8 A parallelopiped is formed by planes
we get 1 1 1 drawn through the points (2, 3, 5) and
2 (l + n ) 2 + nl = 0 ⇒ 1= 2 + 2 + 2 (5, 9, 7), parallel to the coordinate
a b c
[Q put m = 2 l + 2 n] planes.
∴ D ( x, y , z )
⇒ (2l + n ) (l + 2n ) = 0 Let a, b and c be the lengths of edges,
⇒ a = 3 x, b = 3 y , c = 3z
⇒ n = − 2l ⇒ m = − 2l then
1 1 1
or l = − 2n ⇒ + 2 + 2 =9 a = 5 − 2 = 3, b = 9 − 3 = 6
x2 y z
⇒ m = − 2n and c = 7 − 5 = 2
The DR’s are 1, − 2, − 2 and −2, − 2, 1. Hence, the value of k is 9. So, the length of diagonal of a
Now, 1 (−2) − 2 (−2) − 2 (1) = 0 parallelopiped
DAY THIRTY TWO THREE DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY 365
The direction ratios, a1 ,b1 ,c 1 , of the plane 3 (i − j + k ) ⋅ ( i ) 1 20 Here, plane, line and its image are
∴ cos α = =
are (1 + 2λ ), (3λ + 1) and (4λ + 1). 3 (1 + 1 + 1) 1
2
3 parallel to each other. So, find any point
The plane in Eq. (i) is perpendicular to on the normal to the plane from which
y
x − y + z = direction ratios, a2 ,b2 ,c 2 are 19 Any line parallel to x = = z and the image line will be passed and then
1,−1 and 1. 1 4 5 find equation of image line.
Since, the planes are perpendicular. passing through P(1, − 2, 3) is
Here, plane and line are parallel to each
∴ a1 a2 + b1 b2 + c 1 c 2 = 0 x y z
P (1, –2, 3) other. Equation of normal to the plane
= = <1, 4, 5>
⇒ 1(1 + 2λ ) − 1(1 + 3λ ) + 1(1 + 4λ ) = 0 1 4 5 through the point (1, 3, 4) is
⇒ 1 + 2λ − 1 − 3λ + 1 + 4λ = 0 x−1 y −3 z− 4
R 2x + 3y – 4z + 22 = 0 = = =k [say]
1 2 −1 1
⇒ 3λ = −1 ⇒ λ = −
3 Any point on this normal is
Q
On substituting this value of λ in Eq. (i), (2k + 1, − k + 3, 4 + k ).
x−1 y + 2 z−3
we obtain the required plane as = = =λ (say) Then,
1 − 2 x + 1 − 3 y 1 4 5 2k + 1 + 1 , 3 − k + 3 , 4 + k + 4 lies
3 3 Any point on above line can be written 2 2 2
as (λ + 1, 4λ − 2, 5λ + 3).
+ 1 − z − 1 + = 0
4 5 on plane.
6 − k
3 3 ∴ Coordinates of R are ⇒ 2(k + 1) −
1 1 2 2
⇒ x− z+ = 0 (λ + 1, 4λ − 2, 5λ + 3).
3 3 3 8 + k
Since, point R lies on the above plane. + +3= 0
⇒ x−z+2= 0 2
This is the required equation of the ∴ 2(λ + 1) + 3(4λ − 2) − 4(5λ + 3) ⇒ k = −2
plane. + 22 = 0 Hence, point through which this image
18 The two normal vectors are ⇒ λ =1 pass is
m = 2i + 3 j + k and n = i + 3 j + 2k So, point R is (2, 2, 8). (2k + 1, 3 − k , 4 + k )
i j k Now, i.e. [2(−2) + 1, 3 + 2, 4 − 2] = (−3, 5 , 2)
The line L is along, m × n = 2 3 1 PR = (2 − 1)2 + (2 + 2)2 + (8 − 3)2 Hence, equation of image line is
1 3 2 = 42 x+ 3 y − 5 z−2
= =
= 3( i − j + k ) 3 1 −5
∴ PQ = 2PR = 2 42
and DC’s of X-axis are (1, 0, 0).
DAY THIRTY THREE UNIT TEST 5 (VECTORS AND 3D GEOMETRY) 367
Unit Test 5
(Vectors and 3D Geometry)
1 The equation of plane perpendicular to 2x + 6y + 6z = 1 6 Let A ( 3, 2, 0), B ( 5, 3, 2), C ( − 9, 6, − 3) are three points
and passing through the points ( 2, 2,1) and ( 9, 3, 6), is forming a triangle. If AD, the bisector of ∠BAC meets BC
(a) 3x + 4y + 5z − 9 = 0 in D, then coordinates of D are
(a) − , , (b) , −
(b) 3x + 4y − 5z + 9 = 0 19 57 17 19 57 17
,
(c) 3x + 4y − 5z − 9 = 0 8 16 16 8 16 16
(d) 3x + 4y + 5z + 9 = 0
(c) , , −
17
(d) , ,
19 57 19 57 17
2 Let a, b and c be the unit vectors such that a and b are 8 16 16 8 16 16
mutually perpendicular and c is equally inclined to a and 7 Vectors a and b are inclined at an angle θ = 120° . If | a | = 1,
b at an angle θ. If c = x a + y b + z (a × b ), then
| b | = 2, then [(a + 3 b ) × ( 3 a − b )]2 is equal to
(a) z 2 = 1 − 2x 2
(b) z2 = 1− x2 + y2 (a) 300 (b) 325 (c) 275 (d) 225
(c) z 2 = 1+ 2y 2 8 A point moves so that the sum of the squares of its
(d) None of the above distances from the six faces of a cube given by x = ± 1,
3 If a, b and c are three non-coplanar vectors such that y = ± 1, z = ± 1 is 10 units. The locus of the point is
a + b + c = α d and b + c + d = β a , then a + b + c + d (a) x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = 1 (b) x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = 2
is equal to (c) x + y + z = 1 (d) x + y + z = 2
(a) 0 (b) αa 9 If (a × b )2 + (a ⋅ b )2 = 144 and | a | = 4 , then | b | is equal to
(c) β (d) (α + β) c
(a) 3 (b) 8 (c) 12 (d) 16
4 The plane ax + by = 0 is rotated through an angle α 10 The values of x for which the angle between
about its line of intersection with the plane z = 0. Then, a = 2x 2 i + 4x j + k, b = 7 i − 2 j + x k is obtuse, is
the equation to the plane in new position is
(a) x > 1/ 2 or x < 0 (b) 0 < x < 1/ 2
(a) ax − by ± z a 2 + b 2 cotα = 0 (c) 1/ 2 < x < 15 (d) None of these
(b) ax + by ± z a 2 + b 2 cotα = 0 11 Let a = 3 i + 2 k and b = 2j + k. If c is a unit vector, then
the maximum value of the vector triple product [a b c ], is
(c) ax − by ± z a 2 + b 2 tan α = 0
(a) 61 (b) 59
(d) ax + by ± z a 2 + b 2 tan α = 0 (c) 3 ⋅ 36 (d) None of these
5 If the axes are rectangular, the distance from the point 12 The ratio of lengths of diagonals of the parallelogram
x −3 y −4 z −5 constructed on the vectors a = 3 p − q, b = p + 3 q is (given
( 3, 4, 5) to the point, where the line = =
1 2 2 that | p | = | q | = 2 and the angle between p and q
meets the plane x + y + z = 17 is π
is )
(a) 1 (b) 2 3
(c) 3 (d) None of these (a) 7: 3 (b) 3: 2 (c) 5: 7 (d) 5: 3
368 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY THREE
13 Let p, q and r be three mutually perpendicular vectors of 21 Point (α , β, γ ) lies on the plane x + y + z = 2. Let
the same magnitude. If a vector x satisfies equation a = α i + β j + γ k, k × (k × a ) = 0. Then, γ is equal to
p × {( x − q ) × p} + q × {( x − r ) × q} + r × {( x − p ) × r} = 0 (a) 0 (b) 1
Then, x is given by 1
(c) 2 (d)
1 1 2
(a) (p + q − 2r) (b) (p + q + r)
2 2 22 If the four plane faces of a tetrahedron are represented
1
(c) (2 p + q − r) (d) None of these by the equation r ⋅ (l i + m j ) = 0, r ⋅ (m j + n k ) = 0 ,
3 r ⋅ (nk + p i) = 0 and r ⋅ (l i + m j + nk ) = p, then the volume
14 A line with direction cosines proportional to 2, 1, 2 meets of the tetrahedron is
each of the lines given by the equation x = y + 2 = z ; (a)
p3
(b)
2p 3
x + 2 = 2y = 2z . 6 lmn 3 lmn
The coordinates of the point of intersection are 3 p3 6p 3
(c) (d)
(a) (6, 4, 6), (2, 4, 2) (b) (6, 6, 6), (2, 6, 2) lmn lmn
(c) (6, 4, 6), (2, 2, 0) (d) None of these 23 If a variable plane forms a tetrahedron of constant
15 The vector B satisfying the vector equation A + B = a , volume 64 k 3 with the coordinate planes, then the locus
A × B = b and A ⋅ a = 1, where a and b are given vectors is of the centroid of the tetrahedron is
(b × a ) + a (a 2 − 1) (a × b) + a (a) xyz = k 3 (b) xyz = 2k 3
(a) (b)
a2 a (c) xyz = 12k 3 (d) xyz = 6 k 3
a (a 2 − 1) + b (b 2 − 1)
(c) (d) None of these 24 The line through i + 3 j + 2 k and perpendicular to the line
a2 r = (i + 2 j − k ) + λ ( 2 i + j + k ) and
16 The vector c, directed along the bisectors of the angle r = ( 2 i + 6 j + k ) + µ (i + 2 j + 3 k ) is
between the vectors a = 7 i − 4 j − 4 k, b = − 2 i − j + 2 k and (a) r = (i + 2 j − k) + λ (− i + 5 j − 3 k)
| c | = 5 6 is (b) r = (i + 3 j + 2 k) + λ (i − 5 j + 3 k)
5 5 (c) r = (i + 3 j + 2 k) + λ (i + 5 j + 3 k)
(a) ± (i − 7 j + 2 k) (b) ± (5 i + 5 j + 2 k)
3 3 (d) None of the above
5 5
(c) ± (i + 7 j + 2 k) (d) ± (− 5 i + 5 j + 2 k)
3 3 25 The orthogonal projection A′ of the point A with position
vector (1, 2, 3) on the plane 3x − y + 4z = 0, is
17 Let a, b and c be three non-zero and non-coplanar
(b) − , , 1
1 5
vectors and p, q and r be three vectors given by (a) (− 1, 3, − 1)
2 2
p = a + b − 2 c , q = 3 a − 2b + c and r = a − 4 b + 2c. If the
(c) , − , − 1
1 5
volume of the parallelopiped determined by a, b and c is (d) (6, − 7, − 5)
2 2
V1 and the volume of the parallelopiped determined by
p, q and r is V2 , then V2 : V1 is equal to 26 The equation of the plane containing the points A(1, 0, 1)
(a) 7 : 1 (b) 3 : 1 and B ( 3, 1, 2) and parallel to the line joining the origin to
(c) 11 : 1 (d) None of these the point C(1, − 1, 2) is
(a) x + y – z = 0 (b) x + y + z = 0
18 A non-zero vector a is parallel to the line of intersection of
(c) x − y + z = 0 (d) x − y − z = 0
the plane determined by the vectors i , i + j and the plane
determined by the vectors i − j , i + k. Then, the angle 27 The planes 3x − y + z + 1 = 0 and 5x + y + 3z = 0
between a and the vector i − 2 j + 2 k is intersect in the line PQ. The equation of the plane through
π π the point ( 2, 1, 4) and perpendicular to PQ is
(a) (b)
6 4 (a) x + y − 2 z = 5 (b) x + y − 2 z = − 5
π π (c) x + y + 2 z = 5 (d) x + y + 2 z = − 5
(c) (d)
3 2
28 The line of intersection of the planes r ⋅ ( 3 i − j + k ) = 1 and
19 Let a, b and c be three vectors having magnitudes 1, 1 r ⋅ (i + 4 j − 2 k ) = 2 is parallel to the vector
and 2, respectively. If a × (a × c ) + b = 0, then the acute (a) − 2 i + 7 j + 13 k (b) − 2 i − 7 j + 13 k
angle between a and c is
(c) 2 i + 7 j − 13 k (d) None of these
π π
(a) (b)
6 4 29 A line with direction cosines proportional to 2, 1, 2 meets
π each of the lines x = y + a = z and x + a = 2y = 2z . The
(c) (d) None of these
3 coordinates of each of the points of intersection are given
20 If a, b and c are unit coplanar vectors, then the scalar by
triple product [ 2 a − b 2b − c 2c − a ] is equal to (a) (3 a, 2a, 3 a), (a, a, 2a) (b) (3 a, 3 a, 3 a), (a, a, a)
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) − 3 (d) 3 (c) (3 a, 2 a, 3 a), (a, a, a) (d) None of these
DAY THIRTY THREE UNIT TEST 5 (VECTORS AND 3D GEOMETRY) 369
30 The sides of a parallelogram are 3 i + 4 j − 6 k and 38 The shortest distance between the lines
2 i − 3 j + 5 k. The unit vector parallel to one of the x − 2 y −1 z − 3 x −1 y − 2 z − 4
= = and = = is equal to
diagonals is 3 2 2 2 3 4
5i + j −k 4i + 3 j − 2k (a) 1.14 units (b) 2.01 units
(a) (b)
27 29 (c) 3.16 units (d) None of these
i − 2 j + 4k x +1 y − 3 y + 2
(c) (d) None of these
21 39 The intersecting point of lines, L1 = = =
−3 2 1
31 Let p = 8 i + 6 j and q be two vectors perpendicular to x y −7 z + 7
and L2 = = = is
each other in the xy-plane. Then, the vector in the same 1 −3 2
plane having projections 2 and 4 along p and q (a) (− 3, 2, 1) (b) (2, 1, − 3)
respectively is (c) (1, − 3, 2) (d) None of these
(a) ± 3 (i − 2 j ) (b) ± (i + 2 j )
40 If a and b are unit vectos, then the greatest value of
(c) ± 2 (2 i − j ) (d) None of these
| a + b| + | a − b| is
32 The equation of the plane containing the line (a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 2 2 (d) 2
2x − y + z − 3 = 0 and 3x + y + z = 5 at a distance of
1 41 If a, b and c are non-coplanar vectors and r is a real
from the point ( 2, 1, − 1) is number, then the vectors a + 2b + 3c , λb + 4c and
6
( 2λ − 1) c are non-coplanar for
(a) x+ y+ z−3=0
(a) no value of λ (b) all except one value of λ
(b) 2x − y − z − 3 = 0
(c) all except two values of λ (d) all values of λ
(c) 2x − y + z + 3 = 0
(d) 62 x + 29y + 19z − 105 = 0 42 Let a, b and c be three unit vectors such that a is
perpendicular to the plane of b and c. If the angle
33 The equation of the plane through the point ( 2, − 1, − 3) π
x −1 y + 2 z between b and c is , then | a × b − a × c | is equal to
and parallel to the lines = = and 3
3 2 −4
x y −1 z − 2 (a) 1/3 (b) 1/2 (c) 1 (d) 2
= = is
2 −3 2 43 The distance of the point A( − 2, 3, 1) from the line PQ
through P( − 3, 5, 2) which make equal angles with the
(a) 8 x + 14 y + 13 z + 37 = 0 (b) 8 x − 14 y + 13 y + 37 = 0
axes is
(c) 8 x + 14 y − 13 z + 37 = 0 (d) None of these
2 14 16 5
34 The shortest distance between the lines (a) (b) (c) (d)
3 3 3 3
r = − (i + j + k ) + λ ( 2 i + 3 j + 4 k )
and r = − i + µ ( 3 i + 4 j + 5 k ) is 44 The plane passing through the point (5, 1, 2)
1 1 1 perpendicular to the line 2( x − 2) = y − 4 = z − 5 will meet
(a) 1 (b) (c) (d)
2 3 6 the line in the point
(a) (1, 2, 3) (b) (2, 3, 1)
35 A tetrahedron has vertices at O( 0, 0, 0), A(1, 2, 1), B( 2, 1, 3)
(c) (1, 3, 2) (d) (3, 2, 1)
and C( − 1, 1, 2). The angle between the faces OAB and
ABC is Direction (Q. Nos. 45-48) Each of these questions
(a) cos−1 (b) cos−1
19 17 contains two statements : Statement I (Assertion) and
35 31 Statement II (Reason). Each of these questions also has four
(c) 30° (d) 90° alternative choices, only one of which is the correct answer.
36 If p = 2 i − 3 j + 3 k and q = 4 i − 2 j + k be two vectors and r You have to select one of the codes (a ), (b), (c) and (d) given
below.
is a vector perpendicular to p and q and satisfying the
(a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
condition. r ( 2 i − 4 j + 2 k ) = −12, then r is equal to
correct explanation for Statement I
20 2
(a) 2 i − j + 16k (b) (3 i + 10 j + 8 k) (b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
3 3
1 not a correct explanation for Statement I
(c) (3 i − 10 j + 8 k) (d) None of these (c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
3
(d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true
37 The direction ratios of a normal to the plane through (2, 0,
π 45 Consider vectors a and c are non-collinear, then
0) and (0, 2, 0) that makes an angle with the plane
3 Statement I The lines r = 6 a − c + λ ( 2c − a ) and
2x + 3y = 5 is r = a − c + µ (a + 3 c ) are coplanar.
(a) 1 : 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 1 : 3 Statement II There exist λ and µ such that the two values
(c) 2 : 1 : 3 (d) 1 : 1 : 5 .7 of r become same.
370 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY THREE
46 Consider u and v are unit vectors inclined at an angle α Statement I The equation of the plane through the
and a is a unit vector bisecting the angle between them, intersection of the planes P1 and P2 and the point ( 4, 4, 4)
u+ v is 29x + 23y + 17y = 276.
Statement I Then, a = .
2 cos (α / 2) Statement II Equation of the plane through the line of
Statement II If ABC is an isosceles triangle with intersection of the planes P1 = 0 and P2 = 0 is P1 + λP2 = 0,
AB = AC = 1, then vector representing bisector of ∠ A is λ ≠ 0.
AB + AC 49 The two adjacent sides of a parallelogram are 2i − 4j + 5k
.
2 and i − 2j − 3 k.
47 Suppose π : x + y − 2z = 3, P : ( 2, 1, 6), Q : ( 6, 5 , − 2) Statement I The unit vector parallel to its diagonal is
3 6 2
Statement I The line joining PQ is perpendicular to the i − j + k.
normal to the plane π. 5 5 5
Statement II Q is the image of P in the plane π. Statement II Area of parallelogram is11 5 sq units.
(a) Only Statement I is true (b) Only Statement II is true
48 Consider the equation of planes P1 = x + y + z − 6 = 0 (c) Both statements are ture (d) Both statements are false
and P2 = 2x + 3y + 4z + 5 = 0.
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (b)
11. (a) 12. (a) 13. (b) 14. (d) 15. (a) 16. (a) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (a)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (b) 26. (d) 27. (b) 28. (a) 29. (c) 30. (a)
31. (c) 32. (d) 33. (a) 34. (d) 35. (a) 36. (d) 37. (d) 38. (d) 39. (b) 40. (c)
41. (c) 42. (c) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (a) 46. (a) 47. (d) 48. (a) 49. (b)
23 Let the variable plane intersects the ∴ 1 ⋅ a + (−1) b + 2c = 0 31 Since, p and q are perpendicular.
coordinate axes at A (a, 0, 0), B (0, b, 0) ⇒ a − b + 2c = 0 …(ii) ∴ p ⋅q = 0
and C (0, 0, c ). As Eq. (i) passes through (3, 1, 2). Let q = x i + y j, then
Then, the equation of the plane ∴ 2a + b + c = 0 …(iii) (8i + 6j )( xi + yj ) = 0 ⇒ 8 x + 6 y = 0
will be a b c
⇒ = = ∴ y =−
8x
=−
4x
x
+
y z
+ =1 …(i) −1 1 1 6 3
a b c [from Eqs. (ii) and (iii)] −4 x 3x i − 4x j
Let P (α, β, γ ) be the centroid of q = x i + j =
Hence, required equation of plane be 3 3
tetrahedron OABC, then
x − y − z = 0. x
a b
α = , β = and γ =
c = (3 i − 4 j )
4 4 4 27 Let DC’s of PQ be l , m and n. 3
∴ a = 4 α, b = 4β, c = 4 γ Again, the projection of vector
∴ 3 l − m + n = 0 and 5l + m + 3 n = 0
Now, volume of tetrahedron l m n r = ± ( x1 i + x2 j ) on vector p is 2 and on
∴ = = q is 4.
= (Area of ∆AOB ) OC −3 − 1 5 − 9 3 + 5
8 x1 + 6 x2 6 x1 − 8 x2
∴2= and 4 =
64 k 3 = ab c =
1 1 abc l m n
⇒ ⇒ = = 10 10
3 2 6 1 1 −2
(4 α ) (4 β ) × (4 γ ) ⇒ 8 x1 + 6 x2 = 20
⇒ 64 k = 3 Thus, the equation of plane
and 6 x1 − 8 x2 = 40
3×2 perpendicular to PQ will have
x + y − 2z = λ. ⇒ 4 x1 + 3 x2 = 10
αβγ
∴ k =3
and 3 x1 − 4 x2 = 20
6 It passes through (2, 1, 4), therefore
λ = − 5. ⇒ x1 = 4 and x2 = − 2
Hence, locus of P (α, β, γ ) is xyz = 6 k 3 .
Hence, the required equation of plane be ∴ r = ± (4 i − 2 j ) = ± 2 (2 i − j )
24 The required line passes through the x + y − 2z = − 5 32 The plane is
point i + 3 j + 2 k and is perpendicular
28 The line of intersection of the planes (2 + 3λ )x + (λ − 1)y + (λ + 1)z
to the lines
r ⋅ (3i − j + k ) = 1 and r ⋅ ( i + 4j − 2k ) = 2 − 5λ − 3 = 0
r = (i + 2 j − k ) + λ (2 i + j + k ) 1
is perpendicular to each of the normal Its distance from (2, 1, − 1) is .
and r = (2 i + 6 j + k ) + µ ( i + 2 j + 3 k ) vectors. 6
So, it is parallel to the vector. Here, n 1 = 3 i − j + k and (4 + 6λ + λ − 1 − λ − 1 − 5λ − 3)2 1
∴ b = (2 i + j + k ) × ( i + 2 j + 3 k ) n2 = i + 4 j − 2 k ∴ =
(2 + 3λ )2 + (λ − 1)2 + (λ + 1)2 6
= ( i − 5j + 3 k ) ∴ It is parallel to the vector n 1 × n 2
−24
The required equation is = (3 i − j + k ) × ( i + 4 j − 2 k ) ⇒ (5λ + 24)λ = 0 ⇒ λ = or 0
r = ( i + 3 j + 2 k ) + λ ( i − 5j + 3 k ) 5
= − 2 i + 7 j + 13 k
The planes are 2 x − y + z − 3 = 0
25 Let n = 3 i − j + 4 k y + a z
29 Since, lines are x = = and 62 x + 29 y + 19z − 105 = 0
Line through A and parallel to n is 1 1 1
x+ a y z 33 Equation of a plane passing through the
r = i + 2 j + 3 k + λ (3 i − j + 4 k ) and = = point ( 2, − 1, − 3) and parallel to the given
= (3λ + 1) i + (2 − λ ) j 2 1 1
line is
+ (3 + 4λ ) k …(i) Let P ≅ (r , r − a, r ) and Q ≅ (2λ − a, λ, λ )
x−2 y + 1 z+ 3
Eq. (i) must satisfy the plane be the points of I and II lines.
So, DR’s of PQ are 3 2 −4 =0
3 x − y + 4z = 0.
r − 2λ + a, r − λ − a, r − λ . 2 −3 2
A (1, 2, 3)
n According to the given question, ⇒ ( x − 2)(4 − 12) − ( y + 1)(6 + 8)
r − 2λ + a r − λ − a r − λ + (z + 3)(−9 − 4) = 0
= =
2 1 2 ⇒ 8 x + 14 y + 13z + 37 = 0
From I and II terms, r − a = 2a ⇒ i j k
r = 3a
A′ 34 The common normal is 2 3 4
From II and III terms, λ = a
3 4 5
∴ P ≡ (3 a, 2 a, 3 a) and Q ≡ (a, a, a)
∴ 3(3λ + 1) − (2 − λ ) + 4(3 + 4λ ) = 0
r = − i + 2j − k
⇒ 26λ + 13 = 0 30 Let a = 3 i + 4 j − 6 k and r 1
1 b = 2i − 3j + 5 k ∴ Shortest distance = ( j + k ) ⋅ =
⇒ λ=− |r | 6
2 Q Diagonals of a parallelogram in terms
Hence, A′ is − , ,1 which is the foot
1 5 of its sides are 35 Normal to OAB is OA × OB
2 2 p = a + b and q = b − a i j k
of the perpendicular from A on the ⇒ p = 5i + j − k and q = − i − 7 j + 11 k = 1 2 1 = 5i − j − 3 k
given plane. The unit vectors along the diagonals are
2 1 3
5i + j − k − i − 7j + 11 k
26 DR’s of OC are (1, − 1, 2). and
Normal to ABC is
25 + 1 + 1 (−1)2 + 49 + 121
Let the equation of plane passing i j k
through (1, 0, 1) is 5i + j − k − i − 7j + 11 k
⇒ and AB × AC = 1 −1 2 = i − 5j − 3 k
a( x − 1) + b( y − 0) + c (z − 1) = 0 …(i) 27 171
−2 −1 1
Since, its normal is perpendicular to OC
DAY THIRTY THREE UNIT TEST 5 (VECTORS AND 3D GEOMETRY) 373
This Pdf Is
Downloaded From
www.exambites.in
VISIT NOW !!
DAY THIRTY FOUR
Statistics
Learning & Revision for the Day
u Measures of Central Tendency u Measure of Dispersion
x2 = Mean of second set of observations to N/2 or just greater than N/2 is called median class and in
n2 = Number of observations in second set and so on. that case,
N
−c
NOTE • The sum of the deviations of the individual values from AM Median = l + 2 × h,
is always zero, i.e. Σ( xi − x ) = 0. f
• The sum of squares of deviations of the individual values is where, l = Lower limit of median class
least when taken from AM i.e. Σ( xi − x ) 2 is least. f = Frequency of median class
h = Size of median class
2. Geometric Mean (GM) c = Cumulative frequency of class preceding the
If x1 , x2 , ... x n are n observations, then nth root of the product median class
of all observations is called geometric mean.
l
If x1 , x2 , K , x n are n non-zero positive observations, then 5. Mode
1 n
GM = ( x1 ⋅ x2K x n)1 / n = antilog
n i =1
Σ
log x i
Mode is the observation which has maximum frequency.
l
If x1 , x2 , … , x n are the n observations and corresponding
l
If corresponding frequencies of each observation are frequencies are f1 , f2 ,… , fn , then the observation of
f1 , f2 ,K , fn, then maximum frequency is a modal value.
1 1 n In a continuous distribution the interval which has
Σ
l
f f
GM = [ x1 1 ⋅ x2 2 K x nfn ] N = antilog fi log x i maximum frequency called modal class and in that case,
N i = 1
f1 − f0
n mode = l + × h,
where, N = Σ
i =1
fi 2 f1 − f0 − f2
where, l = Lower limit of modal class
f1 = Frequency of modal class
3. Harmonic Mean (HM) f0 = Frequency of the class preceding the modal class
The harmonic mean of any set of non-zero observations, is the f2 = Frequency of the class succeeding the modal class
reciprocal of the arithmetic mean of the reciprocals of the h = Class size
observations. l
Relation between Mean, Median and Mode
l
The harmonic mean of n items x1 , x2 ,..., x n is defined as Mode = 3 Median − 2 Mean (Emperical formula)
−1 l
It is not necessary that a distribution has unique mode.
1 n 1
HM =
1 1
n
1
= n
1
= Σ
+ +…+ 1
Σ 1 n i = 1 x i Measure of Dispersion
x1 x2 xn n i =1 xi A measure of dispersion is designed to state the extent to
l
If corresponding frequencies of each observation are which the individual observations vary from their average.
−1
1 n
fi
The commonly used measures of dispersion are :
f1 , f2 ,K , fn, then HM = Σ
i =1
N xi
Range
l
Relation between AM, GM and HM (GM )2 = ( AM ) ⋅ (HM ) The difference between the maximum and the minimum
observations is called range.
4. Median i.e. Range = L − S.
where, L = Maximum observation
If the observations are arranged in ascending or descending
and S = Minimum observation
order, then the value of the middle observation is defined as
L −S
the median. Coefficient of range =
L+S
l
Let x1 , x2 ,.., x n be n observations, arranged in ascending or
descending order, then
If n is odd, then Median =
n+1
th observation
Mean Deviation (MD)
2 The mean, of the absolute deviations of the values of the
n n variable from a measure of their average is called Mean
2 th + 2 + 1 th observation Deviation (MD).
If n is even, then Median = n
2 Σ | xi − z|
i =1
l
If in a continuous distribution the total frequency is N,
l
If x1 , x2 ,..., x n are n observations, then MD =
n
then the class whose cumulative frequency is either equal where, z = mean or mode or median
DAY THIRTY FOUR STATISTICS 377
l
If corresponding frequencies of each observation are l
Two different series having n1 and n2 observations and
f1 , f2 ,K , fn, then whose corresponding means and variances are x1 , x2 and
n
σ21 , σ22 . Then, their combined variance,
Σ fi| xi − z| n
MD =
i =1
, where N = Σ fi σ2 =
n1 σ21 + n2 σ22 + n1d12 + n2d22
,
N i =1 n1 + n2
Mean deviation
l
Coefficient of MD = where d1 = ( x1 − x12 ), d2 = ( x2 − x12 )
Corresponding average
n x + n2 x2
l
Mean deviation is least when deviations are taken from and x12 = 1 1
n1 + n2
median.
NOTE
Standard Deviation (SD) • Standard deviation is always less than range.
1/2
• Standard deviation of n natural numbers is σ =
1 2
( n − 1) .
The square root of the arithmetic mean of the squares of 12
4
deviations of the observations from their arithmetic mean is • Mean deviation = σ.
called standard deviation and it is denoted by σ. 5
l
If x1 , x2 ,K , x n are n observations, then Effect of average and dispersion on
change of origin and scale
n
Σ ( xi − x)2 n 1 n
2 Change of origin Change of scale
σ=
i =1
n
=
1
n i =1
Σ
x2i − x
n i = 1 i
Σ Mean Dependent Dependent
Median Dependent Dependent
l
If corresponding frequencies of each observation are
Mode Dependent Dependent
f1 , f2 ,K , fn, then
n Standard deviation Independent Dependent
Σ fi( xi − x)2 n 1 n
2
Variance Independent Dependent
σ=
i =1
N
=
1
N
Σ f x 2 –
i =1 i i N
Σ fi xi
i =1
, l
If x, me , mo and σ represent the mean, median, mode and
n standard deviation, respectively, of x1 , x2 , ..., x n. Then,
where N = Σ
i =1
fi (i) Mean of ax1 + b , ax2 + b , K , ax n + b , is ax + b
(ii) Median of ax1 + b , ax2 + b , K , ax n + b , is ame + b
Variance (iii) Mode of ax1 + b , ax2 + b , K , ax n + b , is amo + b
The square of SD is called variance and it is denoted by σ2 . (iv) Standard deviation of ax1 + b , ax2 + b , K , ax n + b , is| a|⋅ σ .
σ
l
Coefficient of variation = × 100%
x
7 The weighted mean of first n natural numbers whose 17 If the mean deviation of number 1, 1 + d , 1 + 2d, ...,
weights are equal to the squares of corresponding 1 + 100d from their mean is 255, then d is equal to
numbers is (a) 10.0 (b) 20.0 (c) 10.1 (d) 20.2
n+1 3n (n + 1) (n + 1) (2n + 1) n (n + 1)
(a) (b) (c) (d) 18 Consider any set of 201 observations x1, x 2,K , x 200, x 201.
2 2 (2n + 1) 6 2
It is given that x1 < x 2 < ... < x 200 < x 201. Then, the mean
8 A distribution consists of three components with deviation of this set of observations about a point k is
frequencies 20, 25 and 30 having means 25, 10 and 15 minimum when k is equal to
respectively. The mean of the combined distribution is (a) x110 (b) x1 (c) x101 (d) x 201
(a) 14 (b) 16 (c) 17.5 (d) 20
19 If the standard deviation of the numbers 2, 3, a and 11 is
9 A car completes the first half of its journey with a velocity
3.5, then which of the following is true? j JEE Mains 2016
v1 and the rest half with a velocity v 2. Then the average
(a) 3a − 26a + 55 = 0
2
(b) 3a − 32a + 84 = 0
2
velocity of the car for the whole journey is
(c) 3a 2 − 34a + 91 = 0 (d) 3a 2 − 23a + 44 = 0
v + v2 2v1v 2
(a) 1 (b) v1v 2 (c) (d) None of these
2 v1 + v 2 20 Mean and standard deviation of 100 observations were
found to be 40 and 10, respectively. If at the time of
10 The median of a set of 9 distinct observations is 20.5. If calculation two observations were wrongly taken as
each of the largest 4 observations of the set is increased 30 and 70 in place of 3 and 27 respectively, find the
by 2, then the median of the new set is correct standard deviation. j NCERT Exemplar
(a) increased by 2 (a) 10.20 (b) 10.24 (c) 10.29 (d) 10.27
(b) decreased by 2
(c) two times the original median 21 Coefficient of variation of two distributions are 50 and
(d) remains the same as that of original set 60 and their arithmetic means are 30 and 25, respectively.
Difference of their standard deviation is j NCERT Exemplar
11 The median of 19 observations of a group is 30. If two
observations with values 8 and 32 are further included, (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 1.5 (d) 2.5
then the median of the new group of 21 observations will 22 If MD is 12, the value of SD will be
be (a) 15 (b) 12 (c) 24 (d) None of these
(a) 28 (b) 30 (c) 32 (d) 34 ax + b
23 If SD of variate x is σ x , then the SD of , ∀ a, b, p ∈ R
12 If a variable takes the discrete values p
7 5 1 1 is
α + 4, α − , α − , α − 3, α − 2, α + , α − , α + 5
2 2 2 2 a p p a
(a) σx (b) σx (c) σx (d) σx
( where, α > 0), then the median is p a a p
5 1 5 24 If the standard deviation of the observations
(a) α − (b) α − (c) α − 2 (d) α +
4 2 4 −5 , − 4 , − 3, − 2, − 1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 is 10. The standard
2n 2n 2n 2n 2n deviation of the observations 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21,
13 Median of C0, C1, C2, C3, ..., Cn (where, n is
even) is 22, 23, 24, 25 will be
(a) 2n
Cn (b) 2n
Cn +1 (a) 10 + 20 (b) 10 + 10
2 2 (c) 10 (d) None of these
2n
(c) Cn −1 (d) None of these
25 A scientist is weighing each of 30 fishes. Their mean
2
weight worked out is 30 g and a standard deviation of
14 If the median and the range of four numbers
2 g. Later, it was found that the measuring scale was
{x , y , 2x + y , x − y }, where 0 < y < x < 2y, are 10 and
misaligned and always under reported every fish weight
28 respectively, then the mean of the numbers is
by 2 g. The correct mean and standard deviation (in
j
JEE Mains 2013
gram) of fishes are respectively j
AIEEE 2011
(a) 18 (b) 10 (c) 5 (d) 14
(a) 28, 4 (b) 32, 2 (c) 32, 4 (d) 28, 2
15 Find the mean deviation from the median of the following
26 The variance of first 50 even natural numbers is
data. j
NCERT Exemplar
j
JEE Mains 2014
Class interval 0-6 6-12 12-18 18-24 24-30
833 437
Frequency 4 5 3 6 2 (a) (b) 833 (c) 437 (d)
4 4
(a) 7.08 (b) 7 (c) 7.1 (d) 7.05
27 Mean of 5 observations is 7. If four of these observations
16 If the mean deviations about the median of the numbers are 6, 7, 8, 10 and one is missing, then the variance of all
a, 2a, … , 5 a is 50, then | a | is equal to the five observations is j
JEE Mains 2013
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 5 (d) 2 (a) 4 (b) 6 (c) 8 (d) 2
DAY THIRTY FOUR STATISTICS 379
28 The mean of the numbers a, b, 8, 5, 10 is 6 and the 33 Let x1, x 2,K , xn be n observations. Let w i = l ⋅ xi + k for
variance is 6.80. Then, which one of the following gives i = 1, 2,..., n, where l and k are constants. If the mean of
possible values of a and b? xi ’s is 48 and their standard deviation is 12, the mean of
(a) a = 3, b = 4 (b) a = 0, b = 7 w i ’s is 55 and standard deviation of w i ’s is 15. The values
(c) a = 5, b = 2 (d) a = 1, b = 6 of l and k should be j NCERT Exemplar
29 In an experiment with 15 observations on x, the following (a) l = 1. 25, k = −5 (b) l = −1. 25, k = 5
results were available Σx 2 = 2830, Σx = 170. One (c) l = 2 .5, k = −5 (d) l = 2 .5, k = 5
observation that was 20 was found to be wrong and was 34 If n is a natural number, then
replaced by the correct value 30. Then, the corrected Statement I The mean of the squares of first n natural
variance is (n + 1)( 2n + 1)
number is .
(a) 78.0 (b) 188.66 (c) 177.33 (d) 8.33 6
n (n + 1)
30 For two data sets, each of size 5, the variances are Statement II Σn =
2
given to be 4 and 5 and the corresponding means are (a) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
given to be 2 and 4, respectively. The variance of the correct explanation for Statement I
combined data set is (b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
5 11 13 not a correct explanation for Statement I
(a) (b) (c) 6 (d)
2 2 2 (c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
(d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true
31 If a variable x takes values xi such that a ≤ xi ≤ b, for
i = 1, 2 ,..., n, then 35 Let x1, x 2,… , xn be n observations and let x be their
(a) a ≤ Var (x) ≤ b
2 2
(b) a ≤ Var (x) ≤ b arithmetic mean and σ 2 be the variance.
a2 Statement I Variance of 2x1, 2x 2,… ,2xn is4σ 2 .
(c) ≤ Var (x) (d) (b − a) 2 ≥ Var (x)
4 Statement II Arithmetic mean 2x1 , 2x 2,… , 2xn is 4x .
32 All the students of a class performed poorly in AIEEE 2012
j
7 In a class of 100 students, there are 70 boys whose were raised to a maximum of 100 and variance of new
average marks in a subject are 75. If the average marks marks was calculated. The new variance is
of the complete class is 72, then what is the average (a) 81 (b) 122 (c) 144 (d) 125
marks of the girls?
12 If x1, x 2,..., xn are n observations such that Σxi2 = 400 and
(a) 73 (b) 65 (c) 68 (d) 74 Σxi = 80. Then, a possible value of n among the following
8 An aeroplane flies around a squares the sides of which is
measure 100 mile each. The aeroplane covers at a speed (a) 12 (b) 9 (c) 14 (d) 16
of 100 m/h the first side, at 200 m/h the second side, at 13 In a set of 2n observations, half of them are equal to a
300 m/h the third side and 400 m/h the fourth side. The and the remaining half are equal to − a. If the standard
average speed of the aeroplane around the square is deviation of all the observations is 2, then the value of | a |
(a) 190 m/h (b) 195 m/h (c) 192 m/h (d) 200 m/h is j JEE Mains 2013
9 The first of two samples has 100 items with mean 15 and (a) 2 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) 2 2
SD = 3. If the whole group has 250 items with mean 9 9
15.6 and SD = 13.44, the SD of the second group is 14 If ∑ ( xi − 5) = 9 and ∑ ( xi − 5)2 = 45, then the standard
i =1 i =1
(a) 4 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) 3.52
deviation of the 9 items xi , x 2, .., x 9 is j JEE Mains 2018
10 If a variable takes the values 0 , 1, 2 , ... ,n with
(a) 9 (b) 4 (c) 2 (d) 3
frequencies proportional to the binomial coefficients
n
C0,n C1,...,n Cn , then mean of the distribution is 15 If x1 and x 2 are the means of two distributions such that
n n (n + 1) n (n − 1) 2 x1 < x 2 and x is the mean of the combined distribution,
(a) (b) (c) (d) then
2 2 2 n
(a) x < x1 (b) x > x 2
11 The marks of some students were listed out of 75. The
x + x2
SD of marks was found to be 9. Subsequently the marks (c) x = 1 (d) x1 < x < x 2
2
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (d)
11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (b)
21. (a) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (c) 25. (b) 26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (b)
31. (d) 32. (d) 33. (a) 34. (b) 35. (c)
SESSION 2 1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (d)
⇒
Σxcorrect
=
820 the observations will be = ∑ y i = (16×16 − 16) + (3 + 4 + 5) = 252
( x1 + 1), ( x2 + 2), ..., ( x n + n ). i =1
20 20
∴ New mean Number of observations = 18
∴Correct mean = 41 18
2 Given, σ = 99 = 33 ⇒ σ = 33
2 =
( x1 + 1) + ( x2 + 2) + K + ( x n + n ) ∑ yi 252
n ∴ New mean = i =1 = = 14
12 4 2
( x1 + x2 + K + x n ) (1 + 2 + K + n ) 18 18
Clearly, SD of required series = +
n n n
= 3σ =
3 33 n (n + 1) n+1
5 We have, ∑ ( x i − 59) = 20 …(i)
2 = x+ = x+ i =1
2n 2
DAY THIRTY FOUR STATISTICS 381
n
11 Since, there are 19 observations. So, the 16 Median of a, 2 a, 3 a, 4 a, …, 50 a is
and ∑ ( x i − 54) = 70 …(ii)
middle term is 10th. 25a + 26 a
i =1
= (25.5) a
From Eq. (i), we get After including 8 and 32, i.e. 8 will come 2
n before 30 and 32 will come after 30. Mean deviation about median
∑ x i − 59n = 20 Here, new median will remain 30. 50
i =1
n 12 Firstly arrange the given data in
∑ x i − median
i =1
⇒ ∑ x i = 20 + 59n …(iii) ascending order. =
n
i =1
7 5 1
α − , α − 3, α − , α − 2, α − , 1
and similarly, from Eq. (ii), we get 2 2 2 ⇒ 50 =
n
1 50
∑ x i = 70 + 54n …(iv) α + , α + 4, α + 5
2 ⋅ 0.5 + 1.5 + 2.5 + … + 24.5)}
{2|a|(
i =1
1 25
From Eqs. (iii) and (iv), we get ∴ Median = [ Value of 4th item ⇒ 2500 = 2|a|⋅ (2 × 0.5 + 24 × 1 )
2 + Value of 5th item] 2
70 + 54n = 20 + 59n 25
1 5 = 2 a ⋅ ( 25)
⇒ 5n = 50 ⇒ n = 10 α −2+ α − 2α −
= 2 = 2 =α − 5 2
Now, from Eq. (iii), we get ∴ |a|= 4
n
2 2 4
∑ x i = 610 13 Total number of terms = n + 1 17 Clearly,
i =1 n
(which is odd) (a + l )
∴ Sample mean = 61 Sum of quantities
n + 1 + 1 ( x) = = 2
6 Let the number of boys and girls be x ∴ Median = th term n n
2 1
and y. n = [1 + 1 + 100d ] = 1 + 50d
∴ 52 x + 42 y = 50 ( x + y ) = + 1 th term = 2 nC n /2 2
2 1
⇒ 52 x + 42 y = 50 x + 50 y Now, MD = Σ| x i − x| ⇒ 255
⇒ 2x = 8y 14 First we arrange four numbers n
⇒ x = 4y according to the condition 1
0 < y < x < 2 y i.e. x − y , y , x, 2 x + y = [50d + 49d + 48d
∴ Total number of students in the class 101
2nd term + 3rd term
= x + y = 4 y + y = 5y Median = = 10 + K + d + 0 + d + K + 50d ]
2
∴ Required percentage of boys 2d 50 × 51
⇒ y + x = 20 …(i) =
4y 101 2
= × 100 % = 80% Range = (2 x + y ) − ( x − y ) = 28
5y 255 × 101
⇒ x + 2 y = 28 …(ii) ∴d = = 101.
7 Required mean 50 × 51
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
1 ⋅ 12 + 2 ⋅ 22 + K + n ⋅ n2 x = 12, y = 8 18 Given that, x1 < x2 < x3 < K < x201
=
12 + 22 + K + n2 So, four numbers are 4, 8, 12, 32.
Hence, median of the given observation
n2 (n + 1)2 4 + 8 + 12 + 32 56 201 + 1
∴ Mean = = = 14 = th item = x101
1 +2 +K+ n
3 3 3
4 4 4 2
= 2 =
1 + 22 + K + n2 n (n + 1) (2n + 1)
15 Now, deviation will be minimum of
6 taken from the median.
n (n + 1) 6 3n (n + 1) Class Mid f cf |x − M d| f|x − M d|
= × = Hence, mean deviation will be
2n + 1 2 (2n + 1) interval value x i
4 minimum, if k = x101 .
0-6 3 4 4 11 44
8 Here, x1 = 25, x2 = 10, x3 = 15 19 We know that, if x1 , x2 , ..., x n are n
6-12 9 5 9 5 25
and n1 = 20, n2 = 25, n3 = 30 observations, then their standard
12-18 15 3 12 1 3 Σx
2
Σx2i − i
Now, combined mean 1
deviation is given by
n x + n2 x2 + n3 x3 18-24 21 6 18 7 42 n n
x13 = 1 1
n1 + n2 + n3 24-30 27 2 20 13 26 (22 + 32 + a2 + 112 )
We have, (3.5)2 =
500 + 250 + 450 1200 4
= = = 16 Total 20 140 2
75 75 2 + 3 + a + 11
N 20 −
Now, = = 10, which lies in the 4
9 Clearly, average velocity 2 2 2
2v 1 v 2 49 4 + 9 + a2 + 121 16 + a
= HM of (v 1 , v 2 ) = interval 12-18. ⇒ = −
v1 + v2 l = 12, cf = 9, f = 3 4 4 4
10 − 9 49 134 + a 2
256 + a + 32a
2
10 After arranging the terms in ascending ∴ Md = 12 + ×6 ⇒ = −
n + 1 3 4 4 16
order median is the th term, N 49 4a2 + 536 − 256 − a2 − 32a
2 − cf ⇒ =
2 4 16
i.e. 5th term. Q M d = l + × h
2 ⇒ 49 × 4 = 3a2 − 32a + 280
Here, we increase largest four
⇒ 3a2 − 32a + 84 = 0
observations of the set which will come = 12 + 2 = 14
after 5th term. Σf | x − Md | 140 20 ∴ New mean,
Hence, median remains the same as that ∴Mean deviation = i i = =7 100 × 40 + 3 + 27 − 30 − 70
N 20 x=
of original set. 100
382 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY FOUR
4 Clearly, mean Total marks of 30 girls 12 Given that, Σ x2i = 400 and Σ x i = 80,
1+ 2+ 3+ K+ n = 7200 − 5250 = 1950 since σ 2 ≥ 0
( x) =
n ∴ Average marks of 30 girls 2
n(n + 1) n + 1 Σ x2i Σ xi ≥
= = 1950 ⇒ − 0
2n 2 = = 65 n n
30
Now, mean deviation from mean
400 6400
1 8 Using the harmonic mean formula, ⇒ − ≥0
= Σ| x i − x| n n n2
n 1 1 f 1
1 n+1 n+1 H
= ∑ i ⇒H= 1 n f
N i = 1 xi ∴n ≥ 16
=
n
1−
2
+ 2−
2 ∑ i
N i = 1 xi (a + a + ... + n times )
13 Mean =
n+1 ∴ Average speed + (− a − a − ... − n times)
+K+ n− 1444442444443
2 400
= 2n
1 1 − n 3− n n−1
100
1
+
1
+
1
+
1 =0
= + +K+
n 2 2 2 100 200 300 400 ( x i − x )2
∴ SD =
1 n − 1 n − 3 = 192 m / h 2n
= +
n 2 2 9 We know, a2 + a2 + ... + 2n times
=
n − 3 n − 1 n1 (σ 21 + d 12 ) + n2 (σ 22 + d 22 ) 2n
+K+ + σ2 = ,
2 2 n1 + n2 (a)2 2n
1 1 2= = |a |
= [(n − 1) + (n − 3) + K + 1] where d 1 = m1 − a, d 2 = m2 − a, a being 2n
n 2
1 n the mean of the whole group.
[n − 1 + 1]
n 14 Since, standard deviation is remain
= 100 × 15 + 150 × m2
2n 2 4 ∴ 15.6 = unchanged, if observations are added or
250 subtracted by a fixed number
5 Clearly, median score = score of ⇒ m2 = 16 9
Probability
Learning & Revision for the Day
Types of Events
Equally Likely Event
The given events are said to be equally likely, if none of them is expected to occur in
preference to the other. PRED
Mutually Exclusive/Disjoint MIRROR
Your Personal Preparation Indicator
A set of events is said to be mutually exclusive, if occurrence of one of them prevents or
denies the occurrence of any of the remaining events. u No. of Questions in Exercises (x)—
If a set of events E1 , E2 ,K , E n are mutually exclusive events, then E1 ∩ E2 ∩ ... ∩ E n = φ. u No. of Questions Attempted (y)—
u No. of Correct Questions (z)—
Exhaustive Events (Without referring Explanations)
A set of events is said to be exhaustive, if atleast one of the events compulsorily occurs.
u Accuracy Level (z / y × 100)—
If a set of events E1 , E2 ,..., E n are exhaustive events, then E1 ∪ E2 ∪ ... ∪ E n = S u Prep Level (z / x × 100)—
NOTE If the set of events E1 , E 2 , K E n are mutually exclusive and exhaustive events then E i ∩ E j = φ,
n
In order to expect good rank in JEE,
i ≠ j and ∪ E i = S your Accuracy Level should be
i =1
above 85 & Prep Level should be
above 75.
Complementary Events
In a random experiment, let S be the sample space and E be an event. If E ⊆ S , then
E c = S − E , S is called the complement of E.
DAY THIRTY FIVE PROBABILITY 385
(i) P( A ∩ B) ≥ P( A) + P(B) − 1
(ii) P( A ∩ B ∩ C) ≥ P( A) + P(B) + P(C) − 2 Baye’s Theorem
Let the sample space S be the union of n non-empty disjoint
NOTE • P( A ∩ B ) = 1 − P( A ∪ B )
subsets (mutually exclusive and exhaustive events).
• P( A ∪ B ) = 1 − P( A ∩ B )
i.e. S = A1 ∪ A2 ∪ K ∪ An and Ai ∩ A j = φ, i ≠ j
• P( A) = P( A ∩ B ) + P( A ∩ B )
For any event B such that
• P(B ) = P(B ∩ A) + P(B ∩ A )
• P (exactly one of E1 , E 2 occurs) B = ( A1 ∩ B) ∪ ( A2 ∩ B)∪K ∪ ( An ∩ B),
= P(E1 ∩ E 2 ′ ) + P(E1 ′∩E 2 ) P( Ai ∩ B) P( Ai )P (B/ Ai )
= P(E1 ) − P(E1 ∩ E 2 ) + P(E 2 ) − P(E1 ∩ E 2 ) P( Ai / B) = = n
23 Let two fair six-faced dice A and B be thrown 30 A person goes to office either by car, scooter, bus or
simultaneously. If E 1 is the event that die A shows up 1 3 2 1
train the probabilities of which being , , and ,
four, E 2 is the event that die B shows up two and E 3 is 7 7 7 7
the event that the sum of numbers on both dice is odd, respectively. The probability that he reaches office late, if
then which of the following statements is not true? 2 1 4 1
he takes car, scooter, bus or train is , , and ,
(a) E1 and E 2 are independent 9 9 9 9
(b) E 2 and E 3 are independent respectively. If he reaches office in time, the probability that
(c) E1 and E 3 are independent he travelled by car is
(d) E1 , E 2 and E 3 are not independent 1 1 2 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5 9 11 7
24 Let A, B, C be three mutually independent events.
Consider the two Statements S1 and S 2 31 A pack of playing cards was found to contain only
S1 : A and B ∪ C are independent 51 cards. If the first 13 cards which are examined are all
S 2 : A and B ∩ C are independent red, then the probability that the missing card is black, is
Then, 2 15 16 37
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 26 39 52
(a) Both S1 and S2 are true (b) Only S1 is true
(c) Only S2 is true (d) Neither S1 nor S2 is true 32 A discrete random variable X has the following
probability distribution.
25 Two independent events namely A and B and the
1 X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
probability that both A and B occurs is and the
10 P( X ) C 2C 2C 3C C2 2C 2 7C 2 + C
3
probability that neither of them occurs is . Then, the
10 The value of C and the mean of the distribution are
j NCERT Exemplar
probability of occurrence of event B is
1 1
4− 7 4+ 7 4+ 6 4− 6 (a) and 3.66 (b) and 2.66
(a) (b) (c) (d) 10 20
3 3 2 10 1
(c) and 1.33 (d) None of these
26 A committee of 4 students is selected at random from a 15
group consisting 8 boys and 4 girls. Given that there is 33 For a random variable X , E ( X ) = 3 and E ( X 2 ) = 11. Then,
atleast one girl on the committee, the probability that variable of X is
there are exactly 2 girls on the committee, is
(a) 8 (b) 5 (c) 2 (d) 1
j
NCERT Exemplar
7 13 14 34 A random variable X has the probability distribution
(a) (b) (c) (d) None of these
99 99 99 2
X 1 3 4 5 6 7 8
27 Two aeroplanes I and II bomb a target in succession.
P(X) 0.15 0.23 0.12 0.10 0.20 0.08 0.07 0.05
The probabilities of I and II scoring a hit correctly are
0.3 and 0.2, respectively. The second plane will bomb For the events E = {X is a prime number} and F = {X < 4},
only, if the first misses the target. The probability that the then the probability P (E ∪ F ) is
target is hit by the second plane, is
(a) 0.87 (b) 0.77 (c) 0.35 (d) 0.50
(a) 0.06 (b) 0.14 (c) 0.32 (d) 0.7
35 Two cards are drawn successively with replacement
28 Three machines E 1, E 2 and E 3 in a certain factory produce from a well-shuffled deck of 52 cards, then the mean of
50%, 25% and 25%, respectively, of the total daily output the number of aces is
of electric tubes. It is known that 4% of the tubes 1 3 2
produced on each of machines E 1 and E 2 are defective (a) (b) (c) (d) None of these
13 13 13
and that 5% of those produced on E 3 are defective. If on
tube is picked up at random from a day’s production, the 36 Consider 5 independent Bernoulli’s trials each with
probability that it is defective, is probability of success p. If the probability of atleast one
j
NCERT Exemplar
failure is greater than or equal to 31/32, then p lies in the
(a) 0.025 (b) 0.125 (c) 0.325 (d) 0.0425
interval
29 A bag contains 4 red and 6 black balls. A ball is drawn 3 11
(a) , (b) 0, (c) , 1 (d) ,
1 11 1 3
at random from the bag, its colour is observed and this 4 12 2 12 2 4
ball along with two additional balls of the same colour are
returned to the bag. If now a ball is drawn at random 37 A fair coin is tossed a fixed number of times. If the
from the bag, then the probability that this drawn ball is probability of getting 7 heads is equal to getting 9 heads,
red, is j
JEE Mains 2018 then the probability of getting 2 heads is
3 2 1 3 15 2 15
(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d) None of these
10 5 5 4 28 15 213
DAY THIRTY FIVE PROBABILITY 389
4 If 6 objects are distributed at random among 6 persons, 9 In a multiple choice question there are four alternative
the probability that atleast one person does not get any answers of which one or more than one is correct. A
object is candidate will get marks on the question only if he ticks
313 315 317 319 the correct answer. The candidate decides to tick
(a) (b) (c) (d) answers at random. If he is allowed up to three chances
324 322 324 324
of answer the question, then the probability that he will
5 10 apples are distributed at random among 6 persons. get marks on it is
The probability that atleast one of them will receive none 1 2 1 2
is (a) (b) (c) (d)
14
3 3 5 15
6 C4 137 135
(a) (b) 15
(c) (d) 10 Three natural numbers are taken at random from the set
143 C5 143 143
A = {x |1 ≤ x ≤ 100, x ∈ N}. The probability that the AM of
6 A draws two cards at random from a pack of 52 cards. the numbers taken is 25, is
After returning them to the pack and shuffling it, B draws 77
C2 25
C2 74
C72 75
C2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
two cards at random. The probability that their draws 100
C3 100
C3 100
C97 100
C3
contain exactly one common card is
25 50 25 11 Given that x ∈[ 0, 1] and y ∈[ 0, 1]. Let A be the event of
(a) (b) (c) (d) None of these ( x , y ) satisfying y 2 ≤ x and B be the event of ( x , y )
546 663 663
satisfying x 2 ≤ y . Then,
7 In a dice game, a player pays a stake of ` 1 for each 1
throw of a die. She receives ` 5, if the die shows a 3, ` 2, (a) P (A ∩ B) = (b) A, B are exhaustive
3
if the die shows a 1 or 6 and nothing otherwise. What is (c) A, B are mutually exclusive (d) A, B are independent
390 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY FIVE
12 If two different numbers are taken from the set adjacent to his wife given that each American man is
{0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 10}, then the probability that their sum as well seated adjacent to his wife, is
as absolute difference are both multiple of 4, is 1 1 2 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
j JEE Mains 2017 2 3 5 5
6 12 14 7 14 If the integers m and n are chosen at random from 1 to
(a) (b) (c) (d)
55 55 45 55 100, then the probability that a number of the form
13 One Indian and four American men and their wives are to 7n + 7m is divisible by 5 equals
be seated randomly around a circular table. Then, the 1 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
conditional probability that the Indian man is seated 4 2 8 3
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1 (d) 2 (c) 3 (a) 4 (c) 5 (d) 6 (b) 7 (b) 8 (b) 9 (b) 10 (b)
11 (c) 12 (c) 13 (c) 14 (a) 15 (a) 16 (a) 17 (c) 18 (c) 19 (d) 20 (a)
21 (c) 22 (c) 23 (d) 24 (a) 25 (d) 26 (d) 27 (c) 28 (d) 29 (b) 30 (d)
31 (a) 32 (a) 33 (c) 34 (b) 35 (c) 36 (b) 37 (c) 38 (b) 39 (a) 40 (c)
SESSION 2 1 (b) 2 (a) 3 (a) 4 (d) 5 (c) 6 (b) 7 (a) 8 (a) 9 (c) 10 (c)
11 (a) 12 (a) 13 (c) 14 (a)
P (C ∩ D ) B′ P (B ′ ∩ A ′ )
15 As, P C = P =
3 1 5
⇒ ≤ + P (B ) ⇒ P (B ) ≥ and
4 3 12 D P (D ) A′ P(A′ )
Also, B ⊆ A ∪ B QC ⊂ D P (B ′ ) P ( A ′ ) 1
3 = =
⇒ P (B ) ≤ P ( A ∪ B ) = ∴ P (C ∩ D ) = P (C ) P(A′ ) 2
4
P (C )
∴
5
≤ P (B ) ≤
3 = …(i) 20 Given, P ( A ∪ B ) = 1 , P ( A ∩ B ) = 1
12 4 P (D ) 6 4
Also, as P (D ) ≤ 1 1
10 Given, P ( A ) = 0.4, P (B ) = 03,
. and P(A) =
1 P (C ) 4
P ( A ∪ B ) = 0.5 ∴ ≥ 1 and ≥ P (C ) …(ii)
P (D ) P (D ) ∴ P(A ∪ B) = 1 − P (A ∪ B)
P( A ∩ B )
∴ P =
B 1 5
A P( A ) From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get =1− =
6 6
P ( A ) + P (B ) − P ( A ∪ B ) 1 3
P =
= C P (C ) P(A) = 1 − P(A) = 1 − =
≥ P (C ) and
P( A ) D P (D ) 4 4
0.4 + 03 . − 0.5 1 P ( A ∪ B ) = P ( A ) + P (B ) − P ( A ∩ B )
= =
0.4 2 16 P (E ∩ F ) = P (E ) P (F ) = 1 …(i) ⇒
5 3
= + P (B ) −
1
⇒ P (B ) =
1
12 6 4 4 3
1 1
11 Given, P ( A ) = , P (B ) = 1
P (E C ∩ F C ) = P (E C ) ⋅ P (F C ) = ⇒ A and B are not equally likely.
2 3 2 1
Also, P ( A ∩ B ) = P ( A ) ⋅ P (B ) =
and P =
A 1 1
B 4 ⇒ (1 − P (E )) (1 − P (F )) = …(ii) 4
2 So, events are independent.
∴ P ( A ′∩ B ′ ) = 1 − P ( A ∪ B ) = 1 On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
− P ( A ) − P (B ) + P ( A ∩ B ) 1 1 21 P (non-occurrence of ( A1 ))
P (E ) = and P (F ) = ,
= 1 − P ( A ) − P (B ) + P ⋅ P (B )
A 1 i
3 4 =1− =
B as P (E ) > P (F ) (i + 1) (i + 1)
1 1 1 1
= 1 − − + ⋅ = 1− − +
1 1 1 ∴ P (non-occurrence of any of events)
17 The probability of getting the sum 7 or 8
2 3 4 3 2 3 12 n
= ⋅ K
1 2 1
12 − 6 − 4 + 1 from two dice is
6
+
5 11
= . =
3 1 2 3 (n + 1) (n + 1)
= = = 36 36 36
12 12 4 The probability of getting the card with 22 P ( A ∩ B ) = P ( A ) ⋅ P (B )
2
12 Given that, P ( A ) = 1 , P A = 1 number 7 or 8 is . It means A and B are independent
4 B 2 11
events, so AC and B C will also be
B 2 ∴ Required probability independent.
and P = 1 11 1 2 11 2 193
A 3 = ⋅ + ⋅ = + = Hence, P ( A ∪ B )C = P ( AC ∩ B C )
2 36 2 11 72 22 792 [De-Morgan’s law]
We know that,
P(A ∩ B) 18 Let A be event that drawn ball is red = P ( AC ) P ( B C )
P =
A
B P (B ) and B be event that drawn ball is white. As A is independent of B,
P = P ( A )
Then, AB and BA are two disjoint cases A
B P (B ∩ A )
and P = of the given event. B
A P(A)
∴ P ( AB + BA ) = P ( AB ) + P (BA ) A
B
P ⋅ P( A ) 2 1 Q P ( A ∩ B ) = P (B ) ⋅ P
= P ( A ) P + P (B ) ⋅ P
B A B
A 3 4 1
∴ P (B ) = = = A B
P 1
A 3 23 Clearly, E1 = {(4, 1),(4, 2),(4, 3),(4, 4),
3 3 3 3 3
= ⋅ + ⋅ =
B 2
6 5 6 5 5 (4, 5),(4, 6)}
13 Given that, P ( A ) = 0. 6, P (B ) = 0.2 E2 = {(1, 2),(2, 2),(3, 2),(4, 2),(5, 2),(6, 2)}
19 Given that,
P ( A / B ) = 0. 5 and E3 = {(1, 2), (1, 4), (1, 6), (2, 1),
P (B ∩ A ) 1
P = ⇒
B 1
P ( A ∩ B ) = P ( A / B ) ⋅ P (B ) = (2, 3), (2, 5), (3, 2), (3, 4), (3, 6), (4, 1),
A 2 P(A) 2
= (0. 5)(0.2) = 0.1 (4, 3), (4, 5), (5, 2), (5, 4), (5, 6),
P ( A ′∩ B ′ ) P [( A ∪ B )′ ] 1 1 1
P ( A ′/ B ′ ) = = ⇒ P (B ∩ A ) = × = (6, 1), (6, 3), (6, 5)}
P (B ′ ) P (B ′ ) 2 4 8 6 1 6 1
P(A ∩ B) 1 ⇒ P ( E1 ) = = , P ( E2 ) = =
1 − P( A ∪ B )
P =
A 1
⇒ = 36 6 36 6
= B 4 P (B ) 4 18 1
1 − P (B ) and P (E3 ) = =
1 36 2
1 − P( A) − P( B ) + P( A ∩ B ) 3 ⇒ P (B ) = 4P ( A ∩ B ) ⇒ P (B ) =
= = 2 Now, P (E1 ∩ E2 ) = P
1 − 0.2 8
1 1 1
Q P ( A ∩ B ) = = ⋅ = P ( A ) ⋅ P (B ) [getting 4 on die A and 2 on die B]
14 P (B / A ∪ B ′ ) = P {B ∩ ( A ∪ B ′ )} 8 2 4
=
1
= P ( E1 ) ⋅ P ( E2 )
P( A ∪ B ′ ) ∴ Events A and B are independent. 36
P( A ∩ B ) A′ P(A′ ∩ B ) P ( E2 ∩ E3 ) = P
= Now, P =
P ( A ) + P (B ′ ) − P ( A ∩ B ′ ) B P (B ) [getting 2 on die B and sum of numbers
P ( A ) − P ( A ∩ B ′ ) 07 . − 0.5 1 P ( A ′ ) P (B ) 3 on both dice is odd]
= = = = = 3
07. + 0.6 − 0.5 0.8 4 P (B ) 4 = = P ( E2 ) ⋅ P ( E3 )
36
392 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY FIVE
P ( E1 ∩ E3 ) = P 14 85 4 6 6 4 24 + 24
P( A ) = 1 − = = × + × =
[getting 4 on die A and sum of 99 99 10 12 10 12 120
numbers on both dice is odd] Now, P ( A ∩ B ) = P (2 boys and 2 girls) 48 2
= =
3 8
C ⋅ 4C2 6 × 28 56 120 5
= = P ( E1 ) ⋅ P ( E3 ) = 122 = =
36 C4 495 165
30 Let C , S , B and T be the events of the
and P (E1 ∩ E2 ∩ E3 ) = P P( A ∩ B )
Thus, P (B / A ) = person going by car, scooter, bus and
[getting 4 on die A, 2 on die B P( A ) train, respectively.
and sum of numbers is odd] 56 99 168
= × = 1 3 2 1
= P (impossible event) = 0 P (C ) = , P (S ) = , P (B ) = , P (T ) =
165 85 425 7 7 7 7
Hence, E1 , E2 and E3 are not independent.
27 Let the events be A = Ist aeroplane hit Let L be the event that the person
24 Consider, the target reaching the office in time. Then, L be
P { A ∩ (B ∩ C )} = P ( A ∩ B ∩ C ) the event that the person reaching the
B = IInd aeroplane hit the target
= P ( A ) ⋅ P (B ) ⋅ P (C ) = P ( A ) ⋅ (B ∩ C ) office in late.
and their corresponding probabilities are 7 8
Now, consider P (L / C ) = , P (L / S ) = ,
P ( A ) = 03
. and P (B ) = 0.2
P [ A ∩ (B ∪ C )] = P [( A ∩ B ) ∪( A ∩ C )] 9 9
⇒ P ( A ) = 07
. and P (B ) = 0.8
= P( A ∩ B ) + P( A ∩ C ) 5
P (L / B ) = , P (L / T ) =
8
− P [( A ∩ B ) ∩ ( A ∩ C )] ∴ Required probability 9 9
= P( A ∩ B ) + P( A ∩ C ) − P( A ∩ B ∩ C ) = P ( A ) P (B ) + P ( A ) P (B ) P ( A ) P (B ) + K ∴ Required probability =
= P ( A ) ⋅ P (B ) + P ( A ) P (C ) = (0.7)(0.2) + (0.7)(0.8)(0.7)(0.2) P (C ) ⋅ P (L / C )
P (C / L ) =
− P ( A ) P (B ) P (C ) + (0.7) (0.8)(0.7)(0.8) (0.7)(0. 2) + ... P (C ) ⋅ P (L /C )
+ P (S ) ⋅ P (L /S )
= P ( A )[P (B ) + P (C ) − P (B ) P (C )] = 0.14 [1 + (0.56) + (0.56)2 + ...]
+ P (B ) ⋅ P (L / B )
= P ( A ) ⋅ P (B ∪ C ) . = 0.14 = 0.32
1
= 014
1 − 0.56 0.44 + P (T ) ⋅ P (L /T )
B ∪ C is independent to A, so S 1 is true.
B ∩ C is also independent to A, so S 2 is 1 7
28 Let D be the event that the picked up ⋅
true. 7 9 7 1
tube is defective. = = =
1 7 3 8 2 5 1 8 49 7
25 We have, Let A1 , A2 and A3 be the events that the ⋅ + ⋅ + ⋅ + ⋅
tube is produced on machines E1 , E2 7 9 7 9 7 9 7 9
1 3
P (A ∩ B)= and P ( A ∪ B ) = .
and E2 , respectively.
10 10 31 Let B stand for the event that black card
7 P (D ) = P ( A1 ) P (D | A1 ) 1
Then, P ( A ∪ B ) = 1 − P ( A ∪ B ) = is missing, then P (B ) = P (B ) = .
10 + P ( A2 ) P (D | A2 ) 2
Q P ( A ∪ B ) = P ( A ) + P (B ) − P ( A ∩ B ) + P ( A3 ) P (D | A3 ) …(i) Let E be the event that all the first
13 cards are red.
∴ P ( A ) + P (B ) = P ( A ∪ B ) + P ( A ∩ B ) 50 1 1 1
P ( A1 ) = = , P ( A2 ) = , P ( A3 ) = 26 25 14
7 1 4 100 2 4 4 ∴ P ( E /B ) = ⋅ ... ,
⇒ P ( A ) + P (B ) = + = …(i) 51 50 39
10 10 5 4 1
Also, P (D | A1 ) = P (D | A2 ) = = 25 24 13
1 100 25 P ( E /B ) = ⋅ K
Q P ( A ) ⋅ P (B ) = 51 50 39
10 5 1
P (D | A3 ) = = . P ( B ) ⋅ P ( E /B )
1 100 20 P ( B /E ) =
⇒ P (A) = P ( B ) ⋅ P ( E /B ) + P ( B ) ⋅ P ( E /B )
10P (B ) On putting these values in Eq. (i),
26 ⋅ 25 K 14
1 4 we get =
From Eq. (i), P (B ) + = 1 1 1 1 1 1 26 ⋅ 25 K 14 + 25⋅ 24 K 13
10 {P (B )} 5 P (D ) = × + × + × 26 26 2
2 25 4 25 4 20 = = =
⇒ 10 {P (B )}2 + 1 = 8 P (B ) 1 1 1 17 26 + 13 39 3
Let P (B ) = t , then 10 t 2 + 1 = 8t = + + = = 0.0425
50 100 80 400 32 Since, ΣPi = 1, we have
⇒ 10 t 2 − 8 t + 1 = 0
29 Key idea Use the theorem of total C + 2C + 2C + 3C + C 2
8± 64 − 4 × 10 × 1 8± 2 6
∴ t = = probability + 2C 2 + 7C 2 + C = 1
2 × 10 20 Let E1 = Event that first ball drawn is red i.e. 10C 2 + 9C − 1 = 0
4− 6 E2 = Event that first ball drawn i.e. (10C − 1) (C + 1) = 0
So, P (B ) = is possible.
10 is black 1
⇒ C = ,C = − 1
A = Event that second ball drawn 10
26 Let A denote the event that atleast one is red Therefore, the permissible value
girl will be chosen and B the event that A 1
4 6 of C =
exactly 2 girls will be chosen. We P ( E1 ) = ,P =
10 E1 12 10
require P (B | A ). n 7
2
2
1 According to the given condition, 2 Since, 0 ≤ P ( A ) ≤ 1, 0 ≤ P (B ) ≤ 1,
+ 6 × 2 + 7 7 +
1 1
10 10 10 ∴ P ( X = 7) = P ( X = 9) 0 ≤ P (C ) ≤ 1
n −7 n− 9
7 9
and 0 ≤ P ( A ) + P (B ) + P (C ) ≤ 1
⇒ C7 ⋅ ⋅ = C 9 ⋅ ⋅
1 4 6 12 5 1 1 1 1
= + + + + n n
3x + 1 1 2
10 10 10 10 100 2 2 2 2 ∴ 0≤ ≤ 1⇒− ≤ x ≤ …(i)
12 49 7 ⇒ n
C7 = nC 9 ⇒ n = 16 3 3 3
+ + +
100 100 10 1− x
[Q nC x = nC y ⇒ x + y = n ] 0≤ ≤ 1 ⇒ −3 ≤ x ≤ 1 …(ii)
= 3.66 2 14
4
1 − 2x
∴ P ( X = 2) = 16C2 ⋅ ⋅
1 1 1 1
33 Given that, E ( X ) = 3 and (E ( X 2 )) = 11 0≤ ≤ 1⇒ − ≤ x ≤ …(iii)
2 2 2 2 2
Variance of X = E ( X 2 ) − [E ( X )]2 C2 16 ⋅ 15 15
16 3x + 1 1 − x 1 − 2x
= = = 13 and 0 ≤ + + ≤1
= 11 − (3)2 = 11 − 9 = 2 216 217 2 3 4 2
⇒ 0 ≤ 13 − 3 x ≤ 12
34 Given, E = { X is a prime number} 38 Since, nC 4 1n , nC 5 1n and nC 6 1n are in 1 13
= {2, 3, 5, 7}
2 2 2 ⇒ ≤ x≤ …(iv)
AP. 3 3
∴ P (E ) = P ( X = 2) + P ( X = 3)
∴ nC 4 , nC 5 and nC 6 are also in AP. From Eqs. (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), we get
+ P ( X = 5) + P ( X = 7)
∴ 2 ⋅ nC 5 = nC 4 + nC 6 1
≤ x≤
1
⇒ P (E ) = 0.23 + 0.12 ∴ On dividing by nC 5 both sides, we get 3 2
+ 0.20 + 0.07 = 0.62 n
C n
C 5 n−5
and F = { X < 4} = {1, 2, 3} 2= n 4 + n 6 = + 3 There seems to be ambiguity in this
C5 C5 n − 4 6 question. It should be mentioned that
⇒ P (F ) = P ( X = 1) + P ( X = 2)
n2 − 9 n + 50 boxes are different and one particular
+ P ( X = 3) =
6(n − 4) box has 3 balls. Then, the required
⇒ P (F ) = 0.15 + 0.23 + 0.12 = 0.5
⇒ n2 − 21 n + 98 = 0 probability
and E ∩ F = {X is prime number as 11
⇒ n = 7,14
12
C 3 × 29 55 2
well as < 4} = {2, 3} = =
P (E ∩ F ) = P ( X = 2) + P ( X = 3) 312 3 3
39 Given box contains 15 green and
= 0.23 + 0.12 = 0.35 10 yellow balls. 4 Number of ways of distributing
∴ Required probability ∴ Total number of balls = 15 + 10 = 25 6 objects to 6 persons = 66
P (E ∪ F ) = P (E ) + P (F ) − P (E ∩ F ) 15 3
P (green balls) = = = p Number of ways of distributing
= 0.62 + 0.5 − 0.35= 0.77 25 5 1 object to each person = 6!
= Probability of success ∴ Required probability
35 Let X denote the number of aces. 10 2
Probability of selecting a ace, P (yellow balls) = = =q 6!
=1− 6 =1− 5 =
5! 319
25 5 6 6 324
4 1
p= = = Probability of failure
52 13 and n = 10 = Number of trials. 5 The required probability
And probability of not selecting ace, 3 2 12 = 1 − probability of each receiving
1 12 ∴ Variance = npq = 10 × × = n(E )
q = 1− = 5 5 5 atleast one = 1 −
13 13 n(S )
2
40 Clearly, probability of guessing correct
P ( X = 0 ) = ,
12 Now, the number of integral solutions
1
13 answer, p = and probability of of
3 x1 + x2 + x3 + x 4 + x 5 + x 6 = 10
P ( X = 1 ) = 2 ⋅ ⋅ =
1 12 24 2
13 13 169 guessing a wrong answer, q = such that x1 ≥ 1, x2 ≥ 1, ..., x 6 ≥ 1 gives
3
2 0 n(E ) and the number of integral
∴ The probability of guessing a 4 or
P ( X = 2) = ⋅ =
1 12 1
solutions of x1 + x2 + K + x 5 + x 6 = 10
13 13 169 more correct answer
such that x1 ≥ 0, x2 ≥ 0, ..., x 6 ≥ 0 gives
4 5
= 5C 4 ⋅ + 5C 5
24 1 2 1 n(S ).
Mean = Σ Pi X i = 0 + 1 × +2
169 3 3 3 ∴ The required probability
1 24 2 2 2 1 11 10 − 1
× = + = = 5⋅ 5 + 5 = 5 C 9
C 137
169 169 169 13 3 3 3 = 1 − 10 + 6 − 1 6 − 1 = 1 − 15 5 =
C 6 −1 C 5 143
36 We have, n = 5and r ≥ 1
SESSION 2 6 The probability of both drawing the
∴ P ( X = r ) = nC r p n − r q r , B B B B B B B B
common card x, P ( X ) = (Probability of A
∴ P ( X ≥ 1) = 1 − P ( X = 0) 1 −W −W −W −W −W −W −W −
drawing the card x and any other
31 10! 8! card y) × ( Probability of B drawing the
= 1 − 5C 0 . p 5 .q 0 ≥ n (S ) = n (E ) = 8C3 =
32 (7!) (3!) (3!)(5!) card x and a card other than y)
31 1 51 50
⇒ p5 ≤ 1 − = [because there are 8 places for C C
= 52 1 × 52 1 ∀ x,
32 32 3 black balls] C2 C2
8!
and p ≥ 0 ⇒ p ∈ 0,
1 1
∴ p≤ where x has 52 values.
2 2 (3!)(5!) (8!)(7!)
∴ P (E ) = = ∴ Required probability = Σ P ( X )
10! (10!)(5!)
37 Let the coin was tossed n times and X 51 × 50 × 4 50
(7!)(3!) = 52 × =
be the random variable representing the 7⋅ 6 7 52 × 51 × 52 × 51 663
= =
number of head appearing in n trials. 10 ⋅ 9 15
394 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY FIVE
7 Let X be the money won in one throw. combination is correct. The probability So, A and B are not independent.
Money lost in 1 throw = ` 1 of ticking the alternative correctly at the P ( A ∪ B ) = 1, P ( A ) + P (B )
1 1 2 2
Also, probability of getting 3 = first trial is that at the second trial is = + ≠ P(A ∪ B)
6 15 3 3
Probability of getting 1 or 6 14 1 = 1 and that at the So, A and B are not mutually exclusive.
1 1 2 15 14 15
⇒ + = 12 Total number of ways of selecting
6 6 6 third trial is
2 different numbers from
Probability of getting any other number 14 13 1 = 1
{0, 1, 2, ..., 10} = 11 C2 = 55
i.e. 2 or 4 or 5 15 14 13 15
Let two numbers selected be x and y.
1 1 1 3 Thus, the probability that the candidate
= + + = Then, x + y = 4m …(i)
6 6 6 6 will get marks on the question, if he is
and x − y = 4n …(ii)
Then, probability distribution is allowed up to three trials is
1 1 1 1 ⇒ 2 x = 4(m + n ) and 2 y = 4(m − n )
X 5 2 0 + + = ⇒ x = 2(m + n ) and y = 2(m − n )
15 15 15 5
1 2 3 Thus, x and y both are even numbers.
P(X)
6 6 6
10 Here, n(S ) = 100
C3
x y
As the AM of three numbers is 25, their
Then, expected money that player can 0 4, 8
sum = 75
be won 2 6, 10
∴ n(E ) = the number of integral
5 4 9
E ( X ) = + + 0 = = ` 1. 5 solutions of x1 + x2 + x3 = 75, 4 0, 8
6 6 6
where, x1 ≥ 1, x2 ≥ 1, x3 ≥ 1 6 2, 10
Thus, player’s expected profit 75−1
C3 −1 = 74C2 = 74C72 8 0, 4
= ` 1.5 − ` 1 = 0.50 74 74
C C 10 2, 6
∴ P (E ) = 100 72 = 100 72
8 Let X denote the number of correct C3 C 97
6
answer given by the student. The ∴ Required probability =
repeated tosses of a coin are Bernoulli 11 A = the event of ( x, y ) belonging 55
trials. Since, head on a coin represent to the area OTQPO 13 Let E = event when each American man
the true answer and tail represents the B = the event of ( x, y ) belonging
false answer, the correctly answered of is seated adjacent to his wife and
to the area OSQRO A = event when Indian man is seated
the question are Bernoulli trials.
Y adjacent of his wife.
∴ p = P (a success) = P(coin show up a
1 1 1 x2 = y Now, n ( A ∩ E ) = (4!) × (2!)5
head) = and q = 1 − p = 1 − = y2 = x QWhile grouping each couple, we get 5
2 2 2 1 R Q
So, X has a binomial distribution with groups which can be arranged in (5 − 1)!
1 1 ways, and each of the group can be
n = 20, p = and q = arranged in 2! ways.
2 2 T
r 20 − r and n(E ) = (5!) × (2!)4
1 1
∴ P (X = r ) = Cr ⋅
20
S QWhile grouping each American man
2 2
with his wife, we get 4 groups. These 4
Hence, P (atleast 12 questions are P x
O 1 groups together with indian man and
answered as true) his wife (total 6) can be arranged in
= P ( X ≥ 12) = P (12) + P (13) P (A) =
ar (OTQPO ) (6–1)! ways and each of the group can
+ P (14) + P (15) + P (16) ar(OPQRO ) be arranged in 2! ways.
n( A ∩ E ) (4!) × (2!)5 2
+ P (17) + P (18) + P (19) + P (20) ∴ P =
1 A
=
∫ 0
x dx
= x3 /2 =
2 2
1
E n(E )
=
(5!) × (2!)4
=
5
= C12 p q +
20 12 8 20
C13 p q 13 7
1×1 3 0 3
+ 20
C14 p14q 6 + 20
C15 p15q 5 + 20
C16 p16q 4 1 14 We observe that 71 , 72 , 73 and 74 ends in
ar (OSQRO )
P (B ) = =
∫ 0
y dy
=
2
7, 9, 3 and 1 respectively. Thus, 7l ends
+ 20
C17 p q + C18 p q +
17 3 20 18 2 20
C19 p q 19 1
ar (OPQRO ) 1×1 3 in 7, 9, 3 or 1 according as l is of the
+ 20
C20 p 20
ar (OTQS ) form 4k + 1, 4k + 2, 4k − 1 or 4k,
P (A ∩ B) =
= (20 C12 + 20
C13 + 20
C14 ar (OPQRO ) respectively. If S is the sample space,
1 1 then n(S ) = (100)2 . 7m + 7n is divisible by
+ 20
C15 + 20
C16 + 20
C17 + C18 +
20 20
C19
=
∫ 0
x dx − ∫ 0
x2 dx
5 if (i) m is of the form 4k + 1 and n is of
1 1×1 the form 4k − 1 or (ii) m is of the form
+ 20 C20 ) ⋅
220 2 1 1 4k + 2 and n is of the form 4k or (iii) m
= − =
20
is of the form 4k − 1 and n is of the form
=
1 3 3 3
(20 C12 + C13 + K +
20 20
C20 ) 4k + 1 or (iv) m is of the form 4k and n
2 2 2
Q P ( A ) + P (B ) = + ≠ 1
3 3 is of the form 4k + 1.
9 The total number of ways of ticking one So, A and B are not exhaustive. Thus, number of favourable ordered
or more alternatives out of 4 is 2 2 4 pairs (m, n ) = 4 × 25 × 25.
4
C1 + 4C2 + 4C3 + 4C 4 = 15. Out of P ( A ) ⋅ P (B ) = ⋅ = ≠ P ( A ∩ B ) 1
3 3 9 Hence, required probability is .
these 15 combinations only one 4
DAY THIRTY SIX
Mathematical
Reasoning
Learning & Revision for the Day
Sentence
A sentence is a relatively independent grammatical unit. It can stand alone or it can be
combined with other sentences to form a text, a story etc. Sentences can be divided into
different types as declarative, interrogative, imperative, exclamatory and operative
sentences.
Statement (Proposition)
A statement is a sentence which is either true or false but not both simultaneously i.e.
ambiguous sentence are not considered as statements. PRED
The working nature of statement in logic is same as nature of switch in circuit. MIRROR
Your Personal Preparation Indicator
ON (1) True (T)
i.e. Switch and Statement u No. of Questions in Exercises (x)—
OFF (0) False (F)
u No. of Questions Attempted (y)—
u No. of Correct Questions (z)—
(Without referring Explanations)
Types of statements
1. Simple statement A statement, which cannot be broken into two or more u Accuracy Level (z / y × 100)—
sentences, is a simple statement. u Prep Level (z / x × 100)—
Generally, small letters p, q , r , . . . denote simple statements. In order to expect good rank in JEE,
2. Compound statement A statement formed by two or more simple statements your Accuracy Level should be
above 85 & Prep Level should be
using the words such as “and”, “or”, “not”, “if then”, “if and only if”, is called a above 75.
compound statement.
396 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY SIX
3. Substatements Simple statements which when (ii) If p is statement, then negation of p is denoted by ‘ ~ p.’
combined to form a compound statement are called (iii) The truth table for NOT is given by
substatements or components.
p ~p
NOTE • A true statement is known as a valid statement.
• A false statement is known as an invalid statement. T F
• Imperative, exclamatory, interrogative, optative sentences F T
are not statements.
• Mathematical identities are considered to be statements
because they can either be true or false but not both. 2. Conjunction (AND)
4. Open statement A sentence which contains one or A compound sentence formed by two simple A1 A 2
more variables such that when certain values are given sentences p and q using connective “AND” is
to the variable it becomes a statement, is called an called the conjunction of p and q and is
open statement. represented by p ∧ q .
The truth table for operation ‘AND’ is given by
Truth Value and Truth Table
p q p ∧q
l
A statement can be either ‘true’ or ‘false’, which are called
truth values of a statement and it is represented by the T T T
symbols ‘T’ and ‘F’, respectively.
T F F
l
A table that shows the relationship between the truth
values of compound statement, S ( p, q , r , . . .) and the truth F T F
values of its substatements p, q , r , . . . etc., is called the truth F F F
table of statement S.
l
If a compound statement has simply n substatements, then
there are 2 n rows representing logical possibilities. NOTE • The statement p ∧ q is true, if both p and q are true.
• The statement p ∧ q is false, if atleast one of p and q or both
Logical Connectives or Sentencial are false.
Elementary Operations of Logic NOTE • The statement p ∨ q is true, if atleast one of p and q or both
Formation of compound sentences from simple sentence using are true.
logical connectives are termed as elementary operation of logic. • The statement p ∨ q is false, if both p and q are false.
There are five such operations, which are discussed below.
4 Choose disjunction among the following sentences 11 Which of the following is not equivalent to p ↔ q ?
(a) It is raining and the Sun is shining (a) p if and only if q
(b) Ram and Shyam are good friends (b) p is necessary and sufficient for q
(c) 2 or 3 is a prime number (c) q if and only if p
(d) Everyone who lies in India is an Indian (d) None of the above
5 Which among the following is not a conjunction? 12 For integers m and n, both greater than 1, consider the
(a) Gautam and Rahul are good friends following three statements j
JEE Mains 2013
(b) The Earth is round and the Sun is hot 2
P : m divides n Q : m divides n R : m is prime, then
(c) 9 > 4 and 12 > 15
(a) Q ∧ R → P (b) P ∧ Q → R
(d) None of the above
(c) Q → R (d) Q → P
6 If p : a natural number n is odd and q : natural number n
13 If p and q are two statements such that
is not divisible by 2, then the biconditional statement
p : the questions paper is easy
p ⇔ q is j
NCERT
q : we shall pass,
(a) A natural number n is odd if and only if it is divisible by 2 then the symbolic statement ~ p → ~ q means
(b) A natural number n is odd if and only if it is not divisible (a) If the question paper is easy, then we shall pass
by 2 (b) If the question paper is not easy, then we shall not pass
(c) If a natural number n is odd, then it is not divisible by 2 (c) The question paper is easy and we shall pass
(d) None of the above (d) The question paper is easy or we shall pass
DAY THIRTY SIX MATHEMATICAL REASONING 399
14 For the following three statements (b) If you take the dinner, you will get a sweet dish
p : 2 is an even number (c) You get a sweet dish if and only if you take the dinner
(d) None of the above
q : 2 is a prime number.
r : Sum of two prime numbers is always even, then the 21 Let S be a non-empty subset of R. Consider the following
symbolic statement ( p ∧ q ) → ~ r means statement
(a) 2 is an even and prime number and the sum of two P : There is a rational number x ∈ S such that x > 0 .
prime numbers is always even Which of the following statements is the negation of the
(b) 2 is an even and prime number and the sum of two statement P? j AIEEE 2010
prime numbers is not always even (a) There is a rational number x ∈ S such that x ≤ 0
(c) 2 is an even and prime number, then the sum of two (b) There is no rational number x ∈ S such that x ≤ 0
prime numbers is not always even (c) Every rational number x ∈ S satisfies x ≤ 0
(d) 2 is an even and prime number, then the sum of two (d) x ∈ S and x ≤ 0 ⇒ x is not rational
prime numbers is always even 22 The contra positive of p → (~ q →~ r ) is
15 The converse of the statement (a) (~ q ∧ r ) →~ p (b) (q ∧ ~ r ) →~ p
“If x > y , then x + a > y + a” is j NCERT Exemplar (c) p → (~ r ∨ q) (d) p ∧ (q ∧ r )
(a) If x < y, then x + a < y + a (b) If x + a > y + a, then x > y 23 p ∨ ~ ( p ∧ q ) is a
(c) If x < y, then x + a > y + a (d) If x > y, then x + a < y + a (a) contradiction (b) contingency
16 Consider the following statements (c) tautology (d) None of these
p : If a number is divisible by 10, then it is divisible 24 If p, q and r are simple propositions with truth values T, F,
by 5. T respectively, then the truth value of (~ p ∨ q ) ∧ ~ q → p
q : If a number is divisible by 5, then it is divisible is
by 10. (a) true (b) false
(c) true, if r is false (d) None of these
Then, the correct option is
(a) q is converse of p (b) p is converse of q 25 The statement p → (q → p ) is equivalent to
(c) p is not converse of q (d) Both (a) and (b) j
JEE Mains 2013
17 The negation of the statement. “If I become a teacher, (a) p → q (b) p → (p ∨ q)
(c) p → (p → q) (d) p → (p ∧ q)
then I will open a school”, is j
AIEEE 2012
(a) I will become a teacher and I will not open a school 26 The statement ( p → q ) → [(~ p → q ) → q ] is
(b) Either I will not become a teacher or I will not open a j
JEE Mains 2017
school (a) a tautology
(c) Neither I will become a teacher nor I will open a school (b) equivalent to ~ p → q
(d) I will not become a teacher or I will open a school (c) equivalent to p → ~ q
(d) a fallacy
18 Find the contrapositive of “If two triangles are identical,
then these are similar”. 27 Let p and q be two statements. Then,
(~ p ∨ q ) ∧ (~ p ∧ ~ q ) is a
(a) If two triangles are not similar, then these are not
identical (a) tautology
(b) If two triangles are not identical, then these are not (b) contradiction
similar (c) neither tautology nor contradiction
(c) If two triangles are not identical, then these are similar (d) both tautology and contradiction
(d) If two triangles are not similar, then these are identical 28 The proposition ( p ⇒ ~ p ) ∧ (~ p ⇒ p ) is
19 The contrapositive of the statement (a) contigency
(b) neither tautology nor contradiction
“If 7 is greater than 5, then 8 is greater than 6” is (c) contradiction
j
NCERT Exemplar (d) tautology
(a) If 8 is greater than 6, then 7 is greater than 5
(b) If 8 is not greater than 6, then 7 is greater than 5 29 If p and q are two statements, then
(c) If 8 is not greater than 6, then 7 is not greater than 5 ( p ⇒ q ) ⇔ (~ q ⇒ ~ p ) is a
(d) If 8 is greater than 6,then 7 is not greater than 5 (a) contradiction (b) tautology
(c) neither (a) nor (b) (d) None of these
20 The conditional statement of
“You will get a sweet dish after the dinner” is 30 The proposition S : ( p ⇒ q ) ⇔ (~ p ∨ q ) is
j
NCERT Exemplar (a) a tautology (b) a contradiction
(a) If you take the dinner, then you will get a sweet dish (c) either (a) or (b) (d) neither (a) nor (b)
400 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY SIX
9 ~ ( p ⇒ q ) ⇔~ p ∨ ~ q is 14 Consider
(a) a tautology (b) a contradiction Statement I ( p ∧ ~ q ) ∧ (~ p ∧ q ) is a fallacy.
(c) neither a tautology nor a contradiction Statement II ( p → q ) ↔ (~ q → p ) is a tautology.
(d) cannot come to any conclusion j JEE Mains 2013
10 Which of the following is wrong statement? (a) Statement I is true; Statement II is true; Statement II is a
(a) p → q is logically equivalent to ~ p ∨ q correct explanation for Statement I
(b) If the truth values of p, q, r are T, F, T respectively, then (b) Statement I is true; Statement II is true; Statement II is
the truth value of (p ∨ q) ∧ (q ∨ r ) is T not a correct explanation for Statement I
(c) ~ (∨ q ∨ q ∨ r ) ≅ ~ p ∧ ~ q ∧ ~ r (c) Statement I is true; Statement II is false
(d) The truth value of p ∧ ~ (p ∨ q) is always T (d) Statement I is false; Statement II is true
11 If p, q and r are simple propositions, then ( p ∧ q ) ∧ (q ∧ r )
15 Statement I The statement A → (B → A ) is equivalent to
is true, then
A → ( A ∨ B ).
(a) p, q and r are true (b) p, q are true and r is false
(c) p is true and q, r are false (d) p, q and r are false Statement II The statement ~ {( A ∧ B ) → (~ A ∨ B )} is
tautology. j JEE Mains 2013
12 ~ p ∧ q is logically equivalent to
(a) p ⇒ q (b) q ⇒ p (a) Statement I is true, Statement II is false
(c) ~ (p ⇒ q) (d) ~ (q ⇒ p) (b) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is
not a correct explanation for Statement I
13 Which of the following is true for any two statements p
(c) Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is a
and q?
correct explanation for Statement I
(a) ~ [p ∨ ~ q] ≡ ~ p ∧ q (b) ~ p ∧ q is a fallacy
(d) Statement I is false, Statement II is true
(c) p ∨ ~ q is a tautology (d) p ∨ ~ p is a contradiction
ANSWERS
SESSION 1 1 (d) 2 (a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 5 (a) 6 (b) 7 (b) 8 (c) 9 (a) 10 (d)
11 (d) 12 (a) 13 (b) 14 (c) 15 (b) 16 (d) 17 (a) 18 (a) 19 (c) 20 (a)
21 (c) 22 (a) 23 (c) 24 (a) 25 (b) 26 (a) 27 (c) 28 (c) 29 (b) 30 (a)
31 (a) 32 (b) 33 (c) 34 (a) 35 (c) 36 (a) 37 (a) 38 (d) 39 (a) 40 (a)
SESSION 2 1 (d) 2 (a) 3 (a) 4 (c) 5 (c) 6 (d) 7 (d) 8 (d) 9 (c) 10 (d)
11 (a) 12 (d) 13 (a) 14 (b) 15 (c)
402 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY SIX
5 In the sentence, ‘Gautam and Rahul are good friends’, the word 21 P : There is rational number x ∈ S such that x > 0.
‘and’ is not a connective. So, this sentence is not a conjunction. ~ P : Every rational number x ∈ S satisfies x ≤ 0.
m = 7, n = 14, n2 = 196 25
So, P ,Q and R are true statements. p q q→ p p → ( q → p) p∨q p → ( p ∨ q)
∴ Q ∧R = T∧T→ T = P T T T T T T
13 Given, p : The question paper is easy and q : We shall pass T F T T T T
given.
F T F T T T
The symbolic representation of given option are
(a) : p → q (b) : ~ p → ~ q (c) : p ∧ q (d) : p ∨ q F F T T F T
14 Given, p : 2 is an even number So, statement p → (q → p ) is logically equivalent to p → ( p ∨ q ).
q : 2 is a prime number
r : sum of two prime numbers is always even. 26 The truth table of the given expression is given below :
The symbolic representation of given option (s) are p q x ≡ p → q ~ p ~p → q y ≡ (~ p → q ) → q x→ y
(a) : p ∧ q ∧ r (b) : p ∧ q ∧ ~ r
(c) : p ∧ q ⇒ ~ r (d) : p ∧ q ⇒ r T T T F T T T
15 Converse statement is “If x + a > y + a, then x > y ”. T F F F- T F T
16 The converse of the statement “if p then q” is “if q then p”. F T T T T T T
Given statements are
F F T T F T T
p : if a number is divisible by 10, it is divisible by 5.
q : if a number is divisible by 5, then it is divisible by 10. Hence, it is a tautology.
It is clear that q is converse of p and p is converse of q.
DAY THIRTY SIX MATHEMATICAL REASONING 403
p q ~p ~q (~ p ∨ q ) (~ p ∧ ~ q ) (~ p ∨ q ) ∧ 33 p ∧ ( p ∨ q ) is F, when p ≡ F
27 (~ p ∧ ~ q ) p ∨ ( p ∧ q ) is F, when p ≡ F, q ≡ F
and q → [ p ∧ ( p → q )] is F, when p ≡ F, q ≡ T
T T F F T F F So, for [ p ∧ ( p → q )] → q ≡ [ p ∧ (~ p ∨ q )] → q
≡ [{ p ∧ (~ p )} ∨ ( p ∧ q )] → q
T F F T F F F
34 Suman is brilliant and dishonest, if and only if Suman is rich, is
F T T F T F F expressed as, Q ↔ (P ∧ ~ R )
So, negation of it will be ~ (Q ↔ (P ∧ ~ R )).
F F T T T T T
35
Hence, it is neither tautology nor contradiction. p q ~p p⇒q ~p∧q ( p ⇒ q ) ⇔ (~ p ∧ q )
28 T T F T F F
p ~p p ⇒~p ~p ⇒ p ( p ⇒ ~ p ) ∧ (~ p ⇒ p ) T F F F F T
F T T T T T
F T T F F
F F T T F F
T F F T F
36 By truth table
∴Statement is contradiction.
p q ~ p ~ q p ⇒ q ~( p ⇒ q ) ~ p ∨~ q ~ ( p ⇒ q)
29 ⇒ (~ p ∨~q )
p q ~q ~ p ~q ⇒~ p p⇔q ( p ⇒ q) ⇔ T T F F T F F T
(~ q ⇒ ~ p ) T F F T F T T T
T T F F T T T F T T F T F T T
T F T F F F T F F T T T F T T
T F F F F T 39 Q ~ S ( p, q ) = ~ ( p ∧ q ) = (~ p ) ∨ (~ q ) = S * (~ p, ~ q )
3 Truth table 8
p q ~p ~q ( p ∧ q) ~ ( p ∧ q)
p q r ~ p ~r p ∧~ r ~p∨q ( p ∧ ~r )
⇒ (~p ∨ q ) T T F F T F
T T T F F F T T T F F T F T
T T F F T T T T F T T F F T
T F T F F F F T
F F T T F T
T F F F T T F F ( p ⇔ q)
~ p∨ ~q q∧ p p⇔q p⇒q q⇒ p
F T T T F F T T ∨ ( q ⇒ p)
F T F T T F T T F T T T T T
F F T T F F T T T F F F T T
F F F T T F T T T F F T F T
Since, ( p ∧ ~ r ) ⇒ (~ p ∨ q ) is F. T F T T F T
Then, p = T, q = F, r = F
It is clear from the table that false statement is
4 Consider, ( p ∧ ~ q ) ∨ q ∨ (~ p ∧ q )
p ⇔ q ≡ ( p ⇒ q ) ∨ (q ⇒ p )
≡ [( p ∧ ~ q ) ∨ q] ∨ (~ p ∧ q )
Hence, it is clear from the table that p ⇔ q and
≡ [( p ∨ q ) ∧ (~ q ∨ q )] ∨ (~ p ∧ q )
( p ⇒ q ) ∨ (q ⇒ p ) is not logically equilibrium.
≡ [( p ∨ q ) ∧ t ] ∨ (~ p ∧ q )
≡ ( p ∨ q ) ∨ (~ p ∧ q ) 9
≡ ( p ∨ q ∨ ~ p) ∧ ( p ∨ q ∨ q ) p q p⇔q ~ ( p ⇔ q)
≡ (q ∨ t ) ∧ ( p ∨ q ) ≡ t ∧ ( p ∨ q ) ≡ p ∨ q T T T F
5 Truth Table T F F T
( p→ q ) ( p→ q ) ( p→ q ) F T F T
p q p→ q q→ p
∧ ( p→ q ) ∨ ( p→ q ) ∨ ( q→ p )
F F T F
T T T T T T T
~p ~q ~ p∨ ~q ~ ( p ⇔ q)
T F F T F F T ⇔ ~ p ∨~ q
F T T F T T T
F F F T
F F T T T T T
F T T T
So, only ( p → q ) ∨ (q → p ) is a tautology.
T F T T
6 Since, p is true and q is false ⇒ ~ p is false and ~ q is true.
p ↔ q is F [since, p is true, q is false] T T T F
~ p ↔ q is T [since, ~ p is false, q is false]
~ q ↔ p is T [since, ~ q is true, p is true] Last column shows that result is neither a tautology nor a
~ p ↔ ~ q is F [since, ~ p is false, ~ q is true] contradiction.
10 The truth tables of p → q and ~ p ∨ q are given below
7 A B A∨B A∧B A ∨ ( A ∨ B) A ∨ ( A ∧ B) p q ~p p→ q ~p ∨q
T T T T T T T T F T T
T F T F T T T F F F F
F T T T T
F T T F T F
F F T T T
F F F F F F
B→ Clearly, truth tables of p → q and ~ p ∨ q are same.
A→ B A ∧ (A → B) A ∧ ( A→ B ) → B So, p → q is logically equivalent to ~ p ∨ q .
( A ∧ ( A → B ))
Hence, option (a) is correct.
T T T T
If the truth value of p, q, r are T, F, T respectively, then the
F F T T truth values of p ∨ q and q ∨ r are each equal to T. Therefore,
the truth value of ( p ∨ q ) ∧ (q ∨ r ) is T.
T F T F
Hence, option (b) is correct.
T F T T We know that, ~ ( p ∨ q ∨ r ) ≅ (~ p ∧ ~ q ∧ ~ r )
So, option (c) is correct.
Since, the truth value of all the elements in the column
A ∧(A → B)→ B If p is true and q is false, then p ∨ q is true. Consequently
So, A ∧ ( A → B ) → B is tautology. ~ ( p ∨ q ) is false and hence p ∧ ~ ( p ∨ q ) is false.
Hence, option (d) is wrong.
DAY THIRTY SIX MATHEMATICAL REASONING 405
T T T T T F T T
T T F F F T T F
T F T T F F F T
T F F T F T T F
F T T F F T T T
F T T F T F T T
F F T T F T T F F F F T F T T T
Unit Test 6
(Statistics, Probability &
Mathematical Reasoning)
1 While shuffling a pack of playing cards, four are
accidently dropped. The probability that the cards are 7 An automobile driver travels from plane to a hill station,
dropped one from each suit is 120 km distant at an average speed of 30 km/h. Then, he
1 2197 3 makes the return trip at an average speed of 25 km/h. He
(a) (b) (c) (d) None of these
256 20825 20825 covers another 120 km distance on plane at an average
speed of 50 km/h. His average speed over the entire
2 If p : Ajay works hard, q : Ajay gets good marks, then distance of 360 km will be
proposition ~ p ⇒ ~ q is equivalent to
30 + 25 + 50 25 + 35 + 15
(a) Ajay does not work hard and yet he gets good marks (a) km/h (b) km/h
3 3
(b) Ajay work hard if and only if he gets good marks 3
(c) km/h (d) None of these
(c) If Ajay does not work hard, then he does not get good marks 1 1 1
+ +
(d) None of the above 30 25 50
3 ~ [( p ∨ q ) ∧ ~ ( p ∧ q )] is equivalent to 8 The marks obtained by 60 students in a certain test are
(a) p ⇔ q (b) ~ p ∧ q given below
(c) ~ (p ⇔ q) (d) None of these
Marks 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100
4 Five-digit numbers are formed using the digits 0, 2, 4, 6,
No. of
8 without repeating the digits. If a number so formed is Students
2 3 4 5 6 12 14 10 4
chosen at random, probability that it is divisible by 20 is
(a) 1/2 (b) 1/3 (c) 1/4 (d) 2/5 Find the median of the above data.
5 For a frequency distribution consisting of (a) 68.33 (b) 70
18 observations, the mean and the standard deviation (c) 71.11 (d) None of these
were found to be 7 and 4, respectively. But on 9 Assuming ( p ∨ q ) is true and ( p ∧ q ) is false, state which
comparison with the original data, it was found that a of the following proposition have true values?
figure 12 was miscopied as 21 in calculations. The (a) ~ p ∧ q (b) ~ p ∨ ~ q (c) p ⇔ q (d) None of these
correct mean and standard deviation are
(a) 6.7, 2.7 (b) 6.5, 2.5 10 Let S be the universal set and n ( X ) = k . The probability of
(c) 6.34, 2.34 (d) None of these selecting two subsets A and B of the set X such that
B = A , is
6 A boy is throwing stones at a target. The probability of 1 1 1 1
hitting the target at any trial is 1/2. The probability of (a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2k − 1 2k 3k
hitting the target 5th time at the 10th throw is
10 10 11 The probability that when 12 balls are distributed among
5 63 C5 C4
(a) (b) (c) (d) three boxes, the first box will contain three balls, is
210 29 210 210
29 12
C3 ⋅ 2 9 12
C3 ⋅ 212
(a) (b) (c) (d) None
312 312 312
DAY THIRTY SEVEN UNIT TEST 6 (STATISTICS, PROBABILITY & MATHEMATICAL REASONING) 407
12 A fair coin is tossed 100 times. The probability of getting 22 The probability that the 14th day of a randomly chosen
tails an odd number of times is month is a Saturday, is
1 1 3 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d) None of these (a) (b)
2 8 8 12 7
1
13 One mapping is selected at random from all the (c) (d) None of these
84
mappings of the set A = {1, 2, 3, … , n} into itself. The
probability that the mapping selected is one to one is 23 The mean of the numbers
30
given by C0 30C2 30C4 30
C30
1 1
, , ,......, equals to
(a) (b) 1 3 5 31
nn n! 2 30 2 26
(n − 1)! (a) (b)
(c) (d) None of these 31 31
n n −1 2 26
(c) (d) None of these
14 A natural number is selected at random from the set 31 × 15
X = {x : 1 ≤ x ≤ 100}. The probability that the number
24 If the mean of a binomial distribution is 25, then its
satisfies the inequation x 2 − 13x ≤ 30 is
standard deviation lies in the interval
9 3 2
(a) (b) (c) (d) None of these (a) [0, 5) (b) (0, 5]
50 20 11
(c) [0, 25) (d) (0, 25)
15 If 0 < P ( A ) < 1, 0 < P (B ) < 1
and P ( A ∪ B ) = P ( A ) + P (B ) − P ( A ) P (B ) , then 25 Let p : She is intelligent and q : She is studious. The
symbolic form of “it is not true that she is not intelligent or
(a) P = 0 B = 0
A
(b) P she is not studious” is
B A
(a) p ∧ ~ q (b) ~ p ∧ q
(c) P (A′ ∩ B ′) = P (A′) P (B ′) (d) P (A /B) + P (B / A) = 1
(c) p ∧ q (d) None of these
16 A man is known to speak the truth 3 out of 4 times. He
26 The negation of p → (~ p ∨ q ) is
throws a die and reports that it is a six. The probability
that it is actually a six is (a) p ∨ (p ∨ ~ q) (b) p →~ (p ∨ q)
3 1 3 (c) p → q (d) p ∧ ~ q
(a) (b) (c) (d) None of these
8 5 4 27 The proposition of ( p ∨ r ) ∧ (q ∨ r ) is equivalent to
17 A letter is taken at random from the letters of the word (a) (p ∧ q) ∨ r (b) (p ∨ q) ∧ r
‘STATISTICS’ and another letter is taken at random from (c) p ∧ (q ∨ r ) (d) p ∨ (q ∧ r )
the letters of the word ‘ASSISTANT’. The probability that 28 Which of the following statement has the truth value ' F ' ?
they are the same letters is
(a) A quadratic equation has always a real root.
1 13 19 5
(a) (b) (c) (d) (b) The number of ways of seating 2 persons in two chairs
45 90 90 18
out of n persons is P (n, 2).
2 2 (c) The cube roots of unity are in GP.
18 An ellipse of eccentricity is inscribed in a circle and
3 (d) None of the above
a point within the circle is chosen at random. The
probability that this point lies outside the ellipse is 29 The variates x and u are related by hu = x − a, then
1 2 1 2 correct relation between σ x and σu is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 3 9 9 (a) σ x = hσu (b) σu = hσ x
(c) σ x = a + hσu (d) σu = a + hσ x
19 Four-digit numbers are formed using each of the digit
1, 2, ..., 8 only once. One number from them is picked up 30 Given that, x ∈[ 0 , 1] and y ∈[ 0 , 1]. If A is the event of
at random. The probability that the selected number ( x , y ) satisfying y 2 ≤ x and B is the event of ( x , y )
contains unity is satisfying x 2 ≤ y . Then,
1 1 1
(a) (b) (a) P (A ∩ B) =
2 4 3
1 (b) A, B are exhaustive
(c) (d) None of these
8 (c) A, B are mutually exclusive
(d) A, B are independent
20 The mean of 10 numbers is 12.5, the mean of the first six
is 15 and the last five is 10. The sixth number is 31 There are two independent events A and B. The
1
(a) 12 (b) 15 probability that both A and B occurs is and the
(c) 18 (d) None of these 8
1
21 The geometric mean of numbers 7, 72 , 73 , ..., 7n is probability that neither of them occurs is . Then, the
4
(a) 7 7 / n (b) 7 n / 7 probability of the two events are, respectively
(c) 7 ( n − 1) / 2 (d) 7 ( n + 1) / 2
408 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY SEVEN
ANSWERS
1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (a) 4 (c) 5 (b) 6 (b) 7 (c) 8 (a) 9 (b) 10 (b)
11 (b) 12 (a) 13 (c) 14 (b) 15 (c) 16 (a) 17 (c) 18 (b) 19 (a) 20 (b)
21 (d) 22 (c) 23 (b) 24 (a) 25 (c) 26 (d) 27 (a) 28 (a) 29 (a) 30 (a)
31 (a) 32 (a) 33 (a) 34 (a) 35 (a) 36 (c) 37 (c) 38 (c) 39 (b) 40 (a)
DAY THIRTY SEVEN UNIT TEST 6 (STATISTICS, PROBABILITY & MATHEMATICAL REASONING) 409
C1 C3
F F T T 1 1
50-60 6 20 = 100
+ 100
+K
2 2
60-70 12 32 100
C 99
4 The total number of numbers formed is 1
+ 100
5! − 4! = 96. 70-80 14 46 2
100
If a number is divisible by 20, then the
C 99 )
80-90 10 56 1
last digit is 0 and tens digit must be = (100 C1 + 100
C3 + K + 100
90-100 4 60 2
even. The number of such numbers with 100
= 299 .
zero at the end is 4! = 24. 1 1
N =
24 1 Here, N = 60 ⇒ = 30 2 2
∴ Required probability = = 2
96 4 ⇒ median class is 60-70. 13 Total number of cases = n n
Σ xi N ∴The number of favourable cases
5 Given, =7 −c
18 = n(n − 1) …2 ⋅ 1 = n!
∴ Median = l + 2 ×h
⇒ Σ x i = 126 f ∴ Required probability
30 − 20 n ! (n − 1)!
Now, correct Σ x i = 126 − 21 + 12 = 117 = 60 + × 10 = n =
Σ x i 117 12 n n n −1
∴ True mean = = = 6. 5
18 18 100 14 Total number of ways = 100
= 60 +
Σ xi2
12 Given, x2 − 13 x ≤ 30
Since, − (Mean)2 = 42
= 68.33
2
18 ⇒ x − 13 ≤ 289
Σ x2i 2 4
∴ = 42 + (7) 2 9
18 17 13 17
p q p ∨ q p ∧ q ~p ~ p ∨~ q p⇔ q ⇒− ≤ x− ≤
⇒ Σ x2i = 1170 2 2 2
∧q
Now, correct Σ x2i = 1170 − 212 + 122 ⇒ −2 ≤ x ≤ 15
= 873 T F T F F T F Q x∈N
∴True variance F T T F T T F ∴ x ∈ {1, 2, 3, …,15}
Σ x2i
= − (Mean)2 ∴ Required probability
18 10 Total number of subsets of X is 2k .
15 3
873 ∴ Total number of possible out comes = =
= − (6.5)2 k 100 20
18 = 2 C2
= 48.5 − 42.25= 6.25 Let n(E ) = The number of selections of 15 Given,
∴ True standard deviation two non-intersecting subsets whose P ( A ∪ B ) = P ( A ) + P (B ) − P ( A ) P (B )
= True variance union is X . ∴ P ( A ∩ B ) = P ( A ) P (B )
= 6.25 = 2.5 1 Q A and B are independent events.
= ( k C 0 + kC1 + kC2 + … )
2 ⇒ P ( A ′∩ B ′ ) = P ( A ′ ) P (B ′ )
6 Here, p = 1 and q = 1 1
2 2 = × 2k 16 Let E = The event that six occurs
2
∴ Required probability and A = The event that the man reports
4 5 ∴ Required probability
= 9C 4 ×
1 1 1 that it is a six
1
2 2 × 2k
∴ P =
2 2k −1 E P ( E ) P ( A /E )
10 = 2k = A P ( E ) P ( A /E ) + P ( E ′ ) P ( A /E ′ )
= 9C 4 2k − 1
1 2
C2
2k
2 2 =
(1 /6)(3 /4)
=
3
9× 8 ×7 × 6 63 1 (1 /6)(3 /4) + (5/6)(1 /4) 8
= = 9 = k
(1 × 2 × 3 × 4) × 210 2 2 −1
410 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY SEVEN
17 Letters of the word STATISTICS are A, C, Let the sixth number be x, then 26 Clearly,
I, I, S, S, S, T, T, T. Letters of the word 35 p → (~ p ∨ q ) ≡ (~ p ) ∨ ((~ p ) ∨ q )
1× x+ 4×
ASSISTANT are A, A, I, N, S, S, S, T, T. 10 = 4 ≡ ((~ p ) ∨ (~ p )) ∨ q
Common letters are A, I, S and T. 1+ 4 [by associative law]
Probability of choosing A is ⇒ 50 = x + 35 ≡ (~ p ) ∨ q [by idempotent law]
1 2 2 ⇒ x = 15
× = .
10 9 90 Now, ~ ( p → (~ p ∨ q )) ≡ ~ ((~ p ) ∨ q )
Probability of choosing I is 21 GM = (7 ⋅ 72 K 7n )1 /n ≡ ~ (~ p ) ∧ (~ q )
1/n
2 1 2 n( n + 1 ) n +1
× = . ≡ p∧ ~ q
10 9 90 = 7 2 =7 2
31 Given, P ( A ∩ B ) = 1 1 2n
and number of workers in shift C = 250 = C n +1 + 2 nC n +1
8 2 2
−1
2
+1 −1
1 Now, let the sum of wages per person in
and P (A ∩ B) = three shifts = x, then 1 2n
4 = C n −1 + 2 nC n +1
1 Wages in shift A =
4
×x 2 2 2
∴ P ( A )⋅ P ( B ) = 15
8 36 Contrapositive of ( p ∨ q ) → r is
4
and P (A ∪ B) =
1 ⇒ × x = 400
15 ~ r →~ ( p ∨ q ) ≡ ~ r → (~ p ∧ ~ q )
4
1 ⇒ x = 1500 37 Since, A = ( x, x + 2, x + 4)
⇒ P ( A ) ⋅ P (B ) = Now, wages in shift B
8 and B = ( x − 2, x + 2, x + 6)
5
and P ( A ∪ B ) = 1 − =
1 3 = × 1500 = 500 per person ∴Mean of A
4 4 15 x+ x+ 2+ x+ 4
3 1 and wages in shift C = = x+2
⇒ = P ( A ) + P (B ) − 6
3
4 8 = × 1500 = 600 per person and mean of
[QP ( A ∪ B ) = P ( A ) + P (B ) − P ( A ∩ B )] 15 x−2+ x+ 2+ x+ 6
7 ∴Mean wage B = = x+2
⇒ P ( A ) + P (B ) = 750 × 400 + 500 × 500 + 250 × 600
3
8 Hence, group B has more variability
1 1500
Let P ( A ) = x, then P (B ) = than group A.
8x = ` 467 per worker
[Q From the given data difference in
1 7
∴ x+ = 34 Let the three students be A, B and C. scores of group A is 2 but difference in
8x 8 Also, let E , F and G denote the events of scores of group B is 4.]
8 x2 + 1 7
⇒ = standing first of three students A, B and 38 Clearly, Statement I is true but
8x 8 C respectively. Then, we have Statement II is false, as negation of given
⇒ 8x + 1 = 7x
2
1 1 2 2
P (E ) = = ; P (F ) = = statement is p ⇒ q .
or 8 x2 − 7 x + 1 = 0 1+ 2 3 2+ 5 7
7 ± 49 − 32 1 1 39 P ( A ∪ B ) = 1 − P( A ∪ B )
∴ x= and P (G ) = = .
16 1+ 7 8 ⇒ 0.8 = 1 − P ( A ∩ B )
7 ± 17 ⇒ 0.8 = 1 − P ( A ) P ( B )
P (A) = Since, the events E, F and G are
16 mutually exclusive. ⇒ 0.8 = 1 − 0.7 × P (B )
2
⇒ P (B ) = ∴P (E ∪ F ∪ G ) = P (E ) + P (F ) + P (G ) ∴
2
P (B ) =
7 ± 17 7
1 2 1
= + +
32 We know, p ⇒ q is false when p is true 3 7 8 40
and q is false. 56 + 48 + 21 125
= = p q ~p p ∨ q ( p ∨ q) ∧ ~ p ~ p ∧ q
∴ p ⇒ (q ∨ r ) is false when p is true and 168 168
(q ∨ r ) is false, and we know q ∨ r is false T T F T F F
only when both q and r are false.
35 Since, n is odd, therefore
2n 2n 2n 2n
C 0 , C1 , C2 ,..., C n are even in T F F T F F
Hence, truth values of p,q, and r are number.
respectively T, F, F. F T T T T T
Now,
1 n + 1
th
median =
33 Clearly, number of workers in shift A F F T F F F
observation
3
= × 1500 = 750 2 2
6 th
It is clear from the table both statements
n+1
Number of workers in shift B + + 1 observation are true and Statement II is a correct
explanation for Statement I.
2 2
= × 1500 = 500
6
40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY EIGHT
Mock Test 1
(Based on Complete Syllabus)
Instructions
1. This question paper contains of 30 Questions of Mathematic, divided into two Sections :
Section A Objective Type Questions and Section B Numerical Type Questions.
2. Section A contains 20 Objective questions and all Questions are compulsory (Marking Scheme : Correct + 4, Incorrect –1) .
3. Section B contains 10 Numerical value questions out of which only 5 questions are to be attempted (Marking Scheme : Correct + 4, Incorrect 0) .
8 The ends A and B of a rod of length 5 are sliding along where p is distance of the tangent from the origin, then
the curve y = 2x 2 . Let x A and xB be the x-coordinate of the locus of the point Q is
the ends. At the moment when A is at (0, 0) and B is at x2 y2 1 x2 y2 1
dx (a) + = 1+ 2 2 (b) − = 1− 2 2
(1, 2) the derivative B has the value equal to a2 b 2 a b a2 b 2 a b
dx A x2 y2 1 x2 y2 1
(c) 2 + 2 = 2 2 (d) 2 − 2 = 2 2
1 1 1 1 a b a b a b a b
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 5 8 9
18 The lines r = a + λ(b × c ) and r = b + µ(c × a ) will intersect if
9 Suppose the function g n ( x ) = x 2 n +1 + a n x + bn ; (n ∈ N ) (a) a × c = b × c (b) a ⋅ c = b ⋅ c
1
satisfies the equation ∫ ( px + q ) g n ( x ) dx = 0 for all (c) b × a = c × a (d) None of these
−1
linear functions (px+q), then 19 The volume of the parallelopiped formed by vectors $i + a$j,
(a) a n = b n = 0 (b) b n = 0, a n = –
3 a $i + $j + k$ and $j + ak$ is maximum, when a equals to
2n + 3 −1 1
(c) a n = 0, b n = –
3
(d) a n =
3
, bn = –
3 (a) 3 (b) − 3 (c) (d)
2n + 3 2n + 3 2n + 3 3 3
20 Solution of the differential equation
10 The function f ( x ) = max. {(1 − x ),(1 + x ), 2}, x ∈ ( −∞, ∞ ), is ( 3xy 2 + x sin( xy ))dy + ( y 3 + y sin( xy ))dx = 0 is
(a) continuous at all points except at x = 1and x = −1
(a) xy 3 − cos xy = C (b) xy 3 + cos xy = C
(b) differentiable at all points except at x = 1and x = −1
(c) xy 2 − cos xy = C (d) xy 2 + sin xy = C
(c) differentiable at all points
(d) None of the above Section B : Numerical Type Questions
11 The two vertices of a triangle are ( 4 , − 3) and ( − 2, 5). If the 21 The number of ordered pairs (α , β), where α , β ∈ ( −π, π )
orthocentre of the triangle is at (1, 2), then the third vertex is 1
satisfying cos (α − β ) = 1 and cos (α + β ) = is
(a) (− 33, − 26) (b) (33, 26) e
(c) ( 26, 33) (d) None of these
22 The coefficient of x 50 in (1 + x )41 (1 − x + x 2 )40 is
12 The unit vectors a and b are perpendicular and the unit
vector c is inclined at an angle θ to both a and b. If 23 The value of log7 log7 7 7 7 is k + m log7 n, then value
c = αa + βb + γ(a × b ), then which is not true ? of | k | + | m| + | n| is equal to
(a) γ 2 = 1 − 2α 2 (b) α = 2β
1 + cos 2θ
1/ 2 1 + x p
(c) γ 2 = − cos 2θ (d) β 2 = 24 The integral ∫ [ x ] + log 1 − x dx is equal to q , then
2 − 1/ 2
θ θ
value of p 2 + q 2 is equal to
2 2
13 If 0° ≤ θ ≤ 180° and 81 sin + 81 cos = 30, then θ is
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 120° (d) 150° 25 A natural number x is chosen at random from the first one
14 The sum of n terms of the following series hundred natural numbers. The probability that
( x − 20)( x − 40)
` 1 + (1 + x ) + (1 + x + x ) + . . . will be
2 < 0 is 7/a, then a is equal to
( x − 30)
1− x n x (1 − x n )
(a) (b)
1− x 1− x r r − 1
26 If A r = , where r is a natural number, then
(c)
n (1 − x) − x (1 − x n )
(d) None of these r − 1 r
(1 − x)2
| A1 | + | A 2 | + ... + | A 2018 | must be equal to k 2 , then value
15 Let function f : R → R be defined by f ( x ) = 2x + sin x for of k is equal to
x ∈ R , then f is
4 θ (tan θ − 2 θ tan θ )
(a) one-one and onto (b) one-one but not onto 27 lim is equal to
(c) onto but not one-one (d) Neither one-one nor onto
θ→ 0 (1 − cos 2θ )
+ ( 1 − x2 ) + ( 1 − x3 )
+ (1 − x ) + . . . + upto n terms}
4 y − b sin θ
O (1,2)
1 b cos θ
= [ n − ( x + x2 + x3 + . . . =
(1 − x ) b2 cos2 θ + a 2 sin 2 θ
D C (–2, 5) + upto n terms)]
B (4, –3) 1 b2 cos2 θ + a 2 sin 2 θ
1 x(1 − xn ) = =
5+3 = n − p ab
Slope of BC is =−
4 (1 − x ) 1 − x
−2 −4 3 a sin θ
n (1 − x ) − x(1 − xn ) x = a cos θ −
− 3 −2 5 = ab
Slope of BE is =− (1 − x )2
4 −1 3 b cos θ
and y = b sin θ +
k −5 15 (a)Q f( x ) = 2 x + sin x ab
and slope of AC is .
h +2 ∴ f ′ ( x ) = 2 + cos x > 0 for all x 2 2
y
⇒ + = 1 + 2 2 is the
x 1
k − 2 4 Since, f ( x ) is strictly increasing. So, f is a b
Since, AD ⊥ BC , × − = − 1 a b
h − 1 3 one-one.
required locus.
⇒ 3h = 4k − 5 …(i) Here, lim f ( x ) = −∞ and lim f ( x ) = ∞
x→ −∞ x→ ∞
18 (b) Clearly, the lines r = a + λ( b × c ) and
Again, BE ⊥ AC ,
Hence, f is onto. r = b + µ(c × a ) will intersect, if the
5 k −5
− × = −1 16 (b) Clearly, mean
shortest distance between them is zero.
3 h +2
1 i.e. (a − b ) ⋅ {( b × c ) × (c × a )} = 0
⇒ 3 h = 5 k − 31 …(ii) x= [a + (a + d ) + (a + 2d ) + . . .
(2 n + 1 ) ⇒ (a − b ) ⋅ {[ bc a ]c − [ bc c ] a } = 0
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
h = 33 and k = 26 + (a + 2 nd )] ⇒ ((a − b ) ⋅ c )[ bc a ] = 0
1 2 n + 1 ⇒ a ⋅c − b ⋅c = 0
12 (b) Here,|a | = |b | = |c | = 1, a ⋅ b = 0 = (a + a + 2 nd )
(2 n + 1 ) 2
⇒ a ⋅c = b ⋅ c
and cos θ = a ⋅ c = b ⋅ c
= a + nd 1 a 0
Now, c = α a + β b + γ (a × b ) …(i)
⇒ a ⋅ c = α( a ⋅ a ) + β ( a ⋅ b )
Now, mean deviation from mean 19 (d) Let V= a 1 1 = a − 1 − a3
2n
1
+ γ {a ⋅ (a × b )} = ∑
(2 n + 1 ) r = 0
|(a + rd ) − (a + nd ) | 0 1 a
⇒ cos θ = α | a |2 ⇒ cos θ = α dV
1 2n ∴ = 1 − 3a2 = 0
Similarly, by taking dot product on both = ∑|( r − n )d |
(2 n + 1 ) r = 0
da
sides of Eq. (i) by b, we get 1
1 ⇒ a =±
β = cos θ = × 2d (1 + 2 + . . . + n ) 3
∴ α =β (2 n + 1 )
d2 V
n( n + 1 ) Now, = − 6a
∴ From Eq. (i), we get = d da 2
2n + 1
|c |2 = |α a + βb + γ (a × b ) |2 d2 V 6
⇒ 2 =−
= α2 |a |2 + β2 |b |2 + γ 2 |a × b |2 17 (a) Equation of the tangent at P is da a = 1 3
+ 2αβ (a ⋅ b ) + 2αγ {a ⋅ (a × b )} x − a cos θ y − b sin θ 3
=
+ 2βγ {b ⋅ (a × b )} a sin θ − b cos θ Hence, it is maximum at
⇒ 1 = α2 + β2 + γ 2 |a × b|2 ⇒ xb cos θ + ay sin θ = ab 1
a = .
π
⇒ 1 = 2α2 + γ 2 |a |2 ⋅ |b |2 sin 2 The distance of the tangent from the 3
2
ab
⇒ 1 = 2α2 + γ 2 origin is p = 20 (a) We have, (3 xy2 + x sin( xy )) dy
b2 cos θ + a 2 sin 2 θ
⇒ γ 2 = 1 − 2 cos2 θ = − cos 2θ + ( y3 + y sin( xy )) dx = 0
1 − γ2 1 + cos 2θ 1 b2 cos2 θ + a 2 sin 2 θ
⇒ α 2 = β2 = = ⇒ = ⇒ (3 xy2 dy + y3 dx )
2 2 p ab
13 (a) Let 81 sin θ = t
2
+ sin( xy )( xdy + ydx ) = 0
Given, 81 sin
2
θ
+ 81 cos
2
θ
= 30
Q
1/p ⇒ d ( xy3 ) + sin( xy )d ( xy ) = 0
On integrating, we get
81 P (a cos θ, b sin θ)
∴ t + = 30 ⇒ t 2 − 30 t + 81 = 0 xy3 − cos( xy ) = C
t
⇒ ( t − 27 ) ( t − 3 ) = 0 ⇒ t = 27, 3 21 (4) Since, cos (α − β ) = 1, α − β = 2nπ
⇒ 81 sin θ = 34 sin θ = 33 , 3 1
2 2
Now, cos (α + β ) =
1 ∴ a = 25 ⇒ h = 4 + 2 t 21 = 4 + 2 ⋅ 12 = 28
e
26 (2018)|A r | = r − ( r − 1 )2 2
29 (530) Number of words starting with CC
1
⇒ cos 2 α = < 1, which is true for four ∴ |A 1 | + |A 2 | + . . . + |A 2018 | is 5!
e 2018 Number of words starting with CE is 5!
values of α, as −2 π < 2 α < 2 π.
= ∑ {r
r =1
2
− ( r − 1 )2 } Number of words starting with CI is 5!
50
22. (0) Coefficient of x in Number of words starting with CK is 5!
= (2018 )2 − (0 )2 = (2018 )2
(1 + x )41 (1 − x + x2 )40 Number of words starting with CRC is 4!
∴ k = 2018
= Coefficient of x50 in Number of words starting with CRE is
(1 + x ) (1 + x3 )40 4!
= Coefficient of x50 in 4 (θ tan θ − 2θ 2 tan θ) Now, the first word starting with CRI is
27 (2) lim
(1 + x ) (1 + 40 C 1 x3 + . . . + 40 C 16 ( x3 ) 16 θ→0 1 − cos 2 θ CRICEKT and next of it is CRICETK and
+ 40 C 17 ( x3 ) 17 + . . . ) 4 (θ sec 2 θ + tan θ − 4 θ tan θ next of it is CRICKET.
=0 Hence, number of words before the
− 2 θ2 sec 2 θ)
1 1 1 = word CRICKET
23 (6) log 7 log 7 7 2
+ +
2 sin 2 θ
= 4 × 5!+ 2 × 4!+ 2
4 8
( x − 20 ) ( x − 40 )
25 (25) Since, <0 Y'
( x − 30 )
π 2 1
⇒ x ∈ ( − ∞, 20 ) ∪ (30, 40 ) Clearly, ∠A 1 OA = ⇒ =
6 t1 3
Let E = {1, 2, 3, . . . , 19, 31, 32, . . . , 39},
⇒ t1 = 2 3
then n ( E ) = 28
Equation of normal at A 1 is
Now, required probability
28 7 y = − t 1 x + 4 t 1 + 2 t 31
P( E ) = =
100 25 Since, A ( h , 0 ) lies on it,
DAY THIRTY NINE MOCK TEST 2 417
Mock Test 2
(Based on Complete Syllabus)
Instructions
1. This question paper contains of 30 Questions of Mathematic, divided into two Sections :
Section A Objective Type Questions and Section B Numerical Type Questions.
2. Section A contains 20 Objective questions and all Questions are compulsory (Marking Scheme : Correct + 4, Incorrect –1) .
3. Section B contains 10 Numerical value questions out of which only 5 questions are to be attempted (Marking Scheme : Correct + 4, Incorrect 0) .
8 If p, p′ denote the lengths of the perpendiculars from the 15 The equation of perpendicular bisectors of sides AB and
focus and the centre of an ellipse with semi-major axis of AC of a ∆ABC are x − y + 5 = 0 and x + 2y = 0 ,
length a respectively on a tangent to the ellipse and r respectively. If the coordinates of vertex A are (1, − 2),
denotes the focal distance of the point, then then equation of BC is
(a) ap ′ = rp + 1 (b) rp = ap ′ (a) 14 x + 23 y − 40 = 0 (b) 14 x − 23 y + 40 = 0
1
(c) ap = rp ′ + (d) ap = rp ′ (c) 23 x + 14 y − 40 = 0 (d) 23 x − 23 y + 40 = 0
3
16 If | z − 25 i | ≤ 15, then | max amp ( z ) − min amp ( z )| is
9 The equation of the locus of the pole with respect to the equal to
x2 y2
+ 2 = 1, of any tangent line to the auxiliary (a) cos−1 (b) π − 2 cos−1
ellipse 3 3
2
a b 5 5
x2 y2 π
circle, is the curve 4 + 4 = λ2 , where + cos−1 (d) sin−1 − cos−1
3 3 3
(c)
a b 2 5 5 5
1
(a) λ 2 = a 2 (b) λ 2 =
a2 17 If ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral such that
(c) λ 2 = b 2
1
(d) λ 2 = 2 12 tan A − 5 = 0 and 5 cos B + 3 = 0, then the quadratic
b equation whose roots are cos C and tan D is
( 2 x + 3 ) ( 4 − 3 x )3 ( x − 4 ) (a) 39x 2 + 88 x + 48 = 0
10 The solution set for ≤0
( x − 2 )2 x 5 (b) 39x 2 − 16x − 48 = 0
(c) 39x 2 − 88 x + 48 = 0
(a) − ∞, − ∪ 0, ∪ (4 , ∞)
3 4
(d) None of the above
2 3
(b) − , 0 ∪ , 4
3 4 18 A mirror and a source of light are situated at the origin
2 3 O and a point on OX , respectively. A ray of light from the
(c) (−∞, 0) ∪ (2, ∞) source strikes the mirror and is reflected. If the DR’s of
(d) None of the above the normal to the plane of mirror are 1, −1, 1, then DC’s
for the reflected ray are
11 f ( x ) = x − cot −1 x − log( x + 1 + x 2 ) is increasing in 1 2 2 1 2 2
(a) , , (b) − , ,
(a) (−∞, ∞) (b) (−∞, 2) 3 3 3 3 3 3
(c) (2, 5) (d) (−∞, 10) 1 2
(c) − , − , −
2 1 2 2
(d) − , − ,
12 The contrapositive of the statement, ‘‘if x is a prime 3 3 3 3 3 3
number and x divides ab, then x divides a or x divides 19 If both roots of the equation 4x 2 − 2x + a = 0, a ∈ R , lies
b’’, can be symbolically represented using logical in the interval ( −1, 1), then
connectives on appropriately defined statements p, q , r 1 1
(a) −2 < a ≤ (b) −6 ≤ a ≤
and s as 4 4
(a) (~ r ∨ ~ s) → (~ p ∧ ~ q) (c) a >
1
(d) a < − 2
(b) ( r ∧ s) → (~ p ∧ ~ q) 4
(c) (~ r ∧ ~ s) → (~ p ∨ ~ q) 20 Let λ and θ be real numbers. Then, the set of all values of
(d) ( r ∨ s) → (~ p ∨ ~ q) λ for which the system of linear equations
13 The area bounded by the lines y = 2, x = 1, x = a and the λx + (sin θ )y + (cos θ )z = 0
curve y = f ( x ), which cuts the last two lines above the x + (cos θ )y + (sin θ )z = 0
2 − x + (sin θ )y − (cos θ )z = 0
first line for all a > 1, is equal to [( 2a )3 / 2 − 3a + 3 − 2 2 ]..
3 has a non-trivial solution, is
Then, f ( x ) equals (a) [0, 2 ] (b) [− 2 , 0]
(a) 2 2 x , x > 1 (b) 2 x , x > 1 (c) [− 2 , 2 ] (d) None of these
(c) 2 x , x > 1 (d) None of these
Section B : Numerical Type Questions
14 Area of a triangle with vertices (a, b ), ( x1, y1 ) and ( x 2 , y 2 ), π
φ′ ⇒ x ∈( −∞, − ∪ (0, ∪ [4 , ∞ )
dx x y x y 3 4
cos θ + sin θ = 1 …(i)
x a b 2 3
y xdy − y dx Now, p = perpendicular distance from
φ′
x x2 1 focus S (ae , 0 ) to the line (i)
⇒ = dx 11 (a) Given that,
y x ae
φ cos θ + 0 − 1 f ( x ) = x − cot −1 x − log ( x + 1 + x2 )
x a
= On differentiating w.r.t. x, we get
y y cos2 θ sin 2 θ
φ′ d + 1 1
x x 1 a2 b2 f ′( x ) = 1 + −
⇒ ∫ y
= ∫ x dx + log k 1 + x2 ( x + 1 + x2 )
φ 1 − e cos θ
x = …(ii) x
cos2 θ sin 2 θ 1 +
y + + x2
⇒ log φ = log x + log k a2 b2 1
x
Also, p′ = perpendicular distance from = 1+
1
−
1
y 1 + x2
⇒ φ = kx centre (0, 0) to the line (i) . 1 + x2
x
DAY THIRTY NINE MOCK TEST 2 421
1 + x2 + 1 − 1 + x2 1 1 1 14
= 1 ⇒ y −6 = − ( x + 7)
1 + x2 = ab r s 1 23
2
r2 s2 1 ⇒ 14 x + 23 y − 40 = 0
2 + x2 − 1 + x2
=
1 + x2 1 0 0 16 (b) We have,
ab
So, f ( x ) is an increasing function in = r s−r 1−r Y
2 2
(− ∞, ∞ ) . r s2 − r2 1 − r2
12 (c) Let p = x is a prime number [applying C 2 → C 2 − C 1
q = x divides ab and C 3 → C 3 − C 1 ] 15 15
r = x divides a ab z2 q1 z1
= {(s − r )(1 − r 2 ) − (1 − r )(s2 − r 2 )}
and s = x divides b 2 25
ab
= (s − r )(1 − r ){1 + r − (s + r )} q2
The given statement becomes in logical 2
form is p ∧ q → r ∨ s ab
= (s − r )(1 − r )(1 − s ) q1
Its contrapositive is 2 X
~(r ∨ s) → ~(p ∧ q ) ab
= (s − r )( r − 1 )(s − 1 )
⇒ (~ r ∧ ~ s ) → (~ p ∨ ~ q ) 2
Clearly, max amp ( z ) = amp ( z2 )
13 (a) We have, 15 (a) Let the coordinates of B and C are and min amp ( z ) = amp ( z 1 )
a
2 ( x 1 , y 1 ) and ( x2 , y2 ) respectively. Now,
∫ [ f( x ) − 2 ]dx = 3 [(2a )
3 /2
x + 1 y1 − 2
Then, P 1 amp ( z 1 ) = θ 1 = cos −1 = cos −1
15 3
1 , lies on 25 5
−3a + 3 − 2 2 ] 2 2
perpendicular bisector π π 15
and amp ( z2 ) = + θ2 = + sin −1
x − y + 5 = 0. 2 2 25
On differentiating both sides w.r.t. a,
π
+ sin −1
we get 3
=
Y x1 + 1 y1 − 2 2 5
∴ − = −5
2 2 ∴ |max amp( z ) − min amp ( z )|
⇒ x 1 − y 1 = − 13 …(i) π 3 3
y = f(x) = + sin −1 − cos −1
Also, PN is perpendicular to AB. 2 5 5
x=2
y1 + 2 π π 3 3
∴ ×1 = −1 = + − cos −1 − cos −1
x1 − 1 2 2 5 5
= π − 2 cos −1
3
A (1, –2) 5
0
=
2y
X′ X
x−y 17 (b) Clearly, tan A = 5 = − tan C ,
x+
+5 Q
x=a =0 12
x=1 P
3
Y′
N
cos B = − = − cos D
5
f (a ) − 2 = 2a ⋅ 2 − 3
2 3
[Qin cyclic quadrilateral,
3 2 B M C A + C = π and B + D = π]
(x1, y1) (x2, y2)
⇒ f (a ) − 2 = 2 2a − 2 5
Now, tan C = −
⇒ f (a ) = 2 2a , a > 1 ⇒ y1 + 2 = − x1 + 1 12
⇒ f( x ) = 2 2 x , x > 1 12
⇒ x 1 + y 1 = −1 …(ii) ⇒ cos C = − =α (say)
13
14 (a) Since, a , x1 and x2 are in GP with On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 3 4
and cos D = ⇒ tan D = = β (say)
common ratio r. x 1 = −7 , y 1 = 6 5 3
∴ Required equation is
∴ x 1 = ar, x2 = ar 2 So, the coordinates of B are ( −7, 6 ).
x2 − (α + β )x + αβ = 0
Also, b, y 1 and y2 are in GP with Similarly, the coordinates of C are
x2 − −
12 4
+ x + −
12 4
common ratio s. 11 , 2 . × =0
13 3 13 3
∴ y 1 = bs, y2 = bs2 5 5
⇒ 39 x2 − 16 x − 48 = 0
The area of triangle is given by Hence, equation of BC is
a b 1 a b 1 2 18 (d) Let the source of light be situated at
1 1 −6 A (a , 0, 0), where a ≠ 0.
∆ = x1 y1 1 = ar bs 1 y −6 = 5 ( x + 7)
2 2 11 Let AO be the incident ray and OB be
x2 y2 1 ar 2 bs2 1 +7
5 the reflected ray, ON is the normal to
the mirror at O.
422 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY THIRTY NINE
λ sin θ
cos θ 4 4 × 8 1 × 16
A(a, 0, 0) N(1, –1, 1) =6 × + +
B 1 cos θ
sin θ = 0 81 81 81
X −1 sin θ − cos θ 72 8
= =
81 9
⇒ λ[− cos2 θ − sin 2 θ]
∴p = 8, q = 9
− sin θ[ − cos θ + sin θ]
q/2 q/2 Hence, pq = 8 × 9 = 72
+ cos θ [sin θ + cos θ] = 0
24 (16) Let the equation of plane be
⇒ − λ + sin θ cos θ − sin 2 θ x y z
+ + = 1.
+ sin θ cos θ + cos2 θ = 0 a b c
O (0, 0, 0)
⇒ − λ + 2 sin θ cos θ + cos2 θ − sin 2 θ = 0 Let the centroid of tetrahedron OABC
θ is (α, β, γ ), then
Then, ∠AON = ∠NOB = (say) ⇒ − λ + sin 2θ + cos 2θ = 0
2 π 0+a +0+0 0+0+ b+0
DR’s of OA are (a , 0, 0 ) and so its DC’ s ⇒ λ = 2 cos 2θ − ...(i) α= , β= ,
4 4 4
are (1, 0, 0). 0+ 0+0+c
π
1 1 1 Q −1 ≤ cos 2θ − ≤ 1 ∀θ ∈ R γ=
DC’s of ON are ,− , 4 4
3 3 3
π ⇒ a = 4 α, b = 4 β, c = 4 γ
∴ cos =
θ 1 ∴ − 2 ≤ 2 cos 2θ − ≤ 2 ∀θ ∈ R
2 3 4 Since, distance of plane from origin is P,
Let l , m and n be the DC’ s of the ⇒ − 2≤ λ≤ 2 [using Eq. (i)] 1
P=
reflected ray OB. Hence, λ ∈ [ − 2 , 2 ]. 1 1 1
+ +
l+1 1 m+0 1 π a 2 b2 c 2
= =−
Then,
2 cos
θ 3
,
2 cos
θ 3
21 (3) Let I = ∫ 0
[2 sin x ] dx
⇒
1
+
1
+
1
=
1
2 2 π /6 π /2 a 2 b2 c 2 P2
n+0 1
= ∫ 0
[2 sin x ] dx + ∫ π /6
[2 sin x ] dx
On putting the values of a, b and c,
and = 5 π /6 π
θ +∫
2 cos 3
π /2
[2 sin x ] dx + ∫ 5 π /6
[2 sin x ] dx then
2 1 1 1 1
π /2 5 π /6 + + =
2 =0 +∫ 1 dx + ∫ 1 dx + 0 16 α2 16 β2 16 γ 2 P2
⇒ l = − 1, π /6 π /2
3 π /2 5 π /6 Hence, the locus of centroid is
= [ x] + [ x]
π /6 π /2
2 2
m = − ,n = π π 5π π 2π 1
+
1
+
1 16
=
3 3 = − + − = ∴ T =3 x2 y2 z2 P2
1 2 2 2 6 6 2 3
⇒ l = − ,m = − ,n = ∴ k 2 = 16
3 3 3 22 (45) Given, A’s are 30 sets with five
Hence, DC’s of the reflected ray are elements each, so 25 (4) Clearly, AC = a + b
30
1 2 2
− ,− , .
3 3 3
∑ n( A
i=1
i ) = 5 × 30 = 150 …(i)
D C
19 (a) Let f( x ) = 4 x − 2 x + a
2
If there are m distinct elements in S and
a+b
Since, both roots of f ( x ) = 0 lie in the each element of S belongs to exactly 10 b
b
of the A i ′s, then
interval ( −1, 1 ), we can take
30
D ≥ 0, f( −1 ) > 0 and f(1 ) > 0
∑ n( A i ) = 10 m …(ii)
A
1. Consider D ≥ 0, i=1
a B
⇒ ( −2 ) − 4 ⋅ 4 ⋅ a ≥ 0
2
From Eqs.(i) and (ii), we get m = 15 ⇒ |AC |2 = |a |2 + |b|2 + 2 a ⋅ b
n
1
⇒ a≤
4
…(i) Similarly, ∑ n( B ) = 3 n
j =1
j
⇒ |AC |2 = {|3 α − β |2 + |α + 3 β|2
2. Consider f( −1 ) > 0, n
+ 2 (3 α − β ) ( α + 3 β )}
4 ( −1 )2 − 2( −1 ) + a > 0
and ∑ n( B ) = 9 m
j =1
j
= 9 α2 + β2 − 6 αβ + α2 + 9 β2 + 6 α ⋅ β
⇒ a > −6 …(ii) ∴ 3n = 9m
3. Consider f(1 ) > 0, 9m
+ 6 α2 − 6 β2 + 16 α ⋅ β
⇒ n = = 3 × 15 = 45
4 (1 )2 − 2(1 ) + a > 0 3
⇒ |AC | = 16 α + 4 β2 + 16 α . β
2 2
= 4 C 2 + 4 C 3
20 (c) Since the system of given equation 2 1 2 1 ⇒ |AC |= 4 7
has a non-trivial solution, therefore 3 3 3 3
4
Similarly,|BD| = |a − b | = 4 3
+ 4 C 4
2
3 ∴ p=4
DAY THIRTY NINE MOCK TEST 2 423
π
cos − x ∴ n>7
26 (4) Clearly, 1
A =
1 sin θ 1 2 4 Hence, least value of n is 8.
|A | = − sin θ 1 sin θ ∴ a =2 30 (220) We have,
−1 − sin θ 1 28 (288) Let two particular boys as one P ( X + Y = 3 ) = P ( X = 0, Y = 3 )
⇒ |A | = 2(1 + sin 2 θ) boy, we have only four boys. + P ( X = 1, Y = 2 ) + P ( X = 2, Y = 1 )
Now, 0 ≤ sin 2 θ ≤ 1, for all θ ∈ [0, 2 π ]. ∴5 boys can be seated at a round table + P ( X = 3, Y = 0 )
⇒ 2 ≤ 2 + 2 sin 2 θ ≤ 4 , for all when two particular boys are always P ( X = 0 ) P( Y = 3 ) + P( X = 1 ) P( Y = 2 )
θ ∈ [0, 2 π ] together = 3 ! 2 !
+ P ( X = 2 ) P ( Y = 1 ) + P( X = 3 ) P( Y = 0 )
∴Largest value of|A | is 4. ⇒ 4 girls have are 4 places.
[∴X and Y are independent]
∴4 girls can be arranged in 4! ways. 5 7 5 7
= C 0 ⋅ C 3 + 5 C 1 7C 2
27 (2) Let 5 1 7 1 1 1
(sin 3 x + cos3 x ) + (cos4 x − sin 4 x ) ∴Required number = 3 ! 2 ! 4 ! = 6 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 24 2 2 2 2
A =
(1 + cos x )(1 − sin x ) = 288
1
n
(sin 3 x + cos3 x ) + (cos x + sin x ) 1 1 −
2 5 7 5 7
+ 5 C 2 C 2 + 5 C 3 C 0
1 1 1 1 1
(cos2 x + sin 2 x ) (cos x − sin x ) 29 (8) ∴S n = = 2 − n −1
7 7
= 1 − 1 2 2 2 2 2
(1 + cos x )(1 − sin x )
2 12
DAY FOURTY
Mock Test 3
(Based on Complete Syllabus)
Instructions
1. This question paper contains of 30 Questions of Mathematic, divided into two Sections :
Section A Objective Type Questions and Section B Numerical Type Questions.
2. Section A contains 20 Objective questions and all Questions are compulsory (Marking Scheme : Correct + 4, Incorrect –1) .
3. Section B contains 10 Numerical value questions out of which only 5 questions are to be attempted (Marking Scheme : Correct + 4, Incorrect 0) .
2x − sin−1 x a 1 1
6 If the function f ( x ) = , x ≠ 0 is continuous at
2x + tan−1 x 16 If the value of the determinant 1 b 1 is positive, then
each point of its domain, then the value of f ( 0) is 1 1 c
1 2 1
(a) 2 (b) (c) (d) − (a) abc > 1 (b) abc > − 8
3 3 3
(c) abc < − 8 (d) abc > − 2
7 If two distinct chords, drawn from the point ( p, q ) on the
circle x 2 + y 2 = px + qy , (where pq ≠ 0) are bisected by
17 A bag contains a white and b black balls. Two players A
and B alternately draw a ball from the bag, replacing the
the X-axis, then
ball each time after the draw. A begins the game.
(a) p 2 = q 2 (b) p 2 = 8 q 2
If the probability of A winning (that is drawing a white
(c) p 2 < 8 q 2 (d) p 2 > 8 q 2
ball) is twice the probability of B winning (that is
8 If A and B are different matrices satisfying A 3 = B 3 and drawing a black ball), then the ratio a : b is equal to
A 2B = B 2 A , then (a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1
(a) det (A 2 + B 2 ) must be zero (c) 1 : 1 (d) None of these
(b) det (A – B) must be zero
(c) det (A 2 + B 2 ) as well as det (A – B) must be zero 18 If ( 5 + 2 6 )n = I + f ; n, I ∈ N and 0 ≤ f < 1 , then I equals
1 1 1 1
(d) Atleast one of det (A 2 + B 2 ) or det (A – B) must be zero (a) −f (b) −f (c) +f (d) −f
f 1+ f 1+ f 1− f
9 A fair coin is tossed 100 times. The probability of getting
tails 1, 3, …, 49 times is 19 The median of a set of 11 distinct observations is 20.5. If
1 1 1 1 each of the last 5 observations of the set is increased by
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 4 8 16 4, then the median of the new set
10 The distance between the line (a) is increased by 2
(b) is decreased by 2
r = 2 $i − 2 $j + 3 k$ + λ ( $i − $j + 4 k$ ) (c) is two times the original a median
and the plane r ⋅ ( $i + 5 $j + k$ ) = 5 is (d) remains the same as that of the original set
10 3 10 10 x dx + y dy y3
(a) (b) (c) (d) 20 Solution of the differential equation =
3 10 3 3 9 x dx − y dy x3
11 The negation of the compound preposition p ∨ (~ p ∨ q ) is is given by
(a) (p ∧ ~ q)∧ ~ p (b) (p ∧ ~ q)∨ ~ p
3/2
x3/2 + y3/2
log + log + tan−1
3 y y
(a) +c = 0
(c) (p ∧ ~ q)∨ ~ p (d) (p ∧ q) ∧ q 2 x x3/2 x
x −1 x3/2 + y3/2
log + log + tan−1 + c = 0
2 y y
, for x ≠ 1 (b)
x
12 If f ( x ) = 2x 2 − 7x + 5 , then f ′ (1) is equal to 3 x x3/2
−1 / 2 , for x = 1 x + y −1 y
3/2
(c) log + log
2 y
+ tan 3 / 2 + c = 0
1 2 1 1 3 x x x
(a) − (b) − (c) − (d)
9 9 3 3 (d) None of the above
−2 π
13 The value of tan cos −1 − is Section B : Numerical Type Questions
7 2
2 2 1 4 21 Sixteen metre of wire is available to fence off a flower bed
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 5 3 5 5 in the form of a sector. If the flower bed has the maximum
surface then radius is ………… .
14 A boat is being rowed away from a cliff of 150 m height.
At the top of the cliff the angle of depression of boat 22 A circle is drawn to pass through the extremities of the
changes from 60° to 45° in 2 min. Then, the speed of the latusrectum of the parabola y 2 = 8x . It is given that, this
boat (in m/h) is circle also touches the directrix of the parabola. The
4500 4500 radius of this circle is equal to ………… .
(a) (b) ( 3 − 1)
3 3
4300 4500 23 The number of permutations of the letters a, b, c, d such
(c) (d) ( 3 + 1)
3 3 that b does not follow a, c does not follow b and d does
not follow c, is ………… .
15 The equation of a line of intersection of planes
4x + 4y − 5z = 12 and 8x + 12y − 13z = 32 can be written 2x + 3 dy
24 If f ′ ( x ) = sin (log x ) and y = f and at x = 1 is
as 3 − 2x dx
x −1 y + 2 z x −1 y − 2 z
(a) = = (b) = = equal to p sin log(q ), then value of p + q is equal to
2 −3 4 2 3 4
………… .
x y+1 z−2 x y z−2
(c) = = (d) = =
2 3 4 2 3 4
426 40 DAYS ~ JEE MAIN MATHEMATICS DAY FOURTY
Y Y 12 (b) Given,
x −1
, x ≠1
2
B A (p, q ) f( x ) = 2 x − 7 x + 5
(h, 0) 1
− , x =1
M 3
M (x1, y1) X¢ X
O 1 , x ≠1
Y¢ B C f( x ) = 2 x − 5
1
X¢ X As, there are two distinct chords AB and − , x =1
O A 3
Y¢ AC from A ( p, q ) which are bisected on f (1 + h ) − f(1 )
This meets the X-axis at X-axis there must be two distinct values f ′ (1 ) = lim
h →0 h
ab (1 + λ ) of h satisfying Eq. (i), then D
A ≡ , 0 1
− −
1
b + aλ = ( b2 – 4 ac ) > 0, we have
2 (1 + h ) − 5 3
(–3 p ) 2 – 4 (2 )( p2 + q 2 ) > 0 = lim
and meets the Y-axis at h →0 h
ab (1 + λ ) ⇒ p2 > 8 q 2 1 1
B ≡ 0, +
a + bλ 8 (c) Since, A 3 = B3 and A 2 B = B2 A 2h − 3 3
= lim
h →0 h
Let the mid-point of AB is M ( x 1 , y 1 ). ∴ A 3 − A 2 B = B3 − B2 A
3 + 2h − 3 2
Then,
⇒ ( A 2 + B2 )( A − B) = 0 = lim =−
h →0 3 h ( 2h − 3) 9
ab (1 + λ )
x1 = ⇒ det ( A 2 + B2 ) det ( A − B) = 0
2 ( b + aλ ) f(1 − h ) − f(1 )
Lf ′ (1 ) = lim
ab (1 + λ ) 9 (b) 1
Here, p = and q =
1 h →0 −h
and y1 =
− −
2 2 1 1
2 ( a + bλ )
∴P ( X = 1 ) + P ( X = 3 ) +…+ P ( X = 49 ) 2(1 − h ) − 5 3
1 1 2 ( b + aλ ) 2 ( a + bλ ) = lim
∴ + = + h →0 −h
y 1 ab (1 + λ ) ab (1 + λ )
100 100
x1
C 1 C 3
1 1
= 100
+ 100
= lim −
2
=−
2
2 2 2 h →0 3 (2 h + 3 )
= ( b + aλ + a + bλ ) 9
ab (1 + λ ) 100
C 49
1 2
+…+ 100
∴ f ′(1 ) = −
2 2 9
= ( b + a ) (1 + λ )
ab (1 + λ ) 100
=
1
( 100 C 1 + C 3 +…+ 13 (a) tan cos −1 − 2 − π
100 100
C 49 )
( x 1 + y 1 ) 2 (a + b ) 2
⇒ = 7 2
x 1y 1 ab 100
Q( 100 C 1 + C 3 +…+ 100 C 99 ) = 299 2 − π
⇒ 2 x 1 y 1 (a + b ) = ab ( x 1 + y 1 ) = tan π − cos −1
100
C 99 = 100
C1 7 2
but
Hence, the locus of mid-point of AB is 100 C = 100 C , … , 100 C = 100 C 2
2xy (a + b ) = ab ( x + y ) 97 3 51 49
= tan sin −1
∴ 2 ( 100 C + 100 C +…+ 100 C ) = 299 7
6 (b) Since, f( x ) is continuous 1 3 49
= tan tan −1 2 = 2
100
=
2 x − sin −1 x 1 1
∴ lim = f(0 ) × 298 = 3 5 3 5
x→ 0 2 x + tan −1 x
2 4
14 (b) Let PQ = 150 m
1 10 (c) Line is parallel to plane as
2 −
1 − x 2
( i$ − $j + 4 k$ ) ⋅ ( i$ + 5 $j + k$ ) = 0 Q
∴ f (0 ) = lim 60°
x→0 1
2+ General point on the line is 45°
1 + x2 ( λ + 2 , − λ − 2 , 4 λ + 3 ). For λ = 0 point
150 m
150 a (a + b ) 16-2r
⇒ AB = ( 3 − 1) = = P1 [say]
3 a 2 + b2 + ab
AB
∴ Speed of boat = and probability of B winning
2 a 2 + ab
1 150 = 1 − P1 = 1 − 2 r r
= × ( 3 − 1 ) × 60 a + b2 + ab
2 3 q
b2
4500 = = P2 [say]
= ( 3 − 1 ) m/h a + b2 + ab
2
3
Given, P1 = 2 P2 Then, S = surface area of sector
15 (b) Given equation of planes are a 2 + ab 2 b2 θ
⇒ = 2 = × πr 2
4 x + 4 y − 5 z = 12 …(i) a + b + ab a + b2 + ab
2 2
360
and 8 x + 12 y − 13 z = 32 …(ii)
⇒ a 2 + ab − 2 b2 = 0 We know, θ =
length of arc
Let DR’s of required line be ( l , m , n ) .
⇒ (a − b )(a + 2 b ) = 0 radius
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
⇒ a − b = 0 [Qa + 2 b ≠ 0 ] 16 − 2r
=
4l + 4m − 5n = 0 r
⇒ a =b
and 8 l + 12 m − 13 n = 0 θ 16 − 2 r 2
∴ a : b=1:1 ∴ S = πr 2 = ⋅r
⇒
l
=
m
=
n 2π 2r
8 12 16 18 (d) I + f + f ′ ⇒ S = (8 − r ) ⋅ r = 8 r − r 2
l m n = (5 + 2 6 )n + (5 − 2 6 )n
⇒ = =
2 3 4 dS
= 2k [even integer] ⇒ = 8 − 2r
Now, we take intersection point with dr
z = 0 is given by ∴ f + f′ = 1
Now, for area to be maximum,
4 x + 4 y = 12 …(iii) Now, dS
( I + f ) f ′ = (5 + 2 6 )n (5 − 2 6 )n =0
and 8 x + 12 y = 32 …(iv) dr
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get the = (1 )n = 1 ⇒ r =4
point (1, 2, 0). ⇒ ( I + f ) (1 − f ) = 1
1
22 (4) Extremities of the latusrectum of the
x −1 y −2 z ⇒ I= −f
∴ Required line is = = ⋅ parabola are (2, 4) and (2, – 4).
2 3 4 1−f
Since, any circle drawn with any focal
a 1 1 chord at its diameter touches the
19 (d) Since, n = 11, then median term
16 (b) Let ∆ ′ = 1 b 1 directrix, thus equation of required
11 + 1
1 1 c = th term = 6 th term circle is
2
( x − 2 )2 + ( y − 4 )( y + 4 ) = 0
= abc + 2 − a − b − c > 0 As, last five observations are increased
⇒ x2 + y2 − 4 x − 12 = 0
or abc + 2 > a + b + c ...(i) by 4. Hence, the median of the 6th
a + b+c observations will remain same. ∴ Radius = (2 )2 + 12 = 4
Q AM > GM ⇒ > (abc ) 1 /3
3
x dx + y dy y3
a + b + c > 3 (abc ) 1 /3 ...(ii) 20 (d) We have, =
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), x dx − y dy x3 23 (11) We have the following cases.
abc + 2 > 3 (abc ) 1 /3 d( x ) + d( y ) y
3 /2 3 /2 3 /2
⇒ = Case I a
Let (abc ) 1 /3 = x d ( x3 / 2 ) − d ( y3 / 2 ) x3 / 2
Then, x + 2 > 3 x
3 du + dv v
⇒ = In this case we have only two
⇒ ( x − 1 )2 ( x + 2 ) > 0 du − dv u possibilities, namely, a c bd and a d c b
∴ x + 2 > 0⇒x > − 2 where u = x and v = y
3 /2 3 /2
⇒ u du + u dv = v du − v dv Case II b
⇒ x3 > − 8 ⇒ abc > − 8
⇒ u du + v dv = v du − u dv
a u du + v dv v du − u dv
17 (c) Here, P( W ) = ⇒ = In this case we have only three
a + b u 2 + v2 u 2 + v2
possibilities, namely, ba d c, bd a c and
d( u + v )
2 2
= −2 d tan −1 + c
b v
and P( B) = ⇒ bd c a
a + b u 2 + v2 u
On integrating, we get Case III c
∴ Probability of A winning
log ( u 2 + v2 ) = −2 tan −1 + c
v
= P( W ) + P ( W ) P ( B ) P ( W ) + K
u In this case we have only three
P( W) 3 /2
=
log( x3 + y3 ) + tan −1
1 y c possibilities, namely, c a d b, c bd a and
1 − P( W ) P( B) ⇒ =
2 x 2 c ba d
a
a + b 21 (4) Let r be the radius of the sector and Case IV d
=
b a angle subtended at the centre
1− ⋅
a + b a + b be θ.
DAY FOURTY MOCK TEST 3 429
(3 − 2 x )(2 ) − (2 x + 3 )( −2 )
1 x4 (1 − x )4
(3 − 2 x )2
28 (154) Let I = ∫
0
1 + x2
dx 3
= 2 ∫ [(2 x2 + 9 ) − 5 x2 )] dx
0
12 2x + 3
x4 x2 − 4 x + 5 −
= sin log
1 4
= ∫ dx 3
(3 − 2 x )2 3 − 2x = 2 ∫ (9 − 3 x2 ) dx
0
1 + x2 0
1
dy = 2[9 x − x3 ]0 3
12 = ∫ (x − 4 x5 + 5 x4 ) dx
6
⇒ = sin log (5 )
dx (x = 1 ) (3 − 2 )2
0 4
1 x ∴ Area = 12 3
−4∫ dx
= 12 sin log (5 )
0 ( 1 + x2 )
∴ p = 12
Here, p = 12, q = 5 1
= ∫ (x − 4 x5 + 5 x4 ) dx − 4
6
∴ p + q = 17
0 30 (1817) We must have
1 2 1 2 k$ + 2 $j − $i
25 (64) Clearly,
x+ y
≥ xy ;
y+ z
≥ yz ∫ 0
x − 1 +
dx
1 + x2
α ( $i − 3 $j + 5 k$ ) = a$ +
3
2 2 ⇒
1
x+ z x 7 4 x6
and ≥ xz = − + x5 3a$ = α (3 i$ − 9 $j + 15 k$ ) − 2 k$ − 2 $j + $i
2 7 6 0
( x + y ) ( y + z) ( x + z) ⇒ 3a$ = (3α + 1 ) $i − (9α + 2 )$j
∴ ⋅ ⋅ x3
1
This Pdf Is
Downloaded From
www.exambites.in
VISIT NOW !!
February Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 1
Instructions
This question paper contains of 30 Questions of Physics, divided into two Sections : Section A Objective Type
Questions and Section B Numerical Type Questions.
Section A contains 20 questions and all Questions are compulsory (Marking Scheme : Correct + 4, Incorrect –1) .
Section B contains 10 questions out of which only 5 questions are to be attempted
(Marking Scheme : Correct + 4, Incorrect 0) .
24 FEBRUARY SHIFT I
Section A : Objective Type Questions 5. Consider two satellites S1 and S 2 with periods of
1. The work done by a gas molecule in an isolated system is revolution 1 h and 8 h respectively, revolving around a
− x
2 planet in circular orbits. The ratio of angular velocity of
given by, W = αβ 2e αKT , where x is the displacement, k is satellite S1 to the angular velocity of satellite S 2 is
the Boltzmann constant and T is the temperature, α and a. 8 : 1 b. 1 : 8
β are constants. c. 2 : 1 d. 1 : 4
Then, the dimensions of β will be 6. Each side of a box made of metal sheet in cubic shape is
2
a. [M L T ] 2 0
b. [M L T ] 0 a at room temperature T , the coefficient of linear
expansion of the metal sheet is α. The metal sheet is
c. [M L T − 2 ] d. [M L 2 T − 2 ] heated uniformly, by a small temperature ∆T , so that its
2. Two stars of masses m and 2m at a distance d rotate new temperature is T + ∆T . Calculate the increase in the
about their common centre of mass in free space. The volume of the metal box.
period of revolution is a. 4 πa 3α∆T b. 4a 3α∆T
1 3Gm d3 4
a. b. 2 π c. πa 3α∆T d. 3a 3α∆T
2π d3 3Gm 3
3Gm 1 d3 7. If Y, K and η are the values of Young’s modulus, bulk
c. 2 π d.
d 3
2π 3Gm modulus and modulus of rigidity of any material,
respectively. Choose the correct relation for these
3. Four identical particles of equal masses 1 kg made to parameters.
move along the circumference of a circle of radius 1 m
9Kη 9Kη
under the action of their own mutual gravitational a. Y = N/m 2 b. Y = N/m 2
attraction. The speed of each particle will be 2η + 3K 3K − η
Yη 3YK
(1 + 2 2 )G G c. K = N/m 2 d. η = N/m 2
a. b. (1 + 2 2 ) 9η − 3Y 9K + Y
2 2
c. G(1 + 2 2 ) d.
G
(2 2 − 1) 8. If the velocity-time graph has the shape AMB, what would
2 be the shape of the corresponding acceleration-time
4. Moment of inertia (MI) of four bodies, having same mass graph ?
and radius, are reported as Velocity (v)
I1 = MI of thin circular ring about its diameter,
I2 = MI of circular disk about an axis perpendicular to the A B
disk and going through the centre,
I3 = MI of solid cylinder about its axis Time (t)
and I4 = MI of solid sphere about its diameter. Then,
M
5
a. I1 + I 2 = I 3 + I4 b. I1 + I 3 < I 2 + I 4
2
c. I1 = I 2 = I 3 < I 4 d. I1 = I 2 = I 3 > I 4
2 Online JEE Main 2021 February Attempt
a a
a. t c. t m
k
a a
M
b.
d. t
t
A a. 2.0 V b. 3.6 V
p1
c. 5.6 V d. 10.0 V
13. A current through a wire depends on time as
i = α 0t + βt 2, where α 0 = 20 A/s and
p2
C
B
β = 8 As − 2. Find the charge crossed through a section of
the wire in 15 s.
a. 260 C b. 2100 C
V c. 11250 C d. 2250 C
V1 V2=2V1
14. Two equal capacitors are first connected in series and
a. 0 b. nRT ln 2 then in parallel. The ratio of the equivalent capacities in
c. nRT ln 2 + d. nRT ln 2 −
1 1 the two cases will be
2 2 a. 1 : 2 b. 2 : 1 c. 4 : 1 d. 1 : 4
10. Match List-I with List-II. 15. A cube of side a has point charges
+ Q located at each of its vertices except at the origin,
List-I List-II
where the charge is − Q. The electric field at the centre of
A. Isothermal 1. Pressure constant cube is
x
B. Isochoric 2. Temperature constant
+Q +Q
C. Adiabatic 3. Volume constant
17. In the given figure, the energy levels of hydrogen atom 22. An unpolarised light beam is incident on the polariser of a
have been shown alongwith some transitions marked polarisation experiment and the intensity of light beam
A, B, C, D and E. The transitions A, B and C respectively emerging from the analyser is measured as 100 lumens.
represent Now, if the analyser is rotated around the horizontal axis
+eV (direction of light) by 30° in clockwise direction, the
Continuum intensity of emerging light will be ....... lumens.
0 eV
n=5 –0.54 eV 23. A ball with a speed of 9 m/s collides with another identical
n=4 – 0.85 eV ball at rest. After the collision, the direction of each ball
n=3 –1.51 eV makes an angle of 30° with the original direction. The ratio
B C D of velocities of the balls after collision is x : y , where x is
n=2 –3.4 eV ........... .
A E
24. A hydraulic press can lift 100 kg when a mass m is placed
n=1 –13.6 eV on the smaller piston. It can lift ...... kg when the diameter
a. The first member of the Lyman series, third member of of the larger piston is increased by 4 times and that of the
Balmer series and second member of Paschen series. smaller piston is decreased by 4 times keeping the same
b. The ionisation potential of hydrogen, second member of mass m on the smaller piston.
Balmer series and third member of Paschen series. 25. An inclined plane is bent in such a way that the vertical
c. The series limit of Lyman series, second member of x2
Balmer series and second member of Paschen series. cross-section is given by y = where, y is in vertical and x
4
d. The series limit of Lyman series, third member of Balmer
in horizontal direction. If the upper surface of this curved
series and second member of Paschen series.
plane is rough with coefficient of friction µ = 0.5, the
18. Given below are two statements : maximum height in cm at which a stationary block will not
Statement I Two photons having equal linear slip downward is .......... cm.
momenta have equal wavelengths. 26. A resonance circuit having inductance and resistance
Statement II If the wavelength of photon is decreased, 2 × 10− 4 H and 6.28 Ω respectively oscillates at 10 MHz
then the momentum and energy of a photon will also frequency. The value of quality factor of this resonator is
decrease. .......... .
In the light of the above statements, choose the correct [Take, π = 3.14]
answer from the options given below. 27. An audio signal v m = 20 sin 2π(1500 t) amplitude modulates
a. Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
a carrier v c = 80 sin 2π(100000 t)
b. Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
c. Statement I is true but Statement II is false. The value of per cent modulation is ......... .
d. Statement I is false but Statement II is true. 28. In connection with the circuit drawn below, the value of
19. The focal length f is related to the radius of curvature r current flowing through 2kΩ resistor is ....... × 10− 4 A.
of the spherical convex mirror by
r r 1kΩ
a. f = r b. f = − r c. f = − d. f = +
2 2 2 kΩ 5V
20. In a Young’s double slit experiment, the width of the
one of the slit is three times the other slit. The
amplitude of the light coming from a slit is proportional 10 V
to the slit-width. Find the ratio of the maximum to the
minimum intensity in the interference pattern.
29. An electromagnetic wave of frequency
5 GHz, is travelling in a medium whose relative electric
a. 4 : 1 b. 2 : 1 c. 1 : 4 d. 3 : 1
permittivity and relative magnetic permeability both are 2.
Section B : Numerical Type Questions Its velocity in this medium is ...... × 107 m/s.
21. The coefficient of static friction between a wooden 30. A common transistor radio set requires 12 V (DC) for its
block of mass 0.5 kg and a vertical rough wall is 0.2. operation. The DC source is constructed by using a
The magnitude of horizontal force that should be transformer and a rectifier circuit, which are operated at
applied on the block to keep it adhere to the wall will 220 V (AC) on standard domestic AC supply. The number
be ........ N. [Take, g = 10 ms − 2] of turns of secondary coil are 24, then the number of
turns of primary are ............ .
24 FEBRUARY SHIFT II
Section A : Objective Type Questions 7. Given below are two statements:
1. When a particle executes SHM, the nature of graphical Statement I p-n junction diodes can be used to function as
representation of velocity as a function of displacement transistor, simply by connecting two diodes, back to back,
is which acts as the base terminal.
a. circular b. elliptical Statement II In the study of transistor, the amplification
c. parabolic d. straight line factor β indicates ratio of the collector current to the base
2. Two electrons each are fixed at a distance 2d. A third current.
charge proton placed at the mid-point is displaced In the light of the above statements, choose the correct
slightly by a distance x( x < < d) perpendicular to the line answer from the options given below.
joining the two fixed charges. Proton will execute simple a. Statement I is false but Statement II is true.
harmonic motion having angular frequency? b. Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
(m = mass of charged particle) c. Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
1 1
2q 2 2 πε md 3 2 d. Statement I is true but Statement II is false.
a. b. 0 2
3
πε0 md 2q 8. In the given figure, a body of mass M is held between two
1 1 massless springs, on a smooth inclined plane. The free
q2 2 2 πε0 md 3 2 ends of the springs are attached to firm supports. If each
c. 3
d.
2πε0 md q2 spring has spring constant k, then the frequency of
oscillation of given body is
3. On the basis of kinetic theory of gases, the gas exerts
pressure because its molecules
k
a. continuously lose their energy till it reaches wall
b. are attracted by the walls of container
k M
c. continuously stick to the walls of container
d. suffer change in momentum when impinge on the walls of α
container
4. A soft ferromagnetic material is placed in an external 1 k 1 2k
magnetic field. The magnetic domains a. b.
2π 2M 2π Mg sin α
a. increase in size but no change in orientation
b. have no relation with external magnetic field 1 2k 1 k
c. d.
c. decrease in size and changes orientation 2π M 2π Mg sin α
d. may increase or decrease in size and change its orientation
9. Figure shows a circuit that contains four identical
5. A resistors with resistance R = 20. Ω, two identical
C
B inductors with inductance L = 2.0 mH and an ideal
The logic circuit shown above is equivalent to battery with electromotive force E = 9 V. The current i just
after the switch S is closed will be
A
a. C
B
S
A L R
b. A
C +
B R
E=9 V – i
R L
A
c. C
B
R
a. 2.25 A b. 3.0 A c. 3.37 A d. 9 A
A
d. C 10. The de-Broglie wavelength of a proton and α-particle are
B
equal. The ratio of their velocities is
6. The period of oscillation of a simple pendulum is a. 4 : 3 b. 4 : 1 c. 4 : 2 d. 1: 4
L
T = 2π . Measured value of L is 1.0 m from metre scale 11. If one mole of an ideal gas at ( p1, V1) is allowed to expand
g
reversibly and isothermally
having a minimum division of 1 mm and time of one
complete oscillation is 1.95 s measured from stopwatch (A to B ), its pressure is reduced to one-half of the original
of 0.01 s resolution. The percentage error in the pressure (see figure). This is followed by a constant
determination of g will be volume cooling till its pressure is reduced to one-fourth
a. 1.13% b. 1.03% c. 1.33% d. 1.30% of the initial value (B → C ). Then, it is restored to its initial
February Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 5
state by a reversible adiabatic compression (C to A). c. lightly doped and have narrow depletion layer
The net work done by the gas is equal to d. heavily doped and have wide depletion layer
P 18. Match List-I with List-II.
A
List-I List-II
p1
A. Source of microwave 1. Radioactive decay of nucleus
p1 frequency
B
2 B. Source of infrared 2. Magnetron
p1
C frequency
4
C. Source of gamma rays 3. Inner shell electrons
V D. Source of X-rays 4. Vibration of atoms and
V1 2V1 molecules
1 RT
a. RT ln 2 − b. − 5. LASER
2(γ − 1) 2(γ − 1)
6. R - C circuit
c. 0 d. RT ln2
12. An X-ray tube is operated at Choose the correct answer from the options given below.
1.24 million volt. The shortest wavelength of the A B C D A B C D
produced photon will be a. 6 4 1 5 b. 6 5 1 4
a. 10− 3 nm b. 10− 1 nm c. 2 4 6 3 d. 2 4 1 3
c. 10− 2 nm d. 10− 4 nm 19. A particle is projected with velocity v 0 along X-axis. A
13. Which of the following equations represents a damping force is acting on the particle which is proportional
travelling wave? to the square of the distance from the origin, i.e.
a. y = A sin(15x − 2t )
2
b. y = Ae − x (vt + θ) ma = − αx 2. The distance at which the particle stops is
1 1
c. y = Ae x cos(ωt − θ) d. y = A sin x cosωt 3 mv 02 2
b.
2 mv 0 3
a.
14. According to Bohr atom model, in which of the 2α 3α
following transitions will the frequency be maximum 1 1
? 2 mv 02 2 3 mv 02 3
c. d.
a. n = 4 to n = 3 b. n = 2 to n = 1 3α 2α
c. n = 5 to n = 4 d. n = 3 to n = 2
20. A body weights 49 N on a spring balance at the North pole.
15. If the source of light used in a Young's double slit What will be its weight recorded on the same weighing
experiment is changed from red to violet, then machine, if it is shifted to the equator ?
a. the consecutive fringe lines will come closer GM
(Use, g = 2 = 9.8 ms − 2 and radius of earth, R = 6400 km)
b. the central bright fringe will become a dark fringe R
c. the fringes will become brighter
a. 49 N b. 48.83 N
d. the intensity of minima will increase
c. 49.83 N d. 49.17 N
16. A circular hole of radius is cut out of a circular
a
2 Section B : Numerical Type Questions
disc of radius a as shown in figure. The centroid of 21. A uniform metallic wire is elongated by
the remaining circular portion with respect to point O 0.04 m when subjected to a linear force F . The elongation, if
will be its length and diameter is doubled and subjected to the
Y-axis same force will be ……… cm.
25. The root mean square speed of molecules of a given 27. A signal of 0.1 kW is transmitted in a cable. The
mass of a gas at 27°C and 1 atmosphere pressure is 200 attenuation of cable is − 5 dB per km and cable length is
ms − 1. The root mean square speed of molecules of the 20 km. The power received at receiver is 10−x W. The
x
gas at 127°C and 2 atmosphere pressure is ms − 1. The value of x is ……… .
3 P
value of x will be ……… . [Gain in dB = 10 log10 0 ]
Pi
26. A point charge of + 12 µC is at a distance 6 cm vertically
above the centre of a square of side 12 cm as shown in 28. A series L-C -R circuit is designed to resonate at an
figure. The magnitude of the electric flux through the angular frequency ω 0 = 105 rad/s. The circuit draws 16 W
square will be ……… × 103 N - m2 / C . power from 120 V source at resonance. The value of
resistance R in the circuit is ……… Ω.
+q
29. Two cars are approaching each other at an equal speed
of 7.2 km/h. When they see each other, both blow horns
6 cm
having frequency of 676 Hz. The beat frequency heard
by each driver will be ……… Hz. [Velocity of sound in air is
340 m/s.]
30. An electromagnetic wave of frequency 3 GHz enters a
12 dielectric medium of relative electric permittivity 2.25
cm
cm
25 FEBRUARY SHIFT I
Section A : Objective Type Questions km, respectively. If TA and TB are the time periods of A
and B respectively, then the value of TB − TA is
1. Given below are two statements: one is labelled as
Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R.
Assertion (A) When a rod lying freely is heated, no
thermal stress is developed in it. B
A
Reason (R) On heating, the length of the rod increases. E
In the light of the above statements, choose the correct
answer from the options given below
a. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation
of A. (Given, radius of Earth = 6400 km, mass of Earth
b. A is false but R is true. = 6 × 1024 kg)
c. A is true but R is false. a. 1.33 × 103 s b. 3.33 × 102 s
d. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A. c. 4.24 × 103 s d. 4.24 × 102 s
2. A student is performing the experiment of resonance 4. The angular frequency of alternating current in an L-C-R
column. The diameter of the column tube is 6 cm. The circuit is 100 rad/s. The components connected are
frequency of the tuning fork is 504 Hz. Speed of the shown in the figure. Find the value of inductance of the
sound at the given temperature is 336 m/s. The zero of coil and capacity of condenser.
the meter scale coincides with the top end of the
resonance column tube. The reading of the water level in R=60 Ω
the column when the first resonance occurs is 15 V
a. 13 cm b. 16.6 cm
c. 18.4 cm d. 14.8 cm R′=40 Ω L 20 V
C 10 V
3. Two satellites A and B of masses 200 kg and 400 kg are
revolving around the Earth at height of 600 km and 1600
February Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 7
a. 0.8 H and 150 µF b. 0.8 H and 250 µF 12. An engine of a train moving with uniform acceleration,
c. 1.33 H and 250 µF d. 1.33 H and 150 µF passes the signal-post with velocity u and the last
5. A proton, a deuteron and an α-particle are moving with compartment with velocity v. The velocity with which
same momentum in a uniform magnetic field. The ratio middle point of the train passes the signal post is
of magnetic forces acting on them is ……… and their v2 + u2 v −u u+v v2 − u2
speed is ……… in the ratio. a. b. c. d.
2 2 2 2
a. 1 : 2 : 4 and 2 : 1 : 1 b. 2 : 1 : 1 and 4 : 2 : 1
c. 4 : 2 : 1 and 2 : 1 : 1 d. 1 : 2 : 4 and 1 : 1 : 2 13. Match List-I with List-II
6. Given, below are two statements List-I List-II
Statement I A speech signal of 2 kHz is used to modulate a A. h (Planck's constant) 1. [M L T −1]
carrier signal of 1 MHz. The
bandwidth requirement for the signal is B. E (kinetic energy) 2. [M L2 T −1]
4 kHz.
C. V (electric potential) 3. [M L2 T −2 ]
Statement II The side band frequencies are 1002 kHz and
998 kHz. In the light of the above statements, choose the D. P (linear momentum) 4. [M L2I−1T −3 ]
correct answer from the options given below
a. Statement I is true but Statement II is false. Choose the correct answer from the options given
b. Statement I is false but Statement II is true. below.
A B C D
c. Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
a. 3 4 2 1
d. Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
b. 2 3 4 1
7. If the time period of a 2 m long simple pendulum is 2 s, c. 1 2 4 3
the acceleration due to gravity at the place, where d. 3 2 4 1
pendulum is executing SHM is 14. Magnetic fields at two points on the axis of a circular coil
a. π 2 ms −2 b. 9.8 ms −2 c. 2 π 2 ms −2 d. 16 ms −2
at a distance of 0.05 m and 0.2 m from the centre are in
8. The pitch of the screw gauge is 1 mm and there are 100 the ratio 8 : 1. The radius of coil is
divisions on the circular scale. When nothing is put in a. 0.2 m b. 0.1 m
between the jaws, the zero of the circular scale lies 8 c. 0.15 m d. 1.0 m
divisions below the reference line. When a wire is placed
between the jaws, the first linear scale division is clearly 15. A solid sphere of radius R gravitationally attracts a
visible while 72nd division on circular scale coincides particle placed at 3R from its centre with a force F1. Now,
with the reference line. The radius of the wire is R
a spherical cavity of radius is made in the sphere (as
a. 1.64 mm b. 0.82 mm
2
c. 1.80 mm d. 0.90 mm shown in figure) and the force becomes F 2. The value of
F1 : F 2 is
9. A 5 V battery is connected across the points X and Y.
Assume D1 and D 2 to be normal silicon diodes. Find the
current supplied by the battery, if the positive terminal
of the battery is connected to point X.
B A
D1
10 Ω O 2R m
D2
5Ω
a. 25 : 36 b. 36 : 25
X Y
c. 50 : 41 d. 41 : 50
a. ~ 0.5 A b. ~ 1.5 A 16. Two radioactive substances X and Y originally have N1
c. ~ 0.86 A d. ~ 0.43 A and N2 nuclei, respectively. Half-life of X is half of the
10. An α-particle and a proton are accelerated from rest by a half-life of Y. After three half-lives of Y, number of nuclei
N
potential difference of 200 V. After this, their de-Broglie of both are equal. The ratio 1 will be equal to
λp N2
wavelengths are λ α and λ p, respectively. The ratio is 1 3
λα a. b.
8 1
a. 3.8 b. 8 c. 7.8 d. 2.8
8 1
7 5 c. d.
11. A diatomic gas having C p = R and C V = R , is heated at 1 3
2 2
constant pressure. The 17. In an octagon ABCDEFGH of equal side, what is the sum
ratio dU : dQ : dW is of AB + AC + AD + AE + AF + AG + AH
a. 5 : 7 : 3 b. 5 : 7 : 2 c. 3 : 7 : 2 d. 3 : 5 : 2 if, AO = 2$i + 3$j − 4k$ ?
8 Online JEE Main 2021 February Attempt
A B
23. In a certain thermodynamical process, the pressure of a
gas depends on its volume as kV 3. The work done when
H C
the temperature changes from 100°C to 300°C will be
O ……… nR, where n denotes number of moles of a gas.
G D
24. A small bob tied at one end of a thin string of length 1m
is describing a vertical circle, so that the maximum and
F E
minimum tension in the string are in the ratio 5 : 1. The
a. −16$i − 24 $j + 32k$ b. 16 $i + 24 $j − 32k$ velocity of the bob at the highest position is ……… m/s.
c. 16 i$ + 24 $j + 32k$ d. 16 i$ − 24 $j + 32k$
(Take, g = 10 m/s 2)
18. Given below are two statements: one is labelled as
Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R.
25. In the given circuit of potentiometer, the potential
difference E across AB (10 m length) is larger than E 1 and
Assertion A The escape velocities of planet A and B are E 2 as well. For key K1(closed), the jockey is adjusted to
same. But A and B are of unequal mass. touch the wire at point J1, so that there is no deflection in
Reason R The product of their mass and radius must be the galvanometer. Now, the first battery (E 1) is replaced
same, M1R1 = M 2R 2 by second battery (E 2) for working by making K1 open and
K 2 closed. The galvanometer gives then null deflection at
In the light of the above statements, choose the most
J 2. The value of E 1 /E 2 is a / b,, where a = ……… .
appropriate answer from the options given below.
K1
(a) Both A and R are correct but R is not the correct
explanation of A. E1
(b) A is correct but R is not correct.
(c) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of G
A. E2 K2
E
(d) A is not correct but R is correct.
A
19. The current ( i) at time t = 0 and t = ∞ respectively for the K
given circuit is 20 cm J1
5Ω 5Ω
i
E J2
Rh 60 cm
1Ω 4Ω
B 1m
L
26. The same size images are formed by a convex lens when
the object is placed at 20 cm or at 10 cm from the lens.
18E 5E 10E 5E 5E 18E 5E 10E The focal length of convex lens is ………… cm.
a. , b. , c. , d. ,
55 18 33 18 18 55 18 33 27. 512 identical drops of mercury are charged to a potential
20. Two coherent light sources having intensity in the ratio of 2 V each. The drops are joined to form a single drop.
Imax − Imin The potential of this drop is ………… V.
2x produce an interference pattern. The ratio
Imax + Imin 28. A coil of inductance 2H having negligible resistance is
will be connected to a source of supply whose voltage is given
2 2x 2x 2x 2 2x by V = 3t V (where, t is in second). If the voltage is applied
a.
x+1
b.
2x + 1
c.
x+1
d.
2x + 1
when t = 0, then the energy stored in the coil after 4 s is
………… J.
Section B : Numerical Type Questions 29. A monoatomic gas of mass 4.0 u is kept in an insulated
21. A transmitting station releases waves of wavelength container. Container is moving with velocity 30 m/s. If
960 m. A capacitor of 2.56 µF is used in the resonant container is suddenly stopped, then change in
x
circuit. The self-inductance of coil necessary for temperature of the gas (R = gas constant) is . Value of
3R
resonance is ……… × 10−8 H.
x is …… .
22. The electric field in a region is given 30. The potential energy (U) of a diatomic molecule is a
3 4 N function dependent on r (interatomic distance) as
E = E 0$i + E 0$j . The ratio of flux of reported field α β
5 5 C U = 10 − 5 − 3
through the rectangular surface of area 0.2 m2 (parallel r r
to YZ-plane) to that of the surface of area 0.3 m 2 (parallel where, α and β are positive constants. The equilibrium
a/ b
to XZ- plane) is a : b, where a = ……… . 2α
distance between two atoms will be , where a =
$ $j and k$ are unit vectors along X, Y and Z-axes,
[Here i, β
respectively] ……… .
February Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 9
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. (d)
11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (c) 16. (c) 17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (d)
21. (10) 22. (1) 23. (50) 24. (5) 25. (1) 26. (15) 27. (128) 28. (144) 29. (3600) 30. (1)
25 FEBRUARY SHIFT II
Section A : Objective Type Questions 5. Thermodynamic process is shown below on a p-V
1. If e is the electronic charge, c is the speed of light in free diagram for one mole of an ideal gas.
2
1 |e | T2
space and h is Planck's constant, the quantity If V2 = 2V1, then the ratio of temperature is
4 πε 0 hc T1
has dimensions of p
a. [MLT 0 ] b. [MLT −1] 1(p1, V1, T1)
c. [M 0L0 T 0 ] d. [LC −1]
pV1/2=constant
0.1s
0.36 m 30° 2k 2k
M N
O P m
m m
a. 2 π b. 2π
2k k
a. 100 N b. 9.87 N c. π
m
d. π
m
c. 50 N d. 0.49 N k 2k
10 Online JEE Main 2021 February Attempt
8. Y = A sin (ωt + φ0) is the time-displacement equation of diameter of the pinhole is slightly increased, it will affect
A the diffraction pattern such that
SHM. At t = 0, the displacement of the particle is Y = a. its size increases and intensity increases
2
and it is moving along negative x-direction. Then, the b. its size increases, but intensity decreases
initial phase angle φ0 will be c. its size decreases, but intensity increases
π 5π π 2π d. its size decreases and intensity decreases
a. b. c. d.
3 6 6 3
15. An electron of mass m e and a proton of mass
9. A charge q is placed at one corner of a cube as shown in m p = 1836 m e are moving with the same speed.
figure. The flux of electrostatic field E through the λ
The ratio of their de-Broglie wavelength electron will be
shaded area is λproton
Z 1
a. 1 b. 1836 c. d. 918
1836
16. The wavelength of the photon emitted by a hydrogen
atom when an electron makes a transition from n = 2 to
n = 1state is
a. 121.8 nm b. 194.8 nm
c. 490.7 nm d. 913.3 nm
q Y 17. If a message signal of frequency fm is amplitude
modulated with a carrier signal of frequency f c and
X radiated through an antenna, the wavelength of the
q q q q corresponding signal in air is
a. b. c. d. c c c c
48ε0 4 ε0 8ε0 24 ε0 a. b. c. d.
fc − fm fc + fm fc fm
10. An electron with kinetic energy K1 enters between
18. For extrinsic semiconductors when doping level is
parallel plates of a capacitor at an angle α with the increased,
plates. It leaves the plates at angle β with kinetic energy
a. Fermi level of p-type semiconductor will go upward and
K 2. Then, the ratio of kinetic energies K1 : K 2 will be Fermi level of n-type semiconductors will go downward
cos β cos β b. Fermi level of p-type semiconductors will go downward
a. b.
cos α sin α and Fermi level of n-type semiconductor will go upward
sin 2 β cos 2 β c. Fermi level of p and n-type semiconductors will not be
c. 2
d. affected
cos α cos 2 α
d. Fermi level of both p-type and n-type semiconductors will
11. In a ferromagnetic material, below the Curie go upward for T > TF K and downward for T < TF K, where TF
is Fermi temperature
temperature, a domain is defined as
a. a macroscopic region with zero magnetisation 19. Match List-I with List-II.
b. a macroscopic region with saturation magnetisation
c. a macroscopic region with randomly oriented magnetic List-I List-II
dipoles A. Rectifier 1. Used either for stepping up or
d. a macroscopic region with consecutive magnetic dipoles stepping down the AC voltage
oriented in opposite direction
B. Stabiliser 2. Used to convert AC voltage into DC
12. An L-C-R circuit contains resistance of 110 Ω and a supply voltage
of 220 V at 300 rad/s angular frequency. If only
C. Transformer 3. Used to remove any ripple in the
capacitance is removed from the circuit, current lags rectified output voltage
behind the voltage by 45°. If on the other hand, only
inductor is removed the current leads by 45° with the D. Filter 4. Used for constant output voltage
applied voltage. The rms current flowing in the circuit will even when the input voltage or load
be current change
a. 1A b. 1.5 A c. 2A d. 2.5 A
Choose the correct answer from the options given
13. The stopping potential for electrons emitted from a below.
photosensitive surface illuminated by light of wavelength A B C D A B C D
491 nm is 0.710 V. When the incident wavelength is a. 2 1 3 4 b. 2 4 1 3
changed to a new value, the stopping potential is 1.43 V. b. 2 1 4 3 c. 3 4 1 2
The new wavelength is
20. The truth table for the followng logic circuit is
a. 309 nm b. 329 nm
c. 382 nm d. 400 nm A
14. Consider the diffraction pattern obtained from the
sunlight incident on a pinhole of diameter 0.1µm. If the Y
B
February Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 11
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (*) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (d) 10. (d)
11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (b)
21. (1) 22. (10) 23. (2) 24. (180) 25. (104) 26. (630) 27. (7.56) 28. (2) 29. (2) 30. (10)
12 Online JEE Main 2021 February Attempt
26 FEBRUARY SHIFT I
Objective Type Questions a.
2πR
b.
g
c.
1 g
d. 2π
R
1. Find the gravitational force of attraction between the g 2πR 2π R g
ring and sphere as shown in the figure, where the plane 7. An alternating current is given by the equation
of the ring is perpendicular to the line joining the i = i1 sin ωt + i 2 cos ωt. The rms current will be
centres. If 8 R is the distance between the centres of a 1 2 1
a. (i1 + i 22 )1/ 2 b. (i1 + i 2 ) 2
ring (of mass m) and a sphere (of mass M), where both 2 2
have equal radius R. 1 1
c. (i12 + i 22 )1/ 2 d. (i1 + i 2 )
2 2
8. The normal density of a material is ρ and its bulk
m M modulus of elasticity is K. The magnitude of increase in
R R density of material, when a pressure p is applied
uniformly on all sides, will be
X Y ρK ρp K pK
a. b. c. d.
p K ρp ρ
8 GmM 2 2 GMm 1 GMm 8 GmM 9. A particle is moving with uniform speed along the
a. ⋅ b. ⋅ 2 c. ⋅ d. ⋅ circumference of a circle of radius R under the action of a
9 R 3 R 3 8 R2 27 R 2
central fictitious force F which is inversely proportional to
2. Consider the combination of two capacitors C 1 and C 2, R 3. Its time period of revolution will be given by
with C 2 > C 1, when connected in parallel, the equivalent a. T ∝ R 2 b. T ∝ R 3 / 2
capacitance is 15/4 time the equivalent capacitance of c. T ∝ R 5 / 2 d. T ∝ R 4 / 3
the same connected in series. Calculate the ratio of 10. A planet revolving in elliptical orbit has
C
capacitors 2 . I. a constant velocity of revolution
C1
15 111 29 15 II. has the least velocity when it is
a. b. c. d. nearest to the Sun
11 80 15 4
III. its areal velocity is directly
3. In a typical combustion engine,
2
the work done by a gas proportional to its velocity
− βx
molecule is given W = α 2βe kT , where x is the IV. areal velocity is inversely
proportional to its velocity.
displacement, k is the Boltzmann constant and T is the
V. to follow a trajectory such that
temperature. If α and β are constants, dimensions of α
the areal velocity is constant.
will be
Choose the correct answer from the options given below.
a. [MLT −2 ] b. [M 0 LT 0 ] c. [M 2 LT −2 ] d. [MLT −1]
a. Only I b. Only IV
4. If λ 1 and λ 2 are the wavelengths of the third member of c. Only III d. Only V
Lyman and first member of the Paschen series
11. Given below are two statements : one is labelled as
respectively, then the value of λ 1 : λ 2 is
Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R.
a. 1 : 9 b. 7 : 108 c. 7 : 135 d. 1 : 3
Assertion A Body P having mass M moving with speed u
5. A short straight object of height 100 cm lies before the has head-on collision elastically with another body Q
central axis of a spherical mirror, whose focal length has having mass m initially at rest. If m << M, body Q will have a
absolute value f = 40 cm. The image of object produced maximum speed equal to 2u after collision.
by the mirror is of height 25 cm and has the same Reason R During elastic collision, the momentum and
orientation of the object. One may conclude from the kinetic energy are both conserved.
information.
In the light of the above statements, choose the most
a. Image is real, same side of concave mirror
appropriate answer from the options given below.
b. Image is virtual, opposite side of concave mirror
a. A is not correct but R is correct.
c. Image is real, same side of convex mirror
b. Both A and R are correct but R is not the correct
d. Image is virtual, opposite side of convex mirror
explanation of A.
6. Assume that a tunnel is dug along a chord of the earth, c. Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of
R A.
at a perpendicular distance from the earth's centre,
2 d. A is correct but R is not correct.
where R is the radius of the earth. The wall of the tunnel 12. Four identical solid spheres each of mass m and radius a
is frictionless. If a particle is released in this tunnel, it will are placed with their centres on the four corners of a
execute a simple harmonic motion with a time period? square of side b. The moment of inertia of the system
February Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 13
about one side of square, where the axis of rotation is In the light of the above statements, choose the correct
parallel to the plane of the square is answer from the options given below.
4 8 a. A is true but R is false.
a. ma 2 + 2mb 2 b. ma 2 + mb 2
5 5 b. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
8 4 c. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation
c. ma 2 + 2mb 2 d. ma 2
5 5 of A.
d. A is false but R is true.
13. In a Young's double slit experiment, two slits are
separated by 2 mm and the screen is placed one metre
18. LED is constructed from GaAsP semiconducting material.
The energy gap of this LED is 1.9 eV. Calculate the
away. When a light of wavelength 500 nm is used, the
wavelength of light emitted and its colour.
fringe separation will be
[h = 6.63 × 10−34 Js and c = 3 × 108 ms −1]
a. 0.25 mm b. 0.50 mm
a. 1046 nm and red colour b. 654 nm and orange colour
c. 0.75 mm d. 1 mm
c. 1046 nm and blue colour d. 654 nm and red colour
14. Find the electric field at point P (as shown in figure) on
the perpendicular bisector of a uniformly charged thin
19. A large number of water drops, each of radius r,
combine to have a drop of radius R. If the surface
wire of length L carrying a charge Q. The distance of the
3 tension is T and mechanical equivalent of heat is J, the
point P from the centre of the rod is a = L. rise in heat energy per unit volume will be
2
2T 1 1 2T 3T 3T 1 1
a. − b. c. d. −
J r R rJ rJ J r R
Q R
3Q Q R R
a. b.
4 πε0L2 3 πε0L2
R A
Q Q B
c. d.
2 3 π ε0L2 4 πε0L2
E C
R
15. If two similar springs each of spring constant K1 are R 3R
a. 2R b. c. d. R
joined in series, the new spring constant and time period 2 2
would be changed by a factor
1
a. , 2 b.
1
, 2
Section B : Numerical Type Questions
2 4
1 1 21. A person standing on a spring balance inside a stationary
c. , 2 2 d. , 2 2 lift measures 60 kg. The weight of that person, if the lift
4 2
descends with uniform downward acceleration of 1.8
16. The temperature θ at the junction of two insulating m/s 2 will be ……… N. [g = 10 m/s 2]
sheets, having thermal resistances R1 and R 2 as well as
top and bottom temperatures θ1 and θ 2 (as shown in 22. In an electrical circuit, a battery is connected to pass 20 C
figure) is given by of charge through it in a certain given time. The potential
difference between two plates of the battery is maintained
θ2 at 15 V. The work done by the battery is ……… J.
R2
23. The circuit contains two diodes each with a forward
θ
R1
resistance of 50 Ω and with infinite reverse resistance. If
the battery voltage is 6V, the current through the 120 Ω
θ1 resistance is ……… mA.
θ 2 R 2 − θ1 R1 θ R − θ 2R1 θ1 R 2 + θ 2R1 θ1 R1 + θ 2R 2 D1 130Ω
a. b. 1 2 c. d.
R 2 − R1 R 2 − R1 R1 + R 2 R1 + R 2
24. A radiation is emitted by 1000 W bulb and it generates 27. A container is divided into two chambers by a partition.
an electric field and magnetic field at P, placed at a The volume of first chamber is 4.5 L and second
distance of 2 m. The efficiency of the bulb is 1.25%. The chamber is 5.5 L. The first chamber contain 3.0 mol of
value of peak electric field at P is x × 10−1 V/m. Value of x gas at pressure 2.0 atm and second chamber contain 4.0
is ……… . mol of gas at pressure 3.0 atm. After the partition is
removed and the mixture attains equilibrium, then the
(Rounded-off to the nearest integer)
common equilibrium pressure existing in the mixture is
[Take, ε 0 = 8.85 × 10−12 C 2N–1m–2 , c = 3 × 108 ms −1] x × 10−1 atm. Value of x is ……… .
25. A boy pushes a box of mass 2 kg with a force 28. The mass per unit length of a uniform wire is 0.135 g/cm.
F = (20i$ + 10$j) N on a frictionless surface. If the box was A transverse wave of the form y = − 0.21sin ( x + 30t) is
initially at rest, then ……… m is displacement along the produced in it, where x is in metre and t is in second.
X-axis after 10 s. Then, the expected value of tension in the wire is
26. As shown in the figure, a block of mass 3 kg is kept on a x × 10−2 N. Value of x is ……… (Round-off to the nearest
horizontal rough surface of coefficient of friction 1/ 3 3. integer)
The critical force to be applied on the vertical surface as 29. In a series L-C-R resonant circuit, the quality factor is
shown at an angle 60° with horizontal such that it does measured as 100. If the inductance is increased by two
not move, will be 3x. The value of x will be ……… fold and resistance is decreased by two fold, then the
3 1 quality factor after this change will be ……… .
[ g = 10 ms −2; sin 60° = ; cos 60° = ]
2 2 30. The maximum and minimum amplitude of an amplitude
modulated wave is 16 V and 8 V, respectively. The
modulation index for this amplitude modulated wave is
µ = 1/3√3 m= √3kg x × 10−2. The value of x is ……… .
60°
1. (d) 2. (*) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (d) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (c) 17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (d) 20. (d)
21. (492) 22. (300) 23. (20) 24. (137) 25. (500) 26. (3.33) 27. (25.5) 28. (1215) 29. (400) 30. (33.33)
Note (*) None of the option is correct.
26 FEBRUARY SHIFT II
Objective Type Questions 4. A tuning fork A of unknown frequency produces 5
1. If C and V represent capacity and voltage respectively, beats/s with a fork of known frequency 340 Hz. When
C fork A is filled, the beat frequency decreases to 2 beats/s.
then what are the dimensions of λ , where = λ ? What is the frequency of fork A?
V
a. [M −2L−3I2 T 6 ] b. [M −3L−4I3 T 7 ] a. 342 Hz b. 345 Hz c. 335 Hz d. 338 Hz
c. [M −1L−3I−2 T −7 ] d. [M −2L−4I3 T 7 ] 5. A particle executes SHM, the graph of velocity as a
2. The length of metallic wire is l1 when tension in it is T1. It function of displacement is
a. a circle b. a parabola
is l 2 when the tension is T2. The original length of the
c. an ellipse d. a helix
wire will be
l1 + l 2 T2 l1 + T1l 2 T2 l1 − T1l 2 T1l1 − T2 l 2 6. The trajectory of a projectile in a vertical plane is
a. b. c. d.
2 T1 + T2 T2 − T1 T2 − T1 y = αx − βx 2 , where α and β are constants and x and y are
respectively the horizontal and vertical distances of the
3. An aeroplane with its wings spread 10 m, is flying at a projectile from the point of projection. The angle of
speed of 180 km/h in a horizontal direction. The total projection θ and the maximum height attained H are
intensity of Earth's field at that part is 2.5 × 10−4 Wb/m 2 respectively given by
and the angle of dip is 60°. The emf induced between the α2 α2
tips of the plane wings will be a. tan −1 α , b. tan −1 β ,
4β 2β
a. 108.25 mV b. 54.125 mV
−1 4α 2 −1 β α
2
c. 88.37 mV d. 62.50 mV c. tan α , d. tan ,
β α β
February Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 15
7. A cord is wound round the circumference of wheel of charge 5 mC is allowed to slide down from rest at a
radius r. The axis of the wheel is horizontal and the height of 1m. If the coefficient of friction is 0.2, find the
moment of inertia about it is I. A weight mg is attached to time taken by the body to reach the bottom.
the cord at the end. The weight falls from rest. After 1 3
[Take, g = 9.8 m/s 2, sin 30° = , cos 30° = ]
falling through a distance h, the square of angular 2 2
velocity of wheel will be
2mgh 2mgh 2 gh
a. b. c. 2gh d. C
I + 2mr 2 I + mr 2 I + mr 2 5m
/C g,
0N 1k 1m
8. The internal energy (U), pressure (p) and volume (V) of an 2 0
ideal gas are related as U = 3pV + 4. The gas is E=
a. diatomic only b. polyatomic only 30°
c. Either monoatomic or diatomic d. monoatomic only a. 0.92 s b. 0.46 s c. 2.3 s d. 1.3 s
9. Given below are two statements: one is labelled as
Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R).
14. Two masses A and B, each of mass M are fixed together
by a massless spring. A force acts on the mass B as
Assertion (A) For a simple microscope, the angular size of shown in figure. If the mass A starts moving away from
the object equals the angular size of the image. mass B with acceleration a, then the acceleration of
Reason (R) Magnification is achieved as the small object mass B wil be
can be kept much closer to the eye than 25 cm and hence,
it subtends a large angle. F B A
In the light of the above statements, choose the most Ma − F MF
appropriate answer from the options given below. a. b.
M F + Ma
a. A is true but R is false.
F + Ma F − Ma
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation c. d.
of A. M M
c. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A. 15. Draw the output signal Y in the given combination of
d. A is false but R is true. gates
10. Given below are two statements:
Statement I An electric dipole is placed at the centre of a
hollow sphere. The flux of electric field through the sphere A 0 1 2 3 4 5 t(s)
is zero but the electric field is not zero anywhere in the
sphere.
Statement II If R is the radius of a solid metallic sphere B
and Q be the total charge on it. The electric field at any 0 1 2 3 4 5 t(s)
point on the spherical surface of radius r (< R ) is zero but
the electric flux passing through this closed spherical
surface of radius r is not zero. A
Y
In the light of the above statements, choose the correct
answer from the options given below. B
a. Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
b. Statement I is true but Statement II is false.
c. Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
a.
d. Statement I is false but Statement II is true. 0 1 2 3 4 5 t(s)
11. The recoil speed of a hydrogen atom after it emits a
photon in going from n = 5 state to n = 1state will be
a. 4.17 m/s b. 2.19 m/s c. 3.25 m/s d. 4.34 m/s
12. Find the peak current and resonant frequency of the
following circuit (as shown in figure). b.
0 1 2 3 4 5 t(s)
100 mH 100 µF
V=30sin100 t
c.
0 1 2 3 4 5 t(s)
120 Ω
a. 0.2 A and 50 Hz b. 0.2 A and 100 Hz
c. 2 A and 100 Hz d. 2 A and 50 Hz
13. An inclined plane making an angle of 30° with the d.
horizontal is placed in a uniform horizontal electric field 0 1 2 3 4 5 t(s)
200 N/C as shown in the figure. A body of mass 1kg and
16 Online JEE Main 2021 February Attempt
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (b)
11. (a) 12. (a) 13. (d) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (c) 17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (c)
21. (60) 22. (9) 23. (1) 24. (150) 25. (3) 26. (243) 27. (7) 28. (4) 29. (25) 30. (9)
March Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 17
16 MARCH SHIFT I
Section A : Objective Type Questions C. angle of incidence is equal to that of the angle of
emergence
1. One main scale division of a vernier callipers is a cm and
nth division of the vernier scale coincide with (n − 1)th D. angle of emergence is double the angle of incidence
division of the main scale. The least count of the callipers Choose the correct answer from the options given below.
(in mm) is a. Statements (A), (B) and (C) are true.
10 na 10 a n − 1 10a b. Only statement (D) is true.
a. b. c. a d.
(n − 1) (n − 1) 10 n n c. Only statements (A) and (B) are true.
d. Statements (B) and (C) are true.
2. For changing the capacitance of a given parallel plate
capacitor, a dielectric material of dielectric constant K is 6. A plane electromagnetic wave of frequency 500 MHz is
used, which has the same area as the plates of the travelling in vacuum along y-direction. At a particular
3 point in space and time, B = 80 . × 10−8 z$ T . The value of
capacitor. The thickness of the dielectric slab is d, electric field at this point is
4
where d is the separation between the plates of parallel (speed of light = 3 × 108 ms −1;
plate capacitor. The new capacitance $ z$ are unit vectors along x , y and z-direction).
$ y,
x,
(C′) in terms of original capacitance (C 0) is given by the a. −24 x$ V/m b. 2.6x$ V/m c. 24 x$ V/m d. −2.6x$ V/m
following relation
3+ K 4+K 7. The maximum and minimum distance of a comet from
a. C ′ = C0 b. C ′ = C0 the Sun are 16 . × 1012 m and 80
. × 1010 m, respectively. If
4K 3
4K 4 the speed of the comet at the nearest point is
c. C ′ = C0 d. C ′ = C0 6 × 104ms −1, then the speed at the farthest point is
K+3 3+ K
. × 103 m/s
a. 15 . × 103 m/s
b. 60
3. A block of mass m slides along a floor, while a force of . × 103 m/s
c. 30 d. 4.5 × 103 m/s
magnitude F is applied to it at an angle θ as shown in
figure. The coefficient of kinetic friction is µ k. Then, the 8. A bar magnet of length 14 cm is placed in the magnetic
block's acceleration a is given by meridian with its North pole pointing towards the
(g is acceleration due to gravity) geographic North pole. A neutral point is obtained at a
distance of 18 cm from the centre of the magnet. If
F B H = 0.4 G, then the magnetic moment of the magnet is
(1 G = 10−4T)
a. 2.88 × 103 J T −1 b. 2.88 × 102 J T −1
θ c. 2.88 J T −1 d. 28.8 J T −1
9. The volume V of an enclosure contains a mixture of three
gases, 16 g of oxygen, 28 g of nitrogen and 44 g of
carbon dioxide at absolute temperature T . Consider R as
universal gas constant. The pressure of the mixture of
cos θ − µ k g − sin θ cos θ − µ k g − sin θ
F F F F gases is
a. − b.
m m m m 88RT 3RT 5 RT 4RT
a. b. c. d.
F F
c. cos θ − µ k g + sin θ d. cos θ + µ k g − sin θ
F F V V 2V V
m m m m 10. In thermodynamics, heat and work are
4. The pressure acting on a submarine is 3 × 10 Pa at a 5 a. path functions
certain depth. If the depth is doubled, the percentage b. intensive thermodynamic state variables
increase in the pressure acting on the submarine would c. extensive thermodynamic state variables
be (Assume that atmospheric pressure is 1× 105 Pa, d. point functions
density of water is 103kg m−3, g = 10 ms −2) 11. Four equal masses, m each are placed at the corners of a
200 200 5 3 square of length (l) as shown in the figure. The moment
a. % b. % c. % d. %
3 5 200 200 of inertia of the system about an axis passing through A
5. The angle of deviation through a prism is minimum and parallel to DB would be
when D l C
m m
δ
l l
m m
A. incident ray and emergent ray are symmetric to the prism A l B
B. the refracted ray inside the prism becomes parallel to its a. 1ml 2 b. 2ml 2 c. 3ml 2 d. 3ml 2
base
18 Online JEE Main 2021 March Attempt
10 C CRO
b.
a.
18
2 c.
0 200 400 x(m)
a(ms-2) d.
21 V, 1 kΩ
28. The resistance R = V /I, where V = (50 ± 2) V and
The value of x to the nearest Integer is …3… . I = (20 ± 02
. ) A. The percentage error in R is
x %. The value of x to the nearest integer is……… .
22. A fringe width of 6 mm was produced for two slits
separated by 1 mm apart. The screen is placed 10 m
29. Consider a frame that is made up of two thin massless
rods AB and AC as shown in the figure. A vertical force P
away. The wavelength of light used is x nm. The value of
of magnitude 100 N is applied at point A of the frame.
x to the nearest integer is ……… .
23. Consider a 20 kg uniform circular disc of radius 0.2 m. It
is pin supported at its centre and is at rest initially. The
disc is acted upon by a constant force F = 20 N through a A
massless string wrapped around its periphery as shown
in the figure. 70°
P B
C
145°
F = 20 N
Suppose the disc makes n number of revolutions to attain Suppose the force is P resolved parallel to the arms AB and
an angular speed of 50 rad s −1. The value of n to the AC of the frame. The magnitude of the resolved component
nearest integer, is ………. . along the arm AC is x N. The value of x, to the nearest
(Given, in one complete revolution, the disc rotates by 6.28 integer, is ……… .
rad.) [Given, sin(35° ) = 0. 573, cos(35° ) = 0.819, sin(110° ) = 0.939,
cos(110° ) = − 0. 342]
20 Online JEE Main 2021 March Attempt
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (a)
11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (d) 20. (c)
21. (3) 22. (600) 23. (20) 24. (15) 25. (5) 26. (4) 27. (0) 28. (5) 29. (82) 30. (30)
16 MARCH SHIFT II
Section A : Objective Type Questions L/min ? The radius of the tap and viscosity of water are
0.5 cm and 10−3 Pa-s, respectively.
1. The following logic gate is equivalent to
(Density of water = 10 3 kg/m 3 )
A a. Unsteady to steady flow b. Remains steady flow
Y c. Remains turbulent flow d. Steady flow to unsteady flow
B . t 2$i + 3t $j + 9k$ )
5. A mosquito is moving with a velocity v = (05
a. NOR Gate b. OR Gate m/s and accelerating in uniform conditions. What will be
c. AND Gate d. NAND Gate the direction of mosquito after 2s?
a. tan −1 from X-axis b. tan −1 from Y-axis
2 2
. kg is hanging
2. A large block of wood of mass M = 599 3 3
from two long massless cords. A bullet of mass m = 10 g
c. tan −1 from Y-axis d. tan −1 from X-axis
5 5
is fired into the block and gets embedded in it. The 2 2
system (block + bullet) then swing upwards, their centre
of mass rising a vertical distance h = 98
. cm before the 6. Find out the surface charge density at the intersection of
(block + bullet) pendulum comes momentarily to rest at point X = 3 m plane and X-axis, in the region of uniform
the end of its arc. The speed of the bullet just before line charge of 8 nC/m lying along the Z-axis in free space.
collision is a. 0.424 nC m−2 b. 47.88 nC m−2
(Take g = 9.8 ms −2) c. 0.07 nC m−2 d. 4.0 nC m−2
7. The de-Broglie wavelength associated with an electron
and a proton were calculated by accelerating them
through same potential of 100 V. What should nearly be
the ratio of their wavelengths? (m p = 100727
. u,
m e = 000055
. u)
a. 1860 : 1 b. (1860) 2 : 1 c. 41.4 : 1 d. 43 : 1
h 8. For the given circuit, comment on the type of
m M transformer used.
v
Il IL 0.11 A
a. 841.4 m/s b. 811.4 m/s
c. 831.4 m/s d. 821.4 m/s L
p s O
3. A charge Q is moving dI distance in the magnetic field B . 220 V 60 W V2
A
Find the value of work done by B. D
a. 1 b. Infinite
c. Zero d. −1
a. Auxilliary transformer b. Auto transformer
4. What will be the nature of flow of water from a circular
tap, when its flow rate increased from 0.18 L/min to 0.48 c. Step-up transformer d. Step down transformer
March Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 21
9. The half-life of Au198 is 2.7 days. The activity of 1.50 mg of 16. Two identical antennas mounted on identical towers are
Au198 if its atomic weight is 198 g mol−1 is (NA = 6 × 1023 / separated from each other by a distance of 45 km. What
mol) should nearly be the minimum height of receiving
a. 240 Ci b. 357 Ci c. 535 Ci d. 252 Ci antenna to receive the signals in line of sight ?
10. Calculate the value of mean free path ( λ ) for oxygen (Assume, radius of earth is 6400 km.)
a. 19.77 m b. 39.55 m c. 79.1 m d. 158.2 m
. × 105
molecules at temperature 27°C and pressure 101
17. The magnetic field in a region is given by B = B 0 k$ . A
Pa. Assume the molecular diameter 0.3 nm and the gas x
is ideal. a
. × 10−23 JK −1)
(k = 138 square loop of side d is placed with its edges along the X
a. 58 nm b. 32 nm c. 86 nm d. 102 nm and Y-axes. The loop is moved with a constant velocity
v = v 0i$. The emf induced in the loop is
11. The refractive index of a converging lens is 1.4. What will
be the focal length of this lens if it is placed in a medium Y
of same refractive index ? (Assume the radii of curvature Z
of the faces of lens are R1 and R 2 respectively)
R1R 2 d
a. 1 b. Infinite c. d. Zero
R1 − R 2 d
X
12. In order to determine the Young's modulus of a wire of B v 2d Bv d B v d2 B0v 0d 2
radius 0.2 cm (measured using a scale of least count a. 0 0 b. 0 0 c. 0 0 d.
2a 2a a 2a
= 0001
. cm) and length 1m (measured using a scale of
least count = 1mm), a weight of mass 1kg (measured 18. Amplitude of a mass-spring system, which is executing
using a scale of least count = 1g) was hanged to get the simple harmonic motion decreases with time. If mass =
elongation of 0.5 cm (measured using a scale of least 500 g, decay constant = 20 g/s, then how much time is
count 0.001 cm). What will be the fractional error in the required for the amplitude of the system to drop to half
value of Young's modulus determined by this experiment? of its initial value ? (ln 2 = 0.693)
a. 0.14% b. 0.9% c. 9% d. 1.4% a. 34.65 s b. 17.32 s c. 0.034 s d. 15.01 s
13. A bimetallic strip consists of metals A and B. It is
mounted rigidly as shown. The metal A has higher 19. Calculate the time interval between 33% decay and 67%
coefficient of expansion compared to that of metal B. decay if half-life of a substance is 20 min.
When the bimetallic strip is placed in a cold bath, it will a. 60 min b. 20 min c. 40 min d. 13 min
23. A force F = 4 i$ + 3$j + 4k$ is applied on an intersection other bank just opposite to his starting point is ………° (in
point of x = 2 plane and X-axis. The magnitude of torque degree).
of this force about a point (2, 3, 4) is …… . (Round off to the nearest integer)
(Round off to the nearest integer) 28. A closed organ pipe of length L and an open organ pipe
contain gases of densities ρ1 and ρ2 respectively. The
24. If one wants to remove all the mass of the earth to
compressibility of gases are equal in both the pipes.
infinity in order to break it up completely. The amount of
2 Both the pipes are vibrating in their first overtone with
energy that needs to be supplied will be x GM , where x x ρ
5 R same frequency. The length of the open pipe is L 1
3 ρ2
is ……… .
(Round off to the nearest integer) where x is …… .
(M is the mass of earth, R is the radius of earth and G is the (Round off to the nearest integer)
gravitational constant.) 29. A solid disc of radius a and mass m rolls down without
25. A deviation of 2° is produced in the yellow ray when slipping on an inclined plane making an angle θ with the
2
prism of crown and flint glass are achromatically horizontal. The acceleration of the disc will begsinθ,
combined. Taking dispersive powers of crown and flint b
glass are 0.02 and 0.03 respectively and refractive index where b is ……… .
for yellow light for these glasses are 1.5 and 1.6, (Round off to the nearest integer)
respectively. The refracting angles for crown glass prism (g = acceleration due to gravity)
will be ……° (in degree). (θ = angle as shown in figure)
(Round off to the nearest integer)
26. A body of mass 2 kg moves under a force of a
(2i$ + 3$j + 5k$ )N. It starts from rest and was at the origin P
initially. After 4 s, its new coordinates are (8, b, 20). The
value of b is ……… .
(Round off to the nearest integer) θ
27. A swimmer can swim with velocity of 12 km/h in still 30. For an ideal heat engine, the temperature of the source
water. Water flowing in a river has velocity 6 km/h. The is 127°C. In order to have 60% efficiency the temperature
direction with respect to the direction of flow of river of the sink should be …… °C.
water he should swim in order to reach the point on the (Round off to the nearest integer)
17 MARCH SHIFT I
Section A : Objective Type Questions a. −15 − 20 3 , 15 − 20 3 b. 15 + 20 3 , 15 − 20 3
1. A triangular plate is shown below. A force F = 4 i$ − 3$j is c. 15 − 20 3 , 15 + 20 3 d. −15 + 20 3 , 15 + 20 3
applied at point P. The torque at point P with respect to 2. When two soap bubbles of radii a and b( b > a) coalesce,
point O and Q are the radius of curvature of common surface is
Y ab a+ b b −a ab
a. b. c. d.
b −a ab ab a+ b
cm
5. An electron of mass m and a photon have same energy 11. A solenoid of 1000 turns per metre has a core with
E. The ratio of wavelength of electron to that of photon is relative permeability 500. Insulated windings of the
(c being the velocity of light) solenoid carry an electric current of 5 A. The magnetic
1/ 2 1/ 2
flux density produced by the solenoid is
a.
1 2m
b.
1 E
c E c 2m (Permeability of free space = 4 π × 10−7 H/m)
π
1/ 2 a. πT b. 2 × 10−3 πT c. T d. 10−4 πT
c.
E
d. c (2mE )1/ 2 5
2m
12. A mass M hangs on a massless z ω
6. Two identical metal wires of thermal conductivities K1 rod of length l which rotates at
and K 2 respectively are connected in series. The effective a constant angular frequency. B
α
thermal conductivity of the combination is The mass M moves with steady
2K 1K 2 K1 + K 2
a. b. speed in a circular path of I
K1 + K 2 2K 1K 2 constant radius. Assume that
K1 + K 2 K K the system is in steady circular
c. d. 1 2
K 1K 2 K1 + K 2 motion with constant angular
7. The vernier scale used for measurement has a positive velocity ω. The angular
zero error of 0.2 mm. If while taking a measurement, it momentum of M about point A
is LA which lies in the positive A r M
was noted that '0' on the vernier scale lies between 8.5
cm and 8.6 cm, vernier coincidence is 6, then the correct z-direction and the angular
value of measurement is ……… cm. momentum of M about B is LB .
a. 8.36 b. 8.54 The correct statement for this
c. 8.58 d. 8.56 system is
8. An AC current is given by I = I1sinωt + I2 cos ωt. A hot wire a. LA and L B are both constant in magnitude and direction
b. LB is constant in direction with varying magnitude
ammeter will give a reading c. LB is constant, both in magnitude and direction
I12 − I 22 I12 + I 22 d. LA is constant, both in magnitude and direction
a. b.
2 2 13. For what value of displacement the kinetic energy and
I1 + I 2 I1 + I 2 potential energy of a simple harmonic oscillation
c. d.
2 2 2 become equal?
A A
9. A modern grand-prix racing car of mass m is travelling on a. x = 0 b. x = ± A c. x = ± d. x =
2 2
a flat track in a circular arc of radius R with a speed v. If
the coefficient of static friction between the tyres and 14. A Carnot's engine working between 400 K and 800 K has
the track is µ s , then the magnitude of negative lift f L a work output of 1200 J per cycle. The amount of heat
acting downwards on the car is energy supplied to the engine from the source in each
(Assume forces on the four tyres are identical and g = cycle is
acceleration due to gravity) a. 3200 J b. 1800 J c. 1600 J d. 2400 J
v 15. The thickness at the centre of a plano convex lens is 3
mm and the diameter is 6 cm. If the speed of light in the
material of the lens is 2 × 108ms −1, then the focal length
of the lens is
a. 0.30 cm b. 15 cm c. 1.5 cm d. 30 cm
R
16. The output of the given combination gates represents
A
Y
B
v2 v2
a. m + g b. m − g a. XOR gate b. NAND gate
µ
s R µ
s R c. AND gate d. NOR gate
v2 v2
c. m g − d. − m g + 17. A boy is rolling a 0.5 kg ball on the frictionless floor with
µ sR µ sR the speed of 20 ms −1. The ball gets deflected by an
10. A car accelerates from rest at a constant rate α for some obstacle on the way. After deflection it moves with 5% of
time after which it decelerates at a constant rate β to its initial kinetic energy. What is the speed of the ball
come to rest. If the total time elapsed is t seconds, the now ?
total distance travelled is a. 19.0 ms −1 b. 4.47 ms −1 c. 14.41 ms −1 d. 1.00 ms −1
4αβ 2 2αβ 2 αβ αβ 18. Which level of the single ionized carbon has the same
a. t b. t c. t2 d. t2
(α + β) (α + β) 2(α + β) 4(α + β) energy as the ground state energy of hydrogen atom?
a. 1 b. 6 c. 4 d. 8
24 Online JEE Main 2021 March Attempt
19. Two ideal polyatomic gases at temperatures T1 and T2 are (Round off to the nearest integer)
mixed so that there is no loss of energy. If f1 and f 2, m1
and m 2 , n1 and n2 be the degrees of freedom, masses,
number of molecules of the first and second gas
respectively, the temperature of mixture of these two
gases is Ta Tb
n T + n 2T2 n f T + n 2 f 2T2
a. 1 1 b. 1 1 1 M
n1 + n 2 n1 f1 + n 2 f 2
Fig. 1
n1 f1T1 + n 2 f 2T2 n1 f1T1 + n 2 f 2T2
c. d.
f1 + f 2 n1 + n 2
24. Four identical rectangular plates with length, l = 2 cm and 28. A parallel plate capacitor whose capacitance C is 14 pF is
breadth, b = 3 / 2 cm are arranged as shown in figure. charged by a battery to a potential difference V = 12 V
xε
The equivalent capacitance between A and C is 0 . The between its plates. The charging battery is now
d disconnected and a porcelain plate with
value of x is ……… . K = 7 is inserted between the plates, then the plate would
(Round off to the nearest integer) oscillate back and forth between the plates with a
constant mechanical energy of ……… pJ.
(Assume no friction)
A B C
D 29. Two blocks ( m = 0.5 kg and M = 4 .5 kg) are arranged on a
horizontal frictionless table as shown in figure. The
coefficient of static friction between the two blocks is
3/7. Then, the maximum horizontal force that can be
applied on the larger block so that the blocks move
together is …… N.
d d d (Round off to the nearest integer. Take, g = 9.8 ms −2)
26. Consider two identical springs each of spring constant k 30. If 2.5 × 10−6 N average force is exerted by a light wave on
and negligible mass compared to the mass M as shown. a non-reflecting surface of 30 cm2 area during 40 min of
Fig.1 shows one of them and Fig.2 shows their series time span, the energy flux of light just before it falls on
combination. The ratios of time period of oscillation of the surface is …… W / cm2.
T
the two SHM is b = x , where value of x is ……… . (Round off to the nearest integer. Assume complete
Ta
absorption and normal incidence conditions are there.)
March Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 25
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (b) 10. (c)
11. (a) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (b)
21. (1206) 22. (728) 23. (4) 24. (2) 25. (64) 26. (2) 27. (4) 28. (864) 29. (21) 30. (25)
17 MARCH SHIFT II
Section A : Objective Type Questions a. y (x , t ) = 003
. [sin 51
. x– . × 103 )t ]
(02
1. A rubber ball is released from a height of 5 m above the b. y (x , t ) = 006
. [sin 51
. x– . × 103 )t ]
(15
floor. It bounces back repeatedly, always rising to 81/100 c. y (x , t ) = 006
. [sin 08
. x– . × 103 )t ]
(05
of the height through which it falls. Find the average d. y (x , t ) = 003
. [sin 51
. x– . × 103 )t ]
(15
speed of the ball. 8. Which one is the correct option for the two different
(Take, g = 10 ms −2 ) thermodynamic processes?
a. 3.0 ms −1 b. 3.5 ms −1 c. 2.0 ms −1 d. 2.5 ms −1
2. If one mole of the polyatomic gas is having two Adiabatic
vibrational modes and β is the ratio of molar specific p
C p
heats for polyatomic gas β = , then the value of β is (A)
CV Isothermal
a. 1.02 b. 1.2 c. 1.25 d. 1.35
3. A block of mass 1 kg attached to a spring is made to V
oscillate with an initial amplitude of 12 cm. After 2 min,
the amplitude decreases to 6 cm. Determine the value of Isothermal
the damping constant for this motion. p
(Take, ln 2 = 0693
. )
. × 102 kg/s
a. 069 b. 3.3 × 102 kg/s (B)
. × 10−2 kg/s
c. 116 d. 5.7 × 10−3 kg/s
Adiabatic
4. Which one of the following will be the output of the given
circuit ? T
A
Y V Isothermal
B (C)
Adiabatic
a. NOR Gate b. NAND Gate c. AND Gate d. XOR Gate
5. An object is located at 2 km beneath the surface of the
water. If the fractional compression ∆V / V is 1.36% , the T
ratio of hydraulic stress to the corresponding hydraulic Isothermal
strain will be …………… . p
(Take, density of water is 1000 kg m −3 and g = 981
. ms −2 ) (D)
. × 107 Nm−2
a. 196 . × 107 Nm−2
b. 144
. × 109 Nm−2
c. 226 . × 109 Nm−2
d. 144 Adiabatic
11. Two cells of emf 2E and E with internal resistance r1 and B. Phase difference between 2. zero
current and voltage in a
r2 respectively are connected in series to an external
pure inductive AC circuit
resistor R (see figure). The value of R, at which the
potential difference across the terminals of the first cell C. Phase difference between 3. π
; current lags voltage
becomes zero is current and voltage in a 2
2E E pure capacitive AC circuit
c. v1 − v 2 = ( f1 + f 2 ) d. v1 − v 2 = ( f1− f 2 )
2h 2 2h 2
10V
m m
a. 2.44 µA b. 2.44 mA
19. What happens to the inductive reactance and the
c. 4.87 mA d. 4.87 µA
current in a purely inductive circuit, if the frequency is
14. Two particles A and B of equal masses are suspended halved ?
from two massless springs of spring constants k1 and k 2, a. Both inductive reactance and current will be halved.
respectively. If the maximum velocities during b. Inductive reactance will be halved and current will be
oscillations are equal, the ratio of the amplitude of A and doubled.
B is c. Inductive reactance will be doubled and current will be
k2 k1 k1 k2 halved.
a. b. c. d. d. Both inductive reactance and current will be doubled.
k1 k2 k2 k1
March Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 27
T 2µF 8µF
10V C1 C2
1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (b) 10. (d)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (a) 17. (d) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (3) 22. (5) 23. (30) 24. (25) 25. (3) 26. (640) 27. (4) 28. (30) 29. (16) 30. (6)
18 MARCH SHIFT I
Section A : Objective Type Questions B
12. In Young’s double slit arrangement, slits are separated 18. Your friend is having eye sight problem. She is not able
by a gap of 0.5 mm, and the screen is placed at a to see clearly a distant uniform window mesh and it
distance of 0.5 m from them. The distance between the appears to her as non-uniform and distorted. The doctor
first and the third bright fringe formed when the slits are diagnosed the problem as
illuminated by a monochromatic light of 5890 Å is a. astigmatism
a. 1178 × 10−9 m b. 1178 × 10−6 m b. myopia with astigmatism
c. 1178 × 10−12 m d. 5890 × 10−7 m c. presbyopia with astigmatism
d. myopia and hypermetropia
13. A particle is travelling 4 times as fast as an electron.
Assuming the ratio of de-Broglie wavelength of a particle 19. A loop of flexible wire of irregular shape carrying current
to that of electron is 2 : 1, the mass of the particle is is placed in an external magnetic field.
1
a. times the mass of electron Identify the effect of the field on the wire.
16
a. Loop assumes circular shape with its plane normal to the
b. 8 times the mass of electron field.
c. 16 times the mass of electron b. Loop assumes circular shape with its plane parallel to the
1 field.
d. times the mass of electron
8 c. Wire gets stretched to become straight.
14. The position, velocity and acceleration of a particle moving d. Shape of the loop remains unchanged.
with a constant acceleration can be represented by
20. The time period of a satellite in a circular orbit of radius R
is T . The period of another satellite in a circular orbit of
Acceleration
Position
Velocity
Velocity
Velocity
t t t
15. In the experiment of Ohm’s law, a potential difference of 23. The voltage across the 10Ω resistor in the given circuit is
5.0 V is applied across the end of a conductor of length x volt.
10.0 cm and diameter of 5.00 mm. The measured current 50Ω
in the conductor is 2.00 A. The maximum permissible
percentage error in the resistivity of the conductor is 10Ω
20Ω
a. 3.9 b. 8.4 c. 7.5 d. 3.0
16. In a series L-C-R resonance circuit, if we change the
170 V
resistance only, from a lower to higher value,
a. the bandwidth of resonance circuit will increase
b. the resonance frequency will increase
The value of x to the nearest integer is …… .
c. the quality factor will increase
d. the quality factor and the resonance frequency will remain 24. Two separate wires A and B are stretched by 2 mm and 4
constant mm respectively, when they are subjected to a force of 2
N. Assume that both the wires are made up of same
17. An AC source rated 220 V, 50 Hz is connected to a material and the radius of wire B is 4 times that of the
resistor. The time taken by the current to change from
radius of wire A. The length of the wires A and B are in
its maximum to the rms value is
the ratio of a : b. Then, a / b can be expressed as 1/ x ,
a. 2.5 ms b. 25 ms c. 2.5 s d. 0.25 ms
where x is ……… .
30 Online JEE Main 2021 March Attempt
25. A person is swimming with a speed of 10 m/s at an angle 28. As shown in the figure, a particle of mass 10 kg is placed
of 120° with the flow and reaches to a point directly at a point A. When the particle is slightly displaced to its
opposite on the other side of the river. The speed of the right, it starts moving and reaches the point B. The speed
flow is x m/s. The value of x to the nearest integer of the particle at B is x m/s. (Take, g = 10 m/s 2)
is ……… .
The value of x to the nearest integer is ….… .
26. A parallel plate capacitor has plate area 100 m2 and
A C
plate separation of 10 m. The space between the plates
is filled upto a thickness 5 m with a material of dielectric
constant of 10. The resultant capacitance of the system B
Horizontal
. × 10−12 fm −1.
is x pF. The value of ε 0 = 885 surface
The value of x to the nearest integer is …… . 10 m
5m
27. A ball of mass 10 kg moving with a velocity 10 3 m/s
along the X-axis, hits another ball of mass 20 kg which is
at rest. After the collision, first ball comes to rest while 29. An n-p-n transistor operates as a common emitter
the second ball disintegrates into two equal pieces. One
piece starts moving along Y-axis with a speed of 10 m/s. amplifier with a power gain of 10 6. The input circuit
resistance is 100Ω and the output load resistance is 10 k
The second piece starts moving at an angle of 30° with Ω. The common emitter current gain β will be ......... .
respect to the X-axis. The velocity of the ball moving at
(Round off to the nearest integer)
30° with X-axis is x m/s. The configuration of pieces after
collision is shown in the figure below. The value of x to 30. A bullet of mass 0.1 kg is fired on a wooden block to
the nearest integer is .......... . pierce through it, but it stops after moving a distance of
50 cm into it. If the velocity of bullet before hitting the
Y-axis Piece-1 wood is 10 m/s and it slows down with uniform
deceleration, then the magnitude of effective retarding
v1 = 10 m/s force on the bullet is x N. The value of x to the nearest
integer is ......... .
X-axis
30°
v2
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (c)
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (b)
21. (6) 22. (2) 23. (70) 24. (32) 25. (5) 26. (161) 27. (20) 28. (10) 29. (100) 30. (10)
18 MARCH SHIFT II
Section A : Objective Type Questions 2. An object of mass m1 collides with another object of
1. Which of the following statements are correct? mass m 2, which is at rest. After the collision, the objects
A. Electric monopoles do not exist, whereas magnetic move with equal speeds in opposite direction. The ratio
monopoles exist. of the masses m 2 : m1 is
B. Magnetic field lines due to a solenoid at its ends and a. 3 : 1 b. 2 : 1 c. 1 : 2 d. 1 : 1
outside cannot be completely straight and confined. 3. For an adiabatic expansion of an ideal gas, the fractional
C. Magnetic field lines are completely confined within a change in its pressure is equal to (where, γ is the ratio of
toroid. specific heats)
D. Magnetic field lines inside a bar magnet are not parallel. dV V 1 dV dV
a. − γ b. − γ c. − d.
E. χ = − 1is the condition for a perfect diamagnetic material, V dV γ V V
where χ is its magnetic susceptibility.
4. A proton and an α-particle, having kinetic energies K p and
Choose the correct answer from the options given below.
a. C and E b. B and D K α , respectively, enter into a magnetic field at right angles.
c. A and B d. B and C The ratio of the radii of trajectory of proton to that of
α-particle is 2 : 1. The ratio of K p : K α is
a. 1: 8 b. 8 : 1 c. 1 : 4 d. 4 : 1
March Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 31
5. A plane electromagnetic wave propagating along 11. The decay of a proton to neutron is
y-direction can have the following pair of electric field (E) a. not possible as proton mass is less than the neutron mass
and magnetic field (B) components. b. possible only inside the nucleus
a. E y , B y or E z , Bz b. E y , Bx or E x , B y c. not possible but neutron to proton conversion is possible
c. E x , Bz or E z , Bx d. E x , B y or E y , Bx d. always possible as it is associated only with β + decay
6. Consider a uniform wire of mass M and length L. It is bent 12. In a series L-C -R circuit, the inductive reactance ( X L) is 10
into a semicircle. Its moment of inertia about a line Ω and the capacitive reactance ( X C ) is 4 Ω. The resistance
perpendicular to the plane of the wire passing through (R) in the circuit is 6 Ω. The power factor of the circuit is
the centre is a.
1
b.
1
c.
1
d.
3
1 ML2 2 ML2 ML2 1 ML2 2 2 2 2 2
a. b. c. d.
4 π2 5 π2 π2 2 π2
13. The angular momentum of a planet of mass M moving
7. The velocity-displacement graph of a particle is shown in around the Sun in an elliptical orbit is L . The magnitude
the figure. of the areal velocity of the planet is
4L L 2L L
v a. b. c. d.
M M M 2M
v0
14. The function of time representing a simple harmonic
π
motion with a period of is
ω
a. sin (ωt ) = cos (ωt ) b. cos (ωt ) + cos (2ωt ) + cos (3ωt )
π
O x0
x c. sin 2 (ωt ) d. 3cos − 2ωt
4
The acceleration-displacement graph of the same
particle is represented by
15. A solid cylinder of mass m is wrapped
with an inextensible light string and, is
a a
placed on a rough inclined plane as
shown in the figure. The frictional force
a. b. acting between the cylinder and the
inclined plane is
O x O x
(The coefficient of static friction, µ s , is 0.4)
7
a. mg b. 5 mg
a a 2 60°
O x mg
c. d. c. d. 0
5
O x
16. The time taken for the magnetic energy to reach 25% of
its maximum value, when a solenoid of resistance R,
inductance L is connected to a battery, is
8. The correct relation between α (ratio of collector current a.
L
ln 5 b. infinite c.
L
ln 2 d.
L
ln 10
to emitter current) and β (ratio of collector current to R R R
base current) of a transistor is
α β 1 β 17. A particle of mass m moves in a circular orbit under the
a. β = b. α = c. β = d. α = central potential field, U( r) = − C / r , where C is a positive
1+ α 1− α 1− α 1+ β
constant. The correct radius-velocity graph of the
9. Three rays of light, namely P particle’s motion is
red (R), green (G) and blue (B) r r
are incident on the face PQ
B
of a right angled prism PQR
a. b.
as shown in figure G
The refractive indices of the R v v
material of the prism for red, O O
green and blue wavelength R r r
Q
are 1.27, 1.42 and 1.49,
respectively. The colour of the ray(s) emerging out of the
face PR is c. d.
a. green b. red c. blue and green d. blue
v v
10. If the angular velocity of Earth’s spin is increased such O O
that the bodies at the equator start floating, the duration 18. An ideal gas in a cylinder is separated by a piston in such
of the day would be approximately a way that the entropy of one part is S1 and that of the
(Take 2 g = 10 ms −2 , the radius of Earth, R = 6400 × 103 m, other part is S 2. Given that S1 > S 2. If the piston is
take π = 314
. ) removed, then the total entropy of the system will be
a. 60 min b. does not change S1
a. S1 × S 2 b. S1 − S 2 c. d. S1 + S 2
c. 1200 min d. 84 min S2
32 Online JEE Main 2021 March Attempt
19. Consider a sample of oxygen behaving like an ideal gas. (Take value of g to be 10 ms −2)
At 300 K, the ratio of root mean square (rms) velocity to
the average velocity of gas molecule would be 24 kg
(Molecular weight of oxygen is 32 g/mol; R = 8. 3 J K −1 A
mol −1)
3 8 3π 8π
a. b. c. d.
3 3 8 3
20. The speed of electrons in a scanning electron
microscope is 1 × 107 ms −1. If the protons having the
B
same speed are used instead of electrons, then the
resolving power of scanning proton microscope will be 25. A TV transmission tower antenna is at a height of 20 m.
changed by a factor of Suppose that the receiving antenna is at
1 1
a. 1837 b. c. 1837 d. (i) ground level
1837 1837
(ii) a height of 5 m.
Secton B : Numerical Type Questions The increase in antenna range in case (ii) relative to case (i)
21. The projectile motion of a particle of mass 5 g is shown is n%.
in the figure. The value of n, to the nearest integer, is ……… .
26. The radius of a sphere is measured to be (7.50 ± 0.85) cm.
45° 45°
Suppose the percentage error in its volume is x. The
A B value of x to the nearest x, is …………… .
The initial velocity of the particle is 5 2 ms −1 and the air 27. An infinite number of point charges, each carrying 1 µC
resistance is assumed to be negligible. The magnitude of charge, are placed along the Y-axis at y = 1m, 2m, 4 m, 8m.
the change in momentum between the points A and B is The total force on a 1 C point charge, placed at the origin, is
x × 10–2 kg-ms −1. The value of x to the nearest integer, is x × 103 N. The value of x to the nearest integer, is …………… .
……………… . 1
(Take, = 9 × 109 N-m 2 /C 2 )
22. A ball of mass 4 kg, moving with a velocity of 10 ms −1, 4 πε0
collides with a spring of length 8 m and force constant 28. Consider a 72 cm long wire AB as shown in the figure. The
100 Nm −1. The length of the compressed spring is x m. galvanometer jockey is placed at P on AB at a distance x
The value of x to the nearest integer, is ………… . cm from A. The galvanometer shows zero deflection.
23. The typical output characteristics curve for a transistor 12 Ω C 6Ω
working in the common-emitter configuration is shown
in the figure.
Ic(mA) G
8 IB=40 µA x
A B
6 IB=30 µA P
4 IB=20 µA
2 IB=10 µA The value of x, to the nearest integer, is ……… .
0 29. Two wires of same length and thickness having specific
VCE(V) resistances 6 Ω- cm and 3 Ω-cm respectively are connected
The estimated current gain from the figure is ……… . in parallel. The effective resistivity is ρ Ω-cm. The value of ρ
to the nearest integer, is …………… .
24. Consider a water tank as shown in the figure. It’s
cross-sectional area is 0.4 m 2. The tank has an opening 30. A galaxy is moving away from the Earth at a speed of 286
B near the bottom whose cross-section area is 1 cm 2. A kms −1. The shift in the wavelength of a red line at 630 nm
load of 24 kg is applied on the water at the top when the is
height of the water level is 40 cm above the bottom, the x × 10–10 m. The value of x to the nearest integer, is
velocity of water coming out the opening B is v ms −1. The ………… .
value of v, to the nearest integer, is …………… . (Take the value of speed of light c, as 3 × 108 ms −1)
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (b) 10. (d)
11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (d) 15. (c) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (a)
21. (5) 22. (6) 23. (200) 24. (3) 25. (50) 26. (34) 27. (12) 28. (48) 29. (4) 30. (6)
July Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 33
20 JULY SHIFT I
Section A : Objective Type Questions 6. Region I and II are separated by a spherical surface of
1. The value of current in the 6 Ω resistance is radius 25 cm. An object is kept in region I at a distance of
40 cm from the surface. The distance of the image from
20Ω 5Ω the surface is
I II
25cm
140V 6Ω 90V
O C µI=1.25 µII=1.4
a. 55.44 cm b. 9.52 cm
c. 18.23 cm d. 37.58 cm
a. 4 A b. 8 A
c. 10 A d. 6 A 7. A person whose mass is 100 kg travels from Earth to
Mars in a spaceship. Neglect all other objects in sky and
2. The normal reaction N for a vehicle of 800 kg mass, take acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the
negotiating a turn on a 30° banked road at maximum
Earth and Mars as 10 m/s2 and 4 m/s2, respectively.
possible speed without skidding is …… × 103 kg-m/s2.
[Take, µ s = 02
. ] Identify from the below figures, the curve that fits best
a. 10.2 b. 7.2
for the weight of the passenger as a function of time.
c. 12.4 d. 6.96
1000N A
3. A radioactive material decays by simultaneous emission
of two particles with half-lives of 1400 yr and 700 yr, I
respectively. What will be the time after the which Weight II
one-third of the material remains ?
[Take, In 3 = 1.1] B
400N
a. 1110 yr b. 700 yr III
c. 340 yr d. 740 yr IV Time
4. A steel block of 10 kg rests on a horizontal floor as a. III b. I
shown. When three iron cylinders are placed on it as c. IV d. II
shown, the block and cylinders go down with an
acceleration 0.2 m/s2. 8. The amount of heat needed to raise the temperature of
4 moles of a rigid diatomic gas from 0°C to 50°C when no
The normal reaction R by the floor, if mass of the iron work is done is ……… . (R is the universal gas constant)
cylinders are equal and of 20 kg each, is …… N. a. 250 R b. 750 R
[Take, g = 10 m / s 2 and µ s = 02
. ] c. 175 R d. 500 R
3
9. If A and B are two vectors satisfying the relation
A ⋅ B = |A × B|. Then, the value of|A − B| will be
1 2 a. A 2 + B 2 b. A 2 + B 2 + 2AB
c. A 2 + B 2 + 2AB d. A 2 + B 2 − 2AB
50 Hz is applied to a parallel plate capacitor. The 11. A nucleus of mass M emits γ- ray photon of frequency ν.
separation between the plates is 2 mm and the area is The loss of internal energy by the nucleus is
1 m2. The amplitude of the oscillating displacement [Take, c is the speed of electromagnetic wave.]
current for the applied AC voltage is …… . a. hν b. zero
. × 10−12 F/m)
(Take, ε0 = 885 hν hν
c. hν 1 − d. hν 1 +
a. 21.14 µA b. 83.37 µA 2Mc 2 2Mc 2
c. 27.79 µA d. 55.58 µA
34 Online JEE Main 2021 July Attempt
gun horizontally at a height of 2 m above the ground. 25. In the reported figure, heat energy absorbed by a system
The value of d is ……… m. in going through a cyclic process is …… πJ.
(Take, g =10m / s 2) p(kPa)
Gun
40
Ball
20
2m
L
20 40
22. In an L-C-R series circuit, an inductor 30 mH and a 26. A circular disc reaches from top to bottom of an inclined
resistor 1Ω are connected to an AC source of angular plane of length L. When it slips down the plane, it takes
frequency 300 rad/s. The value of capacitance for which, time t1. When it rolls down the plane, it takes time t 2. The
1 t 3
the current leads the voltage by 45° is × 10−3 F. Then, value of 2 is . The value of x will be …… .
x t1 x
the value of x is …… .
27. A rod of mass M and length L is lying on a horizontal
23. The amplitude of wave disturbance propagating in the frictionless surface. A particle of mass m travelling along
1
positive x-direction is given by y = at time t = 0 the surface hits at one end of the rod with a velocity u in
(1 + x) 2 a direction perpendicular to the rod. The collision is
1 completely elastic. After collision, particle comes to rest.
and y = at t = 1s, where x and y are in metre.
1 + ( x − 2) 2 1
The ratio of masses is . The value of x will be …… .
m
M x
The shape of wave does not change during the
propagation. The velocity of the wave will be …… m/s. 28. An object viewed from a near point distance of 25 cm,
24. A body having specific charge 8 µC/g is resting on a using a microscopic lens with magnification 6, gives an
frictionless plane at a distance 10 cm from the wall (as unresolved image. A resolved image is observed at
shown in the figure). It starts moving towards the wall infinite distance with a total magnification double the
when a uniform electric field of 100 V/m is applied earlier using an eyepiece along with the given lens and a
horizontally towards the wall. If the collision of the body tube of length 0.6 m, if the focal length of the eyepiece is
with the wall is perfectly elastic, then the time period of equal to ……… cm.
the motion will be …… s. 29. The frequency of a car horn encountered a change from
400 Hz to 500 Hz, when the car approaches a vertical
wall. If the speed of sound is 330 m/s, then the speed of
car is …… km/h.
30. A carrier wave VC (t) = 160sin(2π × 106t) V is made to vary
between Vmax = 200 V and Vmin = 120 V by a message
Body
100 V/m signal Vm (t) = Am sin(2π × 103t) V. The peak voltage Am of
the modulating signal is …… .
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (b)
11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (d)
21. (0.003) 22. (3) 23. (2) 24. (1) 25. (100) 26. (2) 27. (4) 28. (25) 29. (132) 30. (40)
36 Online JEE Main 2021 July Attempt
20 JULY SHIFT II
Section A : Objective Type Questions 9. A particle is making simple harmonic motion along the
1. If the kinetic energy of a moving body becomes four times X-axis. If at a distances x1 and x 2 from the mean position,
of its initial kinetic energy, then the percentage change in the velocities of the particle are v1 and v 2 respectively,
its momentum will be then the time period of its oscillation is given as
a. 100% b. 200% c. 300% d. 400% x 22 + x12 x 22 + x12
a. T = 2 π b. T = 2 π
2. A boy reaches the airport and finds that the escalator is v12 − v 22 v12 + v 22
not working. He walks up the stationary escalator in time x 22 − x12 x 22 − x12
t1. If he remains stationary on a moving escalator, then c. T = 2 π d. T = 2 π
v12 + v 22 v12 − v 22
the escalator takes him up in time t 2. The time taken by
him to walk up on the moving escalator will be 10. An electron having de-Broglie wavelength λ is incident
t1t 2 t1 + t 2 t1t 2 on a target in a X-ray tube. Cut-off wavelength of
a. b. c. d. t 2 − t1
t 2 − t1 2 t 2 + t1 emitted X-ray is
2m 2c 2 λ 2 2mcλ 2 hc
3. A satellite is launched into a circular orbit of radius R a. Zero b. 2
c. d.
h h mc
around Earth, while a second satellite is launched into a
circular orbit of radius 1.02 R. The percentage difference 11. A body rolls down an inclined plane without slipping. The
in the time periods of the two satellites is kinetic energy of rotation is 50% of its translational
a. 1.5 b. 2.0 c. 0.7 d. 3.0 kinetic energy. The body is
4. With what speed should a galaxy move outward with a. solid sphere b. solid cylinder
respect to Earth, so that the sodium-D line at wavelength c. hollow cylinder d. ring
5890 Å is observed at 5896 Å ? 12. If time (t), velocity (v ) and angular momentum ( l) are
a. 306 km/s b. 322 km/s c. 296 km/s d. 336 km/s taken as the fundamental units, then the dimension of
5. The length of a metal wire is l1, when the tension in it is T1 mass ( m) in terms of t ,v and l is
and is l 2 when the tension is T2. The natural length of the a. [ t −1v1l −2 ] b. [ t 1v 2 l −1]
wire is −2 −1 1
c. [ t v l ] d. [ t −1v −2 l1]
l T − l 2T1 l T + l 2T1 l +l
a. l1 l 2 b. 1 2 c. 1 2 d. 1 2
T2 − T1 T2 + T1 2 13. The correct relation between the degrees of freedom f
and the ratio of specific heat γ is
6. In an electromagnetic wave, the electric field vector and 2 2 γ+1 1
a. f = b. f = c. f = d. f =
magnetic field vector are given as E = E 0$i and B = B 0k$ , γ −1 γ+1 2 γ+1
respectively. The direction of propagation of
electromagnetic wave is along 14. For a certain radioactive process, the graph between InR
a. k$ b. $j c. (−k$ ) d. (− $j ) and t (sec) is obtained as shown in the figure. Then, the
value of half-life for the unknown radioactive material is
7. For a series L-C-R circuit with R = 100 Ω, approximately
L = 05
. mH and C = 01
. pF connected across 220 V-50 Hz
AC supply, the phase angle between current and
supplied voltage and the nature of the circuit is 8 R = Decay rate
a. 0°, resistive circuit 6
In R
c. T r 2
a. A = A b. TA = TB
d. TB rB
T T c. TA > TB (if m A > m B ) d. TA > TB (if rA > rB )
July Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 37
16. At an angle of 30° to the magnetic meridian, the 24. Two bodies, a ring and a solid cylinder of same material
apparent dip is 45°. Find the true dip. are rolling down without slipping an inclined plane. The
−1 −1
1 −1
2 −1
3 radii of the bodies are same. The ratio of velocity of the
a. tan ( 3 ) b. tan c. tan d. tan centre of mass at the bottom of the inclined plane of the
3 3 2
ring to that of the cylinder is x / 2. Then, the value of x is
17. A body at rest is moved along a horizontal straight line …… .
by a machine delivering a constant power. The distance
25. For the forward biased diode characteristics shown in
moved by the body in time t is proportional to
3 1 1 3 the figure, the dynamic resistance at ID = 3 mA will be
a. t 2 b. t 2 c. t 4 d. t 4 ……… Ω.
18. Two vectors P and Q have equal magnitudes. If the
ID(mA)
magnitude of P + Q is n times the magnitude of P − Q,
then angle between P and Q is 8
−1
n − 1 −1
n − 1 7
a. sin b. cos
n + 1 n + 1 6
−1
n 2 − 1 −1
n 2 − 1 5
c. sin 2 d. cos 2
n + 1 n + 1 4
19. Two small drops of mercury each of radius R coalesce to 3
form a single large drop. The ratio of total surface energy 2
before and after the change is 1
a. 21/ 3 : 1 b. 1: 21/ 3 c. 2 : 1 d. 1 : 2
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 VD(V)
20. The magnetic susceptibility of a material of a rod is 499.
−7
Permeability in vacuum is 4 π × 10 H/m. Absolute 26. A series L-C-R circuit of R = 5 Ω, L = 20 mH and C = 05
. µF is
permeability of the material of the rod is
a. 4 π × 10 H/m−4
b. 2 π × 10 H/m −4 connected across an AC supply of 250 V, having variable
frequency. The power dissipated at resonance condition
c. 3 π × 10−4 H/m d. π × 10−4 H/m
is …… × 102 W .
Numerical Type Questions 27. One mole of an ideal gas at 27°C is taken from A to B as
21. A Zener diode having Zener voltage 8 V and power shown in the given p-V indicator diagram. The work done
dissipation rating of 0.5 W is connected across a by the system will be …… × 10−1 J .
potential divider arranged with maximum potential drop [Take, R = 8.3 J/ mol-K, In 2 = 06931
. ]
across Zener diode is as shown in the diagram. The value (Round off to the nearest integer)
of protective resistance R p is ...........Ω.
Rp 200 A(p1V1)
n
p(N/m2)
p
Vz = 8V
100 B(p2V2)
– + 2 4
V(m 3)
20 V
22. A body of mass m is launched up on a rough inclined 28. A certain metallic surface is illuminated by monochromatic
plane making an angle of 30° with the horizontal. The radiation of wavelength λ. The stopping potential for
coefficient of friction between the body and plane is photoelectric current for this radiation is 3V0.
x / 5. if the time of ascent is half of the time of descent. If the same surface is illuminated with a radiation of
The value of x is …… . wavelength 2λ, the stopping potential is V0. The
threshold wavelength of this surface for photoelectric
23. In the given figure, switches S1 and S 2 are in open effect is …… λ.
condition. The resistance across ab when the switches S1
and S 2 are closed is …… Ω. 29. A body rotating with an angular speed of
600 rpm is uniformly accelerated to 1800 rpm in 10 s.
12 Ω 4Ω 6Ω The number of rotations made in the process is …… .
30. A radioactive substance decays to (1/16)th of its initial
a S1 S2 b
activity in 80 days. The half-life of the radioactive
substance expressed in days is …… .
6Ω 4Ω 12 Ω
38 Online JEE Main 2021 July Attempt
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (d) 8. (c) 9. (d) 10. (c)
11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (b) 16. (d) 17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (a) 20. (b)
21. (192) 22. (3) 23. (10) 24. (3) 25. (25) 26. (125) 27. (17258) 28. (4) 29. (32) 30. (20)
22 JULY SHIFT II
Section A : Objective Type Questions shown in figure. Find the resistance of the combination
1. In a circuit consisting of a capacitance and a generator between the ends A and B.
with alternating emf E g = E g 0 sinωt, VC and IC are the (Take, resistivity of copper = 1.7 × 10−8 Ω-m, resistivity of
voltage and current. Correct phasor diagram for such aluminium = 2.6 × 10−8 Ω-m)
circuit is
Cu
A B
Al
Eg IC C V a. 2.170 m Ω b. 1.420 m Ω
C
c. 0.0858 m Ω d. 0.858 m Ω
3. What will be the projection of vector A = i$ + $j + k$ on
vector B = i$ + $j ?
a. 2 ($i + $j + k$ ) b. 2($i + $j + k$ )
VC c. 2($i + $j ) d. ($i + $j )
4. A porter lifts a heavy suitcase of mass 80 kg and at the
ωt destination lowers it down by a distance of 80 cm with a
a. constant velocity. Calculate the work done by the porter
in lowering the suitcase.
[Take, g = 9.8 ms −2 ]
IC
a. − 627200. J b. − 6272
. J
c. + 6272
. J d. 784.0 J
VC
IC 5. T0 is the time period of a simple pendulum at a place. If
the length of the pendulum is reduced to 1/16 times of
b. its initial value, then the modified time period is
ωt 1
a. T0 b. 8 πT0 c. 4T0 d. T0
4
6. A ray of light passes from a denser medium to a rarer
medium at an angle of incidence i. The reflected and
IC VC refracted rays make an angle of 90° with each other. The
angle of reflection and refraction are respectively r and
ωt r'. The critical angle is given by
c.
i r
VC
r′
ωt
d.
IC
7. Statement I The ferromagnetic property depends on
temperature. At high temperature, ferromagnet
2. A copper (Cu) rod of length 25 cm and cross-sectional becomes paramagnet.
area 3 mm2 is joined with a similar aluminium (Al) rod as
July Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 39
Statement II At high temperature, the domain wall area 14. Match List I with List II.
of a ferromagnetic substance increases.
In the light of the above statements, choose the most List I List II
appropriate answer from the options given below. A. 1 (i) Current is in phase with EMF
ωL >
a. Statement I is true but Statement II is false ωC
b. Both Statement I and Statement II are true B. 1 (ii) Current lags behind the
ωL =
c. Both Statement I and Statement II are false ωC applied EMF
d. Statement I is false but Statement II is true 1
C. ωL < (iii) Maximum current occurs
ωC
8. A bullet of 4 g mass is fired from a gun of mass 4 kg. If
the bullet moves with the muzzle speed of 50 ms −1, the D. Resonant frequency (iv) Current leads the EMF
impulse imparted to the gun and velocity of recoil of gun
are Choose the correct answer from the options given below.
a. 0.4 kg-ms −1, 0.1 ms −1 b. 0.2 kg-ms −1, 0.05 ms −1 Codes
c. 0.2 kg-ms −1, 0.1 ms −1 d. 0.4 kg-ms −1 , 0.05 ms −1 A B C D A B C D
a. (ii) (i) (iv) (iii) b. (ii) (i) (iii) (iv)
9. Choose the correct option. c. (iii) (i) (iv) (ii) d. (iv) (iii) (ii) (i)
a. True dip is not mathematically related to apparent dip.
b. True dip is less than apparent dip. 15. What should be the height of transmitting antenna and
c. True dip is always greater than the apparent dip. the population covered, if the television telecast is to
d. True dip is always equal to apparent dip. cover a radius of 150 km ? The average population
density around the tower is 2000/km2 and the value of R e
10. Consider a situation in which a ring, a solid cylinder and
. × 106 m.
= 65
a solid sphere roll down on the same inclined plane
a. Height = 1731m, Population covered = 1413 × 105
without slipping. Assume that they start rolling from rest
b. Height = 1241m, Population covered = 7 × 105
and having identical diameter.
c. Height = 1600 m, Population covered = 2 × 105
The correct statement for this situation. d. Height = 1800 m, Population covered = 1413 × 108
a. The sphere has the greatest and the ring has the least
velocity of the centre of mass at the bottom of the inclined
16. What will be the average value of energy for a monoatomic
plane. gas in thermal equilibrium at temperature T ?
2 3 1
b. The ring has the greatest and the cylinder has the least a. K BT b. K BT c. K BT d. K BT
velocity of the centre of mass at the bottom of the inclined 3 2 2
plane. 17. Intensity of sunlight is observed as
c. All of them will have same velocity. 0.092 Wm−2 at a point in free space. What will be the
d. The cylinder has the greatest and the sphere has the least peak value of magnetic field at that point?
velocity of the centre of mass at the bottom of the inclined
plane. (ε 0 = 8.85 × 10−12C –2N–1m–2)
a. 2.77 × 10−8 T b. 1.96 × 10−8 T
11. Consider a situation in which reverse biased current of a c. 8.31 T d. 5.88 T
particular p-n junction increases when it is exposed to a 18. The motion of a mass on a spring, with spring constant k
light of wavelength ≤ 621 nm. During this process, is as shown in figure.
enhancement in carrier concentration takes place due to
generation of hole-electron pairs. The value of band gap
is nearly
a. 2 eV b. 4 eV c. 1 eV d. 0.5 eV
23. In an electric circuit, a cell of certain EMF provides a If E 1 ,E 2 and E 3 are the percentage errors in g for
potential difference of 1.25 V across a load resistance of students 1, 2 and 3 respectively, then the minimum
5 Ω. However, it provides a potential difference of 1 V percentage error is obtained by student number ……… .
across a load resistance of 2 Ω. The emf of the cell is 30. In 5 min, a body cools from 75°C to 65°C at room
x temperature of 25°C. The temperature of body at the
given by V. Then, the value of x is ……… .
10 end of next 5 min is ……… °C.
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (b) 10. (a)
11. (a) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (d) 20. (d)
21. (500) 22. (2) 23. (15) 24. (4) 25. (9) 26. (4) 27. (60) 28. (5) 29. (1) 30. (57)
July Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 41
25 JULY SHIFT I
Section A : Objective Type Questions 7. Match List I with List II.
1. For a gas C p − C V = R in a state P and C P − C V = 1.10 R in a List I List II
state Q. TP and TQ are the temperatures in two different C
states P and Q, respectively. Then, (A) C − A −B=0 (i) A
a. TP = TQ b. TP < TQ B
c. TP = 09
. TQ d. TP > TQ
C
2. Assertion A Moment of inertia of a circular disc of mass (B) A −C −B=0 (ii)
B
M and radius R about X , Y -axes (passing through its
plane) and Z-axis which is perpendicular to its plane A
were found to be Ix , I y and Iz , respectively. The respective C
radii of gyration about all the three axes will be the (C) B− A −C =0 (iii)
same. A
B
Reason R A rigid body making rotational motion has
fixed mass and shape. A
In the light of the above statements, choose the most (D) A + B= −C (iv) C
appropriate answer from the options given below. B
a. Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation
of A. Choose the correct answer from the options given below.
b. Both A and R are correct but R is not the correct a. (A) → (iv), (B) → (i) , (C) → (iii), (D) → (ii)
explanation of A. b. (A) → (iv), (B) → (iii) , (C) → (i), (D) → (ii)
c. A is correct but R is not correct. c. (A) → (iii), (B) → (ii) , (C) → (iv), (D) → (i)
d. A is not correct but R is correct. d. (A) → (i), (B) → (iv) , (C) → (ii), (D) → (iii)
3. What should be the order of arrangement of de-Broglie 8. A parallel plate capacitor with plate area A and distance
wavelength of electron (λ e ), an α-particle (λ α ) and proton of separation d is filled with a dielectric. What is the
(λ p) given that all have the same kinetic energy ? capacity of the capacitor when permittivity of the
a. λ e = λ p = λ α b. λ e < λ p < λ α dielectric varies as
c. λ e > λ p > λ α d. λ e = λ p > λ α d
ε( x) = ε 0 + kx , for 0 < x ≤
2
4. Identify the logic operation carried out.
d
ε( x) = ε 0 + k(d − x), for ≤ x ≤ d
A 2
2 / kA
Y
a. ε0 +
kd kA
b.
B 2 2ε0 + kd
2 ln
2ε0
a. OR b. AND
kA 2ε0
c. NOR d. NAND c. zero d. ln
2 2ε0 − kd
5. A particle of mass 4M at rest disintegrates into two
particles of masses M and 3M respectively having 9. A monoatomic ideal gas, initially at temperature T1 is
non-zero velocities. The ratio of de-Broglie wavelength of enclosed in a cylinder fitted with a frictionless piston.
particle of mass M to that of mass 3M will be The gas is allowed to expand adiabatically to a
a. 1 : 3 b. 3 : 1 temperature T2 by releasing the piston suddenly. If l1 and
c. 1 : 3 d. 1 : 1 l 2 are the lengths of the gas column, before and after the
T
6. Some nuclei of a radioactive material are undergoing expansion respectively, then the value of 1 will be
T2
radioactive decay. The time gap between the instances 2 2
when a quarter of the nuclei have decayed and when l 3 l 3 l2 l1
a. 1 b. 2 c. d.
half of the nuclei have decayed is given as l2 l1 l1 l2
(where, λ is the decay constant)
a.
1 ln 2
b.
ln2 10. A ray of laser of a wavelength 630 nm is incident at an
2 λ λ angle of 30° at the diamond-air interface. It is going from
3 diamond to air. The refractive index of diamond is 2.42
ln
2ln 2 2 and that of air is 1. Choose the correct option.
c. d.
λ λ a. Angle of refraction is 24.41° b. Angle of refraction is 30°
c. Refraction is not possible d. Angle of refraction is 53.4°
42 Online JEE Main 2021 July Attempt
11. Two wires of same length and radius are joined 16. A linearly polarised electromagnetic wave in vacuum is
end-to-end and loaded. The Young's moduli of the . cos[(1.8) z − (5.4 × 106) t ] $i N/C is incident normally
E = 31
materials of the two wires are Y1 and Y2. The combination on a perfectly reflecting wall at z = a .
behaves as a single wire, then its Young's modulus is Choose the correct option.
2YY 2YY a. The wavelength is 5.4 m
a. Y = 12 b. Y = 12
3(Y1 + Y2 ) Y1 + Y2 b. The frequency of electromagnetic wave is 54 × 104 Hz.
YY YY c. The transmitted wave will be 31. cos[(18. ) z − (5.4 × 106 )t ] $i N/C
c. Y = 12 d. Y = 12
d. The reflected wave will be 31 . ) z + (5.4 × 106 )t ] $i N/C
. cos[(18
2(Y1 + Y2 ) Y1 + Y2
17. In the given figure, there is a circuit of potentiometer of
12. The half-life of 198 Au is 3 days. If atomic weight of 198 Au is length AB = 10 m. The resistance per unit length is 0.1 Ω
198 g/mol, then the activity of 2 mg of 198 Au is [in per cm. Across AB, a battery of EMF E and internal
disintegration/s] resistance r is connected. The maximum value of emf
. × 1012
a. 267 . × 1018
b. 606 measured by this potentiometer is
c. 32.36 × 1012 . × 1012
d. 1618
E r
13. Two billiard balls of equal mass 30 g strike a rigid wall + –
with same speed of 108 km/h (as shown) but at different
G
angles. If the balls get reflected with the same speed,
then the ratio of the magnitude of impulses imparted to
ball a and ball b by the wall along, x. direction is A B
J
y y 550 cm 450cm
u 45º
x x
x′ x′ + –
20W K
y′ y′ 6V
Ball (a) Ball (b)
a. 5 V b. 2.25 V c. 6 V d. 2.75 V
a. 1 : 1 b. 2 : 1
18. In amplitude modulation, the message signal
c. 2 : 1 d. 1 : 2
Vm (t ) = 10sin(2 π × 105 t ) volts
14. In the Young’s double slit experiment, the distance and carrier signal
between the slits varies in time as d(t) = d 0 + a 0 sinωt, V c (t ) = 20sin(2 π × 107 t ) volts
where d 0, ω and a 0 are constants. The difference
The modulated signal now contains the message signal with
between the largest fringe width and the smallest fringe lower side band and upper side band frequency.
width obtained over time is given as Therefore, the bandwidth of modulated signal is α kHz. The
2λD (d 0 ) 2λDa 0 value of α is
a. b.
(d 02 − a 02 ) (d 02 − a 02 ) a. 200 kHz b. 50 kHz
λD λD c. 100 kHz d. zero
c. 2 a 0 d.
d0 d0 + a 0 19. Water droplets are coming from an open tap at a
15. Two different metal bodies A and B of equal mass are particular rate. The spacing between a droplet observed
heated at a uniform rate under similar conditions. The at 4th second after its fall to the next droplet is 34.3 m.
variation of temperature of the bodies is graphically At what rate, the droplets are coming from the tap ?
represented as shown in the figure. The ratio of specific (Take, g = 9.8 m/s2)
heat capacities is a. 3 drops / 2 s b. 2 drops / s
c. 1 drop / s d. 1 drop / 7 s
20. The minimum and maximum distances of a planet
150
revolving around the Sun are x1 and x 2. If the minimum
A
speed of the planet on its trajectory is v 0, then its
Temperature T(°C)
120
B maximum speed will be
90 v 0 x12 v 0 x 22 v 0 x1 v 0 x2
a. b. c. d.
60 x 22 x12 x2 x1
22. Student A and student B used two screw gauges of equal Springs are kept in a stretched position with some
pitch and 100 equal circular divisions to measure the extension when the system is released. The horizontal
radius of a given wire. The actual value of the radius of surface is assumed to be frictionless. The angular
the wire is 0.322 cm. The absolute value of the difference frequency will be ……… rad/s when k = 20 N/m.
between the final circular scale readings observed by the
k 4k
students A and B is ……… .
A B
[Figure shows position of reference O when jaws of S1 S2
screw gauge are closed]
Given, pitch = 0.1 cm.
26. The value of aluminium susceptibility is 2.2 × 10−5. The
O O percentage increase in the magnetic field, if space within
a current carrying toroid is filled with aluminium is
x
, then the value of x is ……… .
104
27. A particle of mass 1 mg and charge q is lying at the
mid-point of two stationary particles kept at a distance 2
0 10 m when each is carrying same charge q. If the free
5 90 92 95
charged particle is displaced from its equilibrium
Screw gauge Screw gauge position through distance x (x << 1 m), the particle
(A) (B) executes SHM. Its angular frequency of oscillation will be
…… × 105 rad/s, if q 2 =10C 2.
23. An inductor of 10 mH is connected to a 20 V battery
through a resistor of 10 kΩ and a switch. After a long 28. An electric bulb rated as 200 W at 100 V is used in a
time, when maximum current is set up in the circuit, the circuit having 200 V supply. The resistance R that must
current is switched off. The current in the circuit after be put in series with the bulb, so that the bulb delivers
x the same power is …… Ω.
1 µs is mA. Then, x is equal to …… . (Take, e −1 = 037
. )
100
29. A pendulum bob has a speed of 3 m/s at its lowest
24. A circular conducting coil of radius 1 m is being heated position. The pendulum is 50 cm long. The speed of bob
by the change of magnetic field B passing perpendicular when the length makes an angle of 60° to the vertical will
to the plane in which the coil is laid. The resistance of the be ……. m/s. ( Take, g = 10 m / s 2)
coil is 2 µΩ. The magnetic field is slowly switched off such
that its magnitude changes in time as
30. A particle of mass m is moving in time t on a trajectory
given by
4
B = × 10−3 1 −
t
T r = 10α t 2$i + 5β(t − 5) $j
π 100
where, α and β are dimensional constants. The angular
The energy dissipated by the coil before the magnetic
momentum of the particle becomes the same as it was
field is switched off completely is E = …… mJ.
for t = 0 at time t is …… s.
25. In the reported figure, two bodies A and B of masses 200
g and 800 g are attached with the system of springs.
1. (d) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (b) 10. (c)
11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (d) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (d)
21. (25) 22. (13) 23. (74) 24. (80) 25. (10) 26. (22) 27. (6000) 28. (50) 29. (2) 30. (10)
25 JULY SHIFT II
Section A : Objective Type Questions 2. In a simple harmonic oscillation, what fraction of total
1. The relation between time t and distance x for a moving mechanical energy is in the form of kinetic energy, when
body is given as t = mx 2 + nx , where m and n are the particle is midway between mean and extreme
constants. The retardation of the motion is (when v position.
stands for velocity) a. 1/2 b. 3/4
a. 2 mv 3 b. 2 mnv 3 c. 2 nv 3 d. 2n 2v 3 c. 1/3 d. 1/4
44 Online JEE Main 2021 July Attempt
3. A force F = ( 40i$ + 10$j) N acts on a body of mass 5 kg. If 10. If q f is the free charge on the capacitor plates and q b is
the body starts from rest its position vector r at time the bound charge on the dielectric slab of dielectric
t = 10 s, will be constant K placed between the capacitor plates, then
a. (100$i + 400$j ) m b. (100$i + 100$j ) m bound charge q b can be expressed as
c. (400$i + 100$j ) m d. (400$i + 400$j ) m
a. q b = q f 1 −
1
b. q b = q f 1 −
1
4. A prism of refractive index µ and angle of prism A is K K
c. q b = q f 1 +
1
d. q b = q f 1 +
placed in the position of minimum angle of deviation. If 1
minimum angle of deviation is also A, then in terms of K K
refractive index, 11. Consider a planet in some solar system which has a
−1 µ −1 µ
a. 2cos b. sin mass double the mass of Earth and density equal to the
2 2 average density of Earth. If the weight of an object on
µ − 1 µ Earth is w, the weight of the same object on that planet
c. sin −1 d. cos −1
2 2 will be
1
a. 2 w b. w c. 2 3 w d. 2 w
5. A heat engine has an efficiency of 1/6 . When the
temperature of sink is reduced by 62°C, its efficiency get 12. Two ideal electric dipoles A and B, having their dipole
doubled. The temperature of the source is moment p1 and p2 respectively, are placed on a plane
a. 124°C b. 37°C with their centres at O as shown in the figure. At point C
c. 62°C d. 99°C on the axis of dipole A, the resultant electric field is
making an angle of 37° with the axis. The ratio of the
6. In the given potentiometer circuit arrangement, the p
balancing length AC is measured to be 250 cm. When the dipole moment of A and B, 1 is
p2
galvanometer connection is shifted from point (1) to
3
point (2) in the given diagram, the balancing length (Take, sin 37° = )
ε 5
becomes 400 cm. The ratio of the EMF of two cells, 1 is
ε2 –
B
K V A– O
C + C
A B
+
G
3 3 2 4
a. b. c. d.
1 2 8 2 3 3
13. Two spherical soap bubbles of radii r1 and r2 in vacuum
E1 E2
combine under isothermal conditions. The resulting
a. 5/3 b. 8/5 bubble has a radius equal to
c. 4/3 d. 3/2 r1r2 r1 + r2
a. b. r1r2 c. r12 + r22 d.
7. Two ions having same mass have charges in the ratio 1 : r1 + r2 2
2. They are projected normally in a uniform magnetic 14. The force is given in terms of time t and displacement x
field with their speeds in the ratio 2 : 3. The ratio of the by the equation
radii of their circular trajectories is F = A cos Bx + C sin Dt
a. 1 : 4 b. 4 : 3 AD
The dimensional formula of is
c. 3 : 1 d. 2 : 3 B
8. A 10 Ω resistance is connected across a. [M 0LT −1 ] b. [ML2T −3 ] c. [M1L1T −2 ] d. [M 2L2T −3 ]
220 V - 50Hz AC supply. The time taken by the current to 15. The given potentiometer has its wire of resistance 10 Ω.
change from its maximum value to the rms value is When the sliding contact is in the middle of the
a. 2.5 ms b. 1.5 ms potentiometer wire, the potential drop across 2 Ω
c. 3.0 ms d. 4.5 ms resistor is
9. A balloon was moving upwards with a uniform velocity of 20 V
10 m/s. An object of finite mass is dropped from the
balloon when it was at a height of 75 m from the ground
level. The height of the balloon from the ground when A B
object strikes the ground was around, is 2Ω
(Take, the value of g = 10 m/s 2)
a. 300 m b. 200 m a. 10 V b. 5 V
c. 125 m d. 250 m 40 40
c. V d. V
9 11
July Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 45
16. An electron moving with speed v and a photon moving Section B : Numerical Type Questions
with speed c, have same de-Broglie wavelength. The ratio
of kinetic energy of electron to that of photon is 21. A system consists of two types of gas molecules A and B
3c v having same number density 2 × 1025 /m3. The diameter
a. b.
v 3c of A and B are 10 Å and 5 Å, respectively. They suffer
c.
v
d.
2c collision at room temperature. The ratio of average
2c v distance covered by the molecule A to that of B between
two successive collisions is …… ×10−2.
17. The instantaneous velocity of a particle moving in a
straight line is given as v = αt + βt 2, where α and β are 22. A light beam of wavelength 500 nm is incident on a metal
constants. The distance travelled by the particle between having work-function of 1.25 eV, placed in a magnetic
1s and 2s is field of intensity B. The electrons emitted perpendicular
3 7 to the magnetic field B, with maximum kinetic energy are
a. 3α + 7β b. α + β
2 3 bent into circular arc of radius 30 cm. The value of B is
α β 3 7
c. + d. α + β …… ×10−7 T.
2 3 2 2
(Take, hc = 20 × 10−26 J-m, mass of electron = 9 × 10−31 kg)
18. A ray of light entering from air into a denser medium of
refractive index 4/3, as shown in figure. The light ray 23. A message signal of frequency 20 kHz and peak voltage
suffers total internal reflection at the adjacent surface as of 20 V is used to modulate a carrier wave of frequency 1
shown. The maximum value of angle θ should be equal MHz and peak voltage of 20 V. The modulation index will
to be …… .
220 V 220 V
7 5
a. sin −1 b. sin −1 Fig. (a) Fig. (b)
3 4
c. sin −1
7
d. sin −1
5 26. From the given data, the amount of energy required to
4 3 27
break the nucleus of aluminium 13 Al is x × 10−3 J.
19. When radiation of wavelength λ is incident on a metallic Mass of neutron = 100866
. u
surface, the stopping potential of ejected photoelectrons Mass of proton = 100726
. u
is 4.8 V. If the same surface is illuminated by radiation of Mass of aluminium nucleus = 2718846
. u
double the previous wavelength, then the stopping
potential becomes 1.6 V. The threshold wavelength of (Assume 1 u corresponds to x joule of energy)
the metal is (Round off to the nearest integer)
a. 2 λ b. 4 λ c. 8 λ d. 6 λ 27. A force of F = (5 y + 20) $j N acts on a particle. The work
20. Two vectors x and y have equal magnitude. The done by this force when the particle is moved from y = 0
magnitude of ( x − y ) is n times the magnitude of ( x + y ). m to y10 m is 450.
The angle between
x and y is 28. A solid disc of radius 20 cm and mass 10 kg is rotating
− n − 1
2 n −1
2 with an angular velocity of 600 rpm, about an axis
a. cos −1 2 b. cos −1 2
normal to its circular plane and passing through its
n −1 − n − 1
centre of mass. The retarding torque required to bring
n2 + 1 n 2 + 1
c. cos −1 d. cos −1 2 the disc at rest in 10 s is π × 10−1 N-m.
2
− n − 1 n − 1
46 Online JEE Main 2021 July Attempt
29. In a semiconductor, the number density of intrinsic 30. The nuclear activity of a radioactive element becomes
charge carriers at 27°C is 1.5 × 1016/ m3. If the (1/ 8) th of its initial value in 30 yr. The half-life of
semiconductor is doped with impurity atom, the hole radioactive element is yr.
density increases to 4.5 × 1022 / m3. The electron density
in the doped semiconductor is …… ×109 /m3.
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (b)
11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (c) 16. (c) 17. (b) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (b)
21. (25) 22. (125) 23. (1) 24. (45) 25. (500) 26. (27.16) 27. (450) 28. (4) 29. (5) 30. (10)
27 JULY SHIFT I
Section A : Objective Type Questions
1. In the given figure, a battery of emf E is connected across List I List II
a conductor PQ of length l and different area of C. Moment of inertia of the rod III. ML2
cross-sections having radii r1 and r2( r2 < r1). (length 2L, mass M, about an axis 12
perpendicular to the rod passing
r1 r2 Q
P through its midpoint)
D. Moment of inertia of the rod IV. 2 ML2
– (length 2L, mass 2M, about an axis 3
perpendicular to the rod passing
+
through one of its end)
+ –
7. In the reported figure, a capacitor is formed by placing a Choose the correct option out of the following for work done,
compound dielectric between the plates of parallel plate if processes BC and DA are adiabatic.
capacitor. The expression for the capacity of the said a. WAB = WDC b. WAD = WBC
capacitor will be (Take, area of plate = A) c. WBC + WDA > 0 d. WAB < WCD
11. Assertion A If A , B , C , D are four points on a semi-circular
C1 C2 C3 arc with centre at O such that|AB| =|BC| =|CD|, then
AB + AC + AD = 4 AO + OB + OC
K 3K 5K Reason R Polygon law of vector addition yields
AB + BC + CD + AD = 2AO
d 2d 3d
O
15 K ε0 A 15 K ε0 A 25 K ε0 A 9 K ε0 A A D
a. b. c. d.
34 d 6 d 6 d 6 d
8. The figure shows two solid discs with radius R and r, B C
respectively. If mass per unit area is same for both, what
is the ratio of MI of bigger disc around axis AB (which is In the light of the above statements, choose the most
perpendicular to the plane of the disc and passing appropriate answer from the options given below.
through its centre) of MI of smaller disc around one of its a. Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A.
diameters lying on its plane? b. Both A and R are correct but R is not the correct
Given, M is the mass of the larger disc. (MI stands for explanation of A.
moment of inertia) c. A is correct but R is not correct.
d. A is not correct but R is correct.
A
12. A light cylindrical vessel is kept on a horizontal surface.
Area of base is A. A hole of cross-sectional area a is made
just at its bottom side. The minimum coefficient of
friction necessary to prevent sliding the vessel due to the
C r D impact force of the emerging liquid is (a << A) .
M R
A
B
a. R 2 : r 2 b. 2r 4 : R 4 c. 2R 2 : r 2 d. 2R 4 : r 4
9. In Young’s double slit experiment, if the source of light
changes from orange to blue, then a
a. the central bright fringe will become a dark fringe
b. the distance between consecutive fringes will decrease
c. the distance between consecutive fringes will increase A
a. b. None of these
d. the intensity of the minima will increase 2a
10. In the reported figure, there is a cyclic process ABCDA on 2a a
c. d.
a sample of 1 mol of a diatomic gas. The temperature of A A
the gas during the process A → B and C → D are T1 and T2 13. A particle starts executing simple harmonic motion (SHM)
(T1 > T2) , respectively. of amplitude a and total energy E. At any instant, its kinetic
3E
p energy is , then its displacement y is given by
4
5p0 A a
a. y = a b. y =
2
B a 3 a
c. y = d. y =
2 2
14. If f denotes the ratio of the number of nuclei decayed (
Nd ) to the number of nuclei at t = 0
(N0), then for a collection of radioactive nuclei, the rate of
p0 C
D change of f with respect to time is given as
[λ is the radioactive decay constant]
V a. − λ (1 − e − λt ) b. λ (1− e − λt )
O V0 1.5V0 3.5V0 5.5V0
− λt
c. λe d. − λe − λt
48 Online JEE Main 2021 July Attempt
15. Two capacitors of capacities 2C and C are joined in Section B : Numerical Type Questions
parallel and charged upto potential V. The battery is 21. Consider an electrical circuit containing a two way switch
removed and the capacitor of capacity C is filled S. Initially S is open and then T1 is connected to T2. As the
completely with a medium of dielectric constant K. The current in R = 6 Ω attains a maximum value of steady
potential difference across the capacitors will now be state level, T1 is disconnected from T2 and immediately
V V
a. b. connected to T3. Potential drop across r = 3 Ω resistor
K+2 K
immediately after T1 is connected to T3 is ……… V.
3V 3V
c. d. (Round off to the nearest integer)
K+2 K
R = 6Ω T2 T3
16. A ball is thrown up with a certain velocity, so that it S T1
reaches a height h. Find the ratio of the two different
h L
times of the ball reaching in both the directions. r = 3Ω
3 6V
2−1 1
a. b.
2+1 3
3− 2 3−1
22. Suppose two planets (spherical in shape) of radii R and
c. d. 2R, but mass M and 9M respectively have a centre to
3+ 2 3+1
centre separation 8R as shown in the figure. A satellite of
17. A 0.07 H inductor and a 12 Ω resistor are connected in mass m is projected from the surface of the planet of
series to a 220 V, 50 Hz AC source. The approximate mass M directly towards the centre of the second planet.
current in the circuit and the phase angle between current The minimum speed v required for the satellite to reach
22 a GM
and source voltage are, respectively. [Take, π as ] the surface of the second planet is , then the
7 7 R
a. 8.8 A and tan −1 b. 88 A and tan −1
11 11
value of a is …………… .
6 6
[Take, the two planets are fixed in their position]
c. 0.88 A and tan −1 d. 8.8 A and tan −1
11 6
6 11
. × 10−14
18 . × 109 N/m2)
(Take, Young’s modulus of rubber = 05
and n2 = 145
. +
λ2 28. A transistor is connected in common emitter circuit
The wavelength for which rays incident at any angle on configuration, the collector supply voltage is 10 V and the
the interface BC pass through without bending at that voltage drop across a resistor of 1000 Ω in the collector
interface will be …………… nm. circuit is 0.6 V. If the current gain factor (β) is 24, then the
base current is …………… µA. (Round off to the nearest
D integer)
90° 29. The amplitude of upper and lower side bands of AM
C 70° wave, where a carrier signal with frequency 11.21 MHz,
peak voltage 15 V is amplitude modulated by a 7.7 kHz
n2 a b
N sine wave of 5 V amplitude are V and V,
i 10 10
a
n1 respectively. Then, the value of is ………… .
b
20
60°
°
40°
A B 30. In a uniform magnetic field, the magnetic needle has a
magnetic moment 985 . × 10−2 A/m2 and moment of
27. A stone of mass 20 g is projected from a rubber catapult inertia 5 × 10−6 kg-m2. If it performs 10 complete
of length 0.1 m and area of cross-section 10–6 m2 oscillations in
stretched by an amount 0.04 m. The velocity of the 5 s, then the magnitude of the magnetic field is ……… mT.
projected stone is ………… m/s. [Take, π 2 as 9.85]
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (d) 9. (b) 10. (b)
11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (d)
21. (3) 22. (4) 23. (112) 24. (150) 25. (910) 26. (600) 27. (20) 28. (25) 29. (1) 30. (8)
27 JULY SHIFT II
Objective Type Questions Y Y
1. An electron and proton are separated by a large
distance. The electron starts approaching the proton
c. d.
with energy 3 eV. The proton captures the electrons and δ δ
forms a hydrogen atom in second excited state. The
resulting photon is incident on a photosensitive metal of X X
i i
threshold wavelength 4000 Å. What is the maximum
kinetic energy of the emitted photoelectron? 3. A raindrop with radius R = 02
. mm falls from a cloud at a
a. 7.61 eV height h = 2000 m above the ground. Assume that, the
drop is spherical throughout its fall and the force of
b. 1.41 eV
buoyance may be neglected, then the terminal speed
c. 3.3 eV attained by the raindrop is
d. No photoelectron would be emitted (Take, density of water, ρ w =1000 kg m −3 and density of
2. The expected graphical representation of the variation of air, ρ a = 1.2 kg m −3, g = 10 m/s2, coefficient of viscosity of
angle of deviation δ with angle of incidence i in a prism is air, η = 1.8 × 10–5 N-s m −2)
Y Y a. 250.6 ms −1 b. 43.56 ms −1
c. 4.94 ms −1 d. 14.4 ms −1
a. b.
4. One mole of an ideal gas is taken through an adiabatic
δ δ process, where the temperature rises from 27°C to 37°C.
If the ideal gas is composed of polyatomic molecule that
X X has 4 vibrational modes, which of the following is true?
i i
[Take, R = 8314
. J mol −1 K −1]
50 Online JEE Main 2021 July Attempt
U(J) 11. Find the truth table for the function Y of A and B
represented in the following figure.
10
Emech=8J A
8
6 Y
B
4 a. A B Y b. A B Y
2 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 1 1 0 1 0
0 x 1 0 0 1 0 1
x1 x2 x3 x4
1 1 0 1 1 1
[where, KE = kinetic energy]
a. at x > x 4 , KE is constant throughout the region. c. A B Y d. A B Y
b. at x < x1, KE is smallest and the particle is moving at the
0 0 0 0 0 0
slowest speed.
0 1 0 0 1 1
c. at x = x 2 , KE is greatest and the particle is moving at the
fastest speed. 1 0 0 1 0 1
d. at x = x 3 , KE = 4 J. 1 1 1 1 1 1
8. A 100 Ω resistance, a 0.1 µF capacitor and an inductor 12. Figures A and B shown two long straight wires of circular
are connected in series across a 250 V supply at variable cross-section (a and b with a < b), carrying current I which
frequency. Calculate the value of inductance of inductor is uniformly distributed across the cross-section. The
at which resonance will occur. Given that the resonant magnitude of magnetic field B varies with radius r and
frequency is 60 Hz. can be represented as
a. 0.70 H b. 70.3 mH
. × 10−5 H
c. 703 d. 70.3 H
9. A simple pendulum of mass m, length l and charge + q a b
suspended in the electric field produced by two I I
conducting parallel plates as shown. The value of
Fig. A Fig. B
deflection of pendulum in equilibrium position will be
July Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 51
a. 5 and ± 2 b. 4 and ± 3
B B 16 3
c. and ± d. 8 and ± 2
3 2
a. a b. a 17. An automobile of mass m accelerates starting from
b origin and initially at rest, while the engine supplies
b
O r O r constant power P. The position is given as a function of
time by
1 3 1 2
B B
a.
9P 2 2
b.
8P 2 3
⋅t ⋅t
8m 9m
c. d. 1 1
a b 3 3
c.
9m 2 2
d.
8P 2 2
⋅t ⋅t
b a 8P 9m
O r O r
18. The planet Mars has two Moons, if one of them has a
13. Two identical particles of mass 1 kg each go round a . × 103 km.
period 7 h, 30 min and an orbital radius of 90
circle of radius R, under the action of their mutual Find the mass of Mars.
gravitational attraction. The angular speed of each 4π2 11 −1 −2 2
particle is Take, G = 6 × 10 N m kg
G 1 G 1 1 2G
a. b. c. d. . × 1019 kg
a. 596 . × 1021 kg
b. 325
2R 3 2 R3 2R G R3
. × 1025 kg
c. 702 . × 1023 kg
d. 600
14. Consider the following statements. 19. A particle of mass M originally at rest is subjected to a
A. Atoms of each element emit characteristics spectrum. force whose direction is constant but magnitude varies
B. According to Bohr's postulate, an electron in a with time according to the relation
hydrogen atom, revolves in a certain stationary orbit. t − T 2
F = F 0 1 −
C. The density of nuclear matter depends on the size of
T
the nucleus.
D. A free neutron is stable but a free proton decay is where, F 0 and T are constants. The force acts only for the
possible. time interval 2T . The velocity v of the particle after time
E. Radioactivity is an indication of the instability of 2T is
2F0T F0T
nuclei. a. b.
M 2M
Choose the correct answer from the options given 4F T FT
below. c. 0 d. 0
3M 3M
a. A, B, C, D and E b. A, B and E
c. B and D d. A, C and E 20. The resistance of a conductor at 15°C is 16 Ω and at
15. What will be the magnitude of electric field at point O as 100°C is 20 Ω. What will be the temperature coefficient
shown in figure? Each side of the figure is l and of resistance of the conductor?
perpendicular to each other. a. 0.010°C −1
b. 0.033°C −1
A(–q) C l D
(+q) c. 0.003°C −1
(2q) d. 0.042°C −1
l l
(+)q O G(2q) Section B : Numerical Type Questions
B
l l 21. In the given figure, two wheels P and Q are connected by
l l a belt B. The radius of P is three times as that of Q. In
(2q) l (q) (–q) case of same rotational kinetic energy, the ratio of
E F H I
rotational inertias 1 will be x : 1. The value of x will be
I2
1 q 1 q
a. b. (2 2 − 1)
4 πε0 l 2 4 πε0 (2l 2 ) ………… .
q 1 2q
c. d. ( 2)
4 π ε0 (2l ) 2 4 πε0 2l 2
22. The difference in the number of waves when yellow light 27. For the circuit shown, the value of current at time t = 32
. s
propagates through air and vacuum columns of the will be ………… A.
same thickness is one. The thickness of the air column is
………… mm.
10
[Take, refractive index of air = 10003
. , wavelength of
V (t)
yellow light in vacuum = 6000 Å]
5
23. The maximum amplitude for an amplitude modulated
wave is found to be 12 V, while the minimum amplitude 0
is found to be 3 V. The modulation index is 06
. x, where x 1 2 3 4
Fig. (1) t (s)
is ………… .
R=1Ω
24. In the given figure, the magnetic flux through the loop
increases according to the relation φ B (t) = 10t 2 + 20t,
where φ B is in milliwebers and t is in seconds.
V (t) I 5V
The magnitude of current through R = 2 Ω resistor at
t = 5 s is ………… mA.
Fig. (2)
R=2Ω
[Voltage distribution V (t) is shown by Fig. (1) and the
circuit is shown in Fig. (2).]
28. A small block slides down from the top of hemisphere of
radius R = 3 m as shown in the figure. The height h at
which the block will lose contact with the surface of the
sphere is ………… m. (Assume there is no friction
25. A particle executes simple harmonic motion represented between the block and the hemisphere)
by displacement function as
x(t) = A sin (ωt + φ)
If the position and velocity of the particle at t = 0 s are 2 (R–h)
A
cm and 2ω cms −1 respectively, then its amplitude is x 2 R
cm, where the value of x is ………… . θ h
26 AUGUST SHIFT I
Section A : Objective Type Questions 6. An electric appliance supplies 6000 J/min heat to the
1. The fractional change in the magnetic field intensity at a system. If the system delivers a power of 90W. How long
distance r from centre on the axis of current carrying coil it would take to increase the internal energy by
of radius a to the magnetic field intensity at the centre of . × 103 J?
25
the same coil is (Take, r < a ) . × 102 s
a. 25 b. 4.1 × 101 s
c. 2.4 × 103 s . × 101 s
d. 25
3 a2 2 a2 2 r2 3 r2
a. b. c. d.
2 r2 3 r2 3 a2 2 a2 7. An inductor coil stores 64 J of magnetic field energy and
dissipates energy at the rate of 640 W when a current of
2. The magnitude of vectors OA, OB, and OC in the given 8A is passed through it. If this coil is joined across an ideal
figure are equal. The direction of OA + OB − OC with
battery, find the time constant of the circuit in seconds.
X-axis will be
a. 0.4 b. 0.8 c. 0.125 d. 0.2
Y
8. A series L-C-R circuit driven by 300 V at a frequency of 50
C
A Hz contains a resistance R = 3 kΩ, an inductor of
inductive reactance X L = 250 πΩ and an unknown
capacitor. The value of capacitance to maximise the
45° 30°
O 60°
X average power should be (Take, π 2 = 10)
a. 4 µF b. 25 µF c. 400 µF d. 40 µF
13. A solid metal sphere of radius R having charge q is (Given, resistivities of iron and copper-nickel alloy wire are
enclosed inside the concentric spherical shell of inner 12 µΩ cm and 51 µΩ cm respectively)
radius a and outer radius b as shown in figure. The a. 82 m b. 97 m c. 110 m d. 90 m
approximate variation electric field as a function of
17. The initial mass of a rocket is 1000 kg. Calculate at what
distance r from centre O is given by
rate the fuel should be burnt, so that the rocket is given
an acceleration of 20 ms −1. The gases come out at a
relative speed of 500 ms −1 with respect to the rocket
[Use, g = 10 m/s 2]
b . × 102 kg s −1
a. 60 b. 500 kg s −1
c. 10 kg s −1 d. 60 kg s −1
a 18. If E , L, M and G denote the quantities as energy, angular
momentum, mass and constant of gravitation
respectively, then the dimension of P in the formula
a. E P = EL2M −5G −2 is
a. [M 0L1T 0 ] b. [M −1L−1T 2 ] c. [M1L1T −2 ] d. [M 0L0 T 0 ]
19. The material filled between the plates of a parallel plate
capacitor has resistivity
200 Ωm. The value of capacitance of the capacitor is 2pF.
R a R
r If a potential difference of 40 V is applied across the
plates of the capacitor, then the value of leakage current
b. E flowing out of the capacitor is (Given, the value of
relative permittivity of material is 50.)
a. 9.0 µA b. 9.0 mA c. 0.9 mA d. 0.9 µA
20. Statement I By doping silicon semiconductor with
pentavalent material, the electrons density increases.
R a b
r Statement II The n-type semiconductor has net negative
c. E charge.
In the light of the above statements, choose the most
appropriate answer from the options given below.
a. Statement I is true but statement II is false.
b. Statement I is false but statement II is true.
R a b
r
c. Both statement I and statement II are true.
d. E d. Both statement I and statement II are false.
original frequency of source considering speed of sound 29. White light is passed through a double slit and
in air 340 m/s will be ........ Hz. interference is observed on a screen 1.5 m away. The
24. Two spherical balls having equal masses with radius of 5 separation between the slits is 0.3 mm. The first violet
cm each are thrown upwards along the same vertical and red fringes are formed 2.0 mm and 3.5 mm away
direction at an interval of 3s with the same initial velocity from the central white fringes. The difference in
of 35 m/s, then these balls collide at a height of .......... m. wavelengths of red and violet light is ......... nm.
(Take, g = 10 m/s 2) 30. Consider a badminton racket with length scales as
shown in the figure.
25. A soap bubble of radius 3 cm is formed inside the
another soap bubble of radius 6 cm. The radius of an
equivalent soap bubble which has the same excess
pressure as inside the smaller bubble with respect to the P
atmospheric pressure is ........ cm.
26. An amplitude modulated wave is represented by A
. cos 12560t) sin(111 × 104t) V.
C m (t) = 10 (1 + 02
The modulating frequency in kHz will be …… . r
2
27. Two short magnetic dipoles m1 and m 2 each having
magnetic moment of 1 Am2 are placed at point O and P, 6r 2r
respectively. The distance between OP is 1 m. The torque If the mass of the linear and circular portions of the
experienced by the magnetic dipole m 2 due to the badminton racket are same (M) and the mass of the
presence of m1 is …… × 10−7 Nm. threads are negligible, the moment of inertia of the
28. Two travelling waves produces a standing wave racket about an axis perpendicular to the handle and in
r
represented by equation. the plane of the ring at, distance from the end A of the
2
y = 10 . cm−1 ) x sin(785
. mm cos (157 . s −1 ) t. handle will be ........ Mr 2.
The node closest to the origin in the region x > 0 will be at x
is ……… cm.
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (d)
11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (a, b) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (a)
21. (40) 22. (354) 23. (2025) 24. (50) 25. (2) 26. (2) 27. (1) 28. (1) 29. (300) 30. (52)
26 AUGUST SHIFT II
Objective Type Questions 3. A particle of mass m is suspended from a ceiling through
1. The temperature of equal masses of three different a string of length L. The particle moves in a horizontal
L
liquids x , y and z are 10ºC, 20ºC and 30ºC, respectively. circle of radius r such that r = . The speed of particle
The temperature of mixture when x is mixed with y is 2
16ºC and that when y is mixed with z is 26°C. The will be
temperature of mixture when x and z are mixed will be a. rg b. 2rg c. 2 rg d. rg / 2
−3
a. 28.32ºC b. 25.62ºC c. 23.84ºC d. 20.28ºC 4. A cylindrical container of volume 4.0 × 10 m3 contains
2. The de-Broglie wavelength of a particle having kinetic one mole of hydrogen and two moles of carbon dioxide.
energy E is λ. How much extra energy must be given to Assume the temperature of the mixture is 400 K. The
this particle, so that the de-Broglie wavelength reduces pressure of the mixture of gases is
to 75% of the initial value ? [Take, gas constant = 8.3 J mol− 1K − 1]
1 7 16 a. 249 × 101 Pa b. 24.9 × 103 Pa
a. E b. E c. E d. E
9 9 9 c. 24.9 × 105 Pa d. 24.9 Pa
56 Online JEE Main 2021 August Attempt
K1
B d
−
−1 2 − 1
A
a. tan b. tan K2
3 0.7B
A −B
2
–Q
3B B cos θ
c. tan − 1 d. tan − 1
2A − B A − B sin θ
ε0 A 1 K 1K 2 ε0 A 1 K 1K 2
+ +
6. A light beam is described by E = 800 sin ωt − . An
x a. b.
d 2 K1 + K 2 d 2 2 (K 1 + K 2 )
c
electron is allowed to move normal to the propagation of ε0 A 1 K 1 + K 2 ε0 A 1 2(K 1 + K 2 )
c. + d. +
light beam with a speed 3 × 107 ms − 1. What is the d 2 K 1K 2 d 2 K 1K 2
maximum magnetic force exerted on the electron?
11. A bomb is dropped by fighter plane flying horizontally.
a. 1.28 × 10− 17 N b. 1.28 × 10− 18 N
To an observer sitting in the plane, the trajectory of the
c. 12.8 × 10− 17 N d. 12.8 × 10− 18 N
bomb is a
7. The two thin co-axial rings, each of radius a and having a. hyperbola
charges + Q and − Q respectively, are separated by a b. parabola in the direction of motion of plane
distance of s. The potential difference between the c. straight line vertically down the plane
centres of the two rings is d. parabola in a direction opposite to the motion of plane
1 1
a.
Q
+
1
b.
Q
+
1
12. At time t = 0, a material is composed of two radioactive
2 πε0 a 2
s + a 2 4 πε0 a 2
s + a 2
atoms A and B, where NA (0) = 2NB (0). The decay constant
of both kind of radioactive atoms is λ. However, A
Q 1 1 Q 1 1
disintegrates to B and B disintegrates to C . Which of the
c. − d. −
4 πε0 a s 2 + a 2 2 πε0 a s 2 + a 2 following figures represents the evolution of NB (t) / NB (0)
with respect to time t ?
8. If you are provided a set of resistances 2Ω , 4 Ω , 6Ω and
NA (0) = Number of A atoms at t = 0
8Ω. Connect these resistances, so as to obtain an N (0) = Number of B atoms at t = 0
46 B
equivalent resistance of Ω.
3
a. 4 Ω and 6 Ω are in parallel with 2 Ω and 8 Ω in series. 1
b. 6 Ω and 8 Ω are in parallel with 2 Ω and 4 Ω in series.
c. 2 Ω and 6 Ω are in parallel with 4 Ω and 8 Ω in series. NB(t)
a.
d. 2 Ω and 4 Ω are in parallel with 6 Ω and 8 Ω in series. NB(0)
9. The solid cylinder of length 80 cm and mass M has a
radius of 20 cm. Calculate the density of the material t
used, if the moment of inertia of the cylinder about an 1/2λ
axis CD parallel to AB as shown in figure is 2.7 kg m2.
A C
1
b. NB(t)
L M NB(0)
L/2
t
1/λ
r B D
August Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 57
23. If the maximum value of accelerating potential provided 28. For the given circuit, the power across Zener diode is
by a radio frequency oscillator is 12 kV. The number of ............ mW.
revolution made by a proton in a cyclotron to achieve
1 kΩ
one sixth of the speed of light is ........... .
[Given, mp = 1.67 × 10 − 27 kg, e = 1.6 × 10− 19 C,
c = 3 × 108 m/s] Iz
24 V R L = 5kΩ
24. The acceleration due to gravity is found upto an accuracy V z = 10 V
of 4% on a planet. The energy supplied to a simple
pendulum to known mass m to undertake oscillations of
time period T is being estimated. If time period is
measured to an accuracy of 3%, the accuracy to which E
29. An object is placed at a distance of 12 cm from a convex
lens. A convex mirror of focal length 15 cm is placed on
is known as ..........%.
other side of lens at 8 cm as shown in the figure. Image
25. A circular coil of radius 8.0 cm and 20 turns is rotated of object coincides with the object.
about its vertical diameter with an angular speed of 50
rad s − 1 in a uniform horizontal magnetic field of
Image
30. × 10− 2 T. The maximum emf induced in the coil will be
.......... × 10− 2 V. Object Image in
the absence
(rounded off to the nearest integer.) of mirror
12 cm 8 cm
26. Two simple harmonic motions are represented by the
equations When the convex mirror is removed, a real and inverted
π image is formed at a position. The distance of the image
x1 = 5sin 2 πt + and x2 = 5 2(sin2 πt + cos 2 πt ) from the object will be ........ cm.
4
The amplitude of second motion is .............. times the 30. The coefficient of static friction between two blocks is 0.5
amplitude in first motion. and the table is smooth. The maximum horizontal force
that can be applied to move the blocks together is .......N.
27. A coil in the shape of an equilateral triangle of side 10 cm
(Take, g = 10 ms − 2)
lies in a vertical plane between the pole pieces of
permanent magnet producing a horizontal magnetic Table 1 kg µ=0.5
field 20 mT. The torque acting on the coil when a current
2kg F
of 0.2 A is passed through it and its plane becomes
parallel to the magnetic field will be x × 10− 5 Nm. The
value of x is.......... .
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (a,d) 7. (d) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (a)
11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (d) 17. (*) 18. (*) 19. (c) 20. (c)
21. (7) 22. (30) 23. (543) 24. (14) 25. (60) 26. (2) 27. (3) 28. (120) 29. (50) 30. (15)
27 AUGUST SHIFT I
Section A : Objective Type Questions 2. There are 1010 radioactive nuclei in a given radioactive
element. Its half-life time is 1min.
1. A uniformly charged disc of radius R having surface How many nuclei will remain after 30 s? ( 2 = 1414)
.
charge density σ is placed in the xy-plane with its centre
a. 2 × 1010 b. 7 × 109 c. 105 d. 4 × 1010
at the origin. Find the electric field intensity along the
Z-axis at a distance Z from origin 3. Which of the following is not a dimensionless quantity ?
σ Z σ Z
a. E = 1− b. E = 1+ a. Relative magnetic permeability (µ r )
2ε0 2 2
(Z + R ) 2ε0 2 2
(Z + R ) b. Power factor
c. Permeability of free space (µ 0 )
2ε0 1 σ 1 1
c. E = + Z d. E = + d. Quality factor
σ (Z 2 + R 2 ) 2ε0 (Z 2 + R 2 ) Z 2
August Attempt Online JEE Main 2021 59
4. If E and H represent the intensity of electric field and 11. For a transistor in CE mode to be used as an amplifier, it
magnetising field respectively, then the unit of E / H will must be operated in
be a. both cut-off and saturation b. saturation region only
a. ohm b. mho c. joule d. newton c. cut-off region only d. the active region only
5. The resultant of these forces OP, OQ, OR, OS and OT is 12. An ideal gas is expanding such that pT 3 = constant. The
approximately ...... N. coefficient of volume expansion of the gas is
[Take, 3 = 1.7, 2 = 1. 4 and given $i and $j unit vectors a. 1/ T b. 2 / T c. 4 / T d. 3 / T
along X , Y axis] 13. In a photoelectric experiment, increasing the intensity of
P incident light
20N
T Y a. increases the number of photons incident and also
15N
increases the KE of the ejected electrons.
Q b. increases the frequency of photons incident and increases
60° 30° the KE of the ejected electrons.
10N
c. increases the frequency of photons incident and the KE of
30° the ejected electrons remains unchanged.
X' 45° 45° X d. increases the number of photons incident and the KE of the
O
ejected electrons remains unchanged.
14. A bar magnet is passing through a conducting loop of
15N radius R with velocity v. The radius of the bar magnet is
20N R
S Y' such that it just passes through the loop. The induced
emf in the loop can be represented by the approximate
a. 9.25i$ + 5$j b. 3i$ + 15$j c. 2.5$i − 14 .5$j d. − 1.5i$ − 155
. $j
curve
6. A balloon carries a total load of 185 kg at normal l
pressure and temperature of 27ºC. What load will the R
balloon carry on rising to a height at which the
barometric pressure is 45 cm of Hg and the temperature N S
is − 7ºC? [Assuming, the volume constant.]
a. 181.46 kg b. 214.15 kg c. 219.07 kg d. 123.54 kg loop
v
7. An object is placed beyond the centre of curvature C of
the given concave mirror. If the distance of the object is
d1 from C and the distance of the image formed is d 2 emf
from C , the radius of curvature of this mirror is
2d1d 2 2d1d 2 d1d 2 d1d 2 a. t
a. b. c. d.
d1 − d 2 d1 + d 2 d1 + d 2 d1 − d 2 I/v
5V
2µF
A